Alvaro Cassinelli
save loops
Revision 0:df6fdd9b99f0, committed 2014-12-02
- Comitter:
- mbedalvaro
- Date:
- Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
- Child:
- 1:3be7b7d050f4
- Commit message:
- this new version of skinGames will have a function that stops scanning as the laser reaches the same position (i.e., loops) with a certain precision. It is for extracting contours for Takashita project. It can then save on a file or send on osc
Changed in this revision
Binary file EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/EthernetNetIf.ar has changed
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/api/DNSRequest.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+DNS Request header file
+*/
+
+#ifndef DNSREQUEST_H
+#define DNSREQUEST_H
+
+#include "core/net.h"
+#include "core/ipaddr.h"
+#include "core/host.h"
+//Essentially it is a safe interface to NetDnsRequest
+
+///DNS Request error codes
+enum DNSRequestErr
+{
+ __DNS_MIN = -0xFFFF,
+ DNS_SETUP, ///<DNSRequest not properly configured
+ DNS_IF, ///<Interface has problems, does not exist or is not initialized
+ DNS_MEM, ///<Not enough mem
+ DNS_INUSE, ///<Interface / Port is in use
+ DNS_PROCESSING, ///<Request has not completed
+//...
+ DNS_OK = 0 ///<Success
+};
+
+///DNS Request Result Events
+enum DNSReply
+{
+ DNS_PRTCL,
+ DNS_NOTFOUND, ///Hostname is unknown
+ DNS_ERROR, ///Problem with DNS Service
+ //...
+ DNS_FOUND,
+};
+
+class NetDnsRequest;
+enum NetDnsReply;
+
+///This is a simple DNS Request class
+/**
+ This class exposes an API to deal with DNS Requests
+*/
+class DNSRequest
+{
+public:
+ ///Creates a new request
+ DNSRequest();
+
+ ///Terminates and closes request
+ ~DNSRequest();
+
+ ///Resolves an hostname
+ /**
+ @param hostname : hostname to resolve
+ */
+ DNSRequestErr resolve(const char* hostname);
+
+ ///Resolves an hostname
+ /**
+ @param host : hostname to resolve, the result will be stored in the IpAddr field of this object
+ */
+ DNSRequestErr resolve(Host* pHost);
+
+ ///Setups callback
+ /**
+ The callback function will be called on result.
+ @param pMethod : callback function
+ */
+ void setOnReply( void (*pMethod)(DNSReply) );
+
+ class CDummy;
+ ///Setups callback
+ /**
+ The callback function will be called on result.
+ @param pItem : instance of class on which to execute the callback method
+ @param pMethod : callback method
+ */
+ template<class T>
+ void setOnReply( T* pItem, void (T::*pMethod)(DNSReply) )
+ {
+ m_pCbItem = (CDummy*) pItem;
+ m_pCbMeth = (void (CDummy::*)(DNSReply)) pMethod;
+ }
+
+ ///Gets IP address once it has been resolved
+ /**
+ @param pIp : pointer to an IpAddr instance in which to store the resolved IP address
+ */
+ DNSRequestErr getResult(IpAddr* pIp);
+
+ ///Closes DNS Request before completion
+ DNSRequestErr close();
+
+protected:
+ void onNetDnsReply(NetDnsReply r);
+ DNSRequestErr checkInst();
+
+private:
+ NetDnsRequest* m_pNetDnsRequest;
+
+ CDummy* m_pCbItem;
+ void (CDummy::*m_pCbMeth)(DNSReply);
+
+ void (*m_pCb)(DNSReply);
+
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/api/TCPSocket.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+TCP Socket header file
+*/
+
+#ifndef TCPSOCKET_H
+#define TCPSOCKET_H
+
+#include "core/net.h"
+#include "core/host.h"
+//Essentially it is a safe interface to NetTcpSocket
+
+///TCP Socket error codes
+enum TCPSocketErr
+{
+ __TCPSOCKET_MIN = -0xFFFF,
+ TCPSOCKET_SETUP, ///<TCPSocket not properly configured
+ TCPSOCKET_TIMEOUT, ///<Connection timed out
+ TCPSOCKET_IF, ///<Interface has problems, does not exist or is not initialized
+ TCPSOCKET_MEM, ///<Not enough mem
+ TCPSOCKET_INUSE, ///<Interface / Port is in use
+ TCPSOCKET_EMPTY, ///<Connections queue is empty
+ TCPSOCKET_RST, ///<Connection was reset by remote host
+//...
+ TCPSOCKET_OK = 0 ///<Success
+};
+
+///TCP Socket Events
+enum TCPSocketEvent
+{
+ TCPSOCKET_CONNECTED, ///<Connected to host
+ TCPSOCKET_ACCEPT, ///<Client is connected, must call accept() to get a new Socket
+ TCPSOCKET_READABLE, ///<Data in buf
+ TCPSOCKET_WRITEABLE, ///<Can write data to buf
+ TCPSOCKET_CONTIMEOUT, ///<Connection timed out
+ TCPSOCKET_CONRST, ///<Connection was reset by remote host
+ TCPSOCKET_CONABRT, ///<Connection was aborted
+ TCPSOCKET_ERROR, ///<Unknown error
+ TCPSOCKET_DISCONNECTED ///<Disconnected
+};
+
+class NetTcpSocket;
+enum NetTcpSocketEvent;
+
+///This is a simple TCP Socket class
+/**
+ This class exposes an API to deal with TCP Sockets
+*/
+class TCPSocket
+{
+public:
+ ///Creates a new socket
+ TCPSocket();
+protected:
+ TCPSocket(NetTcpSocket* pNetTcpSocket);
+public:
+ ///Closes if needed and destroys the socket
+ ~TCPSocket(); //close()
+
+ ///Binds the socket to (local) host
+ TCPSocketErr bind(const Host& me);
+
+ ///Starts listening
+ TCPSocketErr listen();
+
+ ///Connects socket to host
+ TCPSocketErr connect(const Host& host);
+
+ ///Accepts connection from client and gets connected socket
+ TCPSocketErr accept(Host* pClient, TCPSocket** ppNewTcpSocket);
+
+ ///Sends data
+ /*
+ @return a negative error code or the number of bytes transmitted
+ */
+ int /*if < 0 : TCPSocketErr*/ send(const char* buf, int len);
+
+ ///Receives data
+ /*
+ @return a negative error code or the number of bytes received
+ */
+ int /*if < 0 : TCPSocketErr*/ recv(char* buf, int len);
+
+ /* TODO NTH : printf / scanf helpers that call send/recv */
+
+ ///Closes socket
+ TCPSocketErr close();
+
+ //Callbacks
+ ///Setups callback
+ /**
+ @param pMethod : callback function
+ */
+ void setOnEvent( void (*pMethod)(TCPSocketEvent) );
+
+ class CDummy;
+ ///Setups callback
+ /**
+ @param pItem : instance of class on which to execute the callback method
+ @param pMethod : callback method
+ */
+ template<class T>
+ void setOnEvent( T* pItem, void (T::*pMethod)(TCPSocketEvent) )
+ {
+ m_pCbItem = (CDummy*) pItem;
+ m_pCbMeth = (void (CDummy::*)(TCPSocketEvent)) pMethod;
+ }
+
+ ///Disables callback
+ void resetOnEvent();
+
+protected:
+ void onNetTcpSocketEvent(NetTcpSocketEvent e);
+ TCPSocketErr checkInst();
+
+private:
+ NetTcpSocket* m_pNetTcpSocket;
+
+ CDummy* m_pCbItem;
+ void (CDummy::*m_pCbMeth)(TCPSocketEvent);
+
+ void (*m_pCb)(TCPSocketEvent);
+
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/api/UDPSocket.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+UDP Socket header file
+*/
+
+#ifndef UDPSOCKET_H
+#define UDPSOCKET_H
+
+#include "core/net.h"
+#include "core/host.h"
+//Essentially it is a safe interface to NetUdpSocket
+
+///UDP Socket error codes
+enum UDPSocketErr
+{
+ __UDPSOCKET_MIN = -0xFFFF,
+ UDPSOCKET_SETUP, ///<UDPSocket not properly configured
+ UDPSOCKET_IF, ///<Interface has problems, does not exist or is not initialized
+ UDPSOCKET_MEM, ///<Not enough mem
+ UDPSOCKET_INUSE, ///<Interface / Port is in use
+//...
+ UDPSOCKET_OK = 0 ///<Success
+};
+
+///UDP Socket Event(s)
+enum UDPSocketEvent //Only one event here for now, but keeps that model in case we need to implement some others
+{
+ UDPSOCKET_READABLE, ///<Data in buf
+};
+
+class NetUdpSocket;
+enum NetUdpSocketEvent;
+
+///This is a simple UDP Socket class
+/**
+ This class exposes an API to deal with UDP Sockets
+*/
+class UDPSocket
+{
+public:
+ ///Creates a new socket
+ UDPSocket();
+
+ ///Closes and destroys socket
+ ~UDPSocket(); //close()
+
+ ///Binds the socket to local host or a multicast address
+ UDPSocketErr bind(const Host& me);
+
+ ///Sends data
+ /*
+ @param pHost : host to send data to
+ @return a negative error code or the number of bytes transmitted
+ */
+ int /*if < 0 : UDPSocketErr*/ sendto(const char* buf, int len, Host* pHost);
+
+ ///Receives data
+ /*
+ @param pHost : host from which this piece of data comes from
+ @return a negative error code or the number of bytes received
+ */
+ int /*if < 0 : UDPSocketErr*/ recvfrom(char* buf, int len, Host* pHost);
+
+ /* TODO NTH : printf / scanf helpers that call send/recv */
+
+ ///Closes socket
+ UDPSocketErr close();
+
+ //Callbacks
+ ///Setups callback
+ /**
+ @param pMethod : callback function
+ */
+ void setOnEvent( void (*pMethod)(UDPSocketEvent) );
+
+ class CDummy;
+ ///Setups callback
+ /**
+ @param pItem : instance of class on which to execute the callback method
+ @param pMethod : callback method
+ */
+ template<class T>
+ void setOnEvent( T* pItem, void (T::*pMethod)(UDPSocketEvent) )
+ {
+ m_pCbItem = (CDummy*) pItem;
+ m_pCbMeth = (void (CDummy::*)(UDPSocketEvent)) pMethod;
+ }
+
+ ///Disables callback
+ void resetOnEvent();
+
+protected:
+ void onNetUdpSocketEvent(NetUdpSocketEvent e);
+ UDPSocketErr checkInst();
+
+private:
+ NetUdpSocket* m_pNetUdpSocket;
+
+ CDummy* m_pCbItem;
+ void (CDummy::*m_pCbMeth)(UDPSocketEvent);
+
+ void (*m_pCb)(UDPSocketEvent);
+
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/core/host.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef HOST_H
+#define HOST_H
+
+#include "ipaddr.h"
+#include <string.h>
+
+///Host information container
+/**
+This class is a container for data relative to a connection:
+- IP Address
+- Port number
+- Host Name
+*/
+class Host
+{
+public:
+ ///Initiliazes host with null values
+ Host() : m_ip(0,0,0,0), m_port(0), m_name(NULL)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ ///Initializes host
+ Host(const IpAddr& ip, const int& port, const char* name="" ) : m_ip(ip), m_port(port), m_name(NULL)
+ {
+ setName(name);
+ }
+
+ ~Host()
+ {
+ if(m_name)
+ {
+ delete[] m_name;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ///Returns IP address
+ const IpAddr& getIp() const
+ {
+ return m_ip;
+ }
+
+ ///Returns port number
+ const int& getPort() const
+ {
+ return m_port;
+ }
+
+ ///Returns host name
+ const char* getName() const
+ {
+ return m_name;
+ }
+
+ ///Sets IP address
+ void setIp(const IpAddr& ip)
+ {
+ m_ip = ip;
+ }
+
+ ///Sets port number
+ void setPort(int port)
+ {
+ m_port = port;
+ }
+
+ ///Sets host name
+ void setName(const char* name)
+ {
+ if(m_name)
+ delete[] m_name;
+ int len = strlen(name);
+ if(len)
+ {
+ m_name = new char[len+1];
+ strcpy(m_name, name);
+ }
+ }
+
+private:
+ IpAddr m_ip;
+ int m_port;
+ char* m_name;
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/core/ipaddr.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef IPADDR_H
+#define IPADDR_H
+
+#include "netCfg.h"
+#if NET_LWIP_STACK
+typedef struct ip_addr ip_addr_t;
+#endif
+
+#include "stdint.h"
+
+///IP Address container
+/**
+This class is a container for an IPv4 address.
+*/
+class IpAddr //Basically a C++ frontend to ip_addr_t
+{
+public:
+ #if NET_LWIP_STACK
+ IpAddr(ip_addr_t* pIp);
+ #endif
+
+ ///Initializes IP address with provided values
+ IpAddr(uint8_t ip0, uint8_t ip1, uint8_t ip2, uint8_t ip3);
+
+ ///Initializes IP address with null values
+ IpAddr();
+
+ #if NET_LWIP_STACK
+ ip_addr_t getStruct() const;
+ #endif
+
+ ///Returns IP address byte #
+ uint8_t operator[](unsigned int i) const;
+
+ ///Compares too addresses
+ /**
+ @return true if the two addresses are equal
+ */
+ bool isEq(const IpAddr& b) const;
+
+ ///Compares too addresses
+ /**
+ @return true if the two addresses are equal
+ */
+ bool operator==(const IpAddr& b) const;
+
+ ///Compares too addresses
+ /**
+ @return true if the two addresses are different
+ */
+ bool operator!=(const IpAddr& b) const;
+
+ ///Checks whether the address is null
+ /**
+ @return true if the address is null
+ */
+ bool isNull() const;
+
+ ///Checks whether the address is a broadcast address
+ /**
+ @return true if the address is a broadcast address
+ */
+ bool isBroadcast() const;
+
+ ///Checks whether the address is a multicast address
+ /**
+ @return true if the address is a multicast address
+ */
+ bool isMulticast() const;
+
+private:
+ uint8_t m_ip[4];
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/core/net.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef NET_H
+#define NET_H
+
+class NetIf;
+class NetTcpSocket;
+class NetUdpSocket;
+class NetDnsRequest;
+
+#include <list>
+using std::list;
+
+/*
+#include "host.h"
+#include "ipaddr.h"
+#include "netservice.h"
+#include "if/net/netif.h"
+#include "if/net/nettcpsocket.h"
+#include "if/net/netudpsocket.h"
+#include "if/net/netdnsrequest.h"
+*/
+
+class Host;
+class NetIf;
+class NetTcpSocket;
+class NetUdpSocket;
+class NetDnsRequest;
+
+class Net
+{
+private:
+ Net();
+ ~Net();
+public:
+ static void poll(); //Poll every if & socket
+
+ static NetTcpSocket* tcpSocket(NetIf& netif);
+ static NetTcpSocket* tcpSocket(); //Socket on default if
+ static void releaseTcpSocket(NetTcpSocket* pNetTcpSocket);
+
+ static NetUdpSocket* udpSocket(NetIf& netif);
+ static NetUdpSocket* udpSocket(); //Socket on default if
+ static void releaseUdpSocket(NetUdpSocket* pNetUdpSocket);
+
+ static NetDnsRequest* dnsRequest(const char* hostname, NetIf& netif);
+ static NetDnsRequest* dnsRequest(const char* hostname); //Create a new NetDnsRequest object from default if
+
+ static NetDnsRequest* dnsRequest(Host* pHost, NetIf& netif);
+ static NetDnsRequest* dnsRequest(Host* pHost); //Create a new NetDnsRequest object from default if
+
+ static void setDefaultIf(NetIf& netif); //Deprecated
+ static void setDefaultIf(NetIf* pIf);
+ static NetIf* getDefaultIf();
+
+protected:
+ friend class NetIf;
+ friend class NetTcpSocket;
+ friend class NetUdpSocket;
+
+ static void registerIf(NetIf* pIf);
+ static void unregisterIf(NetIf* pIf);
+
+ static void registerNetTcpSocket(NetTcpSocket* pNetTcpSocket);
+ static void unregisterNetTcpSocket(NetTcpSocket* pNetTcpSocket);
+
+ static void registerNetUdpSocket(NetUdpSocket* pNetUdpSocket);
+ static void unregisterNetUdpSocket(NetUdpSocket* pNetUdpSocket);
+
+private:
+ static Net& net(); //Return inst of singleton
+
+ NetIf* m_defaultIf;
+
+ list<NetIf*> m_lpIf;
+ list<NetTcpSocket*> m_lpNetTcpSocket;
+ list<NetUdpSocket*> m_lpNetUdpSocket;
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/core/netservice.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+/**
+\file Net Service base class header file
+*/
+
+#ifndef NETSERVICE_H
+#define NETSERVICE_H
+
+#include <list>
+using std::list;
+
+///Net Service base class
+/**
+Each connection-oriented object can register as service (by inheriting this class), so that it is polled regularly.
+It notifies the pool when the connection is terminated so that it can be destroyed.
+*/
+class NetService
+{
+public:
+ ///Instantiates a new service
+ /**
+ @param owned If true the object is owned by the pool and will be destroyed on closure.
+ */
+ NetService(bool owned = true); //Is owned by the pool?
+ virtual ~NetService();
+
+ ///This method can be inherited so that it is called on each @a Net::poll() call.
+ virtual void poll();
+
+ static void servicesPoll(); //Poll all registered services & destroy closed ones
+
+protected:
+ ///This flags the service as to be destructed if owned by the pool.
+ void close();
+
+private:
+ bool m_closed;
+ bool m_removed;
+ bool m_owned;
+
+ static list<NetService*>& lpServices(); //Helper to prevent static initialization fiasco
+
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/dbg/dbg.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+Debugging helpers header file
+*/
+
+//#ifdef DBG_H
+//#define DBG_H
+
+#ifdef __LWIP_DEBUG
+#define __DEBUG
+#endif
+
+/*!
+ \def __DEBUG
+ To define to enable debugging in one file
+*/
+
+#ifdef __DEBUG
+
+#ifndef __DEBUGSTREAM
+#define __DEBUGSTREAM
+
+
+class DebugStream
+{
+public:
+static void debug(const char* format, ...);
+static void release();
+static void breakPoint(const char* file, int line);
+private:
+
+};
+
+#undef DBG
+#undef DBG_END
+#undef BREAK
+
+///Debug output (if enabled), same syntax as printf, with heading info
+#define DBG(...) do{ DebugStream::debug("[%s:%s@%d] ", __FILE__, __FUNCTION__, __LINE__); DebugStream::debug(__VA_ARGS__); } while(0);
+
+///Debug output (if enabled), same syntax as printf, no heading info
+#define DBGL(...) do{ DebugStream::debug(__VA_ARGS__); } while(0);
+#define DBG_END DebugStream::release
+
+///Break point usin serial debug interface (if debug enbaled)
+#define BREAK() DebugStream::breakPoint(__FILE__, __LINE__)
+#endif
+
+#else
+#undef DBG
+#undef DBG_END
+#undef BREAK
+#define DBG(...)
+#define DBG_END()
+#define BREAK()
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __LWIP_DEBUG
+#ifndef __SNPRINTF
+#define __SNPRINTF
+#include "mbed.h"
+
+//int snprintf(char *str, int size, const char *format, ...);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __LWIP_DEBUG
+#undef __DEBUG
+#endif
+
+//#endif
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/drv/eth/eth_drv.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef ETHDRV_H
+#define ETHDRV_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+void eth_poll();
+err_t eth_init(struct netif* netif);
+void eth_address(char* mac);
+void eth_free();
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+};
+#endif
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/if/eth/EthernetNetIf.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+Ethernet network interface header file
+*/
+
+#ifndef ETHERNETNETIF_H
+#define ETHERNETNETIF_H
+
+struct netif;
+
+#include "mbed.h"
+
+#include "if/lwip/LwipNetIf.h"
+
+///Ethernet network interface return codes
+enum EthernetErr
+{
+ __ETH_MIN = -0xFFFF,
+ ETH_TIMEOUT, ///<Timeout during setup
+ ETH_OK = 0 ///<Success
+};
+
+///Ethernet network interface
+/**
+This class provides Ethernet connectivity to the stack
+*/
+class EthernetNetIf : public LwipNetIf
+{
+public:
+ ///Instantiates the Interface and register it against the stack, DHCP will be used
+ EthernetNetIf(); //W/ DHCP
+
+ ///Instantiates the Interface and register it against the stack, DHCP will not be used
+ /**
+ IpAddr is a container class that can be constructed with either 4 bytes or no parameters for a null IP address.
+ */
+ EthernetNetIf(IpAddr ip, IpAddr netmask, IpAddr gateway, IpAddr dns); //W/o DHCP
+ virtual ~EthernetNetIf();
+
+ ///Brings the interface up
+ /**
+ Uses DHCP if necessary
+ @param timeout_ms : You can set the timeout parameter in milliseconds, if not it defaults to 15s
+ @return : ETH_OK on success or ETH_TIMEOUT on timeout
+ */
+ EthernetErr setup(int timeout_ms = 15000);
+
+ virtual void poll();
+
+private:
+ Timer m_ethArpTimer;
+ Timer m_dhcpCoarseTimer;
+ Timer m_dhcpFineTimer;
+ Timer m_igmpTimer;
+
+ bool m_useDhcp;
+
+ netif* m_pNetIf;
+
+ IpAddr m_netmask;
+ IpAddr m_gateway;
+
+ const char* m_hostname;
+
+};
+
+#endif
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/if/lwip/LwipNetIf.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef LWIPNETIF_H
+#define LWIPNETIF_H
+
+//class Ticker;
+#include "mbed.h"
+
+#define NET_LWIP_STACK 1
+#include "core/net.h"
+#include "if/net/netif.h"
+/*
+#include "lwipNetTcpSocket.h"
+#include "lwipNetUdpSocket.h"
+#include "lwipNetDnsRequest.h"
+*/
+
+class LwipNetIf : public NetIf
+{
+public:
+ LwipNetIf();
+ virtual ~LwipNetIf();
+
+ void init();
+
+ virtual NetTcpSocket* tcpSocket(); //Create a new tcp socket
+ virtual NetUdpSocket* udpSocket(); //Create a new udp socket
+ virtual NetDnsRequest* dnsRequest(const char* hostname); //Create a new NetDnsRequest object
+ virtual NetDnsRequest* dnsRequest(Host* pHost); //Create a new NetDnsRequest object
+
+ virtual void poll();
+
+private:
+ Timer m_tcpTimer;
+ Timer m_dnsTimer;
+
+ bool m_init;
+
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/if/lwip/lwipNetDnsRequest.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef LWIPNETDNSREQUEST_H
+#define LWIPNETDNSREQUEST_H
+
+#define NET_LWIP_STACK 1
+#include "if/net/netdnsrequest.h"
+
+//struct ip_addr_t;
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+
+class LwipNetDnsRequest : public NetDnsRequest
+{
+public:
+ LwipNetDnsRequest(const char* hostname);
+ LwipNetDnsRequest(Host* pHost);
+ virtual ~LwipNetDnsRequest();
+
+ //Execute request & return OK if found, NOTFOUND or ERROR on error, or PROCESSING if the request has not completed yet
+ virtual void poll();
+
+ virtual void close();
+
+protected:
+ void foundCb(const char *name, ip_addr_t *ipaddr);
+
+private:
+ enum LwipNetDnsState
+ {
+ LWIPNETDNS_START,
+ LWIPNETDNS_PROCESSING, //Req has not completed
+ LWIPNETDNS_NOTFOUND,
+ LWIPNETDNS_ERROR,
+ LWIPNETDNS_OK
+ };
+
+ LwipNetDnsState m_state;
+ bool m_cbFired;
+
+ //Static callbacks : Transforms into a C++ callback
+ static void sFoundCb(const char *name, ip_addr_t *ipaddr, void *arg);
+
+ bool m_closing;
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/if/lwip/lwipNetTcpSocket.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef LWIPNETTCPSOCKET_H
+#define LWIPNETTCPSOCKET_H
+
+#define NET_LWIP_STACK 1
+#include "if/net/nettcpsocket.h"
+#include "LwipNetIf.h"
+
+#include "stdint.h"
+
+//Implements NetTcpSockets over lwIP raw API
+
+struct tcp_pcb; //Represents a Tcp Connection, "Protocol Control Block", see rawapi.txt & tcp.h
+struct pbuf; //Lwip Buffer Container
+
+typedef signed char err_t;
+typedef uint16_t u16_t;
+
+class LwipNetTcpSocket: public NetTcpSocket
+{
+public:
+ LwipNetTcpSocket(tcp_pcb* pPcb = NULL); //Passes a pcb if already created (by an accept req for instance), in that case transfers ownership
+ virtual ~LwipNetTcpSocket();
+
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr bind(const Host& me);
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr listen();
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr connect(const Host& host);
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr accept(Host* pClient, NetTcpSocket** ppNewNetTcpSocket);
+
+ virtual int /*if < 0 : NetTcpSocketErr*/ send(const char* buf, int len);
+ virtual int /*if < 0 : NetTcpSocketErr*/ recv(char* buf, int len);
+
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr close();
+
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr poll();
+
+protected:
+ volatile tcp_pcb* m_pPcb;
+
+ //Events callbacks from lwIp
+ err_t acceptCb(tcp_pcb* newpcb, err_t err);
+ err_t connectedCb(tcp_pcb* tpcb, err_t err);
+
+ void errCb(err_t err);
+
+ err_t sentCb(tcp_pcb* tpcb, u16_t len);
+ err_t recvCb(tcp_pcb* tpcb, pbuf *p, err_t err);
+
+private:
+ void cleanUp(); //Flush input buffer
+
+// queue<tcp_pcb*> m_lpInPcb; //Incoming connections that have not been accepted yet
+ queue<LwipNetTcpSocket*> m_lpInNetTcpSocket; //Incoming connections that have not been accepted yet
+
+ volatile pbuf* m_pReadPbuf; //Ptr to read buffer
+
+ //Static callbacks : Transforms into a C++ callback
+ static err_t sAcceptCb(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *newpcb, err_t err);
+ static err_t sConnectedCb(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb, err_t err);
+
+ static void sErrCb(void *arg, err_t err);
+
+ static err_t sSentCb(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb, u16_t len);
+ static err_t sRecvCb(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb, struct pbuf *p, err_t err);
+
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/if/lwip/lwipNetUdpSocket.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef LWIPNETUDPSOCKET_H
+#define LWIPNETUDPSOCKET_H
+
+#define NET_LWIP_STACK 1
+//#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "if/net/netudpsocket.h"
+#include "LwipNetIf.h"
+
+#include "stdint.h"
+
+#include <list>
+using std::list;
+
+//Implements NetUdpSockets over lwIP raw API
+
+struct udp_pcb; //Represents a Udp Connection, "Protocol Control Block", see rawapi.txt & udp.h
+struct pbuf; //Lwip Buffer Container
+typedef struct ip_addr ip_addr_t;
+
+//typedef signed char err_t;
+typedef uint16_t u16_t;
+
+class LwipNetUdpSocket: public NetUdpSocket
+{
+public:
+ LwipNetUdpSocket(udp_pcb* pPcb = NULL); //Passes a pcb if already created (by an accept req for instance), in that case transfers ownership
+ virtual ~LwipNetUdpSocket();
+
+ virtual NetUdpSocketErr bind(const Host& me);
+
+ virtual int /*if < 0 : NetUdpSocketErr*/ sendto(const char* buf, int len, Host* pHost);
+ virtual int /*if < 0 : NetUdpSocketErr*/ recvfrom(char* buf, int len, Host* pHost);
+
+ virtual NetUdpSocketErr close();
+
+ virtual NetUdpSocketErr poll();
+
+protected:
+ volatile udp_pcb* m_pPcb;
+
+ //Event callback from lwIp
+ void recvCb(udp_pcb* pcb, struct pbuf* p, ip_addr_t* addr, u16_t port);
+
+private:
+ void cleanUp(); //Flush input buffer
+ struct InPacket
+ {
+ volatile pbuf* pBuf;
+ ip_addr_t addr;
+ u16_t port;
+ };
+
+ list<InPacket> m_lInPkt;
+ IpAddr m_multicastGroup;
+
+ //Static callback : Transforms into a C++ callback
+ static void sRecvCb(void *arg, struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port);
+
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/if/net/netdnsrequest.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef NETDNSREQUEST_H
+#define NETDNSREQUEST_H
+
+//class Socket;
+class Host;
+//class NetService;
+class NetDnsRequest;
+
+#include "netservice.h"
+#include "ipaddr.h"
+#include "host.h"
+
+enum NetDnsReply
+{
+ NETDNS_PRTCL,
+ NETDNS_NOTFOUND, //Hostname is unknown
+ NETDNS_ERROR, //Problem with DNS Service
+ //...
+ NETDNS_FOUND,
+};
+
+class NetDnsRequest : public NetService
+{
+public:
+ NetDnsRequest(const char* hostname);
+ NetDnsRequest(Host* pHost);
+ virtual ~NetDnsRequest();
+
+ class CDummy;
+ template<class T>
+ //Linker bug : Must be defined here :(
+ void setOnReply( T* pItem, void (T::*pMethod)(NetDnsReply) )
+ {
+ m_pCbItem = (CDummy*) pItem;
+ m_pCbMeth = (void (CDummy::*)(NetDnsReply)) pMethod;
+ }
+
+ //Execute request & return OK if found, NOTFOUND or ERROR on error, or PROCESSING if the request has not completed yet
+ // virtual DnsErr pollState() = 0;
+ virtual void poll() = 0; //NetService fn
+
+ void getResult(IpAddr* pIp);
+
+ virtual void close();
+
+protected:
+ void onReply(NetDnsReply reply); //Must be called by impl when the request completes
+
+ IpAddr m_ip;
+ char* m_hostname;
+
+private:
+ CDummy* m_pCbItem;
+ void (CDummy::*m_pCbMeth)(NetDnsReply);
+
+ Host* m_pHost;
+
+ bool m_closed;
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/if/net/netif.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef NETIF_H
+#define NETIF_H
+
+#include "core/ipaddr.h"
+/*
+#include "nettcpsocket.h"
+#include "netudpsocket.h"
+#include "netdnsrequest.h"
+*/
+class NetTcpSocket;
+class NetUdpSocket;
+class NetDnsRequest;
+
+#if 0
+enum NetifEvent
+{
+ NETIF_CONNECTED, //Connected, can create & use sockets now
+ NETIF_DNSREPLY,
+ NETIF_DISCONNECTED
+};
+#endif
+
+class NetIf
+{
+public:
+ NetIf();
+ virtual ~NetIf();
+ virtual NetTcpSocket* tcpSocket() = 0; //Create a new tcp socket
+ virtual NetUdpSocket* udpSocket() = 0; //Create a new udp socket
+ virtual void poll() = 0;
+ virtual NetDnsRequest* dnsRequest(const char* hostname) = 0; //Create a new NetDnsRequest object
+ virtual NetDnsRequest* dnsRequest(Host* pHost) = 0; //Create a new NetDnsRequest object
+
+ //!Returns the IP of the interface once it's connected
+ IpAddr getIp() const;
+
+protected:
+ IpAddr m_ip;
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/if/net/nettcpsocket.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef NETTCPSOCKET_H
+#define NETTCPSOCKET_H
+
+#include "net.h"
+#include "host.h"
+
+#include <queue>
+using std::queue;
+
+//Implements a Berkeley-like socket if
+//Can be interfaced either to lwip or a Telit module
+
+enum NetTcpSocketErr
+{
+ __NETTCPSOCKET_MIN = -0xFFFF,
+ NETTCPSOCKET_SETUP, //NetTcpSocket not properly configured
+ NETTCPSOCKET_TIMEOUT,
+ NETTCPSOCKET_IF, //If has problems
+ NETTCPSOCKET_MEM, //Not enough mem
+ NETTCPSOCKET_INUSE, //If/Port is in use
+ NETTCPSOCKET_EMPTY, //Connections queue is empty
+ NETTCPSOCKET_RST, // Connection was reset by remote host
+//...
+ NETTCPSOCKET_OK = 0
+};
+
+enum NetTcpSocketEvent
+{
+ NETTCPSOCKET_CONNECTED, //Connected to host, must call accept() if we were listening
+ NETTCPSOCKET_ACCEPT, //Connected to client
+ NETTCPSOCKET_READABLE, //Data in buf
+ NETTCPSOCKET_WRITEABLE, //Can write data to buf
+ NETTCPSOCKET_CONTIMEOUT,
+ NETTCPSOCKET_CONRST,
+ NETTCPSOCKET_CONABRT,
+ NETTCPSOCKET_ERROR,
+ NETTCPSOCKET_DISCONNECTED
+};
+
+
+class NetTcpSocket
+{
+public:
+ NetTcpSocket();
+ virtual ~NetTcpSocket(); //close()
+
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr bind(const Host& me) = 0;
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr listen() = 0;
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr connect(const Host& host) = 0;
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr accept(Host* pClient, NetTcpSocket** ppNewNetTcpSocket) = 0;
+
+ virtual int /*if < 0 : NetTcpSocketErr*/ send(const char* buf, int len) = 0;
+ virtual int /*if < 0 : NetTcpSocketErr*/ recv(char* buf, int len) = 0;
+
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr close() = 0;
+
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr poll() = 0;
+
+ class CDummy;
+ //Callbacks
+ template<class T>
+ //Linker bug : Must be defined here :(
+ void setOnEvent( T* pItem, void (T::*pMethod)(NetTcpSocketEvent) )
+ {
+ m_pCbItem = (CDummy*) pItem;
+ m_pCbMeth = (void (CDummy::*)(NetTcpSocketEvent)) pMethod;
+ }
+
+ void resetOnEvent(); //Disable callback
+
+protected:
+ void queueEvent(NetTcpSocketEvent e);
+ void discardEvents();
+ void flushEvents(); //to be called during polling
+
+ Host m_host;
+ Host m_client;
+
+ friend class Net;
+ int m_refs;
+
+ bool m_closed;
+ bool m_removed;
+
+private:
+ //We do not want to execute user code in interrupt routines, so we queue events until the server is polled
+ //If we port this to a multithreaded OS, we could avoid this (however some functions here are not thread-safe, so beware ;) )
+ void onEvent(NetTcpSocketEvent e); //To be called on poll
+ CDummy* m_pCbItem;
+ void (CDummy::*m_pCbMeth)(NetTcpSocketEvent);
+ queue<NetTcpSocketEvent> m_events;
+
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/if/net/netudpsocket.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef NETUDPSOCKET_H
+#define NETUDPSOCKET_H
+
+#include "net.h"
+#include "host.h"
+
+#include <queue>
+using std::queue;
+
+//Implements a Berkeley-like socket if
+//Can be interfaced either to lwip or a Telit module
+
+enum NetUdpSocketErr
+{
+ __NETUDPSOCKET_MIN = -0xFFFF,
+ NETUDPSOCKET_SETUP, //NetUdpSocket not properly configured
+ NETUDPSOCKET_IF, //If has problems
+ NETUDPSOCKET_MEM, //Not enough mem
+ NETUDPSOCKET_INUSE, //If/Port is in use
+//...
+ NETUDPSOCKET_OK = 0
+};
+
+enum NetUdpSocketEvent //Only one lonely event here... but who knows, maybe some day there'll be another one!
+{
+ NETUDPSOCKET_READABLE, //Data in buf
+};
+
+
+class NetUdpSocket
+{
+public:
+ NetUdpSocket();
+ virtual ~NetUdpSocket(); //close()
+
+ virtual NetUdpSocketErr bind(const Host& me) = 0;
+
+ virtual int /*if < 0 : NetUdpSocketErr*/ sendto(const char* buf, int len, Host* pHost) = 0;
+ virtual int /*if < 0 : NetUdpSocketErr*/ recvfrom(char* buf, int len, Host* pHost) = 0;
+
+ /* TODO NTH : printf / scanf helpers that call send/recv */
+
+ virtual NetUdpSocketErr close() = 0;
+
+ virtual NetUdpSocketErr poll() = 0;
+
+ class CDummy;
+ //Callbacks
+ template<class T>
+ //Linker bug : Must be defined here :(
+ void setOnEvent( T* pItem, void (T::*pMethod)(NetUdpSocketEvent) )
+ {
+ m_pCbItem = (CDummy*) pItem;
+ m_pCbMeth = (void (CDummy::*)(NetUdpSocketEvent)) pMethod;
+ }
+
+ void resetOnEvent(); //Disable callback
+
+protected:
+ void queueEvent(NetUdpSocketEvent e);
+ void discardEvents();
+ void flushEvents(); //to be called during polling
+
+ Host m_host;
+ Host m_client;
+
+ friend class Net;
+ int m_refs;
+
+ bool m_closed;
+ bool m_removed;
+
+private:
+ //We do not want to execute user code in interrupt routines, so we queue events until the server is polled
+ //If we port this to a multithreaded OS, we could avoid this (however some functions here are not thread-safe, so beware ;) )
+ void onEvent(NetUdpSocketEvent e); //To be called on poll
+ CDummy* m_pCbItem;
+ void (CDummy::*m_pCbMeth)(NetUdpSocketEvent);
+ queue<NetUdpSocketEvent> m_events;
+
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/arch/cc.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/* + * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se> + * + */ +#ifndef __LWIP_ARCH_CC_H__ +#define __LWIP_ARCH_CC_H__ + +#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234 + +#define BYTE_ORDER LITTLE_ENDIAN + +typedef unsigned char u8_t; +typedef signed char s8_t; +typedef unsigned short u16_t; +typedef signed short s16_t; +typedef unsigned int u32_t; +typedef signed int s32_t; +typedef unsigned int mem_ptr_t; + +#ifndef NULL +#define NULL 0 +#endif + +#ifndef TRUE +#define TRUE 1 +#endif + +#ifndef FALSE +#define FALSE 0 +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#define LWIP_RAND rand + +#define LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(x) DBG x +#define LWIP_PLATFORM_ASSERT(x) DBG(x) + +#define LWIP_PROVIDE_ERRNO + +#define U16_F "hu" +#define S16_F "hd" +#define X16_F "hx" +#define U32_F "lu" +#define S32_F "ld" +#define X32_F "lx" + +#if 0 +/*Create compilation problems, and according to http://www.mail-archive.com/lwip-users@nongnu.org/msg06786.html, +lwIP uses packed structures, so packing the field is not really a good idea ;) */ +#define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) __packed x +#else +#define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) x +#endif + +#define PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT +#define PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN __packed +#define PACK_STRUCT_END + +#define LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM 3 + + +#endif /* __LWIP_ARCH_CC_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/arch/perf.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/*
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_ARCH_PERF_H__
+#define __LWIP_ARCH_PERF_H__
+
+#define PERF_START
+#define PERF_STOP(x)
+
+#define perf_init(fname)
+
+#if 0
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+void perf_init(char *fname) {
+ return;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_ARCH_PERF_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/arch/sys_arch.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/*
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_SYS_ARCH_H__
+#define __LWIP_SYS_ARCH_H__
+
+typedef unsigned int u32_t;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+//DG 2010
+void sys_init(void); /* To be called first */
+u32_t sys_jiffies(void); /* since power up. */
+
+/** Returns the current time in milliseconds,
+ * may be the same as sys_jiffies or at least based on it. */
+u32_t sys_now(void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_ARCH_CC_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/autoip.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/**
+ * @file
+ *
+ * AutoIP Automatic LinkLocal IP Configuration
+ */
+
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * Author: Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
+ *
+ * This is a AutoIP implementation for the lwIP TCP/IP stack. It aims to conform
+ * with RFC 3927.
+ *
+ *
+ * Please coordinate changes and requests with Dominik Spies
+ * <kontakt@dspies.de>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__
+#define __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_AUTOIP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/udp.h"
+#include "netif/etharp.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* AutoIP Timing */
+#define AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL 100
+#define AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND (1000 / AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL)
+
+/* RFC 3927 Constants */
+#define PROBE_WAIT 1 /* second (initial random delay) */
+#define PROBE_MIN 1 /* second (minimum delay till repeated probe) */
+#define PROBE_MAX 2 /* seconds (maximum delay till repeated probe) */
+#define PROBE_NUM 3 /* (number of probe packets) */
+#define ANNOUNCE_NUM 2 /* (number of announcement packets) */
+#define ANNOUNCE_INTERVAL 2 /* seconds (time between announcement packets) */
+#define ANNOUNCE_WAIT 2 /* seconds (delay before announcing) */
+#define MAX_CONFLICTS 10 /* (max conflicts before rate limiting) */
+#define RATE_LIMIT_INTERVAL 60 /* seconds (delay between successive attempts) */
+#define DEFEND_INTERVAL 10 /* seconds (min. wait between defensive ARPs) */
+
+/* AutoIP client states */
+#define AUTOIP_STATE_OFF 0
+#define AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING 1
+#define AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING 2
+#define AUTOIP_STATE_BOUND 3
+
+struct autoip
+{
+ ip_addr_t llipaddr; /* the currently selected, probed, announced or used LL IP-Address */
+ u8_t state; /* current AutoIP state machine state */
+ u8_t sent_num; /* sent number of probes or announces, dependent on state */
+ u16_t ttw; /* ticks to wait, tick is AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL long */
+ u8_t lastconflict; /* ticks until a conflict can be solved by defending */
+ u8_t tried_llipaddr; /* total number of probed/used Link Local IP-Addresses */
+};
+
+
+/** Init srand, has to be called before entering mainloop */
+void autoip_init(void);
+
+/** Set a struct autoip allocated by the application to work with */
+void autoip_set_struct(struct netif *netif, struct autoip *autoip);
+
+/** Start AutoIP client */
+err_t autoip_start(struct netif *netif);
+
+/** Stop AutoIP client */
+err_t autoip_stop(struct netif *netif);
+
+/** Handles every incoming ARP Packet, called by etharp_arp_input */
+void autoip_arp_reply(struct netif *netif, struct etharp_hdr *hdr);
+
+/** Has to be called in loop every AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds */
+void autoip_tmr(void);
+
+/** Handle a possible change in the network configuration */
+void autoip_network_changed(struct netif *netif);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/icmp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_ICMP_H__
+#define __LWIP_ICMP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define ICMP_ER 0 /* echo reply */
+#define ICMP_DUR 3 /* destination unreachable */
+#define ICMP_SQ 4 /* source quench */
+#define ICMP_RD 5 /* redirect */
+#define ICMP_ECHO 8 /* echo */
+#define ICMP_TE 11 /* time exceeded */
+#define ICMP_PP 12 /* parameter problem */
+#define ICMP_TS 13 /* timestamp */
+#define ICMP_TSR 14 /* timestamp reply */
+#define ICMP_IRQ 15 /* information request */
+#define ICMP_IR 16 /* information reply */
+
+enum icmp_dur_type {
+ ICMP_DUR_NET = 0, /* net unreachable */
+ ICMP_DUR_HOST = 1, /* host unreachable */
+ ICMP_DUR_PROTO = 2, /* protocol unreachable */
+ ICMP_DUR_PORT = 3, /* port unreachable */
+ ICMP_DUR_FRAG = 4, /* fragmentation needed and DF set */
+ ICMP_DUR_SR = 5 /* source route failed */
+};
+
+enum icmp_te_type {
+ ICMP_TE_TTL = 0, /* time to live exceeded in transit */
+ ICMP_TE_FRAG = 1 /* fragment reassembly time exceeded */
+};
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+/* This is the standard ICMP header only that the u32_t data
+ * is splitted to two u16_t like ICMP echo needs it.
+ * This header is also used for other ICMP types that do not
+ * use the data part.
+ */
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct icmp_echo_hdr {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t type);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t code);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t chksum);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t id);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t seqno);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#define ICMPH_TYPE(hdr) ((hdr)->type)
+#define ICMPH_CODE(hdr) ((hdr)->code)
+
+/* Combines type and code to an u16_t */
+#define ICMPH_TYPE_SET(hdr, t) ((hdr)->type = (t))
+#define ICMPH_CODE_SET(hdr, c) ((hdr)->code = (c))
+
+
+#if LWIP_ICMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+void icmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
+void icmp_dest_unreach(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_dur_type t);
+void icmp_time_exceeded(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_te_type t);
+
+#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_ICMP_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/igmp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 CITEL Technologies Ltd.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of CITEL Technologies Ltd nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY CITEL TECHNOLOGIES AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL CITEL TECHNOLOGIES OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is a contribution to the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ * The Swedish Institute of Computer Science and Adam Dunkels
+ * are specifically granted permission to redistribute this
+ * source code.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_IGMP_H__
+#define __LWIP_IGMP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* IGMP timer */
+#define IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL 100 /* Milliseconds */
+#define IGMP_V1_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR (1000/IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL)
+#define IGMP_JOIN_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR (500 /IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL)
+
+/* MAC Filter Actions, these are passed to a netif's
+ * igmp_mac_filter callback function. */
+#define IGMP_DEL_MAC_FILTER 0
+#define IGMP_ADD_MAC_FILTER 1
+
+
+/**
+ * igmp group structure - there is
+ * a list of groups for each interface
+ * these should really be linked from the interface, but
+ * if we keep them separate we will not affect the lwip original code
+ * too much
+ *
+ * There will be a group for the all systems group address but this
+ * will not run the state machine as it is used to kick off reports
+ * from all the other groups
+ */
+struct igmp_group {
+ /** next link */
+ struct igmp_group *next;
+ /** interface on which the group is active */
+ struct netif *netif;
+ /** multicast address */
+ ip_addr_t group_address;
+ /** signifies we were the last person to report */
+ u8_t last_reporter_flag;
+ /** current state of the group */
+ u8_t group_state;
+ /** timer for reporting, negative is OFF */
+ u16_t timer;
+ /** counter of simultaneous uses */
+ u8_t use;
+};
+
+/* Prototypes */
+void igmp_init(void);
+err_t igmp_start(struct netif *netif);
+err_t igmp_stop(struct netif *netif);
+void igmp_report_groups(struct netif *netif);
+struct igmp_group *igmp_lookfor_group(struct netif *ifp, ip_addr_t *addr);
+void igmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp, ip_addr_t *dest);
+err_t igmp_joingroup(ip_addr_t *ifaddr, ip_addr_t *groupaddr);
+err_t igmp_leavegroup(ip_addr_t *ifaddr, ip_addr_t *groupaddr);
+void igmp_tmr(void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_IGMP_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/inet.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_INET_H__
+#define __LWIP_INET_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* For compatibility with BSD code */
+struct in_addr {
+ u32_t s_addr;
+};
+
+/** 255.255.255.255 */
+#define INADDR_NONE IPADDR_NONE
+/** 127.0.0.1 */
+#define INADDR_LOOPBACK IPADDR_LOOPBACK
+/** 0.0.0.0 */
+#define INADDR_ANY IPADDR_ANY
+/** 255.255.255.255 */
+#define INADDR_BROADCAST IPADDR_BROADCAST
+
+/* Definitions of the bits in an Internet address integer.
+
+ On subnets, host and network parts are found according to
+ the subnet mask, not these masks. */
+#define IN_CLASSA(a) IP_CLASSA(a)
+#define IN_CLASSA_NET IP_CLASSA_NET
+#define IN_CLASSA_NSHIFT IP_CLASSA_NSHIFT
+#define IN_CLASSA_HOST IP_CLASSA_HOST
+#define IN_CLASSA_MAX IP_CLASSA_MAX
+
+#define IN_CLASSB(b) IP_CLASSB(b)
+#define IN_CLASSB_NET IP_CLASSB_NET
+#define IN_CLASSB_NSHIFT IP_CLASSB_NSHIFT
+#define IN_CLASSB_HOST IP_CLASSB_HOST
+#define IN_CLASSB_MAX IP_CLASSB_MAX
+
+#define IN_CLASSC(c) IP_CLASSC(c)
+#define IN_CLASSC_NET IP_CLASSC_NET
+#define IN_CLASSC_NSHIFT IP_CLASSC_NSHIFT
+#define IN_CLASSC_HOST IP_CLASSC_HOST
+#define IN_CLASSC_MAX IP_CLASSC_MAX
+
+#define IN_CLASSD(d) IP_CLASSD(d)
+#define IN_CLASSD_NET IP_CLASSD_NET /* These ones aren't really */
+#define IN_CLASSD_NSHIFT IP_CLASSD_NSHIFT /* net and host fields, but */
+#define IN_CLASSD_HOST IP_CLASSD_HOST /* routing needn't know. */
+#define IN_CLASSD_MAX IP_CLASSD_MAX
+
+#define IN_MULTICAST(a) IP_MULTICAST(a)
+
+#define IN_EXPERIMENTAL(a) IP_EXPERIMENTAL(a)
+#define IN_BADCLASS(a) IP_BADCLASS(a)
+
+#define IN_LOOPBACKNET IP_LOOPBACKNET
+
+#define inet_addr_from_ipaddr(target_inaddr, source_ipaddr) ((target_inaddr)->s_addr = ip4_addr_get_u32(source_ipaddr))
+#define inet_addr_to_ipaddr(target_ipaddr, source_inaddr) (ip4_addr_set_u32(target_ipaddr, (source_inaddr)->s_addr))
+/* ATTENTION: the next define only works because both s_addr and ip_addr_t are an u32_t effectively! */
+#define inet_addr_to_ipaddr_p(target_ipaddr_p, source_inaddr) ((target_ipaddr_p) = (ip_addr_t*)&((source_inaddr)->s_addr))
+
+/* directly map this to the lwip internal functions */
+#define inet_addr(cp) ipaddr_addr(cp)
+#define inet_aton(cp, addr) ipaddr_aton(cp, (ip_addr_t*)addr)
+#define inet_ntoa(addr) ipaddr_ntoa((ip_addr_t*)&(addr))
+#define inet_ntoa_r(addr, buf, buflen) ipaddr_ntoa_r((ip_addr_t*)&(addr), buf, buflen)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_INET_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/inet_chksum.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_INET_CHKSUM_H__
+#define __LWIP_INET_CHKSUM_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+
+/** Swap the bytes in an u16_t: much like htons() for little-endian */
+#ifndef SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD
+#if LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)
+/* little endian and PLATFORM_BYTESWAP defined */
+#define SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(w) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(w)
+#else /* LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN) */
+/* can't use htons on big endian (or PLATFORM_BYTESWAP not defined)... */
+#define SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(w) (((w) & 0xff) << 8) | (((w) & 0xff00) >> 8)
+#endif /* LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)*/
+#endif /* SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD */
+
+/** Split an u32_t in two u16_ts and add them up */
+#ifndef FOLD_U32T
+#define FOLD_U32T(u) (((u) >> 16) + ((u) & 0x0000ffffUL))
+#endif
+
+#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
+/** Function-like macro: same as MEMCPY but returns the checksum of copied data
+ as u16_t */
+#ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY
+#define LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY(dst, src, len) lwip_chksum_copy(dst, src, len)
+#ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM
+#define LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM 1
+#endif /* LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM */
+#endif /* LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY */
+#else /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
+#define LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM 0
+#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+u16_t inet_chksum(void *dataptr, u16_t len);
+u16_t inet_chksum_pbuf(struct pbuf *p);
+u16_t inet_chksum_pseudo(struct pbuf *p,
+ ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
+ u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len);
+u16_t inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(struct pbuf *p,
+ ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
+ u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len, u16_t chksum_len);
+#if LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM
+u16_t lwip_chksum_copy(void *dst, const void *src, u16_t len);
+#endif /* LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_INET_H__ */
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/ip.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_IP_H__
+#define __LWIP_IP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** Currently, the function ip_output_if_opt() is only used with IGMP */
+#define IP_OPTIONS_SEND LWIP_IGMP
+
+#define IP_HLEN 20
+
+#define IP_PROTO_ICMP 1
+#define IP_PROTO_IGMP 2
+#define IP_PROTO_UDP 17
+#define IP_PROTO_UDPLITE 136
+#define IP_PROTO_TCP 6
+
+/* This is passed as the destination address to ip_output_if (not
+ to ip_output), meaning that an IP header already is constructed
+ in the pbuf. This is used when TCP retransmits. */
+#ifdef IP_HDRINCL
+#undef IP_HDRINCL
+#endif /* IP_HDRINCL */
+#define IP_HDRINCL NULL
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
+#define IP_PCB_ADDRHINT ;u8_t addr_hint
+#else
+#define IP_PCB_ADDRHINT
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT */
+
+/* This is the common part of all PCB types. It needs to be at the
+ beginning of a PCB type definition. It is located here so that
+ changes to this common part are made in one location instead of
+ having to change all PCB structs. */
+#define IP_PCB \
+ /* ip addresses in network byte order */ \
+ ip_addr_t local_ip; \
+ ip_addr_t remote_ip; \
+ /* Socket options */ \
+ u8_t so_options; \
+ /* Type Of Service */ \
+ u8_t tos; \
+ /* Time To Live */ \
+ u8_t ttl \
+ /* link layer address resolution hint */ \
+ IP_PCB_ADDRHINT
+
+struct ip_pcb {
+/* Common members of all PCB types */
+ IP_PCB;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Option flags per-socket. These are the same like SO_XXX.
+ */
+/*#define SOF_DEBUG (u8_t)0x01U Unimplemented: turn on debugging info recording */
+#define SOF_ACCEPTCONN (u8_t)0x02U /* socket has had listen() */
+#define SOF_REUSEADDR (u8_t)0x04U /* allow local address reuse */
+#define SOF_KEEPALIVE (u8_t)0x08U /* keep connections alive */
+/*#define SOF_DONTROUTE (u8_t)0x10U Unimplemented: just use interface addresses */
+#define SOF_BROADCAST (u8_t)0x20U /* permit to send and to receive broadcast messages (see IP_SOF_BROADCAST option) */
+/*#define SOF_USELOOPBACK (u8_t)0x40U Unimplemented: bypass hardware when possible */
+#define SOF_LINGER (u8_t)0x80U /* linger on close if data present */
+/*#define SOF_OOBINLINE (u16_t)0x0100U Unimplemented: leave received OOB data in line */
+/*#define SOF_REUSEPORT (u16_t)0x0200U Unimplemented: allow local address & port reuse */
+
+/* These flags are inherited (e.g. from a listen-pcb to a connection-pcb): */
+#define SOF_INHERITED (SOF_REUSEADDR|SOF_KEEPALIVE|SOF_LINGER/*|SOF_DEBUG|SOF_DONTROUTE|SOF_OOBINLINE*/)
+
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct ip_hdr {
+ /* version / header length / type of service */
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _v_hl_tos);
+ /* total length */
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _len);
+ /* identification */
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _id);
+ /* fragment offset field */
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _offset);
+#define IP_RF 0x8000 /* reserved fragment flag */
+#define IP_DF 0x4000 /* dont fragment flag */
+#define IP_MF 0x2000 /* more fragments flag */
+#define IP_OFFMASK 0x1fff /* mask for fragmenting bits */
+ /* time to live */
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t _ttl);
+ /* protocol*/
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t _proto);
+ /* checksum */
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _chksum);
+ /* source and destination IP addresses */
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t src);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t dest);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#define IPH_V(hdr) (ntohs((hdr)->_v_hl_tos) >> 12)
+#define IPH_HL(hdr) ((ntohs((hdr)->_v_hl_tos) >> 8) & 0x0f)
+#define IPH_TOS(hdr) (ntohs((hdr)->_v_hl_tos) & 0xff)
+#define IPH_LEN(hdr) ((hdr)->_len)
+#define IPH_ID(hdr) ((hdr)->_id)
+#define IPH_OFFSET(hdr) ((hdr)->_offset)
+#define IPH_TTL(hdr) ((hdr)->_ttl)
+#define IPH_PROTO(hdr) ((hdr)->_proto)
+#define IPH_CHKSUM(hdr) ((hdr)->_chksum)
+
+#define IPH_VHLTOS_SET(hdr, v, hl, tos) (hdr)->_v_hl_tos = (htons(((v) << 12) | ((hl) << 8) | (tos)))
+#define IPH_LEN_SET(hdr, len) (hdr)->_len = (len)
+#define IPH_ID_SET(hdr, id) (hdr)->_id = (id)
+#define IPH_OFFSET_SET(hdr, off) (hdr)->_offset = (off)
+#define IPH_TTL_SET(hdr, ttl) (hdr)->_ttl = (u8_t)(ttl)
+#define IPH_PROTO_SET(hdr, proto) (hdr)->_proto = (u8_t)(proto)
+#define IPH_CHKSUM_SET(hdr, chksum) (hdr)->_chksum = (chksum)
+
+/** The interface that provided the packet for the current callback invocation. */
+extern struct netif *current_netif;
+/** Header of the input packet currently being processed. */
+extern const struct ip_hdr *current_header;
+/** Source IP address of current_header */
+extern ip_addr_t current_iphdr_src;
+/** Destination IP address of current_header */
+extern ip_addr_t current_iphdr_dest;
+
+#define ip_init() /* Compatibility define, not init needed. */
+struct netif *ip_route(ip_addr_t *dest);
+err_t ip_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
+err_t ip_output(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
+ u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto);
+err_t ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
+ u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto,
+ struct netif *netif);
+#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
+err_t ip_output_hinted(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
+ u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, u8_t *addr_hint);
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT */
+#if IP_OPTIONS_SEND
+err_t ip_output_if_opt(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
+ u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, struct netif *netif, void *ip_options,
+ u16_t optlen);
+#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_SEND */
+/** Get the interface that received the current packet.
+ * This function must only be called from a receive callback (udp_recv,
+ * raw_recv, tcp_accept). It will return NULL otherwise. */
+#define ip_current_netif() (current_netif)
+/** Get the IP header of the current packet.
+ * This function must only be called from a receive callback (udp_recv,
+ * raw_recv, tcp_accept). It will return NULL otherwise. */
+#define ip_current_header() (current_header)
+/** Source IP address of current_header */
+#define ip_current_src_addr() (¤t_iphdr_src)
+/** Destination IP address of current_header */
+#define ip_current_dest_addr() (¤t_iphdr_dest)
+
+#if IP_DEBUG
+void ip_debug_print(struct pbuf *p);
+#else
+#define ip_debug_print(p)
+#endif /* IP_DEBUG */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_IP_H__ */
+
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/ip_addr.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__
+#define __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* This is the aligned version of ip_addr_t,
+ used as local variable, on the stack, etc. */
+struct ip_addr {
+ u32_t addr;
+};
+
+/* This is the packed version of ip_addr_t,
+ used in network headers that are itself packed */
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct ip_addr_packed {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t addr);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+/** ip_addr_t uses a struct for convenience only, so that the same defines can
+ * operate both on ip_addr_t as well as on ip_addr_p_t. */
+typedef struct ip_addr ip_addr_t;
+typedef struct ip_addr_packed ip_addr_p_t;
+
+/*
+ * struct ipaddr2 is used in the definition of the ARP packet format in
+ * order to support compilers that don't have structure packing.
+ */
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct ip_addr2 {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t addrw[2]);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Forward declaration to not include netif.h */
+struct netif;
+
+extern const ip_addr_t ip_addr_any;
+extern const ip_addr_t ip_addr_broadcast;
+
+/** IP_ADDR_ can be used as a fixed IP address
+ * for the wildcard and the broadcast address
+ */
+#define IP_ADDR_ANY ((ip_addr_t *)&ip_addr_any)
+#define IP_ADDR_BROADCAST ((ip_addr_t *)&ip_addr_broadcast)
+
+/** 255.255.255.255 */
+#define IPADDR_NONE ((u32_t)0xffffffffUL)
+/** 127.0.0.1 */
+#define IPADDR_LOOPBACK ((u32_t)0x7f000001UL)
+/** 0.0.0.0 */
+#define IPADDR_ANY ((u32_t)0x00000000UL)
+/** 255.255.255.255 */
+#define IPADDR_BROADCAST ((u32_t)0xffffffffUL)
+
+/* Definitions of the bits in an Internet address integer.
+
+ On subnets, host and network parts are found according to
+ the subnet mask, not these masks. */
+#define IP_CLASSA(a) ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0x80000000UL) == 0)
+#define IP_CLASSA_NET 0xff000000
+#define IP_CLASSA_NSHIFT 24
+#define IP_CLASSA_HOST (0xffffffff & ~IP_CLASSA_NET)
+#define IP_CLASSA_MAX 128
+
+#define IP_CLASSB(a) ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0xc0000000UL) == 0x80000000UL)
+#define IP_CLASSB_NET 0xffff0000
+#define IP_CLASSB_NSHIFT 16
+#define IP_CLASSB_HOST (0xffffffff & ~IP_CLASSB_NET)
+#define IP_CLASSB_MAX 65536
+
+#define IP_CLASSC(a) ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0xe0000000UL) == 0xc0000000UL)
+#define IP_CLASSC_NET 0xffffff00
+#define IP_CLASSC_NSHIFT 8
+#define IP_CLASSC_HOST (0xffffffff & ~IP_CLASSC_NET)
+
+#define IP_CLASSD(a) (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xe0000000UL)
+#define IP_CLASSD_NET 0xf0000000 /* These ones aren't really */
+#define IP_CLASSD_NSHIFT 28 /* net and host fields, but */
+#define IP_CLASSD_HOST 0x0fffffff /* routing needn't know. */
+#define IP_MULTICAST(a) IP_CLASSD(a)
+
+#define IP_EXPERIMENTAL(a) (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xf0000000UL)
+#define IP_BADCLASS(a) (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xf0000000UL)
+
+#define IP_LOOPBACKNET 127 /* official! */
+
+
+#if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN
+/** Set an IP address given by the four byte-parts */
+#define IP4_ADDR(ipaddr, a,b,c,d) \
+ (ipaddr)->addr = ((u32_t)((a) & 0xff) << 24) | \
+ ((u32_t)((b) & 0xff) << 16) | \
+ ((u32_t)((c) & 0xff) << 8) | \
+ (u32_t)((d) & 0xff)
+#else
+/** Set an IP address given by the four byte-parts.
+ Little-endian version that prevents the use of htonl. */
+#define IP4_ADDR(ipaddr, a,b,c,d) \
+ (ipaddr)->addr = ((u32_t)((d) & 0xff) << 24) | \
+ ((u32_t)((c) & 0xff) << 16) | \
+ ((u32_t)((b) & 0xff) << 8) | \
+ (u32_t)((a) & 0xff)
+#endif
+
+/** MEMCPY-like copying of IP addresses where addresses are known to be
+ * 16-bit-aligned if the port is correctly configured (so a port could define
+ * this to copying 2 u16_t's) - no NULL-pointer-checking needed. */
+#ifndef IPADDR2_COPY
+#define IPADDR2_COPY(dest, src) SMEMCPY(dest, src, sizeof(ip_addr_t))
+#endif
+
+/** Copy IP address - faster than ip_addr_set: no NULL check */
+#define ip_addr_copy(dest, src) ((dest).addr = (src).addr)
+/** Safely copy one IP address to another (src may be NULL) */
+#define ip_addr_set(dest, src) ((dest)->addr = \
+ ((src) == NULL ? 0 : \
+ (src)->addr))
+/** Set complete address to zero */
+#define ip_addr_set_zero(ipaddr) ((ipaddr)->addr = 0)
+/** Set address to IPADDR_ANY (no need for htonl()) */
+#define ip_addr_set_any(ipaddr) ((ipaddr)->addr = IPADDR_ANY)
+/** Set address to loopback address */
+#define ip_addr_set_loopback(ipaddr) ((ipaddr)->addr = PP_HTONL(IPADDR_LOOPBACK))
+/** Safely copy one IP address to another and change byte order
+ * from host- to network-order. */
+#define ip_addr_set_hton(dest, src) ((dest)->addr = \
+ ((src) == NULL ? 0:\
+ htonl((src)->addr)))
+/** IPv4 only: set the IP address given as an u32_t */
+#define ip4_addr_set_u32(dest_ipaddr, src_u32) ((dest_ipaddr)->addr = (src_u32))
+/** IPv4 only: get the IP address as an u32_t */
+#define ip4_addr_get_u32(src_ipaddr) ((src_ipaddr)->addr)
+
+/** Get the network address by combining host address with netmask */
+#define ip_addr_get_network(target, host, netmask) ((target)->addr = ((host)->addr) & ((netmask)->addr))
+
+/**
+ * Determine if two address are on the same network.
+ *
+ * @arg addr1 IP address 1
+ * @arg addr2 IP address 2
+ * @arg mask network identifier mask
+ * @return !0 if the network identifiers of both address match
+ */
+#define ip_addr_netcmp(addr1, addr2, mask) (((addr1)->addr & \
+ (mask)->addr) == \
+ ((addr2)->addr & \
+ (mask)->addr))
+#define ip_addr_cmp(addr1, addr2) ((addr1)->addr == (addr2)->addr)
+
+#define ip_addr_isany(addr1) ((addr1) == NULL || (addr1)->addr == IPADDR_ANY)
+
+#define ip_addr_isbroadcast(ipaddr, netif) ip4_addr_isbroadcast((ipaddr)->addr, (netif))
+u8_t ip4_addr_isbroadcast(u32_t addr, const struct netif *netif);
+
+#define ip_addr_netmask_valid(netmask) ip4_addr_netmask_valid((netmask)->addr)
+u8_t ip4_addr_netmask_valid(u32_t netmask);
+
+#define ip_addr_ismulticast(addr1) (((addr1)->addr & PP_HTONL(0xf0000000UL)) == PP_HTONL(0xe0000000UL))
+
+#define ip_addr_islinklocal(addr1) (((addr1)->addr & PP_HTONL(0xffff0000UL)) == PP_HTONL(0xa9fe0000UL))
+
+#define ip_addr_debug_print(debug, ipaddr) \
+ LWIP_DEBUGF(debug, ("%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F, \
+ ipaddr != NULL ? ip4_addr1_16(ipaddr) : 0, \
+ ipaddr != NULL ? ip4_addr2_16(ipaddr) : 0, \
+ ipaddr != NULL ? ip4_addr3_16(ipaddr) : 0, \
+ ipaddr != NULL ? ip4_addr4_16(ipaddr) : 0))
+
+/* Get one byte from the 4-byte address */
+#define ip4_addr1(ipaddr) (((u8_t*)(ipaddr))[0])
+#define ip4_addr2(ipaddr) (((u8_t*)(ipaddr))[1])
+#define ip4_addr3(ipaddr) (((u8_t*)(ipaddr))[2])
+#define ip4_addr4(ipaddr) (((u8_t*)(ipaddr))[3])
+/* These are cast to u16_t, with the intent that they are often arguments
+ * to printf using the U16_F format from cc.h. */
+#define ip4_addr1_16(ipaddr) ((u16_t)ip4_addr1(ipaddr))
+#define ip4_addr2_16(ipaddr) ((u16_t)ip4_addr2(ipaddr))
+#define ip4_addr3_16(ipaddr) ((u16_t)ip4_addr3(ipaddr))
+#define ip4_addr4_16(ipaddr) ((u16_t)ip4_addr4(ipaddr))
+
+/** For backwards compatibility */
+#define ip_ntoa(ipaddr) ipaddr_ntoa(ipaddr)
+
+u32_t ipaddr_addr(const char *cp);
+int ipaddr_aton(const char *cp, ip_addr_t *addr);
+/** returns ptr to static buffer; not reentrant! */
+char *ipaddr_ntoa(const ip_addr_t *addr);
+char *ipaddr_ntoa_r(const ip_addr_t *addr, char *buf, int buflen);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/ip_frag.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Jani Monoses <jani@iv.ro>
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__
+#define __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if IP_REASSEMBLY
+/* The IP reassembly timer interval in milliseconds. */
+#define IP_TMR_INTERVAL 1000
+
+/* IP reassembly helper struct.
+ * This is exported because memp needs to know the size.
+ */
+struct ip_reassdata {
+ struct ip_reassdata *next;
+ struct pbuf *p;
+ struct ip_hdr iphdr;
+ u16_t datagram_len;
+ u8_t flags;
+ u8_t timer;
+};
+
+void ip_reass_init(void);
+void ip_reass_tmr(void);
+struct pbuf * ip_reass(struct pbuf *p);
+#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
+
+#if IP_FRAG
+#if !IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF && !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF
+/** A custom pbuf that holds a reference to another pbuf, which is freed
+ * when this custom pbuf is freed. This is used to create a custom PBUF_REF
+ * that points into the original pbuf. */
+struct pbuf_custom_ref {
+ /** 'base class' */
+ struct pbuf_custom pc;
+ /** pointer to the original pbuf that is referenced */
+ struct pbuf *original;
+};
+#endif /* !IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF && !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF */
+
+err_t ip_frag(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *dest);
+#endif /* IP_FRAG */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/api.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_API_H__
+#define __LWIP_API_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_NETCONN /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */
+
+#include "lwip/netbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Throughout this file, IP addresses and port numbers are expected to be in
+ * the same byte order as in the corresponding pcb.
+ */
+
+/* Flags for netconn_write (u8_t) */
+#define NETCONN_NOFLAG 0x00
+#define NETCONN_NOCOPY 0x00 /* Only for source code compatibility */
+#define NETCONN_COPY 0x01
+#define NETCONN_MORE 0x02
+#define NETCONN_DONTBLOCK 0x04
+
+/* Flags for struct netconn.flags (u8_t) */
+/** TCP: when data passed to netconn_write doesn't fit into the send buffer,
+ this temporarily stores whether to wake up the original application task
+ if data couldn't be sent in the first try. */
+#define NETCONN_FLAG_WRITE_DELAYED 0x01
+/** Should this netconn avoid blocking? */
+#define NETCONN_FLAG_NON_BLOCKING 0x02
+/** Was the last connect action a non-blocking one? */
+#define NETCONN_FLAG_IN_NONBLOCKING_CONNECT 0x04
+/** If this is set, a TCP netconn must call netconn_recved() to update
+ the TCP receive window (done automatically if not set). */
+#define NETCONN_FLAG_NO_AUTO_RECVED 0x08
+/** If a nonblocking write has been rejected before, poll_tcp needs to
+ check if the netconn is writable again */
+#define NETCONN_FLAG_CHECK_WRITESPACE 0x10
+
+
+/* Helpers to process several netconn_types by the same code */
+#define NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(t) (t&0xF0)
+#define NETCONNTYPE_DATAGRAM(t) (t&0xE0)
+
+/** Protocol family and type of the netconn */
+enum netconn_type {
+ NETCONN_INVALID = 0,
+ /* NETCONN_TCP Group */
+ NETCONN_TCP = 0x10,
+ /* NETCONN_UDP Group */
+ NETCONN_UDP = 0x20,
+ NETCONN_UDPLITE = 0x21,
+ NETCONN_UDPNOCHKSUM= 0x22,
+ /* NETCONN_RAW Group */
+ NETCONN_RAW = 0x40
+};
+
+/** Current state of the netconn. Non-TCP netconns are always
+ * in state NETCONN_NONE! */
+enum netconn_state {
+ NETCONN_NONE,
+ NETCONN_WRITE,
+ NETCONN_LISTEN,
+ NETCONN_CONNECT,
+ NETCONN_CLOSE
+};
+
+/** Use to inform the callback function about changes */
+enum netconn_evt {
+ NETCONN_EVT_RCVPLUS,
+ NETCONN_EVT_RCVMINUS,
+ NETCONN_EVT_SENDPLUS,
+ NETCONN_EVT_SENDMINUS,
+ NETCONN_EVT_ERROR
+};
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+/** Used for netconn_join_leave_group() */
+enum netconn_igmp {
+ NETCONN_JOIN,
+ NETCONN_LEAVE
+};
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+
+/* forward-declare some structs to avoid to include their headers */
+struct ip_pcb;
+struct tcp_pcb;
+struct udp_pcb;
+struct raw_pcb;
+struct netconn;
+struct api_msg_msg;
+
+/** A callback prototype to inform about events for a netconn */
+typedef void (* netconn_callback)(struct netconn *, enum netconn_evt, u16_t len);
+
+/** A netconn descriptor */
+struct netconn {
+ /** type of the netconn (TCP, UDP or RAW) */
+ enum netconn_type type;
+ /** current state of the netconn */
+ enum netconn_state state;
+ /** the lwIP internal protocol control block */
+ union {
+ struct ip_pcb *ip;
+ struct tcp_pcb *tcp;
+ struct udp_pcb *udp;
+ struct raw_pcb *raw;
+ } pcb;
+ /** the last error this netconn had */
+ err_t last_err;
+ /** sem that is used to synchroneously execute functions in the core context */
+ sys_sem_t op_completed;
+ /** mbox where received packets are stored until they are fetched
+ by the netconn application thread (can grow quite big) */
+ sys_mbox_t recvmbox;
+#if LWIP_TCP
+ /** mbox where new connections are stored until processed
+ by the application thread */
+ sys_mbox_t acceptmbox;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+ /** only used for socket layer */
+#if LWIP_SOCKET
+ int socket;
+#endif /* LWIP_SOCKET */
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
+ /** timeout to wait for new data to be received
+ (or connections to arrive for listening netconns) */
+ int recv_timeout;
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO */
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
+ /** maximum amount of bytes queued in recvmbox
+ not used for TCP: adjust TCP_WND instead! */
+ int recv_bufsize;
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVBUF */
+ /** number of bytes currently in recvmbox to be received,
+ tested against recv_bufsize to limit bytes on recvmbox
+ for UDP and RAW
+ @todo: should only be necessary with LWIP_SO_RCVBUF==1 */
+ s16_t recv_avail;
+ /** flags holding more netconn-internal state, see NETCONN_FLAG_* defines */
+ u8_t flags;
+#if LWIP_TCP
+ /** TCP: when data passed to netconn_write doesn't fit into the send buffer,
+ this temporarily stores how much is already sent. */
+ size_t write_offset;
+ /** TCP: when data passed to netconn_write doesn't fit into the send buffer,
+ this temporarily stores the message.
+ Also used during connect and close. */
+ struct api_msg_msg *current_msg;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+ /** A callback function that is informed about events for this netconn */
+ netconn_callback callback;
+};
+
+/** Register an Network connection event */
+#define API_EVENT(c,e,l) if (c->callback) { \
+ (*c->callback)(c, e, l); \
+ }
+
+/** Set conn->last_err to err but don't overwrite fatal errors */
+#define NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err) do { \
+ SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev); \
+ SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev); \
+ if (!ERR_IS_FATAL((conn)->last_err)) { \
+ (conn)->last_err = err; \
+ } \
+ SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev); \
+} while(0);
+
+/* Network connection functions: */
+#define netconn_new(t) netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(t, 0, NULL)
+#define netconn_new_with_callback(t, c) netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(t, 0, c)
+struct
+netconn *netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(enum netconn_type t, u8_t proto,
+ netconn_callback callback);
+err_t netconn_delete(struct netconn *conn);
+/** Get the type of a netconn (as enum netconn_type). */
+#define netconn_type(conn) (conn->type)
+
+err_t netconn_getaddr(struct netconn *conn, ip_addr_t *addr,
+ u16_t *port, u8_t local);
+#define netconn_peer(c,i,p) netconn_getaddr(c,i,p,0)
+#define netconn_addr(c,i,p) netconn_getaddr(c,i,p,1)
+
+err_t netconn_bind(struct netconn *conn, ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port);
+err_t netconn_connect(struct netconn *conn, ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port);
+err_t netconn_disconnect (struct netconn *conn);
+err_t netconn_listen_with_backlog(struct netconn *conn, u8_t backlog);
+#define netconn_listen(conn) netconn_listen_with_backlog(conn, TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG)
+err_t netconn_accept(struct netconn *conn, struct netconn **new_conn);
+err_t netconn_recv(struct netconn *conn, struct netbuf **new_buf);
+err_t netconn_recv_tcp_pbuf(struct netconn *conn, struct pbuf **new_buf);
+void netconn_recved(struct netconn *conn, u32_t length);
+err_t netconn_sendto(struct netconn *conn, struct netbuf *buf,
+ ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port);
+err_t netconn_send(struct netconn *conn, struct netbuf *buf);
+err_t netconn_write(struct netconn *conn, const void *dataptr, size_t size,
+ u8_t apiflags);
+err_t netconn_close(struct netconn *conn);
+err_t netconn_shutdown(struct netconn *conn, u8_t shut_rx, u8_t shut_tx);
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+err_t netconn_join_leave_group(struct netconn *conn, ip_addr_t *multiaddr,
+ ip_addr_t *netif_addr, enum netconn_igmp join_or_leave);
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+#if LWIP_DNS
+err_t netconn_gethostbyname(const char *name, ip_addr_t *addr);
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
+
+#define netconn_err(conn) ((conn)->last_err)
+#define netconn_recv_bufsize(conn) ((conn)->recv_bufsize)
+
+/** Set the blocking status of netconn calls (@todo: write/send is missing) */
+#define netconn_set_nonblocking(conn, val) do { if(val) { \
+ (conn)->flags |= NETCONN_FLAG_NON_BLOCKING; \
+} else { \
+ (conn)->flags &= ~ NETCONN_FLAG_NON_BLOCKING; }} while(0)
+/** Get the blocking status of netconn calls (@todo: write/send is missing) */
+#define netconn_is_nonblocking(conn) (((conn)->flags & NETCONN_FLAG_NON_BLOCKING) != 0)
+
+/** TCP: Set the no-auto-recved status of netconn calls (see NETCONN_FLAG_NO_AUTO_RECVED) */
+#define netconn_set_noautorecved(conn, val) do { if(val) { \
+ (conn)->flags |= NETCONN_FLAG_NO_AUTO_RECVED; \
+} else { \
+ (conn)->flags &= ~ NETCONN_FLAG_NO_AUTO_RECVED; }} while(0)
+/** TCP: Get the no-auto-recved status of netconn calls (see NETCONN_FLAG_NO_AUTO_RECVED) */
+#define netconn_get_noautorecved(conn) (((conn)->flags & NETCONN_FLAG_NO_AUTO_RECVED) != 0)
+
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
+/** Set the receive timeout in milliseconds */
+#define netconn_set_recvtimeout(conn, timeout) ((conn)->recv_timeout = (timeout))
+/** Get the receive timeout in milliseconds */
+#define netconn_get_recvtimeout(conn) ((conn)->recv_timeout)
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO */
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
+/** Set the receive buffer in bytes */
+#define netconn_set_recvbufsize(conn, recvbufsize) ((conn)->recv_bufsize = (recvbufsize))
+/** Get the receive buffer in bytes */
+#define netconn_get_recvbufsize(conn) ((conn)->recv_bufsize)
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVBUF*/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_API_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/api_msg.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_API_MSG_H__
+#define __LWIP_API_MSG_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_NETCONN /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */
+
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#include "lwip/igmp.h"
+#include "lwip/api.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define NETCONN_SHUT_RD 1
+#define NETCONN_SHUT_WR 2
+#define NETCONN_SHUT_RDWR 3
+
+/* IP addresses and port numbers are expected to be in
+ * the same byte order as in the corresponding pcb.
+ */
+/** This struct includes everything that is necessary to execute a function
+ for a netconn in another thread context (mainly used to process netconns
+ in the tcpip_thread context to be thread safe). */
+struct api_msg_msg {
+ /** The netconn which to process - always needed: it includes the semaphore
+ which is used to block the application thread until the function finished. */
+ struct netconn *conn;
+ /** The return value of the function executed in tcpip_thread. */
+ err_t err;
+ /** Depending on the executed function, one of these union members is used */
+ union {
+ /** used for do_send */
+ struct netbuf *b;
+ /** used for do_newconn */
+ struct {
+ u8_t proto;
+ } n;
+ /** used for do_bind and do_connect */
+ struct {
+ ip_addr_t *ipaddr;
+ u16_t port;
+ } bc;
+ /** used for do_getaddr */
+ struct {
+ ip_addr_t *ipaddr;
+ u16_t *port;
+ u8_t local;
+ } ad;
+ /** used for do_write */
+ struct {
+ const void *dataptr;
+ size_t len;
+ u8_t apiflags;
+ } w;
+ /** used for do_recv */
+ struct {
+ u32_t len;
+ } r;
+ /** used for do_close (/shutdown) */
+ struct {
+ u8_t shut;
+ } sd;
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+ /** used for do_join_leave_group */
+ struct {
+ ip_addr_t *multiaddr;
+ ip_addr_t *netif_addr;
+ enum netconn_igmp join_or_leave;
+ } jl;
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
+ struct {
+ u8_t backlog;
+ } lb;
+#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
+ } msg;
+};
+
+/** This struct contains a function to execute in another thread context and
+ a struct api_msg_msg that serves as an argument for this function.
+ This is passed to tcpip_apimsg to execute functions in tcpip_thread context. */
+struct api_msg {
+ /** function to execute in tcpip_thread context */
+ void (* function)(struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+ /** arguments for this function */
+ struct api_msg_msg msg;
+};
+
+#if LWIP_DNS
+/** As do_gethostbyname requires more arguments but doesn't require a netconn,
+ it has its own struct (to avoid struct api_msg getting bigger than necessary).
+ do_gethostbyname must be called using tcpip_callback instead of tcpip_apimsg
+ (see netconn_gethostbyname). */
+struct dns_api_msg {
+ /** Hostname to query or dotted IP address string */
+ const char *name;
+ /** Rhe resolved address is stored here */
+ ip_addr_t *addr;
+ /** This semaphore is posted when the name is resolved, the application thread
+ should wait on it. */
+ sys_sem_t *sem;
+ /** Errors are given back here */
+ err_t *err;
+};
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
+
+void do_newconn ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_delconn ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_bind ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_connect ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_disconnect ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_listen ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_send ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_recv ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_write ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_getaddr ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_close ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_shutdown ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+void do_join_leave_group( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+
+#if LWIP_DNS
+void do_gethostbyname(void *arg);
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
+
+struct netconn* netconn_alloc(enum netconn_type t, netconn_callback callback);
+void netconn_free(struct netconn *conn);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_API_MSG_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/arch.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_ARCH_H__
+#define __LWIP_ARCH_H__
+
+#ifndef LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234
+#endif
+
+#ifndef BIG_ENDIAN
+#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
+#endif
+
+#include "arch/cc.h"
+
+/** Temporary: define format string for size_t if not defined in cc.h */
+#ifndef SZT_F
+#define SZT_F U32_F
+#endif /* SZT_F */
+/** Temporary upgrade helper: define format string for u8_t as hex if not
+ defined in cc.h */
+#ifndef X8_F
+#define X8_F "02x"
+#endif /* X8_F */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+#define PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+#endif /* PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN */
+
+#ifndef PACK_STRUCT_END
+#define PACK_STRUCT_END
+#endif /* PACK_STRUCT_END */
+
+#ifndef PACK_STRUCT_FIELD
+#define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) x
+#endif /* PACK_STRUCT_FIELD */
+
+
+#ifndef LWIP_UNUSED_ARG
+#define LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(x) (void)x
+#endif /* LWIP_UNUSED_ARG */
+
+
+#ifdef LWIP_PROVIDE_ERRNO
+
+#define EPERM 1 /* Operation not permitted */
+#define ENOENT 2 /* No such file or directory */
+#define ESRCH 3 /* No such process */
+#define EINTR 4 /* Interrupted system call */
+#define EIO 5 /* I/O error */
+#define ENXIO 6 /* No such device or address */
+#define E2BIG 7 /* Arg list too long */
+#define ENOEXEC 8 /* Exec format error */
+#define EBADF 9 /* Bad file number */
+#define ECHILD 10 /* No child processes */
+#define EAGAIN 11 /* Try again */
+#define ENOMEM 12 /* Out of memory */
+#define EACCES 13 /* Permission denied */
+#define EFAULT 14 /* Bad address */
+#define ENOTBLK 15 /* Block device required */
+#define EBUSY 16 /* Device or resource busy */
+#define EEXIST 17 /* File exists */
+#define EXDEV 18 /* Cross-device link */
+#define ENODEV 19 /* No such device */
+#define ENOTDIR 20 /* Not a directory */
+#define EISDIR 21 /* Is a directory */
+#define EINVAL 22 /* Invalid argument */
+#define ENFILE 23 /* File table overflow */
+#define EMFILE 24 /* Too many open files */
+#define ENOTTY 25 /* Not a typewriter */
+#define ETXTBSY 26 /* Text file busy */
+#define EFBIG 27 /* File too large */
+#define ENOSPC 28 /* No space left on device */
+#define ESPIPE 29 /* Illegal seek */
+#define EROFS 30 /* Read-only file system */
+#define EMLINK 31 /* Too many links */
+#define EPIPE 32 /* Broken pipe */
+#define EDOM 33 /* Math argument out of domain of func */
+#define ERANGE 34 /* Math result not representable */
+#define EDEADLK 35 /* Resource deadlock would occur */
+#define ENAMETOOLONG 36 /* File name too long */
+#define ENOLCK 37 /* No record locks available */
+#define ENOSYS 38 /* Function not implemented */
+#define ENOTEMPTY 39 /* Directory not empty */
+#define ELOOP 40 /* Too many symbolic links encountered */
+#define EWOULDBLOCK EAGAIN /* Operation would block */
+#define ENOMSG 42 /* No message of desired type */
+#define EIDRM 43 /* Identifier removed */
+#define ECHRNG 44 /* Channel number out of range */
+#define EL2NSYNC 45 /* Level 2 not synchronized */
+#define EL3HLT 46 /* Level 3 halted */
+#define EL3RST 47 /* Level 3 reset */
+#define ELNRNG 48 /* Link number out of range */
+#define EUNATCH 49 /* Protocol driver not attached */
+#define ENOCSI 50 /* No CSI structure available */
+#define EL2HLT 51 /* Level 2 halted */
+#define EBADE 52 /* Invalid exchange */
+#define EBADR 53 /* Invalid request descriptor */
+#define EXFULL 54 /* Exchange full */
+#define ENOANO 55 /* No anode */
+#define EBADRQC 56 /* Invalid request code */
+#define EBADSLT 57 /* Invalid slot */
+
+#define EDEADLOCK EDEADLK
+
+#define EBFONT 59 /* Bad font file format */
+#define ENOSTR 60 /* Device not a stream */
+#define ENODATA 61 /* No data available */
+#define ETIME 62 /* Timer expired */
+#define ENOSR 63 /* Out of streams resources */
+#define ENONET 64 /* Machine is not on the network */
+#define ENOPKG 65 /* Package not installed */
+#define EREMOTE 66 /* Object is remote */
+#define ENOLINK 67 /* Link has been severed */
+#define EADV 68 /* Advertise error */
+#define ESRMNT 69 /* Srmount error */
+#define ECOMM 70 /* Communication error on send */
+#define EPROTO 71 /* Protocol error */
+#define EMULTIHOP 72 /* Multihop attempted */
+#define EDOTDOT 73 /* RFS specific error */
+#define EBADMSG 74 /* Not a data message */
+#define EOVERFLOW 75 /* Value too large for defined data type */
+#define ENOTUNIQ 76 /* Name not unique on network */
+#define EBADFD 77 /* File descriptor in bad state */
+#define EREMCHG 78 /* Remote address changed */
+#define ELIBACC 79 /* Can not access a needed shared library */
+#define ELIBBAD 80 /* Accessing a corrupted shared library */
+#define ELIBSCN 81 /* .lib section in a.out corrupted */
+#define ELIBMAX 82 /* Attempting to link in too many shared libraries */
+#define ELIBEXEC 83 /* Cannot exec a shared library directly */
+#define EILSEQ 84 /* Illegal byte sequence */
+#define ERESTART 85 /* Interrupted system call should be restarted */
+#define ESTRPIPE 86 /* Streams pipe error */
+#define EUSERS 87 /* Too many users */
+#define ENOTSOCK 88 /* Socket operation on non-socket */
+#define EDESTADDRREQ 89 /* Destination address required */
+#define EMSGSIZE 90 /* Message too long */
+#define EPROTOTYPE 91 /* Protocol wrong type for socket */
+#define ENOPROTOOPT 92 /* Protocol not available */
+#define EPROTONOSUPPORT 93 /* Protocol not supported */
+#define ESOCKTNOSUPPORT 94 /* Socket type not supported */
+#define EOPNOTSUPP 95 /* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */
+#define EPFNOSUPPORT 96 /* Protocol family not supported */
+#define EAFNOSUPPORT 97 /* Address family not supported by protocol */
+#define EADDRINUSE 98 /* Address already in use */
+#define EADDRNOTAVAIL 99 /* Cannot assign requested address */
+#define ENETDOWN 100 /* Network is down */
+#define ENETUNREACH 101 /* Network is unreachable */
+#define ENETRESET 102 /* Network dropped connection because of reset */
+#define ECONNABORTED 103 /* Software caused connection abort */
+#define ECONNRESET 104 /* Connection reset by peer */
+#define ENOBUFS 105 /* No buffer space available */
+#define EISCONN 106 /* Transport endpoint is already connected */
+#define ENOTCONN 107 /* Transport endpoint is not connected */
+#define ESHUTDOWN 108 /* Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown */
+#define ETOOMANYREFS 109 /* Too many references: cannot splice */
+#define ETIMEDOUT 110 /* Connection timed out */
+#define ECONNREFUSED 111 /* Connection refused */
+#define EHOSTDOWN 112 /* Host is down */
+#define EHOSTUNREACH 113 /* No route to host */
+#define EALREADY 114 /* Operation already in progress */
+#define EINPROGRESS 115 /* Operation now in progress */
+#define ESTALE 116 /* Stale NFS file handle */
+#define EUCLEAN 117 /* Structure needs cleaning */
+#define ENOTNAM 118 /* Not a XENIX named type file */
+#define ENAVAIL 119 /* No XENIX semaphores available */
+#define EISNAM 120 /* Is a named type file */
+#define EREMOTEIO 121 /* Remote I/O error */
+#define EDQUOT 122 /* Quota exceeded */
+
+#define ENOMEDIUM 123 /* No medium found */
+#define EMEDIUMTYPE 124 /* Wrong medium type */
+
+
+#define ENSROK 0 /* DNS server returned answer with no data */
+#define ENSRNODATA 160 /* DNS server returned answer with no data */
+#define ENSRFORMERR 161 /* DNS server claims query was misformatted */
+#define ENSRSERVFAIL 162 /* DNS server returned general failure */
+#define ENSRNOTFOUND 163 /* Domain name not found */
+#define ENSRNOTIMP 164 /* DNS server does not implement requested operation */
+#define ENSRREFUSED 165 /* DNS server refused query */
+#define ENSRBADQUERY 166 /* Misformatted DNS query */
+#define ENSRBADNAME 167 /* Misformatted domain name */
+#define ENSRBADFAMILY 168 /* Unsupported address family */
+#define ENSRBADRESP 169 /* Misformatted DNS reply */
+#define ENSRCONNREFUSED 170 /* Could not contact DNS servers */
+#define ENSRTIMEOUT 171 /* Timeout while contacting DNS servers */
+#define ENSROF 172 /* End of file */
+#define ENSRFILE 173 /* Error reading file */
+#define ENSRNOMEM 174 /* Out of memory */
+#define ENSRDESTRUCTION 175 /* Application terminated lookup */
+#define ENSRQUERYDOMAINTOOLONG 176 /* Domain name is too long */
+#define ENSRCNAMELOOP 177 /* Domain name is too long */
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_PROVIDE_ERRNO */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_ARCH_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/debug.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_DEBUG_H__
+#define __LWIP_DEBUG_H__
+
+#include "lwip/arch.h"
+
+/** lower two bits indicate debug level
+ * - 0 all
+ * - 1 warning
+ * - 2 serious
+ * - 3 severe
+ */
+#define LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_ALL 0x00
+#define LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_OFF LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_ALL /* compatibility define only */
+#define LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING 0x01 /* bad checksums, dropped packets, ... */
+#define LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS 0x02 /* memory allocation failures, ... */
+#define LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SEVERE 0x03
+#define LWIP_DBG_MASK_LEVEL 0x03
+
+/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF to enable that debug message */
+#define LWIP_DBG_ON 0x80U
+/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF to disable that debug message */
+#define LWIP_DBG_OFF 0x00U
+
+/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF indicating a tracing message (to follow program flow) */
+#define LWIP_DBG_TRACE 0x40U
+/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF indicating a state debug message (to follow module states) */
+#define LWIP_DBG_STATE 0x20U
+/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF indicating newly added code, not thoroughly tested yet */
+#define LWIP_DBG_FRESH 0x10U
+/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF to halt after printing this debug message */
+#define LWIP_DBG_HALT 0x08U
+
+#ifndef LWIP_NOASSERT
+#define LWIP_ASSERT(message, assertion) do { if(!(assertion)) \
+ LWIP_PLATFORM_ASSERT(message); } while(0)
+#else /* LWIP_NOASSERT */
+#define LWIP_ASSERT(message, assertion)
+#endif /* LWIP_NOASSERT */
+
+/** if "expression" isn't true, then print "message" and execute "handler" expression */
+#ifndef LWIP_ERROR
+#define LWIP_ERROR(message, expression, handler) do { if (!(expression)) { \
+ LWIP_PLATFORM_ASSERT(message); handler;}} while(0)
+#endif /* LWIP_ERROR */
+
+#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
+/** print debug message only if debug message type is enabled...
+ * AND is of correct type AND is at least LWIP_DBG_LEVEL
+ */
+#define LWIP_DEBUGF(debug, message) do { \
+ if ( \
+ ((debug) & LWIP_DBG_ON) && \
+ ((debug) & LWIP_DBG_TYPES_ON) && \
+ ((s16_t)((debug) & LWIP_DBG_MASK_LEVEL) >= LWIP_DBG_MIN_LEVEL)) { \
+ LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(message); \
+ if ((debug) & LWIP_DBG_HALT) { \
+ while(1); \
+ } \
+ } \
+ } while(0)
+
+#else /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+#define LWIP_DEBUGF(debug, message)
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_DEBUG_H__ */
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/def.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_DEF_H__
+#define __LWIP_DEF_H__
+
+/* arch.h might define NULL already */
+#include "lwip/arch.h"
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define LWIP_MAX(x , y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
+#define LWIP_MIN(x , y) (((x) < (y)) ? (x) : (y))
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL ((void *)0)
+#endif
+
+/** Get the absolute difference between 2 u32_t values (correcting overflows)
+ * 'a' is expected to be 'higher' (without overflow) than 'b'. */
+#define LWIP_U32_DIFF(a, b) (((a) >= (b)) ? ((a) - (b)) : (((a) + ((b) ^ 0xFFFFFFFF) + 1)))
+
+/* Endianess-optimized shifting of two u8_t to create one u16_t */
+#if BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#define LWIP_MAKE_U16(a, b) ((a << 8) | b)
+#else
+#define LWIP_MAKE_U16(a, b) ((b << 8) | a)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP
+#define LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LWIP_PREFIX_BYTEORDER_FUNCS
+/* workaround for naming collisions on some platforms */
+
+#ifdef htons
+#undef htons
+#endif /* htons */
+#ifdef htonl
+#undef htonl
+#endif /* htonl */
+#ifdef ntohs
+#undef ntohs
+#endif /* ntohs */
+#ifdef ntohl
+#undef ntohl
+#endif /* ntohl */
+
+#define htons(x) lwip_htons(x)
+#define ntohs(x) lwip_ntohs(x)
+#define htonl(x) lwip_htonl(x)
+#define ntohl(x) lwip_ntohl(x)
+#endif /* LWIP_PREFIX_BYTEORDER_FUNCS */
+
+#if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN
+#define lwip_htons(x) (x)
+#define lwip_ntohs(x) (x)
+#define lwip_htonl(x) (x)
+#define lwip_ntohl(x) (x)
+#define PP_HTONS(x) (x)
+#define PP_NTOHS(x) (x)
+#define PP_HTONL(x) (x)
+#define PP_NTOHL(x) (x)
+#else /* BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN */
+#if LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP
+#define lwip_htons(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(x)
+#define lwip_ntohs(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(x)
+#define lwip_htonl(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONL(x)
+#define lwip_ntohl(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONL(x)
+#else /* LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP */
+u16_t lwip_htons(u16_t x);
+u16_t lwip_ntohs(u16_t x);
+u32_t lwip_htonl(u32_t x);
+u32_t lwip_ntohl(u32_t x);
+#endif /* LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP */
+
+/* These macros should be calculated by the preprocessor and are used
+ with compile-time constants only (so that there is no little-endian
+ overhead at runtime). */
+#define PP_HTONS(x) ((((x) & 0xff) << 8) | (((x) & 0xff00) >> 8))
+#define PP_NTOHS(x) PP_HTONS(x)
+#define PP_HTONL(x) ((((x) & 0xff) << 24) | \
+ (((x) & 0xff00) << 8) | \
+ (((x) & 0xff0000UL) >> 8) | \
+ (((x) & 0xff000000UL) >> 24))
+#define PP_NTOHL(x) PP_HTONL(x)
+
+#endif /* BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_DEF_H__ */
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/dhcp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/** @file
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_DHCP_H__
+#define __LWIP_DHCP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_DHCP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/udp.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** period (in seconds) of the application calling dhcp_coarse_tmr() */
+#define DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_SECS 60
+/** period (in milliseconds) of the application calling dhcp_coarse_tmr() */
+#define DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_MSECS (DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_SECS * 1000UL)
+/** period (in milliseconds) of the application calling dhcp_fine_tmr() */
+#define DHCP_FINE_TIMER_MSECS 500
+
+#define DHCP_CHADDR_LEN 16U
+#define DHCP_SNAME_LEN 64U
+#define DHCP_FILE_LEN 128U
+
+struct dhcp
+{
+ /** transaction identifier of last sent request */
+ u32_t xid;
+ /** our connection to the DHCP server */
+ struct udp_pcb *pcb;
+ /** incoming msg */
+ struct dhcp_msg *msg_in;
+ /** current DHCP state machine state */
+ u8_t state;
+ /** retries of current request */
+ u8_t tries;
+#if LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP
+ u8_t autoip_coop_state;
+#endif
+ u8_t subnet_mask_given;
+
+ struct pbuf *p_out; /* pbuf of outcoming msg */
+ struct dhcp_msg *msg_out; /* outgoing msg */
+ u16_t options_out_len; /* outgoing msg options length */
+ u16_t request_timeout; /* #ticks with period DHCP_FINE_TIMER_SECS for request timeout */
+ u16_t t1_timeout; /* #ticks with period DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_SECS for renewal time */
+ u16_t t2_timeout; /* #ticks with period DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_SECS for rebind time */
+ ip_addr_t server_ip_addr; /* dhcp server address that offered this lease */
+ ip_addr_t offered_ip_addr;
+ ip_addr_t offered_sn_mask;
+ ip_addr_t offered_gw_addr;
+
+ u32_t offered_t0_lease; /* lease period (in seconds) */
+ u32_t offered_t1_renew; /* recommended renew time (usually 50% of lease period) */
+ u32_t offered_t2_rebind; /* recommended rebind time (usually 66% of lease period) */
+ /* @todo: LWIP_DHCP_BOOTP_FILE configuration option?
+ integrate with possible TFTP-client for booting? */
+#if LWIP_DHCP_BOOTP_FILE
+ ip_addr_t offered_si_addr;
+ char boot_file_name[DHCP_FILE_LEN];
+#endif /* LWIP_DHCP_BOOTPFILE */
+};
+
+/* MUST be compiled with "pack structs" or equivalent! */
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+/** minimum set of fields of any DHCP message */
+struct dhcp_msg
+{
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t op);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t htype);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t hlen);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t hops);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t xid);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t secs);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t flags);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t ciaddr);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t yiaddr);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t siaddr);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t giaddr);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t chaddr[DHCP_CHADDR_LEN]);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t sname[DHCP_SNAME_LEN]);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t file[DHCP_FILE_LEN]);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t cookie);
+#define DHCP_MIN_OPTIONS_LEN 68U
+/** make sure user does not configure this too small */
+#if ((defined(DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN)) && (DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN < DHCP_MIN_OPTIONS_LEN))
+# undef DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN
+#endif
+/** allow this to be configured in lwipopts.h, but not too small */
+#if (!defined(DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN))
+/** set this to be sufficient for your options in outgoing DHCP msgs */
+# define DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN DHCP_MIN_OPTIONS_LEN
+#endif
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t options[DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN]);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+void dhcp_set_struct(struct netif *netif, struct dhcp *dhcp);
+/** start DHCP configuration */
+err_t dhcp_start(struct netif *netif);
+/** enforce early lease renewal (not needed normally)*/
+err_t dhcp_renew(struct netif *netif);
+/** release the DHCP lease, usually called before dhcp_stop()*/
+err_t dhcp_release(struct netif *netif);
+/** stop DHCP configuration */
+void dhcp_stop(struct netif *netif);
+/** inform server of our manual IP address */
+void dhcp_inform(struct netif *netif);
+/** Handle a possible change in the network configuration */
+void dhcp_network_changed(struct netif *netif);
+
+/** if enabled, check whether the offered IP address is not in use, using ARP */
+#if DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK
+void dhcp_arp_reply(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *addr);
+#endif
+
+/** to be called every minute */
+void dhcp_coarse_tmr(void);
+/** to be called every half second */
+void dhcp_fine_tmr(void);
+
+/** DHCP message item offsets and length */
+#define DHCP_OP_OFS 0
+#define DHCP_HTYPE_OFS 1
+#define DHCP_HLEN_OFS 2
+#define DHCP_HOPS_OFS 3
+#define DHCP_XID_OFS 4
+#define DHCP_SECS_OFS 8
+#define DHCP_FLAGS_OFS 10
+#define DHCP_CIADDR_OFS 12
+#define DHCP_YIADDR_OFS 16
+#define DHCP_SIADDR_OFS 20
+#define DHCP_GIADDR_OFS 24
+#define DHCP_CHADDR_OFS 28
+#define DHCP_SNAME_OFS 44
+#define DHCP_FILE_OFS 108
+#define DHCP_MSG_LEN 236
+
+#define DHCP_COOKIE_OFS DHCP_MSG_LEN
+#define DHCP_OPTIONS_OFS (DHCP_MSG_LEN + 4)
+
+#define DHCP_CLIENT_PORT 68
+#define DHCP_SERVER_PORT 67
+
+/** DHCP client states */
+#define DHCP_OFF 0
+#define DHCP_REQUESTING 1
+#define DHCP_INIT 2
+#define DHCP_REBOOTING 3
+#define DHCP_REBINDING 4
+#define DHCP_RENEWING 5
+#define DHCP_SELECTING 6
+#define DHCP_INFORMING 7
+#define DHCP_CHECKING 8
+#define DHCP_PERMANENT 9
+#define DHCP_BOUND 10
+/** not yet implemented #define DHCP_RELEASING 11 */
+#define DHCP_BACKING_OFF 12
+
+/** AUTOIP cooperatation flags */
+#define DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP_STATE_OFF 0
+#define DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP_STATE_ON 1
+
+#define DHCP_BOOTREQUEST 1
+#define DHCP_BOOTREPLY 2
+
+/** DHCP message types */
+#define DHCP_DISCOVER 1
+#define DHCP_OFFER 2
+#define DHCP_REQUEST 3
+#define DHCP_DECLINE 4
+#define DHCP_ACK 5
+#define DHCP_NAK 6
+#define DHCP_RELEASE 7
+#define DHCP_INFORM 8
+
+/** DHCP hardware type, currently only ethernet is supported */
+#define DHCP_HTYPE_ETH 1
+
+#define DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE 0x63825363UL
+
+/* This is a list of options for BOOTP and DHCP, see RFC 2132 for descriptions */
+
+/** BootP options */
+#define DHCP_OPTION_PAD 0
+#define DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK 1 /* RFC 2132 3.3 */
+#define DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER 3
+#define DHCP_OPTION_DNS_SERVER 6
+#define DHCP_OPTION_HOSTNAME 12
+#define DHCP_OPTION_IP_TTL 23
+#define DHCP_OPTION_MTU 26
+#define DHCP_OPTION_BROADCAST 28
+#define DHCP_OPTION_TCP_TTL 37
+#define DHCP_OPTION_END 255
+
+/** DHCP options */
+#define DHCP_OPTION_REQUESTED_IP 50 /* RFC 2132 9.1, requested IP address */
+#define DHCP_OPTION_LEASE_TIME 51 /* RFC 2132 9.2, time in seconds, in 4 bytes */
+#define DHCP_OPTION_OVERLOAD 52 /* RFC2132 9.3, use file and/or sname field for options */
+
+#define DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGE_TYPE 53 /* RFC 2132 9.6, important for DHCP */
+#define DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGE_TYPE_LEN 1
+
+#define DHCP_OPTION_SERVER_ID 54 /* RFC 2132 9.7, server IP address */
+#define DHCP_OPTION_PARAMETER_REQUEST_LIST 55 /* RFC 2132 9.8, requested option types */
+
+#define DHCP_OPTION_MAX_MSG_SIZE 57 /* RFC 2132 9.10, message size accepted >= 576 */
+#define DHCP_OPTION_MAX_MSG_SIZE_LEN 2
+
+#define DHCP_OPTION_T1 58 /* T1 renewal time */
+#define DHCP_OPTION_T2 59 /* T2 rebinding time */
+#define DHCP_OPTION_US 60
+#define DHCP_OPTION_CLIENT_ID 61
+#define DHCP_OPTION_TFTP_SERVERNAME 66
+#define DHCP_OPTION_BOOTFILE 67
+
+/** possible combinations of overloading the file and sname fields with options */
+#define DHCP_OVERLOAD_NONE 0
+#define DHCP_OVERLOAD_FILE 1
+#define DHCP_OVERLOAD_SNAME 2
+#define DHCP_OVERLOAD_SNAME_FILE 3
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
+
+#endif /*__LWIP_DHCP_H__*/
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/dns.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/**
+ * lwip DNS resolver header file.
+
+ * Author: Jim Pettinato
+ * April 2007
+
+ * ported from uIP resolv.c Copyright (c) 2002-2003, Adam Dunkels.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ * products derived from this software without specific prior
+ * written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_DNS_H__
+#define __LWIP_DNS_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_DNS /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+/** DNS timer period */
+#define DNS_TMR_INTERVAL 1000
+
+/** DNS field TYPE used for "Resource Records" */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_A 1 /* a host address */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_NS 2 /* an authoritative name server */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_MD 3 /* a mail destination (Obsolete - use MX) */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_MF 4 /* a mail forwarder (Obsolete - use MX) */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_CNAME 5 /* the canonical name for an alias */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_SOA 6 /* marks the start of a zone of authority */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_MB 7 /* a mailbox domain name (EXPERIMENTAL) */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_MG 8 /* a mail group member (EXPERIMENTAL) */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_MR 9 /* a mail rename domain name (EXPERIMENTAL) */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_NULL 10 /* a null RR (EXPERIMENTAL) */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_WKS 11 /* a well known service description */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_PTR 12 /* a domain name pointer */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_HINFO 13 /* host information */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_MINFO 14 /* mailbox or mail list information */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_MX 15 /* mail exchange */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_TXT 16 /* text strings */
+
+/** DNS field CLASS used for "Resource Records" */
+#define DNS_RRCLASS_IN 1 /* the Internet */
+#define DNS_RRCLASS_CS 2 /* the CSNET class (Obsolete - used only for examples in some obsolete RFCs) */
+#define DNS_RRCLASS_CH 3 /* the CHAOS class */
+#define DNS_RRCLASS_HS 4 /* Hesiod [Dyer 87] */
+#define DNS_RRCLASS_FLUSH 0x800 /* Flush bit */
+
+/* The size used for the next line is rather a hack, but it prevents including socket.h in all files
+ that include memp.h, and that would possibly break portability (since socket.h defines some types
+ and constants possibly already define by the OS).
+ Calculation rule:
+ sizeof(struct addrinfo) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_in) + DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH + 1 byte zero-termination */
+#define NETDB_ELEM_SIZE (32 + 16 + DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH + 1)
+
+#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
+/** struct used for local host-list */
+struct local_hostlist_entry {
+ /** static hostname */
+ const char *name;
+ /** static host address in network byteorder */
+ ip_addr_t addr;
+ struct local_hostlist_entry *next;
+};
+#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
+#ifndef DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_MAX_NAMELEN
+#define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_MAX_NAMELEN DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH
+#endif
+#define LOCALHOSTLIST_ELEM_SIZE ((sizeof(struct local_hostlist_entry) + DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_MAX_NAMELEN + 1))
+#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
+#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST */
+
+/** Callback which is invoked when a hostname is found.
+ * A function of this type must be implemented by the application using the DNS resolver.
+ * @param name pointer to the name that was looked up.
+ * @param ipaddr pointer to an ip_addr_t containing the IP address of the hostname,
+ * or NULL if the name could not be found (or on any other error).
+ * @param callback_arg a user-specified callback argument passed to dns_gethostbyname
+*/
+typedef void (*dns_found_callback)(const char *name, ip_addr_t *ipaddr, void *callback_arg);
+
+void dns_init(void);
+void dns_tmr(void);
+void dns_setserver(u8_t numdns, ip_addr_t *dnsserver);
+ip_addr_t dns_getserver(u8_t numdns);
+err_t dns_gethostbyname(const char *hostname, ip_addr_t *addr,
+ dns_found_callback found, void *callback_arg);
+
+#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST && DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
+int dns_local_removehost(const char *hostname, const ip_addr_t *addr);
+err_t dns_local_addhost(const char *hostname, const ip_addr_t *addr);
+#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST && DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
+
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_DNS_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/err.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_ERR_H__
+#define __LWIP_ERR_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/arch.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** Define LWIP_ERR_T in cc.h if you want to use
+ * a different type for your platform (must be signed). */
+#ifdef LWIP_ERR_T
+typedef LWIP_ERR_T err_t;
+#else /* LWIP_ERR_T */
+typedef s8_t err_t;
+#endif /* LWIP_ERR_T*/
+
+/* Definitions for error constants. */
+
+#define ERR_OK 0 /* No error, everything OK. */
+#define ERR_MEM -1 /* Out of memory error. */
+#define ERR_BUF -2 /* Buffer error. */
+#define ERR_TIMEOUT -3 /* Timeout. */
+#define ERR_RTE -4 /* Routing problem. */
+#define ERR_INPROGRESS -5 /* Operation in progress */
+#define ERR_VAL -6 /* Illegal value. */
+#define ERR_WOULDBLOCK -7 /* Operation would block. */
+
+#define ERR_IS_FATAL(e) ((e) < ERR_VAL)
+
+#define ERR_ABRT -8 /* Connection aborted. */
+#define ERR_RST -9 /* Connection reset. */
+#define ERR_CLSD -10 /* Connection closed. */
+#define ERR_CONN -11 /* Not connected. */
+
+#define ERR_ARG -12 /* Illegal argument. */
+
+#define ERR_USE -13 /* Address in use. */
+
+#define ERR_IF -14 /* Low-level netif error */
+#define ERR_ISCONN -15 /* Already connected. */
+
+
+#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
+extern const char *lwip_strerr(err_t err);
+#else
+#define lwip_strerr(x) ""
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_ERR_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/init.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_INIT_H__
+#define __LWIP_INIT_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** X.x.x: Major version of the stack */
+#define LWIP_VERSION_MAJOR 1U
+/** x.X.x: Minor version of the stack */
+#define LWIP_VERSION_MINOR 4U
+/** x.x.X: Revision of the stack */
+#define LWIP_VERSION_REVISION 0U
+/** For release candidates, this is set to 1..254
+ * For official releases, this is set to 255 (LWIP_RC_RELEASE)
+ * For development versions (CVS), this is set to 0 (LWIP_RC_DEVELOPMENT) */
+#define LWIP_VERSION_RC 1U
+
+/** LWIP_VERSION_RC is set to LWIP_RC_RELEASE for official releases */
+#define LWIP_RC_RELEASE 255U
+/** LWIP_VERSION_RC is set to LWIP_RC_DEVELOPMENT for CVS versions */
+#define LWIP_RC_DEVELOPMENT 0U
+
+#define LWIP_VERSION_IS_RELEASE (LWIP_VERSION_RC == LWIP_RC_RELEASE)
+#define LWIP_VERSION_IS_DEVELOPMENT (LWIP_VERSION_RC == LWIP_RC_DEVELOPMENT)
+#define LWIP_VERSION_IS_RC ((LWIP_VERSION_RC != LWIP_RC_RELEASE) && (LWIP_VERSION_RC != LWIP_RC_DEVELOPMENT))
+
+/** Provides the version of the stack */
+#define LWIP_VERSION (LWIP_VERSION_MAJOR << 24 | LWIP_VERSION_MINOR << 16 | \
+ LWIP_VERSION_REVISION << 8 | LWIP_VERSION_RC)
+
+/* Modules initialization */
+void lwip_init(void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_INIT_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/mem.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_MEM_H__
+#define __LWIP_MEM_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if MEM_LIBC_MALLOC
+
+#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */
+
+typedef size_t mem_size_t;
+
+/* aliases for C library malloc() */
+#define mem_init()
+/* in case C library malloc() needs extra protection,
+ * allow these defines to be overridden.
+ */
+#ifndef mem_free
+#define mem_free free
+#endif
+#ifndef mem_malloc
+#define mem_malloc malloc
+#endif
+#ifndef mem_calloc
+#define mem_calloc calloc
+#endif
+/* Since there is no C library allocation function to shrink memory without
+ moving it, define this to nothing. */
+#ifndef mem_trim
+#define mem_trim(mem, size) (mem)
+#endif
+#else /* MEM_LIBC_MALLOC */
+
+/* MEM_SIZE would have to be aligned, but using 64000 here instead of
+ * 65535 leaves some room for alignment...
+ */
+#if MEM_SIZE > 64000l
+typedef u32_t mem_size_t;
+#define MEM_SIZE_F U32_F
+#else
+typedef u16_t mem_size_t;
+#define MEM_SIZE_F U16_F
+#endif /* MEM_SIZE > 64000 */
+
+#if MEM_USE_POOLS
+/** mem_init is not used when using pools instead of a heap */
+#define mem_init()
+/** mem_trim is not used when using pools instead of a heap:
+ we can't free part of a pool element and don't want to copy the rest */
+#define mem_trim(mem, size) (mem)
+#else /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
+/* lwIP alternative malloc */
+void mem_init(void);
+void *mem_trim(void *mem, mem_size_t size);
+#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
+void *mem_malloc(mem_size_t size);
+void *mem_calloc(mem_size_t count, mem_size_t size);
+void mem_free(void *mem);
+#endif /* MEM_LIBC_MALLOC */
+
+/** Calculate memory size for an aligned buffer - returns the next highest
+ * multiple of MEM_ALIGNMENT (e.g. LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(3) and
+ * LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(4) will both yield 4 for MEM_ALIGNMENT == 4).
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE
+#define LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(size) (((size) + MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1) & ~(MEM_ALIGNMENT-1))
+#endif
+
+/** Calculate safe memory size for an aligned buffer when using an unaligned
+ * type as storage. This includes a safety-margin on (MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1) at the
+ * start (e.g. if buffer is u8_t[] and actual data will be u32_t*)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_BUFFER
+#define LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_BUFFER(size) (((size) + MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1))
+#endif
+
+/** Align a memory pointer to the alignment defined by MEM_ALIGNMENT
+ * so that ADDR % MEM_ALIGNMENT == 0
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_MEM_ALIGN
+#define LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(addr) ((void *)(((mem_ptr_t)(addr) + MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1) & ~(mem_ptr_t)(MEM_ALIGNMENT-1)))
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_MEM_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/memp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_MEMP_H__
+#define __LWIP_MEMP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Create the list of all memory pools managed by memp. MEMP_MAX represents a NULL pool at the end */
+typedef enum {
+#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) MEMP_##name,
+#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
+ MEMP_MAX
+} memp_t;
+
+#if MEM_USE_POOLS
+/* Use a helper type to get the start and end of the user "memory pools" for mem_malloc */
+typedef enum {
+ /* Get the first (via:
+ MEMP_POOL_HELPER_START = ((u8_t) 1*MEMP_POOL_A + 0*MEMP_POOL_B + 0*MEMP_POOL_C + 0)*/
+ MEMP_POOL_HELPER_FIRST = ((u8_t)
+#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc)
+#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_START 1
+#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(num, size) * MEMP_POOL_##size + 0
+#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_END
+#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
+ ) ,
+ /* Get the last (via:
+ MEMP_POOL_HELPER_END = ((u8_t) 0 + MEMP_POOL_A*0 + MEMP_POOL_B*0 + MEMP_POOL_C*1) */
+ MEMP_POOL_HELPER_LAST = ((u8_t)
+#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc)
+#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_START
+#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(num, size) 0 + MEMP_POOL_##size *
+#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_END 1
+#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
+ )
+} memp_pool_helper_t;
+
+/* The actual start and stop values are here (cast them over)
+ We use this helper type and these defines so we can avoid using const memp_t values */
+#define MEMP_POOL_FIRST ((memp_t) MEMP_POOL_HELPER_FIRST)
+#define MEMP_POOL_LAST ((memp_t) MEMP_POOL_HELPER_LAST)
+#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
+
+#if MEMP_MEM_MALLOC || MEM_USE_POOLS
+extern const u16_t memp_sizes[MEMP_MAX];
+#endif /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC || MEM_USE_POOLS */
+
+#if MEMP_MEM_MALLOC
+
+#include "mem.h"
+
+#define memp_init()
+#define memp_malloc(type) mem_malloc(memp_sizes[type])
+#define memp_free(type, mem) mem_free(mem)
+
+#else /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
+
+#if MEM_USE_POOLS
+/** This structure is used to save the pool one element came from. */
+struct memp_malloc_helper
+{
+ memp_t poolnr;
+};
+#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
+
+void memp_init(void);
+
+#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
+void *memp_malloc_fn(memp_t type, const char* file, const int line);
+#define memp_malloc(t) memp_malloc_fn((t), __FILE__, __LINE__)
+#else
+void *memp_malloc(memp_t type);
+#endif
+void memp_free(memp_t type, void *mem);
+
+#endif /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_MEMP_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/memp_std.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +/* + * SETUP: Make sure we define everything we will need. + * + * We have create three types of pools: + * 1) MEMPOOL - standard pools + * 2) MALLOC_MEMPOOL - to be used by mem_malloc in mem.c + * 3) PBUF_MEMPOOL - a mempool of pbuf's, so include space for the pbuf struct + * + * If the include'r doesn't require any special treatment of each of the types + * above, then will declare #2 & #3 to be just standard mempools. + */ +#ifndef LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL +/* This treats "malloc pools" just like any other pool. + The pools are a little bigger to provide 'size' as the amount of user data. */ +#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(num, size) LWIP_MEMPOOL(POOL_##size, num, (size + sizeof(struct memp_malloc_helper)), "MALLOC_"#size) +#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_START +#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_END +#endif /* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL */ + +#ifndef LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL +/* This treats "pbuf pools" just like any other pool. + * Allocates buffers for a pbuf struct AND a payload size */ +#define LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL(name, num, payload, desc) LWIP_MEMPOOL(name, num, (MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(struct pbuf)) + MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(payload)), desc) +#endif /* LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL */ + + +/* + * A list of internal pools used by LWIP. + * + * LWIP_MEMPOOL(pool_name, number_elements, element_size, pool_description) + * creates a pool name MEMP_pool_name. description is used in stats.c + */ +#if LWIP_RAW +LWIP_MEMPOOL(RAW_PCB, MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB, sizeof(struct raw_pcb), "RAW_PCB") +#endif /* LWIP_RAW */ + +#if LWIP_UDP +LWIP_MEMPOOL(UDP_PCB, MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB, sizeof(struct udp_pcb), "UDP_PCB") +#endif /* LWIP_UDP */ + +#if LWIP_TCP +LWIP_MEMPOOL(TCP_PCB, MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB, sizeof(struct tcp_pcb), "TCP_PCB") +LWIP_MEMPOOL(TCP_PCB_LISTEN, MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN, sizeof(struct tcp_pcb_listen), "TCP_PCB_LISTEN") +LWIP_MEMPOOL(TCP_SEG, MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG, sizeof(struct tcp_seg), "TCP_SEG") +#endif /* LWIP_TCP */ + +#if IP_REASSEMBLY +LWIP_MEMPOOL(REASSDATA, MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA, sizeof(struct ip_reassdata), "REASSDATA") +#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */ +#if IP_FRAG && !IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF && !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF +LWIP_MEMPOOL(FRAG_PBUF, MEMP_NUM_FRAG_PBUF, sizeof(struct pbuf_custom_ref),"FRAG_PBUF") +#endif /* IP_FRAG && !IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF && !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF */ + +#if LWIP_NETCONN +LWIP_MEMPOOL(NETBUF, MEMP_NUM_NETBUF, sizeof(struct netbuf), "NETBUF") +LWIP_MEMPOOL(NETCONN, MEMP_NUM_NETCONN, sizeof(struct netconn), "NETCONN") +#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */ + +#if NO_SYS==0 +LWIP_MEMPOOL(TCPIP_MSG_API, MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API, sizeof(struct tcpip_msg), "TCPIP_MSG_API") +#if !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT +LWIP_MEMPOOL(TCPIP_MSG_INPKT,MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT, sizeof(struct tcpip_msg), "TCPIP_MSG_INPKT") +#endif /* !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT */ +#endif /* NO_SYS==0 */ + +#if ARP_QUEUEING +LWIP_MEMPOOL(ARP_QUEUE, MEMP_NUM_ARP_QUEUE, sizeof(struct etharp_q_entry), "ARP_QUEUE") +#endif /* ARP_QUEUEING */ + +#if LWIP_IGMP +LWIP_MEMPOOL(IGMP_GROUP, MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP, sizeof(struct igmp_group), "IGMP_GROUP") +#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */ + +#if (!NO_SYS || (NO_SYS && !NO_SYS_NO_TIMERS)) /* LWIP_TIMERS */ +LWIP_MEMPOOL(SYS_TIMEOUT, MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT, sizeof(struct sys_timeo), "SYS_TIMEOUT") +#endif /* LWIP_TIMERS */ + +#if LWIP_SNMP +LWIP_MEMPOOL(SNMP_ROOTNODE, MEMP_NUM_SNMP_ROOTNODE, sizeof(struct mib_list_rootnode), "SNMP_ROOTNODE") +LWIP_MEMPOOL(SNMP_NODE, MEMP_NUM_SNMP_NODE, sizeof(struct mib_list_node), "SNMP_NODE") +LWIP_MEMPOOL(SNMP_VARBIND, MEMP_NUM_SNMP_VARBIND, sizeof(struct snmp_varbind), "SNMP_VARBIND") +LWIP_MEMPOOL(SNMP_VALUE, MEMP_NUM_SNMP_VALUE, SNMP_MAX_VALUE_SIZE, "SNMP_VALUE") +#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */ +#if LWIP_DNS && LWIP_SOCKET +LWIP_MEMPOOL(NETDB, MEMP_NUM_NETDB, NETDB_ELEM_SIZE, "NETDB") +#endif /* LWIP_DNS && LWIP_SOCKET */ +#if LWIP_DNS && DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST && DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC +LWIP_MEMPOOL(LOCALHOSTLIST, MEMP_NUM_LOCALHOSTLIST, LOCALHOSTLIST_ELEM_SIZE, "LOCALHOSTLIST") +#endif /* LWIP_DNS && DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST && DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */ +#if PPP_SUPPORT && PPPOE_SUPPORT +LWIP_MEMPOOL(PPPOE_IF, MEMP_NUM_PPPOE_INTERFACES, sizeof(struct pppoe_softc), "PPPOE_IF") +#endif /* PPP_SUPPORT && PPPOE_SUPPORT */ + +/* + * A list of pools of pbuf's used by LWIP. + * + * LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL(pool_name, number_elements, pbuf_payload_size, pool_description) + * creates a pool name MEMP_pool_name. description is used in stats.c + * This allocates enough space for the pbuf struct and a payload. + * (Example: pbuf_payload_size=0 allocates only size for the struct) + */ +LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL(PBUF, MEMP_NUM_PBUF, 0, "PBUF_REF/ROM") +LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL(PBUF_POOL, PBUF_POOL_SIZE, PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE, "PBUF_POOL") + + +/* + * Allow for user-defined pools; this must be explicitly set in lwipopts.h + * since the default is to NOT look for lwippools.h + */ +#if MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS +#include "lwippools.h" +#endif /* MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS */ + +/* + * REQUIRED CLEANUP: Clear up so we don't get "multiply defined" error later + * (#undef is ignored for something that is not defined) + */ +#undef LWIP_MEMPOOL +#undef LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL +#undef LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_START +#undef LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_END +#undef LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/netbuf.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_NETBUF_H__
+#define __LWIP_NETBUF_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** This netbuf has dest-addr/port set */
+#define NETBUF_FLAG_DESTADDR 0x01
+/** This netbuf includes a checksum */
+#define NETBUF_FLAG_CHKSUM 0x02
+
+struct netbuf {
+ struct pbuf *p, *ptr;
+ ip_addr_t addr;
+ u16_t port;
+#if LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO || LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
+#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
+ u8_t flags;
+#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
+ u16_t toport_chksum;
+#if LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO
+ ip_addr_t toaddr;
+#endif /* LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO */
+#endif /* LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO || LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
+};
+
+/* Network buffer functions: */
+struct netbuf * netbuf_new (void);
+void netbuf_delete (struct netbuf *buf);
+void * netbuf_alloc (struct netbuf *buf, u16_t size);
+void netbuf_free (struct netbuf *buf);
+err_t netbuf_ref (struct netbuf *buf,
+ const void *dataptr, u16_t size);
+void netbuf_chain (struct netbuf *head,
+ struct netbuf *tail);
+
+err_t netbuf_data (struct netbuf *buf,
+ void **dataptr, u16_t *len);
+s8_t netbuf_next (struct netbuf *buf);
+void netbuf_first (struct netbuf *buf);
+
+
+#define netbuf_copy_partial(buf, dataptr, len, offset) \
+ pbuf_copy_partial((buf)->p, (dataptr), (len), (offset))
+#define netbuf_copy(buf,dataptr,len) netbuf_copy_partial(buf, dataptr, len, 0)
+#define netbuf_take(buf, dataptr, len) pbuf_take((buf)->p, dataptr, len)
+#define netbuf_len(buf) ((buf)->p->tot_len)
+#define netbuf_fromaddr(buf) (&((buf)->addr))
+#define netbuf_set_fromaddr(buf, fromaddr) ip_addr_set((&(buf)->addr), fromaddr)
+#define netbuf_fromport(buf) ((buf)->port)
+#if LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO
+#define netbuf_destaddr(buf) (&((buf)->toaddr))
+#define netbuf_set_destaddr(buf, destaddr) ip_addr_set((&(buf)->addr), destaddr)
+#define netbuf_destport(buf) (((buf)->flags & NETBUF_FLAG_DESTADDR) ? (buf)->toport_chksum : 0)
+#endif /* LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO */
+#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
+#define netbuf_set_chksum(buf, chksum) do { (buf)->flags = NETBUF_FLAG_CHKSUM; \
+ (buf)->toport_chksum = chksum; } while(0)
+#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_NETBUF_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/netdb.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Simon Goldschmidt
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_NETDB_H__
+#define __LWIP_NETDB_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_DNS && LWIP_SOCKET
+
+#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */
+
+#include "lwip/inet.h"
+#include "lwip/sockets.h"
+
+/* some rarely used options */
+#ifndef LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_H_ERRNO
+#define LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_H_ERRNO 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LWIP_DNS_API_DEFINE_ERRORS
+#define LWIP_DNS_API_DEFINE_ERRORS 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_STRUCTS
+#define LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_STRUCTS 1
+#endif
+
+#if LWIP_DNS_API_DEFINE_ERRORS
+/** Errors used by the DNS API functions, h_errno can be one of them */
+#define EAI_NONAME 200
+#define EAI_SERVICE 201
+#define EAI_FAIL 202
+#define EAI_MEMORY 203
+
+#define HOST_NOT_FOUND 210
+#define NO_DATA 211
+#define NO_RECOVERY 212
+#define TRY_AGAIN 213
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_DEFINE_ERRORS */
+
+#if LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_STRUCTS
+struct hostent {
+ char *h_name; /* Official name of the host. */
+ char **h_aliases; /* A pointer to an array of pointers to alternative host names,
+ terminated by a null pointer. */
+ int h_addrtype; /* Address type. */
+ int h_length; /* The length, in bytes, of the address. */
+ char **h_addr_list; /* A pointer to an array of pointers to network addresses (in
+ network byte order) for the host, terminated by a null pointer. */
+#define h_addr h_addr_list[0] /* for backward compatibility */
+};
+
+struct addrinfo {
+ int ai_flags; /* Input flags. */
+ int ai_family; /* Address family of socket. */
+ int ai_socktype; /* Socket type. */
+ int ai_protocol; /* Protocol of socket. */
+ socklen_t ai_addrlen; /* Length of socket address. */
+ struct sockaddr *ai_addr; /* Socket address of socket. */
+ char *ai_canonname; /* Canonical name of service location. */
+ struct addrinfo *ai_next; /* Pointer to next in list. */
+};
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_STRUCTS */
+
+#if LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_H_ERRNO
+/* application accessable error code set by the DNS API functions */
+extern int h_errno;
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_H_ERRNO*/
+
+struct hostent *lwip_gethostbyname(const char *name);
+int lwip_gethostbyname_r(const char *name, struct hostent *ret, char *buf,
+ size_t buflen, struct hostent **result, int *h_errnop);
+void lwip_freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *ai);
+int lwip_getaddrinfo(const char *nodename,
+ const char *servname,
+ const struct addrinfo *hints,
+ struct addrinfo **res);
+
+#if LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS
+#define gethostbyname(name) lwip_gethostbyname(name)
+#define gethostbyname_r(name, ret, buf, buflen, result, h_errnop) \
+ lwip_gethostbyname_r(name, ret, buf, buflen, result, h_errnop)
+#define freeaddrinfo(addrinfo) lwip_freeaddrinfo(addrinfo)
+#define getaddrinfo(nodname, servname, hints, res) \
+ lwip_getaddrinfo(nodname, servname, hints, res)
+#endif /* LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS */
+
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS && LWIP_SOCKET */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_NETDB_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/netif.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_NETIF_H__
+#define __LWIP_NETIF_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#define ENABLE_LOOPBACK (LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK || LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF)
+
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#if LWIP_DHCP
+struct dhcp;
+#endif
+#if LWIP_AUTOIP
+struct autoip;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Throughout this file, IP addresses are expected to be in
+ * the same byte order as in IP_PCB. */
+
+/* must be the maximum of all used hardware address lengths
+ across all types of interfaces in use */
+#define NETIF_MAX_HWADDR_LEN 6U
+
+/* Whether the network interface is 'up'. This is
+ * a software flag used to control whether this network
+ * interface is enabled and processes traffic.
+ * It is set by the startup code (for static IP configuration) or
+ * by dhcp/autoip when an address has been assigned.
+ */
+#define NETIF_FLAG_UP 0x01U
+/* If set, the netif has broadcast capability.
+ * Set by the netif driver in its init function. */
+#define NETIF_FLAG_BROADCAST 0x02U
+/* If set, the netif is one end of a point-to-point connection.
+ * Set by the netif driver in its init function. */
+#define NETIF_FLAG_POINTTOPOINT 0x04U
+/* If set, the interface is configured using DHCP.
+ * Set by the DHCP code when starting or stopping DHCP. */
+#define NETIF_FLAG_DHCP 0x08U
+/* If set, the interface has an active link
+ * (set by the network interface driver).
+ * Either set by the netif driver in its init function (if the link
+ * is up at that time) or at a later point once the link comes up
+ * (if link detection is supported by the hardware). */
+#define NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP 0x10U
+/* If set, the netif is an ethernet device using ARP.
+ * Set by the netif driver in its init function.
+ * Used to check input packet types and use of DHCP. */
+#define NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP 0x20U
+/* If set, the netif is an ethernet device. It might not use
+ * ARP or TCP/IP if it is used for PPPoE only.
+ */
+#define NETIF_FLAG_ETHERNET 0x40U
+/* If set, the netif has IGMP capability.
+ * Set by the netif driver in its init function. */
+#define NETIF_FLAG_IGMP 0x80U
+
+/* Function prototype for netif init functions. Set up flags and output/linkoutput
+ * callback functions in this function.
+ *
+ * @param netif The netif to initialize
+ */
+typedef err_t (*netif_init_fn)(struct netif *netif);
+/* Function prototype for netif->input functions. This function is saved as 'input'
+ * callback function in the netif struct. Call it when a packet has been received.
+ *
+ * @param p The received packet, copied into a pbuf
+ * @param inp The netif which received the packet
+ */
+typedef err_t (*netif_input_fn)(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
+/* Function prototype for netif->output functions. Called by lwIP when a packet
+ * shall be sent. For ethernet netif, set this to 'etharp_output' and set
+ * 'linkoutput'.
+ *
+ * @param netif The netif which shall send a packet
+ * @param p The packet to send (p->payload points to IP header)
+ * @param ipaddr The IP address to which the packet shall be sent
+ */
+typedef err_t (*netif_output_fn)(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p,
+ ip_addr_t *ipaddr);
+/* Function prototype for netif->linkoutput functions. Only used for ethernet
+ * netifs. This function is called by ARP when a packet shall be sent.
+ *
+ * @param netif The netif which shall send a packet
+ * @param p The packet to send (raw ethernet packet)
+ */
+typedef err_t (*netif_linkoutput_fn)(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p);
+/* Function prototype for netif status- or link-callback functions. */
+typedef void (*netif_status_callback_fn)(struct netif *netif);
+/* Function prototype for netif igmp_mac_filter functions */
+typedef err_t (*netif_igmp_mac_filter_fn)(struct netif *netif,
+ ip_addr_t *group, u8_t action);
+
+/* Generic data structure used for all lwIP network interfaces.
+ * The following fields should be filled in by the initialization
+ * function for the device driver: hwaddr_len, hwaddr[], mtu, flags */
+struct netif {
+ /* pointer to next in linked list */
+ struct netif *next;
+
+ /* IP address configuration in network byte order */
+ ip_addr_t ip_addr;
+ ip_addr_t netmask;
+ ip_addr_t gw;
+
+ /* This function is called by the network device driver
+ * to pass a packet up the TCP/IP stack. */
+ netif_input_fn input;
+ /* This function is called by the IP module when it wants
+ * to send a packet on the interface. This function typically
+ * first resolves the hardware address, then sends the packet. */
+ netif_output_fn output;
+ /* This function is called by the ARP module when it wants
+ * to send a packet on the interface. This function outputs
+ * the pbuf as-is on the link medium. */
+ netif_linkoutput_fn linkoutput;
+#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
+ /* This function is called when the netif state is set to up or down
+ */
+ netif_status_callback_fn status_callback;
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
+#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
+ /* This function is called when the netif link is set to up or down
+ */
+ netif_status_callback_fn link_callback;
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
+ /* This field can be set by the device driver and could point
+ * to state information for the device. */
+ void *state;
+#if LWIP_DHCP
+ /* the DHCP client state information for this netif */
+ struct dhcp *dhcp;
+#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
+#if LWIP_AUTOIP
+ /* the AutoIP client state information for this netif */
+ struct autoip *autoip;
+#endif
+#if LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME
+ /* the hostname for this netif, NULL is a valid value */
+ char* hostname;
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME */
+ /* maximum transfer unit (in bytes) */
+ u16_t mtu;
+ /* number of bytes used in hwaddr */
+ u8_t hwaddr_len;
+ /* link level hardware address of this interface */
+ u8_t hwaddr[NETIF_MAX_HWADDR_LEN];
+ /* flags (see NETIF_FLAG_ above) */
+ u8_t flags;
+ /* descriptive abbreviation */
+ char name[2];
+ /* number of this interface */
+ u8_t num;
+#if LWIP_SNMP
+ /* link type (from "snmp_ifType" enum from snmp.h) */
+ u8_t link_type;
+ /* (estimate) link speed */
+ u32_t link_speed;
+ /* timestamp at last change made (up/down) */
+ u32_t ts;
+ /* counters */
+ u32_t ifinoctets;
+ u32_t ifinucastpkts;
+ u32_t ifinnucastpkts;
+ u32_t ifindiscards;
+ u32_t ifoutoctets;
+ u32_t ifoutucastpkts;
+ u32_t ifoutnucastpkts;
+ u32_t ifoutdiscards;
+#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+ /* This function could be called to add or delete a entry in the multicast
+ filter table of the ethernet MAC.*/
+ netif_igmp_mac_filter_fn igmp_mac_filter;
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
+ u8_t *addr_hint;
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT */
+#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
+ /* List of packets to be queued for ourselves. */
+ struct pbuf *loop_first;
+ struct pbuf *loop_last;
+#if LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
+ u16_t loop_cnt_current;
+#endif /* LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
+#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
+};
+
+#if LWIP_SNMP
+#define NETIF_INIT_SNMP(netif, type, speed) \
+ /* use "snmp_ifType" enum from snmp.h for "type", snmp_ifType_ethernet_csmacd by example */ \
+ (netif)->link_type = (type); \
+ /* your link speed here (units: bits per second) */ \
+ (netif)->link_speed = (speed); \
+ (netif)->ts = 0; \
+ (netif)->ifinoctets = 0; \
+ (netif)->ifinucastpkts = 0; \
+ (netif)->ifinnucastpkts = 0; \
+ (netif)->ifindiscards = 0; \
+ (netif)->ifoutoctets = 0; \
+ (netif)->ifoutucastpkts = 0; \
+ (netif)->ifoutnucastpkts = 0; \
+ (netif)->ifoutdiscards = 0
+#else /* LWIP_SNMP */
+#define NETIF_INIT_SNMP(netif, type, speed)
+#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
+
+
+/* The list of network interfaces. */
+extern struct netif *netif_list;
+/* The default network interface. */
+extern struct netif *netif_default;
+
+void netif_init(void);
+
+struct netif *netif_add(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr, ip_addr_t *netmask,
+ ip_addr_t *gw, void *state, netif_init_fn init, netif_input_fn input);
+
+void
+netif_set_addr(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr, ip_addr_t *netmask,
+ ip_addr_t *gw);
+void netif_remove(struct netif * netif);
+
+/* Returns a network interface given its name. The name is of the form
+ "et0", where the first two letters are the "name" field in the
+ netif structure, and the digit is in the num field in the same
+ structure. */
+struct netif *netif_find(char *name);
+
+void netif_set_default(struct netif *netif);
+
+void netif_set_ipaddr(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr);
+void netif_set_netmask(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *netmask);
+void netif_set_gw(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *gw);
+
+void netif_set_up(struct netif *netif);
+void netif_set_down(struct netif *netif);
+/* Ask if an interface is up */
+#define netif_is_up(netif) (((netif)->flags & NETIF_FLAG_UP) ? (u8_t)1 : (u8_t)0)
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
+void netif_set_status_callback(struct netif *netif, netif_status_callback_fn status_callback);
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
+
+void netif_set_link_up(struct netif *netif);
+void netif_set_link_down(struct netif *netif);
+/* Ask if a link is up */
+#define netif_is_link_up(netif) (((netif)->flags & NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP) ? (u8_t)1 : (u8_t)0)
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
+void netif_set_link_callback(struct netif *netif, netif_status_callback_fn link_callback);
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME
+#define netif_set_hostname(netif, name) do { if((netif) != NULL) { (netif)->hostname = name; }}while(0)
+#define netif_get_hostname(netif) (((netif) != NULL) ? ((netif)->hostname) : NULL)
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME */
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+#define netif_set_igmp_mac_filter(netif, function) do { if((netif) != NULL) { (netif)->igmp_mac_filter = function; }}while(0)
+#define netif_get_igmp_mac_filter(netif) (((netif) != NULL) ? ((netif)->igmp_mac_filter) : NULL)
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+
+#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
+err_t netif_loop_output(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *dest_ip);
+void netif_poll(struct netif *netif);
+#if !LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING
+void netif_poll_all(void);
+#endif /* !LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING */
+#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_NETIF_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/netifapi.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_NETIFAPI_H__
+#define __LWIP_NETIFAPI_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_API /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/dhcp.h"
+#include "lwip/autoip.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef void (*netifapi_void_fn)(struct netif *netif);
+typedef err_t (*netifapi_errt_fn)(struct netif *netif);
+
+struct netifapi_msg_msg {
+#if !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+ sys_sem_t sem;
+#endif /* !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+ err_t err;
+ struct netif *netif;
+ union {
+ struct {
+ ip_addr_t *ipaddr;
+ ip_addr_t *netmask;
+ ip_addr_t *gw;
+ void *state;
+ netif_init_fn init;
+ netif_input_fn input;
+ } add;
+ struct {
+ netifapi_void_fn voidfunc;
+ netifapi_errt_fn errtfunc;
+ } common;
+ } msg;
+};
+
+struct netifapi_msg {
+ void (* function)(struct netifapi_msg_msg *msg);
+ struct netifapi_msg_msg msg;
+};
+
+
+/* API for application */
+err_t netifapi_netif_add ( struct netif *netif,
+ ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
+ ip_addr_t *netmask,
+ ip_addr_t *gw,
+ void *state,
+ netif_init_fn init,
+ netif_input_fn input);
+
+err_t netifapi_netif_set_addr ( struct netif *netif,
+ ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
+ ip_addr_t *netmask,
+ ip_addr_t *gw );
+
+err_t netifapi_netif_common ( struct netif *netif,
+ netifapi_void_fn voidfunc,
+ netifapi_errt_fn errtfunc);
+
+#define netifapi_netif_remove(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, netif_remove, NULL)
+#define netifapi_netif_set_up(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, netif_set_up, NULL)
+#define netifapi_netif_set_down(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, netif_set_down, NULL)
+#define netifapi_netif_set_default(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, netif_set_default, NULL)
+#define netifapi_dhcp_start(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, NULL, dhcp_start)
+#define netifapi_dhcp_stop(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, dhcp_stop, NULL)
+#define netifapi_autoip_start(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, NULL, autoip_start)
+#define netifapi_autoip_stop(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, NULL, autoip_stop)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_API */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_NETIFAPI_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/opt.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,2040 @@
+/**
+ * @file
+ *
+ * lwIP Options Configuration
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_OPT_H__
+#define __LWIP_OPT_H__
+
+/*
+ * Include user defined options first. Anything not defined in these files
+ * will be set to standard values. Override anything you dont like!
+ */
+#include "lwipopts.h"
+#include "lwip/debug.h"
+
+/*
+ -----------------------------------------------
+ ---------- Platform specific locking ----------
+ -----------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+/**
+ * SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT==1: if you want inter-task protection for certain
+ * critical regions during buffer allocation, deallocation and memory
+ * allocation and deallocation.
+ */
+#ifndef SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT
+#define SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NO_SYS==1: Provides VERY minimal functionality. Otherwise,
+ * use lwIP facilities.
+ */
+#ifndef NO_SYS
+#define NO_SYS 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NO_SYS_NO_TIMERS==1: Drop support for sys_timeout when NO_SYS==1
+ * Mainly for compatibility to old versions.
+ */
+#ifndef NO_SYS_NO_TIMERS
+#define NO_SYS_NO_TIMERS 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMCPY: override this if you have a faster implementation at hand than the
+ * one included in your C library
+ */
+#ifndef MEMCPY
+#define MEMCPY(dst,src,len) memcpy(dst,src,len)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SMEMCPY: override this with care! Some compilers (e.g. gcc) can inline a
+ * call to memcpy() if the length is known at compile time and is small.
+ */
+#ifndef SMEMCPY
+#define SMEMCPY(dst,src,len) memcpy(dst,src,len)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ------------------------------------
+ ---------- Memory options ----------
+ ------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * MEM_LIBC_MALLOC==1: Use malloc/free/realloc provided by your C-library
+ * instead of the lwip internal allocator. Can save code size if you
+ * already use it.
+ */
+#ifndef MEM_LIBC_MALLOC
+#define MEM_LIBC_MALLOC 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC==1: Use mem_malloc/mem_free instead of the lwip pool allocator.
+* Especially useful with MEM_LIBC_MALLOC but handle with care regarding execution
+* speed and usage from interrupts!
+*/
+#ifndef MEMP_MEM_MALLOC
+#define MEMP_MEM_MALLOC 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEM_ALIGNMENT: should be set to the alignment of the CPU
+ * 4 byte alignment -> #define MEM_ALIGNMENT 4
+ * 2 byte alignment -> #define MEM_ALIGNMENT 2
+ */
+#ifndef MEM_ALIGNMENT
+#define MEM_ALIGNMENT 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEM_SIZE: the size of the heap memory. If the application will send
+ * a lot of data that needs to be copied, this should be set high.
+ */
+#ifndef MEM_SIZE
+#define MEM_SIZE 1600
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS: if defined to 1, each pool is placed in its own array.
+ * This can be used to individually change the location of each pool.
+ * Default is one big array for all pools
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS
+#define MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK: memp overflow protection reserves a configurable
+ * amount of bytes before and after each memp element in every pool and fills
+ * it with a prominent default value.
+ * MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK == 0 no checking
+ * MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK == 1 checks each element when it is freed
+ * MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2 checks each element in every pool every time
+ * memp_malloc() or memp_free() is called (useful but slow!)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
+#define MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_SANITY_CHECK==1: run a sanity check after each memp_free() to make
+ * sure that there are no cycles in the linked lists.
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_SANITY_CHECK
+#define MEMP_SANITY_CHECK 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEM_USE_POOLS==1: Use an alternative to malloc() by allocating from a set
+ * of memory pools of various sizes. When mem_malloc is called, an element of
+ * the smallest pool that can provide the length needed is returned.
+ * To use this, MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS also has to be enabled.
+ */
+#ifndef MEM_USE_POOLS
+#define MEM_USE_POOLS 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL==1: if one malloc-pool is empty, try the next
+ * bigger pool - WARNING: THIS MIGHT WASTE MEMORY but it can make a system more
+ * reliable. */
+#ifndef MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL
+#define MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS==1: whether to include a user file lwippools.h
+ * that defines additional pools beyond the "standard" ones required
+ * by lwIP. If you set this to 1, you must have lwippools.h in your
+ * inlude path somewhere.
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS
+#define MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Set this to 1 if you want to free PBUF_RAM pbufs (or call mem_free()) from
+ * interrupt context (or another context that doesn't allow waiting for a
+ * semaphore).
+ * If set to 1, mem_malloc will be protected by a semaphore and SYS_ARCH_PROTECT,
+ * while mem_free will only use SYS_ARCH_PROTECT. mem_malloc SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECTs
+ * with each loop so that mem_free can run.
+ *
+ * ATTENTION: As you can see from the above description, this leads to dis-/
+ * enabling interrupts often, which can be slow! Also, on low memory, mem_malloc
+ * can need longer.
+ *
+ * If you don't want that, at least for NO_SYS=0, you can still use the following
+ * functions to enqueue a deallocation call which then runs in the tcpip_thread
+ * context:
+ * - pbuf_free_callback(p);
+ * - mem_free_callback(m);
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
+#define LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ------------------------------------------------
+ ---------- Internal Memory Pool Sizes ----------
+ ------------------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_PBUF: the number of memp struct pbufs (used for PBUF_ROM and PBUF_REF).
+ * If the application sends a lot of data out of ROM (or other static memory),
+ * this should be set high.
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_PBUF
+#define MEMP_NUM_PBUF 16
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB: Number of raw connection PCBs
+ * (requires the LWIP_RAW option)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB
+#define MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB 4
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB: the number of UDP protocol control blocks. One
+ * per active UDP "connection".
+ * (requires the LWIP_UDP option)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB
+#define MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB 4
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB: the number of simulatenously active TCP connections.
+ * (requires the LWIP_TCP option)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB 5
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN: the number of listening TCP connections.
+ * (requires the LWIP_TCP option)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN 8
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG: the number of simultaneously queued TCP segments.
+ * (requires the LWIP_TCP option)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG 16
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA: the number of IP packets simultaneously queued for
+ * reassembly (whole packets, not fragments!)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA
+#define MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA 5
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_FRAG_PBUF: the number of IP fragments simultaneously sent
+ * (fragments, not whole packets!).
+ * This is only used with IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF==0 and
+ * LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF==0 and only has to be > 1 with DMA-enabled MACs
+ * where the packet is not yet sent when netif->output returns.
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_FRAG_PBUF
+#define MEMP_NUM_FRAG_PBUF 15
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_ARP_QUEUE: the number of simulateously queued outgoing
+ * packets (pbufs) that are waiting for an ARP request (to resolve
+ * their destination address) to finish.
+ * (requires the ARP_QUEUEING option)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_ARP_QUEUE
+#define MEMP_NUM_ARP_QUEUE 30
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP: The number of multicast groups whose network interfaces
+ * can be members et the same time (one per netif - allsystems group -, plus one
+ * per netif membership).
+ * (requires the LWIP_IGMP option)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP
+#define MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP 8
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT: the number of simulateously active timeouts.
+ * (requires NO_SYS==0)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT
+#define MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT 3
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_NETBUF: the number of struct netbufs.
+ * (only needed if you use the sequential API, like api_lib.c)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_NETBUF
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETBUF 2
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_NETCONN: the number of struct netconns.
+ * (only needed if you use the sequential API, like api_lib.c)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_NETCONN
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETCONN 4
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API: the number of struct tcpip_msg, which are used
+ * for callback/timeout API communication.
+ * (only needed if you use tcpip.c)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API 8
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT: the number of struct tcpip_msg, which are used
+ * for incoming packets.
+ * (only needed if you use tcpip.c)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT 8
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_SNMP_NODE: the number of leafs in the SNMP tree.
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_SNMP_NODE
+#define MEMP_NUM_SNMP_NODE 50
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_SNMP_ROOTNODE: the number of branches in the SNMP tree.
+ * Every branch has one leaf (MEMP_NUM_SNMP_NODE) at least!
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_SNMP_ROOTNODE
+#define MEMP_NUM_SNMP_ROOTNODE 30
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_SNMP_VARBIND: the number of concurrent requests (does not have to
+ * be changed normally) - 2 of these are used per request (1 for input,
+ * 1 for output)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_SNMP_VARBIND
+#define MEMP_NUM_SNMP_VARBIND 2
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_SNMP_VALUE: the number of OID or values concurrently used
+ * (does not have to be changed normally) - 3 of these are used per request
+ * (1 for the value read and 2 for OIDs - input and output)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_SNMP_VALUE
+#define MEMP_NUM_SNMP_VALUE 3
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_NETDB: the number of concurrently running lwip_addrinfo() calls
+ * (before freeing the corresponding memory using lwip_freeaddrinfo()).
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_NETDB
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETDB 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_LOCALHOSTLIST: the number of host entries in the local host list
+ * if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC==1.
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_LOCALHOSTLIST
+#define MEMP_NUM_LOCALHOSTLIST 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_PPPOE_INTERFACES: the number of concurrently active PPPoE
+ * interfaces (only used with PPPOE_SUPPORT==1)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_PPPOE_INTERFACES
+#define MEMP_NUM_PPPOE_INTERFACES 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * PBUF_POOL_SIZE: the number of buffers in the pbuf pool.
+ */
+#ifndef PBUF_POOL_SIZE
+#define PBUF_POOL_SIZE 16
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ---------------------------------
+ ---------- ARP options ----------
+ ---------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_ARP==1: Enable ARP functionality.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_ARP
+#define LWIP_ARP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ARP_TABLE_SIZE: Number of active MAC-IP address pairs cached.
+ */
+#ifndef ARP_TABLE_SIZE
+#define ARP_TABLE_SIZE 10
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ARP_QUEUEING==1: Outgoing packets are queued during hardware address
+ * resolution.
+ */
+#ifndef ARP_QUEUEING
+#define ARP_QUEUEING 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ETHARP_TRUST_IP_MAC==1: Incoming IP packets cause the ARP table to be
+ * updated with the source MAC and IP addresses supplied in the packet.
+ * You may want to disable this if you do not trust LAN peers to have the
+ * correct addresses, or as a limited approach to attempt to handle
+ * spoofing. If disabled, lwIP will need to make a new ARP request if
+ * the peer is not already in the ARP table, adding a little latency.
+ * The peer *is* in the ARP table if it requested our address before.
+ * Also notice that this slows down input processing of every IP packet!
+ */
+#ifndef ETHARP_TRUST_IP_MAC
+#define ETHARP_TRUST_IP_MAC 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ETHARP_SUPPORT_VLAN==1: support receiving ethernet packets with VLAN header.
+ * Additionally, you can define ETHARP_VLAN_CHECK to an u16_t VLAN ID to check.
+ * If ETHARP_VLAN_CHECK is defined, only VLAN-traffic for this VLAN is accepted.
+ * If ETHARP_VLAN_CHECK is not defined, all traffic is accepted.
+ */
+#ifndef ETHARP_SUPPORT_VLAN
+#define ETHARP_SUPPORT_VLAN 0
+#endif
+
+/** LWIP_ETHERNET==1: enable ethernet support for PPPoE even though ARP
+ * might be disabled
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_ETHERNET
+#define LWIP_ETHERNET (LWIP_ARP || PPPOE_SUPPORT)
+#endif
+
+/** ETH_PAD_SIZE: number of bytes added before the ethernet header to ensure
+ * alignment of payload after that header. Since the header is 14 bytes long,
+ * without this padding e.g. addresses in the IP header will not be aligned
+ * on a 32-bit boundary, so setting this to 2 can speed up 32-bit-platforms.
+ */
+#ifndef ETH_PAD_SIZE
+#define ETH_PAD_SIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/** ETHARP_SUPPORT_STATIC_ENTRIES==1: enable code to support static ARP table
+ * entries (using etharp_add_static_entry/etharp_remove_static_entry).
+ */
+#ifndef ETHARP_SUPPORT_STATIC_ENTRIES
+#define ETHARP_SUPPORT_STATIC_ENTRIES 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ --------------------------------
+ ---------- IP options ----------
+ --------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * IP_FORWARD==1: Enables the ability to forward IP packets across network
+ * interfaces. If you are going to run lwIP on a device with only one network
+ * interface, define this to 0.
+ */
+#ifndef IP_FORWARD
+#define IP_FORWARD 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED: Defines the behavior for IP options.
+ * IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED==0: All packets with IP options are dropped.
+ * IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED==1: IP options are allowed (but not parsed).
+ */
+#ifndef IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED
+#define IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_REASSEMBLY==1: Reassemble incoming fragmented IP packets. Note that
+ * this option does not affect outgoing packet sizes, which can be controlled
+ * via IP_FRAG.
+ */
+#ifndef IP_REASSEMBLY
+#define IP_REASSEMBLY 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_FRAG==1: Fragment outgoing IP packets if their size exceeds MTU. Note
+ * that this option does not affect incoming packet sizes, which can be
+ * controlled via IP_REASSEMBLY.
+ */
+#ifndef IP_FRAG
+#define IP_FRAG 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_REASS_MAXAGE: Maximum time (in multiples of IP_TMR_INTERVAL - so seconds, normally)
+ * a fragmented IP packet waits for all fragments to arrive. If not all fragments arrived
+ * in this time, the whole packet is discarded.
+ */
+#ifndef IP_REASS_MAXAGE
+#define IP_REASS_MAXAGE 3
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS: Total maximum amount of pbufs waiting to be reassembled.
+ * Since the received pbufs are enqueued, be sure to configure
+ * PBUF_POOL_SIZE > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS so that the stack is still able to receive
+ * packets even if the maximum amount of fragments is enqueued for reassembly!
+ */
+#ifndef IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS
+#define IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS 10
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF==1: Use a static MTU-sized buffer for IP
+ * fragmentation. Otherwise pbufs are allocated and reference the original
+ * packet data to be fragmented (or with LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF==1,
+ * new PBUF_RAM pbufs are used for fragments).
+ * ATTENTION: IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF==1 may not be used for DMA-enabled MACs!
+ */
+#ifndef IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
+#define IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_FRAG_MAX_MTU: Assumed max MTU on any interface for IP frag buffer
+ * (requires IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF==1)
+ */
+#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF && !defined(IP_FRAG_MAX_MTU)
+#define IP_FRAG_MAX_MTU 1500
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_DEFAULT_TTL: Default value for Time-To-Live used by transport layers.
+ */
+#ifndef IP_DEFAULT_TTL
+#define IP_DEFAULT_TTL 255
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_SOF_BROADCAST=1: Use the SOF_BROADCAST field to enable broadcast
+ * filter per pcb on udp and raw send operations. To enable broadcast filter
+ * on recv operations, you also have to set IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV=1.
+ */
+#ifndef IP_SOF_BROADCAST
+#define IP_SOF_BROADCAST 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV (requires IP_SOF_BROADCAST=1) enable the broadcast
+ * filter on recv operations.
+ */
+#ifndef IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV
+#define IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ----------------------------------
+ ---------- ICMP options ----------
+ ----------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_ICMP==1: Enable ICMP module inside the IP stack.
+ * Be careful, disable that make your product non-compliant to RFC1122
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_ICMP
+#define LWIP_ICMP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ICMP_TTL: Default value for Time-To-Live used by ICMP packets.
+ */
+#ifndef ICMP_TTL
+#define ICMP_TTL (IP_DEFAULT_TTL)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_BROADCAST_PING==1: respond to broadcast pings (default is unicast only)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_BROADCAST_PING
+#define LWIP_BROADCAST_PING 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_MULTICAST_PING==1: respond to multicast pings (default is unicast only)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_MULTICAST_PING
+#define LWIP_MULTICAST_PING 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ---------------------------------
+ ---------- RAW options ----------
+ ---------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_RAW==1: Enable application layer to hook into the IP layer itself.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_RAW
+#define LWIP_RAW 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_RAW==1: Enable application layer to hook into the IP layer itself.
+ */
+#ifndef RAW_TTL
+#define RAW_TTL (IP_DEFAULT_TTL)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ----------------------------------
+ ---------- DHCP options ----------
+ ----------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_DHCP==1: Enable DHCP module.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_DHCP
+#define LWIP_DHCP 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK==1: Do an ARP check on the offered address.
+ */
+#ifndef DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK
+#define DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK ((LWIP_DHCP) && (LWIP_ARP))
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ------------------------------------
+ ---------- AUTOIP options ----------
+ ------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_AUTOIP==1: Enable AUTOIP module.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_AUTOIP
+#define LWIP_AUTOIP 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP==1: Allow DHCP and AUTOIP to be both enabled on
+ * the same interface at the same time.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP
+#define LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP_TRIES: Set to the number of DHCP DISCOVER probes
+ * that should be sent before falling back on AUTOIP. This can be set
+ * as low as 1 to get an AutoIP address very quickly, but you should
+ * be prepared to handle a changing IP address when DHCP overrides
+ * AutoIP.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP_TRIES
+#define LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP_TRIES 9
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ----------------------------------
+ ---------- SNMP options ----------
+ ----------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_SNMP==1: Turn on SNMP module. UDP must be available for SNMP
+ * transport.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_SNMP
+#define LWIP_SNMP 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SNMP_CONCURRENT_REQUESTS: Number of concurrent requests the module will
+ * allow. At least one request buffer is required.
+ * Does not have to be changed unless external MIBs answer request asynchronously
+ */
+#ifndef SNMP_CONCURRENT_REQUESTS
+#define SNMP_CONCURRENT_REQUESTS 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS: Number of trap destinations. At least one trap
+ * destination is required
+ */
+#ifndef SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS
+#define SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB:
+ * When using a private MIB, you have to create a file 'private_mib.h' that contains
+ * a 'struct mib_array_node mib_private' which contains your MIB.
+ */
+#ifndef SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB
+#define SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Only allow SNMP write actions that are 'safe' (e.g. disabeling netifs is not
+ * a safe action and disabled when SNMP_SAFE_REQUESTS = 1).
+ * Unsafe requests are disabled by default!
+ */
+#ifndef SNMP_SAFE_REQUESTS
+#define SNMP_SAFE_REQUESTS 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The maximum length of strings used. This affects the size of
+ * MEMP_SNMP_VALUE elements.
+ */
+#ifndef SNMP_MAX_OCTET_STRING_LEN
+#define SNMP_MAX_OCTET_STRING_LEN 127
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The maximum depth of the SNMP tree.
+ * With private MIBs enabled, this depends on your MIB!
+ * This affects the size of MEMP_SNMP_VALUE elements.
+ */
+#ifndef SNMP_MAX_TREE_DEPTH
+#define SNMP_MAX_TREE_DEPTH 15
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The size of the MEMP_SNMP_VALUE elements, normally calculated from
+ * SNMP_MAX_OCTET_STRING_LEN and SNMP_MAX_TREE_DEPTH.
+ */
+#ifndef SNMP_MAX_VALUE_SIZE
+#define SNMP_MAX_VALUE_SIZE LWIP_MAX((SNMP_MAX_OCTET_STRING_LEN)+1, sizeof(s32_t)*(SNMP_MAX_TREE_DEPTH))
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ----------------------------------
+ ---------- IGMP options ----------
+ ----------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_IGMP==1: Turn on IGMP module.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_IGMP
+#define LWIP_IGMP 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ----------------------------------
+ ---------- DNS options -----------
+ ----------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_DNS==1: Turn on DNS module. UDP must be available for DNS
+ * transport.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_DNS
+#define LWIP_DNS 0
+#endif
+
+/** DNS maximum number of entries to maintain locally. */
+#ifndef DNS_TABLE_SIZE
+#define DNS_TABLE_SIZE 4
+#endif
+
+/** DNS maximum host name length supported in the name table. */
+#ifndef DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH
+#define DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH 256
+#endif
+
+/** The maximum of DNS servers */
+#ifndef DNS_MAX_SERVERS
+#define DNS_MAX_SERVERS 2
+#endif
+
+/** DNS do a name checking between the query and the response. */
+#ifndef DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK
+#define DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK 1
+#endif
+
+/** DNS message max. size. Default value is RFC compliant. */
+#ifndef DNS_MSG_SIZE
+#define DNS_MSG_SIZE 512
+#endif
+
+/** DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST: Implements a local host-to-address list. If enabled,
+ * you have to define
+ * #define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT {{"host1", 0x123}, {"host2", 0x234}}
+ * (an array of structs name/address, where address is an u32_t in network
+ * byte order).
+ *
+ * Instead, you can also use an external function:
+ * #define DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN(x) extern u32_t my_lookup_function(const char *name)
+ * that returns the IP address or INADDR_NONE if not found.
+ */
+#ifndef DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
+#define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST 0
+#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST */
+
+/** If this is turned on, the local host-list can be dynamically changed
+ * at runtime. */
+#ifndef DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
+#define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC 0
+#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
+
+/*
+ ---------------------------------
+ ---------- UDP options ----------
+ ---------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_UDP==1: Turn on UDP.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_UDP
+#define LWIP_UDP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_UDPLITE==1: Turn on UDP-Lite. (Requires LWIP_UDP)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_UDPLITE
+#define LWIP_UDPLITE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * UDP_TTL: Default Time-To-Live value.
+ */
+#ifndef UDP_TTL
+#define UDP_TTL (IP_DEFAULT_TTL)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO==1: append destination addr and port to every netbuf.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO
+#define LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ---------------------------------
+ ---------- TCP options ----------
+ ---------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_TCP==1: Turn on TCP.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_TCP
+#define LWIP_TCP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_TTL: Default Time-To-Live value.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_TTL
+#define TCP_TTL (IP_DEFAULT_TTL)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_WND: The size of a TCP window. This must be at least
+ * (2 * TCP_MSS) for things to work well
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_WND
+#define TCP_WND (4 * TCP_MSS)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_MAXRTX: Maximum number of retransmissions of data segments.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_MAXRTX
+#define TCP_MAXRTX 12
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_SYNMAXRTX: Maximum number of retransmissions of SYN segments.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_SYNMAXRTX
+#define TCP_SYNMAXRTX 6
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ==1: TCP will queue segments that arrive out of order.
+ * Define to 0 if your device is low on memory.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ
+#define TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ (LWIP_TCP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_MSS: TCP Maximum segment size. (default is 536, a conservative default,
+ * you might want to increase this.)
+ * For the receive side, this MSS is advertised to the remote side
+ * when opening a connection. For the transmit size, this MSS sets
+ * an upper limit on the MSS advertised by the remote host.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_MSS
+#define TCP_MSS 536
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_CALCULATE_EFF_SEND_MSS: "The maximum size of a segment that TCP really
+ * sends, the 'effective send MSS,' MUST be the smaller of the send MSS (which
+ * reflects the available reassembly buffer size at the remote host) and the
+ * largest size permitted by the IP layer" (RFC 1122)
+ * Setting this to 1 enables code that checks TCP_MSS against the MTU of the
+ * netif used for a connection and limits the MSS if it would be too big otherwise.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_CALCULATE_EFF_SEND_MSS
+#define TCP_CALCULATE_EFF_SEND_MSS 1
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * TCP_SND_BUF: TCP sender buffer space (bytes).
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_SND_BUF
+#define TCP_SND_BUF 256
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_SND_QUEUELEN: TCP sender buffer space (pbufs). This must be at least
+ * as much as (2 * TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS) for things to work.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_SND_QUEUELEN
+#define TCP_SND_QUEUELEN (4 * (TCP_SND_BUF)/(TCP_MSS))
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_SNDLOWAT: TCP writable space (bytes). This must be less than
+ * TCP_SND_BUF. It is the amount of space which must be available in the
+ * TCP snd_buf for select to return writable (combined with TCP_SNDQUEUELOWAT).
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_SNDLOWAT
+#define TCP_SNDLOWAT ((TCP_SND_BUF)/2)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_SNDQUEUELOWAT: TCP writable bufs (pbuf count). This must be grater
+ * than TCP_SND_QUEUELEN. If the number of pbufs queued on a pcb drops below
+ * this number, select returns writable (combined with TCP_SNDLOWAT).
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_SNDQUEUELOWAT
+#define TCP_SNDQUEUELOWAT ((TCP_SND_QUEUELEN)/2)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG: Enable the backlog option for tcp listen pcb.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
+#define TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The maximum allowed backlog for TCP listen netconns.
+ * This backlog is used unless another is explicitly specified.
+ * 0xff is the maximum (u8_t).
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG
+#define TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG 0xff
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_OVERSIZE: The maximum number of bytes that tcp_write may
+ * allocate ahead of time in an attempt to create shorter pbuf chains
+ * for transmission. The meaningful range is 0 to TCP_MSS. Some
+ * suggested values are:
+ *
+ * 0: Disable oversized allocation. Each tcp_write() allocates a new
+ pbuf (old behaviour).
+ * 1: Allocate size-aligned pbufs with minimal excess. Use this if your
+ * scatter-gather DMA requires aligned fragments.
+ * 128: Limit the pbuf/memory overhead to 20%.
+ * TCP_MSS: Try to create unfragmented TCP packets.
+ * TCP_MSS/4: Try to create 4 fragments or less per TCP packet.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_OVERSIZE
+#define TCP_OVERSIZE TCP_MSS
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_TCP_TIMESTAMPS==1: support the TCP timestamp option.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_TCP_TIMESTAMPS
+#define LWIP_TCP_TIMESTAMPS 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_WND_UPDATE_THRESHOLD: difference in window to trigger an
+ * explicit window update
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_WND_UPDATE_THRESHOLD
+#define TCP_WND_UPDATE_THRESHOLD (TCP_WND / 4)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_EVENT_API and LWIP_CALLBACK_API: Only one of these should be set to 1.
+ * LWIP_EVENT_API==1: The user defines lwip_tcp_event() to receive all
+ * events (accept, sent, etc) that happen in the system.
+ * LWIP_CALLBACK_API==1: The PCB callback function is called directly
+ * for the event.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_EVENT_API
+#define LWIP_EVENT_API 0
+#define LWIP_CALLBACK_API 1
+#else
+#define LWIP_EVENT_API 1
+#define LWIP_CALLBACK_API 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ ----------------------------------
+ ---------- Pbuf options ----------
+ ----------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * PBUF_LINK_HLEN: the number of bytes that should be allocated for a
+ * link level header. The default is 14, the standard value for
+ * Ethernet.
+ */
+#ifndef PBUF_LINK_HLEN
+#define PBUF_LINK_HLEN (14 + ETH_PAD_SIZE)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE: the size of each pbuf in the pbuf pool. The default is
+ * designed to accomodate single full size TCP frame in one pbuf, including
+ * TCP_MSS, IP header, and link header.
+ */
+#ifndef PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE
+#define PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(TCP_MSS+40+PBUF_LINK_HLEN)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ------------------------------------------------
+ ---------- Network Interfaces options ----------
+ ------------------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME==1: use DHCP_OPTION_HOSTNAME with netif's hostname
+ * field.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME
+#define LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_NETIF_API==1: Support netif api (in netifapi.c)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_NETIF_API
+#define LWIP_NETIF_API 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK==1: Support a callback function whenever an interface
+ * changes its up/down status (i.e., due to DHCP IP acquistion)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
+#define LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK==1: Support a callback function from an interface
+ * whenever the link changes (i.e., link down)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
+#define LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT==1: Cache link-layer-address hints (e.g. table
+ * indices) in struct netif. TCP and UDP can make use of this to prevent
+ * scanning the ARP table for every sent packet. While this is faster for big
+ * ARP tables or many concurrent connections, it might be counterproductive
+ * if you have a tiny ARP table or if there never are concurrent connections.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
+#define LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK==1: Support sending packets with a destination IP
+ * address equal to the netif IP address, looping them back up the stack.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK
+#define LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS: Maximum number of pbufs on queue for loopback
+ * sending for each netif (0 = disabled)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
+#define LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING: Indicates whether threading is enabled in
+ * the system, as netifs must change how they behave depending on this setting
+ * for the LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK option to work.
+ * Setting this is needed to avoid reentering non-reentrant functions like
+ * tcp_input().
+ * LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING==1: Indicates that the user is using a
+ * multithreaded environment like tcpip.c. In this case, netif->input()
+ * is called directly.
+ * LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING==0: Indicates a polling (or NO_SYS) setup.
+ * The packets are put on a list and netif_poll() must be called in
+ * the main application loop.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING
+#define LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING (!NO_SYS)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF: if this is set to 1, lwIP tries to put all data
+ * to be sent into one single pbuf. This is for compatibility with DMA-enabled
+ * MACs that do not support scatter-gather.
+ * Beware that this might involve CPU-memcpy before transmitting that would not
+ * be needed without this flag! Use this only if you need to!
+ *
+ * @todo: TCP and IP-frag do not work with this, yet:
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF
+#define LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF 0
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF */
+
+/*
+ ------------------------------------
+ ---------- LOOPIF options ----------
+ ------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF==1: Support loop interface (127.0.0.1) and loopif.c
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF
+#define LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ------------------------------------
+ ---------- SLIPIF options ----------
+ ------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_HAVE_SLIPIF==1: Support slip interface and slipif.c
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_HAVE_SLIPIF
+#define LWIP_HAVE_SLIPIF 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ------------------------------------
+ ---------- Thread options ----------
+ ------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * TCPIP_THREAD_NAME: The name assigned to the main tcpip thread.
+ */
+#ifndef TCPIP_THREAD_NAME
+#define TCPIP_THREAD_NAME "tcpip_thread"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCPIP_THREAD_STACKSIZE: The stack size used by the main tcpip thread.
+ * The stack size value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed to
+ * sys_thread_new() when the thread is created.
+ */
+#ifndef TCPIP_THREAD_STACKSIZE
+#define TCPIP_THREAD_STACKSIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCPIP_THREAD_PRIO: The priority assigned to the main tcpip thread.
+ * The priority value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed to
+ * sys_thread_new() when the thread is created.
+ */
+#ifndef TCPIP_THREAD_PRIO
+#define TCPIP_THREAD_PRIO 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCPIP_MBOX_SIZE: The mailbox size for the tcpip thread messages
+ * The queue size value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed to
+ * sys_mbox_new() when tcpip_init is called.
+ */
+#ifndef TCPIP_MBOX_SIZE
+#define TCPIP_MBOX_SIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SLIPIF_THREAD_NAME: The name assigned to the slipif_loop thread.
+ */
+#ifndef SLIPIF_THREAD_NAME
+#define SLIPIF_THREAD_NAME "slipif_loop"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SLIP_THREAD_STACKSIZE: The stack size used by the slipif_loop thread.
+ * The stack size value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed to
+ * sys_thread_new() when the thread is created.
+ */
+#ifndef SLIPIF_THREAD_STACKSIZE
+#define SLIPIF_THREAD_STACKSIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SLIPIF_THREAD_PRIO: The priority assigned to the slipif_loop thread.
+ * The priority value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed to
+ * sys_thread_new() when the thread is created.
+ */
+#ifndef SLIPIF_THREAD_PRIO
+#define SLIPIF_THREAD_PRIO 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * PPP_THREAD_NAME: The name assigned to the pppInputThread.
+ */
+#ifndef PPP_THREAD_NAME
+#define PPP_THREAD_NAME "pppInputThread"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * PPP_THREAD_STACKSIZE: The stack size used by the pppInputThread.
+ * The stack size value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed to
+ * sys_thread_new() when the thread is created.
+ */
+#ifndef PPP_THREAD_STACKSIZE
+#define PPP_THREAD_STACKSIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * PPP_THREAD_PRIO: The priority assigned to the pppInputThread.
+ * The priority value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed to
+ * sys_thread_new() when the thread is created.
+ */
+#ifndef PPP_THREAD_PRIO
+#define PPP_THREAD_PRIO 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * DEFAULT_THREAD_NAME: The name assigned to any other lwIP thread.
+ */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_THREAD_NAME
+#define DEFAULT_THREAD_NAME "lwIP"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * DEFAULT_THREAD_STACKSIZE: The stack size used by any other lwIP thread.
+ * The stack size value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed to
+ * sys_thread_new() when the thread is created.
+ */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_THREAD_STACKSIZE
+#define DEFAULT_THREAD_STACKSIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * DEFAULT_THREAD_PRIO: The priority assigned to any other lwIP thread.
+ * The priority value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed to
+ * sys_thread_new() when the thread is created.
+ */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_THREAD_PRIO
+#define DEFAULT_THREAD_PRIO 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * DEFAULT_RAW_RECVMBOX_SIZE: The mailbox size for the incoming packets on a
+ * NETCONN_RAW. The queue size value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed
+ * to sys_mbox_new() when the recvmbox is created.
+ */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_RAW_RECVMBOX_SIZE
+#define DEFAULT_RAW_RECVMBOX_SIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * DEFAULT_UDP_RECVMBOX_SIZE: The mailbox size for the incoming packets on a
+ * NETCONN_UDP. The queue size value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed
+ * to sys_mbox_new() when the recvmbox is created.
+ */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_UDP_RECVMBOX_SIZE
+#define DEFAULT_UDP_RECVMBOX_SIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * DEFAULT_TCP_RECVMBOX_SIZE: The mailbox size for the incoming packets on a
+ * NETCONN_TCP. The queue size value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed
+ * to sys_mbox_new() when the recvmbox is created.
+ */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_TCP_RECVMBOX_SIZE
+#define DEFAULT_TCP_RECVMBOX_SIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * DEFAULT_ACCEPTMBOX_SIZE: The mailbox size for the incoming connections.
+ * The queue size value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed to
+ * sys_mbox_new() when the acceptmbox is created.
+ */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_ACCEPTMBOX_SIZE
+#define DEFAULT_ACCEPTMBOX_SIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ----------------------------------------------
+ ---------- Sequential layer options ----------
+ ----------------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING: (EXPERIMENTAL!)
+ * Don't use it if you're not an active lwIP project member
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+#define LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT: (EXPERIMENTAL!)
+ * Don't use it if you're not an active lwIP project member
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT
+#define LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_NETCONN==1: Enable Netconn API (require to use api_lib.c)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_NETCONN
+#define LWIP_NETCONN 1
+#endif
+
+/** LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT==1: Enable tcpip_timeout/tcpip_untimeout tod create
+ * timers running in tcpip_thread from another thread.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT
+#define LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ------------------------------------
+ ---------- Socket options ----------
+ ------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_SOCKET==1: Enable Socket API (require to use sockets.c)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_SOCKET
+#define LWIP_SOCKET 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS==1: Enable BSD-style sockets functions names.
+ * (only used if you use sockets.c)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS
+#define LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_POSIX_SOCKETS_IO_NAMES==1: Enable POSIX-style sockets functions names.
+ * Disable this option if you use a POSIX operating system that uses the same
+ * names (read, write & close). (only used if you use sockets.c)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_POSIX_SOCKETS_IO_NAMES
+#define LWIP_POSIX_SOCKETS_IO_NAMES 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_TCP_KEEPALIVE==1: Enable TCP_KEEPIDLE, TCP_KEEPINTVL and TCP_KEEPCNT
+ * options processing. Note that TCP_KEEPIDLE and TCP_KEEPINTVL have to be set
+ * in seconds. (does not require sockets.c, and will affect tcp.c)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_TCP_KEEPALIVE
+#define LWIP_TCP_KEEPALIVE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO==1: Enable SO_RCVTIMEO processing.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
+#define LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_SO_RCVBUF==1: Enable SO_RCVBUF processing.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
+#define LWIP_SO_RCVBUF 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * If LWIP_SO_RCVBUF is used, this is the default value for recv_bufsize.
+ */
+#ifndef RECV_BUFSIZE_DEFAULT
+#define RECV_BUFSIZE_DEFAULT INT_MAX
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SO_REUSE==1: Enable SO_REUSEADDR option.
+ */
+#ifndef SO_REUSE
+#define SO_REUSE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SO_REUSE_RXTOALL==1: Pass a copy of incoming broadcast/multicast packets
+ * to all local matches if SO_REUSEADDR is turned on.
+ * WARNING: Adds a memcpy for every packet if passing to more than one pcb!
+ */
+#ifndef SO_REUSE_RXTOALL
+#define SO_REUSE_RXTOALL 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ----------------------------------------
+ ---------- Statistics options ----------
+ ----------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_STATS==1: Enable statistics collection in lwip_stats.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_STATS
+#define LWIP_STATS 1
+#endif
+
+#if LWIP_STATS
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY==1: Compile in the statistics output functions.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY
+#define LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LINK_STATS==1: Enable link stats.
+ */
+#ifndef LINK_STATS
+#define LINK_STATS 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ETHARP_STATS==1: Enable etharp stats.
+ */
+#ifndef ETHARP_STATS
+#define ETHARP_STATS (LWIP_ARP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_STATS==1: Enable IP stats.
+ */
+#ifndef IP_STATS
+#define IP_STATS 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IPFRAG_STATS==1: Enable IP fragmentation stats. Default is
+ * on if using either frag or reass.
+ */
+#ifndef IPFRAG_STATS
+#define IPFRAG_STATS (IP_REASSEMBLY || IP_FRAG)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ICMP_STATS==1: Enable ICMP stats.
+ */
+#ifndef ICMP_STATS
+#define ICMP_STATS 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IGMP_STATS==1: Enable IGMP stats.
+ */
+#ifndef IGMP_STATS
+#define IGMP_STATS (LWIP_IGMP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * UDP_STATS==1: Enable UDP stats. Default is on if
+ * UDP enabled, otherwise off.
+ */
+#ifndef UDP_STATS
+#define UDP_STATS (LWIP_UDP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_STATS==1: Enable TCP stats. Default is on if TCP
+ * enabled, otherwise off.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_STATS
+#define TCP_STATS (LWIP_TCP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEM_STATS==1: Enable mem.c stats.
+ */
+#ifndef MEM_STATS
+#define MEM_STATS ((MEM_LIBC_MALLOC == 0) && (MEM_USE_POOLS == 0))
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_STATS==1: Enable memp.c pool stats.
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_STATS
+#define MEMP_STATS (MEMP_MEM_MALLOC == 0)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SYS_STATS==1: Enable system stats (sem and mbox counts, etc).
+ */
+#ifndef SYS_STATS
+#define SYS_STATS (NO_SYS == 0)
+#endif
+
+#else
+
+#define LINK_STATS 0
+#define IP_STATS 0
+#define IPFRAG_STATS 0
+#define ICMP_STATS 0
+#define IGMP_STATS 0
+#define UDP_STATS 0
+#define TCP_STATS 0
+#define MEM_STATS 0
+#define MEMP_STATS 0
+#define SYS_STATS 0
+#define LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY 0
+
+#endif /* LWIP_STATS */
+
+/*
+ ---------------------------------
+ ---------- PPP options ----------
+ ---------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * PPP_SUPPORT==1: Enable PPP.
+ */
+#ifndef PPP_SUPPORT
+#define PPP_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * PPPOE_SUPPORT==1: Enable PPP Over Ethernet
+ */
+#ifndef PPPOE_SUPPORT
+#define PPPOE_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * PPPOS_SUPPORT==1: Enable PPP Over Serial
+ */
+#ifndef PPPOS_SUPPORT
+#define PPPOS_SUPPORT PPP_SUPPORT
+#endif
+
+#if PPP_SUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * NUM_PPP: Max PPP sessions.
+ */
+#ifndef NUM_PPP
+#define NUM_PPP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * PAP_SUPPORT==1: Support PAP.
+ */
+#ifndef PAP_SUPPORT
+#define PAP_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CHAP_SUPPORT==1: Support CHAP.
+ */
+#ifndef CHAP_SUPPORT
+#define CHAP_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MSCHAP_SUPPORT==1: Support MSCHAP. CURRENTLY NOT SUPPORTED! DO NOT SET!
+ */
+#ifndef MSCHAP_SUPPORT
+#define MSCHAP_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CBCP_SUPPORT==1: Support CBCP. CURRENTLY NOT SUPPORTED! DO NOT SET!
+ */
+#ifndef CBCP_SUPPORT
+#define CBCP_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CCP_SUPPORT==1: Support CCP. CURRENTLY NOT SUPPORTED! DO NOT SET!
+ */
+#ifndef CCP_SUPPORT
+#define CCP_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * VJ_SUPPORT==1: Support VJ header compression.
+ */
+#ifndef VJ_SUPPORT
+#define VJ_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MD5_SUPPORT==1: Support MD5 (see also CHAP).
+ */
+#ifndef MD5_SUPPORT
+#define MD5_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Timeouts
+ */
+#ifndef FSM_DEFTIMEOUT
+#define FSM_DEFTIMEOUT 6 /* Timeout time in seconds */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FSM_DEFMAXTERMREQS
+#define FSM_DEFMAXTERMREQS 2 /* Maximum Terminate-Request transmissions */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FSM_DEFMAXCONFREQS
+#define FSM_DEFMAXCONFREQS 10 /* Maximum Configure-Request transmissions */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FSM_DEFMAXNAKLOOPS
+#define FSM_DEFMAXNAKLOOPS 5 /* Maximum number of nak loops */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UPAP_DEFTIMEOUT
+#define UPAP_DEFTIMEOUT 6 /* Timeout (seconds) for retransmitting req */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UPAP_DEFREQTIME
+#define UPAP_DEFREQTIME 30 /* Time to wait for auth-req from peer */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CHAP_DEFTIMEOUT
+#define CHAP_DEFTIMEOUT 6 /* Timeout time in seconds */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CHAP_DEFTRANSMITS
+#define CHAP_DEFTRANSMITS 10 /* max # times to send challenge */
+#endif
+
+/* Interval in seconds between keepalive echo requests, 0 to disable. */
+#ifndef LCP_ECHOINTERVAL
+#define LCP_ECHOINTERVAL 0
+#endif
+
+/* Number of unanswered echo requests before failure. */
+#ifndef LCP_MAXECHOFAILS
+#define LCP_MAXECHOFAILS 3
+#endif
+
+/* Max Xmit idle time (in jiffies) before resend flag char. */
+#ifndef PPP_MAXIDLEFLAG
+#define PPP_MAXIDLEFLAG 100
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Packet sizes
+ *
+ * Note - lcp shouldn't be allowed to negotiate stuff outside these
+ * limits. See lcp.h in the pppd directory.
+ * (XXX - these constants should simply be shared by lcp.c instead
+ * of living in lcp.h)
+ */
+#define PPP_MTU 1500 /* Default MTU (size of Info field) */
+#ifndef PPP_MAXMTU
+/* #define PPP_MAXMTU 65535 - (PPP_HDRLEN + PPP_FCSLEN) */
+#define PPP_MAXMTU 1500 /* Largest MTU we allow */
+#endif
+#define PPP_MINMTU 64
+#define PPP_MRU 1500 /* default MRU = max length of info field */
+#define PPP_MAXMRU 1500 /* Largest MRU we allow */
+#ifndef PPP_DEFMRU
+#define PPP_DEFMRU 296 /* Try for this */
+#endif
+#define PPP_MINMRU 128 /* No MRUs below this */
+
+#ifndef MAXNAMELEN
+#define MAXNAMELEN 256 /* max length of hostname or name for auth */
+#endif
+#ifndef MAXSECRETLEN
+#define MAXSECRETLEN 256 /* max length of password or secret */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PPP_SUPPORT */
+
+/*
+ --------------------------------------
+ ---------- Checksum options ----------
+ --------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * CHECKSUM_GEN_IP==1: Generate checksums in software for outgoing IP packets.
+ */
+#ifndef CHECKSUM_GEN_IP
+#define CHECKSUM_GEN_IP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CHECKSUM_GEN_UDP==1: Generate checksums in software for outgoing UDP packets.
+ */
+#ifndef CHECKSUM_GEN_UDP
+#define CHECKSUM_GEN_UDP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CHECKSUM_GEN_TCP==1: Generate checksums in software for outgoing TCP packets.
+ */
+#ifndef CHECKSUM_GEN_TCP
+#define CHECKSUM_GEN_TCP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CHECKSUM_CHECK_IP==1: Check checksums in software for incoming IP packets.
+ */
+#ifndef CHECKSUM_CHECK_IP
+#define CHECKSUM_CHECK_IP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP==1: Check checksums in software for incoming UDP packets.
+ */
+#ifndef CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP
+#define CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CHECKSUM_CHECK_TCP==1: Check checksums in software for incoming TCP packets.
+ */
+#ifndef CHECKSUM_CHECK_TCP
+#define CHECKSUM_CHECK_TCP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY==1: Calculate checksum when copying data from
+ * application buffers to pbufs.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
+#define LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ---------------------------------------
+ ---------- Debugging options ----------
+ ---------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_DBG_MIN_LEVEL: After masking, the value of the debug is
+ * compared against this value. If it is smaller, then debugging
+ * messages are written.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_DBG_MIN_LEVEL
+#define LWIP_DBG_MIN_LEVEL LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_ALL
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_DBG_TYPES_ON: A mask that can be used to globally enable/disable
+ * debug messages of certain types.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_DBG_TYPES_ON
+#define LWIP_DBG_TYPES_ON LWIP_DBG_ON
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ETHARP_DEBUG: Enable debugging in etharp.c.
+ */
+#ifndef ETHARP_DEBUG
+#define ETHARP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NETIF_DEBUG: Enable debugging in netif.c.
+ */
+#ifndef NETIF_DEBUG
+#define NETIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * PBUF_DEBUG: Enable debugging in pbuf.c.
+ */
+#ifndef PBUF_DEBUG
+#define PBUF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * API_LIB_DEBUG: Enable debugging in api_lib.c.
+ */
+#ifndef API_LIB_DEBUG
+#define API_LIB_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * API_MSG_DEBUG: Enable debugging in api_msg.c.
+ */
+#ifndef API_MSG_DEBUG
+#define API_MSG_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SOCKETS_DEBUG: Enable debugging in sockets.c.
+ */
+#ifndef SOCKETS_DEBUG
+#define SOCKETS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ICMP_DEBUG: Enable debugging in icmp.c.
+ */
+#ifndef ICMP_DEBUG
+#define ICMP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IGMP_DEBUG: Enable debugging in igmp.c.
+ */
+#ifndef IGMP_DEBUG
+#define IGMP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * INET_DEBUG: Enable debugging in inet.c.
+ */
+#ifndef INET_DEBUG
+#define INET_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_DEBUG: Enable debugging for IP.
+ */
+#ifndef IP_DEBUG
+#define IP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_REASS_DEBUG: Enable debugging in ip_frag.c for both frag & reass.
+ */
+#ifndef IP_REASS_DEBUG
+#define IP_REASS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * RAW_DEBUG: Enable debugging in raw.c.
+ */
+#ifndef RAW_DEBUG
+#define RAW_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEM_DEBUG: Enable debugging in mem.c.
+ */
+#ifndef MEM_DEBUG
+#define MEM_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_DEBUG: Enable debugging in memp.c.
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_DEBUG
+#define MEMP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SYS_DEBUG: Enable debugging in sys.c.
+ */
+#ifndef SYS_DEBUG
+#define SYS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TIMERS_DEBUG: Enable debugging in timers.c.
+ */
+#ifndef TIMERS_DEBUG
+#define TIMERS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_DEBUG: Enable debugging for TCP.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_DEBUG
+#define TCP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_INPUT_DEBUG: Enable debugging in tcp_in.c for incoming debug.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_INPUT_DEBUG
+#define TCP_INPUT_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_FR_DEBUG: Enable debugging in tcp_in.c for fast retransmit.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_FR_DEBUG
+#define TCP_FR_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_RTO_DEBUG: Enable debugging in TCP for retransmit
+ * timeout.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_RTO_DEBUG
+#define TCP_RTO_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_CWND_DEBUG: Enable debugging for TCP congestion window.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_CWND_DEBUG
+#define TCP_CWND_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_WND_DEBUG: Enable debugging in tcp_in.c for window updating.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_WND_DEBUG
+#define TCP_WND_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_OUTPUT_DEBUG: Enable debugging in tcp_out.c output functions.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_OUTPUT_DEBUG
+#define TCP_OUTPUT_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_RST_DEBUG: Enable debugging for TCP with the RST message.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_RST_DEBUG
+#define TCP_RST_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_QLEN_DEBUG: Enable debugging for TCP queue lengths.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_QLEN_DEBUG
+#define TCP_QLEN_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * UDP_DEBUG: Enable debugging in UDP.
+ */
+#ifndef UDP_DEBUG
+#define UDP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCPIP_DEBUG: Enable debugging in tcpip.c.
+ */
+#ifndef TCPIP_DEBUG
+#define TCPIP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * PPP_DEBUG: Enable debugging for PPP.
+ */
+#ifndef PPP_DEBUG
+#define PPP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SLIP_DEBUG: Enable debugging in slipif.c.
+ */
+#ifndef SLIP_DEBUG
+#define SLIP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * DHCP_DEBUG: Enable debugging in dhcp.c.
+ */
+#ifndef DHCP_DEBUG
+#define DHCP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * AUTOIP_DEBUG: Enable debugging in autoip.c.
+ */
+#ifndef AUTOIP_DEBUG
+#define AUTOIP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SNMP_MSG_DEBUG: Enable debugging for SNMP messages.
+ */
+#ifndef SNMP_MSG_DEBUG
+#define SNMP_MSG_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SNMP_MIB_DEBUG: Enable debugging for SNMP MIBs.
+ */
+#ifndef SNMP_MIB_DEBUG
+#define SNMP_MIB_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * DNS_DEBUG: Enable debugging for DNS.
+ */
+#ifndef DNS_DEBUG
+#define DNS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_OPT_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/pbuf.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_PBUF_H__
+#define __LWIP_PBUF_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Currently, the pbuf_custom code is only needed for one specific configuration
+ * of IP_FRAG */
+#define LWIP_SUPPORT_CUSTOM_PBUF (IP_FRAG && !IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF && !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF)
+
+#define PBUF_TRANSPORT_HLEN 20
+#define PBUF_IP_HLEN 20
+
+typedef enum {
+ PBUF_TRANSPORT,
+ PBUF_IP,
+ PBUF_LINK,
+ PBUF_RAW
+} pbuf_layer;
+
+typedef enum {
+ PBUF_RAM, /* pbuf data is stored in RAM */
+ PBUF_ROM, /* pbuf data is stored in ROM */
+ PBUF_REF, /* pbuf comes from the pbuf pool */
+ PBUF_POOL /* pbuf payload refers to RAM */
+} pbuf_type;
+
+
+/* indicates this packet's data should be immediately passed to the application */
+#define PBUF_FLAG_PUSH 0x01U
+/* indicates this is a custom pbuf: pbuf_free and pbuf_header handle such a
+ a pbuf differently */
+#define PBUF_FLAG_IS_CUSTOM 0x02U
+/* indicates this pbuf is UDP multicast to be looped back */
+#define PBUF_FLAG_MCASTLOOP 0x04U
+
+struct pbuf {
+ /* next pbuf in singly linked pbuf chain */
+ struct pbuf *next;
+
+ /* pointer to the actual data in the buffer */
+ void *payload;
+
+ /**
+ * total length of this buffer and all next buffers in chain
+ * belonging to the same packet.
+ *
+ * For non-queue packet chains this is the invariant:
+ * p->tot_len == p->len + (p->next? p->next->tot_len: 0)
+ */
+ u16_t tot_len;
+
+ /* length of this buffer */
+ u16_t len;
+
+ /* pbuf_type as u8_t instead of enum to save space */
+ u8_t /*pbuf_type*/ type;
+
+ /* misc flags */
+ u8_t flags;
+
+ /**
+ * the reference count always equals the number of pointers
+ * that refer to this pbuf. This can be pointers from an application,
+ * the stack itself, or pbuf->next pointers from a chain.
+ */
+ u16_t ref;
+};
+
+#if LWIP_SUPPORT_CUSTOM_PBUF
+/* Prototype for a function to free a custom pbuf */
+typedef void (*pbuf_free_custom_fn)(struct pbuf *p);
+
+/* A custom pbuf: like a pbuf, but following a function pointer to free it. */
+struct pbuf_custom {
+ /* The actual pbuf */
+ struct pbuf pbuf;
+ /* This function is called when pbuf_free deallocates this pbuf(_custom) */
+ pbuf_free_custom_fn custom_free_function;
+};
+#endif /* LWIP_SUPPORT_CUSTOM_PBUF */
+
+/* Initializes the pbuf module. This call is empty for now, but may not be in future. */
+#define pbuf_init()
+
+struct pbuf *pbuf_alloc(pbuf_layer l, u16_t length, pbuf_type type);
+#if LWIP_SUPPORT_CUSTOM_PBUF
+struct pbuf *pbuf_alloced_custom(pbuf_layer l, u16_t length, pbuf_type type,
+ struct pbuf_custom *p, void *payload_mem,
+ u16_t payload_mem_len);
+#endif /* LWIP_SUPPORT_CUSTOM_PBUF */
+void pbuf_realloc(struct pbuf *p, u16_t size);
+u8_t pbuf_header(struct pbuf *p, s16_t header_size);
+void pbuf_ref(struct pbuf *p);
+u8_t pbuf_free(struct pbuf *p);
+u8_t pbuf_clen(struct pbuf *p);
+void pbuf_cat(struct pbuf *head, struct pbuf *tail);
+void pbuf_chain(struct pbuf *head, struct pbuf *tail);
+struct pbuf *pbuf_dechain(struct pbuf *p);
+err_t pbuf_copy(struct pbuf *p_to, struct pbuf *p_from);
+u16_t pbuf_copy_partial(struct pbuf *p, void *dataptr, u16_t len, u16_t offset);
+err_t pbuf_take(struct pbuf *buf, const void *dataptr, u16_t len);
+struct pbuf *pbuf_coalesce(struct pbuf *p, pbuf_layer layer);
+#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
+err_t pbuf_fill_chksum(struct pbuf *p, u16_t start_offset, const void *dataptr,
+ u16_t len, u16_t *chksum);
+#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
+
+u8_t pbuf_get_at(struct pbuf* p, u16_t offset);
+u16_t pbuf_memcmp(struct pbuf* p, u16_t offset, const void* s2, u16_t n);
+u16_t pbuf_memfind(struct pbuf* p, const void* mem, u16_t mem_len, u16_t start_offset);
+u16_t pbuf_strstr(struct pbuf* p, const char* substr);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_PBUF_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/raw.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_RAW_H__
+#define __LWIP_RAW_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_RAW /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+struct raw_pcb;
+
+/** Function prototype for raw pcb receive callback functions.
+ * @param arg user supplied argument (raw_pcb.recv_arg)
+ * @param pcb the raw_pcb which received data
+ * @param p the packet buffer that was received
+ * @param addr the remote IP address from which the packet was received
+ * @return 1 if the packet was 'eaten' (aka. deleted),
+ * 0 if the packet lives on
+ * If returning 1, the callback is responsible for freeing the pbuf
+ * if it's not used any more.
+ */
+typedef u8_t (*raw_recv_fn)(void *arg, struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
+ ip_addr_t *addr);
+
+struct raw_pcb {
+ /* Common members of all PCB types */
+ IP_PCB;
+
+ struct raw_pcb *next;
+
+ u8_t protocol;
+
+ /** receive callback function */
+ raw_recv_fn recv;
+ /* user-supplied argument for the recv callback */
+ void *recv_arg;
+};
+
+/* The following functions is the application layer interface to the
+ RAW code. */
+struct raw_pcb * raw_new (u8_t proto);
+void raw_remove (struct raw_pcb *pcb);
+err_t raw_bind (struct raw_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr);
+err_t raw_connect (struct raw_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr);
+
+void raw_recv (struct raw_pcb *pcb, raw_recv_fn recv, void *recv_arg);
+err_t raw_sendto (struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *ipaddr);
+err_t raw_send (struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p);
+
+/* The following functions are the lower layer interface to RAW. */
+u8_t raw_input (struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
+#define raw_init() /* Compatibility define, not init needed. */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_RAW_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/sio.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This is the interface to the platform specific serial IO module
+ * It needs to be implemented by those platforms which need SLIP or PPP
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SIO_H__
+#define __SIO_H__
+
+#include "lwip/arch.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* If you want to define sio_fd_t elsewhere or differently,
+ define this in your cc.h file. */
+#ifndef __sio_fd_t_defined
+typedef void * sio_fd_t;
+#endif
+
+/* The following functions can be defined to something else in your cc.h file
+ or be implemented in your custom sio.c file. */
+
+#ifndef sio_open
+/**
+ * Opens a serial device for communication.
+ *
+ * @param devnum device number
+ * @return handle to serial device if successful, NULL otherwise
+ */
+sio_fd_t sio_open(u8_t devnum);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef sio_send
+/**
+ * Sends a single character to the serial device.
+ *
+ * @param c character to send
+ * @param fd serial device handle
+ *
+ * @note This function will block until the character can be sent.
+ */
+void sio_send(u8_t c, sio_fd_t fd);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef sio_recv
+/**
+ * Receives a single character from the serial device.
+ *
+ * @param fd serial device handle
+ *
+ * @note This function will block until a character is received.
+ */
+u8_t sio_recv(sio_fd_t fd);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef sio_read
+/**
+ * Reads from the serial device.
+ *
+ * @param fd serial device handle
+ * @param data pointer to data buffer for receiving
+ * @param len maximum length (in bytes) of data to receive
+ * @return number of bytes actually received - may be 0 if aborted by sio_read_abort
+ *
+ * @note This function will block until data can be received. The blocking
+ * can be cancelled by calling sio_read_abort().
+ */
+u32_t sio_read(sio_fd_t fd, u8_t *data, u32_t len);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef sio_tryread
+/**
+ * Tries to read from the serial device. Same as sio_read but returns
+ * immediately if no data is available and never blocks.
+ *
+ * @param fd serial device handle
+ * @param data pointer to data buffer for receiving
+ * @param len maximum length (in bytes) of data to receive
+ * @return number of bytes actually received
+ */
+u32_t sio_tryread(sio_fd_t fd, u8_t *data, u32_t len);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef sio_write
+/**
+ * Writes to the serial device.
+ *
+ * @param fd serial device handle
+ * @param data pointer to data to send
+ * @param len length (in bytes) of data to send
+ * @return number of bytes actually sent
+ *
+ * @note This function will block until all data can be sent.
+ */
+u32_t sio_write(sio_fd_t fd, u8_t *data, u32_t len);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef sio_read_abort
+/**
+ * Aborts a blocking sio_read() call.
+ *
+ * @param fd serial device handle
+ */
+void sio_read_abort(sio_fd_t fd);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __SIO_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/snmp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001, 2002 Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@axon.tv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2001, 2002 Axon Digital Design B.V., The Netherlands.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@axon.tv>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_SNMP_H__
+#define __LWIP_SNMP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+
+struct udp_pcb;
+struct netif;
+
+/**
+ * @see RFC1213, "MIB-II, 6. Definitions"
+ */
+enum snmp_ifType {
+ snmp_ifType_other=1, /* none of the following */
+ snmp_ifType_regular1822,
+ snmp_ifType_hdh1822,
+ snmp_ifType_ddn_x25,
+ snmp_ifType_rfc877_x25,
+ snmp_ifType_ethernet_csmacd,
+ snmp_ifType_iso88023_csmacd,
+ snmp_ifType_iso88024_tokenBus,
+ snmp_ifType_iso88025_tokenRing,
+ snmp_ifType_iso88026_man,
+ snmp_ifType_starLan,
+ snmp_ifType_proteon_10Mbit,
+ snmp_ifType_proteon_80Mbit,
+ snmp_ifType_hyperchannel,
+ snmp_ifType_fddi,
+ snmp_ifType_lapb,
+ snmp_ifType_sdlc,
+ snmp_ifType_ds1, /* T-1 */
+ snmp_ifType_e1, /* european equiv. of T-1 */
+ snmp_ifType_basicISDN,
+ snmp_ifType_primaryISDN, /* proprietary serial */
+ snmp_ifType_propPointToPointSerial,
+ snmp_ifType_ppp,
+ snmp_ifType_softwareLoopback,
+ snmp_ifType_eon, /* CLNP over IP [11] */
+ snmp_ifType_ethernet_3Mbit,
+ snmp_ifType_nsip, /* XNS over IP */
+ snmp_ifType_slip, /* generic SLIP */
+ snmp_ifType_ultra, /* ULTRA technologies */
+ snmp_ifType_ds3, /* T-3 */
+ snmp_ifType_sip, /* SMDS */
+ snmp_ifType_frame_relay
+};
+
+#if LWIP_SNMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+/** SNMP "sysuptime" Interval */
+#define SNMP_SYSUPTIME_INTERVAL 10
+
+/** fixed maximum length for object identifier type */
+#define LWIP_SNMP_OBJ_ID_LEN 32
+
+/** internal object identifier representation */
+struct snmp_obj_id
+{
+ u8_t len;
+ s32_t id[LWIP_SNMP_OBJ_ID_LEN];
+};
+
+/* system */
+void snmp_set_sysdesr(u8_t* str, u8_t* len);
+void snmp_set_sysobjid(struct snmp_obj_id *oid);
+void snmp_get_sysobjid_ptr(struct snmp_obj_id **oid);
+void snmp_inc_sysuptime(void);
+void snmp_add_sysuptime(u32_t value);
+void snmp_get_sysuptime(u32_t *value);
+void snmp_set_syscontact(u8_t *ocstr, u8_t *ocstrlen);
+void snmp_set_sysname(u8_t *ocstr, u8_t *ocstrlen);
+void snmp_set_syslocation(u8_t *ocstr, u8_t *ocstrlen);
+
+/* network interface */
+void snmp_add_ifinoctets(struct netif *ni, u32_t value);
+void snmp_inc_ifinucastpkts(struct netif *ni);
+void snmp_inc_ifinnucastpkts(struct netif *ni);
+void snmp_inc_ifindiscards(struct netif *ni);
+void snmp_add_ifoutoctets(struct netif *ni, u32_t value);
+void snmp_inc_ifoutucastpkts(struct netif *ni);
+void snmp_inc_ifoutnucastpkts(struct netif *ni);
+void snmp_inc_ifoutdiscards(struct netif *ni);
+void snmp_inc_iflist(void);
+void snmp_dec_iflist(void);
+
+/* ARP (for atTable and ipNetToMediaTable) */
+void snmp_insert_arpidx_tree(struct netif *ni, ip_addr_t *ip);
+void snmp_delete_arpidx_tree(struct netif *ni, ip_addr_t *ip);
+
+/* IP */
+void snmp_inc_ipinreceives(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipinhdrerrors(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipinaddrerrors(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipforwdatagrams(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipinunknownprotos(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipindiscards(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipindelivers(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipoutrequests(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipoutdiscards(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipoutnoroutes(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipreasmreqds(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipreasmoks(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipreasmfails(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipfragoks(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipfragfails(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipfragcreates(void);
+void snmp_inc_iproutingdiscards(void);
+void snmp_insert_ipaddridx_tree(struct netif *ni);
+void snmp_delete_ipaddridx_tree(struct netif *ni);
+void snmp_insert_iprteidx_tree(u8_t dflt, struct netif *ni);
+void snmp_delete_iprteidx_tree(u8_t dflt, struct netif *ni);
+
+/* ICMP */
+void snmp_inc_icmpinmsgs(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpinerrors(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpindestunreachs(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpintimeexcds(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpinparmprobs(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpinsrcquenchs(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpinredirects(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpinechos(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpinechoreps(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpintimestamps(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpintimestampreps(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpinaddrmasks(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpinaddrmaskreps(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpoutmsgs(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpouterrors(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpoutdestunreachs(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpouttimeexcds(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpoutparmprobs(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpoutsrcquenchs(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpoutredirects(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpoutechos(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpoutechoreps(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpouttimestamps(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpouttimestampreps(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpoutaddrmasks(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpoutaddrmaskreps(void);
+
+/* TCP */
+void snmp_inc_tcpactiveopens(void);
+void snmp_inc_tcppassiveopens(void);
+void snmp_inc_tcpattemptfails(void);
+void snmp_inc_tcpestabresets(void);
+void snmp_inc_tcpinsegs(void);
+void snmp_inc_tcpoutsegs(void);
+void snmp_inc_tcpretranssegs(void);
+void snmp_inc_tcpinerrs(void);
+void snmp_inc_tcpoutrsts(void);
+
+/* UDP */
+void snmp_inc_udpindatagrams(void);
+void snmp_inc_udpnoports(void);
+void snmp_inc_udpinerrors(void);
+void snmp_inc_udpoutdatagrams(void);
+void snmp_insert_udpidx_tree(struct udp_pcb *pcb);
+void snmp_delete_udpidx_tree(struct udp_pcb *pcb);
+
+/* SNMP */
+void snmp_inc_snmpinpkts(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpoutpkts(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpinbadversions(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpinbadcommunitynames(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpinbadcommunityuses(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpinasnparseerrs(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpintoobigs(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpinnosuchnames(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpinbadvalues(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpinreadonlys(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpingenerrs(void);
+void snmp_add_snmpintotalreqvars(u8_t value);
+void snmp_add_snmpintotalsetvars(u8_t value);
+void snmp_inc_snmpingetrequests(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpingetnexts(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpinsetrequests(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpingetresponses(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpintraps(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpouttoobigs(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpoutnosuchnames(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpoutbadvalues(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpoutgenerrs(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpoutgetrequests(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpoutgetnexts(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpoutsetrequests(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpoutgetresponses(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpouttraps(void);
+void snmp_get_snmpgrpid_ptr(struct snmp_obj_id **oid);
+void snmp_set_snmpenableauthentraps(u8_t *value);
+void snmp_get_snmpenableauthentraps(u8_t *value);
+
+/* LWIP_SNMP support not available */
+/* define everything to be empty */
+#else
+
+/* system */
+#define snmp_set_sysdesr(str, len)
+#define snmp_set_sysobjid(oid);
+#define snmp_get_sysobjid_ptr(oid)
+#define snmp_inc_sysuptime()
+#define snmp_add_sysuptime(value)
+#define snmp_get_sysuptime(value)
+#define snmp_set_syscontact(ocstr, ocstrlen);
+#define snmp_set_sysname(ocstr, ocstrlen);
+#define snmp_set_syslocation(ocstr, ocstrlen);
+
+/* network interface */
+#define snmp_add_ifinoctets(ni,value)
+#define snmp_inc_ifinucastpkts(ni)
+#define snmp_inc_ifinnucastpkts(ni)
+#define snmp_inc_ifindiscards(ni)
+#define snmp_add_ifoutoctets(ni,value)
+#define snmp_inc_ifoutucastpkts(ni)
+#define snmp_inc_ifoutnucastpkts(ni)
+#define snmp_inc_ifoutdiscards(ni)
+#define snmp_inc_iflist()
+#define snmp_dec_iflist()
+
+/* ARP */
+#define snmp_insert_arpidx_tree(ni,ip)
+#define snmp_delete_arpidx_tree(ni,ip)
+
+/* IP */
+#define snmp_inc_ipinreceives()
+#define snmp_inc_ipinhdrerrors()
+#define snmp_inc_ipinaddrerrors()
+#define snmp_inc_ipforwdatagrams()
+#define snmp_inc_ipinunknownprotos()
+#define snmp_inc_ipindiscards()
+#define snmp_inc_ipindelivers()
+#define snmp_inc_ipoutrequests()
+#define snmp_inc_ipoutdiscards()
+#define snmp_inc_ipoutnoroutes()
+#define snmp_inc_ipreasmreqds()
+#define snmp_inc_ipreasmoks()
+#define snmp_inc_ipreasmfails()
+#define snmp_inc_ipfragoks()
+#define snmp_inc_ipfragfails()
+#define snmp_inc_ipfragcreates()
+#define snmp_inc_iproutingdiscards()
+#define snmp_insert_ipaddridx_tree(ni)
+#define snmp_delete_ipaddridx_tree(ni)
+#define snmp_insert_iprteidx_tree(dflt, ni)
+#define snmp_delete_iprteidx_tree(dflt, ni)
+
+/* ICMP */
+#define snmp_inc_icmpinmsgs()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpinerrors()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpindestunreachs()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpintimeexcds()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpinparmprobs()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpinsrcquenchs()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpinredirects()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpinechos()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpinechoreps()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpintimestamps()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpintimestampreps()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpinaddrmasks()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpinaddrmaskreps()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpoutmsgs()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpouterrors()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpoutdestunreachs()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpouttimeexcds()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpoutparmprobs()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpoutsrcquenchs()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpoutredirects()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpoutechos()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpoutechoreps()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpouttimestamps()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpouttimestampreps()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpoutaddrmasks()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpoutaddrmaskreps()
+/* TCP */
+#define snmp_inc_tcpactiveopens()
+#define snmp_inc_tcppassiveopens()
+#define snmp_inc_tcpattemptfails()
+#define snmp_inc_tcpestabresets()
+#define snmp_inc_tcpinsegs()
+#define snmp_inc_tcpoutsegs()
+#define snmp_inc_tcpretranssegs()
+#define snmp_inc_tcpinerrs()
+#define snmp_inc_tcpoutrsts()
+
+/* UDP */
+#define snmp_inc_udpindatagrams()
+#define snmp_inc_udpnoports()
+#define snmp_inc_udpinerrors()
+#define snmp_inc_udpoutdatagrams()
+#define snmp_insert_udpidx_tree(pcb)
+#define snmp_delete_udpidx_tree(pcb)
+
+/* SNMP */
+#define snmp_inc_snmpinpkts()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpoutpkts()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpinbadversions()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpinbadcommunitynames()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpinbadcommunityuses()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpinasnparseerrs()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpintoobigs()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpinnosuchnames()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpinbadvalues()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpinreadonlys()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpingenerrs()
+#define snmp_add_snmpintotalreqvars(value)
+#define snmp_add_snmpintotalsetvars(value)
+#define snmp_inc_snmpingetrequests()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpingetnexts()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpinsetrequests()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpingetresponses()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpintraps()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpouttoobigs()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpoutnosuchnames()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpoutbadvalues()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpoutgenerrs()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpoutgetrequests()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpoutgetnexts()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpoutsetrequests()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpoutgetresponses()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpouttraps()
+#define snmp_get_snmpgrpid_ptr(oid)
+#define snmp_set_snmpenableauthentraps(value)
+#define snmp_get_snmpenableauthentraps(value)
+
+#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_SNMP_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/snmp_asn1.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Abstract Syntax Notation One (ISO 8824, 8825) codec.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Axon Digital Design B.V., The Netherlands.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * Author: Christiaan Simons <christiaan.simons@axon.tv>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_SNMP_ASN1_H__
+#define __LWIP_SNMP_ASN1_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/snmp.h"
+
+#if LWIP_SNMP
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define SNMP_ASN1_UNIV (0) /* (!0x80 | !0x40) */
+#define SNMP_ASN1_APPLIC (0x40) /* (!0x80 | 0x40) */
+#define SNMP_ASN1_CONTXT (0x80) /* ( 0x80 | !0x40) */
+
+#define SNMP_ASN1_CONSTR (0x20) /* ( 0x20) */
+#define SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT (0) /* (!0x20) */
+
+/* universal tags */
+#define SNMP_ASN1_INTEG 2
+#define SNMP_ASN1_OC_STR 4
+#define SNMP_ASN1_NUL 5
+#define SNMP_ASN1_OBJ_ID 6
+#define SNMP_ASN1_SEQ 16
+
+/* application specific (SNMP) tags */
+#define SNMP_ASN1_IPADDR 0 /* octet string size(4) */
+#define SNMP_ASN1_COUNTER 1 /* u32_t */
+#define SNMP_ASN1_GAUGE 2 /* u32_t */
+#define SNMP_ASN1_TIMETICKS 3 /* u32_t */
+#define SNMP_ASN1_OPAQUE 4 /* octet string */
+
+/* context specific (SNMP) tags */
+#define SNMP_ASN1_PDU_GET_REQ 0
+#define SNMP_ASN1_PDU_GET_NEXT_REQ 1
+#define SNMP_ASN1_PDU_GET_RESP 2
+#define SNMP_ASN1_PDU_SET_REQ 3
+#define SNMP_ASN1_PDU_TRAP 4
+
+err_t snmp_asn1_dec_type(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u8_t *type);
+err_t snmp_asn1_dec_length(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u8_t *octets_used, u16_t *length);
+err_t snmp_asn1_dec_u32t(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t len, u32_t *value);
+err_t snmp_asn1_dec_s32t(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t len, s32_t *value);
+err_t snmp_asn1_dec_oid(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t len, struct snmp_obj_id *oid);
+err_t snmp_asn1_dec_raw(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t len, u16_t raw_len, u8_t *raw);
+
+void snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(u16_t length, u8_t *octets_needed);
+void snmp_asn1_enc_u32t_cnt(u32_t value, u16_t *octets_needed);
+void snmp_asn1_enc_s32t_cnt(s32_t value, u16_t *octets_needed);
+void snmp_asn1_enc_oid_cnt(u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, u16_t *octets_needed);
+err_t snmp_asn1_enc_type(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u8_t type);
+err_t snmp_asn1_enc_length(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t length);
+err_t snmp_asn1_enc_u32t(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t octets_needed, u32_t value);
+err_t snmp_asn1_enc_s32t(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t octets_needed, s32_t value);
+err_t snmp_asn1_enc_oid(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident);
+err_t snmp_asn1_enc_raw(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t raw_len, u8_t *raw);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_SNMP_ASN1_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/snmp_msg.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
+/**
+ * @file
+ * SNMP Agent message handling structures.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Axon Digital Design B.V., The Netherlands.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * Author: Christiaan Simons <christiaan.simons@axon.tv>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_SNMP_MSG_H__
+#define __LWIP_SNMP_MSG_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/snmp.h"
+#include "lwip/snmp_structs.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+
+#if LWIP_SNMP
+
+#if SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB
+/* When using a private MIB, you have to create a file 'private_mib.h' that contains
+ * a 'struct mib_array_node mib_private' which contains your MIB. */
+#include "private_mib.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* The listen port of the SNMP agent. Clients have to make their requests to
+ this port. Most standard clients won't work if you change this! */
+#ifndef SNMP_IN_PORT
+#define SNMP_IN_PORT 161
+#endif
+/* The remote port the SNMP agent sends traps to. Most standard trap sinks won't
+ work if you change this! */
+#ifndef SNMP_TRAP_PORT
+#define SNMP_TRAP_PORT 162
+#endif
+
+#define SNMP_ES_NOERROR 0
+#define SNMP_ES_TOOBIG 1
+#define SNMP_ES_NOSUCHNAME 2
+#define SNMP_ES_BADVALUE 3
+#define SNMP_ES_READONLY 4
+#define SNMP_ES_GENERROR 5
+
+#define SNMP_GENTRAP_COLDSTART 0
+#define SNMP_GENTRAP_WARMSTART 1
+#define SNMP_GENTRAP_AUTHFAIL 4
+#define SNMP_GENTRAP_ENTERPRISESPC 6
+
+struct snmp_varbind
+{
+ /* next pointer, NULL for last in list */
+ struct snmp_varbind *next;
+ /* previous pointer, NULL for first in list */
+ struct snmp_varbind *prev;
+
+ /* object identifier length (in s32_t) */
+ u8_t ident_len;
+ /* object identifier array */
+ s32_t *ident;
+
+ /* object value ASN1 type */
+ u8_t value_type;
+ /* object value length (in u8_t) */
+ u8_t value_len;
+ /* object value */
+ void *value;
+
+ /* encoding varbind seq length length */
+ u8_t seqlenlen;
+ /* encoding object identifier length length */
+ u8_t olenlen;
+ /* encoding object value length length */
+ u8_t vlenlen;
+ /* encoding varbind seq length */
+ u16_t seqlen;
+ /* encoding object identifier length */
+ u16_t olen;
+ /* encoding object value length */
+ u16_t vlen;
+};
+
+struct snmp_varbind_root
+{
+ struct snmp_varbind *head;
+ struct snmp_varbind *tail;
+ /* number of variable bindings in list */
+ u8_t count;
+ /* encoding varbind-list seq length length */
+ u8_t seqlenlen;
+ /* encoding varbind-list seq length */
+ u16_t seqlen;
+};
+
+/** output response message header length fields */
+struct snmp_resp_header_lengths
+{
+ /* encoding error-index length length */
+ u8_t erridxlenlen;
+ /* encoding error-status length length */
+ u8_t errstatlenlen;
+ /* encoding request id length length */
+ u8_t ridlenlen;
+ /* encoding pdu length length */
+ u8_t pdulenlen;
+ /* encoding community length length */
+ u8_t comlenlen;
+ /* encoding version length length */
+ u8_t verlenlen;
+ /* encoding sequence length length */
+ u8_t seqlenlen;
+
+ /* encoding error-index length */
+ u16_t erridxlen;
+ /* encoding error-status length */
+ u16_t errstatlen;
+ /* encoding request id length */
+ u16_t ridlen;
+ /* encoding pdu length */
+ u16_t pdulen;
+ /* encoding community length */
+ u16_t comlen;
+ /* encoding version length */
+ u16_t verlen;
+ /* encoding sequence length */
+ u16_t seqlen;
+};
+
+/** output response message header length fields */
+struct snmp_trap_header_lengths
+{
+ /* encoding timestamp length length */
+ u8_t tslenlen;
+ /* encoding specific-trap length length */
+ u8_t strplenlen;
+ /* encoding generic-trap length length */
+ u8_t gtrplenlen;
+ /* encoding agent-addr length length */
+ u8_t aaddrlenlen;
+ /* encoding enterprise-id length length */
+ u8_t eidlenlen;
+ /* encoding pdu length length */
+ u8_t pdulenlen;
+ /* encoding community length length */
+ u8_t comlenlen;
+ /* encoding version length length */
+ u8_t verlenlen;
+ /* encoding sequence length length */
+ u8_t seqlenlen;
+
+ /* encoding timestamp length */
+ u16_t tslen;
+ /* encoding specific-trap length */
+ u16_t strplen;
+ /* encoding generic-trap length */
+ u16_t gtrplen;
+ /* encoding agent-addr length */
+ u16_t aaddrlen;
+ /* encoding enterprise-id length */
+ u16_t eidlen;
+ /* encoding pdu length */
+ u16_t pdulen;
+ /* encoding community length */
+ u16_t comlen;
+ /* encoding version length */
+ u16_t verlen;
+ /* encoding sequence length */
+ u16_t seqlen;
+};
+
+/* Accepting new SNMP messages. */
+#define SNMP_MSG_EMPTY 0
+/* Search for matching object for variable binding. */
+#define SNMP_MSG_SEARCH_OBJ 1
+/* Perform SNMP operation on in-memory object.
+ Pass-through states, for symmetry only. */
+#define SNMP_MSG_INTERNAL_GET_OBJDEF 2
+#define SNMP_MSG_INTERNAL_GET_VALUE 3
+#define SNMP_MSG_INTERNAL_SET_TEST 4
+#define SNMP_MSG_INTERNAL_GET_OBJDEF_S 5
+#define SNMP_MSG_INTERNAL_SET_VALUE 6
+/* Perform SNMP operation on object located externally.
+ In theory this could be used for building a proxy agent.
+ Practical use is for an enterprise spc. app. gateway. */
+#define SNMP_MSG_EXTERNAL_GET_OBJDEF 7
+#define SNMP_MSG_EXTERNAL_GET_VALUE 8
+#define SNMP_MSG_EXTERNAL_SET_TEST 9
+#define SNMP_MSG_EXTERNAL_GET_OBJDEF_S 10
+#define SNMP_MSG_EXTERNAL_SET_VALUE 11
+
+#define SNMP_COMMUNITY_STR_LEN 64
+struct snmp_msg_pstat
+{
+ /* lwIP local port (161) binding */
+ struct udp_pcb *pcb;
+ /* source IP address */
+ ip_addr_t sip;
+ /* source UDP port */
+ u16_t sp;
+ /* request type */
+ u8_t rt;
+ /* request ID */
+ s32_t rid;
+ /* error status */
+ s32_t error_status;
+ /* error index */
+ s32_t error_index;
+ /* community name (zero terminated) */
+ u8_t community[SNMP_COMMUNITY_STR_LEN + 1];
+ /* community string length (exclusive zero term) */
+ u8_t com_strlen;
+ /* one out of MSG_EMPTY, MSG_DEMUX, MSG_INTERNAL, MSG_EXTERNAL_x */
+ u8_t state;
+ /* saved arguments for MSG_EXTERNAL_x */
+ struct mib_external_node *ext_mib_node;
+ struct snmp_name_ptr ext_name_ptr;
+ struct obj_def ext_object_def;
+ struct snmp_obj_id ext_oid;
+ /* index into input variable binding list */
+ u8_t vb_idx;
+ /* ptr into input variable binding list */
+ struct snmp_varbind *vb_ptr;
+ /* list of variable bindings from input */
+ struct snmp_varbind_root invb;
+ /* list of variable bindings to output */
+ struct snmp_varbind_root outvb;
+ /* output response lengths used in ASN encoding */
+ struct snmp_resp_header_lengths rhl;
+};
+
+struct snmp_msg_trap
+{
+ /* lwIP local port (161) binding */
+ struct udp_pcb *pcb;
+ /* destination IP address in network order */
+ ip_addr_t dip;
+
+ /* source enterprise ID (sysObjectID) */
+ struct snmp_obj_id *enterprise;
+ /* source IP address, raw network order format */
+ u8_t sip_raw[4];
+ /* generic trap code */
+ u32_t gen_trap;
+ /* specific trap code */
+ u32_t spc_trap;
+ /* timestamp */
+ u32_t ts;
+ /* list of variable bindings to output */
+ struct snmp_varbind_root outvb;
+ /* output trap lengths used in ASN encoding */
+ struct snmp_trap_header_lengths thl;
+};
+
+/** Agent Version constant, 0 = v1 oddity */
+extern const s32_t snmp_version;
+/** Agent default "public" community string */
+extern const char snmp_publiccommunity[7];
+
+extern struct snmp_msg_trap trap_msg;
+
+/** Agent setup, start listening to port 161. */
+void snmp_init(void);
+void snmp_trap_dst_enable(u8_t dst_idx, u8_t enable);
+void snmp_trap_dst_ip_set(u8_t dst_idx, ip_addr_t *dst);
+
+/** Varbind-list functions. */
+struct snmp_varbind* snmp_varbind_alloc(struct snmp_obj_id *oid, u8_t type, u8_t len);
+void snmp_varbind_free(struct snmp_varbind *vb);
+void snmp_varbind_list_free(struct snmp_varbind_root *root);
+void snmp_varbind_tail_add(struct snmp_varbind_root *root, struct snmp_varbind *vb);
+struct snmp_varbind* snmp_varbind_tail_remove(struct snmp_varbind_root *root);
+
+/** Handle an internal (recv) or external (private response) event. */
+void snmp_msg_event(u8_t request_id);
+err_t snmp_send_response(struct snmp_msg_pstat *m_stat);
+err_t snmp_send_trap(s8_t generic_trap, struct snmp_obj_id *eoid, s32_t specific_trap);
+void snmp_coldstart_trap(void);
+void snmp_authfail_trap(void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_SNMP_MSG_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/snmp_structs.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Generic MIB tree structures.
+ *
+ * @todo namespace prefixes
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Axon Digital Design B.V., The Netherlands.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * Author: Christiaan Simons <christiaan.simons@axon.tv>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_SNMP_STRUCTS_H__
+#define __LWIP_SNMP_STRUCTS_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_SNMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/snmp.h"
+
+#if SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB
+/* When using a private MIB, you have to create a file 'private_mib.h' that contains
+ * a 'struct mib_array_node mib_private' which contains your MIB. */
+#include "private_mib.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* MIB object instance */
+#define MIB_OBJECT_NONE 0
+#define MIB_OBJECT_SCALAR 1
+#define MIB_OBJECT_TAB 2
+
+/* MIB access types */
+#define MIB_ACCESS_READ 1
+#define MIB_ACCESS_WRITE 2
+
+/* MIB object access */
+#define MIB_OBJECT_READ_ONLY MIB_ACCESS_READ
+#define MIB_OBJECT_READ_WRITE (MIB_ACCESS_READ | MIB_ACCESS_WRITE)
+#define MIB_OBJECT_WRITE_ONLY MIB_ACCESS_WRITE
+#define MIB_OBJECT_NOT_ACCESSIBLE 0
+
+/** object definition returned by (get_object_def)() */
+struct obj_def
+{
+ /* MIB_OBJECT_NONE (0), MIB_OBJECT_SCALAR (1), MIB_OBJECT_TAB (2) */
+ u8_t instance;
+ /* 0 read-only, 1 read-write, 2 write-only, 3 not-accessible */
+ u8_t access;
+ /* ASN type for this object */
+ u8_t asn_type;
+ /* value length (host length) */
+ u16_t v_len;
+ /* length of instance part of supplied object identifier */
+ u8_t id_inst_len;
+ /* instance part of supplied object identifier */
+ s32_t *id_inst_ptr;
+};
+
+struct snmp_name_ptr
+{
+ u8_t ident_len;
+ s32_t *ident;
+};
+
+/** MIB const scalar (.0) node */
+#define MIB_NODE_SC 0x01
+/** MIB const array node */
+#define MIB_NODE_AR 0x02
+/** MIB array node (mem_malloced from RAM) */
+#define MIB_NODE_RA 0x03
+/** MIB list root node (mem_malloced from RAM) */
+#define MIB_NODE_LR 0x04
+/** MIB node for external objects */
+#define MIB_NODE_EX 0x05
+
+/** node "base class" layout, the mandatory fields for a node */
+struct mib_node
+{
+ /** returns struct obj_def for the given object identifier */
+ void (*get_object_def)(u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, struct obj_def *od);
+ /** returns object value for the given object identifier,
+ @note the caller must allocate at least len bytes for the value */
+ void (*get_value)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ /** tests length and/or range BEFORE setting */
+ u8_t (*set_test)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ /** sets object value, only to be called when set_test() */
+ void (*set_value)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ /** One out of MIB_NODE_AR, MIB_NODE_LR or MIB_NODE_EX */
+ u8_t node_type;
+ /* array or max list length */
+ u16_t maxlength;
+};
+
+/** derived node for scalars .0 index */
+typedef struct mib_node mib_scalar_node;
+
+/** derived node, points to a fixed size const array
+ of sub-identifiers plus a 'child' pointer */
+struct mib_array_node
+{
+ /* inherited "base class" members */
+ void (*get_object_def)(u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, struct obj_def *od);
+ void (*get_value)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ u8_t (*set_test)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ void (*set_value)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+
+ u8_t node_type;
+ u16_t maxlength;
+
+ /* additional struct members */
+ const s32_t *objid;
+ struct mib_node* const *nptr;
+};
+
+/** derived node, points to a fixed size mem_malloced array
+ of sub-identifiers plus a 'child' pointer */
+struct mib_ram_array_node
+{
+ /* inherited "base class" members */
+ void (*get_object_def)(u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, struct obj_def *od);
+ void (*get_value)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ u8_t (*set_test)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ void (*set_value)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+
+ u8_t node_type;
+ u16_t maxlength;
+
+ /* aditional struct members */
+ s32_t *objid;
+ struct mib_node **nptr;
+};
+
+struct mib_list_node
+{
+ struct mib_list_node *prev;
+ struct mib_list_node *next;
+ s32_t objid;
+ struct mib_node *nptr;
+};
+
+/** derived node, points to a doubly linked list
+ of sub-identifiers plus a 'child' pointer */
+struct mib_list_rootnode
+{
+ /* inherited "base class" members */
+ void (*get_object_def)(u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, struct obj_def *od);
+ void (*get_value)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ u8_t (*set_test)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ void (*set_value)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+
+ u8_t node_type;
+ u16_t maxlength;
+
+ /* additional struct members */
+ struct mib_list_node *head;
+ struct mib_list_node *tail;
+ /* counts list nodes in list */
+ u16_t count;
+};
+
+/** derived node, has access functions for mib object in external memory or device
+ using 'tree_level' and 'idx', with a range 0 .. (level_length() - 1) */
+struct mib_external_node
+{
+ /* inherited "base class" members */
+ void (*get_object_def)(u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, struct obj_def *od);
+ void (*get_value)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ u8_t (*set_test)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ void (*set_value)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+
+ u8_t node_type;
+ u16_t maxlength;
+
+ /* additional struct members */
+ /** points to an external (in memory) record of some sort of addressing
+ information, passed to and interpreted by the funtions below */
+ void* addr_inf;
+ /** tree levels under this node */
+ u8_t tree_levels;
+ /** number of objects at this level */
+ u16_t (*level_length)(void* addr_inf, u8_t level);
+ /** compares object sub identifier with external id
+ return zero when equal, nonzero when unequal */
+ s32_t (*ident_cmp)(void* addr_inf, u8_t level, u16_t idx, s32_t sub_id);
+ void (*get_objid)(void* addr_inf, u8_t level, u16_t idx, s32_t *sub_id);
+
+ /** async Questions */
+ void (*get_object_def_q)(void* addr_inf, u8_t rid, u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident);
+ void (*get_value_q)(u8_t rid, struct obj_def *od);
+ void (*set_test_q)(u8_t rid, struct obj_def *od);
+ void (*set_value_q)(u8_t rid, struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ /** async Answers */
+ void (*get_object_def_a)(u8_t rid, u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, struct obj_def *od);
+ void (*get_value_a)(u8_t rid, struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ u8_t (*set_test_a)(u8_t rid, struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ void (*set_value_a)(u8_t rid, struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ /** async Panic Close (agent returns error reply,
+ e.g. used for external transaction cleanup) */
+ void (*get_object_def_pc)(u8_t rid, u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident);
+ void (*get_value_pc)(u8_t rid, struct obj_def *od);
+ void (*set_test_pc)(u8_t rid, struct obj_def *od);
+ void (*set_value_pc)(u8_t rid, struct obj_def *od);
+};
+
+/** export MIB tree from mib2.c */
+extern const struct mib_array_node internet;
+
+/** dummy function pointers for non-leaf MIB nodes from mib2.c */
+void noleafs_get_object_def(u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, struct obj_def *od);
+void noleafs_get_value(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+u8_t noleafs_set_test(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+void noleafs_set_value(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+
+void snmp_oidtoip(s32_t *ident, ip_addr_t *ip);
+void snmp_iptooid(ip_addr_t *ip, s32_t *ident);
+void snmp_ifindextonetif(s32_t ifindex, struct netif **netif);
+void snmp_netiftoifindex(struct netif *netif, s32_t *ifidx);
+
+struct mib_list_node* snmp_mib_ln_alloc(s32_t id);
+void snmp_mib_ln_free(struct mib_list_node *ln);
+struct mib_list_rootnode* snmp_mib_lrn_alloc(void);
+void snmp_mib_lrn_free(struct mib_list_rootnode *lrn);
+
+s8_t snmp_mib_node_insert(struct mib_list_rootnode *rn, s32_t objid, struct mib_list_node **insn);
+s8_t snmp_mib_node_find(struct mib_list_rootnode *rn, s32_t objid, struct mib_list_node **fn);
+struct mib_list_rootnode *snmp_mib_node_delete(struct mib_list_rootnode *rn, struct mib_list_node *n);
+
+struct mib_node* snmp_search_tree(struct mib_node *node, u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, struct snmp_name_ptr *np);
+struct mib_node* snmp_expand_tree(struct mib_node *node, u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, struct snmp_obj_id *oidret);
+u8_t snmp_iso_prefix_tst(u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident);
+u8_t snmp_iso_prefix_expand(u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, struct snmp_obj_id *oidret);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_SNMP_STRUCTS_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/sockets.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_SOCKETS_H__
+#define __LWIP_SOCKETS_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_SOCKET /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */
+
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/inet.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* members are in network byte order */
+struct sockaddr_in {
+ u8_t sin_len;
+ u8_t sin_family;
+ u16_t sin_port;
+ struct in_addr sin_addr;
+ char sin_zero[8];
+};
+
+struct sockaddr {
+ u8_t sa_len;
+ u8_t sa_family;
+ u16_t sa_data[14];
+};
+
+#ifndef socklen_t
+# define socklen_t u32_t
+#endif
+
+/* Socket protocol types (TCP/UDP/RAW) */
+#define SOCK_STREAM 1
+#define SOCK_DGRAM 2
+#define SOCK_RAW 3
+
+/*
+ * Option flags per-socket. These must match the SOF_ flags in ip.h (checked in init.c)
+ */
+#define SO_DEBUG 0x0001 /* Unimplemented: turn on debugging info recording */
+#define SO_ACCEPTCONN 0x0002 /* socket has had listen() */
+#define SO_REUSEADDR 0x0004 /* Allow local address reuse */
+#define SO_KEEPALIVE 0x0008 /* keep connections alive */
+#define SO_DONTROUTE 0x0010 /* Unimplemented: just use interface addresses */
+#define SO_BROADCAST 0x0020 /* permit to send and to receive broadcast messages (see IP_SOF_BROADCAST option) */
+#define SO_USELOOPBACK 0x0040 /* Unimplemented: bypass hardware when possible */
+#define SO_LINGER 0x0080 /* linger on close if data present */
+#define SO_OOBINLINE 0x0100 /* Unimplemented: leave received OOB data in line */
+#define SO_REUSEPORT 0x0200 /* Unimplemented: allow local address & port reuse */
+
+#define SO_DONTLINGER ((int)(~SO_LINGER))
+
+/*
+ * Additional options, not kept in so_options.
+ */
+#define SO_SNDBUF 0x1001 /* Unimplemented: send buffer size */
+#define SO_RCVBUF 0x1002 /* receive buffer size */
+#define SO_SNDLOWAT 0x1003 /* Unimplemented: send low-water mark */
+#define SO_RCVLOWAT 0x1004 /* Unimplemented: receive low-water mark */
+#define SO_SNDTIMEO 0x1005 /* Unimplemented: send timeout */
+#define SO_RCVTIMEO 0x1006 /* receive timeout */
+#define SO_ERROR 0x1007 /* get error status and clear */
+#define SO_TYPE 0x1008 /* get socket type */
+#define SO_CONTIMEO 0x1009 /* Unimplemented: connect timeout */
+#define SO_NO_CHECK 0x100a /* don't create UDP checksum */
+
+
+/*
+ * Structure used for manipulating linger option.
+ */
+struct linger {
+ int l_onoff; /* option on/off */
+ int l_linger; /* linger time */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Level number for (get/set)sockopt() to apply to socket itself.
+ */
+#define SOL_SOCKET 0xfff /* options for socket level */
+
+
+#define AF_UNSPEC 0
+#define AF_INET 2
+#define PF_INET AF_INET
+#define PF_UNSPEC AF_UNSPEC
+
+#define IPPROTO_IP 0
+#define IPPROTO_TCP 6
+#define IPPROTO_UDP 17
+#define IPPROTO_UDPLITE 136
+
+/* Flags we can use with send and recv. */
+#define MSG_PEEK 0x01 /* Peeks at an incoming message */
+#define MSG_WAITALL 0x02 /* Unimplemented: Requests that the function block until the full amount of data requested can be returned */
+#define MSG_OOB 0x04 /* Unimplemented: Requests out-of-band data. The significance and semantics of out-of-band data are protocol-specific */
+#define MSG_DONTWAIT 0x08 /* Nonblocking i/o for this operation only */
+#define MSG_MORE 0x10 /* Sender will send more */
+
+
+/*
+ * Options for level IPPROTO_IP
+ */
+#define IP_TOS 1
+#define IP_TTL 2
+
+#if LWIP_TCP
+/*
+ * Options for level IPPROTO_TCP
+ */
+#define TCP_NODELAY 0x01 /* don't delay send to coalesce packets */
+#define TCP_KEEPALIVE 0x02 /* send KEEPALIVE probes when idle for pcb->keep_idle milliseconds */
+#define TCP_KEEPIDLE 0x03 /* set pcb->keep_idle - Same as TCP_KEEPALIVE, but use seconds for get/setsockopt */
+#define TCP_KEEPINTVL 0x04 /* set pcb->keep_intvl - Use seconds for get/setsockopt */
+#define TCP_KEEPCNT 0x05 /* set pcb->keep_cnt - Use number of probes sent for get/setsockopt */
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+
+#if LWIP_UDP && LWIP_UDPLITE
+/*
+ * Options for level IPPROTO_UDPLITE
+ */
+#define UDPLITE_SEND_CSCOV 0x01 /* sender checksum coverage */
+#define UDPLITE_RECV_CSCOV 0x02 /* minimal receiver checksum coverage */
+#endif /* LWIP_UDP && LWIP_UDPLITE*/
+
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+/*
+ * Options and types for UDP multicast traffic handling
+ */
+#define IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP 3
+#define IP_DROP_MEMBERSHIP 4
+#define IP_MULTICAST_TTL 5
+#define IP_MULTICAST_IF 6
+#define IP_MULTICAST_LOOP 7
+
+typedef struct ip_mreq {
+ struct in_addr imr_multiaddr; /* IP multicast address of group */
+ struct in_addr imr_interface; /* local IP address of interface */
+} ip_mreq;
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+
+/*
+ * The Type of Service provides an indication of the abstract
+ * parameters of the quality of service desired. These parameters are
+ * to be used to guide the selection of the actual service parameters
+ * when transmitting a datagram through a particular network. Several
+ * networks offer service precedence, which somehow treats high
+ * precedence traffic as more important than other traffic (generally
+ * by accepting only traffic above a certain precedence at time of high
+ * load). The major choice is a three way tradeoff between low-delay,
+ * high-reliability, and high-throughput.
+ * The use of the Delay, Throughput, and Reliability indications may
+ * increase the cost (in some sense) of the service. In many networks
+ * better performance for one of these parameters is coupled with worse
+ * performance on another. Except for very unusual cases at most two
+ * of these three indications should be set.
+ */
+#define IPTOS_TOS_MASK 0x1E
+#define IPTOS_TOS(tos) ((tos) & IPTOS_TOS_MASK)
+#define IPTOS_LOWDELAY 0x10
+#define IPTOS_THROUGHPUT 0x08
+#define IPTOS_RELIABILITY 0x04
+#define IPTOS_LOWCOST 0x02
+#define IPTOS_MINCOST IPTOS_LOWCOST
+
+/*
+ * The Network Control precedence designation is intended to be used
+ * within a network only. The actual use and control of that
+ * designation is up to each network. The Internetwork Control
+ * designation is intended for use by gateway control originators only.
+ * If the actual use of these precedence designations is of concern to
+ * a particular network, it is the responsibility of that network to
+ * control the access to, and use of, those precedence designations.
+ */
+#define IPTOS_PREC_MASK 0xe0
+#define IPTOS_PREC(tos) ((tos) & IPTOS_PREC_MASK)
+#define IPTOS_PREC_NETCONTROL 0xe0
+#define IPTOS_PREC_INTERNETCONTROL 0xc0
+#define IPTOS_PREC_CRITIC_ECP 0xa0
+#define IPTOS_PREC_FLASHOVERRIDE 0x80
+#define IPTOS_PREC_FLASH 0x60
+#define IPTOS_PREC_IMMEDIATE 0x40
+#define IPTOS_PREC_PRIORITY 0x20
+#define IPTOS_PREC_ROUTINE 0x00
+
+
+/*
+ * Commands for ioctlsocket(), taken from the BSD file fcntl.h.
+ * lwip_ioctl only supports FIONREAD and FIONBIO, for now
+ *
+ * Ioctl's have the command encoded in the lower word,
+ * and the size of any in or out parameters in the upper
+ * word. The high 2 bits of the upper word are used
+ * to encode the in/out status of the parameter; for now
+ * we restrict parameters to at most 128 bytes.
+ */
+#if !defined(FIONREAD) || !defined(FIONBIO)
+#define IOCPARM_MASK 0x7fU /* parameters must be < 128 bytes */
+#define IOC_VOID 0x20000000UL /* no parameters */
+#define IOC_OUT 0x40000000UL /* copy out parameters */
+#define IOC_IN 0x80000000UL /* copy in parameters */
+#define IOC_INOUT (IOC_IN|IOC_OUT)
+ /* 0x20000000 distinguishes new &
+ old ioctl's */
+#define _IO(x,y) (IOC_VOID|((x)<<8)|(y))
+
+#define _IOR(x,y,t) (IOC_OUT|(((long)sizeof(t)&IOCPARM_MASK)<<16)|((x)<<8)|(y))
+
+#define _IOW(x,y,t) (IOC_IN|(((long)sizeof(t)&IOCPARM_MASK)<<16)|((x)<<8)|(y))
+#endif /* !defined(FIONREAD) || !defined(FIONBIO) */
+
+#ifndef FIONREAD
+#define FIONREAD _IOR('f', 127, unsigned long) /* get # bytes to read */
+#endif
+#ifndef FIONBIO
+#define FIONBIO _IOW('f', 126, unsigned long) /* set/clear non-blocking i/o */
+#endif
+
+/* Socket I/O Controls: unimplemented */
+#ifndef SIOCSHIWAT
+#define SIOCSHIWAT _IOW('s', 0, unsigned long) /* set high watermark */
+#define SIOCGHIWAT _IOR('s', 1, unsigned long) /* get high watermark */
+#define SIOCSLOWAT _IOW('s', 2, unsigned long) /* set low watermark */
+#define SIOCGLOWAT _IOR('s', 3, unsigned long) /* get low watermark */
+#define SIOCATMARK _IOR('s', 7, unsigned long) /* at oob mark? */
+#endif
+
+/* commands for fnctl */
+#ifndef F_GETFL
+#define F_GETFL 3
+#endif
+#ifndef F_SETFL
+#define F_SETFL 4
+#endif
+
+/* File status flags and file access modes for fnctl,
+ these are bits in an int. */
+#ifndef O_NONBLOCK
+#define O_NONBLOCK 1 /* nonblocking I/O */
+#endif
+#ifndef O_NDELAY
+#define O_NDELAY 1 /* same as O_NONBLOCK, for compatibility */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SHUT_RD
+ #define SHUT_RD 1
+ #define SHUT_WR 2
+ #define SHUT_RDWR 3
+#endif
+
+/* FD_SET used for lwip_select */
+#ifndef FD_SET
+ #undef FD_SETSIZE
+ /* Make FD_SETSIZE match NUM_SOCKETS in socket.c */
+ #define FD_SETSIZE MEMP_NUM_NETCONN
+ #define FD_SET(n, p) ((p)->fd_bits[(n)/8] |= (1 << ((n) & 7)))
+ #define FD_CLR(n, p) ((p)->fd_bits[(n)/8] &= ~(1 << ((n) & 7)))
+ #define FD_ISSET(n,p) ((p)->fd_bits[(n)/8] & (1 << ((n) & 7)))
+ #define FD_ZERO(p) memset((void*)(p),0,sizeof(*(p)))
+
+ typedef struct fd_set {
+ unsigned char fd_bits [(FD_SETSIZE+7)/8];
+ } fd_set;
+
+#endif /* FD_SET */
+
+/** LWIP_TIMEVAL_PRIVATE: if you want to use the struct timeval provided
+ * by your system, set this to 0 and include <sys/time.h> in cc.h */
+#ifndef LWIP_TIMEVAL_PRIVATE
+#define LWIP_TIMEVAL_PRIVATE 1
+#endif
+
+#if LWIP_TIMEVAL_PRIVATE
+struct timeval {
+ long tv_sec; /* seconds */
+ long tv_usec; /* and microseconds */
+};
+#endif /* LWIP_TIMEVAL_PRIVATE */
+
+void lwip_socket_init(void);
+
+int lwip_accept(int s, struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t *addrlen);
+int lwip_bind(int s, const struct sockaddr *name, socklen_t namelen);
+int lwip_shutdown(int s, int how);
+int lwip_getpeername (int s, struct sockaddr *name, socklen_t *namelen);
+int lwip_getsockname (int s, struct sockaddr *name, socklen_t *namelen);
+int lwip_getsockopt (int s, int level, int optname, void *optval, socklen_t *optlen);
+int lwip_setsockopt (int s, int level, int optname, const void *optval, socklen_t optlen);
+int lwip_close(int s);
+int lwip_connect(int s, const struct sockaddr *name, socklen_t namelen);
+int lwip_listen(int s, int backlog);
+int lwip_recv(int s, void *mem, size_t len, int flags);
+int lwip_read(int s, void *mem, size_t len);
+int lwip_recvfrom(int s, void *mem, size_t len, int flags,
+ struct sockaddr *from, socklen_t *fromlen);
+int lwip_send(int s, const void *dataptr, size_t size, int flags);
+int lwip_sendto(int s, const void *dataptr, size_t size, int flags,
+ const struct sockaddr *to, socklen_t tolen);
+int lwip_socket(int domain, int type, int protocol);
+int lwip_write(int s, const void *dataptr, size_t size);
+int lwip_select(int maxfdp1, fd_set *readset, fd_set *writeset, fd_set *exceptset,
+ struct timeval *timeout);
+int lwip_ioctl(int s, long cmd, void *argp);
+int lwip_fcntl(int s, int cmd, int val);
+
+#if LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS
+#define accept(a,b,c) lwip_accept(a,b,c)
+#define bind(a,b,c) lwip_bind(a,b,c)
+#define shutdown(a,b) lwip_shutdown(a,b)
+#define closesocket(s) lwip_close(s)
+#define connect(a,b,c) lwip_connect(a,b,c)
+#define getsockname(a,b,c) lwip_getsockname(a,b,c)
+#define getpeername(a,b,c) lwip_getpeername(a,b,c)
+#define setsockopt(a,b,c,d,e) lwip_setsockopt(a,b,c,d,e)
+#define getsockopt(a,b,c,d,e) lwip_getsockopt(a,b,c,d,e)
+#define listen(a,b) lwip_listen(a,b)
+#define recv(a,b,c,d) lwip_recv(a,b,c,d)
+#define recvfrom(a,b,c,d,e,f) lwip_recvfrom(a,b,c,d,e,f)
+#define send(a,b,c,d) lwip_send(a,b,c,d)
+#define sendto(a,b,c,d,e,f) lwip_sendto(a,b,c,d,e,f)
+#define socket(a,b,c) lwip_socket(a,b,c)
+#define select(a,b,c,d,e) lwip_select(a,b,c,d,e)
+#define ioctlsocket(a,b,c) lwip_ioctl(a,b,c)
+
+#if LWIP_POSIX_SOCKETS_IO_NAMES
+#define read(a,b,c) lwip_read(a,b,c)
+#define write(a,b,c) lwip_write(a,b,c)
+#define close(s) lwip_close(s)
+#endif /* LWIP_POSIX_SOCKETS_IO_NAMES */
+
+#endif /* LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_SOCKET */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_SOCKETS_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/stats.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_STATS_H__
+#define __LWIP_STATS_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#include "lwip/mem.h"
+#include "lwip/memp.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if LWIP_STATS
+
+#ifndef LWIP_STATS_LARGE
+#define LWIP_STATS_LARGE 0
+#endif
+
+#if LWIP_STATS_LARGE
+#define STAT_COUNTER u32_t
+#define STAT_COUNTER_F U32_F
+#else
+#define STAT_COUNTER u16_t
+#define STAT_COUNTER_F U16_F
+#endif
+
+struct stats_proto {
+ STAT_COUNTER xmit; /* Transmitted packets. */
+ STAT_COUNTER recv; /* Received packets. */
+ STAT_COUNTER fw; /* Forwarded packets. */
+ STAT_COUNTER drop; /* Dropped packets. */
+ STAT_COUNTER chkerr; /* Checksum error. */
+ STAT_COUNTER lenerr; /* Invalid length error. */
+ STAT_COUNTER memerr; /* Out of memory error. */
+ STAT_COUNTER rterr; /* Routing error. */
+ STAT_COUNTER proterr; /* Protocol error. */
+ STAT_COUNTER opterr; /* Error in options. */
+ STAT_COUNTER err; /* Misc error. */
+ STAT_COUNTER cachehit;
+};
+
+struct stats_igmp {
+ STAT_COUNTER xmit; /* Transmitted packets. */
+ STAT_COUNTER recv; /* Received packets. */
+ STAT_COUNTER drop; /* Dropped packets. */
+ STAT_COUNTER chkerr; /* Checksum error. */
+ STAT_COUNTER lenerr; /* Invalid length error. */
+ STAT_COUNTER memerr; /* Out of memory error. */
+ STAT_COUNTER proterr; /* Protocol error. */
+ STAT_COUNTER rx_v1; /* Received v1 frames. */
+ STAT_COUNTER rx_group; /* Received group-specific queries. */
+ STAT_COUNTER rx_general; /* Received general queries. */
+ STAT_COUNTER rx_report; /* Received reports. */
+ STAT_COUNTER tx_join; /* Sent joins. */
+ STAT_COUNTER tx_leave; /* Sent leaves. */
+ STAT_COUNTER tx_report; /* Sent reports. */
+};
+
+struct stats_mem {
+#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
+ const char *name;
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+ mem_size_t avail;
+ mem_size_t used;
+ mem_size_t max;
+ STAT_COUNTER err;
+ STAT_COUNTER illegal;
+};
+
+struct stats_syselem {
+ STAT_COUNTER used;
+ STAT_COUNTER max;
+ STAT_COUNTER err;
+};
+
+struct stats_sys {
+ struct stats_syselem sem;
+ struct stats_syselem mutex;
+ struct stats_syselem mbox;
+};
+
+struct stats_ {
+#if LINK_STATS
+ struct stats_proto link;
+#endif
+#if ETHARP_STATS
+ struct stats_proto etharp;
+#endif
+#if IPFRAG_STATS
+ struct stats_proto ip_frag;
+#endif
+#if IP_STATS
+ struct stats_proto ip;
+#endif
+#if ICMP_STATS
+ struct stats_proto icmp;
+#endif
+#if IGMP_STATS
+ struct stats_igmp igmp;
+#endif
+#if UDP_STATS
+ struct stats_proto udp;
+#endif
+#if TCP_STATS
+ struct stats_proto tcp;
+#endif
+#if MEM_STATS
+ struct stats_mem mem;
+#endif
+#if MEMP_STATS
+ struct stats_mem memp[MEMP_MAX];
+#endif
+#if SYS_STATS
+ struct stats_sys sys;
+#endif
+};
+
+extern struct stats_ lwip_stats;
+
+void stats_init(void);
+
+#define STATS_INC(x) ++lwip_stats.x
+#define STATS_DEC(x) --lwip_stats.x
+#define STATS_INC_USED(x, y) do { lwip_stats.x.used += y; \
+ if (lwip_stats.x.max < lwip_stats.x.used) { \
+ lwip_stats.x.max = lwip_stats.x.used; \
+ } \
+ } while(0)
+#else /* LWIP_STATS */
+#define stats_init()
+#define STATS_INC(x)
+#define STATS_DEC(x)
+#define STATS_INC_USED(x)
+#endif /* LWIP_STATS */
+
+#if TCP_STATS
+#define TCP_STATS_INC(x) STATS_INC(x)
+#define TCP_STATS_DISPLAY() stats_display_proto(&lwip_stats.tcp, "TCP")
+#else
+#define TCP_STATS_INC(x)
+#define TCP_STATS_DISPLAY()
+#endif
+
+#if UDP_STATS
+#define UDP_STATS_INC(x) STATS_INC(x)
+#define UDP_STATS_DISPLAY() stats_display_proto(&lwip_stats.udp, "UDP")
+#else
+#define UDP_STATS_INC(x)
+#define UDP_STATS_DISPLAY()
+#endif
+
+#if ICMP_STATS
+#define ICMP_STATS_INC(x) STATS_INC(x)
+#define ICMP_STATS_DISPLAY() stats_display_proto(&lwip_stats.icmp, "ICMP")
+#else
+#define ICMP_STATS_INC(x)
+#define ICMP_STATS_DISPLAY()
+#endif
+
+#if IGMP_STATS
+#define IGMP_STATS_INC(x) STATS_INC(x)
+#define IGMP_STATS_DISPLAY() stats_display_igmp(&lwip_stats.igmp)
+#else
+#define IGMP_STATS_INC(x)
+#define IGMP_STATS_DISPLAY()
+#endif
+
+#if IP_STATS
+#define IP_STATS_INC(x) STATS_INC(x)
+#define IP_STATS_DISPLAY() stats_display_proto(&lwip_stats.ip, "IP")
+#else
+#define IP_STATS_INC(x)
+#define IP_STATS_DISPLAY()
+#endif
+
+#if IPFRAG_STATS
+#define IPFRAG_STATS_INC(x) STATS_INC(x)
+#define IPFRAG_STATS_DISPLAY() stats_display_proto(&lwip_stats.ip_frag, "IP_FRAG")
+#else
+#define IPFRAG_STATS_INC(x)
+#define IPFRAG_STATS_DISPLAY()
+#endif
+
+#if ETHARP_STATS
+#define ETHARP_STATS_INC(x) STATS_INC(x)
+#define ETHARP_STATS_DISPLAY() stats_display_proto(&lwip_stats.etharp, "ETHARP")
+#else
+#define ETHARP_STATS_INC(x)
+#define ETHARP_STATS_DISPLAY()
+#endif
+
+#if LINK_STATS
+#define LINK_STATS_INC(x) STATS_INC(x)
+#define LINK_STATS_DISPLAY() stats_display_proto(&lwip_stats.link, "LINK")
+#else
+#define LINK_STATS_INC(x)
+#define LINK_STATS_DISPLAY()
+#endif
+
+#if MEM_STATS
+#define MEM_STATS_AVAIL(x, y) lwip_stats.mem.x = y
+#define MEM_STATS_INC(x) STATS_INC(mem.x)
+#define MEM_STATS_INC_USED(x, y) STATS_INC_USED(mem, y)
+#define MEM_STATS_DEC_USED(x, y) lwip_stats.mem.x -= y
+#define MEM_STATS_DISPLAY() stats_display_mem(&lwip_stats.mem, "HEAP")
+#else
+#define MEM_STATS_AVAIL(x, y)
+#define MEM_STATS_INC(x)
+#define MEM_STATS_INC_USED(x, y)
+#define MEM_STATS_DEC_USED(x, y)
+#define MEM_STATS_DISPLAY()
+#endif
+
+#if MEMP_STATS
+#define MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(x, i, y) lwip_stats.memp[i].x = y
+#define MEMP_STATS_INC(x, i) STATS_INC(memp[i].x)
+#define MEMP_STATS_DEC(x, i) STATS_DEC(memp[i].x)
+#define MEMP_STATS_INC_USED(x, i) STATS_INC_USED(memp[i], 1)
+#define MEMP_STATS_DISPLAY(i) stats_display_memp(&lwip_stats.memp[i], i)
+#else
+#define MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(x, i, y)
+#define MEMP_STATS_INC(x, i)
+#define MEMP_STATS_DEC(x, i)
+#define MEMP_STATS_INC_USED(x, i)
+#define MEMP_STATS_DISPLAY(i)
+#endif
+
+#if SYS_STATS
+#define SYS_STATS_INC(x) STATS_INC(sys.x)
+#define SYS_STATS_DEC(x) STATS_DEC(sys.x)
+#define SYS_STATS_INC_USED(x) STATS_INC_USED(sys.x, 1)
+#define SYS_STATS_DISPLAY() stats_display_sys(&lwip_stats.sys)
+#else
+#define SYS_STATS_INC(x)
+#define SYS_STATS_DEC(x)
+#define SYS_STATS_INC_USED(x)
+#define SYS_STATS_DISPLAY()
+#endif
+
+/* Display of statistics */
+#if LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY
+void stats_display(void);
+void stats_display_proto(struct stats_proto *proto, char *name);
+void stats_display_igmp(struct stats_igmp *igmp);
+void stats_display_mem(struct stats_mem *mem, char *name);
+void stats_display_memp(struct stats_mem *mem, int index);
+void stats_display_sys(struct stats_sys *sys);
+#else /* LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY */
+#define stats_display()
+#define stats_display_proto(proto, name)
+#define stats_display_igmp(igmp)
+#define stats_display_mem(mem, name)
+#define stats_display_memp(mem, index)
+#define stats_display_sys(sys)
+#endif /* LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_STATS_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/sys.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_SYS_H__
+#define __LWIP_SYS_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if NO_SYS
+
+/* For a totally minimal and standalone system, we provide null
+ definitions of the sys_ functions. */
+typedef u8_t sys_sem_t;
+typedef u8_t sys_mutex_t;
+typedef u8_t sys_mbox_t;
+
+#define sys_sem_new(s, c) ERR_OK
+#define sys_sem_signal(s)
+#define sys_sem_wait(s)
+#define sys_arch_sem_wait(s,t)
+#define sys_sem_free(s)
+#define sys_mutex_new(mu) ERR_OK
+#define sys_mutex_lock(mu)
+#define sys_mutex_unlock(mu)
+#define sys_mutex_free(mu)
+#define sys_mbox_new(m, s) ERR_OK
+#define sys_mbox_fetch(m,d)
+#define sys_mbox_tryfetch(m,d)
+#define sys_mbox_post(m,d)
+#define sys_mbox_trypost(m,d)
+#define sys_mbox_free(m)
+
+#define sys_thread_new(n,t,a,s,p)
+
+#define sys_msleep(t)
+
+#else /* NO_SYS */
+
+/** Return code for timeouts from sys_arch_mbox_fetch and sys_arch_sem_wait */
+#define SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT 0xffffffffUL
+
+/** sys_mbox_tryfetch() returns SYS_MBOX_EMPTY if appropriate.
+ * For now we use the same magic value, but we allow this to change in future.
+ */
+#define SYS_MBOX_EMPTY SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT
+
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+#include "arch/sys_arch.h"
+
+/** Function prototype for thread functions */
+typedef void (*lwip_thread_fn)(void *arg);
+
+/* Function prototypes for functions to be implemented by platform ports
+ (in sys_arch.c) */
+
+/* Mutex functions: */
+
+/** Define LWIP_COMPAT_MUTEX if the port has no mutexes and binary semaphores
+ should be used instead */
+#if LWIP_COMPAT_MUTEX
+/* for old ports that don't have mutexes: define them to binary semaphores */
+#define sys_mutex_t sys_sem_t
+#define sys_mutex_new(mutex) sys_sem_new(mutex, 1)
+#define sys_mutex_lock(mutex) sys_sem_wait(mutex)
+#define sys_mutex_unlock(mutex) sys_sem_signal(mutex)
+#define sys_mutex_free(mutex) sys_sem_free(mutex)
+#define sys_mutex_valid(mutex) sys_sem_valid(mutex)
+#define sys_mutex_set_invalid(mutex) sys_sem_set_invalid(mutex)
+
+#else /* LWIP_COMPAT_MUTEX */
+
+/** Create a new mutex
+ * @param mutex pointer to the mutex to create
+ * @return a new mutex */
+err_t sys_mutex_new(sys_mutex_t *mutex);
+/** Lock a mutex
+ * @param mutex the mutex to lock */
+void sys_mutex_lock(sys_mutex_t *mutex);
+/** Unlock a mutex
+ * @param mutex the mutex to unlock */
+void sys_mutex_unlock(sys_mutex_t *mutex);
+/** Delete a semaphore
+ * @param mutex the mutex to delete */
+void sys_mutex_free(sys_mutex_t *mutex);
+#ifndef sys_mutex_valid
+/** Check if a mutex is valid/allocated: return 1 for valid, 0 for invalid */
+int sys_mutex_valid(sys_mutex_t *mutex);
+#endif
+#ifndef sys_mutex_set_invalid
+/** Set a mutex invalid so that sys_mutex_valid returns 0 */
+void sys_mutex_set_invalid(sys_mutex_t *mutex);
+#endif
+#endif /* LWIP_COMPAT_MUTEX */
+
+/* Semaphore functions: */
+
+/** Create a new semaphore
+ * @param sem pointer to the semaphore to create
+ * @param count initial count of the semaphore
+ * @return ERR_OK if successful, another err_t otherwise */
+err_t sys_sem_new(sys_sem_t *sem, u8_t count);
+/** Signals a semaphore
+ * @param sem the semaphore to signal */
+void sys_sem_signal(sys_sem_t *sem);
+/** Wait for a semaphore for the specified timeout
+ * @param sem the semaphore to wait for
+ * @param timeout timeout in milliseconds to wait (0 = wait forever)
+ * @return time (in milliseconds) waited for the semaphore
+ * or SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT on timeout */
+u32_t sys_arch_sem_wait(sys_sem_t *sem, u32_t timeout);
+/** Delete a semaphore
+ * @param sem semaphore to delete */
+void sys_sem_free(sys_sem_t *sem);
+/** Wait for a semaphore - forever/no timeout */
+#define sys_sem_wait(sem) sys_arch_sem_wait(sem, 0)
+#ifndef sys_sem_valid
+/** Check if a sempahore is valid/allocated: return 1 for valid, 0 for invalid */
+int sys_sem_valid(sys_sem_t *sem);
+#endif
+#ifndef sys_sem_set_invalid
+/** Set a semaphore invalid so that sys_sem_valid returns 0 */
+void sys_sem_set_invalid(sys_sem_t *sem);
+#endif
+
+/* Time functions. */
+#ifndef sys_msleep
+void sys_msleep(u32_t ms); /* only has a (close to) 1 jiffy resolution. */
+#endif
+
+/* Mailbox functions. */
+
+/** Create a new mbox of specified size
+ * @param mbox pointer to the mbox to create
+ * @param size (miminum) number of messages in this mbox
+ * @return ERR_OK if successful, another err_t otherwise */
+err_t sys_mbox_new(sys_mbox_t *mbox, int size);
+/** Post a message to an mbox - may not fail
+ * -> blocks if full, only used from tasks not from ISR
+ * @param mbox mbox to posts the message
+ * @param msg message to post (ATTENTION: can be NULL) */
+void sys_mbox_post(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void *msg);
+/** Try to post a message to an mbox - may fail if full or ISR
+ * @param mbox mbox to posts the message
+ * @param msg message to post (ATTENTION: can be NULL) */
+err_t sys_mbox_trypost(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void *msg);
+/** Wait for a new message to arrive in the mbox
+ * @param mbox mbox to get a message from
+ * @param msg pointer where the message is stored
+ * @param timeout maximum time (in milliseconds) to wait for a message
+ * @return time (in milliseconds) waited for a message, may be 0 if not waited
+ or SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT on timeout
+ * The returned time has to be accurate to prevent timer jitter! */
+u32_t sys_arch_mbox_fetch(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void **msg, u32_t timeout);
+/* Allow port to override with a macro, e.g. special timout for sys_arch_mbox_fetch() */
+#ifndef sys_arch_mbox_tryfetch
+/** Wait for a new message to arrive in the mbox
+ * @param mbox mbox to get a message from
+ * @param msg pointer where the message is stored
+ * @param timeout maximum time (in milliseconds) to wait for a message
+ * @return 0 (milliseconds) if a message has been received
+ * or SYS_MBOX_EMPTY if the mailbox is empty */
+u32_t sys_arch_mbox_tryfetch(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void **msg);
+#endif
+/** For now, we map straight to sys_arch implementation. */
+#define sys_mbox_tryfetch(mbox, msg) sys_arch_mbox_tryfetch(mbox, msg)
+/** Delete an mbox
+ * @param mbox mbox to delete */
+void sys_mbox_free(sys_mbox_t *mbox);
+#define sys_mbox_fetch(mbox, msg) sys_arch_mbox_fetch(mbox, msg, 0)
+#ifndef sys_mbox_valid
+/** Check if an mbox is valid/allocated: return 1 for valid, 0 for invalid */
+int sys_mbox_valid(sys_mbox_t *mbox);
+#endif
+#ifndef sys_mbox_set_invalid
+/** Set an mbox invalid so that sys_mbox_valid returns 0 */
+void sys_mbox_set_invalid(sys_mbox_t *mbox);
+#endif
+
+/** The only thread function:
+ * Creates a new thread
+ * @param name human-readable name for the thread (used for debugging purposes)
+ * @param thread thread-function
+ * @param arg parameter passed to 'thread'
+ * @param stacksize stack size in bytes for the new thread (may be ignored by ports)
+ * @param prio priority of the new thread (may be ignored by ports) */
+sys_thread_t sys_thread_new(const char *name, lwip_thread_fn thread, void *arg, int stacksize, int prio);
+
+#endif /* NO_SYS */
+
+/* sys_init() must be called before anthing else. */
+void sys_init(void);
+
+#ifndef sys_jiffies
+/** Ticks/jiffies since power up. */
+u32_t sys_jiffies(void);
+#endif
+
+/** Returns the current time in milliseconds,
+ * may be the same as sys_jiffies or at least based on it. */
+u32_t sys_now(void);
+
+/* Critical Region Protection */
+/* These functions must be implemented in the sys_arch.c file.
+ In some implementations they can provide a more light-weight protection
+ mechanism than using semaphores. Otherwise semaphores can be used for
+ implementation */
+#ifndef SYS_ARCH_PROTECT
+/** SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT
+ * define SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT in lwipopts.h if you want inter-task protection
+ * for certain critical regions during buffer allocation, deallocation and memory
+ * allocation and deallocation.
+ */
+#if SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT
+
+/** SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT
+ * declare a protection variable. This macro will default to defining a variable of
+ * type sys_prot_t. If a particular port needs a different implementation, then
+ * this macro may be defined in sys_arch.h.
+ */
+#define SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev) sys_prot_t lev
+/** SYS_ARCH_PROTECT
+ * Perform a "fast" protect. This could be implemented by
+ * disabling interrupts for an embedded system or by using a semaphore or
+ * mutex. The implementation should allow calling SYS_ARCH_PROTECT when
+ * already protected. The old protection level is returned in the variable
+ * "lev". This macro will default to calling the sys_arch_protect() function
+ * which should be implemented in sys_arch.c. If a particular port needs a
+ * different implementation, then this macro may be defined in sys_arch.h
+ */
+#define SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev) lev = sys_arch_protect()
+/** SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT
+ * Perform a "fast" set of the protection level to "lev". This could be
+ * implemented by setting the interrupt level to "lev" within the MACRO or by
+ * using a semaphore or mutex. This macro will default to calling the
+ * sys_arch_unprotect() function which should be implemented in
+ * sys_arch.c. If a particular port needs a different implementation, then
+ * this macro may be defined in sys_arch.h
+ */
+#define SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev) sys_arch_unprotect(lev)
+sys_prot_t sys_arch_protect(void);
+void sys_arch_unprotect(sys_prot_t pval);
+
+#else
+
+#define SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev)
+#define SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev)
+#define SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev)
+
+#endif /* SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT */
+
+#endif /* SYS_ARCH_PROTECT */
+
+/*
+ * Macros to set/get and increase/decrease variables in a thread-safe way.
+ * Use these for accessing variable that are used from more than one thread.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SYS_ARCH_INC
+#define SYS_ARCH_INC(var, val) do { \
+ SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level); \
+ SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level); \
+ var += val; \
+ SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level); \
+ } while(0)
+#endif /* SYS_ARCH_INC */
+
+#ifndef SYS_ARCH_DEC
+#define SYS_ARCH_DEC(var, val) do { \
+ SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level); \
+ SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level); \
+ var -= val; \
+ SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level); \
+ } while(0)
+#endif /* SYS_ARCH_DEC */
+
+#ifndef SYS_ARCH_GET
+#define SYS_ARCH_GET(var, ret) do { \
+ SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level); \
+ SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level); \
+ ret = var; \
+ SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level); \
+ } while(0)
+#endif /* SYS_ARCH_GET */
+
+#ifndef SYS_ARCH_SET
+#define SYS_ARCH_SET(var, val) do { \
+ SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level); \
+ SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level); \
+ var = val; \
+ SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level); \
+ } while(0)
+#endif /* SYS_ARCH_SET */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_SYS_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/tcp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_TCP_H__
+#define __LWIP_TCP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_TCP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#include "lwip/mem.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+#include "lwip/icmp.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+struct tcp_pcb;
+
+/** Function prototype for tcp accept callback functions. Called when a new
+ * connection can be accepted on a listening pcb.
+ *
+ * @param arg Additional argument to pass to the callback function (@see tcp_arg())
+ * @param newpcb The new connection pcb
+ * @param err An error code if there has been an error accepting.
+ * Only return ERR_ABRT if you have called tcp_abort from within the
+ * callback function!
+ */
+typedef err_t (*tcp_accept_fn)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *newpcb, err_t err);
+
+/** Function prototype for tcp receive callback functions. Called when data has
+ * been received.
+ *
+ * @param arg Additional argument to pass to the callback function (@see tcp_arg())
+ * @param tpcb The connection pcb which received data
+ * @param p The received data (or NULL when the connection has been closed!)
+ * @param err An error code if there has been an error receiving
+ * Only return ERR_ABRT if you have called tcp_abort from within the
+ * callback function!
+ */
+typedef err_t (*tcp_recv_fn)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb,
+ struct pbuf *p, err_t err);
+
+/** Function prototype for tcp sent callback functions. Called when sent data has
+ * been acknowledged by the remote side. Use it to free corresponding resources.
+ * This also means that the pcb has now space available to send new data.
+ *
+ * @param arg Additional argument to pass to the callback function (@see tcp_arg())
+ * @param tpcb The connection pcb for which data has been acknowledged
+ * @param len The amount of bytes acknowledged
+ * @return ERR_OK: try to send some data by calling tcp_output
+ * Only return ERR_ABRT if you have called tcp_abort from within the
+ * callback function!
+ */
+typedef err_t (*tcp_sent_fn)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb,
+ u16_t len);
+
+/** Function prototype for tcp poll callback functions. Called periodically as
+ * specified by @see tcp_poll.
+ *
+ * @param arg Additional argument to pass to the callback function (@see tcp_arg())
+ * @param tpcb tcp pcb
+ * @return ERR_OK: try to send some data by calling tcp_output
+ * Only return ERR_ABRT if you have called tcp_abort from within the
+ * callback function!
+ */
+typedef err_t (*tcp_poll_fn)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb);
+
+/** Function prototype for tcp error callback functions. Called when the pcb
+ * receives a RST or is unexpectedly closed for any other reason.
+ *
+ * @note The corresponding pcb is already freed when this callback is called!
+ *
+ * @param arg Additional argument to pass to the callback function (@see tcp_arg())
+ * @param err Error code to indicate why the pcb has been closed
+ * ERR_ABRT: aborted through tcp_abort or by a TCP timer
+ * ERR_RST: the connection was reset by the remote host
+ */
+typedef void (*tcp_err_fn)(void *arg, err_t err);
+
+/** Function prototype for tcp connected callback functions. Called when a pcb
+ * is connected to the remote side after initiating a connection attempt by
+ * calling tcp_connect().
+ *
+ * @param arg Additional argument to pass to the callback function (@see tcp_arg())
+ * @param tpcb The connection pcb which is connected
+ * @param err An unused error code, always ERR_OK currently ;-) TODO!
+ * Only return ERR_ABRT if you have called tcp_abort from within the
+ * callback function!
+ *
+ * @note When a connection attempt fails, the error callback is currently called!
+ */
+typedef err_t (*tcp_connected_fn)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb, err_t err);
+
+enum tcp_state {
+ CLOSED = 0,
+ LISTEN = 1,
+ SYN_SENT = 2,
+ SYN_RCVD = 3,
+ ESTABLISHED = 4,
+ FIN_WAIT_1 = 5,
+ FIN_WAIT_2 = 6,
+ CLOSE_WAIT = 7,
+ CLOSING = 8,
+ LAST_ACK = 9,
+ TIME_WAIT = 10
+};
+
+#if LWIP_CALLBACK_API
+ /* Function to call when a listener has been connected.
+ * @param arg user-supplied argument (tcp_pcb.callback_arg)
+ * @param pcb a new tcp_pcb that now is connected
+ * @param err an error argument (TODO: that is current always ERR_OK?)
+ * @return ERR_OK: accept the new connection,
+ * any other err_t abortsthe new connection
+ */
+#define DEF_ACCEPT_CALLBACK tcp_accept_fn accept;
+#else /* LWIP_CALLBACK_API */
+#define DEF_ACCEPT_CALLBACK
+#endif /* LWIP_CALLBACK_API */
+
+/**
+ * members common to struct tcp_pcb and struct tcp_listen_pcb
+ */
+#define TCP_PCB_COMMON(type) \
+ type *next; /* for the linked list */ \
+ enum tcp_state state; /* TCP state */ \
+ u8_t prio; \
+ void *callback_arg; \
+ /* the accept callback for listen- and normal pcbs, if LWIP_CALLBACK_API */ \
+ DEF_ACCEPT_CALLBACK \
+ /* ports are in host byte order */ \
+ u16_t local_port
+
+
+/* the TCP protocol control block */
+struct tcp_pcb {
+/** common PCB members */
+ IP_PCB;
+/** protocol specific PCB members */
+ TCP_PCB_COMMON(struct tcp_pcb);
+
+ /* ports are in host byte order */
+ u16_t remote_port;
+
+ u8_t flags;
+#define TF_ACK_DELAY ((u8_t)0x01U) /* Delayed ACK. */
+#define TF_ACK_NOW ((u8_t)0x02U) /* Immediate ACK. */
+#define TF_INFR ((u8_t)0x04U) /* In fast recovery. */
+#define TF_TIMESTAMP ((u8_t)0x08U) /* Timestamp option enabled */
+#define TF_RXCLOSED ((u8_t)0x10U) /* rx closed by tcp_shutdown */
+#define TF_FIN ((u8_t)0x20U) /* Connection was closed locally (FIN segment enqueued). */
+#define TF_NODELAY ((u8_t)0x40U) /* Disable Nagle algorithm */
+#define TF_NAGLEMEMERR ((u8_t)0x80U) /* nagle enabled, memerr, try to output to prevent delayed ACK to happen */
+
+ /* the rest of the fields are in host byte order
+ as we have to do some math with them */
+ /* receiver variables */
+ u32_t rcv_nxt; /* next seqno expected */
+ u16_t rcv_wnd; /* receiver window available */
+ u16_t rcv_ann_wnd; /* receiver window to announce */
+ u32_t rcv_ann_right_edge; /* announced right edge of window */
+
+ /* Timers */
+ u32_t tmr;
+ u8_t polltmr, pollinterval;
+
+ /* Retransmission timer. */
+ s16_t rtime;
+
+ u16_t mss; /* maximum segment size */
+
+ /* RTT (round trip time) estimation variables */
+ u32_t rttest; /* RTT estimate in 500ms ticks */
+ u32_t rtseq; /* sequence number being timed */
+ s16_t sa, sv; /* @todo document this */
+
+ s16_t rto; /* retransmission time-out */
+ u8_t nrtx; /* number of retransmissions */
+
+ /* fast retransmit/recovery */
+ u32_t lastack; /* Highest acknowledged seqno. */
+ u8_t dupacks;
+
+ /* congestion avoidance/control variables */
+ u16_t cwnd;
+ u16_t ssthresh;
+
+ /* sender variables */
+ u32_t snd_nxt; /* next new seqno to be sent */
+ u16_t snd_wnd; /* sender window */
+ u32_t snd_wl1, snd_wl2; /* Sequence and acknowledgement numbers of last
+ window update. */
+ u32_t snd_lbb; /* Sequence number of next byte to be buffered. */
+
+ u16_t acked;
+
+ u16_t snd_buf; /* Available buffer space for sending (in bytes). */
+#define TCP_SNDQUEUELEN_OVERFLOW (0xffff-3)
+ u16_t snd_queuelen; /* Available buffer space for sending (in tcp_segs). */
+
+#if TCP_OVERSIZE
+ /* Extra bytes available at the end of the last pbuf in unsent. */
+ u16_t unsent_oversize;
+#endif /* TCP_OVERSIZE */
+
+ /* These are ordered by sequence number: */
+ struct tcp_seg *unsent; /* Unsent (queued) segments. */
+ struct tcp_seg *unacked; /* Sent but unacknowledged segments. */
+#if TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ
+ struct tcp_seg *ooseq; /* Received out of sequence segments. */
+#endif /* TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ */
+
+ struct pbuf *refused_data; /* Data previously received but not yet taken by upper layer */
+
+#if LWIP_CALLBACK_API
+ /* Function to be called when more send buffer space is available. */
+ tcp_sent_fn sent;
+ /* Function to be called when (in-sequence) data has arrived. */
+ tcp_recv_fn recv;
+ /* Function to be called when a connection has been set up. */
+ tcp_connected_fn connected;
+ /* Function which is called periodically. */
+ tcp_poll_fn poll;
+ /* Function to be called whenever a fatal error occurs. */
+ tcp_err_fn errf;
+#endif /* LWIP_CALLBACK_API */
+
+#if LWIP_TCP_TIMESTAMPS
+ u32_t ts_lastacksent;
+ u32_t ts_recent;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP_TIMESTAMPS */
+
+ /* idle time before KEEPALIVE is sent */
+ u32_t keep_idle;
+#if LWIP_TCP_KEEPALIVE
+ u32_t keep_intvl;
+ u32_t keep_cnt;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP_KEEPALIVE */
+
+ /* Persist timer counter */
+ u32_t persist_cnt;
+ /* Persist timer back-off */
+ u8_t persist_backoff;
+
+ /* KEEPALIVE counter */
+ u8_t keep_cnt_sent;
+};
+
+struct tcp_pcb_listen {
+/* Common members of all PCB types */
+ IP_PCB;
+/* Protocol specific PCB members */
+ TCP_PCB_COMMON(struct tcp_pcb_listen);
+
+#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
+ u8_t backlog;
+ u8_t accepts_pending;
+#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
+};
+
+#if LWIP_EVENT_API
+
+enum lwip_event {
+ LWIP_EVENT_ACCEPT,
+ LWIP_EVENT_SENT,
+ LWIP_EVENT_RECV,
+ LWIP_EVENT_CONNECTED,
+ LWIP_EVENT_POLL,
+ LWIP_EVENT_ERR
+};
+
+err_t lwip_tcp_event(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *pcb,
+ enum lwip_event,
+ struct pbuf *p,
+ u16_t size,
+ err_t err);
+
+#endif /* LWIP_EVENT_API */
+
+/* Application program's interface: */
+struct tcp_pcb * tcp_new (void);
+
+void tcp_arg (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, void *arg);
+void tcp_accept (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, tcp_accept_fn accept);
+void tcp_recv (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, tcp_recv_fn recv);
+void tcp_sent (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, tcp_sent_fn sent);
+void tcp_poll (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, tcp_poll_fn poll, u8_t interval);
+void tcp_err (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, tcp_err_fn err);
+
+#define tcp_mss(pcb) (((pcb)->flags & TF_TIMESTAMP) ? ((pcb)->mss - 12) : (pcb)->mss)
+#define tcp_sndbuf(pcb) ((pcb)->snd_buf)
+#define tcp_sndqueuelen(pcb) ((pcb)->snd_queuelen)
+#define tcp_nagle_disable(pcb) ((pcb)->flags |= TF_NODELAY)
+#define tcp_nagle_enable(pcb) ((pcb)->flags &= ~TF_NODELAY)
+#define tcp_nagle_disabled(pcb) (((pcb)->flags & TF_NODELAY) != 0)
+
+#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
+#define tcp_accepted(pcb) do { \
+ LWIP_ASSERT("pcb->state == LISTEN (called for wrong pcb?)", pcb->state == LISTEN); \
+ (((struct tcp_pcb_listen *)(pcb))->accepts_pending--); } while(0)
+#else /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
+#define tcp_accepted(pcb) LWIP_ASSERT("pcb->state == LISTEN (called for wrong pcb?)", \
+ pcb->state == LISTEN)
+#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
+
+void tcp_recved (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, u16_t len);
+err_t tcp_bind (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
+ u16_t port);
+err_t tcp_connect (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
+ u16_t port, tcp_connected_fn connected);
+
+struct tcp_pcb * tcp_listen_with_backlog(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, u8_t backlog);
+#define tcp_listen(pcb) tcp_listen_with_backlog(pcb, TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG)
+
+void tcp_abort (struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+err_t tcp_close (struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+err_t tcp_shutdown(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, int shut_rx, int shut_tx);
+
+/* Flags for "apiflags" parameter in tcp_write */
+#define TCP_WRITE_FLAG_COPY 0x01
+#define TCP_WRITE_FLAG_MORE 0x02
+
+err_t tcp_write (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, const void *dataptr, u16_t len,
+ u8_t apiflags);
+
+void tcp_setprio (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, u8_t prio);
+
+#define TCP_PRIO_MIN 1
+#define TCP_PRIO_NORMAL 64
+#define TCP_PRIO_MAX 127
+
+err_t tcp_output (struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+
+
+const char* tcp_debug_state_str(enum tcp_state s);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_TCP_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/tcp_impl.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,472 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_TCP_IMPL_H__
+#define __LWIP_TCP_IMPL_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_TCP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/tcp.h"
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#include "lwip/mem.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+#include "lwip/icmp.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Functions for interfacing with TCP: */
+
+/* Lower layer interface to TCP: */
+#define tcp_init() /* Compatibility define, no init needed. */
+void tcp_tmr (void); /* Must be called every
+ TCP_TMR_INTERVAL
+ ms. (Typically 250 ms). */
+/* It is also possible to call these two functions at the right
+ intervals (instead of calling tcp_tmr()). */
+void tcp_slowtmr (void);
+void tcp_fasttmr (void);
+
+
+/* Only used by IP to pass a TCP segment to TCP: */
+void tcp_input (struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
+/* Used within the TCP code only: */
+struct tcp_pcb * tcp_alloc (u8_t prio);
+void tcp_abandon (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, int reset);
+err_t tcp_send_empty_ack(struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+void tcp_rexmit (struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+void tcp_rexmit_rto (struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+void tcp_rexmit_fast (struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+u32_t tcp_update_rcv_ann_wnd(struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+
+/**
+ * This is the Nagle algorithm: try to combine user data to send as few TCP
+ * segments as possible. Only send if
+ * - no previously transmitted data on the connection remains unacknowledged or
+ * - the TF_NODELAY flag is set (nagle algorithm turned off for this pcb) or
+ * - the only unsent segment is at least pcb->mss bytes long (or there is more
+ * than one unsent segment - with lwIP, this can happen although unsent->len < mss)
+ * - or if we are in fast-retransmit (TF_INFR)
+ */
+#define tcp_do_output_nagle(tpcb) ((((tpcb)->unacked == NULL) || \
+ ((tpcb)->flags & (TF_NODELAY | TF_INFR)) || \
+ (((tpcb)->unsent != NULL) && (((tpcb)->unsent->next != NULL) || \
+ ((tpcb)->unsent->len >= (tpcb)->mss))) \
+ ) ? 1 : 0)
+#define tcp_output_nagle(tpcb) (tcp_do_output_nagle(tpcb) ? tcp_output(tpcb) : ERR_OK)
+
+
+#define TCP_SEQ_LT(a,b) ((s32_t)((a)-(b)) < 0)
+#define TCP_SEQ_LEQ(a,b) ((s32_t)((a)-(b)) <= 0)
+#define TCP_SEQ_GT(a,b) ((s32_t)((a)-(b)) > 0)
+#define TCP_SEQ_GEQ(a,b) ((s32_t)((a)-(b)) >= 0)
+/* is b<=a<=c? */
+#if 0 /* see bug #10548 */
+#define TCP_SEQ_BETWEEN(a,b,c) ((c)-(b) >= (a)-(b))
+#endif
+#define TCP_SEQ_BETWEEN(a,b,c) (TCP_SEQ_GEQ(a,b) && TCP_SEQ_LEQ(a,c))
+#define TCP_FIN 0x01U
+#define TCP_SYN 0x02U
+#define TCP_RST 0x04U
+#define TCP_PSH 0x08U
+#define TCP_ACK 0x10U
+#define TCP_URG 0x20U
+#define TCP_ECE 0x40U
+#define TCP_CWR 0x80U
+
+#define TCP_FLAGS 0x3fU
+
+/* Length of the TCP header, excluding options. */
+#define TCP_HLEN 20
+
+#ifndef TCP_TMR_INTERVAL
+#define TCP_TMR_INTERVAL 250 /* The TCP timer interval in milliseconds. */
+#endif /* TCP_TMR_INTERVAL */
+
+#ifndef TCP_FAST_INTERVAL
+#define TCP_FAST_INTERVAL TCP_TMR_INTERVAL /* the fine grained timeout in milliseconds */
+#endif /* TCP_FAST_INTERVAL */
+
+#ifndef TCP_SLOW_INTERVAL
+#define TCP_SLOW_INTERVAL (2*TCP_TMR_INTERVAL) /* the coarse grained timeout in milliseconds */
+#endif /* TCP_SLOW_INTERVAL */
+
+#define TCP_FIN_WAIT_TIMEOUT 20000 /* milliseconds */
+#define TCP_SYN_RCVD_TIMEOUT 20000 /* milliseconds */
+
+#define TCP_OOSEQ_TIMEOUT 6U /* x RTO */
+
+#ifndef TCP_MSL
+#define TCP_MSL 60000UL /* The maximum segment lifetime in milliseconds */
+#endif
+
+/* Keepalive values, compliant with RFC 1122. Don't change this unless you know what you're doing */
+#ifndef TCP_KEEPIDLE_DEFAULT
+#define TCP_KEEPIDLE_DEFAULT 7200000UL /* Default KEEPALIVE timer in milliseconds */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TCP_KEEPINTVL_DEFAULT
+#define TCP_KEEPINTVL_DEFAULT 75000UL /* Default Time between KEEPALIVE probes in milliseconds */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TCP_KEEPCNT_DEFAULT
+#define TCP_KEEPCNT_DEFAULT 9U /* Default Counter for KEEPALIVE probes */
+#endif
+
+#define TCP_MAXIDLE TCP_KEEPCNT_DEFAULT * TCP_KEEPINTVL_DEFAULT /* Maximum KEEPALIVE probe time */
+
+/* Fields are (of course) in network byte order.
+ * Some fields are converted to host byte order in tcp_input().
+ */
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct tcp_hdr {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t src);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t dest);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t seqno);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t ackno);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _hdrlen_rsvd_flags);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t wnd);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t chksum);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t urgp);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#define TCPH_OFFSET(phdr) (ntohs((phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags) >> 8)
+#define TCPH_HDRLEN(phdr) (ntohs((phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags) >> 12)
+#define TCPH_FLAGS(phdr) (ntohs((phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags) & TCP_FLAGS)
+
+#define TCPH_OFFSET_SET(phdr, offset) (phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags = htons(((offset) << 8) | TCPH_FLAGS(phdr))
+#define TCPH_HDRLEN_SET(phdr, len) (phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags = htons(((len) << 12) | TCPH_FLAGS(phdr))
+#define TCPH_FLAGS_SET(phdr, flags) (phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags = (((phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags & PP_HTONS((u16_t)(~(u16_t)(TCP_FLAGS)))) | htons(flags))
+#define TCPH_HDRLEN_FLAGS_SET(phdr, len, flags) (phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags = htons(((len) << 12) | (flags))
+
+#define TCPH_SET_FLAG(phdr, flags ) (phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags = ((phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags | htons(flags))
+#define TCPH_UNSET_FLAG(phdr, flags) (phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags = htons(ntohs((phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags) | (TCPH_FLAGS(phdr) & ~(flags)) )
+
+#define TCP_TCPLEN(seg) ((seg)->len + ((TCPH_FLAGS((seg)->tcphdr) & (TCP_FIN | TCP_SYN)) != 0))
+
+/** Flags used on input processing, not on pcb->flags
+*/
+#define TF_RESET (u8_t)0x08U /* Connection was reset. */
+#define TF_CLOSED (u8_t)0x10U /* Connection was sucessfully closed. */
+#define TF_GOT_FIN (u8_t)0x20U /* Connection was closed by the remote end. */
+
+
+#if LWIP_EVENT_API
+
+#define TCP_EVENT_ACCEPT(pcb,err,ret) ret = lwip_tcp_event((pcb)->callback_arg, (pcb),\
+ LWIP_EVENT_ACCEPT, NULL, 0, err)
+#define TCP_EVENT_SENT(pcb,space,ret) ret = lwip_tcp_event((pcb)->callback_arg, (pcb),\
+ LWIP_EVENT_SENT, NULL, space, ERR_OK)
+#define TCP_EVENT_RECV(pcb,p,err,ret) ret = lwip_tcp_event((pcb)->callback_arg, (pcb),\
+ LWIP_EVENT_RECV, (p), 0, (err))
+#define TCP_EVENT_CLOSED(pcb,ret) ret = lwip_tcp_event((pcb)->callback_arg, (pcb),\
+ LWIP_EVENT_RECV, NULL, 0, ERR_OK)
+#define TCP_EVENT_CONNECTED(pcb,err,ret) ret = lwip_tcp_event((pcb)->callback_arg, (pcb),\
+ LWIP_EVENT_CONNECTED, NULL, 0, (err))
+#define TCP_EVENT_POLL(pcb,ret) ret = lwip_tcp_event((pcb)->callback_arg, (pcb),\
+ LWIP_EVENT_POLL, NULL, 0, ERR_OK)
+#define TCP_EVENT_ERR(errf,arg,err) lwip_tcp_event((arg), NULL, \
+ LWIP_EVENT_ERR, NULL, 0, (err))
+
+#else /* LWIP_EVENT_API */
+
+#define TCP_EVENT_ACCEPT(pcb,err,ret) \
+ do { \
+ if((pcb)->accept != NULL) \
+ (ret) = (pcb)->accept((pcb)->callback_arg,(pcb),(err)); \
+ else (ret) = ERR_ARG; \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define TCP_EVENT_SENT(pcb,space,ret) \
+ do { \
+ if((pcb)->sent != NULL) \
+ (ret) = (pcb)->sent((pcb)->callback_arg,(pcb),(space)); \
+ else (ret) = ERR_OK; \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define TCP_EVENT_RECV(pcb,p,err,ret) \
+ do { \
+ if((pcb)->recv != NULL) { \
+ (ret) = (pcb)->recv((pcb)->callback_arg,(pcb),(p),(err));\
+ } else { \
+ (ret) = tcp_recv_null(NULL, (pcb), (p), (err)); \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define TCP_EVENT_CLOSED(pcb,ret) \
+ do { \
+ if(((pcb)->recv != NULL)) { \
+ (ret) = (pcb)->recv((pcb)->callback_arg,(pcb),NULL,ERR_OK);\
+ } else { \
+ (ret) = ERR_OK; \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define TCP_EVENT_CONNECTED(pcb,err,ret) \
+ do { \
+ if((pcb)->connected != NULL) \
+ (ret) = (pcb)->connected((pcb)->callback_arg,(pcb),(err)); \
+ else (ret) = ERR_OK; \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define TCP_EVENT_POLL(pcb,ret) \
+ do { \
+ if((pcb)->poll != NULL) \
+ (ret) = (pcb)->poll((pcb)->callback_arg,(pcb)); \
+ else (ret) = ERR_OK; \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define TCP_EVENT_ERR(errf,arg,err) \
+ do { \
+ if((errf) != NULL) \
+ (errf)((arg),(err)); \
+ } while (0)
+
+#endif /* LWIP_EVENT_API */
+
+/** Enabled extra-check for TCP_OVERSIZE if LWIP_DEBUG is enabled */
+#if TCP_OVERSIZE && defined(LWIP_DEBUG)
+#define TCP_OVERSIZE_DBGCHECK 1
+#else
+#define TCP_OVERSIZE_DBGCHECK 0
+#endif
+
+/** Don't generate checksum on copy if CHECKSUM_GEN_TCP is disabled */
+#define TCP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY (LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY && CHECKSUM_GEN_TCP)
+
+/* This structure represents a TCP segment on the unsent, unacked and ooseq queues */
+struct tcp_seg {
+ struct tcp_seg *next; /* used when putting segements on a queue */
+ struct pbuf *p; /* buffer containing data + TCP header */
+ void *dataptr; /* pointer to the TCP data in the pbuf */
+ u16_t len; /* the TCP length of this segment */
+#if TCP_OVERSIZE_DBGCHECK
+ u16_t oversize_left; /* Extra bytes available at the end of the last
+ pbuf in unsent (used for asserting vs.
+ tcp_pcb.unsent_oversized only) */
+#endif /* TCP_OVERSIZE_DBGCHECK */
+#if TCP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
+ u16_t chksum;
+ u8_t chksum_swapped;
+#endif /* TCP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
+ u8_t flags;
+#define TF_SEG_OPTS_MSS (u8_t)0x01U /* Include MSS option. */
+#define TF_SEG_OPTS_TS (u8_t)0x02U /* Include timestamp option. */
+#define TF_SEG_DATA_CHECKSUMMED (u8_t)0x04U /* ALL data (not the header) is
+ checksummed into 'chksum' */
+ struct tcp_hdr *tcphdr; /* the TCP header */
+};
+
+#define LWIP_TCP_OPT_LENGTH(flags) \
+ (flags & TF_SEG_OPTS_MSS ? 4 : 0) + \
+ (flags & TF_SEG_OPTS_TS ? 12 : 0)
+
+/** This returns a TCP header option for MSS in an u32_t */
+#define TCP_BUILD_MSS_OPTION(x) (x) = PP_HTONL(((u32_t)2 << 24) | \
+ ((u32_t)4 << 16) | \
+ (((u32_t)TCP_MSS / 256) << 8) | \
+ (TCP_MSS & 255))
+
+/* Global variables: */
+extern struct tcp_pcb *tcp_input_pcb;
+extern u32_t tcp_ticks;
+
+/* The TCP PCB lists. */
+union tcp_listen_pcbs_t { /* List of all TCP PCBs in LISTEN state. */
+ struct tcp_pcb_listen *listen_pcbs;
+ struct tcp_pcb *pcbs;
+};
+extern struct tcp_pcb *tcp_bound_pcbs;
+extern union tcp_listen_pcbs_t tcp_listen_pcbs;
+extern struct tcp_pcb *tcp_active_pcbs; /* List of all TCP PCBs that are in a
+ state in which they accept or send
+ data. */
+extern struct tcp_pcb *tcp_tw_pcbs; /* List of all TCP PCBs in TIME-WAIT. */
+
+extern struct tcp_pcb *tcp_tmp_pcb; /* Only used for temporary storage. */
+
+/* Axioms about the above lists:
+ 1) Every TCP PCB that is not CLOSED is in one of the lists.
+ 2) A PCB is only in one of the lists.
+ 3) All PCBs in the tcp_listen_pcbs list is in LISTEN state.
+ 4) All PCBs in the tcp_tw_pcbs list is in TIME-WAIT state.
+*/
+/* Define two macros, TCP_REG and TCP_RMV that registers a TCP PCB
+ with a PCB list or removes a PCB from a list, respectively. */
+#ifndef TCP_DEBUG_PCB_LISTS
+#define TCP_DEBUG_PCB_LISTS 0
+#endif
+#if TCP_DEBUG_PCB_LISTS
+#define TCP_REG(pcbs, npcb) do {\
+ LWIP_DEBUGF(TCP_DEBUG, ("TCP_REG %p local port %d\n", (npcb), (npcb)->local_port)); \
+ for(tcp_tmp_pcb = *(pcbs); \
+ tcp_tmp_pcb != NULL; \
+ tcp_tmp_pcb = tcp_tmp_pcb->next) { \
+ LWIP_ASSERT("TCP_REG: already registered\n", tcp_tmp_pcb != (npcb)); \
+ } \
+ LWIP_ASSERT("TCP_REG: pcb->state != CLOSED", ((pcbs) == &tcp_bound_pcbs) || ((npcb)->state != CLOSED)); \
+ (npcb)->next = *(pcbs); \
+ LWIP_ASSERT("TCP_REG: npcb->next != npcb", (npcb)->next != (npcb)); \
+ *(pcbs) = (npcb); \
+ LWIP_ASSERT("TCP_RMV: tcp_pcbs sane", tcp_pcbs_sane()); \
+ tcp_timer_needed(); \
+ } while(0)
+#define TCP_RMV(pcbs, npcb) do { \
+ LWIP_ASSERT("TCP_RMV: pcbs != NULL", *(pcbs) != NULL); \
+ LWIP_DEBUGF(TCP_DEBUG, ("TCP_RMV: removing %p from %p\n", (npcb), *(pcbs))); \
+ if(*(pcbs) == (npcb)) { \
+ *(pcbs) = (*pcbs)->next; \
+ } else for(tcp_tmp_pcb = *(pcbs); tcp_tmp_pcb != NULL; tcp_tmp_pcb = tcp_tmp_pcb->next) { \
+ if(tcp_tmp_pcb->next == (npcb)) { \
+ tcp_tmp_pcb->next = (npcb)->next; \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ } \
+ (npcb)->next = NULL; \
+ LWIP_ASSERT("TCP_RMV: tcp_pcbs sane", tcp_pcbs_sane()); \
+ LWIP_DEBUGF(TCP_DEBUG, ("TCP_RMV: removed %p from %p\n", (npcb), *(pcbs))); \
+ } while(0)
+
+#else /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+
+#define TCP_REG(pcbs, npcb) \
+ do { \
+ (npcb)->next = *pcbs; \
+ *(pcbs) = (npcb); \
+ tcp_timer_needed(); \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define TCP_RMV(pcbs, npcb) \
+ do { \
+ if(*(pcbs) == (npcb)) { \
+ (*(pcbs)) = (*pcbs)->next; \
+ } \
+ else { \
+ for(tcp_tmp_pcb = *pcbs; \
+ tcp_tmp_pcb != NULL; \
+ tcp_tmp_pcb = tcp_tmp_pcb->next) { \
+ if(tcp_tmp_pcb->next == (npcb)) { \
+ tcp_tmp_pcb->next = (npcb)->next; \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ } \
+ } \
+ (npcb)->next = NULL; \
+ } while(0)
+
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+
+
+/* Internal functions: */
+struct tcp_pcb *tcp_pcb_copy(struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+void tcp_pcb_purge(struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+void tcp_pcb_remove(struct tcp_pcb **pcblist, struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+
+void tcp_segs_free(struct tcp_seg *seg);
+void tcp_seg_free(struct tcp_seg *seg);
+struct tcp_seg *tcp_seg_copy(struct tcp_seg *seg);
+
+#define tcp_ack(pcb) \
+ do { \
+ if((pcb)->flags & TF_ACK_DELAY) { \
+ (pcb)->flags &= ~TF_ACK_DELAY; \
+ (pcb)->flags |= TF_ACK_NOW; \
+ } \
+ else { \
+ (pcb)->flags |= TF_ACK_DELAY; \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define tcp_ack_now(pcb) \
+ do { \
+ (pcb)->flags |= TF_ACK_NOW; \
+ } while (0)
+
+err_t tcp_send_fin(struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+err_t tcp_enqueue_flags(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, u8_t flags);
+
+void tcp_rexmit_seg(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, struct tcp_seg *seg);
+
+void tcp_rst(u32_t seqno, u32_t ackno,
+ ip_addr_t *local_ip, ip_addr_t *remote_ip,
+ u16_t local_port, u16_t remote_port);
+
+u32_t tcp_next_iss(void);
+
+void tcp_keepalive(struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+void tcp_zero_window_probe(struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+
+#if TCP_CALCULATE_EFF_SEND_MSS
+u16_t tcp_eff_send_mss(u16_t sendmss, ip_addr_t *addr);
+#endif /* TCP_CALCULATE_EFF_SEND_MSS */
+
+#if LWIP_CALLBACK_API
+err_t tcp_recv_null(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, err_t err);
+#endif /* LWIP_CALLBACK_API */
+
+#if TCP_DEBUG || TCP_INPUT_DEBUG || TCP_OUTPUT_DEBUG
+void tcp_debug_print(struct tcp_hdr *tcphdr);
+void tcp_debug_print_flags(u8_t flags);
+void tcp_debug_print_state(enum tcp_state s);
+void tcp_debug_print_pcbs(void);
+s16_t tcp_pcbs_sane(void);
+#else
+# define tcp_debug_print(tcphdr)
+# define tcp_debug_print_flags(flags)
+# define tcp_debug_print_state(s)
+# define tcp_debug_print_pcbs()
+# define tcp_pcbs_sane() 1
+#endif /* TCP_DEBUG */
+
+/** External function (implemented in timers.c), called when TCP detects
+ * that a timer is needed (i.e. active- or time-wait-pcb found). */
+void tcp_timer_needed(void);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_TCP_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/tcpip.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_TCPIP_H__
+#define __LWIP_TCPIP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if !NO_SYS /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/api_msg.h"
+#include "lwip/netifapi.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/api.h"
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#include "lwip/timers.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** Define this to something that triggers a watchdog. This is called from
+ * tcpip_thread after processing a message. */
+#ifndef LWIP_TCPIP_THREAD_ALIVE
+#define LWIP_TCPIP_THREAD_ALIVE()
+#endif
+
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+/** The global semaphore to lock the stack. */
+extern sys_mutex_t lock_tcpip_core;
+#define LOCK_TCPIP_CORE() sys_mutex_lock(&lock_tcpip_core)
+#define UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE() sys_mutex_unlock(&lock_tcpip_core)
+#define TCPIP_APIMSG(m) tcpip_apimsg_lock(m)
+#define TCPIP_APIMSG_ACK(m)
+#define TCPIP_NETIFAPI(m) tcpip_netifapi_lock(m)
+#define TCPIP_NETIFAPI_ACK(m)
+#else /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+#define LOCK_TCPIP_CORE()
+#define UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE()
+#define TCPIP_APIMSG(m) tcpip_apimsg(m)
+#define TCPIP_APIMSG_ACK(m) sys_sem_signal(&m->conn->op_completed)
+#define TCPIP_NETIFAPI(m) tcpip_netifapi(m)
+#define TCPIP_NETIFAPI_ACK(m) sys_sem_signal(&m->sem)
+#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+
+/** Function prototype for the init_done function passed to tcpip_init */
+typedef void (*tcpip_init_done_fn)(void *arg);
+/** Function prototype for functions passed to tcpip_callback() */
+typedef void (*tcpip_callback_fn)(void *ctx);
+
+void tcpip_init(tcpip_init_done_fn tcpip_init_done, void *arg);
+
+#if LWIP_NETCONN
+err_t tcpip_apimsg(struct api_msg *apimsg);
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+err_t tcpip_apimsg_lock(struct api_msg *apimsg);
+#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
+
+err_t tcpip_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_API
+err_t tcpip_netifapi(struct netifapi_msg *netifapimsg);
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+err_t tcpip_netifapi_lock(struct netifapi_msg *netifapimsg);
+#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_API */
+
+err_t tcpip_callback_with_block(tcpip_callback_fn function, void *ctx, u8_t block);
+#define tcpip_callback(f, ctx) tcpip_callback_with_block(f, ctx, 1)
+
+/* free pbufs or heap memory from another context without blocking */
+err_t pbuf_free_callback(struct pbuf *p);
+err_t mem_free_callback(void *m);
+
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT
+err_t tcpip_timeout(u32_t msecs, sys_timeout_handler h, void *arg);
+err_t tcpip_untimeout(sys_timeout_handler h, void *arg);
+#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT */
+
+enum tcpip_msg_type {
+#if LWIP_NETCONN
+ TCPIP_MSG_API,
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
+ TCPIP_MSG_INPKT,
+#if LWIP_NETIF_API
+ TCPIP_MSG_NETIFAPI,
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_API */
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT
+ TCPIP_MSG_TIMEOUT,
+ TCPIP_MSG_UNTIMEOUT,
+#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT */
+ TCPIP_MSG_CALLBACK
+};
+
+struct tcpip_msg {
+ enum tcpip_msg_type type;
+ sys_sem_t *sem;
+ union {
+#if LWIP_NETCONN
+ struct api_msg *apimsg;
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
+#if LWIP_NETIF_API
+ struct netifapi_msg *netifapimsg;
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_API */
+ struct {
+ struct pbuf *p;
+ struct netif *netif;
+ } inp;
+ struct {
+ tcpip_callback_fn function;
+ void *ctx;
+ } cb;
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT
+ struct {
+ u32_t msecs;
+ sys_timeout_handler h;
+ void *arg;
+ } tmo;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT */
+ } msg;
+};
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !NO_SYS */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_TCPIP_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/timers.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ * Simon Goldschmidt
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_TIMERS_H__
+#define __LWIP_TIMERS_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+/* Timers are not supported when NO_SYS==1 and NO_SYS_NO_TIMERS==1 */
+#define LWIP_TIMERS (!NO_SYS || (NO_SYS && !NO_SYS_NO_TIMERS))
+
+#if LWIP_TIMERS
+
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES
+#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
+#define LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES SYS_DEBUG
+#else /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+#define LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES 0
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG*/
+#endif
+
+/** Function prototype for a timeout callback function. Register such a function
+ * using sys_timeout().
+ *
+ * @param arg Additional argument to pass to the function - set up by sys_timeout()
+ */
+typedef void (* sys_timeout_handler)(void *arg);
+
+struct sys_timeo {
+ struct sys_timeo *next;
+ u32_t time;
+ sys_timeout_handler h;
+ void *arg;
+#if LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES
+ const char* handler_name;
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES */
+};
+
+void sys_timeouts_init(void);
+
+#if LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES
+void sys_timeout_debug(u32_t msecs, sys_timeout_handler handler, void *arg, const char* handler_name);
+#define sys_timeout(msecs, handler, arg) sys_timeout_debug(msecs, handler, arg, #handler)
+#else /* LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES */
+void sys_timeout(u32_t msecs, sys_timeout_handler handler, void *arg);
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES */
+
+void sys_untimeout(sys_timeout_handler handler, void *arg);
+#if NO_SYS
+void sys_check_timeouts(void);
+void sys_restart_timeouts(void);
+#else /* NO_SYS */
+void sys_timeouts_mbox_fetch(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void **msg);
+#endif /* NO_SYS */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_TIMERS */
+#endif /* __LWIP_TIMERS_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/lwip/udp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_UDP_H__
+#define __LWIP_UDP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_UDP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define UDP_HLEN 8
+
+/* Fields are (of course) in network byte order. */
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct udp_hdr {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t src);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t dest); /* src/dest UDP ports */
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t len);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t chksum);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#define UDP_FLAGS_NOCHKSUM 0x01U
+#define UDP_FLAGS_UDPLITE 0x02U
+#define UDP_FLAGS_CONNECTED 0x04U
+#define UDP_FLAGS_MULTICAST_LOOP 0x08U
+
+struct udp_pcb;
+
+/** Function prototype for udp pcb receive callback functions
+ * addr and port are in same byte order as in the pcb
+ * The callback is responsible for freeing the pbuf
+ * if it's not used any more.
+ *
+ * ATTENTION: Be aware that 'addr' points into the pbuf 'p' so freeing this pbuf
+ * makes 'addr' invalid, too.
+ *
+ * @param arg user supplied argument (udp_pcb.recv_arg)
+ * @param pcb the udp_pcb which received data
+ * @param p the packet buffer that was received
+ * @param addr the remote IP address from which the packet was received
+ * @param port the remote port from which the packet was received
+ */
+typedef void (*udp_recv_fn)(void *arg, struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
+ ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port);
+
+
+struct udp_pcb {
+/* Common members of all PCB types */
+ IP_PCB;
+
+/* Protocol specific PCB members */
+
+ struct udp_pcb *next;
+
+ u8_t flags;
+ /** ports are in host byte order */
+ u16_t local_port, remote_port;
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+ /** outgoing network interface for multicast packets */
+ ip_addr_t multicast_ip;
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+
+#if LWIP_UDPLITE
+ /** used for UDP_LITE only */
+ u16_t chksum_len_rx, chksum_len_tx;
+#endif /* LWIP_UDPLITE */
+
+ /** receive callback function */
+ udp_recv_fn recv;
+ /** user-supplied argument for the recv callback */
+ void *recv_arg;
+};
+/* udp_pcbs export for exernal reference (e.g. SNMP agent) */
+extern struct udp_pcb *udp_pcbs;
+
+/* The following functions is the application layer interface to the
+ UDP code. */
+struct udp_pcb * udp_new (void);
+void udp_remove (struct udp_pcb *pcb);
+err_t udp_bind (struct udp_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
+ u16_t port);
+err_t udp_connect (struct udp_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
+ u16_t port);
+void udp_disconnect (struct udp_pcb *pcb);
+void udp_recv (struct udp_pcb *pcb, udp_recv_fn recv,
+ void *recv_arg);
+err_t udp_sendto_if (struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
+ ip_addr_t *dst_ip, u16_t dst_port,
+ struct netif *netif);
+err_t udp_sendto (struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
+ ip_addr_t *dst_ip, u16_t dst_port);
+err_t udp_send (struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p);
+
+#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
+err_t udp_sendto_if_chksum(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
+ ip_addr_t *dst_ip, u16_t dst_port,
+ struct netif *netif, u8_t have_chksum,
+ u16_t chksum);
+err_t udp_sendto_chksum(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
+ ip_addr_t *dst_ip, u16_t dst_port,
+ u8_t have_chksum, u16_t chksum);
+err_t udp_send_chksum(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
+ u8_t have_chksum, u16_t chksum);
+#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
+
+#define udp_flags(pcb) ((pcb)->flags)
+#define udp_setflags(pcb, f) ((pcb)->flags = (f))
+
+/* The following functions are the lower layer interface to UDP. */
+void udp_input (struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
+
+#define udp_init() /* Compatibility define, not init needed. */
+
+#if UDP_DEBUG
+void udp_debug_print(struct udp_hdr *udphdr);
+#else
+#define udp_debug_print(udphdr)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_UDP_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/netif/etharp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * Copyright (c) 2003-2004 Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@axon.tv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2003-2004 Axon Digital Design B.V., The Netherlands.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __NETIF_ETHARP_H__
+#define __NETIF_ETHARP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_ARP || LWIP_ETHERNET /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ETHARP_HWADDR_LEN
+#define ETHARP_HWADDR_LEN 6
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct eth_addr {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t addr[ETHARP_HWADDR_LEN]);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+/* Ethernet header */
+struct eth_hdr {
+#if ETH_PAD_SIZE
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t padding[ETH_PAD_SIZE]);
+#endif
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct eth_addr dest);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct eth_addr src);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t type);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#define SIZEOF_ETH_HDR (14 + ETH_PAD_SIZE)
+
+#if ETHARP_SUPPORT_VLAN
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+/* VLAN header inserted between ethernet header and payload
+ * if 'type' in ethernet header is ETHTYPE_VLAN.
+ * See IEEE802.Q */
+struct eth_vlan_hdr {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t tpid);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t prio_vid);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#define SIZEOF_VLAN_HDR 4
+#define VLAN_ID(vlan_hdr) (htons((vlan_hdr)->prio_vid) & 0xFFF)
+
+#endif /* ETHARP_SUPPORT_VLAN */
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+/* the ARP message, see RFC 826 ("Packet format") */
+struct etharp_hdr {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t hwtype);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t proto);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t hwlen);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t protolen);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t opcode);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct eth_addr shwaddr);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct ip_addr2 sipaddr);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct eth_addr dhwaddr);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct ip_addr2 dipaddr);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#define SIZEOF_ETHARP_HDR 28
+#define SIZEOF_ETHARP_PACKET (SIZEOF_ETH_HDR + SIZEOF_ETHARP_HDR)
+
+/* 5 seconds period */
+#define ARP_TMR_INTERVAL 5000
+
+#define ETHTYPE_ARP 0x0806
+#define ETHTYPE_IP 0x0800
+#define ETHTYPE_VLAN 0x8100
+#define ETHTYPE_PPPOEDISC 0x8863 /* PPP Over Ethernet Discovery Stage */
+#define ETHTYPE_PPPOE 0x8864 /* PPP Over Ethernet Session Stage */
+
+/* MEMCPY-like macro to copy to/from struct eth_addr's that are local variables
+ * or known to be 32-bit aligned within the protocol header. */
+#ifndef ETHADDR32_COPY
+#define ETHADDR32_COPY(src, dst) SMEMCPY(src, dst, ETHARP_HWADDR_LEN)
+#endif
+
+/* MEMCPY-like macro to copy to/from struct eth_addr's that are no local
+ * variables and known to be 16-bit aligned within the protocol header. */
+#ifndef ETHADDR16_COPY
+#define ETHADDR16_COPY(src, dst) SMEMCPY(src, dst, ETHARP_HWADDR_LEN)
+#endif
+
+#if LWIP_ARP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+/* ARP message types (opcodes) */
+#define ARP_REQUEST 1
+#define ARP_REPLY 2
+
+/* Define this to 1 and define LWIP_ARP_FILTER_NETIF_FN(pbuf, netif, type)
+ * to a filter function that returns the correct netif when using multiple
+ * netifs on one hardware interface where the netif's low-level receive
+ * routine cannot decide for the correct netif (e.g. when mapping multiple
+ * IP addresses to one hardware interface).
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_ARP_FILTER_NETIF
+#define LWIP_ARP_FILTER_NETIF 0
+#endif
+
+#if ARP_QUEUEING
+/* struct for queueing outgoing packets for unknown address
+ * defined here to be accessed by memp.h
+ */
+struct etharp_q_entry {
+ struct etharp_q_entry *next;
+ struct pbuf *p;
+};
+#endif /* ARP_QUEUEING */
+
+#define etharp_init() /* Compatibility define, not init needed. */
+void etharp_tmr(void);
+s8_t etharp_find_addr(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
+ struct eth_addr **eth_ret, ip_addr_t **ip_ret);
+err_t etharp_output(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *q, ip_addr_t *ipaddr);
+err_t etharp_query(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr, struct pbuf *q);
+err_t etharp_request(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr);
+/* For Ethernet network interfaces, we might want to send "gratuitous ARP";
+ * this is an ARP packet sent by a node in order to spontaneously cause other
+ * nodes to update an entry in their ARP cache.
+ * From RFC 3220 "IP Mobility Support for IPv4" section 4.6. */
+#define etharp_gratuitous(netif) etharp_request((netif), &(netif)->ip_addr)
+
+#if ETHARP_SUPPORT_STATIC_ENTRIES
+err_t etharp_add_static_entry(ip_addr_t *ipaddr, struct eth_addr *ethaddr);
+err_t etharp_remove_static_entry(ip_addr_t *ipaddr);
+#endif /* ETHARP_SUPPORT_STATIC_ENTRIES */
+
+#if LWIP_AUTOIP
+err_t etharp_raw(struct netif *netif, const struct eth_addr *ethsrc_addr,
+ const struct eth_addr *ethdst_addr,
+ const struct eth_addr *hwsrc_addr, const ip_addr_t *ipsrc_addr,
+ const struct eth_addr *hwdst_addr, const ip_addr_t *ipdst_addr,
+ const u16_t opcode);
+#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
+
+#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
+
+err_t ethernet_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif);
+
+#define eth_addr_cmp(addr1, addr2) (memcmp((addr1)->addr, (addr2)->addr, ETHARP_HWADDR_LEN) == 0)
+
+extern const struct eth_addr ethbroadcast, ethzero;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_ARP || LWIP_ETHERNET */
+
+#endif /* __NETIF_ARP_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/netif/ppp_oe.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/*****************************************************************************
+* ppp_oe.h - PPP Over Ethernet implementation for lwIP.
+*
+* Copyright (c) 2006 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc.
+*
+* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
+* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
+* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
+* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any
+* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required
+* for any of the authorized uses.
+*
+* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+* REVISION HISTORY
+*
+* 06-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca>
+* Ported to lwIP.
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/* based on NetBSD: if_pppoe.c,v 1.64 2006/01/31 23:50:15 martin Exp */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Martin Husemann <martin@NetBSD.org>.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the NetBSD
+ * Foundation, Inc. and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its
+ * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#ifndef PPP_OE_H
+#define PPP_OE_H
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if PPPOE_SUPPORT > 0
+
+#include "netif/etharp.h"
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct pppoehdr {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t vertype);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t code);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t session);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t plen);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct pppoetag {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t tag);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t len);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+
+#define PPPOE_STATE_INITIAL 0
+#define PPPOE_STATE_PADI_SENT 1
+#define PPPOE_STATE_PADR_SENT 2
+#define PPPOE_STATE_SESSION 3
+#define PPPOE_STATE_CLOSING 4
+/* passive */
+#define PPPOE_STATE_PADO_SENT 1
+
+#define PPPOE_HEADERLEN sizeof(struct pppoehdr)
+#define PPPOE_VERTYPE 0x11 /* VER=1, TYPE = 1 */
+
+#define PPPOE_TAG_EOL 0x0000 /* end of list */
+#define PPPOE_TAG_SNAME 0x0101 /* service name */
+#define PPPOE_TAG_ACNAME 0x0102 /* access concentrator name */
+#define PPPOE_TAG_HUNIQUE 0x0103 /* host unique */
+#define PPPOE_TAG_ACCOOKIE 0x0104 /* AC cookie */
+#define PPPOE_TAG_VENDOR 0x0105 /* vendor specific */
+#define PPPOE_TAG_RELAYSID 0x0110 /* relay session id */
+#define PPPOE_TAG_SNAME_ERR 0x0201 /* service name error */
+#define PPPOE_TAG_ACSYS_ERR 0x0202 /* AC system error */
+#define PPPOE_TAG_GENERIC_ERR 0x0203 /* gerneric error */
+
+#define PPPOE_CODE_PADI 0x09 /* Active Discovery Initiation */
+#define PPPOE_CODE_PADO 0x07 /* Active Discovery Offer */
+#define PPPOE_CODE_PADR 0x19 /* Active Discovery Request */
+#define PPPOE_CODE_PADS 0x65 /* Active Discovery Session confirmation */
+#define PPPOE_CODE_PADT 0xA7 /* Active Discovery Terminate */
+
+#ifndef ETHERMTU
+#define ETHERMTU 1500
+#endif
+
+/* two byte PPP protocol discriminator, then IP data */
+#define PPPOE_MAXMTU (ETHERMTU-PPPOE_HEADERLEN-2)
+
+#ifndef PPPOE_MAX_AC_COOKIE_LEN
+#define PPPOE_MAX_AC_COOKIE_LEN 64
+#endif
+
+struct pppoe_softc {
+ struct pppoe_softc *next;
+ struct netif *sc_ethif; /* ethernet interface we are using */
+ int sc_pd; /* ppp unit number */
+ void (*sc_linkStatusCB)(int pd, int up);
+
+ int sc_state; /* discovery phase or session connected */
+ struct eth_addr sc_dest; /* hardware address of concentrator */
+ u16_t sc_session; /* PPPoE session id */
+
+#ifdef PPPOE_TODO
+ char *sc_service_name; /* if != NULL: requested name of service */
+ char *sc_concentrator_name; /* if != NULL: requested concentrator id */
+#endif /* PPPOE_TODO */
+ u8_t sc_ac_cookie[PPPOE_MAX_AC_COOKIE_LEN]; /* content of AC cookie we must echo back */
+ size_t sc_ac_cookie_len; /* length of cookie data */
+#ifdef PPPOE_SERVER
+ u8_t *sc_hunique; /* content of host unique we must echo back */
+ size_t sc_hunique_len; /* length of host unique */
+#endif
+ int sc_padi_retried; /* number of PADI retries already done */
+ int sc_padr_retried; /* number of PADR retries already done */
+};
+
+
+#define pppoe_init() /* compatibility define, no initialization needed */
+
+err_t pppoe_create(struct netif *ethif, int pd, void (*linkStatusCB)(int pd, int up), struct pppoe_softc **scptr);
+err_t pppoe_destroy(struct netif *ifp);
+
+int pppoe_connect(struct pppoe_softc *sc);
+void pppoe_disconnect(struct pppoe_softc *sc);
+
+void pppoe_disc_input(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p);
+void pppoe_data_input(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p);
+
+err_t pppoe_xmit(struct pppoe_softc *sc, struct pbuf *pb);
+
+/** used in ppp.c */
+#define PPPOE_HDRLEN (sizeof(struct eth_hdr) + PPPOE_HEADERLEN)
+
+#endif /* PPPOE_SUPPORT */
+
+#endif /* PPP_OE_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/include/netif/slipif.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __NETIF_SLIPIF_H__
+#define __NETIF_SLIPIF_H__
+
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+err_t slipif_init(struct netif * netif);
+void slipif_poll(struct netif *netif);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/lwipopts.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,462 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIPOPTS_H__
+#define __LWIPOPTS_H__
+
+#include "netCfg.h"
+#if NET_LWIP_STACK
+
+//#include "arch/sys_arch.h"
+
+/* <sys/time.h> is included in cc.h! */
+#define LWIP_TIMEVAL_PRIVATE 0
+
+//#define __LWIP_DEBUG
+#include "dbg/dbg.h"
+
+#ifdef __LWIP_DEBUG
+
+#define LWIP_DEBUG 1
+
+#define LWIP_DBG_MIN_LEVEL 0
+//#define LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS 1
+#define TAPIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TUNIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define UNIXIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define DELIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define SIO_FIFO_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_ON
+#define TCPDUMP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_ON
+
+#define PPP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define MEM_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define MEMP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define PBUF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define API_LIB_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define API_MSG_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCPIP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define NETIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define SOCKETS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define DEMO_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define IP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define IP_REASS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define RAW_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define ICMP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define IGMP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define UDP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_INPUT_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_OUTPUT_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_RTO_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_CWND_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_WND_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_FR_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_QLEN_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_RST_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define ETHARP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define DNS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+extern unsigned char debug_flags;
+#define LWIP_DBG_TYPES_ON debug_flags
+*/
+#define NO_SYS 1
+#define LWIP_SOCKET (NO_SYS==0)
+#define LWIP_NETCONN (NO_SYS==0)
+
+
+#define IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF 0
+
+
+
+/* ---------- Memory options ---------- */
+/* MEM_ALIGNMENT: should be set to the alignment of the CPU for which
+ lwIP is compiled. 4 byte alignment -> define MEM_ALIGNMENT to 4, 2
+ byte alignment -> define MEM_ALIGNMENT to 2. */
+/* MSVC port: intel processors don't need 4-byte alignment,
+ but are faster that way! */
+#define MEM_ALIGNMENT 4
+
+/* MEM_SIZE: the size of the heap memory. If the application will send
+a lot of data that needs to be copied, this should be set high. */
+//#define MEM_SIZE 10240
+
+#if TARGET_LPC1768
+
+
+#define MEM_SIZE 3000 //2000
+
+///
+
+#define MEM_POSITION __attribute((section("AHBSRAM0")))
+
+/* MEMP_NUM_PBUF: the number of memp struct pbufs. If the application
+ sends a lot of data out of ROM (or other static memory), this
+ should be set high. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_PBUF 16
+/* MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB: the number of UDP protocol control blocks. One
+ per active RAW "connection". */
+//#define MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB 3
+/* MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB: the number of UDP protocol control blocks. One
+ per active UDP "connection". */
+#define MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB 4
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB: the number of simulatenously active TCP
+ connections. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB 3
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN: the number of listening TCP
+ connections. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN 2//4
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG: the number of simultaneously queued TCP
+ segments. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG 16
+/* MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT: the number of simulateously active
+ timeouts. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT 12
+
+/* The following four are used only with the sequential API and can be
+ set to 0 if the application only will use the raw API. */
+/* MEMP_NUM_NETBUF: the number of struct netbufs. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETBUF 0
+/* MEMP_NUM_NETCONN: the number of struct netconns. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETCONN 0
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_*: the number of struct tcpip_msg, which is used
+ for sequential API communication and incoming packets. Used in
+ src/api/tcpip.c. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API 0
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT 0
+
+/* ---------- Pbuf options ---------- */
+/* PBUF_POOL_SIZE: the number of buffers in the pbuf pool. */
+#define PBUF_POOL_SIZE 8//16//100
+
+/* PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE: the size of each pbuf in the pbuf pool. */
+//#define PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE 128
+
+/* PBUF_LINK_HLEN: the number of bytes that should be allocated for a
+ link level header. */
+//#define PBUF_LINK_HLEN 16
+
+/** SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT
+ * define SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT in lwipopts.h if you want inter-task protection
+ * for certain critical regions during buffer allocation, deallocation and memory
+ * allocation and deallocation.
+ */
+#define SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT 0 //No sys here
+
+/* ---------- TCP options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_TCP 1
+//#define TCP_TTL 255
+
+/* Controls if TCP should queue segments that arrive out of
+ order. Define to 0 if your device is low on memory. */
+#define TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ 1
+
+/* TCP Maximum segment size. */
+//#define TCP_MSS 1024
+#define TCP_MSS 536//1024//536//0x276
+
+/* TCP sender buffer space (bytes). */
+#define TCP_SND_BUF (3 * TCP_MSS) //2048
+
+/* TCP sender buffer space (pbufs). This must be at least = 2 *
+ TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS for things to work. */
+#define TCP_SND_QUEUELEN (4 * (TCP_SND_BUF)/(TCP_MSS))
+
+/* TCP writable space (bytes). This must be less than or equal
+ to TCP_SND_BUF. It is the amount of space which must be
+ available in the tcp snd_buf for select to return writable */
+#define TCP_SNDLOWAT ((TCP_SND_BUF)/2)
+
+/**
+ * TCP_WND: The size of a TCP window. This must be at least
+ * (2 * TCP_MSS) for things to work well
+ */
+/* TCP receive window. */
+#define TCP_WND (4 * TCP_MSS) //8096
+
+/* Maximum number of retransmissions of data segments. */
+//#define TCP_MAXRTX 12
+
+/* Maximum number of retransmissions of SYN segments. */
+//#define TCP_SYNMAXRTX 4
+
+#elif TARGET_LPC2368
+
+#define MEM_POSITION __attribute((section("AHBSRAM1")))
+
+/* MEMP_NUM_PBUF: the number of memp struct pbufs. If the application
+ sends a lot of data out of ROM (or other static memory), this
+ should be set high. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_PBUF 8
+/* MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB: the number of UDP protocol control blocks. One
+ per active RAW "connection". */
+//#define MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB 3
+/* MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB: the number of UDP protocol control blocks. One
+ per active UDP "connection". */
+#define MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB 2
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB: the number of simulatenously active TCP
+ connections. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB 2
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN: the number of listening TCP
+ connections. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN 2//4
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG: the number of simultaneously queued TCP
+ segments. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG 8
+/* MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT: the number of simulateously active
+ timeouts. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT 12
+
+/* The following four are used only with the sequential API and can be
+ set to 0 if the application only will use the raw API. */
+/* MEMP_NUM_NETBUF: the number of struct netbufs. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETBUF 0
+/* MEMP_NUM_NETCONN: the number of struct netconns. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETCONN 0
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_*: the number of struct tcpip_msg, which is used
+ for sequential API communication and incoming packets. Used in
+ src/api/tcpip.c. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API 0
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT 0
+
+/* ---------- Pbuf options ---------- */
+/* PBUF_POOL_SIZE: the number of buffers in the pbuf pool. */
+#define PBUF_POOL_SIZE 8//16//100
+
+/* PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE: the size of each pbuf in the pbuf pool. */
+//#define PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE 128
+
+/* PBUF_LINK_HLEN: the number of bytes that should be allocated for a
+ link level header. */
+//#define PBUF_LINK_HLEN 16
+
+/** SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT
+ * define SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT in lwipopts.h if you want inter-task protection
+ * for certain critical regions during buffer allocation, deallocation and memory
+ * allocation and deallocation.
+ */
+#define SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT 0 //No sys here
+
+/* ---------- TCP options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_TCP 1
+#define TCP_TTL 255
+
+/* Controls if TCP should queue segments that arrive out of
+ order. Define to 0 if your device is low on memory. */
+#define TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ 0
+
+/* TCP Maximum segment size. */
+//#define TCP_MSS 1024
+#define TCP_MSS 536//0x276//536//0x276
+
+/* TCP sender buffer space (bytes). */
+#define TCP_SND_BUF (3 * TCP_MSS)
+
+/* TCP sender buffer space (pbufs). This must be at least = 2 *
+ TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS for things to work. */
+#define TCP_SND_QUEUELEN (2 * TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS)//(4 * TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS)
+
+/* TCP writable space (bytes). This must be less than or equal
+ to TCP_SND_BUF. It is the amount of space which must be
+ available in the tcp snd_buf for select to return writable */
+#define TCP_SNDLOWAT (TCP_SND_BUF/2)
+
+/* TCP receive window. */
+#define TCP_WND (3 * TCP_MSS) //8096
+
+/* Maximum number of retransmissions of data segments. */
+//#define TCP_MAXRTX 12
+
+/* Maximum number of retransmissions of SYN segments. */
+//#define TCP_SYNMAXRTX 4
+
+#endif
+
+/* ---------- ARP options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_ARP (NET_ETH | NET_ZG2100)
+#define ARP_TABLE_SIZE 4//10
+#define ARP_QUEUEING 0
+#define ETHARP_TRUST_IP_MAC 1
+
+/* ---------- IP options ---------- */
+/* Define IP_FORWARD to 1 if you wish to have the ability to forward
+ IP packets across network interfaces. If you are going to run lwIP
+ on a device with only one network interface, define this to 0. */
+#define IP_FORWARD 0
+
+
+/* IP reassembly and segmentation.These are orthogonal even
+ * if they both deal with IP fragments */
+ /*
+#define IP_REASSEMBLY 1
+#define IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS 10
+#define MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA 10
+#define IP_FRAG 1
+*/
+/* ---------- ICMP options ---------- */
+#define ICMP_TTL 255
+
+/* ---------- IGMP options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_IGMP (NET_ETH | NET_ZG2100)
+
+/* ---------- DHCP options ---------- */
+/* Define LWIP_DHCP to 1 if you want DHCP configuration of
+ interfaces. */
+#define LWIP_DHCP (NET_ETH | NET_ZG2100)
+
+/* 1 if you want to do an ARP check on the offered address
+ (recommended if using DHCP). */
+#define DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK (LWIP_DHCP)
+
+/* ---------- AUTOIP options ------- */
+#define LWIP_AUTOIP 0
+
+/* ---------- SNMP options ---------- */
+/** @todo SNMP is experimental for now
+ @note UDP must be available for SNMP transport */
+#ifndef LWIP_SNMP
+#define LWIP_SNMP 0
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB
+#define SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB 0
+#endif
+
+
+/* ---------- UDP options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_UDP 1
+#define UDP_TTL 255
+
+/* ---------- DNS options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_DNS 1
+
+/* ---------- RAW options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_RAW 0
+#define RAW_TTL 255
+
+/* ---------- Statistics options ---------- */
+/* individual STATS options can be turned off by defining them to 0
+ * (e.g #define TCP_STATS 0). All of them are turned off if LWIP_STATS
+ * is 0
+ * */
+
+#define LWIP_STATS 0
+
+/* ---------- PPP options ---------- */
+
+#define PPP_SUPPORT NET_PPP /* Set > 0 for PPP */
+
+#if PPP_SUPPORT > 0
+
+#define NUM_PPP 1 /* Max PPP sessions. */
+
+
+/* Select modules to enable. Ideally these would be set in the makefile but
+ * we're limited by the command line length so you need to modify the settings
+ * in this file.
+ */
+#define PAP_SUPPORT 1 /* Set > 0 for PAP. */
+#define CHAP_SUPPORT 1 /* Set > 0 for CHAP. */
+#define MSCHAP_SUPPORT 0 /* Set > 0 for MSCHAP (NOT FUNCTIONAL!) */
+#define CBCP_SUPPORT 0 /* Set > 0 for CBCP (NOT FUNCTIONAL!) */
+#define CCP_SUPPORT 0 /* Set > 0 for CCP (NOT FUNCTIONAL!) */
+#define VJ_SUPPORT 1 /* Set > 0 for VJ header compression. */
+#define MD5_SUPPORT 1 /* Set > 0 for MD5 (see also CHAP) */
+
+
+/*
+ * Timeouts.
+ */
+#define FSM_DEFTIMEOUT 6 /* Timeout time in seconds */
+#define FSM_DEFMAXTERMREQS 2 /* Maximum Terminate-Request transmissions */
+#define FSM_DEFMAXCONFREQS 10 /* Maximum Configure-Request transmissions */
+#define FSM_DEFMAXNAKLOOPS 5 /* Maximum number of nak loops */
+
+#define UPAP_DEFTIMEOUT 6 /* Timeout (seconds) for retransmitting req */
+#define UPAP_DEFREQTIME 30 /* Time to wait for auth-req from peer */
+
+#define CHAP_DEFTIMEOUT 6 /* Timeout time in seconds */
+#define CHAP_DEFTRANSMITS 10 /* max # times to send challenge */
+
+
+/* Interval in seconds between keepalive echo requests, 0 to disable. */
+#if 1
+#define LCP_ECHOINTERVAL 0
+#else
+
+#define LCP_ECHOINTERVAL 10
+#endif
+
+
+/* Number of unanswered echo requests before failure. */
+#define LCP_MAXECHOFAILS 3
+
+/* Max Xmit idle time (in jiffies) before resend flag char. */
+#define PPP_MAXIDLEFLAG 0//Send it every time//100
+
+/*
+ * Packet sizes
+ *
+ * Note - lcp shouldn't be allowed to negotiate stuff outside these
+ * limits. See lcp.h in the pppd directory.
+ * (XXX - these constants should simply be shared by lcp.c instead
+ * of living in lcp.h)
+ */
+#define PPP_MTU 1500 /* Default MTU (size of Info field) */
+#if 0
+#define PPP_MAXMTU 65535 - (PPP_HDRLEN + PPP_FCSLEN)
+#else
+
+#define PPP_MAXMTU 1500 /* Largest MTU we allow */
+#endif
+
+#define PPP_MINMTU 64
+#define PPP_MRU 1500 /* default MRU = max length of info field */
+#define PPP_MAXMRU 1500 /* Largest MRU we allow */
+#define PPP_DEFMRU 296 /* Try for this */
+#define PPP_MINMRU 128 /* No MRUs below this */
+
+
+#define MAXNAMELEN 64 /* max length of hostname or name for auth */
+#define MAXSECRETLEN 64 /* max length of password or secret */
+
+#endif /* PPP_SUPPORT > 0 */
+
+//C++ Compat
+#define try vTry
+
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* __LWIPOPTS_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/lwipopts2.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,454 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIPOPTS_H__
+#define __LWIPOPTS_H__
+
+#include "netCfg.h"
+#if NET_LWIP_STACK
+
+//#include "arch/sys_arch.h"
+
+/* <sys/time.h> is included in cc.h! */
+#define LWIP_TIMEVAL_PRIVATE 0
+
+//#define __LWIP_DEBUG
+#include "dbg/dbg.h"
+
+#ifdef __LWIP_DEBUG
+
+#define LWIP_DEBUG 1
+
+#define LWIP_DBG_MIN_LEVEL 0
+//#define LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS 1
+#define TAPIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TUNIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define UNIXIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define DELIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define SIO_FIFO_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCPDUMP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+
+#define PPP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define MEM_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_ON
+#define MEMP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_ON
+#define PBUF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_ON
+#define API_LIB_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define API_MSG_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCPIP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define NETIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define SOCKETS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define DEMO_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define IP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define IP_REASS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define RAW_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define ICMP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define UDP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_INPUT_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_OUTPUT_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_RTO_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_CWND_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_WND_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_FR_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_QLEN_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_RST_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define ETHARP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define DNS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+extern unsigned char debug_flags;
+#define LWIP_DBG_TYPES_ON debug_flags
+*/
+#define NO_SYS 1
+#define LWIP_SOCKET (NO_SYS==0)
+#define LWIP_NETCONN (NO_SYS==0)
+
+
+#define IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF 0
+
+
+
+/* ---------- Memory options ---------- */
+/* MEM_ALIGNMENT: should be set to the alignment of the CPU for which
+ lwIP is compiled. 4 byte alignment -> define MEM_ALIGNMENT to 4, 2
+ byte alignment -> define MEM_ALIGNMENT to 2. */
+/* MSVC port: intel processors don't need 4-byte alignment,
+ but are faster that way! */
+#define MEM_ALIGNMENT 4
+
+/* MEM_SIZE: the size of the heap memory. If the application will send
+a lot of data that needs to be copied, this should be set high. */
+//#define MEM_SIZE 10240
+
+#if TARGET_LPC1768
+
+
+#define MEM_SIZE 4000
+
+///
+
+#define MEM_POSITION __attribute((section("AHBSRAM0")))
+
+/* MEMP_NUM_PBUF: the number of memp struct pbufs. If the application
+ sends a lot of data out of ROM (or other static memory), this
+ should be set high. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_PBUF 16
+/* MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB: the number of UDP protocol control blocks. One
+ per active RAW "connection". */
+//#define MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB 3
+/* MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB: the number of UDP protocol control blocks. One
+ per active UDP "connection". */
+#define MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB 2
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB: the number of simulatenously active TCP
+ connections. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB 2
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN: the number of listening TCP
+ connections. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN 2//4
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG: the number of simultaneously queued TCP
+ segments. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG 16
+/* MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT: the number of simulateously active
+ timeouts. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT 12
+
+/* The following four are used only with the sequential API and can be
+ set to 0 if the application only will use the raw API. */
+/* MEMP_NUM_NETBUF: the number of struct netbufs. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETBUF 0
+/* MEMP_NUM_NETCONN: the number of struct netconns. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETCONN 0
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_*: the number of struct tcpip_msg, which is used
+ for sequential API communication and incoming packets. Used in
+ src/api/tcpip.c. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API 0
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT 0
+
+/* ---------- Pbuf options ---------- */
+/* PBUF_POOL_SIZE: the number of buffers in the pbuf pool. */
+#define PBUF_POOL_SIZE 8//100
+
+/* PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE: the size of each pbuf in the pbuf pool. */
+#define PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE 128
+
+/* PBUF_LINK_HLEN: the number of bytes that should be allocated for a
+ link level header. */
+//#define PBUF_LINK_HLEN 16
+
+/** SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT
+ * define SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT in lwipopts.h if you want inter-task protection
+ * for certain critical regions during buffer allocation, deallocation and memory
+ * allocation and deallocation.
+ */
+#define SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT 0 //No sys here
+
+/* ---------- TCP options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_TCP 1
+#define TCP_TTL 255
+
+/* Controls if TCP should queue segments that arrive out of
+ order. Define to 0 if your device is low on memory. */
+#define TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ 0
+
+/* TCP Maximum segment size. */
+//#define TCP_MSS 1024
+#define TCP_MSS 0x276//536//0x276
+
+/* TCP sender buffer space (bytes). */
+#define TCP_SND_BUF 2048
+
+/* TCP sender buffer space (pbufs). This must be at least = 2 *
+ TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS for things to work. */
+#define TCP_SND_QUEUELEN (2 * TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS)
+
+/* TCP writable space (bytes). This must be less than or equal
+ to TCP_SND_BUF. It is the amount of space which must be
+ available in the tcp snd_buf for select to return writable */
+#define TCP_SNDLOWAT (TCP_SND_BUF/2)
+
+/* TCP receive window. */
+#define TCP_WND 2048 //8096
+
+/* Maximum number of retransmissions of data segments. */
+//#define TCP_MAXRTX 12
+
+/* Maximum number of retransmissions of SYN segments. */
+//#define TCP_SYNMAXRTX 4
+
+#elif TARGET_LPC2368
+
+#define MEM_POSITION __attribute((section("AHBSRAM1")))
+
+/* MEMP_NUM_PBUF: the number of memp struct pbufs. If the application
+ sends a lot of data out of ROM (or other static memory), this
+ should be set high. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_PBUF 8
+/* MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB: the number of UDP protocol control blocks. One
+ per active RAW "connection". */
+//#define MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB 3
+/* MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB: the number of UDP protocol control blocks. One
+ per active UDP "connection". */
+#define MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB 2
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB: the number of simulatenously active TCP
+ connections. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB 2
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN: the number of listening TCP
+ connections. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN 2//4
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG: the number of simultaneously queued TCP
+ segments. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG 8
+/* MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT: the number of simulateously active
+ timeouts. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT 12
+
+/* The following four are used only with the sequential API and can be
+ set to 0 if the application only will use the raw API. */
+/* MEMP_NUM_NETBUF: the number of struct netbufs. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETBUF 0
+/* MEMP_NUM_NETCONN: the number of struct netconns. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETCONN 0
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_*: the number of struct tcpip_msg, which is used
+ for sequential API communication and incoming packets. Used in
+ src/api/tcpip.c. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API 0
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT 0
+
+/* ---------- Pbuf options ---------- */
+/* PBUF_POOL_SIZE: the number of buffers in the pbuf pool. */
+#define PBUF_POOL_SIZE 8//16//100
+
+/* PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE: the size of each pbuf in the pbuf pool. */
+//#define PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE 128
+
+/* PBUF_LINK_HLEN: the number of bytes that should be allocated for a
+ link level header. */
+//#define PBUF_LINK_HLEN 16
+
+/** SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT
+ * define SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT in lwipopts.h if you want inter-task protection
+ * for certain critical regions during buffer allocation, deallocation and memory
+ * allocation and deallocation.
+ */
+#define SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT 0 //No sys here
+
+/* ---------- TCP options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_TCP 1
+#define TCP_TTL 255
+
+/* Controls if TCP should queue segments that arrive out of
+ order. Define to 0 if your device is low on memory. */
+#define TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ 0
+
+/* TCP Maximum segment size. */
+//#define TCP_MSS 1024
+#define TCP_MSS 512//0x276//536//0x276
+
+/* TCP sender buffer space (bytes). */
+#define TCP_SND_BUF 1024//2048
+
+/* TCP sender buffer space (pbufs). This must be at least = 2 *
+ TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS for things to work. */
+#define TCP_SND_QUEUELEN (4 * TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS)//(4 * TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS)
+
+/* TCP writable space (bytes). This must be less than or equal
+ to TCP_SND_BUF. It is the amount of space which must be
+ available in the tcp snd_buf for select to return writable */
+#define TCP_SNDLOWAT (TCP_SND_BUF/2)
+
+/* TCP receive window. */
+#define TCP_WND 512 //8096
+
+/* Maximum number of retransmissions of data segments. */
+//#define TCP_MAXRTX 12
+
+/* Maximum number of retransmissions of SYN segments. */
+//#define TCP_SYNMAXRTX 4
+
+#endif
+
+/* ---------- ARP options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_ARP (NET_ETH | NET_ZG2100)
+#define ARP_TABLE_SIZE 2//4//10
+#define ARP_QUEUEING 0//1
+#define ETHARP_TRUST_IP_MAC 1
+
+/* ---------- IP options ---------- */
+/* Define IP_FORWARD to 1 if you wish to have the ability to forward
+ IP packets across network interfaces. If you are going to run lwIP
+ on a device with only one network interface, define this to 0. */
+#define IP_FORWARD 0
+
+
+/* IP reassembly and segmentation.These are orthogonal even
+ * if they both deal with IP fragments */
+ /*
+#define IP_REASSEMBLY 1
+#define IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS 10
+#define MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA 10
+#define IP_FRAG 1
+*/
+/* ---------- ICMP options ---------- */
+#define ICMP_TTL 255
+
+/* ---------- DHCP options ---------- */
+/* Define LWIP_DHCP to 1 if you want DHCP configuration of
+ interfaces. */
+#define LWIP_DHCP (NET_ETH | NET_ZG2100)
+
+/* 1 if you want to do an ARP check on the offered address
+ (recommended if using DHCP). */
+#define DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK (LWIP_DHCP)
+
+/* ---------- AUTOIP options ------- */
+#define LWIP_AUTOIP 0
+
+/* ---------- SNMP options ---------- */
+/** @todo SNMP is experimental for now
+ @note UDP must be available for SNMP transport */
+#ifndef LWIP_SNMP
+#define LWIP_SNMP 0
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB
+#define SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB 0
+#endif
+
+
+/* ---------- UDP options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_UDP 1
+#define UDP_TTL 255
+
+/* ---------- DNS options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_DNS 1
+
+/* ---------- RAW options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_RAW 0
+#define RAW_TTL 255
+
+/* ---------- Statistics options ---------- */
+/* individual STATS options can be turned off by defining them to 0
+ * (e.g #define TCP_STATS 0). All of them are turned off if LWIP_STATS
+ * is 0
+ * */
+
+#define LWIP_STATS 0
+
+/* ---------- PPP options ---------- */
+
+#define PPP_SUPPORT NET_PPP /* Set > 0 for PPP */
+
+#if PPP_SUPPORT > 0
+
+#define NUM_PPP 1 /* Max PPP sessions. */
+
+
+/* Select modules to enable. Ideally these would be set in the makefile but
+ * we're limited by the command line length so you need to modify the settings
+ * in this file.
+ */
+#define PAP_SUPPORT 1 /* Set > 0 for PAP. */
+#define CHAP_SUPPORT 1 /* Set > 0 for CHAP. */
+#define MSCHAP_SUPPORT 0 /* Set > 0 for MSCHAP (NOT FUNCTIONAL!) */
+#define CBCP_SUPPORT 0 /* Set > 0 for CBCP (NOT FUNCTIONAL!) */
+#define CCP_SUPPORT 0 /* Set > 0 for CCP (NOT FUNCTIONAL!) */
+#define VJ_SUPPORT 1 /* Set > 0 for VJ header compression. */
+#define MD5_SUPPORT 1 /* Set > 0 for MD5 (see also CHAP) */
+
+
+/*
+ * Timeouts.
+ */
+#define FSM_DEFTIMEOUT 6 /* Timeout time in seconds */
+#define FSM_DEFMAXTERMREQS 2 /* Maximum Terminate-Request transmissions */
+#define FSM_DEFMAXCONFREQS 10 /* Maximum Configure-Request transmissions */
+#define FSM_DEFMAXNAKLOOPS 5 /* Maximum number of nak loops */
+
+#define UPAP_DEFTIMEOUT 6 /* Timeout (seconds) for retransmitting req */
+#define UPAP_DEFREQTIME 30 /* Time to wait for auth-req from peer */
+
+#define CHAP_DEFTIMEOUT 6 /* Timeout time in seconds */
+#define CHAP_DEFTRANSMITS 10 /* max # times to send challenge */
+
+
+/* Interval in seconds between keepalive echo requests, 0 to disable. */
+#if 1
+#define LCP_ECHOINTERVAL 0
+#else
+
+#define LCP_ECHOINTERVAL 10
+#endif
+
+
+/* Number of unanswered echo requests before failure. */
+#define LCP_MAXECHOFAILS 3
+
+/* Max Xmit idle time (in jiffies) before resend flag char. */
+#define PPP_MAXIDLEFLAG 0//Send it every time//100
+
+/*
+ * Packet sizes
+ *
+ * Note - lcp shouldn't be allowed to negotiate stuff outside these
+ * limits. See lcp.h in the pppd directory.
+ * (XXX - these constants should simply be shared by lcp.c instead
+ * of living in lcp.h)
+ */
+#define PPP_MTU 1500 /* Default MTU (size of Info field) */
+#if 0
+#define PPP_MAXMTU 65535 - (PPP_HDRLEN + PPP_FCSLEN)
+#else
+
+#define PPP_MAXMTU 1500 /* Largest MTU we allow */
+#endif
+
+#define PPP_MINMTU 64
+#define PPP_MRU 1500 /* default MRU = max length of info field */
+#define PPP_MAXMRU 1500 /* Largest MRU we allow */
+#define PPP_DEFMRU 296 /* Try for this */
+#define PPP_MINMRU 128 /* No MRUs below this */
+
+
+#define MAXNAMELEN 64 /* max length of hostname or name for auth */
+#define MAXSECRETLEN 64 /* max length of password or secret */
+
+#endif /* PPP_SUPPORT > 0 */
+
+//C++ Compat
+#define try vTry
+
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* __LWIPOPTS_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/netif/ppp/auth.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/***************************************************************************** +* auth.h - PPP Authentication and phase control header file. +* +* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc. +* portions Copyright (c) 1998 Global Election Systems Inc. +* +* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, +* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided +* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this +* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any +* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required +* for any of the authorized uses. +* +* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR +* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. +* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT +* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF +* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +* +****************************************************************************** +* REVISION HISTORY +* +* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca> +* Ported to lwIP. +* 97-12-04 Guy Lancaster <lancasterg@acm.org>, Global Election Systems Inc. +* Original derived from BSD pppd.h. +*****************************************************************************/ +/* + * pppd.h - PPP daemon global declarations. + * + * Copyright (c) 1989 Carnegie Mellon University. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted + * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are + * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation, + * advertising materials, and other materials related to such + * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed + * by Carnegie Mellon University. The name of the + * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + * + */ + +#ifndef AUTH_H +#define AUTH_H + +/*********************** +*** PUBLIC FUNCTIONS *** +***********************/ + +/* we are starting to use the link */ +void link_required (int); + +/* we are finished with the link */ +void link_terminated (int); + +/* the LCP layer has left the Opened state */ +void link_down (int); + +/* the link is up; authenticate now */ +void link_established (int); + +/* a network protocol has come up */ +void np_up (int, u16_t); + +/* a network protocol has gone down */ +void np_down (int, u16_t); + +/* a network protocol no longer needs link */ +void np_finished (int, u16_t); + +/* peer failed to authenticate itself */ +void auth_peer_fail (int, u16_t); + +/* peer successfully authenticated itself */ +void auth_peer_success (int, u16_t, char *, int); + +/* we failed to authenticate ourselves */ +void auth_withpeer_fail (int, u16_t); + +/* we successfully authenticated ourselves */ +void auth_withpeer_success (int, u16_t); + +/* check authentication options supplied */ +void auth_check_options (void); + +/* check what secrets we have */ +void auth_reset (int); + +/* Check peer-supplied username/password */ +u_char check_passwd (int, char *, int, char *, int, char **, int *); + +/* get "secret" for chap */ +int get_secret (int, char *, char *, char *, int *, int); + +/* check if IP address is authorized */ +int auth_ip_addr (int, u32_t); + +/* check if IP address is unreasonable */ +int bad_ip_adrs (u32_t); + +#endif /* AUTH_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/netif/ppp/chap.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/*****************************************************************************
+* chap.h - Network Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol header file.
+*
+* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc.
+* portions Copyright (c) 1998 Global Election Systems Inc.
+*
+* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
+* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
+* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
+* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any
+* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required
+* for any of the authorized uses.
+*
+* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+* REVISION HISTORY
+*
+* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca>
+* Ported to lwIP.
+* 97-12-03 Guy Lancaster <lancasterg@acm.org>, Global Election Systems Inc.
+* Original built from BSD network code.
+******************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * chap.h - Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol definitions.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 The Australian National University.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ * advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ * by the Australian National University. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific prior written permission.
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1991 Gregory M. Christy
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ * advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ * by the author.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ *
+ * $Id: chap.h,v 1.6 2010/01/24 13:19:34 goldsimon Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef CHAP_H
+#define CHAP_H
+
+/* Code + ID + length */
+#define CHAP_HEADERLEN 4
+
+/*
+ * CHAP codes.
+ */
+
+#define CHAP_DIGEST_MD5 5 /* use MD5 algorithm */
+#define MD5_SIGNATURE_SIZE 16 /* 16 bytes in a MD5 message digest */
+#define CHAP_MICROSOFT 0x80 /* use Microsoft-compatible alg. */
+#define MS_CHAP_RESPONSE_LEN 49 /* Response length for MS-CHAP */
+
+#define CHAP_CHALLENGE 1
+#define CHAP_RESPONSE 2
+#define CHAP_SUCCESS 3
+#define CHAP_FAILURE 4
+
+/*
+ * Challenge lengths (for challenges we send) and other limits.
+ */
+#define MIN_CHALLENGE_LENGTH 32
+#define MAX_CHALLENGE_LENGTH 64
+#define MAX_RESPONSE_LENGTH 64 /* sufficient for MD5 or MS-CHAP */
+
+/*
+ * Each interface is described by a chap structure.
+ */
+
+typedef struct chap_state {
+ int unit; /* Interface unit number */
+ int clientstate; /* Client state */
+ int serverstate; /* Server state */
+ u_char challenge[MAX_CHALLENGE_LENGTH]; /* last challenge string sent */
+ u_char chal_len; /* challenge length */
+ u_char chal_id; /* ID of last challenge */
+ u_char chal_type; /* hash algorithm for challenges */
+ u_char id; /* Current id */
+ char *chal_name; /* Our name to use with challenge */
+ int chal_interval; /* Time until we challenge peer again */
+ int timeouttime; /* Timeout time in seconds */
+ int max_transmits; /* Maximum # of challenge transmissions */
+ int chal_transmits; /* Number of transmissions of challenge */
+ int resp_transmits; /* Number of transmissions of response */
+ u_char response[MAX_RESPONSE_LENGTH]; /* Response to send */
+ u_char resp_length; /* length of response */
+ u_char resp_id; /* ID for response messages */
+ u_char resp_type; /* hash algorithm for responses */
+ char *resp_name; /* Our name to send with response */
+} chap_state;
+
+
+/*
+ * Client (peer) states.
+ */
+#define CHAPCS_INITIAL 0 /* Lower layer down, not opened */
+#define CHAPCS_CLOSED 1 /* Lower layer up, not opened */
+#define CHAPCS_PENDING 2 /* Auth us to peer when lower up */
+#define CHAPCS_LISTEN 3 /* Listening for a challenge */
+#define CHAPCS_RESPONSE 4 /* Sent response, waiting for status */
+#define CHAPCS_OPEN 5 /* We've received Success */
+
+/*
+ * Server (authenticator) states.
+ */
+#define CHAPSS_INITIAL 0 /* Lower layer down, not opened */
+#define CHAPSS_CLOSED 1 /* Lower layer up, not opened */
+#define CHAPSS_PENDING 2 /* Auth peer when lower up */
+#define CHAPSS_INITIAL_CHAL 3 /* We've sent the first challenge */
+#define CHAPSS_OPEN 4 /* We've sent a Success msg */
+#define CHAPSS_RECHALLENGE 5 /* We've sent another challenge */
+#define CHAPSS_BADAUTH 6 /* We've sent a Failure msg */
+
+extern chap_state chap[];
+
+void ChapAuthWithPeer (int, char *, u_char);
+void ChapAuthPeer (int, char *, u_char);
+
+extern struct protent chap_protent;
+
+#endif /* CHAP_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/netif/ppp/chpms.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/***************************************************************************** +* chpms.h - Network Microsoft Challenge Handshake Protocol header file. +* +* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc. +* portions Copyright (c) 1998 Global Election Systems Inc. +* +* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, +* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided +* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this +* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any +* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required +* for any of the authorized uses. +* +* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR +* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. +* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT +* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF +* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +* +****************************************************************************** +* REVISION HISTORY +* +* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca> +* Ported to lwIP. +* 98-01-30 Guy Lancaster <lancasterg@acm.org>, Global Election Systems Inc. +* Original built from BSD network code. +******************************************************************************/ +/* + * chap.h - Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol definitions. + * + * Copyright (c) 1995 Eric Rosenquist, Strata Software Limited. + * http://www.strataware.com/ + * + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted + * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are + * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation, + * advertising materials, and other materials related to such + * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed + * by Eric Rosenquist. The name of the author may not be used to + * endorse or promote products derived from this software without + * specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + * + * $Id: chpms.h,v 1.5 2007/12/19 20:47:23 fbernon Exp $ + */ + +#ifndef CHPMS_H +#define CHPMS_H + +#define MAX_NT_PASSWORD 256 /* Maximum number of (Unicode) chars in an NT password */ + +void ChapMS (chap_state *, char *, int, char *, int); + +#endif /* CHPMS_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/netif/ppp/fsm.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/*****************************************************************************
+* fsm.h - Network Control Protocol Finite State Machine header file.
+*
+* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc.
+* Copyright (c) 1997 Global Election Systems Inc.
+*
+* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
+* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
+* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
+* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any
+* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required
+* for any of the authorized uses.
+*
+* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+* REVISION HISTORY
+*
+* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca>
+* Ported to lwIP.
+* 97-11-05 Guy Lancaster <glanca@gesn.com>, Global Election Systems Inc.
+* Original based on BSD code.
+*****************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * fsm.h - {Link, IP} Control Protocol Finite State Machine definitions.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 Carnegie Mellon University.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ * advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ * by Carnegie Mellon University. The name of the
+ * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ *
+ * $Id: fsm.h,v 1.5 2009/12/31 17:08:08 goldsimon Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef FSM_H
+#define FSM_H
+
+/*
+ * LCP Packet header = Code, id, length.
+ */
+#define HEADERLEN (sizeof (u_char) + sizeof (u_char) + sizeof (u_short))
+
+
+/*
+ * CP (LCP, IPCP, etc.) codes.
+ */
+#define CONFREQ 1 /* Configuration Request */
+#define CONFACK 2 /* Configuration Ack */
+#define CONFNAK 3 /* Configuration Nak */
+#define CONFREJ 4 /* Configuration Reject */
+#define TERMREQ 5 /* Termination Request */
+#define TERMACK 6 /* Termination Ack */
+#define CODEREJ 7 /* Code Reject */
+
+
+/*
+ * Each FSM is described by an fsm structure and fsm callbacks.
+ */
+typedef struct fsm {
+ int unit; /* Interface unit number */
+ u_short protocol; /* Data Link Layer Protocol field value */
+ int state; /* State */
+ int flags; /* Contains option bits */
+ u_char id; /* Current id */
+ u_char reqid; /* Current request id */
+ u_char seen_ack; /* Have received valid Ack/Nak/Rej to Req */
+ int timeouttime; /* Timeout time in milliseconds */
+ int maxconfreqtransmits; /* Maximum Configure-Request transmissions */
+ int retransmits; /* Number of retransmissions left */
+ int maxtermtransmits; /* Maximum Terminate-Request transmissions */
+ int nakloops; /* Number of nak loops since last ack */
+ int maxnakloops; /* Maximum number of nak loops tolerated */
+ struct fsm_callbacks* callbacks; /* Callback routines */
+ char* term_reason; /* Reason for closing protocol */
+ int term_reason_len; /* Length of term_reason */
+} fsm;
+
+
+typedef struct fsm_callbacks {
+ void (*resetci)(fsm*); /* Reset our Configuration Information */
+ int (*cilen)(fsm*); /* Length of our Configuration Information */
+ void (*addci)(fsm*, u_char*, int*); /* Add our Configuration Information */
+ int (*ackci)(fsm*, u_char*, int); /* ACK our Configuration Information */
+ int (*nakci)(fsm*, u_char*, int); /* NAK our Configuration Information */
+ int (*rejci)(fsm*, u_char*, int); /* Reject our Configuration Information */
+ int (*reqci)(fsm*, u_char*, int*, int); /* Request peer's Configuration Information */
+ void (*up)(fsm*); /* Called when fsm reaches LS_OPENED state */
+ void (*down)(fsm*); /* Called when fsm leaves LS_OPENED state */
+ void (*starting)(fsm*); /* Called when we want the lower layer */
+ void (*finished)(fsm*); /* Called when we don't want the lower layer */
+ void (*protreject)(int); /* Called when Protocol-Reject received */
+ void (*retransmit)(fsm*); /* Retransmission is necessary */
+ int (*extcode)(fsm*, int, u_char, u_char*, int); /* Called when unknown code received */
+ char *proto_name; /* String name for protocol (for messages) */
+} fsm_callbacks;
+
+
+/*
+ * Link states.
+ */
+#define LS_INITIAL 0 /* Down, hasn't been opened */
+#define LS_STARTING 1 /* Down, been opened */
+#define LS_CLOSED 2 /* Up, hasn't been opened */
+#define LS_STOPPED 3 /* Open, waiting for down event */
+#define LS_CLOSING 4 /* Terminating the connection, not open */
+#define LS_STOPPING 5 /* Terminating, but open */
+#define LS_REQSENT 6 /* We've sent a Config Request */
+#define LS_ACKRCVD 7 /* We've received a Config Ack */
+#define LS_ACKSENT 8 /* We've sent a Config Ack */
+#define LS_OPENED 9 /* Connection available */
+
+/*
+ * Flags - indicate options controlling FSM operation
+ */
+#define OPT_PASSIVE 1 /* Don't die if we don't get a response */
+#define OPT_RESTART 2 /* Treat 2nd OPEN as DOWN, UP */
+#define OPT_SILENT 4 /* Wait for peer to speak first */
+
+
+/*
+ * Prototypes
+ */
+void fsm_init (fsm*);
+void fsm_lowerup (fsm*);
+void fsm_lowerdown (fsm*);
+void fsm_open (fsm*);
+void fsm_close (fsm*, char*);
+void fsm_input (fsm*, u_char*, int);
+void fsm_protreject (fsm*);
+void fsm_sdata (fsm*, u_char, u_char, u_char*, int);
+
+
+/*
+ * Variables
+ */
+extern int peer_mru[]; /* currently negotiated peer MRU (per unit) */
+
+#endif /* FSM_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/netif/ppp/ipcp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*****************************************************************************
+* ipcp.h - PPP IP NCP: Internet Protocol Network Control Protocol header file.
+*
+* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc.
+* portions Copyright (c) 1997 Global Election Systems Inc.
+*
+* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
+* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
+* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
+* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any
+* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required
+* for any of the authorized uses.
+*
+* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+* REVISION HISTORY
+*
+* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca>
+* Ported to lwIP.
+* 97-12-04 Guy Lancaster <glanca@gesn.com>, Global Election Systems Inc.
+* Original derived from BSD codes.
+*****************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * ipcp.h - IP Control Protocol definitions.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 Carnegie Mellon University.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ * advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ * by Carnegie Mellon University. The name of the
+ * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ *
+ * $Id: ipcp.h,v 1.4 2010/01/18 20:49:43 goldsimon Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef IPCP_H
+#define IPCP_H
+
+/*
+ * Options.
+ */
+#define CI_ADDRS 1 /* IP Addresses */
+#define CI_COMPRESSTYPE 2 /* Compression Type */
+#define CI_ADDR 3
+
+#define CI_MS_DNS1 129 /* Primary DNS value */
+#define CI_MS_WINS1 128 /* Primary WINS value */
+#define CI_MS_DNS2 131 /* Secondary DNS value */
+#define CI_MS_WINS2 130 /* Secondary WINS value */
+
+#define IPCP_VJMODE_OLD 1 /* "old" mode (option # = 0x0037) */
+#define IPCP_VJMODE_RFC1172 2 /* "old-rfc"mode (option # = 0x002d) */
+#define IPCP_VJMODE_RFC1332 3 /* "new-rfc"mode (option # = 0x002d, */
+ /* maxslot and slot number compression) */
+
+#define IPCP_VJ_COMP 0x002d /* current value for VJ compression option */
+#define IPCP_VJ_COMP_OLD 0x0037 /* "old" (i.e, broken) value for VJ */
+ /* compression option */
+
+typedef struct ipcp_options {
+ u_int neg_addr : 1; /* Negotiate IP Address? */
+ u_int old_addrs : 1; /* Use old (IP-Addresses) option? */
+ u_int req_addr : 1; /* Ask peer to send IP address? */
+ u_int default_route : 1; /* Assign default route through interface? */
+ u_int proxy_arp : 1; /* Make proxy ARP entry for peer? */
+ u_int neg_vj : 1; /* Van Jacobson Compression? */
+ u_int old_vj : 1; /* use old (short) form of VJ option? */
+ u_int accept_local : 1; /* accept peer's value for ouraddr */
+ u_int accept_remote : 1; /* accept peer's value for hisaddr */
+ u_int req_dns1 : 1; /* Ask peer to send primary DNS address? */
+ u_int req_dns2 : 1; /* Ask peer to send secondary DNS address? */
+ u_short vj_protocol; /* protocol value to use in VJ option */
+ u_char maxslotindex; /* VJ slots - 1. */
+ u_char cflag; /* VJ slot compression flag. */
+ u32_t ouraddr, hisaddr; /* Addresses in NETWORK BYTE ORDER */
+ u32_t dnsaddr[2]; /* Primary and secondary MS DNS entries */
+ u32_t winsaddr[2]; /* Primary and secondary MS WINS entries */
+} ipcp_options;
+
+extern fsm ipcp_fsm[];
+extern ipcp_options ipcp_wantoptions[];
+extern ipcp_options ipcp_gotoptions[];
+extern ipcp_options ipcp_allowoptions[];
+extern ipcp_options ipcp_hisoptions[];
+
+extern struct protent ipcp_protent;
+
+#endif /* IPCP_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/netif/ppp/lcp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/*****************************************************************************
+* lcp.h - Network Link Control Protocol header file.
+*
+* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc.
+* portions Copyright (c) 1997 Global Election Systems Inc.
+*
+* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
+* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
+* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
+* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any
+* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required
+* for any of the authorized uses.
+*
+* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+* REVISION HISTORY
+*
+* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca>
+* Ported to lwIP.
+* 97-11-05 Guy Lancaster <glanca@gesn.com>, Global Election Systems Inc.
+* Original derived from BSD codes.
+*****************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * lcp.h - Link Control Protocol definitions.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 Carnegie Mellon University.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ * advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ * by Carnegie Mellon University. The name of the
+ * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ *
+ * $Id: lcp.h,v 1.4 2010/01/18 20:49:43 goldsimon Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef LCP_H
+#define LCP_H
+/*
+ * Options.
+ */
+#define CI_MRU 1 /* Maximum Receive Unit */
+#define CI_ASYNCMAP 2 /* Async Control Character Map */
+#define CI_AUTHTYPE 3 /* Authentication Type */
+#define CI_QUALITY 4 /* Quality Protocol */
+#define CI_MAGICNUMBER 5 /* Magic Number */
+#define CI_PCOMPRESSION 7 /* Protocol Field Compression */
+#define CI_ACCOMPRESSION 8 /* Address/Control Field Compression */
+#define CI_CALLBACK 13 /* callback */
+#define CI_MRRU 17 /* max reconstructed receive unit; multilink */
+#define CI_SSNHF 18 /* short sequence numbers for multilink */
+#define CI_EPDISC 19 /* endpoint discriminator */
+
+/*
+ * LCP-specific packet types (code numbers).
+ */
+#define PROTREJ 8 /* Protocol Reject */
+#define ECHOREQ 9 /* Echo Request */
+#define ECHOREP 10 /* Echo Reply */
+#define DISCREQ 11 /* Discard Request */
+#define CBCP_OPT 6 /* Use callback control protocol */
+
+/*
+ * The state of options is described by an lcp_options structure.
+ */
+typedef struct lcp_options {
+ u_int passive : 1; /* Don't die if we don't get a response */
+ u_int silent : 1; /* Wait for the other end to start first */
+ u_int restart : 1; /* Restart vs. exit after close */
+ u_int neg_mru : 1; /* Negotiate the MRU? */
+ u_int neg_asyncmap : 1; /* Negotiate the async map? */
+ u_int neg_upap : 1; /* Ask for UPAP authentication? */
+ u_int neg_chap : 1; /* Ask for CHAP authentication? */
+ u_int neg_magicnumber : 1; /* Ask for magic number? */
+ u_int neg_pcompression : 1; /* HDLC Protocol Field Compression? */
+ u_int neg_accompression : 1; /* HDLC Address/Control Field Compression? */
+ u_int neg_lqr : 1; /* Negotiate use of Link Quality Reports */
+ u_int neg_cbcp : 1; /* Negotiate use of CBCP */
+#ifdef PPP_MULTILINK
+ u_int neg_mrru : 1; /* Negotiate multilink MRRU */
+ u_int neg_ssnhf : 1; /* Negotiate short sequence numbers */
+ u_int neg_endpoint : 1; /* Negotiate endpoint discriminator */
+#endif
+ u_short mru; /* Value of MRU */
+#ifdef PPP_MULTILINK
+ u_short mrru; /* Value of MRRU, and multilink enable */
+#endif
+ u_char chap_mdtype; /* which MD type (hashing algorithm) */
+ u32_t asyncmap; /* Value of async map */
+ u32_t magicnumber;
+ int numloops; /* Number of loops during magic number neg. */
+ u32_t lqr_period; /* Reporting period for LQR 1/100ths second */
+#ifdef PPP_MULTILINK
+ struct epdisc endpoint; /* endpoint discriminator */
+#endif
+} lcp_options;
+
+/*
+ * Values for phase from BSD pppd.h based on RFC 1661.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ PHASE_DEAD = 0,
+ PHASE_INITIALIZE,
+ PHASE_ESTABLISH,
+ PHASE_AUTHENTICATE,
+ PHASE_CALLBACK,
+ PHASE_NETWORK,
+ PHASE_TERMINATE
+} LinkPhase;
+
+
+
+extern LinkPhase lcp_phase[NUM_PPP]; /* Phase of link session (RFC 1661) */
+extern lcp_options lcp_wantoptions[];
+extern lcp_options lcp_gotoptions[];
+extern lcp_options lcp_allowoptions[];
+extern lcp_options lcp_hisoptions[];
+extern ext_accm xmit_accm[];
+
+
+void lcp_init (int);
+void lcp_open (int);
+void lcp_close (int, char *);
+void lcp_lowerup (int);
+void lcp_lowerdown(int);
+void lcp_sprotrej (int, u_char *, int); /* send protocol reject */
+
+extern struct protent lcp_protent;
+
+/* Default number of times we receive our magic number from the peer
+ before deciding the link is looped-back. */
+#define DEFLOOPBACKFAIL 10
+
+#endif /* LCP_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/netif/ppp/magic.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/***************************************************************************** +* magic.h - Network Random Number Generator header file. +* +* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc. +* portions Copyright (c) 1997 Global Election Systems Inc. +* +* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, +* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided +* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this +* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any +* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required +* for any of the authorized uses. +* +* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR +* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. +* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT +* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF +* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +* +****************************************************************************** +* REVISION HISTORY +* +* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca> +* Ported to lwIP. +* 97-12-04 Guy Lancaster <glanca@gesn.com>, Global Election Systems Inc. +* Original derived from BSD codes. +*****************************************************************************/ +/* + * magic.h - PPP Magic Number definitions. + * + * Copyright (c) 1989 Carnegie Mellon University. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted + * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are + * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation, + * advertising materials, and other materials related to such + * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed + * by Carnegie Mellon University. The name of the + * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + * + * $Id: magic.h,v 1.3 2010/01/18 20:49:43 goldsimon Exp $ + */ + +#ifndef MAGIC_H +#define MAGIC_H + +/* Initialize the magic number generator */ +void magicInit(void); + +/* Returns the next magic number */ +u32_t magic(void); + +#endif /* MAGIC_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/netif/ppp/md5.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/*
+ ***********************************************************************
+ ** md5.h -- header file for implementation of MD5 **
+ ** RSA Data Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm **
+ ** Created: 2/17/90 RLR **
+ ** Revised: 12/27/90 SRD,AJ,BSK,JT Reference C version **
+ ** Revised (for MD5): RLR 4/27/91 **
+ ** -- G modified to have y&~z instead of y&z **
+ ** -- FF, GG, HH modified to add in last register done **
+ ** -- Access pattern: round 2 works mod 5, round 3 works mod 3 **
+ ** -- distinct additive constant for each step **
+ ** -- round 4 added, working mod 7 **
+ ***********************************************************************
+ */
+
+/*
+ ***********************************************************************
+ ** Copyright (C) 1990, RSA Data Security, Inc. All rights reserved. **
+ ** **
+ ** License to copy and use this software is granted provided that **
+ ** it is identified as the "RSA Data Security, Inc. MD5 Message- **
+ ** Digest Algorithm" in all material mentioning or referencing this **
+ ** software or this function. **
+ ** **
+ ** License is also granted to make and use derivative works **
+ ** provided that such works are identified as "derived from the RSA **
+ ** Data Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm" in all **
+ ** material mentioning or referencing the derived work. **
+ ** **
+ ** RSA Data Security, Inc. makes no representations concerning **
+ ** either the merchantability of this software or the suitability **
+ ** of this software for any particular purpose. It is provided "as **
+ ** is" without express or implied warranty of any kind. **
+ ** **
+ ** These notices must be retained in any copies of any part of this **
+ ** documentation and/or software. **
+ ***********************************************************************
+ */
+
+#ifndef MD5_H
+#define MD5_H
+
+/* Data structure for MD5 (Message-Digest) computation */
+typedef struct {
+ u32_t i[2]; /* number of _bits_ handled mod 2^64 */
+ u32_t buf[4]; /* scratch buffer */
+ unsigned char in[64]; /* input buffer */
+ unsigned char digest[16]; /* actual digest after MD5Final call */
+} MD5_CTX;
+
+void MD5Init ( MD5_CTX *mdContext);
+void MD5Update( MD5_CTX *mdContext, unsigned char *inBuf, unsigned int inLen);
+void MD5Final ( unsigned char hash[], MD5_CTX *mdContext);
+
+#endif /* MD5_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/netif/ppp/pap.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/*****************************************************************************
+* pap.h - PPP Password Authentication Protocol header file.
+*
+* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc.
+* portions Copyright (c) 1997 Global Election Systems Inc.
+*
+* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
+* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
+* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
+* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any
+* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required
+* for any of the authorized uses.
+*
+* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+* REVISION HISTORY
+*
+* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca>
+* Ported to lwIP.
+* 97-12-04 Guy Lancaster <glanca@gesn.com>, Global Election Systems Inc.
+* Original derived from BSD codes.
+*****************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * upap.h - User/Password Authentication Protocol definitions.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 Carnegie Mellon University.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ * advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ * by Carnegie Mellon University. The name of the
+ * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef PAP_H
+#define PAP_H
+
+#if PAP_SUPPORT /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+/*
+ * Packet header = Code, id, length.
+ */
+#define UPAP_HEADERLEN (sizeof (u_char) + sizeof (u_char) + sizeof (u_short))
+
+
+/*
+ * UPAP codes.
+ */
+#define UPAP_AUTHREQ 1 /* Authenticate-Request */
+#define UPAP_AUTHACK 2 /* Authenticate-Ack */
+#define UPAP_AUTHNAK 3 /* Authenticate-Nak */
+
+/*
+ * Each interface is described by upap structure.
+ */
+typedef struct upap_state {
+ int us_unit; /* Interface unit number */
+ const char *us_user; /* User */
+ int us_userlen; /* User length */
+ const char *us_passwd; /* Password */
+ int us_passwdlen; /* Password length */
+ int us_clientstate; /* Client state */
+ int us_serverstate; /* Server state */
+ u_char us_id; /* Current id */
+ int us_timeouttime; /* Timeout (seconds) for auth-req retrans. */
+ int us_transmits; /* Number of auth-reqs sent */
+ int us_maxtransmits; /* Maximum number of auth-reqs to send */
+ int us_reqtimeout; /* Time to wait for auth-req from peer */
+} upap_state;
+
+/*
+ * Client states.
+ */
+#define UPAPCS_INITIAL 0 /* Connection down */
+#define UPAPCS_CLOSED 1 /* Connection up, haven't requested auth */
+#define UPAPCS_PENDING 2 /* Connection down, have requested auth */
+#define UPAPCS_AUTHREQ 3 /* We've sent an Authenticate-Request */
+#define UPAPCS_OPEN 4 /* We've received an Ack */
+#define UPAPCS_BADAUTH 5 /* We've received a Nak */
+
+/*
+ * Server states.
+ */
+#define UPAPSS_INITIAL 0 /* Connection down */
+#define UPAPSS_CLOSED 1 /* Connection up, haven't requested auth */
+#define UPAPSS_PENDING 2 /* Connection down, have requested auth */
+#define UPAPSS_LISTEN 3 /* Listening for an Authenticate */
+#define UPAPSS_OPEN 4 /* We've sent an Ack */
+#define UPAPSS_BADAUTH 5 /* We've sent a Nak */
+
+
+extern upap_state upap[];
+
+void upap_authwithpeer (int, char *, char *);
+void upap_authpeer (int);
+
+extern struct protent pap_protent;
+
+#endif /* PAP_SUPPORT */
+
+#endif /* PAP_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/netif/ppp/ppp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,483 @@
+/*****************************************************************************
+* ppp.h - Network Point to Point Protocol header file.
+*
+* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc.
+* portions Copyright (c) 1997 Global Election Systems Inc.
+*
+* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
+* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
+* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
+* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any
+* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required
+* for any of the authorized uses.
+*
+* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+* REVISION HISTORY
+*
+* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca>
+* Ported to lwIP.
+* 97-11-05 Guy Lancaster <glanca@gesn.com>, Global Election Systems Inc.
+* Original derived from BSD codes.
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef PPP_H
+#define PPP_H
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if PPP_SUPPORT /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/sio.h"
+#include "lwip/stats.h"
+#include "lwip/mem.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#include "lwip/timers.h"
+
+/** Some defines for code we skip compared to the original pppd.
+ * These are just here to minimise the use of the ugly "#if 0". */
+#define PPP_ADDITIONAL_CALLBACKS 0
+
+/** Some error checks to test for unsupported code */
+#if CBCP_SUPPORT
+#error "CBCP is not supported in lwIP PPP"
+#endif
+#if CCP_SUPPORT
+#error "CCP is not supported in lwIP PPP"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * pppd.h - PPP daemon global declarations.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 Carnegie Mellon University.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ * advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ * by Carnegie Mellon University. The name of the
+ * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ * ppp_defs.h - PPP definitions.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+ * documentation is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+ * notice appears in all copies. This software is provided without any
+ * warranty, express or implied. The Australian National University
+ * makes no representations about the suitability of this software for
+ * any purpose.
+ *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE TO ANY
+ * PARTY FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF
+ * THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL UNIVERSITY HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES,
+ * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+ * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS
+ * ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL UNIVERSITY HAS NO
+ * OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS,
+ * OR MODIFICATIONS.
+ */
+
+#define TIMEOUT(f, a, t) do { sys_untimeout((f), (a)); sys_timeout((t)*1000, (f), (a)); } while(0)
+#define UNTIMEOUT(f, a) sys_untimeout((f), (a))
+
+
+#ifndef __u_char_defined
+
+/* Type definitions for BSD code. */
+typedef unsigned long u_long;
+typedef unsigned int u_int;
+typedef unsigned short u_short;
+typedef unsigned char u_char;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Constants and structures defined by the internet system,
+ * Per RFC 790, September 1981, and numerous additions.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The basic PPP frame.
+ */
+#define PPP_HDRLEN 4 /* octets for standard ppp header */
+#define PPP_FCSLEN 2 /* octets for FCS */
+
+
+/*
+ * Significant octet values.
+ */
+#define PPP_ALLSTATIONS 0xff /* All-Stations broadcast address */
+#define PPP_UI 0x03 /* Unnumbered Information */
+#define PPP_FLAG 0x7e /* Flag Sequence */
+#define PPP_ESCAPE 0x7d /* Asynchronous Control Escape */
+#define PPP_TRANS 0x20 /* Asynchronous transparency modifier */
+
+/*
+ * Protocol field values.
+ */
+#define PPP_IP 0x21 /* Internet Protocol */
+#define PPP_AT 0x29 /* AppleTalk Protocol */
+#define PPP_VJC_COMP 0x2d /* VJ compressed TCP */
+#define PPP_VJC_UNCOMP 0x2f /* VJ uncompressed TCP */
+#define PPP_COMP 0xfd /* compressed packet */
+#define PPP_IPCP 0x8021 /* IP Control Protocol */
+#define PPP_ATCP 0x8029 /* AppleTalk Control Protocol */
+#define PPP_CCP 0x80fd /* Compression Control Protocol */
+#define PPP_LCP 0xc021 /* Link Control Protocol */
+#define PPP_PAP 0xc023 /* Password Authentication Protocol */
+#define PPP_LQR 0xc025 /* Link Quality Report protocol */
+#define PPP_CHAP 0xc223 /* Cryptographic Handshake Auth. Protocol */
+#define PPP_CBCP 0xc029 /* Callback Control Protocol */
+
+/*
+ * Values for FCS calculations.
+ */
+#define PPP_INITFCS 0xffff /* Initial FCS value */
+#define PPP_GOODFCS 0xf0b8 /* Good final FCS value */
+#define PPP_FCS(fcs, c) (((fcs) >> 8) ^ fcstab[((fcs) ^ (c)) & 0xff])
+
+/*
+ * Extended asyncmap - allows any character to be escaped.
+ */
+typedef u_char ext_accm[32];
+
+/*
+ * What to do with network protocol (NP) packets.
+ */
+enum NPmode {
+ NPMODE_PASS, /* pass the packet through */
+ NPMODE_DROP, /* silently drop the packet */
+ NPMODE_ERROR, /* return an error */
+ NPMODE_QUEUE /* save it up for later. */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Inline versions of get/put char/short/long.
+ * Pointer is advanced; we assume that both arguments
+ * are lvalues and will already be in registers.
+ * cp MUST be u_char *.
+ */
+#define GETCHAR(c, cp) { \
+ (c) = *(cp)++; \
+}
+#define PUTCHAR(c, cp) { \
+ *(cp)++ = (u_char) (c); \
+}
+
+
+#define GETSHORT(s, cp) { \
+ (s) = *(cp); (cp)++; (s) <<= 8; \
+ (s) |= *(cp); (cp)++; \
+}
+#define PUTSHORT(s, cp) { \
+ *(cp)++ = (u_char) ((s) >> 8); \
+ *(cp)++ = (u_char) (s & 0xff); \
+}
+
+#define GETLONG(l, cp) { \
+ (l) = *(cp); (cp)++; (l) <<= 8; \
+ (l) |= *(cp); (cp)++; (l) <<= 8; \
+ (l) |= *(cp); (cp)++; (l) <<= 8; \
+ (l) |= *(cp); (cp)++; \
+}
+#define PUTLONG(l, cp) { \
+ *(cp)++ = (u_char) ((l) >> 24); \
+ *(cp)++ = (u_char) ((l) >> 16); \
+ *(cp)++ = (u_char) ((l) >> 8); \
+ *(cp)++ = (u_char) (l); \
+}
+
+
+#define INCPTR(n, cp) ((cp) += (n))
+#define DECPTR(n, cp) ((cp) -= (n))
+
+#define BCMP(s0, s1, l) memcmp((u_char *)(s0), (u_char *)(s1), (l))
+#define BCOPY(s, d, l) MEMCPY((d), (s), (l))
+#define BZERO(s, n) memset(s, 0, n)
+
+#if PPP_DEBUG
+#define PRINTMSG(m, l) { m[l] = '\0'; LWIP_DEBUGF(LOG_INFO, ("Remote message: %s\n", m)); }
+#else /* PPP_DEBUG */
+#define PRINTMSG(m, l)
+#endif /* PPP_DEBUG */
+
+/*
+ * MAKEHEADER - Add PPP Header fields to a packet.
+ */
+#define MAKEHEADER(p, t) { \
+ PUTCHAR(PPP_ALLSTATIONS, p); \
+ PUTCHAR(PPP_UI, p); \
+ PUTSHORT(t, p); }
+
+/*************************
+*** PUBLIC DEFINITIONS ***
+*************************/
+
+/* Error codes. */
+#define PPPERR_NONE 0 /* No error. */
+#define PPPERR_PARAM -1 /* Invalid parameter. */
+#define PPPERR_OPEN -2 /* Unable to open PPP session. */
+#define PPPERR_DEVICE -3 /* Invalid I/O device for PPP. */
+#define PPPERR_ALLOC -4 /* Unable to allocate resources. */
+#define PPPERR_USER -5 /* User interrupt. */
+#define PPPERR_CONNECT -6 /* Connection lost. */
+#define PPPERR_AUTHFAIL -7 /* Failed authentication challenge. */
+#define PPPERR_PROTOCOL -8 /* Failed to meet protocol. */
+
+/*
+ * PPP IOCTL commands.
+ */
+/*
+ * Get the up status - 0 for down, non-zero for up. The argument must
+ * point to an int.
+ */
+#define PPPCTLG_UPSTATUS 100 /* Get the up status - 0 down else up */
+#define PPPCTLS_ERRCODE 101 /* Set the error code */
+#define PPPCTLG_ERRCODE 102 /* Get the error code */
+#define PPPCTLG_FD 103 /* Get the fd associated with the ppp */
+
+/************************
+*** PUBLIC DATA TYPES ***
+************************/
+
+/*
+ * The following struct gives the addresses of procedures to call
+ * for a particular protocol.
+ */
+struct protent {
+ u_short protocol; /* PPP protocol number */
+ /* Initialization procedure */
+ void (*init) (int unit);
+ /* Process a received packet */
+ void (*input) (int unit, u_char *pkt, int len);
+ /* Process a received protocol-reject */
+ void (*protrej) (int unit);
+ /* Lower layer has come up */
+ void (*lowerup) (int unit);
+ /* Lower layer has gone down */
+ void (*lowerdown) (int unit);
+ /* Open the protocol */
+ void (*open) (int unit);
+ /* Close the protocol */
+ void (*close) (int unit, char *reason);
+#if PPP_ADDITIONAL_CALLBACKS
+ /* Print a packet in readable form */
+ int (*printpkt) (u_char *pkt, int len,
+ void (*printer) (void *, char *, ...),
+ void *arg);
+ /* Process a received data packet */
+ void (*datainput) (int unit, u_char *pkt, int len);
+#endif /* PPP_ADDITIONAL_CALLBACKS */
+ int enabled_flag; /* 0 if protocol is disabled */
+ char *name; /* Text name of protocol */
+#if PPP_ADDITIONAL_CALLBACKS
+ /* Check requested options, assign defaults */
+ void (*check_options) (u_long);
+ /* Configure interface for demand-dial */
+ int (*demand_conf) (int unit);
+ /* Say whether to bring up link for this pkt */
+ int (*active_pkt) (u_char *pkt, int len);
+#endif /* PPP_ADDITIONAL_CALLBACKS */
+};
+
+/*
+ * The following structure records the time in seconds since
+ * the last NP packet was sent or received.
+ */
+struct ppp_idle {
+ u_short xmit_idle; /* seconds since last NP packet sent */
+ u_short recv_idle; /* seconds since last NP packet received */
+};
+
+struct ppp_settings {
+
+ u_int disable_defaultip : 1; /* Don't use hostname for default IP addrs */
+ u_int auth_required : 1; /* Peer is required to authenticate */
+ u_int explicit_remote : 1; /* remote_name specified with remotename opt */
+ u_int refuse_pap : 1; /* Don't wanna auth. ourselves with PAP */
+ u_int refuse_chap : 1; /* Don't wanna auth. ourselves with CHAP */
+ u_int usehostname : 1; /* Use hostname for our_name */
+ u_int usepeerdns : 1; /* Ask peer for DNS adds */
+
+ u_short idle_time_limit; /* Shut down link if idle for this long */
+ int maxconnect; /* Maximum connect time (seconds) */
+
+ char user [MAXNAMELEN + 1]; /* Username for PAP */
+ char passwd [MAXSECRETLEN + 1]; /* Password for PAP, secret for CHAP */
+ char our_name [MAXNAMELEN + 1]; /* Our name for authentication purposes */
+ char remote_name[MAXNAMELEN + 1]; /* Peer's name for authentication */
+};
+
+struct ppp_addrs {
+ ip_addr_t our_ipaddr, his_ipaddr, netmask, dns1, dns2;
+};
+
+/*****************************
+*** PUBLIC DATA STRUCTURES ***
+*****************************/
+
+/* Buffers for outgoing packets. */
+extern u_char outpacket_buf[NUM_PPP][PPP_MRU+PPP_HDRLEN];
+
+extern struct ppp_settings ppp_settings;
+
+extern struct protent *ppp_protocols[]; /* Table of pointers to supported protocols */
+
+
+/***********************
+*** PUBLIC FUNCTIONS ***
+***********************/
+
+/* Initialize the PPP subsystem. */
+void pppInit(void);
+
+/* Warning: Using PPPAUTHTYPE_ANY might have security consequences.
+ * RFC 1994 says:
+ *
+ * In practice, within or associated with each PPP server, there is a
+ * database which associates "user" names with authentication
+ * information ("secrets"). It is not anticipated that a particular
+ * named user would be authenticated by multiple methods. This would
+ * make the user vulnerable to attacks which negotiate the least secure
+ * method from among a set (such as PAP rather than CHAP). If the same
+ * secret was used, PAP would reveal the secret to be used later with
+ * CHAP.
+ *
+ * Instead, for each user name there should be an indication of exactly
+ * one method used to authenticate that user name. If a user needs to
+ * make use of different authentication methods under different
+ * circumstances, then distinct user names SHOULD be employed, each of
+ * which identifies exactly one authentication method.
+ *
+ */
+enum pppAuthType {
+ PPPAUTHTYPE_NONE,
+ PPPAUTHTYPE_ANY,
+ PPPAUTHTYPE_PAP,
+ PPPAUTHTYPE_CHAP
+};
+
+void pppSetAuth(enum pppAuthType authType, const char *user, const char *passwd);
+
+/*
+ * Open a new PPP connection using the given serial I/O device.
+ * This initializes the PPP control block but does not
+ * attempt to negotiate the LCP session.
+ * Return a new PPP connection descriptor on success or
+ * an error code (negative) on failure.
+ */
+int pppOverSerialOpen(sio_fd_t fd, void (*linkStatusCB)(void *ctx, int errCode, void *arg), void *linkStatusCtx);
+
+/*
+ * Open a new PPP Over Ethernet (PPPOE) connection.
+ */
+int pppOverEthernetOpen(struct netif *ethif, const char *service_name, const char *concentrator_name, void (*linkStatusCB)(void *ctx, int errCode, void *arg), void *linkStatusCtx);
+
+/* for source code compatibility */
+#define pppOpen(fd,cb,ls) pppOverSerialOpen(fd,cb,ls)
+
+/*
+ * Close a PPP connection and release the descriptor.
+ * Any outstanding packets in the queues are dropped.
+ * Return 0 on success, an error code on failure.
+ */
+int pppClose(int pd);
+
+/*
+ * Indicate to the PPP process that the line has disconnected.
+ */
+void pppSigHUP(int pd);
+
+/*
+ * Get and set parameters for the given connection.
+ * Return 0 on success, an error code on failure.
+ */
+int pppIOCtl(int pd, int cmd, void *arg);
+
+/*
+ * Return the Maximum Transmission Unit for the given PPP connection.
+ */
+u_short pppMTU(int pd);
+
+/*
+ * Write n characters to a ppp link.
+ * RETURN: >= 0 Number of characters written, -1 Failed to write to device.
+ */
+int pppWrite(int pd, const u_char *s, int n);
+
+void pppInProcOverEthernet(int pd, struct pbuf *pb);
+
+struct pbuf *pppSingleBuf(struct pbuf *p);
+
+void pppLinkTerminated(int pd);
+
+void pppLinkDown(int pd);
+
+void pppos_input(int pd, u_char* data, int len);
+
+/* Configure i/f transmit parameters */
+void ppp_send_config (int, u16_t, u32_t, int, int);
+/* Set extended transmit ACCM */
+void ppp_set_xaccm (int, ext_accm *);
+/* Configure i/f receive parameters */
+void ppp_recv_config (int, int, u32_t, int, int);
+/* Find out how long link has been idle */
+int get_idle_time (int, struct ppp_idle *);
+
+/* Configure VJ TCP header compression */
+int sifvjcomp (int, int, u8_t, u8_t);
+/* Configure i/f down (for IP) */
+int sifup (int);
+/* Set mode for handling packets for proto */
+int sifnpmode (int u, int proto, enum NPmode mode);
+/* Configure i/f down (for IP) */
+int sifdown (int);
+/* Configure IP addresses for i/f */
+int sifaddr (int, u32_t, u32_t, u32_t, u32_t, u32_t);
+/* Reset i/f IP addresses */
+int cifaddr (int, u32_t, u32_t);
+/* Create default route through i/f */
+int sifdefaultroute (int, u32_t, u32_t);
+/* Delete default route through i/f */
+int cifdefaultroute (int, u32_t, u32_t);
+
+/* Get appropriate netmask for address */
+u32_t GetMask (u32_t);
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
+void ppp_set_netif_statuscallback(int pd, netif_status_callback_fn status_callback);
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
+#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
+void ppp_set_netif_linkcallback(int pd, netif_status_callback_fn link_callback);
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
+
+#endif /* PPP_SUPPORT */
+
+#endif /* PPP_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/netif/ppp/pppdebug.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +/***************************************************************************** +* pppdebug.h - System debugging utilities. +* +* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc. +* portions Copyright (c) 1998 Global Election Systems Inc. +* portions Copyright (c) 2001 by Cognizant Pty Ltd. +* +* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, +* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided +* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this +* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any +* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required +* for any of the authorized uses. +* +* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR +* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. +* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT +* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF +* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +* +****************************************************************************** +* REVISION HISTORY (please don't use tabs!) +* +* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca> +* Ported to lwIP. +* 98-07-29 Guy Lancaster <lancasterg@acm.org>, Global Election Systems Inc. +* Original. +* +***************************************************************************** +*/ +#ifndef PPPDEBUG_H +#define PPPDEBUG_H + +/* Trace levels. */ +#define LOG_CRITICAL (PPP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SEVERE) +#define LOG_ERR (PPP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SEVERE) +#define LOG_NOTICE (PPP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING) +#define LOG_WARNING (PPP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING) +#define LOG_INFO (PPP_DEBUG) +#define LOG_DETAIL (PPP_DEBUG) +#define LOG_DEBUG (PPP_DEBUG) + + +#define TRACELCP PPP_DEBUG + +#if PPP_DEBUG + +#define AUTHDEBUG(a, b) LWIP_DEBUGF(a, b) +#define IPCPDEBUG(a, b) LWIP_DEBUGF(a, b) +#define UPAPDEBUG(a, b) LWIP_DEBUGF(a, b) +#define LCPDEBUG(a, b) LWIP_DEBUGF(a, b) +#define FSMDEBUG(a, b) LWIP_DEBUGF(a, b) +#define CHAPDEBUG(a, b) LWIP_DEBUGF(a, b) +#define PPPDEBUG(a, b) LWIP_DEBUGF(a, b) + +#else /* PPP_DEBUG */ + +#define AUTHDEBUG(a, b) +#define IPCPDEBUG(a, b) +#define UPAPDEBUG(a, b) +#define LCPDEBUG(a, b) +#define FSMDEBUG(a, b) +#define CHAPDEBUG(a, b) +#define PPPDEBUG(a, b) + +#endif /* PPP_DEBUG */ + +#endif /* PPPDEBUG_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/netif/ppp/randm.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/***************************************************************************** +* randm.h - Random number generator header file. +* +* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc. +* Copyright (c) 1998 Global Election Systems Inc. +* +* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, +* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided +* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this +* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any +* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required +* for any of the authorized uses. +* +* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR +* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. +* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT +* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF +* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +* +****************************************************************************** +* REVISION HISTORY +* +* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca> +* Ported to lwIP. +* 98-05-29 Guy Lancaster <glanca@gesn.com>, Global Election Systems Inc. +* Extracted from avos. +*****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef RANDM_H +#define RANDM_H + +/*********************** +*** PUBLIC FUNCTIONS *** +***********************/ +/* + * Initialize the random number generator. + */ +void avRandomInit(void); + +/* + * Churn the randomness pool on a random event. Call this early and often + * on random and semi-random system events to build randomness in time for + * usage. For randomly timed events, pass a null pointer and a zero length + * and this will use the system timer and other sources to add randomness. + * If new random data is available, pass a pointer to that and it will be + * included. + */ +void avChurnRand(char *randData, u32_t randLen); + +/* + * Randomize our random seed value. To be called for truely random events + * such as user operations and network traffic. + */ +#if MD5_SUPPORT +#define avRandomize() avChurnRand(NULL, 0) +#else /* MD5_SUPPORT */ +void avRandomize(void); +#endif /* MD5_SUPPORT */ + +/* + * Use the random pool to generate random data. This degrades to pseudo + * random when used faster than randomness is supplied using churnRand(). + * Thus it's important to make sure that the results of this are not + * published directly because one could predict the next result to at + * least some degree. Also, it's important to get a good seed before + * the first use. + */ +void avGenRand(char *buf, u32_t bufLen); + +/* + * Return a new random number. + */ +u32_t avRandom(void); + + +#endif /* RANDM_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/lwip/netif/ppp/vj.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/*
+ * Definitions for tcp compression routines.
+ *
+ * $Id: vj.h,v 1.7 2010/02/22 17:52:09 goldsimon Exp $
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ * advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ * by the University of California, Berkeley. The name of the
+ * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ *
+ * Van Jacobson (van@helios.ee.lbl.gov), Dec 31, 1989:
+ * - Initial distribution.
+ */
+
+#ifndef VJ_H
+#define VJ_H
+
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+#include "lwip/tcp_impl.h"
+
+#define MAX_SLOTS 16 /* must be > 2 and < 256 */
+#define MAX_HDR 128
+
+/*
+ * Compressed packet format:
+ *
+ * The first octet contains the packet type (top 3 bits), TCP
+ * 'push' bit, and flags that indicate which of the 4 TCP sequence
+ * numbers have changed (bottom 5 bits). The next octet is a
+ * conversation number that associates a saved IP/TCP header with
+ * the compressed packet. The next two octets are the TCP checksum
+ * from the original datagram. The next 0 to 15 octets are
+ * sequence number changes, one change per bit set in the header
+ * (there may be no changes and there are two special cases where
+ * the receiver implicitly knows what changed -- see below).
+ *
+ * There are 5 numbers which can change (they are always inserted
+ * in the following order): TCP urgent pointer, window,
+ * acknowlegement, sequence number and IP ID. (The urgent pointer
+ * is different from the others in that its value is sent, not the
+ * change in value.) Since typical use of SLIP links is biased
+ * toward small packets (see comments on MTU/MSS below), changes
+ * use a variable length coding with one octet for numbers in the
+ * range 1 - 255 and 3 octets (0, MSB, LSB) for numbers in the
+ * range 256 - 65535 or 0. (If the change in sequence number or
+ * ack is more than 65535, an uncompressed packet is sent.)
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Packet types (must not conflict with IP protocol version)
+ *
+ * The top nibble of the first octet is the packet type. There are
+ * three possible types: IP (not proto TCP or tcp with one of the
+ * control flags set); uncompressed TCP (a normal IP/TCP packet but
+ * with the 8-bit protocol field replaced by an 8-bit connection id --
+ * this type of packet syncs the sender & receiver); and compressed
+ * TCP (described above).
+ *
+ * LSB of 4-bit field is TCP "PUSH" bit (a worthless anachronism) and
+ * is logically part of the 4-bit "changes" field that follows. Top
+ * three bits are actual packet type. For backward compatibility
+ * and in the interest of conserving bits, numbers are chosen so the
+ * IP protocol version number (4) which normally appears in this nibble
+ * means "IP packet".
+ */
+
+/* packet types */
+#define TYPE_IP 0x40
+#define TYPE_UNCOMPRESSED_TCP 0x70
+#define TYPE_COMPRESSED_TCP 0x80
+#define TYPE_ERROR 0x00
+
+/* Bits in first octet of compressed packet */
+#define NEW_C 0x40 /* flag bits for what changed in a packet */
+#define NEW_I 0x20
+#define NEW_S 0x08
+#define NEW_A 0x04
+#define NEW_W 0x02
+#define NEW_U 0x01
+
+/* reserved, special-case values of above */
+#define SPECIAL_I (NEW_S|NEW_W|NEW_U) /* echoed interactive traffic */
+#define SPECIAL_D (NEW_S|NEW_A|NEW_W|NEW_U) /* unidirectional data */
+#define SPECIALS_MASK (NEW_S|NEW_A|NEW_W|NEW_U)
+
+#define TCP_PUSH_BIT 0x10
+
+
+/*
+ * "state" data for each active tcp conversation on the wire. This is
+ * basically a copy of the entire IP/TCP header from the last packet
+ * we saw from the conversation together with a small identifier
+ * the transmit & receive ends of the line use to locate saved header.
+ */
+struct cstate {
+ struct cstate *cs_next; /* next most recently used state (xmit only) */
+ u_short cs_hlen; /* size of hdr (receive only) */
+ u_char cs_id; /* connection # associated with this state */
+ u_char cs_filler;
+ union {
+ char csu_hdr[MAX_HDR];
+ struct ip_hdr csu_ip; /* ip/tcp hdr from most recent packet */
+ } vjcs_u;
+};
+#define cs_ip vjcs_u.csu_ip
+#define cs_hdr vjcs_u.csu_hdr
+
+
+struct vjstat {
+ unsigned long vjs_packets; /* outbound packets */
+ unsigned long vjs_compressed; /* outbound compressed packets */
+ unsigned long vjs_searches; /* searches for connection state */
+ unsigned long vjs_misses; /* times couldn't find conn. state */
+ unsigned long vjs_uncompressedin; /* inbound uncompressed packets */
+ unsigned long vjs_compressedin; /* inbound compressed packets */
+ unsigned long vjs_errorin; /* inbound unknown type packets */
+ unsigned long vjs_tossed; /* inbound packets tossed because of error */
+};
+
+/*
+ * all the state data for one serial line (we need one of these per line).
+ */
+struct vjcompress {
+ struct cstate *last_cs; /* most recently used tstate */
+ u_char last_recv; /* last rcvd conn. id */
+ u_char last_xmit; /* last sent conn. id */
+ u_short flags;
+ u_char maxSlotIndex;
+ u_char compressSlot; /* Flag indicating OK to compress slot ID. */
+#if LINK_STATS
+ struct vjstat stats;
+#endif
+ struct cstate tstate[MAX_SLOTS]; /* xmit connection states */
+ struct cstate rstate[MAX_SLOTS]; /* receive connection states */
+};
+
+/* flag values */
+#define VJF_TOSS 1U /* tossing rcvd frames because of input err */
+
+extern void vj_compress_init (struct vjcompress *comp);
+extern u_int vj_compress_tcp (struct vjcompress *comp, struct pbuf *pb);
+extern void vj_uncompress_err (struct vjcompress *comp);
+extern int vj_uncompress_uncomp(struct pbuf *nb, struct vjcompress *comp);
+extern int vj_uncompress_tcp (struct pbuf **nb, struct vjcompress *comp);
+
+#endif /* VJ_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC1768/netCfg.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +//This file has been auto-generated, please do not modify here. +#ifndef __ETHERNETNETIF_CONFIG_H +#define NET_TELIT_STACK 0 +#define NET_GPRS 0 +#define NET_PPP 0 +#define NET_ZG2100 0 +#define TARGET_LPC1768 1 +#define NET_GPRS_MODULE 0 +#define NET_ETH 1 +#define NET_USB_SERIAL 0 +#define NET_CFG_H 1 +#define NET_USB 0 +#define NET_LWIP_STACK 1 +#endif
Binary file EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/EthernetNetIf.ar has changed
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/api/DNSRequest.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+DNS Request header file
+*/
+
+#ifndef DNSREQUEST_H
+#define DNSREQUEST_H
+
+#include "core/net.h"
+#include "core/ipaddr.h"
+#include "core/host.h"
+//Essentially it is a safe interface to NetDnsRequest
+
+///DNS Request error codes
+enum DNSRequestErr
+{
+ __DNS_MIN = -0xFFFF,
+ DNS_SETUP, ///<DNSRequest not properly configured
+ DNS_IF, ///<Interface has problems, does not exist or is not initialized
+ DNS_MEM, ///<Not enough mem
+ DNS_INUSE, ///<Interface / Port is in use
+ DNS_PROCESSING, ///<Request has not completed
+//...
+ DNS_OK = 0 ///<Success
+};
+
+///DNS Request Result Events
+enum DNSReply
+{
+ DNS_PRTCL,
+ DNS_NOTFOUND, ///Hostname is unknown
+ DNS_ERROR, ///Problem with DNS Service
+ //...
+ DNS_FOUND,
+};
+
+class NetDnsRequest;
+enum NetDnsReply;
+
+///This is a simple DNS Request class
+/**
+ This class exposes an API to deal with DNS Requests
+*/
+class DNSRequest
+{
+public:
+ ///Creates a new request
+ DNSRequest();
+
+ ///Terminates and closes request
+ ~DNSRequest();
+
+ ///Resolves an hostname
+ /**
+ @param hostname : hostname to resolve
+ */
+ DNSRequestErr resolve(const char* hostname);
+
+ ///Resolves an hostname
+ /**
+ @param host : hostname to resolve, the result will be stored in the IpAddr field of this object
+ */
+ DNSRequestErr resolve(Host* pHost);
+
+ ///Setups callback
+ /**
+ The callback function will be called on result.
+ @param pMethod : callback function
+ */
+ void setOnReply( void (*pMethod)(DNSReply) );
+
+ class CDummy;
+ ///Setups callback
+ /**
+ The callback function will be called on result.
+ @param pItem : instance of class on which to execute the callback method
+ @param pMethod : callback method
+ */
+ template<class T>
+ void setOnReply( T* pItem, void (T::*pMethod)(DNSReply) )
+ {
+ m_pCbItem = (CDummy*) pItem;
+ m_pCbMeth = (void (CDummy::*)(DNSReply)) pMethod;
+ }
+
+ ///Gets IP address once it has been resolved
+ /**
+ @param pIp : pointer to an IpAddr instance in which to store the resolved IP address
+ */
+ DNSRequestErr getResult(IpAddr* pIp);
+
+ ///Closes DNS Request before completion
+ DNSRequestErr close();
+
+protected:
+ void onNetDnsReply(NetDnsReply r);
+ DNSRequestErr checkInst();
+
+private:
+ NetDnsRequest* m_pNetDnsRequest;
+
+ CDummy* m_pCbItem;
+ void (CDummy::*m_pCbMeth)(DNSReply);
+
+ void (*m_pCb)(DNSReply);
+
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/api/TCPSocket.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+TCP Socket header file
+*/
+
+#ifndef TCPSOCKET_H
+#define TCPSOCKET_H
+
+#include "core/net.h"
+#include "core/host.h"
+//Essentially it is a safe interface to NetTcpSocket
+
+///TCP Socket error codes
+enum TCPSocketErr
+{
+ __TCPSOCKET_MIN = -0xFFFF,
+ TCPSOCKET_SETUP, ///<TCPSocket not properly configured
+ TCPSOCKET_TIMEOUT, ///<Connection timed out
+ TCPSOCKET_IF, ///<Interface has problems, does not exist or is not initialized
+ TCPSOCKET_MEM, ///<Not enough mem
+ TCPSOCKET_INUSE, ///<Interface / Port is in use
+ TCPSOCKET_EMPTY, ///<Connections queue is empty
+ TCPSOCKET_RST, ///<Connection was reset by remote host
+//...
+ TCPSOCKET_OK = 0 ///<Success
+};
+
+///TCP Socket Events
+enum TCPSocketEvent
+{
+ TCPSOCKET_CONNECTED, ///<Connected to host
+ TCPSOCKET_ACCEPT, ///<Client is connected, must call accept() to get a new Socket
+ TCPSOCKET_READABLE, ///<Data in buf
+ TCPSOCKET_WRITEABLE, ///<Can write data to buf
+ TCPSOCKET_CONTIMEOUT, ///<Connection timed out
+ TCPSOCKET_CONRST, ///<Connection was reset by remote host
+ TCPSOCKET_CONABRT, ///<Connection was aborted
+ TCPSOCKET_ERROR, ///<Unknown error
+ TCPSOCKET_DISCONNECTED ///<Disconnected
+};
+
+class NetTcpSocket;
+enum NetTcpSocketEvent;
+
+///This is a simple TCP Socket class
+/**
+ This class exposes an API to deal with TCP Sockets
+*/
+class TCPSocket
+{
+public:
+ ///Creates a new socket
+ TCPSocket();
+protected:
+ TCPSocket(NetTcpSocket* pNetTcpSocket);
+public:
+ ///Closes if needed and destroys the socket
+ ~TCPSocket(); //close()
+
+ ///Binds the socket to (local) host
+ TCPSocketErr bind(const Host& me);
+
+ ///Starts listening
+ TCPSocketErr listen();
+
+ ///Connects socket to host
+ TCPSocketErr connect(const Host& host);
+
+ ///Accepts connection from client and gets connected socket
+ TCPSocketErr accept(Host* pClient, TCPSocket** ppNewTcpSocket);
+
+ ///Sends data
+ /*
+ @return a negative error code or the number of bytes transmitted
+ */
+ int /*if < 0 : TCPSocketErr*/ send(const char* buf, int len);
+
+ ///Receives data
+ /*
+ @return a negative error code or the number of bytes received
+ */
+ int /*if < 0 : TCPSocketErr*/ recv(char* buf, int len);
+
+ /* TODO NTH : printf / scanf helpers that call send/recv */
+
+ ///Closes socket
+ TCPSocketErr close();
+
+ //Callbacks
+ ///Setups callback
+ /**
+ @param pMethod : callback function
+ */
+ void setOnEvent( void (*pMethod)(TCPSocketEvent) );
+
+ class CDummy;
+ ///Setups callback
+ /**
+ @param pItem : instance of class on which to execute the callback method
+ @param pMethod : callback method
+ */
+ template<class T>
+ void setOnEvent( T* pItem, void (T::*pMethod)(TCPSocketEvent) )
+ {
+ m_pCbItem = (CDummy*) pItem;
+ m_pCbMeth = (void (CDummy::*)(TCPSocketEvent)) pMethod;
+ }
+
+ ///Disables callback
+ void resetOnEvent();
+
+protected:
+ void onNetTcpSocketEvent(NetTcpSocketEvent e);
+ TCPSocketErr checkInst();
+
+private:
+ NetTcpSocket* m_pNetTcpSocket;
+
+ CDummy* m_pCbItem;
+ void (CDummy::*m_pCbMeth)(TCPSocketEvent);
+
+ void (*m_pCb)(TCPSocketEvent);
+
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/api/UDPSocket.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+UDP Socket header file
+*/
+
+#ifndef UDPSOCKET_H
+#define UDPSOCKET_H
+
+#include "core/net.h"
+#include "core/host.h"
+//Essentially it is a safe interface to NetUdpSocket
+
+///UDP Socket error codes
+enum UDPSocketErr
+{
+ __UDPSOCKET_MIN = -0xFFFF,
+ UDPSOCKET_SETUP, ///<UDPSocket not properly configured
+ UDPSOCKET_IF, ///<Interface has problems, does not exist or is not initialized
+ UDPSOCKET_MEM, ///<Not enough mem
+ UDPSOCKET_INUSE, ///<Interface / Port is in use
+//...
+ UDPSOCKET_OK = 0 ///<Success
+};
+
+///UDP Socket Event(s)
+enum UDPSocketEvent //Only one event here for now, but keeps that model in case we need to implement some others
+{
+ UDPSOCKET_READABLE, ///<Data in buf
+};
+
+class NetUdpSocket;
+enum NetUdpSocketEvent;
+
+///This is a simple UDP Socket class
+/**
+ This class exposes an API to deal with UDP Sockets
+*/
+class UDPSocket
+{
+public:
+ ///Creates a new socket
+ UDPSocket();
+
+ ///Closes and destroys socket
+ ~UDPSocket(); //close()
+
+ ///Binds the socket to local host or a multicast address
+ UDPSocketErr bind(const Host& me);
+
+ ///Sends data
+ /*
+ @param pHost : host to send data to
+ @return a negative error code or the number of bytes transmitted
+ */
+ int /*if < 0 : UDPSocketErr*/ sendto(const char* buf, int len, Host* pHost);
+
+ ///Receives data
+ /*
+ @param pHost : host from which this piece of data comes from
+ @return a negative error code or the number of bytes received
+ */
+ int /*if < 0 : UDPSocketErr*/ recvfrom(char* buf, int len, Host* pHost);
+
+ /* TODO NTH : printf / scanf helpers that call send/recv */
+
+ ///Closes socket
+ UDPSocketErr close();
+
+ //Callbacks
+ ///Setups callback
+ /**
+ @param pMethod : callback function
+ */
+ void setOnEvent( void (*pMethod)(UDPSocketEvent) );
+
+ class CDummy;
+ ///Setups callback
+ /**
+ @param pItem : instance of class on which to execute the callback method
+ @param pMethod : callback method
+ */
+ template<class T>
+ void setOnEvent( T* pItem, void (T::*pMethod)(UDPSocketEvent) )
+ {
+ m_pCbItem = (CDummy*) pItem;
+ m_pCbMeth = (void (CDummy::*)(UDPSocketEvent)) pMethod;
+ }
+
+ ///Disables callback
+ void resetOnEvent();
+
+protected:
+ void onNetUdpSocketEvent(NetUdpSocketEvent e);
+ UDPSocketErr checkInst();
+
+private:
+ NetUdpSocket* m_pNetUdpSocket;
+
+ CDummy* m_pCbItem;
+ void (CDummy::*m_pCbMeth)(UDPSocketEvent);
+
+ void (*m_pCb)(UDPSocketEvent);
+
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/core/host.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef HOST_H
+#define HOST_H
+
+#include "ipaddr.h"
+#include <string.h>
+
+///Host information container
+/**
+This class is a container for data relative to a connection:
+- IP Address
+- Port number
+- Host Name
+*/
+class Host
+{
+public:
+ ///Initiliazes host with null values
+ Host() : m_ip(0,0,0,0), m_port(0), m_name(NULL)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ ///Initializes host
+ Host(const IpAddr& ip, const int& port, const char* name="" ) : m_ip(ip), m_port(port), m_name(NULL)
+ {
+ setName(name);
+ }
+
+ ~Host()
+ {
+ if(m_name)
+ {
+ delete[] m_name;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ///Returns IP address
+ const IpAddr& getIp() const
+ {
+ return m_ip;
+ }
+
+ ///Returns port number
+ const int& getPort() const
+ {
+ return m_port;
+ }
+
+ ///Returns host name
+ const char* getName() const
+ {
+ return m_name;
+ }
+
+ ///Sets IP address
+ void setIp(const IpAddr& ip)
+ {
+ m_ip = ip;
+ }
+
+ ///Sets port number
+ void setPort(int port)
+ {
+ m_port = port;
+ }
+
+ ///Sets host name
+ void setName(const char* name)
+ {
+ if(m_name)
+ delete[] m_name;
+ int len = strlen(name);
+ if(len)
+ {
+ m_name = new char[len+1];
+ strcpy(m_name, name);
+ }
+ }
+
+private:
+ IpAddr m_ip;
+ int m_port;
+ char* m_name;
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/core/ipaddr.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef IPADDR_H
+#define IPADDR_H
+
+#include "netCfg.h"
+#if NET_LWIP_STACK
+typedef struct ip_addr ip_addr_t;
+#endif
+
+#include "stdint.h"
+
+///IP Address container
+/**
+This class is a container for an IPv4 address.
+*/
+class IpAddr //Basically a C++ frontend to ip_addr_t
+{
+public:
+ #if NET_LWIP_STACK
+ IpAddr(ip_addr_t* pIp);
+ #endif
+
+ ///Initializes IP address with provided values
+ IpAddr(uint8_t ip0, uint8_t ip1, uint8_t ip2, uint8_t ip3);
+
+ ///Initializes IP address with null values
+ IpAddr();
+
+ #if NET_LWIP_STACK
+ ip_addr_t getStruct() const;
+ #endif
+
+ ///Returns IP address byte #
+ uint8_t operator[](unsigned int i) const;
+
+ ///Compares too addresses
+ /**
+ @return true if the two addresses are equal
+ */
+ bool isEq(const IpAddr& b) const;
+
+ ///Compares too addresses
+ /**
+ @return true if the two addresses are equal
+ */
+ bool operator==(const IpAddr& b) const;
+
+ ///Compares too addresses
+ /**
+ @return true if the two addresses are different
+ */
+ bool operator!=(const IpAddr& b) const;
+
+ ///Checks whether the address is null
+ /**
+ @return true if the address is null
+ */
+ bool isNull() const;
+
+ ///Checks whether the address is a broadcast address
+ /**
+ @return true if the address is a broadcast address
+ */
+ bool isBroadcast() const;
+
+ ///Checks whether the address is a multicast address
+ /**
+ @return true if the address is a multicast address
+ */
+ bool isMulticast() const;
+
+private:
+ uint8_t m_ip[4];
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/core/net.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef NET_H
+#define NET_H
+
+class NetIf;
+class NetTcpSocket;
+class NetUdpSocket;
+class NetDnsRequest;
+
+#include <list>
+using std::list;
+
+/*
+#include "host.h"
+#include "ipaddr.h"
+#include "netservice.h"
+#include "if/net/netif.h"
+#include "if/net/nettcpsocket.h"
+#include "if/net/netudpsocket.h"
+#include "if/net/netdnsrequest.h"
+*/
+
+class Host;
+class NetIf;
+class NetTcpSocket;
+class NetUdpSocket;
+class NetDnsRequest;
+
+class Net
+{
+private:
+ Net();
+ ~Net();
+public:
+ static void poll(); //Poll every if & socket
+
+ static NetTcpSocket* tcpSocket(NetIf& netif);
+ static NetTcpSocket* tcpSocket(); //Socket on default if
+ static void releaseTcpSocket(NetTcpSocket* pNetTcpSocket);
+
+ static NetUdpSocket* udpSocket(NetIf& netif);
+ static NetUdpSocket* udpSocket(); //Socket on default if
+ static void releaseUdpSocket(NetUdpSocket* pNetUdpSocket);
+
+ static NetDnsRequest* dnsRequest(const char* hostname, NetIf& netif);
+ static NetDnsRequest* dnsRequest(const char* hostname); //Create a new NetDnsRequest object from default if
+
+ static NetDnsRequest* dnsRequest(Host* pHost, NetIf& netif);
+ static NetDnsRequest* dnsRequest(Host* pHost); //Create a new NetDnsRequest object from default if
+
+ static void setDefaultIf(NetIf& netif); //Deprecated
+ static void setDefaultIf(NetIf* pIf);
+ static NetIf* getDefaultIf();
+
+protected:
+ friend class NetIf;
+ friend class NetTcpSocket;
+ friend class NetUdpSocket;
+
+ static void registerIf(NetIf* pIf);
+ static void unregisterIf(NetIf* pIf);
+
+ static void registerNetTcpSocket(NetTcpSocket* pNetTcpSocket);
+ static void unregisterNetTcpSocket(NetTcpSocket* pNetTcpSocket);
+
+ static void registerNetUdpSocket(NetUdpSocket* pNetUdpSocket);
+ static void unregisterNetUdpSocket(NetUdpSocket* pNetUdpSocket);
+
+private:
+ static Net& net(); //Return inst of singleton
+
+ NetIf* m_defaultIf;
+
+ list<NetIf*> m_lpIf;
+ list<NetTcpSocket*> m_lpNetTcpSocket;
+ list<NetUdpSocket*> m_lpNetUdpSocket;
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/core/netservice.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+/**
+\file Net Service base class header file
+*/
+
+#ifndef NETSERVICE_H
+#define NETSERVICE_H
+
+#include <list>
+using std::list;
+
+///Net Service base class
+/**
+Each connection-oriented object can register as service (by inheriting this class), so that it is polled regularly.
+It notifies the pool when the connection is terminated so that it can be destroyed.
+*/
+class NetService
+{
+public:
+ ///Instantiates a new service
+ /**
+ @param owned If true the object is owned by the pool and will be destroyed on closure.
+ */
+ NetService(bool owned = true); //Is owned by the pool?
+ virtual ~NetService();
+
+ ///This method can be inherited so that it is called on each @a Net::poll() call.
+ virtual void poll();
+
+ static void servicesPoll(); //Poll all registered services & destroy closed ones
+
+protected:
+ ///This flags the service as to be destructed if owned by the pool.
+ void close();
+
+private:
+ bool m_closed;
+ bool m_removed;
+ bool m_owned;
+
+ static list<NetService*>& lpServices(); //Helper to prevent static initialization fiasco
+
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/dbg/dbg.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+Debugging helpers header file
+*/
+
+//#ifdef DBG_H
+//#define DBG_H
+
+#ifdef __LWIP_DEBUG
+#define __DEBUG
+#endif
+
+/*!
+ \def __DEBUG
+ To define to enable debugging in one file
+*/
+
+#ifdef __DEBUG
+
+#ifndef __DEBUGSTREAM
+#define __DEBUGSTREAM
+
+
+class DebugStream
+{
+public:
+static void debug(const char* format, ...);
+static void release();
+static void breakPoint(const char* file, int line);
+private:
+
+};
+
+#undef DBG
+#undef DBG_END
+#undef BREAK
+
+///Debug output (if enabled), same syntax as printf, with heading info
+#define DBG(...) do{ DebugStream::debug("[%s:%s@%d] ", __FILE__, __FUNCTION__, __LINE__); DebugStream::debug(__VA_ARGS__); } while(0);
+
+///Debug output (if enabled), same syntax as printf, no heading info
+#define DBGL(...) do{ DebugStream::debug(__VA_ARGS__); } while(0);
+#define DBG_END DebugStream::release
+
+///Break point usin serial debug interface (if debug enbaled)
+#define BREAK() DebugStream::breakPoint(__FILE__, __LINE__)
+#endif
+
+#else
+#undef DBG
+#undef DBG_END
+#undef BREAK
+#define DBG(...)
+#define DBG_END()
+#define BREAK()
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __LWIP_DEBUG
+#ifndef __SNPRINTF
+#define __SNPRINTF
+#include "mbed.h"
+
+//int snprintf(char *str, int size, const char *format, ...);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __LWIP_DEBUG
+#undef __DEBUG
+#endif
+
+//#endif
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/drv/eth/eth_drv.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef ETHDRV_H
+#define ETHDRV_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+void eth_poll();
+err_t eth_init(struct netif* netif);
+void eth_address(char* mac);
+void eth_free();
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+};
+#endif
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/if/eth/EthernetNetIf.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+Ethernet network interface header file
+*/
+
+#ifndef ETHERNETNETIF_H
+#define ETHERNETNETIF_H
+
+struct netif;
+
+#include "mbed.h"
+
+#include "if/lwip/LwipNetIf.h"
+
+///Ethernet network interface return codes
+enum EthernetErr
+{
+ __ETH_MIN = -0xFFFF,
+ ETH_TIMEOUT, ///<Timeout during setup
+ ETH_OK = 0 ///<Success
+};
+
+///Ethernet network interface
+/**
+This class provides Ethernet connectivity to the stack
+*/
+class EthernetNetIf : public LwipNetIf
+{
+public:
+ ///Instantiates the Interface and register it against the stack, DHCP will be used
+ EthernetNetIf(); //W/ DHCP
+
+ ///Instantiates the Interface and register it against the stack, DHCP will not be used
+ /**
+ IpAddr is a container class that can be constructed with either 4 bytes or no parameters for a null IP address.
+ */
+ EthernetNetIf(IpAddr ip, IpAddr netmask, IpAddr gateway, IpAddr dns); //W/o DHCP
+ virtual ~EthernetNetIf();
+
+ ///Brings the interface up
+ /**
+ Uses DHCP if necessary
+ @param timeout_ms : You can set the timeout parameter in milliseconds, if not it defaults to 15s
+ @return : ETH_OK on success or ETH_TIMEOUT on timeout
+ */
+ EthernetErr setup(int timeout_ms = 15000);
+
+ virtual void poll();
+
+private:
+ Timer m_ethArpTimer;
+ Timer m_dhcpCoarseTimer;
+ Timer m_dhcpFineTimer;
+ Timer m_igmpTimer;
+
+ bool m_useDhcp;
+
+ netif* m_pNetIf;
+
+ IpAddr m_netmask;
+ IpAddr m_gateway;
+
+ const char* m_hostname;
+
+};
+
+#endif
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/if/lwip/LwipNetIf.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef LWIPNETIF_H
+#define LWIPNETIF_H
+
+//class Ticker;
+#include "mbed.h"
+
+#define NET_LWIP_STACK 1
+#include "core/net.h"
+#include "if/net/netif.h"
+/*
+#include "lwipNetTcpSocket.h"
+#include "lwipNetUdpSocket.h"
+#include "lwipNetDnsRequest.h"
+*/
+
+class LwipNetIf : public NetIf
+{
+public:
+ LwipNetIf();
+ virtual ~LwipNetIf();
+
+ void init();
+
+ virtual NetTcpSocket* tcpSocket(); //Create a new tcp socket
+ virtual NetUdpSocket* udpSocket(); //Create a new udp socket
+ virtual NetDnsRequest* dnsRequest(const char* hostname); //Create a new NetDnsRequest object
+ virtual NetDnsRequest* dnsRequest(Host* pHost); //Create a new NetDnsRequest object
+
+ virtual void poll();
+
+private:
+ Timer m_tcpTimer;
+ Timer m_dnsTimer;
+
+ bool m_init;
+
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/if/lwip/lwipNetDnsRequest.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef LWIPNETDNSREQUEST_H
+#define LWIPNETDNSREQUEST_H
+
+#define NET_LWIP_STACK 1
+#include "if/net/netdnsrequest.h"
+
+//struct ip_addr_t;
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+
+class LwipNetDnsRequest : public NetDnsRequest
+{
+public:
+ LwipNetDnsRequest(const char* hostname);
+ LwipNetDnsRequest(Host* pHost);
+ virtual ~LwipNetDnsRequest();
+
+ //Execute request & return OK if found, NOTFOUND or ERROR on error, or PROCESSING if the request has not completed yet
+ virtual void poll();
+
+ virtual void close();
+
+protected:
+ void foundCb(const char *name, ip_addr_t *ipaddr);
+
+private:
+ enum LwipNetDnsState
+ {
+ LWIPNETDNS_START,
+ LWIPNETDNS_PROCESSING, //Req has not completed
+ LWIPNETDNS_NOTFOUND,
+ LWIPNETDNS_ERROR,
+ LWIPNETDNS_OK
+ };
+
+ LwipNetDnsState m_state;
+ bool m_cbFired;
+
+ //Static callbacks : Transforms into a C++ callback
+ static void sFoundCb(const char *name, ip_addr_t *ipaddr, void *arg);
+
+ bool m_closing;
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/if/lwip/lwipNetTcpSocket.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef LWIPNETTCPSOCKET_H
+#define LWIPNETTCPSOCKET_H
+
+#define NET_LWIP_STACK 1
+#include "if/net/nettcpsocket.h"
+#include "LwipNetIf.h"
+
+#include "stdint.h"
+
+//Implements NetTcpSockets over lwIP raw API
+
+struct tcp_pcb; //Represents a Tcp Connection, "Protocol Control Block", see rawapi.txt & tcp.h
+struct pbuf; //Lwip Buffer Container
+
+typedef signed char err_t;
+typedef uint16_t u16_t;
+
+class LwipNetTcpSocket: public NetTcpSocket
+{
+public:
+ LwipNetTcpSocket(tcp_pcb* pPcb = NULL); //Passes a pcb if already created (by an accept req for instance), in that case transfers ownership
+ virtual ~LwipNetTcpSocket();
+
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr bind(const Host& me);
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr listen();
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr connect(const Host& host);
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr accept(Host* pClient, NetTcpSocket** ppNewNetTcpSocket);
+
+ virtual int /*if < 0 : NetTcpSocketErr*/ send(const char* buf, int len);
+ virtual int /*if < 0 : NetTcpSocketErr*/ recv(char* buf, int len);
+
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr close();
+
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr poll();
+
+protected:
+ volatile tcp_pcb* m_pPcb;
+
+ //Events callbacks from lwIp
+ err_t acceptCb(tcp_pcb* newpcb, err_t err);
+ err_t connectedCb(tcp_pcb* tpcb, err_t err);
+
+ void errCb(err_t err);
+
+ err_t sentCb(tcp_pcb* tpcb, u16_t len);
+ err_t recvCb(tcp_pcb* tpcb, pbuf *p, err_t err);
+
+private:
+ void cleanUp(); //Flush input buffer
+
+// queue<tcp_pcb*> m_lpInPcb; //Incoming connections that have not been accepted yet
+ queue<LwipNetTcpSocket*> m_lpInNetTcpSocket; //Incoming connections that have not been accepted yet
+
+ volatile pbuf* m_pReadPbuf; //Ptr to read buffer
+
+ //Static callbacks : Transforms into a C++ callback
+ static err_t sAcceptCb(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *newpcb, err_t err);
+ static err_t sConnectedCb(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb, err_t err);
+
+ static void sErrCb(void *arg, err_t err);
+
+ static err_t sSentCb(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb, u16_t len);
+ static err_t sRecvCb(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb, struct pbuf *p, err_t err);
+
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/if/lwip/lwipNetUdpSocket.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef LWIPNETUDPSOCKET_H
+#define LWIPNETUDPSOCKET_H
+
+#define NET_LWIP_STACK 1
+//#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "if/net/netudpsocket.h"
+#include "LwipNetIf.h"
+
+#include "stdint.h"
+
+#include <list>
+using std::list;
+
+//Implements NetUdpSockets over lwIP raw API
+
+struct udp_pcb; //Represents a Udp Connection, "Protocol Control Block", see rawapi.txt & udp.h
+struct pbuf; //Lwip Buffer Container
+typedef struct ip_addr ip_addr_t;
+
+//typedef signed char err_t;
+typedef uint16_t u16_t;
+
+class LwipNetUdpSocket: public NetUdpSocket
+{
+public:
+ LwipNetUdpSocket(udp_pcb* pPcb = NULL); //Passes a pcb if already created (by an accept req for instance), in that case transfers ownership
+ virtual ~LwipNetUdpSocket();
+
+ virtual NetUdpSocketErr bind(const Host& me);
+
+ virtual int /*if < 0 : NetUdpSocketErr*/ sendto(const char* buf, int len, Host* pHost);
+ virtual int /*if < 0 : NetUdpSocketErr*/ recvfrom(char* buf, int len, Host* pHost);
+
+ virtual NetUdpSocketErr close();
+
+ virtual NetUdpSocketErr poll();
+
+protected:
+ volatile udp_pcb* m_pPcb;
+
+ //Event callback from lwIp
+ void recvCb(udp_pcb* pcb, struct pbuf* p, ip_addr_t* addr, u16_t port);
+
+private:
+ void cleanUp(); //Flush input buffer
+ struct InPacket
+ {
+ volatile pbuf* pBuf;
+ ip_addr_t addr;
+ u16_t port;
+ };
+
+ list<InPacket> m_lInPkt;
+ IpAddr m_multicastGroup;
+
+ //Static callback : Transforms into a C++ callback
+ static void sRecvCb(void *arg, struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port);
+
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/if/net/netdnsrequest.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef NETDNSREQUEST_H
+#define NETDNSREQUEST_H
+
+//class Socket;
+class Host;
+//class NetService;
+class NetDnsRequest;
+
+#include "netservice.h"
+#include "ipaddr.h"
+#include "host.h"
+
+enum NetDnsReply
+{
+ NETDNS_PRTCL,
+ NETDNS_NOTFOUND, //Hostname is unknown
+ NETDNS_ERROR, //Problem with DNS Service
+ //...
+ NETDNS_FOUND,
+};
+
+class NetDnsRequest : public NetService
+{
+public:
+ NetDnsRequest(const char* hostname);
+ NetDnsRequest(Host* pHost);
+ virtual ~NetDnsRequest();
+
+ class CDummy;
+ template<class T>
+ //Linker bug : Must be defined here :(
+ void setOnReply( T* pItem, void (T::*pMethod)(NetDnsReply) )
+ {
+ m_pCbItem = (CDummy*) pItem;
+ m_pCbMeth = (void (CDummy::*)(NetDnsReply)) pMethod;
+ }
+
+ //Execute request & return OK if found, NOTFOUND or ERROR on error, or PROCESSING if the request has not completed yet
+ // virtual DnsErr pollState() = 0;
+ virtual void poll() = 0; //NetService fn
+
+ void getResult(IpAddr* pIp);
+
+ virtual void close();
+
+protected:
+ void onReply(NetDnsReply reply); //Must be called by impl when the request completes
+
+ IpAddr m_ip;
+ char* m_hostname;
+
+private:
+ CDummy* m_pCbItem;
+ void (CDummy::*m_pCbMeth)(NetDnsReply);
+
+ Host* m_pHost;
+
+ bool m_closed;
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/if/net/netif.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef NETIF_H
+#define NETIF_H
+
+#include "core/ipaddr.h"
+/*
+#include "nettcpsocket.h"
+#include "netudpsocket.h"
+#include "netdnsrequest.h"
+*/
+class NetTcpSocket;
+class NetUdpSocket;
+class NetDnsRequest;
+
+#if 0
+enum NetifEvent
+{
+ NETIF_CONNECTED, //Connected, can create & use sockets now
+ NETIF_DNSREPLY,
+ NETIF_DISCONNECTED
+};
+#endif
+
+class NetIf
+{
+public:
+ NetIf();
+ virtual ~NetIf();
+ virtual NetTcpSocket* tcpSocket() = 0; //Create a new tcp socket
+ virtual NetUdpSocket* udpSocket() = 0; //Create a new udp socket
+ virtual void poll() = 0;
+ virtual NetDnsRequest* dnsRequest(const char* hostname) = 0; //Create a new NetDnsRequest object
+ virtual NetDnsRequest* dnsRequest(Host* pHost) = 0; //Create a new NetDnsRequest object
+
+ //!Returns the IP of the interface once it's connected
+ IpAddr getIp() const;
+
+protected:
+ IpAddr m_ip;
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/if/net/nettcpsocket.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef NETTCPSOCKET_H
+#define NETTCPSOCKET_H
+
+#include "net.h"
+#include "host.h"
+
+#include <queue>
+using std::queue;
+
+//Implements a Berkeley-like socket if
+//Can be interfaced either to lwip or a Telit module
+
+enum NetTcpSocketErr
+{
+ __NETTCPSOCKET_MIN = -0xFFFF,
+ NETTCPSOCKET_SETUP, //NetTcpSocket not properly configured
+ NETTCPSOCKET_TIMEOUT,
+ NETTCPSOCKET_IF, //If has problems
+ NETTCPSOCKET_MEM, //Not enough mem
+ NETTCPSOCKET_INUSE, //If/Port is in use
+ NETTCPSOCKET_EMPTY, //Connections queue is empty
+ NETTCPSOCKET_RST, // Connection was reset by remote host
+//...
+ NETTCPSOCKET_OK = 0
+};
+
+enum NetTcpSocketEvent
+{
+ NETTCPSOCKET_CONNECTED, //Connected to host, must call accept() if we were listening
+ NETTCPSOCKET_ACCEPT, //Connected to client
+ NETTCPSOCKET_READABLE, //Data in buf
+ NETTCPSOCKET_WRITEABLE, //Can write data to buf
+ NETTCPSOCKET_CONTIMEOUT,
+ NETTCPSOCKET_CONRST,
+ NETTCPSOCKET_CONABRT,
+ NETTCPSOCKET_ERROR,
+ NETTCPSOCKET_DISCONNECTED
+};
+
+
+class NetTcpSocket
+{
+public:
+ NetTcpSocket();
+ virtual ~NetTcpSocket(); //close()
+
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr bind(const Host& me) = 0;
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr listen() = 0;
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr connect(const Host& host) = 0;
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr accept(Host* pClient, NetTcpSocket** ppNewNetTcpSocket) = 0;
+
+ virtual int /*if < 0 : NetTcpSocketErr*/ send(const char* buf, int len) = 0;
+ virtual int /*if < 0 : NetTcpSocketErr*/ recv(char* buf, int len) = 0;
+
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr close() = 0;
+
+ virtual NetTcpSocketErr poll() = 0;
+
+ class CDummy;
+ //Callbacks
+ template<class T>
+ //Linker bug : Must be defined here :(
+ void setOnEvent( T* pItem, void (T::*pMethod)(NetTcpSocketEvent) )
+ {
+ m_pCbItem = (CDummy*) pItem;
+ m_pCbMeth = (void (CDummy::*)(NetTcpSocketEvent)) pMethod;
+ }
+
+ void resetOnEvent(); //Disable callback
+
+protected:
+ void queueEvent(NetTcpSocketEvent e);
+ void discardEvents();
+ void flushEvents(); //to be called during polling
+
+ Host m_host;
+ Host m_client;
+
+ friend class Net;
+ int m_refs;
+
+ bool m_closed;
+ bool m_removed;
+
+private:
+ //We do not want to execute user code in interrupt routines, so we queue events until the server is polled
+ //If we port this to a multithreaded OS, we could avoid this (however some functions here are not thread-safe, so beware ;) )
+ void onEvent(NetTcpSocketEvent e); //To be called on poll
+ CDummy* m_pCbItem;
+ void (CDummy::*m_pCbMeth)(NetTcpSocketEvent);
+ queue<NetTcpSocketEvent> m_events;
+
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/if/net/netudpsocket.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2010 Donatien Garnier (donatiengar [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef NETUDPSOCKET_H
+#define NETUDPSOCKET_H
+
+#include "net.h"
+#include "host.h"
+
+#include <queue>
+using std::queue;
+
+//Implements a Berkeley-like socket if
+//Can be interfaced either to lwip or a Telit module
+
+enum NetUdpSocketErr
+{
+ __NETUDPSOCKET_MIN = -0xFFFF,
+ NETUDPSOCKET_SETUP, //NetUdpSocket not properly configured
+ NETUDPSOCKET_IF, //If has problems
+ NETUDPSOCKET_MEM, //Not enough mem
+ NETUDPSOCKET_INUSE, //If/Port is in use
+//...
+ NETUDPSOCKET_OK = 0
+};
+
+enum NetUdpSocketEvent //Only one lonely event here... but who knows, maybe some day there'll be another one!
+{
+ NETUDPSOCKET_READABLE, //Data in buf
+};
+
+
+class NetUdpSocket
+{
+public:
+ NetUdpSocket();
+ virtual ~NetUdpSocket(); //close()
+
+ virtual NetUdpSocketErr bind(const Host& me) = 0;
+
+ virtual int /*if < 0 : NetUdpSocketErr*/ sendto(const char* buf, int len, Host* pHost) = 0;
+ virtual int /*if < 0 : NetUdpSocketErr*/ recvfrom(char* buf, int len, Host* pHost) = 0;
+
+ /* TODO NTH : printf / scanf helpers that call send/recv */
+
+ virtual NetUdpSocketErr close() = 0;
+
+ virtual NetUdpSocketErr poll() = 0;
+
+ class CDummy;
+ //Callbacks
+ template<class T>
+ //Linker bug : Must be defined here :(
+ void setOnEvent( T* pItem, void (T::*pMethod)(NetUdpSocketEvent) )
+ {
+ m_pCbItem = (CDummy*) pItem;
+ m_pCbMeth = (void (CDummy::*)(NetUdpSocketEvent)) pMethod;
+ }
+
+ void resetOnEvent(); //Disable callback
+
+protected:
+ void queueEvent(NetUdpSocketEvent e);
+ void discardEvents();
+ void flushEvents(); //to be called during polling
+
+ Host m_host;
+ Host m_client;
+
+ friend class Net;
+ int m_refs;
+
+ bool m_closed;
+ bool m_removed;
+
+private:
+ //We do not want to execute user code in interrupt routines, so we queue events until the server is polled
+ //If we port this to a multithreaded OS, we could avoid this (however some functions here are not thread-safe, so beware ;) )
+ void onEvent(NetUdpSocketEvent e); //To be called on poll
+ CDummy* m_pCbItem;
+ void (CDummy::*m_pCbMeth)(NetUdpSocketEvent);
+ queue<NetUdpSocketEvent> m_events;
+
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/arch/cc.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/* + * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se> + * + */ +#ifndef __LWIP_ARCH_CC_H__ +#define __LWIP_ARCH_CC_H__ + +#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234 + +#define BYTE_ORDER LITTLE_ENDIAN + +typedef unsigned char u8_t; +typedef signed char s8_t; +typedef unsigned short u16_t; +typedef signed short s16_t; +typedef unsigned int u32_t; +typedef signed int s32_t; +typedef unsigned int mem_ptr_t; + +#ifndef NULL +#define NULL 0 +#endif + +#ifndef TRUE +#define TRUE 1 +#endif + +#ifndef FALSE +#define FALSE 0 +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#define LWIP_RAND rand + +#define LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(x) DBG x +#define LWIP_PLATFORM_ASSERT(x) DBG(x) + +#define LWIP_PROVIDE_ERRNO + +#define U16_F "hu" +#define S16_F "hd" +#define X16_F "hx" +#define U32_F "lu" +#define S32_F "ld" +#define X32_F "lx" + +#if 0 +/*Create compilation problems, and according to http://www.mail-archive.com/lwip-users@nongnu.org/msg06786.html, +lwIP uses packed structures, so packing the field is not really a good idea ;) */ +#define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) __packed x +#else +#define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) x +#endif + +#define PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT +#define PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN __packed +#define PACK_STRUCT_END + +#define LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM 3 + + +#endif /* __LWIP_ARCH_CC_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/arch/perf.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/*
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_ARCH_PERF_H__
+#define __LWIP_ARCH_PERF_H__
+
+#define PERF_START
+#define PERF_STOP(x)
+
+#define perf_init(fname)
+
+#if 0
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+void perf_init(char *fname) {
+ return;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_ARCH_PERF_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/arch/sys_arch.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/*
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_SYS_ARCH_H__
+#define __LWIP_SYS_ARCH_H__
+
+typedef unsigned int u32_t;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+//DG 2010
+void sys_init(void); /* To be called first */
+u32_t sys_jiffies(void); /* since power up. */
+
+/** Returns the current time in milliseconds,
+ * may be the same as sys_jiffies or at least based on it. */
+u32_t sys_now(void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_ARCH_CC_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/autoip.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/**
+ * @file
+ *
+ * AutoIP Automatic LinkLocal IP Configuration
+ */
+
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * Author: Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
+ *
+ * This is a AutoIP implementation for the lwIP TCP/IP stack. It aims to conform
+ * with RFC 3927.
+ *
+ *
+ * Please coordinate changes and requests with Dominik Spies
+ * <kontakt@dspies.de>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__
+#define __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_AUTOIP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/udp.h"
+#include "netif/etharp.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* AutoIP Timing */
+#define AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL 100
+#define AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND (1000 / AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL)
+
+/* RFC 3927 Constants */
+#define PROBE_WAIT 1 /* second (initial random delay) */
+#define PROBE_MIN 1 /* second (minimum delay till repeated probe) */
+#define PROBE_MAX 2 /* seconds (maximum delay till repeated probe) */
+#define PROBE_NUM 3 /* (number of probe packets) */
+#define ANNOUNCE_NUM 2 /* (number of announcement packets) */
+#define ANNOUNCE_INTERVAL 2 /* seconds (time between announcement packets) */
+#define ANNOUNCE_WAIT 2 /* seconds (delay before announcing) */
+#define MAX_CONFLICTS 10 /* (max conflicts before rate limiting) */
+#define RATE_LIMIT_INTERVAL 60 /* seconds (delay between successive attempts) */
+#define DEFEND_INTERVAL 10 /* seconds (min. wait between defensive ARPs) */
+
+/* AutoIP client states */
+#define AUTOIP_STATE_OFF 0
+#define AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING 1
+#define AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING 2
+#define AUTOIP_STATE_BOUND 3
+
+struct autoip
+{
+ ip_addr_t llipaddr; /* the currently selected, probed, announced or used LL IP-Address */
+ u8_t state; /* current AutoIP state machine state */
+ u8_t sent_num; /* sent number of probes or announces, dependent on state */
+ u16_t ttw; /* ticks to wait, tick is AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL long */
+ u8_t lastconflict; /* ticks until a conflict can be solved by defending */
+ u8_t tried_llipaddr; /* total number of probed/used Link Local IP-Addresses */
+};
+
+
+/** Init srand, has to be called before entering mainloop */
+void autoip_init(void);
+
+/** Set a struct autoip allocated by the application to work with */
+void autoip_set_struct(struct netif *netif, struct autoip *autoip);
+
+/** Start AutoIP client */
+err_t autoip_start(struct netif *netif);
+
+/** Stop AutoIP client */
+err_t autoip_stop(struct netif *netif);
+
+/** Handles every incoming ARP Packet, called by etharp_arp_input */
+void autoip_arp_reply(struct netif *netif, struct etharp_hdr *hdr);
+
+/** Has to be called in loop every AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds */
+void autoip_tmr(void);
+
+/** Handle a possible change in the network configuration */
+void autoip_network_changed(struct netif *netif);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/icmp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_ICMP_H__
+#define __LWIP_ICMP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define ICMP_ER 0 /* echo reply */
+#define ICMP_DUR 3 /* destination unreachable */
+#define ICMP_SQ 4 /* source quench */
+#define ICMP_RD 5 /* redirect */
+#define ICMP_ECHO 8 /* echo */
+#define ICMP_TE 11 /* time exceeded */
+#define ICMP_PP 12 /* parameter problem */
+#define ICMP_TS 13 /* timestamp */
+#define ICMP_TSR 14 /* timestamp reply */
+#define ICMP_IRQ 15 /* information request */
+#define ICMP_IR 16 /* information reply */
+
+enum icmp_dur_type {
+ ICMP_DUR_NET = 0, /* net unreachable */
+ ICMP_DUR_HOST = 1, /* host unreachable */
+ ICMP_DUR_PROTO = 2, /* protocol unreachable */
+ ICMP_DUR_PORT = 3, /* port unreachable */
+ ICMP_DUR_FRAG = 4, /* fragmentation needed and DF set */
+ ICMP_DUR_SR = 5 /* source route failed */
+};
+
+enum icmp_te_type {
+ ICMP_TE_TTL = 0, /* time to live exceeded in transit */
+ ICMP_TE_FRAG = 1 /* fragment reassembly time exceeded */
+};
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+/* This is the standard ICMP header only that the u32_t data
+ * is splitted to two u16_t like ICMP echo needs it.
+ * This header is also used for other ICMP types that do not
+ * use the data part.
+ */
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct icmp_echo_hdr {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t type);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t code);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t chksum);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t id);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t seqno);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#define ICMPH_TYPE(hdr) ((hdr)->type)
+#define ICMPH_CODE(hdr) ((hdr)->code)
+
+/* Combines type and code to an u16_t */
+#define ICMPH_TYPE_SET(hdr, t) ((hdr)->type = (t))
+#define ICMPH_CODE_SET(hdr, c) ((hdr)->code = (c))
+
+
+#if LWIP_ICMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+void icmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
+void icmp_dest_unreach(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_dur_type t);
+void icmp_time_exceeded(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_te_type t);
+
+#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_ICMP_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/igmp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 CITEL Technologies Ltd.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of CITEL Technologies Ltd nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY CITEL TECHNOLOGIES AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL CITEL TECHNOLOGIES OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is a contribution to the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ * The Swedish Institute of Computer Science and Adam Dunkels
+ * are specifically granted permission to redistribute this
+ * source code.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_IGMP_H__
+#define __LWIP_IGMP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* IGMP timer */
+#define IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL 100 /* Milliseconds */
+#define IGMP_V1_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR (1000/IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL)
+#define IGMP_JOIN_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR (500 /IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL)
+
+/* MAC Filter Actions, these are passed to a netif's
+ * igmp_mac_filter callback function. */
+#define IGMP_DEL_MAC_FILTER 0
+#define IGMP_ADD_MAC_FILTER 1
+
+
+/**
+ * igmp group structure - there is
+ * a list of groups for each interface
+ * these should really be linked from the interface, but
+ * if we keep them separate we will not affect the lwip original code
+ * too much
+ *
+ * There will be a group for the all systems group address but this
+ * will not run the state machine as it is used to kick off reports
+ * from all the other groups
+ */
+struct igmp_group {
+ /** next link */
+ struct igmp_group *next;
+ /** interface on which the group is active */
+ struct netif *netif;
+ /** multicast address */
+ ip_addr_t group_address;
+ /** signifies we were the last person to report */
+ u8_t last_reporter_flag;
+ /** current state of the group */
+ u8_t group_state;
+ /** timer for reporting, negative is OFF */
+ u16_t timer;
+ /** counter of simultaneous uses */
+ u8_t use;
+};
+
+/* Prototypes */
+void igmp_init(void);
+err_t igmp_start(struct netif *netif);
+err_t igmp_stop(struct netif *netif);
+void igmp_report_groups(struct netif *netif);
+struct igmp_group *igmp_lookfor_group(struct netif *ifp, ip_addr_t *addr);
+void igmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp, ip_addr_t *dest);
+err_t igmp_joingroup(ip_addr_t *ifaddr, ip_addr_t *groupaddr);
+err_t igmp_leavegroup(ip_addr_t *ifaddr, ip_addr_t *groupaddr);
+void igmp_tmr(void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_IGMP_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/inet.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_INET_H__
+#define __LWIP_INET_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* For compatibility with BSD code */
+struct in_addr {
+ u32_t s_addr;
+};
+
+/** 255.255.255.255 */
+#define INADDR_NONE IPADDR_NONE
+/** 127.0.0.1 */
+#define INADDR_LOOPBACK IPADDR_LOOPBACK
+/** 0.0.0.0 */
+#define INADDR_ANY IPADDR_ANY
+/** 255.255.255.255 */
+#define INADDR_BROADCAST IPADDR_BROADCAST
+
+/* Definitions of the bits in an Internet address integer.
+
+ On subnets, host and network parts are found according to
+ the subnet mask, not these masks. */
+#define IN_CLASSA(a) IP_CLASSA(a)
+#define IN_CLASSA_NET IP_CLASSA_NET
+#define IN_CLASSA_NSHIFT IP_CLASSA_NSHIFT
+#define IN_CLASSA_HOST IP_CLASSA_HOST
+#define IN_CLASSA_MAX IP_CLASSA_MAX
+
+#define IN_CLASSB(b) IP_CLASSB(b)
+#define IN_CLASSB_NET IP_CLASSB_NET
+#define IN_CLASSB_NSHIFT IP_CLASSB_NSHIFT
+#define IN_CLASSB_HOST IP_CLASSB_HOST
+#define IN_CLASSB_MAX IP_CLASSB_MAX
+
+#define IN_CLASSC(c) IP_CLASSC(c)
+#define IN_CLASSC_NET IP_CLASSC_NET
+#define IN_CLASSC_NSHIFT IP_CLASSC_NSHIFT
+#define IN_CLASSC_HOST IP_CLASSC_HOST
+#define IN_CLASSC_MAX IP_CLASSC_MAX
+
+#define IN_CLASSD(d) IP_CLASSD(d)
+#define IN_CLASSD_NET IP_CLASSD_NET /* These ones aren't really */
+#define IN_CLASSD_NSHIFT IP_CLASSD_NSHIFT /* net and host fields, but */
+#define IN_CLASSD_HOST IP_CLASSD_HOST /* routing needn't know. */
+#define IN_CLASSD_MAX IP_CLASSD_MAX
+
+#define IN_MULTICAST(a) IP_MULTICAST(a)
+
+#define IN_EXPERIMENTAL(a) IP_EXPERIMENTAL(a)
+#define IN_BADCLASS(a) IP_BADCLASS(a)
+
+#define IN_LOOPBACKNET IP_LOOPBACKNET
+
+#define inet_addr_from_ipaddr(target_inaddr, source_ipaddr) ((target_inaddr)->s_addr = ip4_addr_get_u32(source_ipaddr))
+#define inet_addr_to_ipaddr(target_ipaddr, source_inaddr) (ip4_addr_set_u32(target_ipaddr, (source_inaddr)->s_addr))
+/* ATTENTION: the next define only works because both s_addr and ip_addr_t are an u32_t effectively! */
+#define inet_addr_to_ipaddr_p(target_ipaddr_p, source_inaddr) ((target_ipaddr_p) = (ip_addr_t*)&((source_inaddr)->s_addr))
+
+/* directly map this to the lwip internal functions */
+#define inet_addr(cp) ipaddr_addr(cp)
+#define inet_aton(cp, addr) ipaddr_aton(cp, (ip_addr_t*)addr)
+#define inet_ntoa(addr) ipaddr_ntoa((ip_addr_t*)&(addr))
+#define inet_ntoa_r(addr, buf, buflen) ipaddr_ntoa_r((ip_addr_t*)&(addr), buf, buflen)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_INET_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/inet_chksum.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_INET_CHKSUM_H__
+#define __LWIP_INET_CHKSUM_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+
+/** Swap the bytes in an u16_t: much like htons() for little-endian */
+#ifndef SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD
+#if LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)
+/* little endian and PLATFORM_BYTESWAP defined */
+#define SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(w) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(w)
+#else /* LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN) */
+/* can't use htons on big endian (or PLATFORM_BYTESWAP not defined)... */
+#define SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(w) (((w) & 0xff) << 8) | (((w) & 0xff00) >> 8)
+#endif /* LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)*/
+#endif /* SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD */
+
+/** Split an u32_t in two u16_ts and add them up */
+#ifndef FOLD_U32T
+#define FOLD_U32T(u) (((u) >> 16) + ((u) & 0x0000ffffUL))
+#endif
+
+#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
+/** Function-like macro: same as MEMCPY but returns the checksum of copied data
+ as u16_t */
+#ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY
+#define LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY(dst, src, len) lwip_chksum_copy(dst, src, len)
+#ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM
+#define LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM 1
+#endif /* LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM */
+#endif /* LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY */
+#else /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
+#define LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM 0
+#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+u16_t inet_chksum(void *dataptr, u16_t len);
+u16_t inet_chksum_pbuf(struct pbuf *p);
+u16_t inet_chksum_pseudo(struct pbuf *p,
+ ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
+ u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len);
+u16_t inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(struct pbuf *p,
+ ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
+ u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len, u16_t chksum_len);
+#if LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM
+u16_t lwip_chksum_copy(void *dst, const void *src, u16_t len);
+#endif /* LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_INET_H__ */
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/ip.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_IP_H__
+#define __LWIP_IP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** Currently, the function ip_output_if_opt() is only used with IGMP */
+#define IP_OPTIONS_SEND LWIP_IGMP
+
+#define IP_HLEN 20
+
+#define IP_PROTO_ICMP 1
+#define IP_PROTO_IGMP 2
+#define IP_PROTO_UDP 17
+#define IP_PROTO_UDPLITE 136
+#define IP_PROTO_TCP 6
+
+/* This is passed as the destination address to ip_output_if (not
+ to ip_output), meaning that an IP header already is constructed
+ in the pbuf. This is used when TCP retransmits. */
+#ifdef IP_HDRINCL
+#undef IP_HDRINCL
+#endif /* IP_HDRINCL */
+#define IP_HDRINCL NULL
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
+#define IP_PCB_ADDRHINT ;u8_t addr_hint
+#else
+#define IP_PCB_ADDRHINT
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT */
+
+/* This is the common part of all PCB types. It needs to be at the
+ beginning of a PCB type definition. It is located here so that
+ changes to this common part are made in one location instead of
+ having to change all PCB structs. */
+#define IP_PCB \
+ /* ip addresses in network byte order */ \
+ ip_addr_t local_ip; \
+ ip_addr_t remote_ip; \
+ /* Socket options */ \
+ u8_t so_options; \
+ /* Type Of Service */ \
+ u8_t tos; \
+ /* Time To Live */ \
+ u8_t ttl \
+ /* link layer address resolution hint */ \
+ IP_PCB_ADDRHINT
+
+struct ip_pcb {
+/* Common members of all PCB types */
+ IP_PCB;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Option flags per-socket. These are the same like SO_XXX.
+ */
+/*#define SOF_DEBUG (u8_t)0x01U Unimplemented: turn on debugging info recording */
+#define SOF_ACCEPTCONN (u8_t)0x02U /* socket has had listen() */
+#define SOF_REUSEADDR (u8_t)0x04U /* allow local address reuse */
+#define SOF_KEEPALIVE (u8_t)0x08U /* keep connections alive */
+/*#define SOF_DONTROUTE (u8_t)0x10U Unimplemented: just use interface addresses */
+#define SOF_BROADCAST (u8_t)0x20U /* permit to send and to receive broadcast messages (see IP_SOF_BROADCAST option) */
+/*#define SOF_USELOOPBACK (u8_t)0x40U Unimplemented: bypass hardware when possible */
+#define SOF_LINGER (u8_t)0x80U /* linger on close if data present */
+/*#define SOF_OOBINLINE (u16_t)0x0100U Unimplemented: leave received OOB data in line */
+/*#define SOF_REUSEPORT (u16_t)0x0200U Unimplemented: allow local address & port reuse */
+
+/* These flags are inherited (e.g. from a listen-pcb to a connection-pcb): */
+#define SOF_INHERITED (SOF_REUSEADDR|SOF_KEEPALIVE|SOF_LINGER/*|SOF_DEBUG|SOF_DONTROUTE|SOF_OOBINLINE*/)
+
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct ip_hdr {
+ /* version / header length / type of service */
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _v_hl_tos);
+ /* total length */
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _len);
+ /* identification */
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _id);
+ /* fragment offset field */
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _offset);
+#define IP_RF 0x8000 /* reserved fragment flag */
+#define IP_DF 0x4000 /* dont fragment flag */
+#define IP_MF 0x2000 /* more fragments flag */
+#define IP_OFFMASK 0x1fff /* mask for fragmenting bits */
+ /* time to live */
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t _ttl);
+ /* protocol*/
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t _proto);
+ /* checksum */
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _chksum);
+ /* source and destination IP addresses */
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t src);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t dest);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#define IPH_V(hdr) (ntohs((hdr)->_v_hl_tos) >> 12)
+#define IPH_HL(hdr) ((ntohs((hdr)->_v_hl_tos) >> 8) & 0x0f)
+#define IPH_TOS(hdr) (ntohs((hdr)->_v_hl_tos) & 0xff)
+#define IPH_LEN(hdr) ((hdr)->_len)
+#define IPH_ID(hdr) ((hdr)->_id)
+#define IPH_OFFSET(hdr) ((hdr)->_offset)
+#define IPH_TTL(hdr) ((hdr)->_ttl)
+#define IPH_PROTO(hdr) ((hdr)->_proto)
+#define IPH_CHKSUM(hdr) ((hdr)->_chksum)
+
+#define IPH_VHLTOS_SET(hdr, v, hl, tos) (hdr)->_v_hl_tos = (htons(((v) << 12) | ((hl) << 8) | (tos)))
+#define IPH_LEN_SET(hdr, len) (hdr)->_len = (len)
+#define IPH_ID_SET(hdr, id) (hdr)->_id = (id)
+#define IPH_OFFSET_SET(hdr, off) (hdr)->_offset = (off)
+#define IPH_TTL_SET(hdr, ttl) (hdr)->_ttl = (u8_t)(ttl)
+#define IPH_PROTO_SET(hdr, proto) (hdr)->_proto = (u8_t)(proto)
+#define IPH_CHKSUM_SET(hdr, chksum) (hdr)->_chksum = (chksum)
+
+/** The interface that provided the packet for the current callback invocation. */
+extern struct netif *current_netif;
+/** Header of the input packet currently being processed. */
+extern const struct ip_hdr *current_header;
+/** Source IP address of current_header */
+extern ip_addr_t current_iphdr_src;
+/** Destination IP address of current_header */
+extern ip_addr_t current_iphdr_dest;
+
+#define ip_init() /* Compatibility define, not init needed. */
+struct netif *ip_route(ip_addr_t *dest);
+err_t ip_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
+err_t ip_output(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
+ u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto);
+err_t ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
+ u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto,
+ struct netif *netif);
+#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
+err_t ip_output_hinted(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
+ u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, u8_t *addr_hint);
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT */
+#if IP_OPTIONS_SEND
+err_t ip_output_if_opt(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
+ u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, struct netif *netif, void *ip_options,
+ u16_t optlen);
+#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_SEND */
+/** Get the interface that received the current packet.
+ * This function must only be called from a receive callback (udp_recv,
+ * raw_recv, tcp_accept). It will return NULL otherwise. */
+#define ip_current_netif() (current_netif)
+/** Get the IP header of the current packet.
+ * This function must only be called from a receive callback (udp_recv,
+ * raw_recv, tcp_accept). It will return NULL otherwise. */
+#define ip_current_header() (current_header)
+/** Source IP address of current_header */
+#define ip_current_src_addr() (¤t_iphdr_src)
+/** Destination IP address of current_header */
+#define ip_current_dest_addr() (¤t_iphdr_dest)
+
+#if IP_DEBUG
+void ip_debug_print(struct pbuf *p);
+#else
+#define ip_debug_print(p)
+#endif /* IP_DEBUG */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_IP_H__ */
+
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/ip_addr.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__
+#define __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* This is the aligned version of ip_addr_t,
+ used as local variable, on the stack, etc. */
+struct ip_addr {
+ u32_t addr;
+};
+
+/* This is the packed version of ip_addr_t,
+ used in network headers that are itself packed */
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct ip_addr_packed {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t addr);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+/** ip_addr_t uses a struct for convenience only, so that the same defines can
+ * operate both on ip_addr_t as well as on ip_addr_p_t. */
+typedef struct ip_addr ip_addr_t;
+typedef struct ip_addr_packed ip_addr_p_t;
+
+/*
+ * struct ipaddr2 is used in the definition of the ARP packet format in
+ * order to support compilers that don't have structure packing.
+ */
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct ip_addr2 {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t addrw[2]);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Forward declaration to not include netif.h */
+struct netif;
+
+extern const ip_addr_t ip_addr_any;
+extern const ip_addr_t ip_addr_broadcast;
+
+/** IP_ADDR_ can be used as a fixed IP address
+ * for the wildcard and the broadcast address
+ */
+#define IP_ADDR_ANY ((ip_addr_t *)&ip_addr_any)
+#define IP_ADDR_BROADCAST ((ip_addr_t *)&ip_addr_broadcast)
+
+/** 255.255.255.255 */
+#define IPADDR_NONE ((u32_t)0xffffffffUL)
+/** 127.0.0.1 */
+#define IPADDR_LOOPBACK ((u32_t)0x7f000001UL)
+/** 0.0.0.0 */
+#define IPADDR_ANY ((u32_t)0x00000000UL)
+/** 255.255.255.255 */
+#define IPADDR_BROADCAST ((u32_t)0xffffffffUL)
+
+/* Definitions of the bits in an Internet address integer.
+
+ On subnets, host and network parts are found according to
+ the subnet mask, not these masks. */
+#define IP_CLASSA(a) ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0x80000000UL) == 0)
+#define IP_CLASSA_NET 0xff000000
+#define IP_CLASSA_NSHIFT 24
+#define IP_CLASSA_HOST (0xffffffff & ~IP_CLASSA_NET)
+#define IP_CLASSA_MAX 128
+
+#define IP_CLASSB(a) ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0xc0000000UL) == 0x80000000UL)
+#define IP_CLASSB_NET 0xffff0000
+#define IP_CLASSB_NSHIFT 16
+#define IP_CLASSB_HOST (0xffffffff & ~IP_CLASSB_NET)
+#define IP_CLASSB_MAX 65536
+
+#define IP_CLASSC(a) ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0xe0000000UL) == 0xc0000000UL)
+#define IP_CLASSC_NET 0xffffff00
+#define IP_CLASSC_NSHIFT 8
+#define IP_CLASSC_HOST (0xffffffff & ~IP_CLASSC_NET)
+
+#define IP_CLASSD(a) (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xe0000000UL)
+#define IP_CLASSD_NET 0xf0000000 /* These ones aren't really */
+#define IP_CLASSD_NSHIFT 28 /* net and host fields, but */
+#define IP_CLASSD_HOST 0x0fffffff /* routing needn't know. */
+#define IP_MULTICAST(a) IP_CLASSD(a)
+
+#define IP_EXPERIMENTAL(a) (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xf0000000UL)
+#define IP_BADCLASS(a) (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xf0000000UL)
+
+#define IP_LOOPBACKNET 127 /* official! */
+
+
+#if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN
+/** Set an IP address given by the four byte-parts */
+#define IP4_ADDR(ipaddr, a,b,c,d) \
+ (ipaddr)->addr = ((u32_t)((a) & 0xff) << 24) | \
+ ((u32_t)((b) & 0xff) << 16) | \
+ ((u32_t)((c) & 0xff) << 8) | \
+ (u32_t)((d) & 0xff)
+#else
+/** Set an IP address given by the four byte-parts.
+ Little-endian version that prevents the use of htonl. */
+#define IP4_ADDR(ipaddr, a,b,c,d) \
+ (ipaddr)->addr = ((u32_t)((d) & 0xff) << 24) | \
+ ((u32_t)((c) & 0xff) << 16) | \
+ ((u32_t)((b) & 0xff) << 8) | \
+ (u32_t)((a) & 0xff)
+#endif
+
+/** MEMCPY-like copying of IP addresses where addresses are known to be
+ * 16-bit-aligned if the port is correctly configured (so a port could define
+ * this to copying 2 u16_t's) - no NULL-pointer-checking needed. */
+#ifndef IPADDR2_COPY
+#define IPADDR2_COPY(dest, src) SMEMCPY(dest, src, sizeof(ip_addr_t))
+#endif
+
+/** Copy IP address - faster than ip_addr_set: no NULL check */
+#define ip_addr_copy(dest, src) ((dest).addr = (src).addr)
+/** Safely copy one IP address to another (src may be NULL) */
+#define ip_addr_set(dest, src) ((dest)->addr = \
+ ((src) == NULL ? 0 : \
+ (src)->addr))
+/** Set complete address to zero */
+#define ip_addr_set_zero(ipaddr) ((ipaddr)->addr = 0)
+/** Set address to IPADDR_ANY (no need for htonl()) */
+#define ip_addr_set_any(ipaddr) ((ipaddr)->addr = IPADDR_ANY)
+/** Set address to loopback address */
+#define ip_addr_set_loopback(ipaddr) ((ipaddr)->addr = PP_HTONL(IPADDR_LOOPBACK))
+/** Safely copy one IP address to another and change byte order
+ * from host- to network-order. */
+#define ip_addr_set_hton(dest, src) ((dest)->addr = \
+ ((src) == NULL ? 0:\
+ htonl((src)->addr)))
+/** IPv4 only: set the IP address given as an u32_t */
+#define ip4_addr_set_u32(dest_ipaddr, src_u32) ((dest_ipaddr)->addr = (src_u32))
+/** IPv4 only: get the IP address as an u32_t */
+#define ip4_addr_get_u32(src_ipaddr) ((src_ipaddr)->addr)
+
+/** Get the network address by combining host address with netmask */
+#define ip_addr_get_network(target, host, netmask) ((target)->addr = ((host)->addr) & ((netmask)->addr))
+
+/**
+ * Determine if two address are on the same network.
+ *
+ * @arg addr1 IP address 1
+ * @arg addr2 IP address 2
+ * @arg mask network identifier mask
+ * @return !0 if the network identifiers of both address match
+ */
+#define ip_addr_netcmp(addr1, addr2, mask) (((addr1)->addr & \
+ (mask)->addr) == \
+ ((addr2)->addr & \
+ (mask)->addr))
+#define ip_addr_cmp(addr1, addr2) ((addr1)->addr == (addr2)->addr)
+
+#define ip_addr_isany(addr1) ((addr1) == NULL || (addr1)->addr == IPADDR_ANY)
+
+#define ip_addr_isbroadcast(ipaddr, netif) ip4_addr_isbroadcast((ipaddr)->addr, (netif))
+u8_t ip4_addr_isbroadcast(u32_t addr, const struct netif *netif);
+
+#define ip_addr_netmask_valid(netmask) ip4_addr_netmask_valid((netmask)->addr)
+u8_t ip4_addr_netmask_valid(u32_t netmask);
+
+#define ip_addr_ismulticast(addr1) (((addr1)->addr & PP_HTONL(0xf0000000UL)) == PP_HTONL(0xe0000000UL))
+
+#define ip_addr_islinklocal(addr1) (((addr1)->addr & PP_HTONL(0xffff0000UL)) == PP_HTONL(0xa9fe0000UL))
+
+#define ip_addr_debug_print(debug, ipaddr) \
+ LWIP_DEBUGF(debug, ("%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F, \
+ ipaddr != NULL ? ip4_addr1_16(ipaddr) : 0, \
+ ipaddr != NULL ? ip4_addr2_16(ipaddr) : 0, \
+ ipaddr != NULL ? ip4_addr3_16(ipaddr) : 0, \
+ ipaddr != NULL ? ip4_addr4_16(ipaddr) : 0))
+
+/* Get one byte from the 4-byte address */
+#define ip4_addr1(ipaddr) (((u8_t*)(ipaddr))[0])
+#define ip4_addr2(ipaddr) (((u8_t*)(ipaddr))[1])
+#define ip4_addr3(ipaddr) (((u8_t*)(ipaddr))[2])
+#define ip4_addr4(ipaddr) (((u8_t*)(ipaddr))[3])
+/* These are cast to u16_t, with the intent that they are often arguments
+ * to printf using the U16_F format from cc.h. */
+#define ip4_addr1_16(ipaddr) ((u16_t)ip4_addr1(ipaddr))
+#define ip4_addr2_16(ipaddr) ((u16_t)ip4_addr2(ipaddr))
+#define ip4_addr3_16(ipaddr) ((u16_t)ip4_addr3(ipaddr))
+#define ip4_addr4_16(ipaddr) ((u16_t)ip4_addr4(ipaddr))
+
+/** For backwards compatibility */
+#define ip_ntoa(ipaddr) ipaddr_ntoa(ipaddr)
+
+u32_t ipaddr_addr(const char *cp);
+int ipaddr_aton(const char *cp, ip_addr_t *addr);
+/** returns ptr to static buffer; not reentrant! */
+char *ipaddr_ntoa(const ip_addr_t *addr);
+char *ipaddr_ntoa_r(const ip_addr_t *addr, char *buf, int buflen);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/ip_frag.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Jani Monoses <jani@iv.ro>
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__
+#define __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if IP_REASSEMBLY
+/* The IP reassembly timer interval in milliseconds. */
+#define IP_TMR_INTERVAL 1000
+
+/* IP reassembly helper struct.
+ * This is exported because memp needs to know the size.
+ */
+struct ip_reassdata {
+ struct ip_reassdata *next;
+ struct pbuf *p;
+ struct ip_hdr iphdr;
+ u16_t datagram_len;
+ u8_t flags;
+ u8_t timer;
+};
+
+void ip_reass_init(void);
+void ip_reass_tmr(void);
+struct pbuf * ip_reass(struct pbuf *p);
+#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
+
+#if IP_FRAG
+#if !IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF && !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF
+/** A custom pbuf that holds a reference to another pbuf, which is freed
+ * when this custom pbuf is freed. This is used to create a custom PBUF_REF
+ * that points into the original pbuf. */
+struct pbuf_custom_ref {
+ /** 'base class' */
+ struct pbuf_custom pc;
+ /** pointer to the original pbuf that is referenced */
+ struct pbuf *original;
+};
+#endif /* !IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF && !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF */
+
+err_t ip_frag(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *dest);
+#endif /* IP_FRAG */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/api.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_API_H__
+#define __LWIP_API_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_NETCONN /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */
+
+#include "lwip/netbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Throughout this file, IP addresses and port numbers are expected to be in
+ * the same byte order as in the corresponding pcb.
+ */
+
+/* Flags for netconn_write (u8_t) */
+#define NETCONN_NOFLAG 0x00
+#define NETCONN_NOCOPY 0x00 /* Only for source code compatibility */
+#define NETCONN_COPY 0x01
+#define NETCONN_MORE 0x02
+#define NETCONN_DONTBLOCK 0x04
+
+/* Flags for struct netconn.flags (u8_t) */
+/** TCP: when data passed to netconn_write doesn't fit into the send buffer,
+ this temporarily stores whether to wake up the original application task
+ if data couldn't be sent in the first try. */
+#define NETCONN_FLAG_WRITE_DELAYED 0x01
+/** Should this netconn avoid blocking? */
+#define NETCONN_FLAG_NON_BLOCKING 0x02
+/** Was the last connect action a non-blocking one? */
+#define NETCONN_FLAG_IN_NONBLOCKING_CONNECT 0x04
+/** If this is set, a TCP netconn must call netconn_recved() to update
+ the TCP receive window (done automatically if not set). */
+#define NETCONN_FLAG_NO_AUTO_RECVED 0x08
+/** If a nonblocking write has been rejected before, poll_tcp needs to
+ check if the netconn is writable again */
+#define NETCONN_FLAG_CHECK_WRITESPACE 0x10
+
+
+/* Helpers to process several netconn_types by the same code */
+#define NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(t) (t&0xF0)
+#define NETCONNTYPE_DATAGRAM(t) (t&0xE0)
+
+/** Protocol family and type of the netconn */
+enum netconn_type {
+ NETCONN_INVALID = 0,
+ /* NETCONN_TCP Group */
+ NETCONN_TCP = 0x10,
+ /* NETCONN_UDP Group */
+ NETCONN_UDP = 0x20,
+ NETCONN_UDPLITE = 0x21,
+ NETCONN_UDPNOCHKSUM= 0x22,
+ /* NETCONN_RAW Group */
+ NETCONN_RAW = 0x40
+};
+
+/** Current state of the netconn. Non-TCP netconns are always
+ * in state NETCONN_NONE! */
+enum netconn_state {
+ NETCONN_NONE,
+ NETCONN_WRITE,
+ NETCONN_LISTEN,
+ NETCONN_CONNECT,
+ NETCONN_CLOSE
+};
+
+/** Use to inform the callback function about changes */
+enum netconn_evt {
+ NETCONN_EVT_RCVPLUS,
+ NETCONN_EVT_RCVMINUS,
+ NETCONN_EVT_SENDPLUS,
+ NETCONN_EVT_SENDMINUS,
+ NETCONN_EVT_ERROR
+};
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+/** Used for netconn_join_leave_group() */
+enum netconn_igmp {
+ NETCONN_JOIN,
+ NETCONN_LEAVE
+};
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+
+/* forward-declare some structs to avoid to include their headers */
+struct ip_pcb;
+struct tcp_pcb;
+struct udp_pcb;
+struct raw_pcb;
+struct netconn;
+struct api_msg_msg;
+
+/** A callback prototype to inform about events for a netconn */
+typedef void (* netconn_callback)(struct netconn *, enum netconn_evt, u16_t len);
+
+/** A netconn descriptor */
+struct netconn {
+ /** type of the netconn (TCP, UDP or RAW) */
+ enum netconn_type type;
+ /** current state of the netconn */
+ enum netconn_state state;
+ /** the lwIP internal protocol control block */
+ union {
+ struct ip_pcb *ip;
+ struct tcp_pcb *tcp;
+ struct udp_pcb *udp;
+ struct raw_pcb *raw;
+ } pcb;
+ /** the last error this netconn had */
+ err_t last_err;
+ /** sem that is used to synchroneously execute functions in the core context */
+ sys_sem_t op_completed;
+ /** mbox where received packets are stored until they are fetched
+ by the netconn application thread (can grow quite big) */
+ sys_mbox_t recvmbox;
+#if LWIP_TCP
+ /** mbox where new connections are stored until processed
+ by the application thread */
+ sys_mbox_t acceptmbox;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+ /** only used for socket layer */
+#if LWIP_SOCKET
+ int socket;
+#endif /* LWIP_SOCKET */
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
+ /** timeout to wait for new data to be received
+ (or connections to arrive for listening netconns) */
+ int recv_timeout;
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO */
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
+ /** maximum amount of bytes queued in recvmbox
+ not used for TCP: adjust TCP_WND instead! */
+ int recv_bufsize;
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVBUF */
+ /** number of bytes currently in recvmbox to be received,
+ tested against recv_bufsize to limit bytes on recvmbox
+ for UDP and RAW
+ @todo: should only be necessary with LWIP_SO_RCVBUF==1 */
+ s16_t recv_avail;
+ /** flags holding more netconn-internal state, see NETCONN_FLAG_* defines */
+ u8_t flags;
+#if LWIP_TCP
+ /** TCP: when data passed to netconn_write doesn't fit into the send buffer,
+ this temporarily stores how much is already sent. */
+ size_t write_offset;
+ /** TCP: when data passed to netconn_write doesn't fit into the send buffer,
+ this temporarily stores the message.
+ Also used during connect and close. */
+ struct api_msg_msg *current_msg;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+ /** A callback function that is informed about events for this netconn */
+ netconn_callback callback;
+};
+
+/** Register an Network connection event */
+#define API_EVENT(c,e,l) if (c->callback) { \
+ (*c->callback)(c, e, l); \
+ }
+
+/** Set conn->last_err to err but don't overwrite fatal errors */
+#define NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err) do { \
+ SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev); \
+ SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev); \
+ if (!ERR_IS_FATAL((conn)->last_err)) { \
+ (conn)->last_err = err; \
+ } \
+ SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev); \
+} while(0);
+
+/* Network connection functions: */
+#define netconn_new(t) netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(t, 0, NULL)
+#define netconn_new_with_callback(t, c) netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(t, 0, c)
+struct
+netconn *netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(enum netconn_type t, u8_t proto,
+ netconn_callback callback);
+err_t netconn_delete(struct netconn *conn);
+/** Get the type of a netconn (as enum netconn_type). */
+#define netconn_type(conn) (conn->type)
+
+err_t netconn_getaddr(struct netconn *conn, ip_addr_t *addr,
+ u16_t *port, u8_t local);
+#define netconn_peer(c,i,p) netconn_getaddr(c,i,p,0)
+#define netconn_addr(c,i,p) netconn_getaddr(c,i,p,1)
+
+err_t netconn_bind(struct netconn *conn, ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port);
+err_t netconn_connect(struct netconn *conn, ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port);
+err_t netconn_disconnect (struct netconn *conn);
+err_t netconn_listen_with_backlog(struct netconn *conn, u8_t backlog);
+#define netconn_listen(conn) netconn_listen_with_backlog(conn, TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG)
+err_t netconn_accept(struct netconn *conn, struct netconn **new_conn);
+err_t netconn_recv(struct netconn *conn, struct netbuf **new_buf);
+err_t netconn_recv_tcp_pbuf(struct netconn *conn, struct pbuf **new_buf);
+void netconn_recved(struct netconn *conn, u32_t length);
+err_t netconn_sendto(struct netconn *conn, struct netbuf *buf,
+ ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port);
+err_t netconn_send(struct netconn *conn, struct netbuf *buf);
+err_t netconn_write(struct netconn *conn, const void *dataptr, size_t size,
+ u8_t apiflags);
+err_t netconn_close(struct netconn *conn);
+err_t netconn_shutdown(struct netconn *conn, u8_t shut_rx, u8_t shut_tx);
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+err_t netconn_join_leave_group(struct netconn *conn, ip_addr_t *multiaddr,
+ ip_addr_t *netif_addr, enum netconn_igmp join_or_leave);
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+#if LWIP_DNS
+err_t netconn_gethostbyname(const char *name, ip_addr_t *addr);
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
+
+#define netconn_err(conn) ((conn)->last_err)
+#define netconn_recv_bufsize(conn) ((conn)->recv_bufsize)
+
+/** Set the blocking status of netconn calls (@todo: write/send is missing) */
+#define netconn_set_nonblocking(conn, val) do { if(val) { \
+ (conn)->flags |= NETCONN_FLAG_NON_BLOCKING; \
+} else { \
+ (conn)->flags &= ~ NETCONN_FLAG_NON_BLOCKING; }} while(0)
+/** Get the blocking status of netconn calls (@todo: write/send is missing) */
+#define netconn_is_nonblocking(conn) (((conn)->flags & NETCONN_FLAG_NON_BLOCKING) != 0)
+
+/** TCP: Set the no-auto-recved status of netconn calls (see NETCONN_FLAG_NO_AUTO_RECVED) */
+#define netconn_set_noautorecved(conn, val) do { if(val) { \
+ (conn)->flags |= NETCONN_FLAG_NO_AUTO_RECVED; \
+} else { \
+ (conn)->flags &= ~ NETCONN_FLAG_NO_AUTO_RECVED; }} while(0)
+/** TCP: Get the no-auto-recved status of netconn calls (see NETCONN_FLAG_NO_AUTO_RECVED) */
+#define netconn_get_noautorecved(conn) (((conn)->flags & NETCONN_FLAG_NO_AUTO_RECVED) != 0)
+
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
+/** Set the receive timeout in milliseconds */
+#define netconn_set_recvtimeout(conn, timeout) ((conn)->recv_timeout = (timeout))
+/** Get the receive timeout in milliseconds */
+#define netconn_get_recvtimeout(conn) ((conn)->recv_timeout)
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO */
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
+/** Set the receive buffer in bytes */
+#define netconn_set_recvbufsize(conn, recvbufsize) ((conn)->recv_bufsize = (recvbufsize))
+/** Get the receive buffer in bytes */
+#define netconn_get_recvbufsize(conn) ((conn)->recv_bufsize)
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVBUF*/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_API_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/api_msg.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_API_MSG_H__
+#define __LWIP_API_MSG_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_NETCONN /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */
+
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#include "lwip/igmp.h"
+#include "lwip/api.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define NETCONN_SHUT_RD 1
+#define NETCONN_SHUT_WR 2
+#define NETCONN_SHUT_RDWR 3
+
+/* IP addresses and port numbers are expected to be in
+ * the same byte order as in the corresponding pcb.
+ */
+/** This struct includes everything that is necessary to execute a function
+ for a netconn in another thread context (mainly used to process netconns
+ in the tcpip_thread context to be thread safe). */
+struct api_msg_msg {
+ /** The netconn which to process - always needed: it includes the semaphore
+ which is used to block the application thread until the function finished. */
+ struct netconn *conn;
+ /** The return value of the function executed in tcpip_thread. */
+ err_t err;
+ /** Depending on the executed function, one of these union members is used */
+ union {
+ /** used for do_send */
+ struct netbuf *b;
+ /** used for do_newconn */
+ struct {
+ u8_t proto;
+ } n;
+ /** used for do_bind and do_connect */
+ struct {
+ ip_addr_t *ipaddr;
+ u16_t port;
+ } bc;
+ /** used for do_getaddr */
+ struct {
+ ip_addr_t *ipaddr;
+ u16_t *port;
+ u8_t local;
+ } ad;
+ /** used for do_write */
+ struct {
+ const void *dataptr;
+ size_t len;
+ u8_t apiflags;
+ } w;
+ /** used for do_recv */
+ struct {
+ u32_t len;
+ } r;
+ /** used for do_close (/shutdown) */
+ struct {
+ u8_t shut;
+ } sd;
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+ /** used for do_join_leave_group */
+ struct {
+ ip_addr_t *multiaddr;
+ ip_addr_t *netif_addr;
+ enum netconn_igmp join_or_leave;
+ } jl;
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
+ struct {
+ u8_t backlog;
+ } lb;
+#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
+ } msg;
+};
+
+/** This struct contains a function to execute in another thread context and
+ a struct api_msg_msg that serves as an argument for this function.
+ This is passed to tcpip_apimsg to execute functions in tcpip_thread context. */
+struct api_msg {
+ /** function to execute in tcpip_thread context */
+ void (* function)(struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+ /** arguments for this function */
+ struct api_msg_msg msg;
+};
+
+#if LWIP_DNS
+/** As do_gethostbyname requires more arguments but doesn't require a netconn,
+ it has its own struct (to avoid struct api_msg getting bigger than necessary).
+ do_gethostbyname must be called using tcpip_callback instead of tcpip_apimsg
+ (see netconn_gethostbyname). */
+struct dns_api_msg {
+ /** Hostname to query or dotted IP address string */
+ const char *name;
+ /** Rhe resolved address is stored here */
+ ip_addr_t *addr;
+ /** This semaphore is posted when the name is resolved, the application thread
+ should wait on it. */
+ sys_sem_t *sem;
+ /** Errors are given back here */
+ err_t *err;
+};
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
+
+void do_newconn ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_delconn ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_bind ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_connect ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_disconnect ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_listen ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_send ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_recv ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_write ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_getaddr ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_close ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+void do_shutdown ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+void do_join_leave_group( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+
+#if LWIP_DNS
+void do_gethostbyname(void *arg);
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
+
+struct netconn* netconn_alloc(enum netconn_type t, netconn_callback callback);
+void netconn_free(struct netconn *conn);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_API_MSG_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/arch.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_ARCH_H__
+#define __LWIP_ARCH_H__
+
+#ifndef LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234
+#endif
+
+#ifndef BIG_ENDIAN
+#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
+#endif
+
+#include "arch/cc.h"
+
+/** Temporary: define format string for size_t if not defined in cc.h */
+#ifndef SZT_F
+#define SZT_F U32_F
+#endif /* SZT_F */
+/** Temporary upgrade helper: define format string for u8_t as hex if not
+ defined in cc.h */
+#ifndef X8_F
+#define X8_F "02x"
+#endif /* X8_F */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+#define PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+#endif /* PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN */
+
+#ifndef PACK_STRUCT_END
+#define PACK_STRUCT_END
+#endif /* PACK_STRUCT_END */
+
+#ifndef PACK_STRUCT_FIELD
+#define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) x
+#endif /* PACK_STRUCT_FIELD */
+
+
+#ifndef LWIP_UNUSED_ARG
+#define LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(x) (void)x
+#endif /* LWIP_UNUSED_ARG */
+
+
+#ifdef LWIP_PROVIDE_ERRNO
+
+#define EPERM 1 /* Operation not permitted */
+#define ENOENT 2 /* No such file or directory */
+#define ESRCH 3 /* No such process */
+#define EINTR 4 /* Interrupted system call */
+#define EIO 5 /* I/O error */
+#define ENXIO 6 /* No such device or address */
+#define E2BIG 7 /* Arg list too long */
+#define ENOEXEC 8 /* Exec format error */
+#define EBADF 9 /* Bad file number */
+#define ECHILD 10 /* No child processes */
+#define EAGAIN 11 /* Try again */
+#define ENOMEM 12 /* Out of memory */
+#define EACCES 13 /* Permission denied */
+#define EFAULT 14 /* Bad address */
+#define ENOTBLK 15 /* Block device required */
+#define EBUSY 16 /* Device or resource busy */
+#define EEXIST 17 /* File exists */
+#define EXDEV 18 /* Cross-device link */
+#define ENODEV 19 /* No such device */
+#define ENOTDIR 20 /* Not a directory */
+#define EISDIR 21 /* Is a directory */
+#define EINVAL 22 /* Invalid argument */
+#define ENFILE 23 /* File table overflow */
+#define EMFILE 24 /* Too many open files */
+#define ENOTTY 25 /* Not a typewriter */
+#define ETXTBSY 26 /* Text file busy */
+#define EFBIG 27 /* File too large */
+#define ENOSPC 28 /* No space left on device */
+#define ESPIPE 29 /* Illegal seek */
+#define EROFS 30 /* Read-only file system */
+#define EMLINK 31 /* Too many links */
+#define EPIPE 32 /* Broken pipe */
+#define EDOM 33 /* Math argument out of domain of func */
+#define ERANGE 34 /* Math result not representable */
+#define EDEADLK 35 /* Resource deadlock would occur */
+#define ENAMETOOLONG 36 /* File name too long */
+#define ENOLCK 37 /* No record locks available */
+#define ENOSYS 38 /* Function not implemented */
+#define ENOTEMPTY 39 /* Directory not empty */
+#define ELOOP 40 /* Too many symbolic links encountered */
+#define EWOULDBLOCK EAGAIN /* Operation would block */
+#define ENOMSG 42 /* No message of desired type */
+#define EIDRM 43 /* Identifier removed */
+#define ECHRNG 44 /* Channel number out of range */
+#define EL2NSYNC 45 /* Level 2 not synchronized */
+#define EL3HLT 46 /* Level 3 halted */
+#define EL3RST 47 /* Level 3 reset */
+#define ELNRNG 48 /* Link number out of range */
+#define EUNATCH 49 /* Protocol driver not attached */
+#define ENOCSI 50 /* No CSI structure available */
+#define EL2HLT 51 /* Level 2 halted */
+#define EBADE 52 /* Invalid exchange */
+#define EBADR 53 /* Invalid request descriptor */
+#define EXFULL 54 /* Exchange full */
+#define ENOANO 55 /* No anode */
+#define EBADRQC 56 /* Invalid request code */
+#define EBADSLT 57 /* Invalid slot */
+
+#define EDEADLOCK EDEADLK
+
+#define EBFONT 59 /* Bad font file format */
+#define ENOSTR 60 /* Device not a stream */
+#define ENODATA 61 /* No data available */
+#define ETIME 62 /* Timer expired */
+#define ENOSR 63 /* Out of streams resources */
+#define ENONET 64 /* Machine is not on the network */
+#define ENOPKG 65 /* Package not installed */
+#define EREMOTE 66 /* Object is remote */
+#define ENOLINK 67 /* Link has been severed */
+#define EADV 68 /* Advertise error */
+#define ESRMNT 69 /* Srmount error */
+#define ECOMM 70 /* Communication error on send */
+#define EPROTO 71 /* Protocol error */
+#define EMULTIHOP 72 /* Multihop attempted */
+#define EDOTDOT 73 /* RFS specific error */
+#define EBADMSG 74 /* Not a data message */
+#define EOVERFLOW 75 /* Value too large for defined data type */
+#define ENOTUNIQ 76 /* Name not unique on network */
+#define EBADFD 77 /* File descriptor in bad state */
+#define EREMCHG 78 /* Remote address changed */
+#define ELIBACC 79 /* Can not access a needed shared library */
+#define ELIBBAD 80 /* Accessing a corrupted shared library */
+#define ELIBSCN 81 /* .lib section in a.out corrupted */
+#define ELIBMAX 82 /* Attempting to link in too many shared libraries */
+#define ELIBEXEC 83 /* Cannot exec a shared library directly */
+#define EILSEQ 84 /* Illegal byte sequence */
+#define ERESTART 85 /* Interrupted system call should be restarted */
+#define ESTRPIPE 86 /* Streams pipe error */
+#define EUSERS 87 /* Too many users */
+#define ENOTSOCK 88 /* Socket operation on non-socket */
+#define EDESTADDRREQ 89 /* Destination address required */
+#define EMSGSIZE 90 /* Message too long */
+#define EPROTOTYPE 91 /* Protocol wrong type for socket */
+#define ENOPROTOOPT 92 /* Protocol not available */
+#define EPROTONOSUPPORT 93 /* Protocol not supported */
+#define ESOCKTNOSUPPORT 94 /* Socket type not supported */
+#define EOPNOTSUPP 95 /* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */
+#define EPFNOSUPPORT 96 /* Protocol family not supported */
+#define EAFNOSUPPORT 97 /* Address family not supported by protocol */
+#define EADDRINUSE 98 /* Address already in use */
+#define EADDRNOTAVAIL 99 /* Cannot assign requested address */
+#define ENETDOWN 100 /* Network is down */
+#define ENETUNREACH 101 /* Network is unreachable */
+#define ENETRESET 102 /* Network dropped connection because of reset */
+#define ECONNABORTED 103 /* Software caused connection abort */
+#define ECONNRESET 104 /* Connection reset by peer */
+#define ENOBUFS 105 /* No buffer space available */
+#define EISCONN 106 /* Transport endpoint is already connected */
+#define ENOTCONN 107 /* Transport endpoint is not connected */
+#define ESHUTDOWN 108 /* Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown */
+#define ETOOMANYREFS 109 /* Too many references: cannot splice */
+#define ETIMEDOUT 110 /* Connection timed out */
+#define ECONNREFUSED 111 /* Connection refused */
+#define EHOSTDOWN 112 /* Host is down */
+#define EHOSTUNREACH 113 /* No route to host */
+#define EALREADY 114 /* Operation already in progress */
+#define EINPROGRESS 115 /* Operation now in progress */
+#define ESTALE 116 /* Stale NFS file handle */
+#define EUCLEAN 117 /* Structure needs cleaning */
+#define ENOTNAM 118 /* Not a XENIX named type file */
+#define ENAVAIL 119 /* No XENIX semaphores available */
+#define EISNAM 120 /* Is a named type file */
+#define EREMOTEIO 121 /* Remote I/O error */
+#define EDQUOT 122 /* Quota exceeded */
+
+#define ENOMEDIUM 123 /* No medium found */
+#define EMEDIUMTYPE 124 /* Wrong medium type */
+
+
+#define ENSROK 0 /* DNS server returned answer with no data */
+#define ENSRNODATA 160 /* DNS server returned answer with no data */
+#define ENSRFORMERR 161 /* DNS server claims query was misformatted */
+#define ENSRSERVFAIL 162 /* DNS server returned general failure */
+#define ENSRNOTFOUND 163 /* Domain name not found */
+#define ENSRNOTIMP 164 /* DNS server does not implement requested operation */
+#define ENSRREFUSED 165 /* DNS server refused query */
+#define ENSRBADQUERY 166 /* Misformatted DNS query */
+#define ENSRBADNAME 167 /* Misformatted domain name */
+#define ENSRBADFAMILY 168 /* Unsupported address family */
+#define ENSRBADRESP 169 /* Misformatted DNS reply */
+#define ENSRCONNREFUSED 170 /* Could not contact DNS servers */
+#define ENSRTIMEOUT 171 /* Timeout while contacting DNS servers */
+#define ENSROF 172 /* End of file */
+#define ENSRFILE 173 /* Error reading file */
+#define ENSRNOMEM 174 /* Out of memory */
+#define ENSRDESTRUCTION 175 /* Application terminated lookup */
+#define ENSRQUERYDOMAINTOOLONG 176 /* Domain name is too long */
+#define ENSRCNAMELOOP 177 /* Domain name is too long */
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_PROVIDE_ERRNO */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_ARCH_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/debug.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_DEBUG_H__
+#define __LWIP_DEBUG_H__
+
+#include "lwip/arch.h"
+
+/** lower two bits indicate debug level
+ * - 0 all
+ * - 1 warning
+ * - 2 serious
+ * - 3 severe
+ */
+#define LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_ALL 0x00
+#define LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_OFF LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_ALL /* compatibility define only */
+#define LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING 0x01 /* bad checksums, dropped packets, ... */
+#define LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS 0x02 /* memory allocation failures, ... */
+#define LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SEVERE 0x03
+#define LWIP_DBG_MASK_LEVEL 0x03
+
+/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF to enable that debug message */
+#define LWIP_DBG_ON 0x80U
+/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF to disable that debug message */
+#define LWIP_DBG_OFF 0x00U
+
+/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF indicating a tracing message (to follow program flow) */
+#define LWIP_DBG_TRACE 0x40U
+/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF indicating a state debug message (to follow module states) */
+#define LWIP_DBG_STATE 0x20U
+/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF indicating newly added code, not thoroughly tested yet */
+#define LWIP_DBG_FRESH 0x10U
+/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF to halt after printing this debug message */
+#define LWIP_DBG_HALT 0x08U
+
+#ifndef LWIP_NOASSERT
+#define LWIP_ASSERT(message, assertion) do { if(!(assertion)) \
+ LWIP_PLATFORM_ASSERT(message); } while(0)
+#else /* LWIP_NOASSERT */
+#define LWIP_ASSERT(message, assertion)
+#endif /* LWIP_NOASSERT */
+
+/** if "expression" isn't true, then print "message" and execute "handler" expression */
+#ifndef LWIP_ERROR
+#define LWIP_ERROR(message, expression, handler) do { if (!(expression)) { \
+ LWIP_PLATFORM_ASSERT(message); handler;}} while(0)
+#endif /* LWIP_ERROR */
+
+#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
+/** print debug message only if debug message type is enabled...
+ * AND is of correct type AND is at least LWIP_DBG_LEVEL
+ */
+#define LWIP_DEBUGF(debug, message) do { \
+ if ( \
+ ((debug) & LWIP_DBG_ON) && \
+ ((debug) & LWIP_DBG_TYPES_ON) && \
+ ((s16_t)((debug) & LWIP_DBG_MASK_LEVEL) >= LWIP_DBG_MIN_LEVEL)) { \
+ LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(message); \
+ if ((debug) & LWIP_DBG_HALT) { \
+ while(1); \
+ } \
+ } \
+ } while(0)
+
+#else /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+#define LWIP_DEBUGF(debug, message)
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_DEBUG_H__ */
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/def.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_DEF_H__
+#define __LWIP_DEF_H__
+
+/* arch.h might define NULL already */
+#include "lwip/arch.h"
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define LWIP_MAX(x , y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
+#define LWIP_MIN(x , y) (((x) < (y)) ? (x) : (y))
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL ((void *)0)
+#endif
+
+/** Get the absolute difference between 2 u32_t values (correcting overflows)
+ * 'a' is expected to be 'higher' (without overflow) than 'b'. */
+#define LWIP_U32_DIFF(a, b) (((a) >= (b)) ? ((a) - (b)) : (((a) + ((b) ^ 0xFFFFFFFF) + 1)))
+
+/* Endianess-optimized shifting of two u8_t to create one u16_t */
+#if BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#define LWIP_MAKE_U16(a, b) ((a << 8) | b)
+#else
+#define LWIP_MAKE_U16(a, b) ((b << 8) | a)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP
+#define LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LWIP_PREFIX_BYTEORDER_FUNCS
+/* workaround for naming collisions on some platforms */
+
+#ifdef htons
+#undef htons
+#endif /* htons */
+#ifdef htonl
+#undef htonl
+#endif /* htonl */
+#ifdef ntohs
+#undef ntohs
+#endif /* ntohs */
+#ifdef ntohl
+#undef ntohl
+#endif /* ntohl */
+
+#define htons(x) lwip_htons(x)
+#define ntohs(x) lwip_ntohs(x)
+#define htonl(x) lwip_htonl(x)
+#define ntohl(x) lwip_ntohl(x)
+#endif /* LWIP_PREFIX_BYTEORDER_FUNCS */
+
+#if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN
+#define lwip_htons(x) (x)
+#define lwip_ntohs(x) (x)
+#define lwip_htonl(x) (x)
+#define lwip_ntohl(x) (x)
+#define PP_HTONS(x) (x)
+#define PP_NTOHS(x) (x)
+#define PP_HTONL(x) (x)
+#define PP_NTOHL(x) (x)
+#else /* BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN */
+#if LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP
+#define lwip_htons(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(x)
+#define lwip_ntohs(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(x)
+#define lwip_htonl(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONL(x)
+#define lwip_ntohl(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONL(x)
+#else /* LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP */
+u16_t lwip_htons(u16_t x);
+u16_t lwip_ntohs(u16_t x);
+u32_t lwip_htonl(u32_t x);
+u32_t lwip_ntohl(u32_t x);
+#endif /* LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP */
+
+/* These macros should be calculated by the preprocessor and are used
+ with compile-time constants only (so that there is no little-endian
+ overhead at runtime). */
+#define PP_HTONS(x) ((((x) & 0xff) << 8) | (((x) & 0xff00) >> 8))
+#define PP_NTOHS(x) PP_HTONS(x)
+#define PP_HTONL(x) ((((x) & 0xff) << 24) | \
+ (((x) & 0xff00) << 8) | \
+ (((x) & 0xff0000UL) >> 8) | \
+ (((x) & 0xff000000UL) >> 24))
+#define PP_NTOHL(x) PP_HTONL(x)
+
+#endif /* BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_DEF_H__ */
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/dhcp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/** @file
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_DHCP_H__
+#define __LWIP_DHCP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_DHCP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/udp.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** period (in seconds) of the application calling dhcp_coarse_tmr() */
+#define DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_SECS 60
+/** period (in milliseconds) of the application calling dhcp_coarse_tmr() */
+#define DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_MSECS (DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_SECS * 1000UL)
+/** period (in milliseconds) of the application calling dhcp_fine_tmr() */
+#define DHCP_FINE_TIMER_MSECS 500
+
+#define DHCP_CHADDR_LEN 16U
+#define DHCP_SNAME_LEN 64U
+#define DHCP_FILE_LEN 128U
+
+struct dhcp
+{
+ /** transaction identifier of last sent request */
+ u32_t xid;
+ /** our connection to the DHCP server */
+ struct udp_pcb *pcb;
+ /** incoming msg */
+ struct dhcp_msg *msg_in;
+ /** current DHCP state machine state */
+ u8_t state;
+ /** retries of current request */
+ u8_t tries;
+#if LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP
+ u8_t autoip_coop_state;
+#endif
+ u8_t subnet_mask_given;
+
+ struct pbuf *p_out; /* pbuf of outcoming msg */
+ struct dhcp_msg *msg_out; /* outgoing msg */
+ u16_t options_out_len; /* outgoing msg options length */
+ u16_t request_timeout; /* #ticks with period DHCP_FINE_TIMER_SECS for request timeout */
+ u16_t t1_timeout; /* #ticks with period DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_SECS for renewal time */
+ u16_t t2_timeout; /* #ticks with period DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_SECS for rebind time */
+ ip_addr_t server_ip_addr; /* dhcp server address that offered this lease */
+ ip_addr_t offered_ip_addr;
+ ip_addr_t offered_sn_mask;
+ ip_addr_t offered_gw_addr;
+
+ u32_t offered_t0_lease; /* lease period (in seconds) */
+ u32_t offered_t1_renew; /* recommended renew time (usually 50% of lease period) */
+ u32_t offered_t2_rebind; /* recommended rebind time (usually 66% of lease period) */
+ /* @todo: LWIP_DHCP_BOOTP_FILE configuration option?
+ integrate with possible TFTP-client for booting? */
+#if LWIP_DHCP_BOOTP_FILE
+ ip_addr_t offered_si_addr;
+ char boot_file_name[DHCP_FILE_LEN];
+#endif /* LWIP_DHCP_BOOTPFILE */
+};
+
+/* MUST be compiled with "pack structs" or equivalent! */
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+/** minimum set of fields of any DHCP message */
+struct dhcp_msg
+{
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t op);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t htype);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t hlen);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t hops);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t xid);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t secs);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t flags);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t ciaddr);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t yiaddr);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t siaddr);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t giaddr);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t chaddr[DHCP_CHADDR_LEN]);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t sname[DHCP_SNAME_LEN]);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t file[DHCP_FILE_LEN]);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t cookie);
+#define DHCP_MIN_OPTIONS_LEN 68U
+/** make sure user does not configure this too small */
+#if ((defined(DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN)) && (DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN < DHCP_MIN_OPTIONS_LEN))
+# undef DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN
+#endif
+/** allow this to be configured in lwipopts.h, but not too small */
+#if (!defined(DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN))
+/** set this to be sufficient for your options in outgoing DHCP msgs */
+# define DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN DHCP_MIN_OPTIONS_LEN
+#endif
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t options[DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN]);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+void dhcp_set_struct(struct netif *netif, struct dhcp *dhcp);
+/** start DHCP configuration */
+err_t dhcp_start(struct netif *netif);
+/** enforce early lease renewal (not needed normally)*/
+err_t dhcp_renew(struct netif *netif);
+/** release the DHCP lease, usually called before dhcp_stop()*/
+err_t dhcp_release(struct netif *netif);
+/** stop DHCP configuration */
+void dhcp_stop(struct netif *netif);
+/** inform server of our manual IP address */
+void dhcp_inform(struct netif *netif);
+/** Handle a possible change in the network configuration */
+void dhcp_network_changed(struct netif *netif);
+
+/** if enabled, check whether the offered IP address is not in use, using ARP */
+#if DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK
+void dhcp_arp_reply(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *addr);
+#endif
+
+/** to be called every minute */
+void dhcp_coarse_tmr(void);
+/** to be called every half second */
+void dhcp_fine_tmr(void);
+
+/** DHCP message item offsets and length */
+#define DHCP_OP_OFS 0
+#define DHCP_HTYPE_OFS 1
+#define DHCP_HLEN_OFS 2
+#define DHCP_HOPS_OFS 3
+#define DHCP_XID_OFS 4
+#define DHCP_SECS_OFS 8
+#define DHCP_FLAGS_OFS 10
+#define DHCP_CIADDR_OFS 12
+#define DHCP_YIADDR_OFS 16
+#define DHCP_SIADDR_OFS 20
+#define DHCP_GIADDR_OFS 24
+#define DHCP_CHADDR_OFS 28
+#define DHCP_SNAME_OFS 44
+#define DHCP_FILE_OFS 108
+#define DHCP_MSG_LEN 236
+
+#define DHCP_COOKIE_OFS DHCP_MSG_LEN
+#define DHCP_OPTIONS_OFS (DHCP_MSG_LEN + 4)
+
+#define DHCP_CLIENT_PORT 68
+#define DHCP_SERVER_PORT 67
+
+/** DHCP client states */
+#define DHCP_OFF 0
+#define DHCP_REQUESTING 1
+#define DHCP_INIT 2
+#define DHCP_REBOOTING 3
+#define DHCP_REBINDING 4
+#define DHCP_RENEWING 5
+#define DHCP_SELECTING 6
+#define DHCP_INFORMING 7
+#define DHCP_CHECKING 8
+#define DHCP_PERMANENT 9
+#define DHCP_BOUND 10
+/** not yet implemented #define DHCP_RELEASING 11 */
+#define DHCP_BACKING_OFF 12
+
+/** AUTOIP cooperatation flags */
+#define DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP_STATE_OFF 0
+#define DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP_STATE_ON 1
+
+#define DHCP_BOOTREQUEST 1
+#define DHCP_BOOTREPLY 2
+
+/** DHCP message types */
+#define DHCP_DISCOVER 1
+#define DHCP_OFFER 2
+#define DHCP_REQUEST 3
+#define DHCP_DECLINE 4
+#define DHCP_ACK 5
+#define DHCP_NAK 6
+#define DHCP_RELEASE 7
+#define DHCP_INFORM 8
+
+/** DHCP hardware type, currently only ethernet is supported */
+#define DHCP_HTYPE_ETH 1
+
+#define DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE 0x63825363UL
+
+/* This is a list of options for BOOTP and DHCP, see RFC 2132 for descriptions */
+
+/** BootP options */
+#define DHCP_OPTION_PAD 0
+#define DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK 1 /* RFC 2132 3.3 */
+#define DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER 3
+#define DHCP_OPTION_DNS_SERVER 6
+#define DHCP_OPTION_HOSTNAME 12
+#define DHCP_OPTION_IP_TTL 23
+#define DHCP_OPTION_MTU 26
+#define DHCP_OPTION_BROADCAST 28
+#define DHCP_OPTION_TCP_TTL 37
+#define DHCP_OPTION_END 255
+
+/** DHCP options */
+#define DHCP_OPTION_REQUESTED_IP 50 /* RFC 2132 9.1, requested IP address */
+#define DHCP_OPTION_LEASE_TIME 51 /* RFC 2132 9.2, time in seconds, in 4 bytes */
+#define DHCP_OPTION_OVERLOAD 52 /* RFC2132 9.3, use file and/or sname field for options */
+
+#define DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGE_TYPE 53 /* RFC 2132 9.6, important for DHCP */
+#define DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGE_TYPE_LEN 1
+
+#define DHCP_OPTION_SERVER_ID 54 /* RFC 2132 9.7, server IP address */
+#define DHCP_OPTION_PARAMETER_REQUEST_LIST 55 /* RFC 2132 9.8, requested option types */
+
+#define DHCP_OPTION_MAX_MSG_SIZE 57 /* RFC 2132 9.10, message size accepted >= 576 */
+#define DHCP_OPTION_MAX_MSG_SIZE_LEN 2
+
+#define DHCP_OPTION_T1 58 /* T1 renewal time */
+#define DHCP_OPTION_T2 59 /* T2 rebinding time */
+#define DHCP_OPTION_US 60
+#define DHCP_OPTION_CLIENT_ID 61
+#define DHCP_OPTION_TFTP_SERVERNAME 66
+#define DHCP_OPTION_BOOTFILE 67
+
+/** possible combinations of overloading the file and sname fields with options */
+#define DHCP_OVERLOAD_NONE 0
+#define DHCP_OVERLOAD_FILE 1
+#define DHCP_OVERLOAD_SNAME 2
+#define DHCP_OVERLOAD_SNAME_FILE 3
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
+
+#endif /*__LWIP_DHCP_H__*/
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/dns.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/**
+ * lwip DNS resolver header file.
+
+ * Author: Jim Pettinato
+ * April 2007
+
+ * ported from uIP resolv.c Copyright (c) 2002-2003, Adam Dunkels.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ * products derived from this software without specific prior
+ * written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_DNS_H__
+#define __LWIP_DNS_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_DNS /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+/** DNS timer period */
+#define DNS_TMR_INTERVAL 1000
+
+/** DNS field TYPE used for "Resource Records" */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_A 1 /* a host address */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_NS 2 /* an authoritative name server */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_MD 3 /* a mail destination (Obsolete - use MX) */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_MF 4 /* a mail forwarder (Obsolete - use MX) */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_CNAME 5 /* the canonical name for an alias */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_SOA 6 /* marks the start of a zone of authority */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_MB 7 /* a mailbox domain name (EXPERIMENTAL) */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_MG 8 /* a mail group member (EXPERIMENTAL) */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_MR 9 /* a mail rename domain name (EXPERIMENTAL) */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_NULL 10 /* a null RR (EXPERIMENTAL) */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_WKS 11 /* a well known service description */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_PTR 12 /* a domain name pointer */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_HINFO 13 /* host information */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_MINFO 14 /* mailbox or mail list information */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_MX 15 /* mail exchange */
+#define DNS_RRTYPE_TXT 16 /* text strings */
+
+/** DNS field CLASS used for "Resource Records" */
+#define DNS_RRCLASS_IN 1 /* the Internet */
+#define DNS_RRCLASS_CS 2 /* the CSNET class (Obsolete - used only for examples in some obsolete RFCs) */
+#define DNS_RRCLASS_CH 3 /* the CHAOS class */
+#define DNS_RRCLASS_HS 4 /* Hesiod [Dyer 87] */
+#define DNS_RRCLASS_FLUSH 0x800 /* Flush bit */
+
+/* The size used for the next line is rather a hack, but it prevents including socket.h in all files
+ that include memp.h, and that would possibly break portability (since socket.h defines some types
+ and constants possibly already define by the OS).
+ Calculation rule:
+ sizeof(struct addrinfo) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_in) + DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH + 1 byte zero-termination */
+#define NETDB_ELEM_SIZE (32 + 16 + DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH + 1)
+
+#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
+/** struct used for local host-list */
+struct local_hostlist_entry {
+ /** static hostname */
+ const char *name;
+ /** static host address in network byteorder */
+ ip_addr_t addr;
+ struct local_hostlist_entry *next;
+};
+#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
+#ifndef DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_MAX_NAMELEN
+#define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_MAX_NAMELEN DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH
+#endif
+#define LOCALHOSTLIST_ELEM_SIZE ((sizeof(struct local_hostlist_entry) + DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_MAX_NAMELEN + 1))
+#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
+#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST */
+
+/** Callback which is invoked when a hostname is found.
+ * A function of this type must be implemented by the application using the DNS resolver.
+ * @param name pointer to the name that was looked up.
+ * @param ipaddr pointer to an ip_addr_t containing the IP address of the hostname,
+ * or NULL if the name could not be found (or on any other error).
+ * @param callback_arg a user-specified callback argument passed to dns_gethostbyname
+*/
+typedef void (*dns_found_callback)(const char *name, ip_addr_t *ipaddr, void *callback_arg);
+
+void dns_init(void);
+void dns_tmr(void);
+void dns_setserver(u8_t numdns, ip_addr_t *dnsserver);
+ip_addr_t dns_getserver(u8_t numdns);
+err_t dns_gethostbyname(const char *hostname, ip_addr_t *addr,
+ dns_found_callback found, void *callback_arg);
+
+#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST && DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
+int dns_local_removehost(const char *hostname, const ip_addr_t *addr);
+err_t dns_local_addhost(const char *hostname, const ip_addr_t *addr);
+#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST && DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
+
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_DNS_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/err.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_ERR_H__
+#define __LWIP_ERR_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/arch.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** Define LWIP_ERR_T in cc.h if you want to use
+ * a different type for your platform (must be signed). */
+#ifdef LWIP_ERR_T
+typedef LWIP_ERR_T err_t;
+#else /* LWIP_ERR_T */
+typedef s8_t err_t;
+#endif /* LWIP_ERR_T*/
+
+/* Definitions for error constants. */
+
+#define ERR_OK 0 /* No error, everything OK. */
+#define ERR_MEM -1 /* Out of memory error. */
+#define ERR_BUF -2 /* Buffer error. */
+#define ERR_TIMEOUT -3 /* Timeout. */
+#define ERR_RTE -4 /* Routing problem. */
+#define ERR_INPROGRESS -5 /* Operation in progress */
+#define ERR_VAL -6 /* Illegal value. */
+#define ERR_WOULDBLOCK -7 /* Operation would block. */
+
+#define ERR_IS_FATAL(e) ((e) < ERR_VAL)
+
+#define ERR_ABRT -8 /* Connection aborted. */
+#define ERR_RST -9 /* Connection reset. */
+#define ERR_CLSD -10 /* Connection closed. */
+#define ERR_CONN -11 /* Not connected. */
+
+#define ERR_ARG -12 /* Illegal argument. */
+
+#define ERR_USE -13 /* Address in use. */
+
+#define ERR_IF -14 /* Low-level netif error */
+#define ERR_ISCONN -15 /* Already connected. */
+
+
+#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
+extern const char *lwip_strerr(err_t err);
+#else
+#define lwip_strerr(x) ""
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_ERR_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/init.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_INIT_H__
+#define __LWIP_INIT_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** X.x.x: Major version of the stack */
+#define LWIP_VERSION_MAJOR 1U
+/** x.X.x: Minor version of the stack */
+#define LWIP_VERSION_MINOR 4U
+/** x.x.X: Revision of the stack */
+#define LWIP_VERSION_REVISION 0U
+/** For release candidates, this is set to 1..254
+ * For official releases, this is set to 255 (LWIP_RC_RELEASE)
+ * For development versions (CVS), this is set to 0 (LWIP_RC_DEVELOPMENT) */
+#define LWIP_VERSION_RC 1U
+
+/** LWIP_VERSION_RC is set to LWIP_RC_RELEASE for official releases */
+#define LWIP_RC_RELEASE 255U
+/** LWIP_VERSION_RC is set to LWIP_RC_DEVELOPMENT for CVS versions */
+#define LWIP_RC_DEVELOPMENT 0U
+
+#define LWIP_VERSION_IS_RELEASE (LWIP_VERSION_RC == LWIP_RC_RELEASE)
+#define LWIP_VERSION_IS_DEVELOPMENT (LWIP_VERSION_RC == LWIP_RC_DEVELOPMENT)
+#define LWIP_VERSION_IS_RC ((LWIP_VERSION_RC != LWIP_RC_RELEASE) && (LWIP_VERSION_RC != LWIP_RC_DEVELOPMENT))
+
+/** Provides the version of the stack */
+#define LWIP_VERSION (LWIP_VERSION_MAJOR << 24 | LWIP_VERSION_MINOR << 16 | \
+ LWIP_VERSION_REVISION << 8 | LWIP_VERSION_RC)
+
+/* Modules initialization */
+void lwip_init(void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_INIT_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/mem.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_MEM_H__
+#define __LWIP_MEM_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if MEM_LIBC_MALLOC
+
+#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */
+
+typedef size_t mem_size_t;
+
+/* aliases for C library malloc() */
+#define mem_init()
+/* in case C library malloc() needs extra protection,
+ * allow these defines to be overridden.
+ */
+#ifndef mem_free
+#define mem_free free
+#endif
+#ifndef mem_malloc
+#define mem_malloc malloc
+#endif
+#ifndef mem_calloc
+#define mem_calloc calloc
+#endif
+/* Since there is no C library allocation function to shrink memory without
+ moving it, define this to nothing. */
+#ifndef mem_trim
+#define mem_trim(mem, size) (mem)
+#endif
+#else /* MEM_LIBC_MALLOC */
+
+/* MEM_SIZE would have to be aligned, but using 64000 here instead of
+ * 65535 leaves some room for alignment...
+ */
+#if MEM_SIZE > 64000l
+typedef u32_t mem_size_t;
+#define MEM_SIZE_F U32_F
+#else
+typedef u16_t mem_size_t;
+#define MEM_SIZE_F U16_F
+#endif /* MEM_SIZE > 64000 */
+
+#if MEM_USE_POOLS
+/** mem_init is not used when using pools instead of a heap */
+#define mem_init()
+/** mem_trim is not used when using pools instead of a heap:
+ we can't free part of a pool element and don't want to copy the rest */
+#define mem_trim(mem, size) (mem)
+#else /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
+/* lwIP alternative malloc */
+void mem_init(void);
+void *mem_trim(void *mem, mem_size_t size);
+#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
+void *mem_malloc(mem_size_t size);
+void *mem_calloc(mem_size_t count, mem_size_t size);
+void mem_free(void *mem);
+#endif /* MEM_LIBC_MALLOC */
+
+/** Calculate memory size for an aligned buffer - returns the next highest
+ * multiple of MEM_ALIGNMENT (e.g. LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(3) and
+ * LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(4) will both yield 4 for MEM_ALIGNMENT == 4).
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE
+#define LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(size) (((size) + MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1) & ~(MEM_ALIGNMENT-1))
+#endif
+
+/** Calculate safe memory size for an aligned buffer when using an unaligned
+ * type as storage. This includes a safety-margin on (MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1) at the
+ * start (e.g. if buffer is u8_t[] and actual data will be u32_t*)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_BUFFER
+#define LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_BUFFER(size) (((size) + MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1))
+#endif
+
+/** Align a memory pointer to the alignment defined by MEM_ALIGNMENT
+ * so that ADDR % MEM_ALIGNMENT == 0
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_MEM_ALIGN
+#define LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(addr) ((void *)(((mem_ptr_t)(addr) + MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1) & ~(mem_ptr_t)(MEM_ALIGNMENT-1)))
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_MEM_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/memp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_MEMP_H__
+#define __LWIP_MEMP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Create the list of all memory pools managed by memp. MEMP_MAX represents a NULL pool at the end */
+typedef enum {
+#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) MEMP_##name,
+#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
+ MEMP_MAX
+} memp_t;
+
+#if MEM_USE_POOLS
+/* Use a helper type to get the start and end of the user "memory pools" for mem_malloc */
+typedef enum {
+ /* Get the first (via:
+ MEMP_POOL_HELPER_START = ((u8_t) 1*MEMP_POOL_A + 0*MEMP_POOL_B + 0*MEMP_POOL_C + 0)*/
+ MEMP_POOL_HELPER_FIRST = ((u8_t)
+#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc)
+#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_START 1
+#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(num, size) * MEMP_POOL_##size + 0
+#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_END
+#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
+ ) ,
+ /* Get the last (via:
+ MEMP_POOL_HELPER_END = ((u8_t) 0 + MEMP_POOL_A*0 + MEMP_POOL_B*0 + MEMP_POOL_C*1) */
+ MEMP_POOL_HELPER_LAST = ((u8_t)
+#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc)
+#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_START
+#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(num, size) 0 + MEMP_POOL_##size *
+#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_END 1
+#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
+ )
+} memp_pool_helper_t;
+
+/* The actual start and stop values are here (cast them over)
+ We use this helper type and these defines so we can avoid using const memp_t values */
+#define MEMP_POOL_FIRST ((memp_t) MEMP_POOL_HELPER_FIRST)
+#define MEMP_POOL_LAST ((memp_t) MEMP_POOL_HELPER_LAST)
+#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
+
+#if MEMP_MEM_MALLOC || MEM_USE_POOLS
+extern const u16_t memp_sizes[MEMP_MAX];
+#endif /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC || MEM_USE_POOLS */
+
+#if MEMP_MEM_MALLOC
+
+#include "mem.h"
+
+#define memp_init()
+#define memp_malloc(type) mem_malloc(memp_sizes[type])
+#define memp_free(type, mem) mem_free(mem)
+
+#else /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
+
+#if MEM_USE_POOLS
+/** This structure is used to save the pool one element came from. */
+struct memp_malloc_helper
+{
+ memp_t poolnr;
+};
+#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
+
+void memp_init(void);
+
+#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
+void *memp_malloc_fn(memp_t type, const char* file, const int line);
+#define memp_malloc(t) memp_malloc_fn((t), __FILE__, __LINE__)
+#else
+void *memp_malloc(memp_t type);
+#endif
+void memp_free(memp_t type, void *mem);
+
+#endif /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_MEMP_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/memp_std.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +/* + * SETUP: Make sure we define everything we will need. + * + * We have create three types of pools: + * 1) MEMPOOL - standard pools + * 2) MALLOC_MEMPOOL - to be used by mem_malloc in mem.c + * 3) PBUF_MEMPOOL - a mempool of pbuf's, so include space for the pbuf struct + * + * If the include'r doesn't require any special treatment of each of the types + * above, then will declare #2 & #3 to be just standard mempools. + */ +#ifndef LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL +/* This treats "malloc pools" just like any other pool. + The pools are a little bigger to provide 'size' as the amount of user data. */ +#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(num, size) LWIP_MEMPOOL(POOL_##size, num, (size + sizeof(struct memp_malloc_helper)), "MALLOC_"#size) +#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_START +#define LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_END +#endif /* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL */ + +#ifndef LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL +/* This treats "pbuf pools" just like any other pool. + * Allocates buffers for a pbuf struct AND a payload size */ +#define LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL(name, num, payload, desc) LWIP_MEMPOOL(name, num, (MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(struct pbuf)) + MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(payload)), desc) +#endif /* LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL */ + + +/* + * A list of internal pools used by LWIP. + * + * LWIP_MEMPOOL(pool_name, number_elements, element_size, pool_description) + * creates a pool name MEMP_pool_name. description is used in stats.c + */ +#if LWIP_RAW +LWIP_MEMPOOL(RAW_PCB, MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB, sizeof(struct raw_pcb), "RAW_PCB") +#endif /* LWIP_RAW */ + +#if LWIP_UDP +LWIP_MEMPOOL(UDP_PCB, MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB, sizeof(struct udp_pcb), "UDP_PCB") +#endif /* LWIP_UDP */ + +#if LWIP_TCP +LWIP_MEMPOOL(TCP_PCB, MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB, sizeof(struct tcp_pcb), "TCP_PCB") +LWIP_MEMPOOL(TCP_PCB_LISTEN, MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN, sizeof(struct tcp_pcb_listen), "TCP_PCB_LISTEN") +LWIP_MEMPOOL(TCP_SEG, MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG, sizeof(struct tcp_seg), "TCP_SEG") +#endif /* LWIP_TCP */ + +#if IP_REASSEMBLY +LWIP_MEMPOOL(REASSDATA, MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA, sizeof(struct ip_reassdata), "REASSDATA") +#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */ +#if IP_FRAG && !IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF && !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF +LWIP_MEMPOOL(FRAG_PBUF, MEMP_NUM_FRAG_PBUF, sizeof(struct pbuf_custom_ref),"FRAG_PBUF") +#endif /* IP_FRAG && !IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF && !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF */ + +#if LWIP_NETCONN +LWIP_MEMPOOL(NETBUF, MEMP_NUM_NETBUF, sizeof(struct netbuf), "NETBUF") +LWIP_MEMPOOL(NETCONN, MEMP_NUM_NETCONN, sizeof(struct netconn), "NETCONN") +#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */ + +#if NO_SYS==0 +LWIP_MEMPOOL(TCPIP_MSG_API, MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API, sizeof(struct tcpip_msg), "TCPIP_MSG_API") +#if !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT +LWIP_MEMPOOL(TCPIP_MSG_INPKT,MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT, sizeof(struct tcpip_msg), "TCPIP_MSG_INPKT") +#endif /* !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT */ +#endif /* NO_SYS==0 */ + +#if ARP_QUEUEING +LWIP_MEMPOOL(ARP_QUEUE, MEMP_NUM_ARP_QUEUE, sizeof(struct etharp_q_entry), "ARP_QUEUE") +#endif /* ARP_QUEUEING */ + +#if LWIP_IGMP +LWIP_MEMPOOL(IGMP_GROUP, MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP, sizeof(struct igmp_group), "IGMP_GROUP") +#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */ + +#if (!NO_SYS || (NO_SYS && !NO_SYS_NO_TIMERS)) /* LWIP_TIMERS */ +LWIP_MEMPOOL(SYS_TIMEOUT, MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT, sizeof(struct sys_timeo), "SYS_TIMEOUT") +#endif /* LWIP_TIMERS */ + +#if LWIP_SNMP +LWIP_MEMPOOL(SNMP_ROOTNODE, MEMP_NUM_SNMP_ROOTNODE, sizeof(struct mib_list_rootnode), "SNMP_ROOTNODE") +LWIP_MEMPOOL(SNMP_NODE, MEMP_NUM_SNMP_NODE, sizeof(struct mib_list_node), "SNMP_NODE") +LWIP_MEMPOOL(SNMP_VARBIND, MEMP_NUM_SNMP_VARBIND, sizeof(struct snmp_varbind), "SNMP_VARBIND") +LWIP_MEMPOOL(SNMP_VALUE, MEMP_NUM_SNMP_VALUE, SNMP_MAX_VALUE_SIZE, "SNMP_VALUE") +#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */ +#if LWIP_DNS && LWIP_SOCKET +LWIP_MEMPOOL(NETDB, MEMP_NUM_NETDB, NETDB_ELEM_SIZE, "NETDB") +#endif /* LWIP_DNS && LWIP_SOCKET */ +#if LWIP_DNS && DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST && DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC +LWIP_MEMPOOL(LOCALHOSTLIST, MEMP_NUM_LOCALHOSTLIST, LOCALHOSTLIST_ELEM_SIZE, "LOCALHOSTLIST") +#endif /* LWIP_DNS && DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST && DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */ +#if PPP_SUPPORT && PPPOE_SUPPORT +LWIP_MEMPOOL(PPPOE_IF, MEMP_NUM_PPPOE_INTERFACES, sizeof(struct pppoe_softc), "PPPOE_IF") +#endif /* PPP_SUPPORT && PPPOE_SUPPORT */ + +/* + * A list of pools of pbuf's used by LWIP. + * + * LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL(pool_name, number_elements, pbuf_payload_size, pool_description) + * creates a pool name MEMP_pool_name. description is used in stats.c + * This allocates enough space for the pbuf struct and a payload. + * (Example: pbuf_payload_size=0 allocates only size for the struct) + */ +LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL(PBUF, MEMP_NUM_PBUF, 0, "PBUF_REF/ROM") +LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL(PBUF_POOL, PBUF_POOL_SIZE, PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE, "PBUF_POOL") + + +/* + * Allow for user-defined pools; this must be explicitly set in lwipopts.h + * since the default is to NOT look for lwippools.h + */ +#if MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS +#include "lwippools.h" +#endif /* MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS */ + +/* + * REQUIRED CLEANUP: Clear up so we don't get "multiply defined" error later + * (#undef is ignored for something that is not defined) + */ +#undef LWIP_MEMPOOL +#undef LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL +#undef LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_START +#undef LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_END +#undef LWIP_PBUF_MEMPOOL
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/netbuf.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_NETBUF_H__
+#define __LWIP_NETBUF_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** This netbuf has dest-addr/port set */
+#define NETBUF_FLAG_DESTADDR 0x01
+/** This netbuf includes a checksum */
+#define NETBUF_FLAG_CHKSUM 0x02
+
+struct netbuf {
+ struct pbuf *p, *ptr;
+ ip_addr_t addr;
+ u16_t port;
+#if LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO || LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
+#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
+ u8_t flags;
+#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
+ u16_t toport_chksum;
+#if LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO
+ ip_addr_t toaddr;
+#endif /* LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO */
+#endif /* LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO || LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
+};
+
+/* Network buffer functions: */
+struct netbuf * netbuf_new (void);
+void netbuf_delete (struct netbuf *buf);
+void * netbuf_alloc (struct netbuf *buf, u16_t size);
+void netbuf_free (struct netbuf *buf);
+err_t netbuf_ref (struct netbuf *buf,
+ const void *dataptr, u16_t size);
+void netbuf_chain (struct netbuf *head,
+ struct netbuf *tail);
+
+err_t netbuf_data (struct netbuf *buf,
+ void **dataptr, u16_t *len);
+s8_t netbuf_next (struct netbuf *buf);
+void netbuf_first (struct netbuf *buf);
+
+
+#define netbuf_copy_partial(buf, dataptr, len, offset) \
+ pbuf_copy_partial((buf)->p, (dataptr), (len), (offset))
+#define netbuf_copy(buf,dataptr,len) netbuf_copy_partial(buf, dataptr, len, 0)
+#define netbuf_take(buf, dataptr, len) pbuf_take((buf)->p, dataptr, len)
+#define netbuf_len(buf) ((buf)->p->tot_len)
+#define netbuf_fromaddr(buf) (&((buf)->addr))
+#define netbuf_set_fromaddr(buf, fromaddr) ip_addr_set((&(buf)->addr), fromaddr)
+#define netbuf_fromport(buf) ((buf)->port)
+#if LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO
+#define netbuf_destaddr(buf) (&((buf)->toaddr))
+#define netbuf_set_destaddr(buf, destaddr) ip_addr_set((&(buf)->addr), destaddr)
+#define netbuf_destport(buf) (((buf)->flags & NETBUF_FLAG_DESTADDR) ? (buf)->toport_chksum : 0)
+#endif /* LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO */
+#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
+#define netbuf_set_chksum(buf, chksum) do { (buf)->flags = NETBUF_FLAG_CHKSUM; \
+ (buf)->toport_chksum = chksum; } while(0)
+#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_NETBUF_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/netdb.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Simon Goldschmidt
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_NETDB_H__
+#define __LWIP_NETDB_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_DNS && LWIP_SOCKET
+
+#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */
+
+#include "lwip/inet.h"
+#include "lwip/sockets.h"
+
+/* some rarely used options */
+#ifndef LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_H_ERRNO
+#define LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_H_ERRNO 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LWIP_DNS_API_DEFINE_ERRORS
+#define LWIP_DNS_API_DEFINE_ERRORS 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_STRUCTS
+#define LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_STRUCTS 1
+#endif
+
+#if LWIP_DNS_API_DEFINE_ERRORS
+/** Errors used by the DNS API functions, h_errno can be one of them */
+#define EAI_NONAME 200
+#define EAI_SERVICE 201
+#define EAI_FAIL 202
+#define EAI_MEMORY 203
+
+#define HOST_NOT_FOUND 210
+#define NO_DATA 211
+#define NO_RECOVERY 212
+#define TRY_AGAIN 213
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_DEFINE_ERRORS */
+
+#if LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_STRUCTS
+struct hostent {
+ char *h_name; /* Official name of the host. */
+ char **h_aliases; /* A pointer to an array of pointers to alternative host names,
+ terminated by a null pointer. */
+ int h_addrtype; /* Address type. */
+ int h_length; /* The length, in bytes, of the address. */
+ char **h_addr_list; /* A pointer to an array of pointers to network addresses (in
+ network byte order) for the host, terminated by a null pointer. */
+#define h_addr h_addr_list[0] /* for backward compatibility */
+};
+
+struct addrinfo {
+ int ai_flags; /* Input flags. */
+ int ai_family; /* Address family of socket. */
+ int ai_socktype; /* Socket type. */
+ int ai_protocol; /* Protocol of socket. */
+ socklen_t ai_addrlen; /* Length of socket address. */
+ struct sockaddr *ai_addr; /* Socket address of socket. */
+ char *ai_canonname; /* Canonical name of service location. */
+ struct addrinfo *ai_next; /* Pointer to next in list. */
+};
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_STRUCTS */
+
+#if LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_H_ERRNO
+/* application accessable error code set by the DNS API functions */
+extern int h_errno;
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_H_ERRNO*/
+
+struct hostent *lwip_gethostbyname(const char *name);
+int lwip_gethostbyname_r(const char *name, struct hostent *ret, char *buf,
+ size_t buflen, struct hostent **result, int *h_errnop);
+void lwip_freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *ai);
+int lwip_getaddrinfo(const char *nodename,
+ const char *servname,
+ const struct addrinfo *hints,
+ struct addrinfo **res);
+
+#if LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS
+#define gethostbyname(name) lwip_gethostbyname(name)
+#define gethostbyname_r(name, ret, buf, buflen, result, h_errnop) \
+ lwip_gethostbyname_r(name, ret, buf, buflen, result, h_errnop)
+#define freeaddrinfo(addrinfo) lwip_freeaddrinfo(addrinfo)
+#define getaddrinfo(nodname, servname, hints, res) \
+ lwip_getaddrinfo(nodname, servname, hints, res)
+#endif /* LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS */
+
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS && LWIP_SOCKET */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_NETDB_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/netif.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_NETIF_H__
+#define __LWIP_NETIF_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#define ENABLE_LOOPBACK (LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK || LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF)
+
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#if LWIP_DHCP
+struct dhcp;
+#endif
+#if LWIP_AUTOIP
+struct autoip;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Throughout this file, IP addresses are expected to be in
+ * the same byte order as in IP_PCB. */
+
+/* must be the maximum of all used hardware address lengths
+ across all types of interfaces in use */
+#define NETIF_MAX_HWADDR_LEN 6U
+
+/* Whether the network interface is 'up'. This is
+ * a software flag used to control whether this network
+ * interface is enabled and processes traffic.
+ * It is set by the startup code (for static IP configuration) or
+ * by dhcp/autoip when an address has been assigned.
+ */
+#define NETIF_FLAG_UP 0x01U
+/* If set, the netif has broadcast capability.
+ * Set by the netif driver in its init function. */
+#define NETIF_FLAG_BROADCAST 0x02U
+/* If set, the netif is one end of a point-to-point connection.
+ * Set by the netif driver in its init function. */
+#define NETIF_FLAG_POINTTOPOINT 0x04U
+/* If set, the interface is configured using DHCP.
+ * Set by the DHCP code when starting or stopping DHCP. */
+#define NETIF_FLAG_DHCP 0x08U
+/* If set, the interface has an active link
+ * (set by the network interface driver).
+ * Either set by the netif driver in its init function (if the link
+ * is up at that time) or at a later point once the link comes up
+ * (if link detection is supported by the hardware). */
+#define NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP 0x10U
+/* If set, the netif is an ethernet device using ARP.
+ * Set by the netif driver in its init function.
+ * Used to check input packet types and use of DHCP. */
+#define NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP 0x20U
+/* If set, the netif is an ethernet device. It might not use
+ * ARP or TCP/IP if it is used for PPPoE only.
+ */
+#define NETIF_FLAG_ETHERNET 0x40U
+/* If set, the netif has IGMP capability.
+ * Set by the netif driver in its init function. */
+#define NETIF_FLAG_IGMP 0x80U
+
+/* Function prototype for netif init functions. Set up flags and output/linkoutput
+ * callback functions in this function.
+ *
+ * @param netif The netif to initialize
+ */
+typedef err_t (*netif_init_fn)(struct netif *netif);
+/* Function prototype for netif->input functions. This function is saved as 'input'
+ * callback function in the netif struct. Call it when a packet has been received.
+ *
+ * @param p The received packet, copied into a pbuf
+ * @param inp The netif which received the packet
+ */
+typedef err_t (*netif_input_fn)(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
+/* Function prototype for netif->output functions. Called by lwIP when a packet
+ * shall be sent. For ethernet netif, set this to 'etharp_output' and set
+ * 'linkoutput'.
+ *
+ * @param netif The netif which shall send a packet
+ * @param p The packet to send (p->payload points to IP header)
+ * @param ipaddr The IP address to which the packet shall be sent
+ */
+typedef err_t (*netif_output_fn)(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p,
+ ip_addr_t *ipaddr);
+/* Function prototype for netif->linkoutput functions. Only used for ethernet
+ * netifs. This function is called by ARP when a packet shall be sent.
+ *
+ * @param netif The netif which shall send a packet
+ * @param p The packet to send (raw ethernet packet)
+ */
+typedef err_t (*netif_linkoutput_fn)(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p);
+/* Function prototype for netif status- or link-callback functions. */
+typedef void (*netif_status_callback_fn)(struct netif *netif);
+/* Function prototype for netif igmp_mac_filter functions */
+typedef err_t (*netif_igmp_mac_filter_fn)(struct netif *netif,
+ ip_addr_t *group, u8_t action);
+
+/* Generic data structure used for all lwIP network interfaces.
+ * The following fields should be filled in by the initialization
+ * function for the device driver: hwaddr_len, hwaddr[], mtu, flags */
+struct netif {
+ /* pointer to next in linked list */
+ struct netif *next;
+
+ /* IP address configuration in network byte order */
+ ip_addr_t ip_addr;
+ ip_addr_t netmask;
+ ip_addr_t gw;
+
+ /* This function is called by the network device driver
+ * to pass a packet up the TCP/IP stack. */
+ netif_input_fn input;
+ /* This function is called by the IP module when it wants
+ * to send a packet on the interface. This function typically
+ * first resolves the hardware address, then sends the packet. */
+ netif_output_fn output;
+ /* This function is called by the ARP module when it wants
+ * to send a packet on the interface. This function outputs
+ * the pbuf as-is on the link medium. */
+ netif_linkoutput_fn linkoutput;
+#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
+ /* This function is called when the netif state is set to up or down
+ */
+ netif_status_callback_fn status_callback;
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
+#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
+ /* This function is called when the netif link is set to up or down
+ */
+ netif_status_callback_fn link_callback;
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
+ /* This field can be set by the device driver and could point
+ * to state information for the device. */
+ void *state;
+#if LWIP_DHCP
+ /* the DHCP client state information for this netif */
+ struct dhcp *dhcp;
+#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
+#if LWIP_AUTOIP
+ /* the AutoIP client state information for this netif */
+ struct autoip *autoip;
+#endif
+#if LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME
+ /* the hostname for this netif, NULL is a valid value */
+ char* hostname;
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME */
+ /* maximum transfer unit (in bytes) */
+ u16_t mtu;
+ /* number of bytes used in hwaddr */
+ u8_t hwaddr_len;
+ /* link level hardware address of this interface */
+ u8_t hwaddr[NETIF_MAX_HWADDR_LEN];
+ /* flags (see NETIF_FLAG_ above) */
+ u8_t flags;
+ /* descriptive abbreviation */
+ char name[2];
+ /* number of this interface */
+ u8_t num;
+#if LWIP_SNMP
+ /* link type (from "snmp_ifType" enum from snmp.h) */
+ u8_t link_type;
+ /* (estimate) link speed */
+ u32_t link_speed;
+ /* timestamp at last change made (up/down) */
+ u32_t ts;
+ /* counters */
+ u32_t ifinoctets;
+ u32_t ifinucastpkts;
+ u32_t ifinnucastpkts;
+ u32_t ifindiscards;
+ u32_t ifoutoctets;
+ u32_t ifoutucastpkts;
+ u32_t ifoutnucastpkts;
+ u32_t ifoutdiscards;
+#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+ /* This function could be called to add or delete a entry in the multicast
+ filter table of the ethernet MAC.*/
+ netif_igmp_mac_filter_fn igmp_mac_filter;
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
+ u8_t *addr_hint;
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT */
+#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
+ /* List of packets to be queued for ourselves. */
+ struct pbuf *loop_first;
+ struct pbuf *loop_last;
+#if LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
+ u16_t loop_cnt_current;
+#endif /* LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
+#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
+};
+
+#if LWIP_SNMP
+#define NETIF_INIT_SNMP(netif, type, speed) \
+ /* use "snmp_ifType" enum from snmp.h for "type", snmp_ifType_ethernet_csmacd by example */ \
+ (netif)->link_type = (type); \
+ /* your link speed here (units: bits per second) */ \
+ (netif)->link_speed = (speed); \
+ (netif)->ts = 0; \
+ (netif)->ifinoctets = 0; \
+ (netif)->ifinucastpkts = 0; \
+ (netif)->ifinnucastpkts = 0; \
+ (netif)->ifindiscards = 0; \
+ (netif)->ifoutoctets = 0; \
+ (netif)->ifoutucastpkts = 0; \
+ (netif)->ifoutnucastpkts = 0; \
+ (netif)->ifoutdiscards = 0
+#else /* LWIP_SNMP */
+#define NETIF_INIT_SNMP(netif, type, speed)
+#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
+
+
+/* The list of network interfaces. */
+extern struct netif *netif_list;
+/* The default network interface. */
+extern struct netif *netif_default;
+
+void netif_init(void);
+
+struct netif *netif_add(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr, ip_addr_t *netmask,
+ ip_addr_t *gw, void *state, netif_init_fn init, netif_input_fn input);
+
+void
+netif_set_addr(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr, ip_addr_t *netmask,
+ ip_addr_t *gw);
+void netif_remove(struct netif * netif);
+
+/* Returns a network interface given its name. The name is of the form
+ "et0", where the first two letters are the "name" field in the
+ netif structure, and the digit is in the num field in the same
+ structure. */
+struct netif *netif_find(char *name);
+
+void netif_set_default(struct netif *netif);
+
+void netif_set_ipaddr(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr);
+void netif_set_netmask(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *netmask);
+void netif_set_gw(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *gw);
+
+void netif_set_up(struct netif *netif);
+void netif_set_down(struct netif *netif);
+/* Ask if an interface is up */
+#define netif_is_up(netif) (((netif)->flags & NETIF_FLAG_UP) ? (u8_t)1 : (u8_t)0)
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
+void netif_set_status_callback(struct netif *netif, netif_status_callback_fn status_callback);
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
+
+void netif_set_link_up(struct netif *netif);
+void netif_set_link_down(struct netif *netif);
+/* Ask if a link is up */
+#define netif_is_link_up(netif) (((netif)->flags & NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP) ? (u8_t)1 : (u8_t)0)
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
+void netif_set_link_callback(struct netif *netif, netif_status_callback_fn link_callback);
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME
+#define netif_set_hostname(netif, name) do { if((netif) != NULL) { (netif)->hostname = name; }}while(0)
+#define netif_get_hostname(netif) (((netif) != NULL) ? ((netif)->hostname) : NULL)
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME */
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+#define netif_set_igmp_mac_filter(netif, function) do { if((netif) != NULL) { (netif)->igmp_mac_filter = function; }}while(0)
+#define netif_get_igmp_mac_filter(netif) (((netif) != NULL) ? ((netif)->igmp_mac_filter) : NULL)
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+
+#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
+err_t netif_loop_output(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *dest_ip);
+void netif_poll(struct netif *netif);
+#if !LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING
+void netif_poll_all(void);
+#endif /* !LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING */
+#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_NETIF_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/netifapi.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_NETIFAPI_H__
+#define __LWIP_NETIFAPI_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_API /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/dhcp.h"
+#include "lwip/autoip.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef void (*netifapi_void_fn)(struct netif *netif);
+typedef err_t (*netifapi_errt_fn)(struct netif *netif);
+
+struct netifapi_msg_msg {
+#if !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+ sys_sem_t sem;
+#endif /* !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+ err_t err;
+ struct netif *netif;
+ union {
+ struct {
+ ip_addr_t *ipaddr;
+ ip_addr_t *netmask;
+ ip_addr_t *gw;
+ void *state;
+ netif_init_fn init;
+ netif_input_fn input;
+ } add;
+ struct {
+ netifapi_void_fn voidfunc;
+ netifapi_errt_fn errtfunc;
+ } common;
+ } msg;
+};
+
+struct netifapi_msg {
+ void (* function)(struct netifapi_msg_msg *msg);
+ struct netifapi_msg_msg msg;
+};
+
+
+/* API for application */
+err_t netifapi_netif_add ( struct netif *netif,
+ ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
+ ip_addr_t *netmask,
+ ip_addr_t *gw,
+ void *state,
+ netif_init_fn init,
+ netif_input_fn input);
+
+err_t netifapi_netif_set_addr ( struct netif *netif,
+ ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
+ ip_addr_t *netmask,
+ ip_addr_t *gw );
+
+err_t netifapi_netif_common ( struct netif *netif,
+ netifapi_void_fn voidfunc,
+ netifapi_errt_fn errtfunc);
+
+#define netifapi_netif_remove(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, netif_remove, NULL)
+#define netifapi_netif_set_up(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, netif_set_up, NULL)
+#define netifapi_netif_set_down(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, netif_set_down, NULL)
+#define netifapi_netif_set_default(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, netif_set_default, NULL)
+#define netifapi_dhcp_start(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, NULL, dhcp_start)
+#define netifapi_dhcp_stop(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, dhcp_stop, NULL)
+#define netifapi_autoip_start(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, NULL, autoip_start)
+#define netifapi_autoip_stop(n) netifapi_netif_common(n, NULL, autoip_stop)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_API */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_NETIFAPI_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/opt.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,2040 @@
+/**
+ * @file
+ *
+ * lwIP Options Configuration
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_OPT_H__
+#define __LWIP_OPT_H__
+
+/*
+ * Include user defined options first. Anything not defined in these files
+ * will be set to standard values. Override anything you dont like!
+ */
+#include "lwipopts.h"
+#include "lwip/debug.h"
+
+/*
+ -----------------------------------------------
+ ---------- Platform specific locking ----------
+ -----------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+/**
+ * SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT==1: if you want inter-task protection for certain
+ * critical regions during buffer allocation, deallocation and memory
+ * allocation and deallocation.
+ */
+#ifndef SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT
+#define SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NO_SYS==1: Provides VERY minimal functionality. Otherwise,
+ * use lwIP facilities.
+ */
+#ifndef NO_SYS
+#define NO_SYS 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NO_SYS_NO_TIMERS==1: Drop support for sys_timeout when NO_SYS==1
+ * Mainly for compatibility to old versions.
+ */
+#ifndef NO_SYS_NO_TIMERS
+#define NO_SYS_NO_TIMERS 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMCPY: override this if you have a faster implementation at hand than the
+ * one included in your C library
+ */
+#ifndef MEMCPY
+#define MEMCPY(dst,src,len) memcpy(dst,src,len)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SMEMCPY: override this with care! Some compilers (e.g. gcc) can inline a
+ * call to memcpy() if the length is known at compile time and is small.
+ */
+#ifndef SMEMCPY
+#define SMEMCPY(dst,src,len) memcpy(dst,src,len)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ------------------------------------
+ ---------- Memory options ----------
+ ------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * MEM_LIBC_MALLOC==1: Use malloc/free/realloc provided by your C-library
+ * instead of the lwip internal allocator. Can save code size if you
+ * already use it.
+ */
+#ifndef MEM_LIBC_MALLOC
+#define MEM_LIBC_MALLOC 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC==1: Use mem_malloc/mem_free instead of the lwip pool allocator.
+* Especially useful with MEM_LIBC_MALLOC but handle with care regarding execution
+* speed and usage from interrupts!
+*/
+#ifndef MEMP_MEM_MALLOC
+#define MEMP_MEM_MALLOC 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEM_ALIGNMENT: should be set to the alignment of the CPU
+ * 4 byte alignment -> #define MEM_ALIGNMENT 4
+ * 2 byte alignment -> #define MEM_ALIGNMENT 2
+ */
+#ifndef MEM_ALIGNMENT
+#define MEM_ALIGNMENT 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEM_SIZE: the size of the heap memory. If the application will send
+ * a lot of data that needs to be copied, this should be set high.
+ */
+#ifndef MEM_SIZE
+#define MEM_SIZE 1600
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS: if defined to 1, each pool is placed in its own array.
+ * This can be used to individually change the location of each pool.
+ * Default is one big array for all pools
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS
+#define MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK: memp overflow protection reserves a configurable
+ * amount of bytes before and after each memp element in every pool and fills
+ * it with a prominent default value.
+ * MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK == 0 no checking
+ * MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK == 1 checks each element when it is freed
+ * MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2 checks each element in every pool every time
+ * memp_malloc() or memp_free() is called (useful but slow!)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
+#define MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_SANITY_CHECK==1: run a sanity check after each memp_free() to make
+ * sure that there are no cycles in the linked lists.
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_SANITY_CHECK
+#define MEMP_SANITY_CHECK 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEM_USE_POOLS==1: Use an alternative to malloc() by allocating from a set
+ * of memory pools of various sizes. When mem_malloc is called, an element of
+ * the smallest pool that can provide the length needed is returned.
+ * To use this, MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS also has to be enabled.
+ */
+#ifndef MEM_USE_POOLS
+#define MEM_USE_POOLS 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL==1: if one malloc-pool is empty, try the next
+ * bigger pool - WARNING: THIS MIGHT WASTE MEMORY but it can make a system more
+ * reliable. */
+#ifndef MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL
+#define MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS==1: whether to include a user file lwippools.h
+ * that defines additional pools beyond the "standard" ones required
+ * by lwIP. If you set this to 1, you must have lwippools.h in your
+ * inlude path somewhere.
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS
+#define MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Set this to 1 if you want to free PBUF_RAM pbufs (or call mem_free()) from
+ * interrupt context (or another context that doesn't allow waiting for a
+ * semaphore).
+ * If set to 1, mem_malloc will be protected by a semaphore and SYS_ARCH_PROTECT,
+ * while mem_free will only use SYS_ARCH_PROTECT. mem_malloc SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECTs
+ * with each loop so that mem_free can run.
+ *
+ * ATTENTION: As you can see from the above description, this leads to dis-/
+ * enabling interrupts often, which can be slow! Also, on low memory, mem_malloc
+ * can need longer.
+ *
+ * If you don't want that, at least for NO_SYS=0, you can still use the following
+ * functions to enqueue a deallocation call which then runs in the tcpip_thread
+ * context:
+ * - pbuf_free_callback(p);
+ * - mem_free_callback(m);
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
+#define LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ------------------------------------------------
+ ---------- Internal Memory Pool Sizes ----------
+ ------------------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_PBUF: the number of memp struct pbufs (used for PBUF_ROM and PBUF_REF).
+ * If the application sends a lot of data out of ROM (or other static memory),
+ * this should be set high.
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_PBUF
+#define MEMP_NUM_PBUF 16
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB: Number of raw connection PCBs
+ * (requires the LWIP_RAW option)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB
+#define MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB 4
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB: the number of UDP protocol control blocks. One
+ * per active UDP "connection".
+ * (requires the LWIP_UDP option)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB
+#define MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB 4
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB: the number of simulatenously active TCP connections.
+ * (requires the LWIP_TCP option)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB 5
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN: the number of listening TCP connections.
+ * (requires the LWIP_TCP option)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN 8
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG: the number of simultaneously queued TCP segments.
+ * (requires the LWIP_TCP option)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG 16
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA: the number of IP packets simultaneously queued for
+ * reassembly (whole packets, not fragments!)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA
+#define MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA 5
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_FRAG_PBUF: the number of IP fragments simultaneously sent
+ * (fragments, not whole packets!).
+ * This is only used with IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF==0 and
+ * LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF==0 and only has to be > 1 with DMA-enabled MACs
+ * where the packet is not yet sent when netif->output returns.
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_FRAG_PBUF
+#define MEMP_NUM_FRAG_PBUF 15
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_ARP_QUEUE: the number of simulateously queued outgoing
+ * packets (pbufs) that are waiting for an ARP request (to resolve
+ * their destination address) to finish.
+ * (requires the ARP_QUEUEING option)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_ARP_QUEUE
+#define MEMP_NUM_ARP_QUEUE 30
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP: The number of multicast groups whose network interfaces
+ * can be members et the same time (one per netif - allsystems group -, plus one
+ * per netif membership).
+ * (requires the LWIP_IGMP option)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP
+#define MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP 8
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT: the number of simulateously active timeouts.
+ * (requires NO_SYS==0)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT
+#define MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT 3
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_NETBUF: the number of struct netbufs.
+ * (only needed if you use the sequential API, like api_lib.c)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_NETBUF
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETBUF 2
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_NETCONN: the number of struct netconns.
+ * (only needed if you use the sequential API, like api_lib.c)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_NETCONN
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETCONN 4
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API: the number of struct tcpip_msg, which are used
+ * for callback/timeout API communication.
+ * (only needed if you use tcpip.c)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API 8
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT: the number of struct tcpip_msg, which are used
+ * for incoming packets.
+ * (only needed if you use tcpip.c)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT 8
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_SNMP_NODE: the number of leafs in the SNMP tree.
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_SNMP_NODE
+#define MEMP_NUM_SNMP_NODE 50
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_SNMP_ROOTNODE: the number of branches in the SNMP tree.
+ * Every branch has one leaf (MEMP_NUM_SNMP_NODE) at least!
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_SNMP_ROOTNODE
+#define MEMP_NUM_SNMP_ROOTNODE 30
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_SNMP_VARBIND: the number of concurrent requests (does not have to
+ * be changed normally) - 2 of these are used per request (1 for input,
+ * 1 for output)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_SNMP_VARBIND
+#define MEMP_NUM_SNMP_VARBIND 2
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_SNMP_VALUE: the number of OID or values concurrently used
+ * (does not have to be changed normally) - 3 of these are used per request
+ * (1 for the value read and 2 for OIDs - input and output)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_SNMP_VALUE
+#define MEMP_NUM_SNMP_VALUE 3
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_NETDB: the number of concurrently running lwip_addrinfo() calls
+ * (before freeing the corresponding memory using lwip_freeaddrinfo()).
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_NETDB
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETDB 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_LOCALHOSTLIST: the number of host entries in the local host list
+ * if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC==1.
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_LOCALHOSTLIST
+#define MEMP_NUM_LOCALHOSTLIST 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_NUM_PPPOE_INTERFACES: the number of concurrently active PPPoE
+ * interfaces (only used with PPPOE_SUPPORT==1)
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_NUM_PPPOE_INTERFACES
+#define MEMP_NUM_PPPOE_INTERFACES 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * PBUF_POOL_SIZE: the number of buffers in the pbuf pool.
+ */
+#ifndef PBUF_POOL_SIZE
+#define PBUF_POOL_SIZE 16
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ---------------------------------
+ ---------- ARP options ----------
+ ---------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_ARP==1: Enable ARP functionality.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_ARP
+#define LWIP_ARP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ARP_TABLE_SIZE: Number of active MAC-IP address pairs cached.
+ */
+#ifndef ARP_TABLE_SIZE
+#define ARP_TABLE_SIZE 10
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ARP_QUEUEING==1: Outgoing packets are queued during hardware address
+ * resolution.
+ */
+#ifndef ARP_QUEUEING
+#define ARP_QUEUEING 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ETHARP_TRUST_IP_MAC==1: Incoming IP packets cause the ARP table to be
+ * updated with the source MAC and IP addresses supplied in the packet.
+ * You may want to disable this if you do not trust LAN peers to have the
+ * correct addresses, or as a limited approach to attempt to handle
+ * spoofing. If disabled, lwIP will need to make a new ARP request if
+ * the peer is not already in the ARP table, adding a little latency.
+ * The peer *is* in the ARP table if it requested our address before.
+ * Also notice that this slows down input processing of every IP packet!
+ */
+#ifndef ETHARP_TRUST_IP_MAC
+#define ETHARP_TRUST_IP_MAC 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ETHARP_SUPPORT_VLAN==1: support receiving ethernet packets with VLAN header.
+ * Additionally, you can define ETHARP_VLAN_CHECK to an u16_t VLAN ID to check.
+ * If ETHARP_VLAN_CHECK is defined, only VLAN-traffic for this VLAN is accepted.
+ * If ETHARP_VLAN_CHECK is not defined, all traffic is accepted.
+ */
+#ifndef ETHARP_SUPPORT_VLAN
+#define ETHARP_SUPPORT_VLAN 0
+#endif
+
+/** LWIP_ETHERNET==1: enable ethernet support for PPPoE even though ARP
+ * might be disabled
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_ETHERNET
+#define LWIP_ETHERNET (LWIP_ARP || PPPOE_SUPPORT)
+#endif
+
+/** ETH_PAD_SIZE: number of bytes added before the ethernet header to ensure
+ * alignment of payload after that header. Since the header is 14 bytes long,
+ * without this padding e.g. addresses in the IP header will not be aligned
+ * on a 32-bit boundary, so setting this to 2 can speed up 32-bit-platforms.
+ */
+#ifndef ETH_PAD_SIZE
+#define ETH_PAD_SIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/** ETHARP_SUPPORT_STATIC_ENTRIES==1: enable code to support static ARP table
+ * entries (using etharp_add_static_entry/etharp_remove_static_entry).
+ */
+#ifndef ETHARP_SUPPORT_STATIC_ENTRIES
+#define ETHARP_SUPPORT_STATIC_ENTRIES 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ --------------------------------
+ ---------- IP options ----------
+ --------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * IP_FORWARD==1: Enables the ability to forward IP packets across network
+ * interfaces. If you are going to run lwIP on a device with only one network
+ * interface, define this to 0.
+ */
+#ifndef IP_FORWARD
+#define IP_FORWARD 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED: Defines the behavior for IP options.
+ * IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED==0: All packets with IP options are dropped.
+ * IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED==1: IP options are allowed (but not parsed).
+ */
+#ifndef IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED
+#define IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_REASSEMBLY==1: Reassemble incoming fragmented IP packets. Note that
+ * this option does not affect outgoing packet sizes, which can be controlled
+ * via IP_FRAG.
+ */
+#ifndef IP_REASSEMBLY
+#define IP_REASSEMBLY 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_FRAG==1: Fragment outgoing IP packets if their size exceeds MTU. Note
+ * that this option does not affect incoming packet sizes, which can be
+ * controlled via IP_REASSEMBLY.
+ */
+#ifndef IP_FRAG
+#define IP_FRAG 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_REASS_MAXAGE: Maximum time (in multiples of IP_TMR_INTERVAL - so seconds, normally)
+ * a fragmented IP packet waits for all fragments to arrive. If not all fragments arrived
+ * in this time, the whole packet is discarded.
+ */
+#ifndef IP_REASS_MAXAGE
+#define IP_REASS_MAXAGE 3
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS: Total maximum amount of pbufs waiting to be reassembled.
+ * Since the received pbufs are enqueued, be sure to configure
+ * PBUF_POOL_SIZE > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS so that the stack is still able to receive
+ * packets even if the maximum amount of fragments is enqueued for reassembly!
+ */
+#ifndef IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS
+#define IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS 10
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF==1: Use a static MTU-sized buffer for IP
+ * fragmentation. Otherwise pbufs are allocated and reference the original
+ * packet data to be fragmented (or with LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF==1,
+ * new PBUF_RAM pbufs are used for fragments).
+ * ATTENTION: IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF==1 may not be used for DMA-enabled MACs!
+ */
+#ifndef IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
+#define IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_FRAG_MAX_MTU: Assumed max MTU on any interface for IP frag buffer
+ * (requires IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF==1)
+ */
+#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF && !defined(IP_FRAG_MAX_MTU)
+#define IP_FRAG_MAX_MTU 1500
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_DEFAULT_TTL: Default value for Time-To-Live used by transport layers.
+ */
+#ifndef IP_DEFAULT_TTL
+#define IP_DEFAULT_TTL 255
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_SOF_BROADCAST=1: Use the SOF_BROADCAST field to enable broadcast
+ * filter per pcb on udp and raw send operations. To enable broadcast filter
+ * on recv operations, you also have to set IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV=1.
+ */
+#ifndef IP_SOF_BROADCAST
+#define IP_SOF_BROADCAST 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV (requires IP_SOF_BROADCAST=1) enable the broadcast
+ * filter on recv operations.
+ */
+#ifndef IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV
+#define IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ----------------------------------
+ ---------- ICMP options ----------
+ ----------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_ICMP==1: Enable ICMP module inside the IP stack.
+ * Be careful, disable that make your product non-compliant to RFC1122
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_ICMP
+#define LWIP_ICMP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ICMP_TTL: Default value for Time-To-Live used by ICMP packets.
+ */
+#ifndef ICMP_TTL
+#define ICMP_TTL (IP_DEFAULT_TTL)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_BROADCAST_PING==1: respond to broadcast pings (default is unicast only)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_BROADCAST_PING
+#define LWIP_BROADCAST_PING 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_MULTICAST_PING==1: respond to multicast pings (default is unicast only)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_MULTICAST_PING
+#define LWIP_MULTICAST_PING 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ---------------------------------
+ ---------- RAW options ----------
+ ---------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_RAW==1: Enable application layer to hook into the IP layer itself.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_RAW
+#define LWIP_RAW 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_RAW==1: Enable application layer to hook into the IP layer itself.
+ */
+#ifndef RAW_TTL
+#define RAW_TTL (IP_DEFAULT_TTL)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ----------------------------------
+ ---------- DHCP options ----------
+ ----------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_DHCP==1: Enable DHCP module.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_DHCP
+#define LWIP_DHCP 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK==1: Do an ARP check on the offered address.
+ */
+#ifndef DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK
+#define DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK ((LWIP_DHCP) && (LWIP_ARP))
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ------------------------------------
+ ---------- AUTOIP options ----------
+ ------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_AUTOIP==1: Enable AUTOIP module.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_AUTOIP
+#define LWIP_AUTOIP 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP==1: Allow DHCP and AUTOIP to be both enabled on
+ * the same interface at the same time.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP
+#define LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP_TRIES: Set to the number of DHCP DISCOVER probes
+ * that should be sent before falling back on AUTOIP. This can be set
+ * as low as 1 to get an AutoIP address very quickly, but you should
+ * be prepared to handle a changing IP address when DHCP overrides
+ * AutoIP.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP_TRIES
+#define LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP_TRIES 9
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ----------------------------------
+ ---------- SNMP options ----------
+ ----------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_SNMP==1: Turn on SNMP module. UDP must be available for SNMP
+ * transport.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_SNMP
+#define LWIP_SNMP 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SNMP_CONCURRENT_REQUESTS: Number of concurrent requests the module will
+ * allow. At least one request buffer is required.
+ * Does not have to be changed unless external MIBs answer request asynchronously
+ */
+#ifndef SNMP_CONCURRENT_REQUESTS
+#define SNMP_CONCURRENT_REQUESTS 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS: Number of trap destinations. At least one trap
+ * destination is required
+ */
+#ifndef SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS
+#define SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB:
+ * When using a private MIB, you have to create a file 'private_mib.h' that contains
+ * a 'struct mib_array_node mib_private' which contains your MIB.
+ */
+#ifndef SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB
+#define SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Only allow SNMP write actions that are 'safe' (e.g. disabeling netifs is not
+ * a safe action and disabled when SNMP_SAFE_REQUESTS = 1).
+ * Unsafe requests are disabled by default!
+ */
+#ifndef SNMP_SAFE_REQUESTS
+#define SNMP_SAFE_REQUESTS 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The maximum length of strings used. This affects the size of
+ * MEMP_SNMP_VALUE elements.
+ */
+#ifndef SNMP_MAX_OCTET_STRING_LEN
+#define SNMP_MAX_OCTET_STRING_LEN 127
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The maximum depth of the SNMP tree.
+ * With private MIBs enabled, this depends on your MIB!
+ * This affects the size of MEMP_SNMP_VALUE elements.
+ */
+#ifndef SNMP_MAX_TREE_DEPTH
+#define SNMP_MAX_TREE_DEPTH 15
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The size of the MEMP_SNMP_VALUE elements, normally calculated from
+ * SNMP_MAX_OCTET_STRING_LEN and SNMP_MAX_TREE_DEPTH.
+ */
+#ifndef SNMP_MAX_VALUE_SIZE
+#define SNMP_MAX_VALUE_SIZE LWIP_MAX((SNMP_MAX_OCTET_STRING_LEN)+1, sizeof(s32_t)*(SNMP_MAX_TREE_DEPTH))
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ----------------------------------
+ ---------- IGMP options ----------
+ ----------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_IGMP==1: Turn on IGMP module.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_IGMP
+#define LWIP_IGMP 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ----------------------------------
+ ---------- DNS options -----------
+ ----------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_DNS==1: Turn on DNS module. UDP must be available for DNS
+ * transport.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_DNS
+#define LWIP_DNS 0
+#endif
+
+/** DNS maximum number of entries to maintain locally. */
+#ifndef DNS_TABLE_SIZE
+#define DNS_TABLE_SIZE 4
+#endif
+
+/** DNS maximum host name length supported in the name table. */
+#ifndef DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH
+#define DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH 256
+#endif
+
+/** The maximum of DNS servers */
+#ifndef DNS_MAX_SERVERS
+#define DNS_MAX_SERVERS 2
+#endif
+
+/** DNS do a name checking between the query and the response. */
+#ifndef DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK
+#define DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK 1
+#endif
+
+/** DNS message max. size. Default value is RFC compliant. */
+#ifndef DNS_MSG_SIZE
+#define DNS_MSG_SIZE 512
+#endif
+
+/** DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST: Implements a local host-to-address list. If enabled,
+ * you have to define
+ * #define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT {{"host1", 0x123}, {"host2", 0x234}}
+ * (an array of structs name/address, where address is an u32_t in network
+ * byte order).
+ *
+ * Instead, you can also use an external function:
+ * #define DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN(x) extern u32_t my_lookup_function(const char *name)
+ * that returns the IP address or INADDR_NONE if not found.
+ */
+#ifndef DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
+#define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST 0
+#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST */
+
+/** If this is turned on, the local host-list can be dynamically changed
+ * at runtime. */
+#ifndef DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
+#define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC 0
+#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
+
+/*
+ ---------------------------------
+ ---------- UDP options ----------
+ ---------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_UDP==1: Turn on UDP.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_UDP
+#define LWIP_UDP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_UDPLITE==1: Turn on UDP-Lite. (Requires LWIP_UDP)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_UDPLITE
+#define LWIP_UDPLITE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * UDP_TTL: Default Time-To-Live value.
+ */
+#ifndef UDP_TTL
+#define UDP_TTL (IP_DEFAULT_TTL)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO==1: append destination addr and port to every netbuf.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO
+#define LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ---------------------------------
+ ---------- TCP options ----------
+ ---------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_TCP==1: Turn on TCP.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_TCP
+#define LWIP_TCP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_TTL: Default Time-To-Live value.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_TTL
+#define TCP_TTL (IP_DEFAULT_TTL)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_WND: The size of a TCP window. This must be at least
+ * (2 * TCP_MSS) for things to work well
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_WND
+#define TCP_WND (4 * TCP_MSS)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_MAXRTX: Maximum number of retransmissions of data segments.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_MAXRTX
+#define TCP_MAXRTX 12
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_SYNMAXRTX: Maximum number of retransmissions of SYN segments.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_SYNMAXRTX
+#define TCP_SYNMAXRTX 6
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ==1: TCP will queue segments that arrive out of order.
+ * Define to 0 if your device is low on memory.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ
+#define TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ (LWIP_TCP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_MSS: TCP Maximum segment size. (default is 536, a conservative default,
+ * you might want to increase this.)
+ * For the receive side, this MSS is advertised to the remote side
+ * when opening a connection. For the transmit size, this MSS sets
+ * an upper limit on the MSS advertised by the remote host.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_MSS
+#define TCP_MSS 536
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_CALCULATE_EFF_SEND_MSS: "The maximum size of a segment that TCP really
+ * sends, the 'effective send MSS,' MUST be the smaller of the send MSS (which
+ * reflects the available reassembly buffer size at the remote host) and the
+ * largest size permitted by the IP layer" (RFC 1122)
+ * Setting this to 1 enables code that checks TCP_MSS against the MTU of the
+ * netif used for a connection and limits the MSS if it would be too big otherwise.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_CALCULATE_EFF_SEND_MSS
+#define TCP_CALCULATE_EFF_SEND_MSS 1
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * TCP_SND_BUF: TCP sender buffer space (bytes).
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_SND_BUF
+#define TCP_SND_BUF 256
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_SND_QUEUELEN: TCP sender buffer space (pbufs). This must be at least
+ * as much as (2 * TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS) for things to work.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_SND_QUEUELEN
+#define TCP_SND_QUEUELEN (4 * (TCP_SND_BUF)/(TCP_MSS))
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_SNDLOWAT: TCP writable space (bytes). This must be less than
+ * TCP_SND_BUF. It is the amount of space which must be available in the
+ * TCP snd_buf for select to return writable (combined with TCP_SNDQUEUELOWAT).
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_SNDLOWAT
+#define TCP_SNDLOWAT ((TCP_SND_BUF)/2)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_SNDQUEUELOWAT: TCP writable bufs (pbuf count). This must be grater
+ * than TCP_SND_QUEUELEN. If the number of pbufs queued on a pcb drops below
+ * this number, select returns writable (combined with TCP_SNDLOWAT).
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_SNDQUEUELOWAT
+#define TCP_SNDQUEUELOWAT ((TCP_SND_QUEUELEN)/2)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG: Enable the backlog option for tcp listen pcb.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
+#define TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The maximum allowed backlog for TCP listen netconns.
+ * This backlog is used unless another is explicitly specified.
+ * 0xff is the maximum (u8_t).
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG
+#define TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG 0xff
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_OVERSIZE: The maximum number of bytes that tcp_write may
+ * allocate ahead of time in an attempt to create shorter pbuf chains
+ * for transmission. The meaningful range is 0 to TCP_MSS. Some
+ * suggested values are:
+ *
+ * 0: Disable oversized allocation. Each tcp_write() allocates a new
+ pbuf (old behaviour).
+ * 1: Allocate size-aligned pbufs with minimal excess. Use this if your
+ * scatter-gather DMA requires aligned fragments.
+ * 128: Limit the pbuf/memory overhead to 20%.
+ * TCP_MSS: Try to create unfragmented TCP packets.
+ * TCP_MSS/4: Try to create 4 fragments or less per TCP packet.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_OVERSIZE
+#define TCP_OVERSIZE TCP_MSS
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_TCP_TIMESTAMPS==1: support the TCP timestamp option.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_TCP_TIMESTAMPS
+#define LWIP_TCP_TIMESTAMPS 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_WND_UPDATE_THRESHOLD: difference in window to trigger an
+ * explicit window update
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_WND_UPDATE_THRESHOLD
+#define TCP_WND_UPDATE_THRESHOLD (TCP_WND / 4)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_EVENT_API and LWIP_CALLBACK_API: Only one of these should be set to 1.
+ * LWIP_EVENT_API==1: The user defines lwip_tcp_event() to receive all
+ * events (accept, sent, etc) that happen in the system.
+ * LWIP_CALLBACK_API==1: The PCB callback function is called directly
+ * for the event.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_EVENT_API
+#define LWIP_EVENT_API 0
+#define LWIP_CALLBACK_API 1
+#else
+#define LWIP_EVENT_API 1
+#define LWIP_CALLBACK_API 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ ----------------------------------
+ ---------- Pbuf options ----------
+ ----------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * PBUF_LINK_HLEN: the number of bytes that should be allocated for a
+ * link level header. The default is 14, the standard value for
+ * Ethernet.
+ */
+#ifndef PBUF_LINK_HLEN
+#define PBUF_LINK_HLEN (14 + ETH_PAD_SIZE)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE: the size of each pbuf in the pbuf pool. The default is
+ * designed to accomodate single full size TCP frame in one pbuf, including
+ * TCP_MSS, IP header, and link header.
+ */
+#ifndef PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE
+#define PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(TCP_MSS+40+PBUF_LINK_HLEN)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ------------------------------------------------
+ ---------- Network Interfaces options ----------
+ ------------------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME==1: use DHCP_OPTION_HOSTNAME with netif's hostname
+ * field.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME
+#define LWIP_NETIF_HOSTNAME 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_NETIF_API==1: Support netif api (in netifapi.c)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_NETIF_API
+#define LWIP_NETIF_API 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK==1: Support a callback function whenever an interface
+ * changes its up/down status (i.e., due to DHCP IP acquistion)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
+#define LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK==1: Support a callback function from an interface
+ * whenever the link changes (i.e., link down)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
+#define LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT==1: Cache link-layer-address hints (e.g. table
+ * indices) in struct netif. TCP and UDP can make use of this to prevent
+ * scanning the ARP table for every sent packet. While this is faster for big
+ * ARP tables or many concurrent connections, it might be counterproductive
+ * if you have a tiny ARP table or if there never are concurrent connections.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
+#define LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK==1: Support sending packets with a destination IP
+ * address equal to the netif IP address, looping them back up the stack.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK
+#define LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS: Maximum number of pbufs on queue for loopback
+ * sending for each netif (0 = disabled)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
+#define LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING: Indicates whether threading is enabled in
+ * the system, as netifs must change how they behave depending on this setting
+ * for the LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK option to work.
+ * Setting this is needed to avoid reentering non-reentrant functions like
+ * tcp_input().
+ * LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING==1: Indicates that the user is using a
+ * multithreaded environment like tcpip.c. In this case, netif->input()
+ * is called directly.
+ * LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING==0: Indicates a polling (or NO_SYS) setup.
+ * The packets are put on a list and netif_poll() must be called in
+ * the main application loop.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING
+#define LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING (!NO_SYS)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF: if this is set to 1, lwIP tries to put all data
+ * to be sent into one single pbuf. This is for compatibility with DMA-enabled
+ * MACs that do not support scatter-gather.
+ * Beware that this might involve CPU-memcpy before transmitting that would not
+ * be needed without this flag! Use this only if you need to!
+ *
+ * @todo: TCP and IP-frag do not work with this, yet:
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF
+#define LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF 0
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF */
+
+/*
+ ------------------------------------
+ ---------- LOOPIF options ----------
+ ------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF==1: Support loop interface (127.0.0.1) and loopif.c
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF
+#define LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ------------------------------------
+ ---------- SLIPIF options ----------
+ ------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_HAVE_SLIPIF==1: Support slip interface and slipif.c
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_HAVE_SLIPIF
+#define LWIP_HAVE_SLIPIF 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ------------------------------------
+ ---------- Thread options ----------
+ ------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * TCPIP_THREAD_NAME: The name assigned to the main tcpip thread.
+ */
+#ifndef TCPIP_THREAD_NAME
+#define TCPIP_THREAD_NAME "tcpip_thread"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCPIP_THREAD_STACKSIZE: The stack size used by the main tcpip thread.
+ * The stack size value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed to
+ * sys_thread_new() when the thread is created.
+ */
+#ifndef TCPIP_THREAD_STACKSIZE
+#define TCPIP_THREAD_STACKSIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCPIP_THREAD_PRIO: The priority assigned to the main tcpip thread.
+ * The priority value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed to
+ * sys_thread_new() when the thread is created.
+ */
+#ifndef TCPIP_THREAD_PRIO
+#define TCPIP_THREAD_PRIO 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCPIP_MBOX_SIZE: The mailbox size for the tcpip thread messages
+ * The queue size value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed to
+ * sys_mbox_new() when tcpip_init is called.
+ */
+#ifndef TCPIP_MBOX_SIZE
+#define TCPIP_MBOX_SIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SLIPIF_THREAD_NAME: The name assigned to the slipif_loop thread.
+ */
+#ifndef SLIPIF_THREAD_NAME
+#define SLIPIF_THREAD_NAME "slipif_loop"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SLIP_THREAD_STACKSIZE: The stack size used by the slipif_loop thread.
+ * The stack size value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed to
+ * sys_thread_new() when the thread is created.
+ */
+#ifndef SLIPIF_THREAD_STACKSIZE
+#define SLIPIF_THREAD_STACKSIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SLIPIF_THREAD_PRIO: The priority assigned to the slipif_loop thread.
+ * The priority value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed to
+ * sys_thread_new() when the thread is created.
+ */
+#ifndef SLIPIF_THREAD_PRIO
+#define SLIPIF_THREAD_PRIO 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * PPP_THREAD_NAME: The name assigned to the pppInputThread.
+ */
+#ifndef PPP_THREAD_NAME
+#define PPP_THREAD_NAME "pppInputThread"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * PPP_THREAD_STACKSIZE: The stack size used by the pppInputThread.
+ * The stack size value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed to
+ * sys_thread_new() when the thread is created.
+ */
+#ifndef PPP_THREAD_STACKSIZE
+#define PPP_THREAD_STACKSIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * PPP_THREAD_PRIO: The priority assigned to the pppInputThread.
+ * The priority value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed to
+ * sys_thread_new() when the thread is created.
+ */
+#ifndef PPP_THREAD_PRIO
+#define PPP_THREAD_PRIO 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * DEFAULT_THREAD_NAME: The name assigned to any other lwIP thread.
+ */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_THREAD_NAME
+#define DEFAULT_THREAD_NAME "lwIP"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * DEFAULT_THREAD_STACKSIZE: The stack size used by any other lwIP thread.
+ * The stack size value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed to
+ * sys_thread_new() when the thread is created.
+ */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_THREAD_STACKSIZE
+#define DEFAULT_THREAD_STACKSIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * DEFAULT_THREAD_PRIO: The priority assigned to any other lwIP thread.
+ * The priority value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed to
+ * sys_thread_new() when the thread is created.
+ */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_THREAD_PRIO
+#define DEFAULT_THREAD_PRIO 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * DEFAULT_RAW_RECVMBOX_SIZE: The mailbox size for the incoming packets on a
+ * NETCONN_RAW. The queue size value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed
+ * to sys_mbox_new() when the recvmbox is created.
+ */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_RAW_RECVMBOX_SIZE
+#define DEFAULT_RAW_RECVMBOX_SIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * DEFAULT_UDP_RECVMBOX_SIZE: The mailbox size for the incoming packets on a
+ * NETCONN_UDP. The queue size value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed
+ * to sys_mbox_new() when the recvmbox is created.
+ */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_UDP_RECVMBOX_SIZE
+#define DEFAULT_UDP_RECVMBOX_SIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * DEFAULT_TCP_RECVMBOX_SIZE: The mailbox size for the incoming packets on a
+ * NETCONN_TCP. The queue size value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed
+ * to sys_mbox_new() when the recvmbox is created.
+ */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_TCP_RECVMBOX_SIZE
+#define DEFAULT_TCP_RECVMBOX_SIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * DEFAULT_ACCEPTMBOX_SIZE: The mailbox size for the incoming connections.
+ * The queue size value itself is platform-dependent, but is passed to
+ * sys_mbox_new() when the acceptmbox is created.
+ */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_ACCEPTMBOX_SIZE
+#define DEFAULT_ACCEPTMBOX_SIZE 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ----------------------------------------------
+ ---------- Sequential layer options ----------
+ ----------------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING: (EXPERIMENTAL!)
+ * Don't use it if you're not an active lwIP project member
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+#define LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT: (EXPERIMENTAL!)
+ * Don't use it if you're not an active lwIP project member
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT
+#define LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_NETCONN==1: Enable Netconn API (require to use api_lib.c)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_NETCONN
+#define LWIP_NETCONN 1
+#endif
+
+/** LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT==1: Enable tcpip_timeout/tcpip_untimeout tod create
+ * timers running in tcpip_thread from another thread.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT
+#define LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ------------------------------------
+ ---------- Socket options ----------
+ ------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_SOCKET==1: Enable Socket API (require to use sockets.c)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_SOCKET
+#define LWIP_SOCKET 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS==1: Enable BSD-style sockets functions names.
+ * (only used if you use sockets.c)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS
+#define LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_POSIX_SOCKETS_IO_NAMES==1: Enable POSIX-style sockets functions names.
+ * Disable this option if you use a POSIX operating system that uses the same
+ * names (read, write & close). (only used if you use sockets.c)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_POSIX_SOCKETS_IO_NAMES
+#define LWIP_POSIX_SOCKETS_IO_NAMES 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_TCP_KEEPALIVE==1: Enable TCP_KEEPIDLE, TCP_KEEPINTVL and TCP_KEEPCNT
+ * options processing. Note that TCP_KEEPIDLE and TCP_KEEPINTVL have to be set
+ * in seconds. (does not require sockets.c, and will affect tcp.c)
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_TCP_KEEPALIVE
+#define LWIP_TCP_KEEPALIVE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO==1: Enable SO_RCVTIMEO processing.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
+#define LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_SO_RCVBUF==1: Enable SO_RCVBUF processing.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
+#define LWIP_SO_RCVBUF 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * If LWIP_SO_RCVBUF is used, this is the default value for recv_bufsize.
+ */
+#ifndef RECV_BUFSIZE_DEFAULT
+#define RECV_BUFSIZE_DEFAULT INT_MAX
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SO_REUSE==1: Enable SO_REUSEADDR option.
+ */
+#ifndef SO_REUSE
+#define SO_REUSE 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SO_REUSE_RXTOALL==1: Pass a copy of incoming broadcast/multicast packets
+ * to all local matches if SO_REUSEADDR is turned on.
+ * WARNING: Adds a memcpy for every packet if passing to more than one pcb!
+ */
+#ifndef SO_REUSE_RXTOALL
+#define SO_REUSE_RXTOALL 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ----------------------------------------
+ ---------- Statistics options ----------
+ ----------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_STATS==1: Enable statistics collection in lwip_stats.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_STATS
+#define LWIP_STATS 1
+#endif
+
+#if LWIP_STATS
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY==1: Compile in the statistics output functions.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY
+#define LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LINK_STATS==1: Enable link stats.
+ */
+#ifndef LINK_STATS
+#define LINK_STATS 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ETHARP_STATS==1: Enable etharp stats.
+ */
+#ifndef ETHARP_STATS
+#define ETHARP_STATS (LWIP_ARP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_STATS==1: Enable IP stats.
+ */
+#ifndef IP_STATS
+#define IP_STATS 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IPFRAG_STATS==1: Enable IP fragmentation stats. Default is
+ * on if using either frag or reass.
+ */
+#ifndef IPFRAG_STATS
+#define IPFRAG_STATS (IP_REASSEMBLY || IP_FRAG)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ICMP_STATS==1: Enable ICMP stats.
+ */
+#ifndef ICMP_STATS
+#define ICMP_STATS 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IGMP_STATS==1: Enable IGMP stats.
+ */
+#ifndef IGMP_STATS
+#define IGMP_STATS (LWIP_IGMP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * UDP_STATS==1: Enable UDP stats. Default is on if
+ * UDP enabled, otherwise off.
+ */
+#ifndef UDP_STATS
+#define UDP_STATS (LWIP_UDP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_STATS==1: Enable TCP stats. Default is on if TCP
+ * enabled, otherwise off.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_STATS
+#define TCP_STATS (LWIP_TCP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEM_STATS==1: Enable mem.c stats.
+ */
+#ifndef MEM_STATS
+#define MEM_STATS ((MEM_LIBC_MALLOC == 0) && (MEM_USE_POOLS == 0))
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_STATS==1: Enable memp.c pool stats.
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_STATS
+#define MEMP_STATS (MEMP_MEM_MALLOC == 0)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SYS_STATS==1: Enable system stats (sem and mbox counts, etc).
+ */
+#ifndef SYS_STATS
+#define SYS_STATS (NO_SYS == 0)
+#endif
+
+#else
+
+#define LINK_STATS 0
+#define IP_STATS 0
+#define IPFRAG_STATS 0
+#define ICMP_STATS 0
+#define IGMP_STATS 0
+#define UDP_STATS 0
+#define TCP_STATS 0
+#define MEM_STATS 0
+#define MEMP_STATS 0
+#define SYS_STATS 0
+#define LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY 0
+
+#endif /* LWIP_STATS */
+
+/*
+ ---------------------------------
+ ---------- PPP options ----------
+ ---------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * PPP_SUPPORT==1: Enable PPP.
+ */
+#ifndef PPP_SUPPORT
+#define PPP_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * PPPOE_SUPPORT==1: Enable PPP Over Ethernet
+ */
+#ifndef PPPOE_SUPPORT
+#define PPPOE_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * PPPOS_SUPPORT==1: Enable PPP Over Serial
+ */
+#ifndef PPPOS_SUPPORT
+#define PPPOS_SUPPORT PPP_SUPPORT
+#endif
+
+#if PPP_SUPPORT
+
+/**
+ * NUM_PPP: Max PPP sessions.
+ */
+#ifndef NUM_PPP
+#define NUM_PPP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * PAP_SUPPORT==1: Support PAP.
+ */
+#ifndef PAP_SUPPORT
+#define PAP_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CHAP_SUPPORT==1: Support CHAP.
+ */
+#ifndef CHAP_SUPPORT
+#define CHAP_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MSCHAP_SUPPORT==1: Support MSCHAP. CURRENTLY NOT SUPPORTED! DO NOT SET!
+ */
+#ifndef MSCHAP_SUPPORT
+#define MSCHAP_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CBCP_SUPPORT==1: Support CBCP. CURRENTLY NOT SUPPORTED! DO NOT SET!
+ */
+#ifndef CBCP_SUPPORT
+#define CBCP_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CCP_SUPPORT==1: Support CCP. CURRENTLY NOT SUPPORTED! DO NOT SET!
+ */
+#ifndef CCP_SUPPORT
+#define CCP_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * VJ_SUPPORT==1: Support VJ header compression.
+ */
+#ifndef VJ_SUPPORT
+#define VJ_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MD5_SUPPORT==1: Support MD5 (see also CHAP).
+ */
+#ifndef MD5_SUPPORT
+#define MD5_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Timeouts
+ */
+#ifndef FSM_DEFTIMEOUT
+#define FSM_DEFTIMEOUT 6 /* Timeout time in seconds */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FSM_DEFMAXTERMREQS
+#define FSM_DEFMAXTERMREQS 2 /* Maximum Terminate-Request transmissions */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FSM_DEFMAXCONFREQS
+#define FSM_DEFMAXCONFREQS 10 /* Maximum Configure-Request transmissions */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FSM_DEFMAXNAKLOOPS
+#define FSM_DEFMAXNAKLOOPS 5 /* Maximum number of nak loops */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UPAP_DEFTIMEOUT
+#define UPAP_DEFTIMEOUT 6 /* Timeout (seconds) for retransmitting req */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UPAP_DEFREQTIME
+#define UPAP_DEFREQTIME 30 /* Time to wait for auth-req from peer */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CHAP_DEFTIMEOUT
+#define CHAP_DEFTIMEOUT 6 /* Timeout time in seconds */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CHAP_DEFTRANSMITS
+#define CHAP_DEFTRANSMITS 10 /* max # times to send challenge */
+#endif
+
+/* Interval in seconds between keepalive echo requests, 0 to disable. */
+#ifndef LCP_ECHOINTERVAL
+#define LCP_ECHOINTERVAL 0
+#endif
+
+/* Number of unanswered echo requests before failure. */
+#ifndef LCP_MAXECHOFAILS
+#define LCP_MAXECHOFAILS 3
+#endif
+
+/* Max Xmit idle time (in jiffies) before resend flag char. */
+#ifndef PPP_MAXIDLEFLAG
+#define PPP_MAXIDLEFLAG 100
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Packet sizes
+ *
+ * Note - lcp shouldn't be allowed to negotiate stuff outside these
+ * limits. See lcp.h in the pppd directory.
+ * (XXX - these constants should simply be shared by lcp.c instead
+ * of living in lcp.h)
+ */
+#define PPP_MTU 1500 /* Default MTU (size of Info field) */
+#ifndef PPP_MAXMTU
+/* #define PPP_MAXMTU 65535 - (PPP_HDRLEN + PPP_FCSLEN) */
+#define PPP_MAXMTU 1500 /* Largest MTU we allow */
+#endif
+#define PPP_MINMTU 64
+#define PPP_MRU 1500 /* default MRU = max length of info field */
+#define PPP_MAXMRU 1500 /* Largest MRU we allow */
+#ifndef PPP_DEFMRU
+#define PPP_DEFMRU 296 /* Try for this */
+#endif
+#define PPP_MINMRU 128 /* No MRUs below this */
+
+#ifndef MAXNAMELEN
+#define MAXNAMELEN 256 /* max length of hostname or name for auth */
+#endif
+#ifndef MAXSECRETLEN
+#define MAXSECRETLEN 256 /* max length of password or secret */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PPP_SUPPORT */
+
+/*
+ --------------------------------------
+ ---------- Checksum options ----------
+ --------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * CHECKSUM_GEN_IP==1: Generate checksums in software for outgoing IP packets.
+ */
+#ifndef CHECKSUM_GEN_IP
+#define CHECKSUM_GEN_IP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CHECKSUM_GEN_UDP==1: Generate checksums in software for outgoing UDP packets.
+ */
+#ifndef CHECKSUM_GEN_UDP
+#define CHECKSUM_GEN_UDP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CHECKSUM_GEN_TCP==1: Generate checksums in software for outgoing TCP packets.
+ */
+#ifndef CHECKSUM_GEN_TCP
+#define CHECKSUM_GEN_TCP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CHECKSUM_CHECK_IP==1: Check checksums in software for incoming IP packets.
+ */
+#ifndef CHECKSUM_CHECK_IP
+#define CHECKSUM_CHECK_IP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP==1: Check checksums in software for incoming UDP packets.
+ */
+#ifndef CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP
+#define CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * CHECKSUM_CHECK_TCP==1: Check checksums in software for incoming TCP packets.
+ */
+#ifndef CHECKSUM_CHECK_TCP
+#define CHECKSUM_CHECK_TCP 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY==1: Calculate checksum when copying data from
+ * application buffers to pbufs.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
+#define LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ ---------------------------------------
+ ---------- Debugging options ----------
+ ---------------------------------------
+*/
+/**
+ * LWIP_DBG_MIN_LEVEL: After masking, the value of the debug is
+ * compared against this value. If it is smaller, then debugging
+ * messages are written.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_DBG_MIN_LEVEL
+#define LWIP_DBG_MIN_LEVEL LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_ALL
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * LWIP_DBG_TYPES_ON: A mask that can be used to globally enable/disable
+ * debug messages of certain types.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_DBG_TYPES_ON
+#define LWIP_DBG_TYPES_ON LWIP_DBG_ON
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ETHARP_DEBUG: Enable debugging in etharp.c.
+ */
+#ifndef ETHARP_DEBUG
+#define ETHARP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * NETIF_DEBUG: Enable debugging in netif.c.
+ */
+#ifndef NETIF_DEBUG
+#define NETIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * PBUF_DEBUG: Enable debugging in pbuf.c.
+ */
+#ifndef PBUF_DEBUG
+#define PBUF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * API_LIB_DEBUG: Enable debugging in api_lib.c.
+ */
+#ifndef API_LIB_DEBUG
+#define API_LIB_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * API_MSG_DEBUG: Enable debugging in api_msg.c.
+ */
+#ifndef API_MSG_DEBUG
+#define API_MSG_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SOCKETS_DEBUG: Enable debugging in sockets.c.
+ */
+#ifndef SOCKETS_DEBUG
+#define SOCKETS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * ICMP_DEBUG: Enable debugging in icmp.c.
+ */
+#ifndef ICMP_DEBUG
+#define ICMP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IGMP_DEBUG: Enable debugging in igmp.c.
+ */
+#ifndef IGMP_DEBUG
+#define IGMP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * INET_DEBUG: Enable debugging in inet.c.
+ */
+#ifndef INET_DEBUG
+#define INET_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_DEBUG: Enable debugging for IP.
+ */
+#ifndef IP_DEBUG
+#define IP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * IP_REASS_DEBUG: Enable debugging in ip_frag.c for both frag & reass.
+ */
+#ifndef IP_REASS_DEBUG
+#define IP_REASS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * RAW_DEBUG: Enable debugging in raw.c.
+ */
+#ifndef RAW_DEBUG
+#define RAW_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEM_DEBUG: Enable debugging in mem.c.
+ */
+#ifndef MEM_DEBUG
+#define MEM_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * MEMP_DEBUG: Enable debugging in memp.c.
+ */
+#ifndef MEMP_DEBUG
+#define MEMP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SYS_DEBUG: Enable debugging in sys.c.
+ */
+#ifndef SYS_DEBUG
+#define SYS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TIMERS_DEBUG: Enable debugging in timers.c.
+ */
+#ifndef TIMERS_DEBUG
+#define TIMERS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_DEBUG: Enable debugging for TCP.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_DEBUG
+#define TCP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_INPUT_DEBUG: Enable debugging in tcp_in.c for incoming debug.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_INPUT_DEBUG
+#define TCP_INPUT_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_FR_DEBUG: Enable debugging in tcp_in.c for fast retransmit.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_FR_DEBUG
+#define TCP_FR_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_RTO_DEBUG: Enable debugging in TCP for retransmit
+ * timeout.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_RTO_DEBUG
+#define TCP_RTO_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_CWND_DEBUG: Enable debugging for TCP congestion window.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_CWND_DEBUG
+#define TCP_CWND_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_WND_DEBUG: Enable debugging in tcp_in.c for window updating.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_WND_DEBUG
+#define TCP_WND_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_OUTPUT_DEBUG: Enable debugging in tcp_out.c output functions.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_OUTPUT_DEBUG
+#define TCP_OUTPUT_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_RST_DEBUG: Enable debugging for TCP with the RST message.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_RST_DEBUG
+#define TCP_RST_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCP_QLEN_DEBUG: Enable debugging for TCP queue lengths.
+ */
+#ifndef TCP_QLEN_DEBUG
+#define TCP_QLEN_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * UDP_DEBUG: Enable debugging in UDP.
+ */
+#ifndef UDP_DEBUG
+#define UDP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * TCPIP_DEBUG: Enable debugging in tcpip.c.
+ */
+#ifndef TCPIP_DEBUG
+#define TCPIP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * PPP_DEBUG: Enable debugging for PPP.
+ */
+#ifndef PPP_DEBUG
+#define PPP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SLIP_DEBUG: Enable debugging in slipif.c.
+ */
+#ifndef SLIP_DEBUG
+#define SLIP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * DHCP_DEBUG: Enable debugging in dhcp.c.
+ */
+#ifndef DHCP_DEBUG
+#define DHCP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * AUTOIP_DEBUG: Enable debugging in autoip.c.
+ */
+#ifndef AUTOIP_DEBUG
+#define AUTOIP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SNMP_MSG_DEBUG: Enable debugging for SNMP messages.
+ */
+#ifndef SNMP_MSG_DEBUG
+#define SNMP_MSG_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * SNMP_MIB_DEBUG: Enable debugging for SNMP MIBs.
+ */
+#ifndef SNMP_MIB_DEBUG
+#define SNMP_MIB_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * DNS_DEBUG: Enable debugging for DNS.
+ */
+#ifndef DNS_DEBUG
+#define DNS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_OPT_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/pbuf.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_PBUF_H__
+#define __LWIP_PBUF_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Currently, the pbuf_custom code is only needed for one specific configuration
+ * of IP_FRAG */
+#define LWIP_SUPPORT_CUSTOM_PBUF (IP_FRAG && !IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF && !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF)
+
+#define PBUF_TRANSPORT_HLEN 20
+#define PBUF_IP_HLEN 20
+
+typedef enum {
+ PBUF_TRANSPORT,
+ PBUF_IP,
+ PBUF_LINK,
+ PBUF_RAW
+} pbuf_layer;
+
+typedef enum {
+ PBUF_RAM, /* pbuf data is stored in RAM */
+ PBUF_ROM, /* pbuf data is stored in ROM */
+ PBUF_REF, /* pbuf comes from the pbuf pool */
+ PBUF_POOL /* pbuf payload refers to RAM */
+} pbuf_type;
+
+
+/* indicates this packet's data should be immediately passed to the application */
+#define PBUF_FLAG_PUSH 0x01U
+/* indicates this is a custom pbuf: pbuf_free and pbuf_header handle such a
+ a pbuf differently */
+#define PBUF_FLAG_IS_CUSTOM 0x02U
+/* indicates this pbuf is UDP multicast to be looped back */
+#define PBUF_FLAG_MCASTLOOP 0x04U
+
+struct pbuf {
+ /* next pbuf in singly linked pbuf chain */
+ struct pbuf *next;
+
+ /* pointer to the actual data in the buffer */
+ void *payload;
+
+ /**
+ * total length of this buffer and all next buffers in chain
+ * belonging to the same packet.
+ *
+ * For non-queue packet chains this is the invariant:
+ * p->tot_len == p->len + (p->next? p->next->tot_len: 0)
+ */
+ u16_t tot_len;
+
+ /* length of this buffer */
+ u16_t len;
+
+ /* pbuf_type as u8_t instead of enum to save space */
+ u8_t /*pbuf_type*/ type;
+
+ /* misc flags */
+ u8_t flags;
+
+ /**
+ * the reference count always equals the number of pointers
+ * that refer to this pbuf. This can be pointers from an application,
+ * the stack itself, or pbuf->next pointers from a chain.
+ */
+ u16_t ref;
+};
+
+#if LWIP_SUPPORT_CUSTOM_PBUF
+/* Prototype for a function to free a custom pbuf */
+typedef void (*pbuf_free_custom_fn)(struct pbuf *p);
+
+/* A custom pbuf: like a pbuf, but following a function pointer to free it. */
+struct pbuf_custom {
+ /* The actual pbuf */
+ struct pbuf pbuf;
+ /* This function is called when pbuf_free deallocates this pbuf(_custom) */
+ pbuf_free_custom_fn custom_free_function;
+};
+#endif /* LWIP_SUPPORT_CUSTOM_PBUF */
+
+/* Initializes the pbuf module. This call is empty for now, but may not be in future. */
+#define pbuf_init()
+
+struct pbuf *pbuf_alloc(pbuf_layer l, u16_t length, pbuf_type type);
+#if LWIP_SUPPORT_CUSTOM_PBUF
+struct pbuf *pbuf_alloced_custom(pbuf_layer l, u16_t length, pbuf_type type,
+ struct pbuf_custom *p, void *payload_mem,
+ u16_t payload_mem_len);
+#endif /* LWIP_SUPPORT_CUSTOM_PBUF */
+void pbuf_realloc(struct pbuf *p, u16_t size);
+u8_t pbuf_header(struct pbuf *p, s16_t header_size);
+void pbuf_ref(struct pbuf *p);
+u8_t pbuf_free(struct pbuf *p);
+u8_t pbuf_clen(struct pbuf *p);
+void pbuf_cat(struct pbuf *head, struct pbuf *tail);
+void pbuf_chain(struct pbuf *head, struct pbuf *tail);
+struct pbuf *pbuf_dechain(struct pbuf *p);
+err_t pbuf_copy(struct pbuf *p_to, struct pbuf *p_from);
+u16_t pbuf_copy_partial(struct pbuf *p, void *dataptr, u16_t len, u16_t offset);
+err_t pbuf_take(struct pbuf *buf, const void *dataptr, u16_t len);
+struct pbuf *pbuf_coalesce(struct pbuf *p, pbuf_layer layer);
+#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
+err_t pbuf_fill_chksum(struct pbuf *p, u16_t start_offset, const void *dataptr,
+ u16_t len, u16_t *chksum);
+#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
+
+u8_t pbuf_get_at(struct pbuf* p, u16_t offset);
+u16_t pbuf_memcmp(struct pbuf* p, u16_t offset, const void* s2, u16_t n);
+u16_t pbuf_memfind(struct pbuf* p, const void* mem, u16_t mem_len, u16_t start_offset);
+u16_t pbuf_strstr(struct pbuf* p, const char* substr);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_PBUF_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/raw.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_RAW_H__
+#define __LWIP_RAW_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_RAW /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+struct raw_pcb;
+
+/** Function prototype for raw pcb receive callback functions.
+ * @param arg user supplied argument (raw_pcb.recv_arg)
+ * @param pcb the raw_pcb which received data
+ * @param p the packet buffer that was received
+ * @param addr the remote IP address from which the packet was received
+ * @return 1 if the packet was 'eaten' (aka. deleted),
+ * 0 if the packet lives on
+ * If returning 1, the callback is responsible for freeing the pbuf
+ * if it's not used any more.
+ */
+typedef u8_t (*raw_recv_fn)(void *arg, struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
+ ip_addr_t *addr);
+
+struct raw_pcb {
+ /* Common members of all PCB types */
+ IP_PCB;
+
+ struct raw_pcb *next;
+
+ u8_t protocol;
+
+ /** receive callback function */
+ raw_recv_fn recv;
+ /* user-supplied argument for the recv callback */
+ void *recv_arg;
+};
+
+/* The following functions is the application layer interface to the
+ RAW code. */
+struct raw_pcb * raw_new (u8_t proto);
+void raw_remove (struct raw_pcb *pcb);
+err_t raw_bind (struct raw_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr);
+err_t raw_connect (struct raw_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr);
+
+void raw_recv (struct raw_pcb *pcb, raw_recv_fn recv, void *recv_arg);
+err_t raw_sendto (struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *ipaddr);
+err_t raw_send (struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p);
+
+/* The following functions are the lower layer interface to RAW. */
+u8_t raw_input (struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
+#define raw_init() /* Compatibility define, not init needed. */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_RAW_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/sio.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This is the interface to the platform specific serial IO module
+ * It needs to be implemented by those platforms which need SLIP or PPP
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SIO_H__
+#define __SIO_H__
+
+#include "lwip/arch.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* If you want to define sio_fd_t elsewhere or differently,
+ define this in your cc.h file. */
+#ifndef __sio_fd_t_defined
+typedef void * sio_fd_t;
+#endif
+
+/* The following functions can be defined to something else in your cc.h file
+ or be implemented in your custom sio.c file. */
+
+#ifndef sio_open
+/**
+ * Opens a serial device for communication.
+ *
+ * @param devnum device number
+ * @return handle to serial device if successful, NULL otherwise
+ */
+sio_fd_t sio_open(u8_t devnum);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef sio_send
+/**
+ * Sends a single character to the serial device.
+ *
+ * @param c character to send
+ * @param fd serial device handle
+ *
+ * @note This function will block until the character can be sent.
+ */
+void sio_send(u8_t c, sio_fd_t fd);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef sio_recv
+/**
+ * Receives a single character from the serial device.
+ *
+ * @param fd serial device handle
+ *
+ * @note This function will block until a character is received.
+ */
+u8_t sio_recv(sio_fd_t fd);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef sio_read
+/**
+ * Reads from the serial device.
+ *
+ * @param fd serial device handle
+ * @param data pointer to data buffer for receiving
+ * @param len maximum length (in bytes) of data to receive
+ * @return number of bytes actually received - may be 0 if aborted by sio_read_abort
+ *
+ * @note This function will block until data can be received. The blocking
+ * can be cancelled by calling sio_read_abort().
+ */
+u32_t sio_read(sio_fd_t fd, u8_t *data, u32_t len);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef sio_tryread
+/**
+ * Tries to read from the serial device. Same as sio_read but returns
+ * immediately if no data is available and never blocks.
+ *
+ * @param fd serial device handle
+ * @param data pointer to data buffer for receiving
+ * @param len maximum length (in bytes) of data to receive
+ * @return number of bytes actually received
+ */
+u32_t sio_tryread(sio_fd_t fd, u8_t *data, u32_t len);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef sio_write
+/**
+ * Writes to the serial device.
+ *
+ * @param fd serial device handle
+ * @param data pointer to data to send
+ * @param len length (in bytes) of data to send
+ * @return number of bytes actually sent
+ *
+ * @note This function will block until all data can be sent.
+ */
+u32_t sio_write(sio_fd_t fd, u8_t *data, u32_t len);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef sio_read_abort
+/**
+ * Aborts a blocking sio_read() call.
+ *
+ * @param fd serial device handle
+ */
+void sio_read_abort(sio_fd_t fd);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __SIO_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/snmp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001, 2002 Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@axon.tv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2001, 2002 Axon Digital Design B.V., The Netherlands.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@axon.tv>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_SNMP_H__
+#define __LWIP_SNMP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+
+struct udp_pcb;
+struct netif;
+
+/**
+ * @see RFC1213, "MIB-II, 6. Definitions"
+ */
+enum snmp_ifType {
+ snmp_ifType_other=1, /* none of the following */
+ snmp_ifType_regular1822,
+ snmp_ifType_hdh1822,
+ snmp_ifType_ddn_x25,
+ snmp_ifType_rfc877_x25,
+ snmp_ifType_ethernet_csmacd,
+ snmp_ifType_iso88023_csmacd,
+ snmp_ifType_iso88024_tokenBus,
+ snmp_ifType_iso88025_tokenRing,
+ snmp_ifType_iso88026_man,
+ snmp_ifType_starLan,
+ snmp_ifType_proteon_10Mbit,
+ snmp_ifType_proteon_80Mbit,
+ snmp_ifType_hyperchannel,
+ snmp_ifType_fddi,
+ snmp_ifType_lapb,
+ snmp_ifType_sdlc,
+ snmp_ifType_ds1, /* T-1 */
+ snmp_ifType_e1, /* european equiv. of T-1 */
+ snmp_ifType_basicISDN,
+ snmp_ifType_primaryISDN, /* proprietary serial */
+ snmp_ifType_propPointToPointSerial,
+ snmp_ifType_ppp,
+ snmp_ifType_softwareLoopback,
+ snmp_ifType_eon, /* CLNP over IP [11] */
+ snmp_ifType_ethernet_3Mbit,
+ snmp_ifType_nsip, /* XNS over IP */
+ snmp_ifType_slip, /* generic SLIP */
+ snmp_ifType_ultra, /* ULTRA technologies */
+ snmp_ifType_ds3, /* T-3 */
+ snmp_ifType_sip, /* SMDS */
+ snmp_ifType_frame_relay
+};
+
+#if LWIP_SNMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+/** SNMP "sysuptime" Interval */
+#define SNMP_SYSUPTIME_INTERVAL 10
+
+/** fixed maximum length for object identifier type */
+#define LWIP_SNMP_OBJ_ID_LEN 32
+
+/** internal object identifier representation */
+struct snmp_obj_id
+{
+ u8_t len;
+ s32_t id[LWIP_SNMP_OBJ_ID_LEN];
+};
+
+/* system */
+void snmp_set_sysdesr(u8_t* str, u8_t* len);
+void snmp_set_sysobjid(struct snmp_obj_id *oid);
+void snmp_get_sysobjid_ptr(struct snmp_obj_id **oid);
+void snmp_inc_sysuptime(void);
+void snmp_add_sysuptime(u32_t value);
+void snmp_get_sysuptime(u32_t *value);
+void snmp_set_syscontact(u8_t *ocstr, u8_t *ocstrlen);
+void snmp_set_sysname(u8_t *ocstr, u8_t *ocstrlen);
+void snmp_set_syslocation(u8_t *ocstr, u8_t *ocstrlen);
+
+/* network interface */
+void snmp_add_ifinoctets(struct netif *ni, u32_t value);
+void snmp_inc_ifinucastpkts(struct netif *ni);
+void snmp_inc_ifinnucastpkts(struct netif *ni);
+void snmp_inc_ifindiscards(struct netif *ni);
+void snmp_add_ifoutoctets(struct netif *ni, u32_t value);
+void snmp_inc_ifoutucastpkts(struct netif *ni);
+void snmp_inc_ifoutnucastpkts(struct netif *ni);
+void snmp_inc_ifoutdiscards(struct netif *ni);
+void snmp_inc_iflist(void);
+void snmp_dec_iflist(void);
+
+/* ARP (for atTable and ipNetToMediaTable) */
+void snmp_insert_arpidx_tree(struct netif *ni, ip_addr_t *ip);
+void snmp_delete_arpidx_tree(struct netif *ni, ip_addr_t *ip);
+
+/* IP */
+void snmp_inc_ipinreceives(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipinhdrerrors(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipinaddrerrors(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipforwdatagrams(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipinunknownprotos(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipindiscards(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipindelivers(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipoutrequests(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipoutdiscards(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipoutnoroutes(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipreasmreqds(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipreasmoks(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipreasmfails(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipfragoks(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipfragfails(void);
+void snmp_inc_ipfragcreates(void);
+void snmp_inc_iproutingdiscards(void);
+void snmp_insert_ipaddridx_tree(struct netif *ni);
+void snmp_delete_ipaddridx_tree(struct netif *ni);
+void snmp_insert_iprteidx_tree(u8_t dflt, struct netif *ni);
+void snmp_delete_iprteidx_tree(u8_t dflt, struct netif *ni);
+
+/* ICMP */
+void snmp_inc_icmpinmsgs(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpinerrors(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpindestunreachs(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpintimeexcds(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpinparmprobs(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpinsrcquenchs(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpinredirects(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpinechos(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpinechoreps(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpintimestamps(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpintimestampreps(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpinaddrmasks(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpinaddrmaskreps(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpoutmsgs(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpouterrors(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpoutdestunreachs(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpouttimeexcds(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpoutparmprobs(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpoutsrcquenchs(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpoutredirects(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpoutechos(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpoutechoreps(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpouttimestamps(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpouttimestampreps(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpoutaddrmasks(void);
+void snmp_inc_icmpoutaddrmaskreps(void);
+
+/* TCP */
+void snmp_inc_tcpactiveopens(void);
+void snmp_inc_tcppassiveopens(void);
+void snmp_inc_tcpattemptfails(void);
+void snmp_inc_tcpestabresets(void);
+void snmp_inc_tcpinsegs(void);
+void snmp_inc_tcpoutsegs(void);
+void snmp_inc_tcpretranssegs(void);
+void snmp_inc_tcpinerrs(void);
+void snmp_inc_tcpoutrsts(void);
+
+/* UDP */
+void snmp_inc_udpindatagrams(void);
+void snmp_inc_udpnoports(void);
+void snmp_inc_udpinerrors(void);
+void snmp_inc_udpoutdatagrams(void);
+void snmp_insert_udpidx_tree(struct udp_pcb *pcb);
+void snmp_delete_udpidx_tree(struct udp_pcb *pcb);
+
+/* SNMP */
+void snmp_inc_snmpinpkts(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpoutpkts(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpinbadversions(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpinbadcommunitynames(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpinbadcommunityuses(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpinasnparseerrs(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpintoobigs(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpinnosuchnames(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpinbadvalues(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpinreadonlys(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpingenerrs(void);
+void snmp_add_snmpintotalreqvars(u8_t value);
+void snmp_add_snmpintotalsetvars(u8_t value);
+void snmp_inc_snmpingetrequests(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpingetnexts(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpinsetrequests(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpingetresponses(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpintraps(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpouttoobigs(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpoutnosuchnames(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpoutbadvalues(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpoutgenerrs(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpoutgetrequests(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpoutgetnexts(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpoutsetrequests(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpoutgetresponses(void);
+void snmp_inc_snmpouttraps(void);
+void snmp_get_snmpgrpid_ptr(struct snmp_obj_id **oid);
+void snmp_set_snmpenableauthentraps(u8_t *value);
+void snmp_get_snmpenableauthentraps(u8_t *value);
+
+/* LWIP_SNMP support not available */
+/* define everything to be empty */
+#else
+
+/* system */
+#define snmp_set_sysdesr(str, len)
+#define snmp_set_sysobjid(oid);
+#define snmp_get_sysobjid_ptr(oid)
+#define snmp_inc_sysuptime()
+#define snmp_add_sysuptime(value)
+#define snmp_get_sysuptime(value)
+#define snmp_set_syscontact(ocstr, ocstrlen);
+#define snmp_set_sysname(ocstr, ocstrlen);
+#define snmp_set_syslocation(ocstr, ocstrlen);
+
+/* network interface */
+#define snmp_add_ifinoctets(ni,value)
+#define snmp_inc_ifinucastpkts(ni)
+#define snmp_inc_ifinnucastpkts(ni)
+#define snmp_inc_ifindiscards(ni)
+#define snmp_add_ifoutoctets(ni,value)
+#define snmp_inc_ifoutucastpkts(ni)
+#define snmp_inc_ifoutnucastpkts(ni)
+#define snmp_inc_ifoutdiscards(ni)
+#define snmp_inc_iflist()
+#define snmp_dec_iflist()
+
+/* ARP */
+#define snmp_insert_arpidx_tree(ni,ip)
+#define snmp_delete_arpidx_tree(ni,ip)
+
+/* IP */
+#define snmp_inc_ipinreceives()
+#define snmp_inc_ipinhdrerrors()
+#define snmp_inc_ipinaddrerrors()
+#define snmp_inc_ipforwdatagrams()
+#define snmp_inc_ipinunknownprotos()
+#define snmp_inc_ipindiscards()
+#define snmp_inc_ipindelivers()
+#define snmp_inc_ipoutrequests()
+#define snmp_inc_ipoutdiscards()
+#define snmp_inc_ipoutnoroutes()
+#define snmp_inc_ipreasmreqds()
+#define snmp_inc_ipreasmoks()
+#define snmp_inc_ipreasmfails()
+#define snmp_inc_ipfragoks()
+#define snmp_inc_ipfragfails()
+#define snmp_inc_ipfragcreates()
+#define snmp_inc_iproutingdiscards()
+#define snmp_insert_ipaddridx_tree(ni)
+#define snmp_delete_ipaddridx_tree(ni)
+#define snmp_insert_iprteidx_tree(dflt, ni)
+#define snmp_delete_iprteidx_tree(dflt, ni)
+
+/* ICMP */
+#define snmp_inc_icmpinmsgs()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpinerrors()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpindestunreachs()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpintimeexcds()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpinparmprobs()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpinsrcquenchs()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpinredirects()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpinechos()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpinechoreps()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpintimestamps()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpintimestampreps()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpinaddrmasks()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpinaddrmaskreps()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpoutmsgs()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpouterrors()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpoutdestunreachs()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpouttimeexcds()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpoutparmprobs()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpoutsrcquenchs()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpoutredirects()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpoutechos()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpoutechoreps()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpouttimestamps()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpouttimestampreps()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpoutaddrmasks()
+#define snmp_inc_icmpoutaddrmaskreps()
+/* TCP */
+#define snmp_inc_tcpactiveopens()
+#define snmp_inc_tcppassiveopens()
+#define snmp_inc_tcpattemptfails()
+#define snmp_inc_tcpestabresets()
+#define snmp_inc_tcpinsegs()
+#define snmp_inc_tcpoutsegs()
+#define snmp_inc_tcpretranssegs()
+#define snmp_inc_tcpinerrs()
+#define snmp_inc_tcpoutrsts()
+
+/* UDP */
+#define snmp_inc_udpindatagrams()
+#define snmp_inc_udpnoports()
+#define snmp_inc_udpinerrors()
+#define snmp_inc_udpoutdatagrams()
+#define snmp_insert_udpidx_tree(pcb)
+#define snmp_delete_udpidx_tree(pcb)
+
+/* SNMP */
+#define snmp_inc_snmpinpkts()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpoutpkts()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpinbadversions()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpinbadcommunitynames()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpinbadcommunityuses()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpinasnparseerrs()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpintoobigs()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpinnosuchnames()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpinbadvalues()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpinreadonlys()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpingenerrs()
+#define snmp_add_snmpintotalreqvars(value)
+#define snmp_add_snmpintotalsetvars(value)
+#define snmp_inc_snmpingetrequests()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpingetnexts()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpinsetrequests()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpingetresponses()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpintraps()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpouttoobigs()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpoutnosuchnames()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpoutbadvalues()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpoutgenerrs()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpoutgetrequests()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpoutgetnexts()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpoutsetrequests()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpoutgetresponses()
+#define snmp_inc_snmpouttraps()
+#define snmp_get_snmpgrpid_ptr(oid)
+#define snmp_set_snmpenableauthentraps(value)
+#define snmp_get_snmpenableauthentraps(value)
+
+#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_SNMP_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/snmp_asn1.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Abstract Syntax Notation One (ISO 8824, 8825) codec.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Axon Digital Design B.V., The Netherlands.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * Author: Christiaan Simons <christiaan.simons@axon.tv>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_SNMP_ASN1_H__
+#define __LWIP_SNMP_ASN1_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/snmp.h"
+
+#if LWIP_SNMP
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define SNMP_ASN1_UNIV (0) /* (!0x80 | !0x40) */
+#define SNMP_ASN1_APPLIC (0x40) /* (!0x80 | 0x40) */
+#define SNMP_ASN1_CONTXT (0x80) /* ( 0x80 | !0x40) */
+
+#define SNMP_ASN1_CONSTR (0x20) /* ( 0x20) */
+#define SNMP_ASN1_PRIMIT (0) /* (!0x20) */
+
+/* universal tags */
+#define SNMP_ASN1_INTEG 2
+#define SNMP_ASN1_OC_STR 4
+#define SNMP_ASN1_NUL 5
+#define SNMP_ASN1_OBJ_ID 6
+#define SNMP_ASN1_SEQ 16
+
+/* application specific (SNMP) tags */
+#define SNMP_ASN1_IPADDR 0 /* octet string size(4) */
+#define SNMP_ASN1_COUNTER 1 /* u32_t */
+#define SNMP_ASN1_GAUGE 2 /* u32_t */
+#define SNMP_ASN1_TIMETICKS 3 /* u32_t */
+#define SNMP_ASN1_OPAQUE 4 /* octet string */
+
+/* context specific (SNMP) tags */
+#define SNMP_ASN1_PDU_GET_REQ 0
+#define SNMP_ASN1_PDU_GET_NEXT_REQ 1
+#define SNMP_ASN1_PDU_GET_RESP 2
+#define SNMP_ASN1_PDU_SET_REQ 3
+#define SNMP_ASN1_PDU_TRAP 4
+
+err_t snmp_asn1_dec_type(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u8_t *type);
+err_t snmp_asn1_dec_length(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u8_t *octets_used, u16_t *length);
+err_t snmp_asn1_dec_u32t(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t len, u32_t *value);
+err_t snmp_asn1_dec_s32t(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t len, s32_t *value);
+err_t snmp_asn1_dec_oid(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t len, struct snmp_obj_id *oid);
+err_t snmp_asn1_dec_raw(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t len, u16_t raw_len, u8_t *raw);
+
+void snmp_asn1_enc_length_cnt(u16_t length, u8_t *octets_needed);
+void snmp_asn1_enc_u32t_cnt(u32_t value, u16_t *octets_needed);
+void snmp_asn1_enc_s32t_cnt(s32_t value, u16_t *octets_needed);
+void snmp_asn1_enc_oid_cnt(u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, u16_t *octets_needed);
+err_t snmp_asn1_enc_type(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u8_t type);
+err_t snmp_asn1_enc_length(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t length);
+err_t snmp_asn1_enc_u32t(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t octets_needed, u32_t value);
+err_t snmp_asn1_enc_s32t(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t octets_needed, s32_t value);
+err_t snmp_asn1_enc_oid(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident);
+err_t snmp_asn1_enc_raw(struct pbuf *p, u16_t ofs, u16_t raw_len, u8_t *raw);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_SNMP_ASN1_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/snmp_msg.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
+/**
+ * @file
+ * SNMP Agent message handling structures.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Axon Digital Design B.V., The Netherlands.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * Author: Christiaan Simons <christiaan.simons@axon.tv>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_SNMP_MSG_H__
+#define __LWIP_SNMP_MSG_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/snmp.h"
+#include "lwip/snmp_structs.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+
+#if LWIP_SNMP
+
+#if SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB
+/* When using a private MIB, you have to create a file 'private_mib.h' that contains
+ * a 'struct mib_array_node mib_private' which contains your MIB. */
+#include "private_mib.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* The listen port of the SNMP agent. Clients have to make their requests to
+ this port. Most standard clients won't work if you change this! */
+#ifndef SNMP_IN_PORT
+#define SNMP_IN_PORT 161
+#endif
+/* The remote port the SNMP agent sends traps to. Most standard trap sinks won't
+ work if you change this! */
+#ifndef SNMP_TRAP_PORT
+#define SNMP_TRAP_PORT 162
+#endif
+
+#define SNMP_ES_NOERROR 0
+#define SNMP_ES_TOOBIG 1
+#define SNMP_ES_NOSUCHNAME 2
+#define SNMP_ES_BADVALUE 3
+#define SNMP_ES_READONLY 4
+#define SNMP_ES_GENERROR 5
+
+#define SNMP_GENTRAP_COLDSTART 0
+#define SNMP_GENTRAP_WARMSTART 1
+#define SNMP_GENTRAP_AUTHFAIL 4
+#define SNMP_GENTRAP_ENTERPRISESPC 6
+
+struct snmp_varbind
+{
+ /* next pointer, NULL for last in list */
+ struct snmp_varbind *next;
+ /* previous pointer, NULL for first in list */
+ struct snmp_varbind *prev;
+
+ /* object identifier length (in s32_t) */
+ u8_t ident_len;
+ /* object identifier array */
+ s32_t *ident;
+
+ /* object value ASN1 type */
+ u8_t value_type;
+ /* object value length (in u8_t) */
+ u8_t value_len;
+ /* object value */
+ void *value;
+
+ /* encoding varbind seq length length */
+ u8_t seqlenlen;
+ /* encoding object identifier length length */
+ u8_t olenlen;
+ /* encoding object value length length */
+ u8_t vlenlen;
+ /* encoding varbind seq length */
+ u16_t seqlen;
+ /* encoding object identifier length */
+ u16_t olen;
+ /* encoding object value length */
+ u16_t vlen;
+};
+
+struct snmp_varbind_root
+{
+ struct snmp_varbind *head;
+ struct snmp_varbind *tail;
+ /* number of variable bindings in list */
+ u8_t count;
+ /* encoding varbind-list seq length length */
+ u8_t seqlenlen;
+ /* encoding varbind-list seq length */
+ u16_t seqlen;
+};
+
+/** output response message header length fields */
+struct snmp_resp_header_lengths
+{
+ /* encoding error-index length length */
+ u8_t erridxlenlen;
+ /* encoding error-status length length */
+ u8_t errstatlenlen;
+ /* encoding request id length length */
+ u8_t ridlenlen;
+ /* encoding pdu length length */
+ u8_t pdulenlen;
+ /* encoding community length length */
+ u8_t comlenlen;
+ /* encoding version length length */
+ u8_t verlenlen;
+ /* encoding sequence length length */
+ u8_t seqlenlen;
+
+ /* encoding error-index length */
+ u16_t erridxlen;
+ /* encoding error-status length */
+ u16_t errstatlen;
+ /* encoding request id length */
+ u16_t ridlen;
+ /* encoding pdu length */
+ u16_t pdulen;
+ /* encoding community length */
+ u16_t comlen;
+ /* encoding version length */
+ u16_t verlen;
+ /* encoding sequence length */
+ u16_t seqlen;
+};
+
+/** output response message header length fields */
+struct snmp_trap_header_lengths
+{
+ /* encoding timestamp length length */
+ u8_t tslenlen;
+ /* encoding specific-trap length length */
+ u8_t strplenlen;
+ /* encoding generic-trap length length */
+ u8_t gtrplenlen;
+ /* encoding agent-addr length length */
+ u8_t aaddrlenlen;
+ /* encoding enterprise-id length length */
+ u8_t eidlenlen;
+ /* encoding pdu length length */
+ u8_t pdulenlen;
+ /* encoding community length length */
+ u8_t comlenlen;
+ /* encoding version length length */
+ u8_t verlenlen;
+ /* encoding sequence length length */
+ u8_t seqlenlen;
+
+ /* encoding timestamp length */
+ u16_t tslen;
+ /* encoding specific-trap length */
+ u16_t strplen;
+ /* encoding generic-trap length */
+ u16_t gtrplen;
+ /* encoding agent-addr length */
+ u16_t aaddrlen;
+ /* encoding enterprise-id length */
+ u16_t eidlen;
+ /* encoding pdu length */
+ u16_t pdulen;
+ /* encoding community length */
+ u16_t comlen;
+ /* encoding version length */
+ u16_t verlen;
+ /* encoding sequence length */
+ u16_t seqlen;
+};
+
+/* Accepting new SNMP messages. */
+#define SNMP_MSG_EMPTY 0
+/* Search for matching object for variable binding. */
+#define SNMP_MSG_SEARCH_OBJ 1
+/* Perform SNMP operation on in-memory object.
+ Pass-through states, for symmetry only. */
+#define SNMP_MSG_INTERNAL_GET_OBJDEF 2
+#define SNMP_MSG_INTERNAL_GET_VALUE 3
+#define SNMP_MSG_INTERNAL_SET_TEST 4
+#define SNMP_MSG_INTERNAL_GET_OBJDEF_S 5
+#define SNMP_MSG_INTERNAL_SET_VALUE 6
+/* Perform SNMP operation on object located externally.
+ In theory this could be used for building a proxy agent.
+ Practical use is for an enterprise spc. app. gateway. */
+#define SNMP_MSG_EXTERNAL_GET_OBJDEF 7
+#define SNMP_MSG_EXTERNAL_GET_VALUE 8
+#define SNMP_MSG_EXTERNAL_SET_TEST 9
+#define SNMP_MSG_EXTERNAL_GET_OBJDEF_S 10
+#define SNMP_MSG_EXTERNAL_SET_VALUE 11
+
+#define SNMP_COMMUNITY_STR_LEN 64
+struct snmp_msg_pstat
+{
+ /* lwIP local port (161) binding */
+ struct udp_pcb *pcb;
+ /* source IP address */
+ ip_addr_t sip;
+ /* source UDP port */
+ u16_t sp;
+ /* request type */
+ u8_t rt;
+ /* request ID */
+ s32_t rid;
+ /* error status */
+ s32_t error_status;
+ /* error index */
+ s32_t error_index;
+ /* community name (zero terminated) */
+ u8_t community[SNMP_COMMUNITY_STR_LEN + 1];
+ /* community string length (exclusive zero term) */
+ u8_t com_strlen;
+ /* one out of MSG_EMPTY, MSG_DEMUX, MSG_INTERNAL, MSG_EXTERNAL_x */
+ u8_t state;
+ /* saved arguments for MSG_EXTERNAL_x */
+ struct mib_external_node *ext_mib_node;
+ struct snmp_name_ptr ext_name_ptr;
+ struct obj_def ext_object_def;
+ struct snmp_obj_id ext_oid;
+ /* index into input variable binding list */
+ u8_t vb_idx;
+ /* ptr into input variable binding list */
+ struct snmp_varbind *vb_ptr;
+ /* list of variable bindings from input */
+ struct snmp_varbind_root invb;
+ /* list of variable bindings to output */
+ struct snmp_varbind_root outvb;
+ /* output response lengths used in ASN encoding */
+ struct snmp_resp_header_lengths rhl;
+};
+
+struct snmp_msg_trap
+{
+ /* lwIP local port (161) binding */
+ struct udp_pcb *pcb;
+ /* destination IP address in network order */
+ ip_addr_t dip;
+
+ /* source enterprise ID (sysObjectID) */
+ struct snmp_obj_id *enterprise;
+ /* source IP address, raw network order format */
+ u8_t sip_raw[4];
+ /* generic trap code */
+ u32_t gen_trap;
+ /* specific trap code */
+ u32_t spc_trap;
+ /* timestamp */
+ u32_t ts;
+ /* list of variable bindings to output */
+ struct snmp_varbind_root outvb;
+ /* output trap lengths used in ASN encoding */
+ struct snmp_trap_header_lengths thl;
+};
+
+/** Agent Version constant, 0 = v1 oddity */
+extern const s32_t snmp_version;
+/** Agent default "public" community string */
+extern const char snmp_publiccommunity[7];
+
+extern struct snmp_msg_trap trap_msg;
+
+/** Agent setup, start listening to port 161. */
+void snmp_init(void);
+void snmp_trap_dst_enable(u8_t dst_idx, u8_t enable);
+void snmp_trap_dst_ip_set(u8_t dst_idx, ip_addr_t *dst);
+
+/** Varbind-list functions. */
+struct snmp_varbind* snmp_varbind_alloc(struct snmp_obj_id *oid, u8_t type, u8_t len);
+void snmp_varbind_free(struct snmp_varbind *vb);
+void snmp_varbind_list_free(struct snmp_varbind_root *root);
+void snmp_varbind_tail_add(struct snmp_varbind_root *root, struct snmp_varbind *vb);
+struct snmp_varbind* snmp_varbind_tail_remove(struct snmp_varbind_root *root);
+
+/** Handle an internal (recv) or external (private response) event. */
+void snmp_msg_event(u8_t request_id);
+err_t snmp_send_response(struct snmp_msg_pstat *m_stat);
+err_t snmp_send_trap(s8_t generic_trap, struct snmp_obj_id *eoid, s32_t specific_trap);
+void snmp_coldstart_trap(void);
+void snmp_authfail_trap(void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_SNMP_MSG_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/snmp_structs.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Generic MIB tree structures.
+ *
+ * @todo namespace prefixes
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Axon Digital Design B.V., The Netherlands.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * Author: Christiaan Simons <christiaan.simons@axon.tv>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_SNMP_STRUCTS_H__
+#define __LWIP_SNMP_STRUCTS_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_SNMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/snmp.h"
+
+#if SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB
+/* When using a private MIB, you have to create a file 'private_mib.h' that contains
+ * a 'struct mib_array_node mib_private' which contains your MIB. */
+#include "private_mib.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* MIB object instance */
+#define MIB_OBJECT_NONE 0
+#define MIB_OBJECT_SCALAR 1
+#define MIB_OBJECT_TAB 2
+
+/* MIB access types */
+#define MIB_ACCESS_READ 1
+#define MIB_ACCESS_WRITE 2
+
+/* MIB object access */
+#define MIB_OBJECT_READ_ONLY MIB_ACCESS_READ
+#define MIB_OBJECT_READ_WRITE (MIB_ACCESS_READ | MIB_ACCESS_WRITE)
+#define MIB_OBJECT_WRITE_ONLY MIB_ACCESS_WRITE
+#define MIB_OBJECT_NOT_ACCESSIBLE 0
+
+/** object definition returned by (get_object_def)() */
+struct obj_def
+{
+ /* MIB_OBJECT_NONE (0), MIB_OBJECT_SCALAR (1), MIB_OBJECT_TAB (2) */
+ u8_t instance;
+ /* 0 read-only, 1 read-write, 2 write-only, 3 not-accessible */
+ u8_t access;
+ /* ASN type for this object */
+ u8_t asn_type;
+ /* value length (host length) */
+ u16_t v_len;
+ /* length of instance part of supplied object identifier */
+ u8_t id_inst_len;
+ /* instance part of supplied object identifier */
+ s32_t *id_inst_ptr;
+};
+
+struct snmp_name_ptr
+{
+ u8_t ident_len;
+ s32_t *ident;
+};
+
+/** MIB const scalar (.0) node */
+#define MIB_NODE_SC 0x01
+/** MIB const array node */
+#define MIB_NODE_AR 0x02
+/** MIB array node (mem_malloced from RAM) */
+#define MIB_NODE_RA 0x03
+/** MIB list root node (mem_malloced from RAM) */
+#define MIB_NODE_LR 0x04
+/** MIB node for external objects */
+#define MIB_NODE_EX 0x05
+
+/** node "base class" layout, the mandatory fields for a node */
+struct mib_node
+{
+ /** returns struct obj_def for the given object identifier */
+ void (*get_object_def)(u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, struct obj_def *od);
+ /** returns object value for the given object identifier,
+ @note the caller must allocate at least len bytes for the value */
+ void (*get_value)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ /** tests length and/or range BEFORE setting */
+ u8_t (*set_test)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ /** sets object value, only to be called when set_test() */
+ void (*set_value)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ /** One out of MIB_NODE_AR, MIB_NODE_LR or MIB_NODE_EX */
+ u8_t node_type;
+ /* array or max list length */
+ u16_t maxlength;
+};
+
+/** derived node for scalars .0 index */
+typedef struct mib_node mib_scalar_node;
+
+/** derived node, points to a fixed size const array
+ of sub-identifiers plus a 'child' pointer */
+struct mib_array_node
+{
+ /* inherited "base class" members */
+ void (*get_object_def)(u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, struct obj_def *od);
+ void (*get_value)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ u8_t (*set_test)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ void (*set_value)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+
+ u8_t node_type;
+ u16_t maxlength;
+
+ /* additional struct members */
+ const s32_t *objid;
+ struct mib_node* const *nptr;
+};
+
+/** derived node, points to a fixed size mem_malloced array
+ of sub-identifiers plus a 'child' pointer */
+struct mib_ram_array_node
+{
+ /* inherited "base class" members */
+ void (*get_object_def)(u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, struct obj_def *od);
+ void (*get_value)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ u8_t (*set_test)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ void (*set_value)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+
+ u8_t node_type;
+ u16_t maxlength;
+
+ /* aditional struct members */
+ s32_t *objid;
+ struct mib_node **nptr;
+};
+
+struct mib_list_node
+{
+ struct mib_list_node *prev;
+ struct mib_list_node *next;
+ s32_t objid;
+ struct mib_node *nptr;
+};
+
+/** derived node, points to a doubly linked list
+ of sub-identifiers plus a 'child' pointer */
+struct mib_list_rootnode
+{
+ /* inherited "base class" members */
+ void (*get_object_def)(u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, struct obj_def *od);
+ void (*get_value)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ u8_t (*set_test)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ void (*set_value)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+
+ u8_t node_type;
+ u16_t maxlength;
+
+ /* additional struct members */
+ struct mib_list_node *head;
+ struct mib_list_node *tail;
+ /* counts list nodes in list */
+ u16_t count;
+};
+
+/** derived node, has access functions for mib object in external memory or device
+ using 'tree_level' and 'idx', with a range 0 .. (level_length() - 1) */
+struct mib_external_node
+{
+ /* inherited "base class" members */
+ void (*get_object_def)(u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, struct obj_def *od);
+ void (*get_value)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ u8_t (*set_test)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ void (*set_value)(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+
+ u8_t node_type;
+ u16_t maxlength;
+
+ /* additional struct members */
+ /** points to an external (in memory) record of some sort of addressing
+ information, passed to and interpreted by the funtions below */
+ void* addr_inf;
+ /** tree levels under this node */
+ u8_t tree_levels;
+ /** number of objects at this level */
+ u16_t (*level_length)(void* addr_inf, u8_t level);
+ /** compares object sub identifier with external id
+ return zero when equal, nonzero when unequal */
+ s32_t (*ident_cmp)(void* addr_inf, u8_t level, u16_t idx, s32_t sub_id);
+ void (*get_objid)(void* addr_inf, u8_t level, u16_t idx, s32_t *sub_id);
+
+ /** async Questions */
+ void (*get_object_def_q)(void* addr_inf, u8_t rid, u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident);
+ void (*get_value_q)(u8_t rid, struct obj_def *od);
+ void (*set_test_q)(u8_t rid, struct obj_def *od);
+ void (*set_value_q)(u8_t rid, struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ /** async Answers */
+ void (*get_object_def_a)(u8_t rid, u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, struct obj_def *od);
+ void (*get_value_a)(u8_t rid, struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ u8_t (*set_test_a)(u8_t rid, struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ void (*set_value_a)(u8_t rid, struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+ /** async Panic Close (agent returns error reply,
+ e.g. used for external transaction cleanup) */
+ void (*get_object_def_pc)(u8_t rid, u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident);
+ void (*get_value_pc)(u8_t rid, struct obj_def *od);
+ void (*set_test_pc)(u8_t rid, struct obj_def *od);
+ void (*set_value_pc)(u8_t rid, struct obj_def *od);
+};
+
+/** export MIB tree from mib2.c */
+extern const struct mib_array_node internet;
+
+/** dummy function pointers for non-leaf MIB nodes from mib2.c */
+void noleafs_get_object_def(u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, struct obj_def *od);
+void noleafs_get_value(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+u8_t noleafs_set_test(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+void noleafs_set_value(struct obj_def *od, u16_t len, void *value);
+
+void snmp_oidtoip(s32_t *ident, ip_addr_t *ip);
+void snmp_iptooid(ip_addr_t *ip, s32_t *ident);
+void snmp_ifindextonetif(s32_t ifindex, struct netif **netif);
+void snmp_netiftoifindex(struct netif *netif, s32_t *ifidx);
+
+struct mib_list_node* snmp_mib_ln_alloc(s32_t id);
+void snmp_mib_ln_free(struct mib_list_node *ln);
+struct mib_list_rootnode* snmp_mib_lrn_alloc(void);
+void snmp_mib_lrn_free(struct mib_list_rootnode *lrn);
+
+s8_t snmp_mib_node_insert(struct mib_list_rootnode *rn, s32_t objid, struct mib_list_node **insn);
+s8_t snmp_mib_node_find(struct mib_list_rootnode *rn, s32_t objid, struct mib_list_node **fn);
+struct mib_list_rootnode *snmp_mib_node_delete(struct mib_list_rootnode *rn, struct mib_list_node *n);
+
+struct mib_node* snmp_search_tree(struct mib_node *node, u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, struct snmp_name_ptr *np);
+struct mib_node* snmp_expand_tree(struct mib_node *node, u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, struct snmp_obj_id *oidret);
+u8_t snmp_iso_prefix_tst(u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident);
+u8_t snmp_iso_prefix_expand(u8_t ident_len, s32_t *ident, struct snmp_obj_id *oidret);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_SNMP_STRUCTS_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/sockets.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_SOCKETS_H__
+#define __LWIP_SOCKETS_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_SOCKET /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */
+
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/inet.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* members are in network byte order */
+struct sockaddr_in {
+ u8_t sin_len;
+ u8_t sin_family;
+ u16_t sin_port;
+ struct in_addr sin_addr;
+ char sin_zero[8];
+};
+
+struct sockaddr {
+ u8_t sa_len;
+ u8_t sa_family;
+ u16_t sa_data[14];
+};
+
+#ifndef socklen_t
+# define socklen_t u32_t
+#endif
+
+/* Socket protocol types (TCP/UDP/RAW) */
+#define SOCK_STREAM 1
+#define SOCK_DGRAM 2
+#define SOCK_RAW 3
+
+/*
+ * Option flags per-socket. These must match the SOF_ flags in ip.h (checked in init.c)
+ */
+#define SO_DEBUG 0x0001 /* Unimplemented: turn on debugging info recording */
+#define SO_ACCEPTCONN 0x0002 /* socket has had listen() */
+#define SO_REUSEADDR 0x0004 /* Allow local address reuse */
+#define SO_KEEPALIVE 0x0008 /* keep connections alive */
+#define SO_DONTROUTE 0x0010 /* Unimplemented: just use interface addresses */
+#define SO_BROADCAST 0x0020 /* permit to send and to receive broadcast messages (see IP_SOF_BROADCAST option) */
+#define SO_USELOOPBACK 0x0040 /* Unimplemented: bypass hardware when possible */
+#define SO_LINGER 0x0080 /* linger on close if data present */
+#define SO_OOBINLINE 0x0100 /* Unimplemented: leave received OOB data in line */
+#define SO_REUSEPORT 0x0200 /* Unimplemented: allow local address & port reuse */
+
+#define SO_DONTLINGER ((int)(~SO_LINGER))
+
+/*
+ * Additional options, not kept in so_options.
+ */
+#define SO_SNDBUF 0x1001 /* Unimplemented: send buffer size */
+#define SO_RCVBUF 0x1002 /* receive buffer size */
+#define SO_SNDLOWAT 0x1003 /* Unimplemented: send low-water mark */
+#define SO_RCVLOWAT 0x1004 /* Unimplemented: receive low-water mark */
+#define SO_SNDTIMEO 0x1005 /* Unimplemented: send timeout */
+#define SO_RCVTIMEO 0x1006 /* receive timeout */
+#define SO_ERROR 0x1007 /* get error status and clear */
+#define SO_TYPE 0x1008 /* get socket type */
+#define SO_CONTIMEO 0x1009 /* Unimplemented: connect timeout */
+#define SO_NO_CHECK 0x100a /* don't create UDP checksum */
+
+
+/*
+ * Structure used for manipulating linger option.
+ */
+struct linger {
+ int l_onoff; /* option on/off */
+ int l_linger; /* linger time */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Level number for (get/set)sockopt() to apply to socket itself.
+ */
+#define SOL_SOCKET 0xfff /* options for socket level */
+
+
+#define AF_UNSPEC 0
+#define AF_INET 2
+#define PF_INET AF_INET
+#define PF_UNSPEC AF_UNSPEC
+
+#define IPPROTO_IP 0
+#define IPPROTO_TCP 6
+#define IPPROTO_UDP 17
+#define IPPROTO_UDPLITE 136
+
+/* Flags we can use with send and recv. */
+#define MSG_PEEK 0x01 /* Peeks at an incoming message */
+#define MSG_WAITALL 0x02 /* Unimplemented: Requests that the function block until the full amount of data requested can be returned */
+#define MSG_OOB 0x04 /* Unimplemented: Requests out-of-band data. The significance and semantics of out-of-band data are protocol-specific */
+#define MSG_DONTWAIT 0x08 /* Nonblocking i/o for this operation only */
+#define MSG_MORE 0x10 /* Sender will send more */
+
+
+/*
+ * Options for level IPPROTO_IP
+ */
+#define IP_TOS 1
+#define IP_TTL 2
+
+#if LWIP_TCP
+/*
+ * Options for level IPPROTO_TCP
+ */
+#define TCP_NODELAY 0x01 /* don't delay send to coalesce packets */
+#define TCP_KEEPALIVE 0x02 /* send KEEPALIVE probes when idle for pcb->keep_idle milliseconds */
+#define TCP_KEEPIDLE 0x03 /* set pcb->keep_idle - Same as TCP_KEEPALIVE, but use seconds for get/setsockopt */
+#define TCP_KEEPINTVL 0x04 /* set pcb->keep_intvl - Use seconds for get/setsockopt */
+#define TCP_KEEPCNT 0x05 /* set pcb->keep_cnt - Use number of probes sent for get/setsockopt */
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+
+#if LWIP_UDP && LWIP_UDPLITE
+/*
+ * Options for level IPPROTO_UDPLITE
+ */
+#define UDPLITE_SEND_CSCOV 0x01 /* sender checksum coverage */
+#define UDPLITE_RECV_CSCOV 0x02 /* minimal receiver checksum coverage */
+#endif /* LWIP_UDP && LWIP_UDPLITE*/
+
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+/*
+ * Options and types for UDP multicast traffic handling
+ */
+#define IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP 3
+#define IP_DROP_MEMBERSHIP 4
+#define IP_MULTICAST_TTL 5
+#define IP_MULTICAST_IF 6
+#define IP_MULTICAST_LOOP 7
+
+typedef struct ip_mreq {
+ struct in_addr imr_multiaddr; /* IP multicast address of group */
+ struct in_addr imr_interface; /* local IP address of interface */
+} ip_mreq;
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+
+/*
+ * The Type of Service provides an indication of the abstract
+ * parameters of the quality of service desired. These parameters are
+ * to be used to guide the selection of the actual service parameters
+ * when transmitting a datagram through a particular network. Several
+ * networks offer service precedence, which somehow treats high
+ * precedence traffic as more important than other traffic (generally
+ * by accepting only traffic above a certain precedence at time of high
+ * load). The major choice is a three way tradeoff between low-delay,
+ * high-reliability, and high-throughput.
+ * The use of the Delay, Throughput, and Reliability indications may
+ * increase the cost (in some sense) of the service. In many networks
+ * better performance for one of these parameters is coupled with worse
+ * performance on another. Except for very unusual cases at most two
+ * of these three indications should be set.
+ */
+#define IPTOS_TOS_MASK 0x1E
+#define IPTOS_TOS(tos) ((tos) & IPTOS_TOS_MASK)
+#define IPTOS_LOWDELAY 0x10
+#define IPTOS_THROUGHPUT 0x08
+#define IPTOS_RELIABILITY 0x04
+#define IPTOS_LOWCOST 0x02
+#define IPTOS_MINCOST IPTOS_LOWCOST
+
+/*
+ * The Network Control precedence designation is intended to be used
+ * within a network only. The actual use and control of that
+ * designation is up to each network. The Internetwork Control
+ * designation is intended for use by gateway control originators only.
+ * If the actual use of these precedence designations is of concern to
+ * a particular network, it is the responsibility of that network to
+ * control the access to, and use of, those precedence designations.
+ */
+#define IPTOS_PREC_MASK 0xe0
+#define IPTOS_PREC(tos) ((tos) & IPTOS_PREC_MASK)
+#define IPTOS_PREC_NETCONTROL 0xe0
+#define IPTOS_PREC_INTERNETCONTROL 0xc0
+#define IPTOS_PREC_CRITIC_ECP 0xa0
+#define IPTOS_PREC_FLASHOVERRIDE 0x80
+#define IPTOS_PREC_FLASH 0x60
+#define IPTOS_PREC_IMMEDIATE 0x40
+#define IPTOS_PREC_PRIORITY 0x20
+#define IPTOS_PREC_ROUTINE 0x00
+
+
+/*
+ * Commands for ioctlsocket(), taken from the BSD file fcntl.h.
+ * lwip_ioctl only supports FIONREAD and FIONBIO, for now
+ *
+ * Ioctl's have the command encoded in the lower word,
+ * and the size of any in or out parameters in the upper
+ * word. The high 2 bits of the upper word are used
+ * to encode the in/out status of the parameter; for now
+ * we restrict parameters to at most 128 bytes.
+ */
+#if !defined(FIONREAD) || !defined(FIONBIO)
+#define IOCPARM_MASK 0x7fU /* parameters must be < 128 bytes */
+#define IOC_VOID 0x20000000UL /* no parameters */
+#define IOC_OUT 0x40000000UL /* copy out parameters */
+#define IOC_IN 0x80000000UL /* copy in parameters */
+#define IOC_INOUT (IOC_IN|IOC_OUT)
+ /* 0x20000000 distinguishes new &
+ old ioctl's */
+#define _IO(x,y) (IOC_VOID|((x)<<8)|(y))
+
+#define _IOR(x,y,t) (IOC_OUT|(((long)sizeof(t)&IOCPARM_MASK)<<16)|((x)<<8)|(y))
+
+#define _IOW(x,y,t) (IOC_IN|(((long)sizeof(t)&IOCPARM_MASK)<<16)|((x)<<8)|(y))
+#endif /* !defined(FIONREAD) || !defined(FIONBIO) */
+
+#ifndef FIONREAD
+#define FIONREAD _IOR('f', 127, unsigned long) /* get # bytes to read */
+#endif
+#ifndef FIONBIO
+#define FIONBIO _IOW('f', 126, unsigned long) /* set/clear non-blocking i/o */
+#endif
+
+/* Socket I/O Controls: unimplemented */
+#ifndef SIOCSHIWAT
+#define SIOCSHIWAT _IOW('s', 0, unsigned long) /* set high watermark */
+#define SIOCGHIWAT _IOR('s', 1, unsigned long) /* get high watermark */
+#define SIOCSLOWAT _IOW('s', 2, unsigned long) /* set low watermark */
+#define SIOCGLOWAT _IOR('s', 3, unsigned long) /* get low watermark */
+#define SIOCATMARK _IOR('s', 7, unsigned long) /* at oob mark? */
+#endif
+
+/* commands for fnctl */
+#ifndef F_GETFL
+#define F_GETFL 3
+#endif
+#ifndef F_SETFL
+#define F_SETFL 4
+#endif
+
+/* File status flags and file access modes for fnctl,
+ these are bits in an int. */
+#ifndef O_NONBLOCK
+#define O_NONBLOCK 1 /* nonblocking I/O */
+#endif
+#ifndef O_NDELAY
+#define O_NDELAY 1 /* same as O_NONBLOCK, for compatibility */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SHUT_RD
+ #define SHUT_RD 1
+ #define SHUT_WR 2
+ #define SHUT_RDWR 3
+#endif
+
+/* FD_SET used for lwip_select */
+#ifndef FD_SET
+ #undef FD_SETSIZE
+ /* Make FD_SETSIZE match NUM_SOCKETS in socket.c */
+ #define FD_SETSIZE MEMP_NUM_NETCONN
+ #define FD_SET(n, p) ((p)->fd_bits[(n)/8] |= (1 << ((n) & 7)))
+ #define FD_CLR(n, p) ((p)->fd_bits[(n)/8] &= ~(1 << ((n) & 7)))
+ #define FD_ISSET(n,p) ((p)->fd_bits[(n)/8] & (1 << ((n) & 7)))
+ #define FD_ZERO(p) memset((void*)(p),0,sizeof(*(p)))
+
+ typedef struct fd_set {
+ unsigned char fd_bits [(FD_SETSIZE+7)/8];
+ } fd_set;
+
+#endif /* FD_SET */
+
+/** LWIP_TIMEVAL_PRIVATE: if you want to use the struct timeval provided
+ * by your system, set this to 0 and include <sys/time.h> in cc.h */
+#ifndef LWIP_TIMEVAL_PRIVATE
+#define LWIP_TIMEVAL_PRIVATE 1
+#endif
+
+#if LWIP_TIMEVAL_PRIVATE
+struct timeval {
+ long tv_sec; /* seconds */
+ long tv_usec; /* and microseconds */
+};
+#endif /* LWIP_TIMEVAL_PRIVATE */
+
+void lwip_socket_init(void);
+
+int lwip_accept(int s, struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t *addrlen);
+int lwip_bind(int s, const struct sockaddr *name, socklen_t namelen);
+int lwip_shutdown(int s, int how);
+int lwip_getpeername (int s, struct sockaddr *name, socklen_t *namelen);
+int lwip_getsockname (int s, struct sockaddr *name, socklen_t *namelen);
+int lwip_getsockopt (int s, int level, int optname, void *optval, socklen_t *optlen);
+int lwip_setsockopt (int s, int level, int optname, const void *optval, socklen_t optlen);
+int lwip_close(int s);
+int lwip_connect(int s, const struct sockaddr *name, socklen_t namelen);
+int lwip_listen(int s, int backlog);
+int lwip_recv(int s, void *mem, size_t len, int flags);
+int lwip_read(int s, void *mem, size_t len);
+int lwip_recvfrom(int s, void *mem, size_t len, int flags,
+ struct sockaddr *from, socklen_t *fromlen);
+int lwip_send(int s, const void *dataptr, size_t size, int flags);
+int lwip_sendto(int s, const void *dataptr, size_t size, int flags,
+ const struct sockaddr *to, socklen_t tolen);
+int lwip_socket(int domain, int type, int protocol);
+int lwip_write(int s, const void *dataptr, size_t size);
+int lwip_select(int maxfdp1, fd_set *readset, fd_set *writeset, fd_set *exceptset,
+ struct timeval *timeout);
+int lwip_ioctl(int s, long cmd, void *argp);
+int lwip_fcntl(int s, int cmd, int val);
+
+#if LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS
+#define accept(a,b,c) lwip_accept(a,b,c)
+#define bind(a,b,c) lwip_bind(a,b,c)
+#define shutdown(a,b) lwip_shutdown(a,b)
+#define closesocket(s) lwip_close(s)
+#define connect(a,b,c) lwip_connect(a,b,c)
+#define getsockname(a,b,c) lwip_getsockname(a,b,c)
+#define getpeername(a,b,c) lwip_getpeername(a,b,c)
+#define setsockopt(a,b,c,d,e) lwip_setsockopt(a,b,c,d,e)
+#define getsockopt(a,b,c,d,e) lwip_getsockopt(a,b,c,d,e)
+#define listen(a,b) lwip_listen(a,b)
+#define recv(a,b,c,d) lwip_recv(a,b,c,d)
+#define recvfrom(a,b,c,d,e,f) lwip_recvfrom(a,b,c,d,e,f)
+#define send(a,b,c,d) lwip_send(a,b,c,d)
+#define sendto(a,b,c,d,e,f) lwip_sendto(a,b,c,d,e,f)
+#define socket(a,b,c) lwip_socket(a,b,c)
+#define select(a,b,c,d,e) lwip_select(a,b,c,d,e)
+#define ioctlsocket(a,b,c) lwip_ioctl(a,b,c)
+
+#if LWIP_POSIX_SOCKETS_IO_NAMES
+#define read(a,b,c) lwip_read(a,b,c)
+#define write(a,b,c) lwip_write(a,b,c)
+#define close(s) lwip_close(s)
+#endif /* LWIP_POSIX_SOCKETS_IO_NAMES */
+
+#endif /* LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_SOCKET */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_SOCKETS_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/stats.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_STATS_H__
+#define __LWIP_STATS_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#include "lwip/mem.h"
+#include "lwip/memp.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if LWIP_STATS
+
+#ifndef LWIP_STATS_LARGE
+#define LWIP_STATS_LARGE 0
+#endif
+
+#if LWIP_STATS_LARGE
+#define STAT_COUNTER u32_t
+#define STAT_COUNTER_F U32_F
+#else
+#define STAT_COUNTER u16_t
+#define STAT_COUNTER_F U16_F
+#endif
+
+struct stats_proto {
+ STAT_COUNTER xmit; /* Transmitted packets. */
+ STAT_COUNTER recv; /* Received packets. */
+ STAT_COUNTER fw; /* Forwarded packets. */
+ STAT_COUNTER drop; /* Dropped packets. */
+ STAT_COUNTER chkerr; /* Checksum error. */
+ STAT_COUNTER lenerr; /* Invalid length error. */
+ STAT_COUNTER memerr; /* Out of memory error. */
+ STAT_COUNTER rterr; /* Routing error. */
+ STAT_COUNTER proterr; /* Protocol error. */
+ STAT_COUNTER opterr; /* Error in options. */
+ STAT_COUNTER err; /* Misc error. */
+ STAT_COUNTER cachehit;
+};
+
+struct stats_igmp {
+ STAT_COUNTER xmit; /* Transmitted packets. */
+ STAT_COUNTER recv; /* Received packets. */
+ STAT_COUNTER drop; /* Dropped packets. */
+ STAT_COUNTER chkerr; /* Checksum error. */
+ STAT_COUNTER lenerr; /* Invalid length error. */
+ STAT_COUNTER memerr; /* Out of memory error. */
+ STAT_COUNTER proterr; /* Protocol error. */
+ STAT_COUNTER rx_v1; /* Received v1 frames. */
+ STAT_COUNTER rx_group; /* Received group-specific queries. */
+ STAT_COUNTER rx_general; /* Received general queries. */
+ STAT_COUNTER rx_report; /* Received reports. */
+ STAT_COUNTER tx_join; /* Sent joins. */
+ STAT_COUNTER tx_leave; /* Sent leaves. */
+ STAT_COUNTER tx_report; /* Sent reports. */
+};
+
+struct stats_mem {
+#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
+ const char *name;
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+ mem_size_t avail;
+ mem_size_t used;
+ mem_size_t max;
+ STAT_COUNTER err;
+ STAT_COUNTER illegal;
+};
+
+struct stats_syselem {
+ STAT_COUNTER used;
+ STAT_COUNTER max;
+ STAT_COUNTER err;
+};
+
+struct stats_sys {
+ struct stats_syselem sem;
+ struct stats_syselem mutex;
+ struct stats_syselem mbox;
+};
+
+struct stats_ {
+#if LINK_STATS
+ struct stats_proto link;
+#endif
+#if ETHARP_STATS
+ struct stats_proto etharp;
+#endif
+#if IPFRAG_STATS
+ struct stats_proto ip_frag;
+#endif
+#if IP_STATS
+ struct stats_proto ip;
+#endif
+#if ICMP_STATS
+ struct stats_proto icmp;
+#endif
+#if IGMP_STATS
+ struct stats_igmp igmp;
+#endif
+#if UDP_STATS
+ struct stats_proto udp;
+#endif
+#if TCP_STATS
+ struct stats_proto tcp;
+#endif
+#if MEM_STATS
+ struct stats_mem mem;
+#endif
+#if MEMP_STATS
+ struct stats_mem memp[MEMP_MAX];
+#endif
+#if SYS_STATS
+ struct stats_sys sys;
+#endif
+};
+
+extern struct stats_ lwip_stats;
+
+void stats_init(void);
+
+#define STATS_INC(x) ++lwip_stats.x
+#define STATS_DEC(x) --lwip_stats.x
+#define STATS_INC_USED(x, y) do { lwip_stats.x.used += y; \
+ if (lwip_stats.x.max < lwip_stats.x.used) { \
+ lwip_stats.x.max = lwip_stats.x.used; \
+ } \
+ } while(0)
+#else /* LWIP_STATS */
+#define stats_init()
+#define STATS_INC(x)
+#define STATS_DEC(x)
+#define STATS_INC_USED(x)
+#endif /* LWIP_STATS */
+
+#if TCP_STATS
+#define TCP_STATS_INC(x) STATS_INC(x)
+#define TCP_STATS_DISPLAY() stats_display_proto(&lwip_stats.tcp, "TCP")
+#else
+#define TCP_STATS_INC(x)
+#define TCP_STATS_DISPLAY()
+#endif
+
+#if UDP_STATS
+#define UDP_STATS_INC(x) STATS_INC(x)
+#define UDP_STATS_DISPLAY() stats_display_proto(&lwip_stats.udp, "UDP")
+#else
+#define UDP_STATS_INC(x)
+#define UDP_STATS_DISPLAY()
+#endif
+
+#if ICMP_STATS
+#define ICMP_STATS_INC(x) STATS_INC(x)
+#define ICMP_STATS_DISPLAY() stats_display_proto(&lwip_stats.icmp, "ICMP")
+#else
+#define ICMP_STATS_INC(x)
+#define ICMP_STATS_DISPLAY()
+#endif
+
+#if IGMP_STATS
+#define IGMP_STATS_INC(x) STATS_INC(x)
+#define IGMP_STATS_DISPLAY() stats_display_igmp(&lwip_stats.igmp)
+#else
+#define IGMP_STATS_INC(x)
+#define IGMP_STATS_DISPLAY()
+#endif
+
+#if IP_STATS
+#define IP_STATS_INC(x) STATS_INC(x)
+#define IP_STATS_DISPLAY() stats_display_proto(&lwip_stats.ip, "IP")
+#else
+#define IP_STATS_INC(x)
+#define IP_STATS_DISPLAY()
+#endif
+
+#if IPFRAG_STATS
+#define IPFRAG_STATS_INC(x) STATS_INC(x)
+#define IPFRAG_STATS_DISPLAY() stats_display_proto(&lwip_stats.ip_frag, "IP_FRAG")
+#else
+#define IPFRAG_STATS_INC(x)
+#define IPFRAG_STATS_DISPLAY()
+#endif
+
+#if ETHARP_STATS
+#define ETHARP_STATS_INC(x) STATS_INC(x)
+#define ETHARP_STATS_DISPLAY() stats_display_proto(&lwip_stats.etharp, "ETHARP")
+#else
+#define ETHARP_STATS_INC(x)
+#define ETHARP_STATS_DISPLAY()
+#endif
+
+#if LINK_STATS
+#define LINK_STATS_INC(x) STATS_INC(x)
+#define LINK_STATS_DISPLAY() stats_display_proto(&lwip_stats.link, "LINK")
+#else
+#define LINK_STATS_INC(x)
+#define LINK_STATS_DISPLAY()
+#endif
+
+#if MEM_STATS
+#define MEM_STATS_AVAIL(x, y) lwip_stats.mem.x = y
+#define MEM_STATS_INC(x) STATS_INC(mem.x)
+#define MEM_STATS_INC_USED(x, y) STATS_INC_USED(mem, y)
+#define MEM_STATS_DEC_USED(x, y) lwip_stats.mem.x -= y
+#define MEM_STATS_DISPLAY() stats_display_mem(&lwip_stats.mem, "HEAP")
+#else
+#define MEM_STATS_AVAIL(x, y)
+#define MEM_STATS_INC(x)
+#define MEM_STATS_INC_USED(x, y)
+#define MEM_STATS_DEC_USED(x, y)
+#define MEM_STATS_DISPLAY()
+#endif
+
+#if MEMP_STATS
+#define MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(x, i, y) lwip_stats.memp[i].x = y
+#define MEMP_STATS_INC(x, i) STATS_INC(memp[i].x)
+#define MEMP_STATS_DEC(x, i) STATS_DEC(memp[i].x)
+#define MEMP_STATS_INC_USED(x, i) STATS_INC_USED(memp[i], 1)
+#define MEMP_STATS_DISPLAY(i) stats_display_memp(&lwip_stats.memp[i], i)
+#else
+#define MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(x, i, y)
+#define MEMP_STATS_INC(x, i)
+#define MEMP_STATS_DEC(x, i)
+#define MEMP_STATS_INC_USED(x, i)
+#define MEMP_STATS_DISPLAY(i)
+#endif
+
+#if SYS_STATS
+#define SYS_STATS_INC(x) STATS_INC(sys.x)
+#define SYS_STATS_DEC(x) STATS_DEC(sys.x)
+#define SYS_STATS_INC_USED(x) STATS_INC_USED(sys.x, 1)
+#define SYS_STATS_DISPLAY() stats_display_sys(&lwip_stats.sys)
+#else
+#define SYS_STATS_INC(x)
+#define SYS_STATS_DEC(x)
+#define SYS_STATS_INC_USED(x)
+#define SYS_STATS_DISPLAY()
+#endif
+
+/* Display of statistics */
+#if LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY
+void stats_display(void);
+void stats_display_proto(struct stats_proto *proto, char *name);
+void stats_display_igmp(struct stats_igmp *igmp);
+void stats_display_mem(struct stats_mem *mem, char *name);
+void stats_display_memp(struct stats_mem *mem, int index);
+void stats_display_sys(struct stats_sys *sys);
+#else /* LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY */
+#define stats_display()
+#define stats_display_proto(proto, name)
+#define stats_display_igmp(igmp)
+#define stats_display_mem(mem, name)
+#define stats_display_memp(mem, index)
+#define stats_display_sys(sys)
+#endif /* LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_STATS_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/sys.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_SYS_H__
+#define __LWIP_SYS_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if NO_SYS
+
+/* For a totally minimal and standalone system, we provide null
+ definitions of the sys_ functions. */
+typedef u8_t sys_sem_t;
+typedef u8_t sys_mutex_t;
+typedef u8_t sys_mbox_t;
+
+#define sys_sem_new(s, c) ERR_OK
+#define sys_sem_signal(s)
+#define sys_sem_wait(s)
+#define sys_arch_sem_wait(s,t)
+#define sys_sem_free(s)
+#define sys_mutex_new(mu) ERR_OK
+#define sys_mutex_lock(mu)
+#define sys_mutex_unlock(mu)
+#define sys_mutex_free(mu)
+#define sys_mbox_new(m, s) ERR_OK
+#define sys_mbox_fetch(m,d)
+#define sys_mbox_tryfetch(m,d)
+#define sys_mbox_post(m,d)
+#define sys_mbox_trypost(m,d)
+#define sys_mbox_free(m)
+
+#define sys_thread_new(n,t,a,s,p)
+
+#define sys_msleep(t)
+
+#else /* NO_SYS */
+
+/** Return code for timeouts from sys_arch_mbox_fetch and sys_arch_sem_wait */
+#define SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT 0xffffffffUL
+
+/** sys_mbox_tryfetch() returns SYS_MBOX_EMPTY if appropriate.
+ * For now we use the same magic value, but we allow this to change in future.
+ */
+#define SYS_MBOX_EMPTY SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT
+
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+#include "arch/sys_arch.h"
+
+/** Function prototype for thread functions */
+typedef void (*lwip_thread_fn)(void *arg);
+
+/* Function prototypes for functions to be implemented by platform ports
+ (in sys_arch.c) */
+
+/* Mutex functions: */
+
+/** Define LWIP_COMPAT_MUTEX if the port has no mutexes and binary semaphores
+ should be used instead */
+#if LWIP_COMPAT_MUTEX
+/* for old ports that don't have mutexes: define them to binary semaphores */
+#define sys_mutex_t sys_sem_t
+#define sys_mutex_new(mutex) sys_sem_new(mutex, 1)
+#define sys_mutex_lock(mutex) sys_sem_wait(mutex)
+#define sys_mutex_unlock(mutex) sys_sem_signal(mutex)
+#define sys_mutex_free(mutex) sys_sem_free(mutex)
+#define sys_mutex_valid(mutex) sys_sem_valid(mutex)
+#define sys_mutex_set_invalid(mutex) sys_sem_set_invalid(mutex)
+
+#else /* LWIP_COMPAT_MUTEX */
+
+/** Create a new mutex
+ * @param mutex pointer to the mutex to create
+ * @return a new mutex */
+err_t sys_mutex_new(sys_mutex_t *mutex);
+/** Lock a mutex
+ * @param mutex the mutex to lock */
+void sys_mutex_lock(sys_mutex_t *mutex);
+/** Unlock a mutex
+ * @param mutex the mutex to unlock */
+void sys_mutex_unlock(sys_mutex_t *mutex);
+/** Delete a semaphore
+ * @param mutex the mutex to delete */
+void sys_mutex_free(sys_mutex_t *mutex);
+#ifndef sys_mutex_valid
+/** Check if a mutex is valid/allocated: return 1 for valid, 0 for invalid */
+int sys_mutex_valid(sys_mutex_t *mutex);
+#endif
+#ifndef sys_mutex_set_invalid
+/** Set a mutex invalid so that sys_mutex_valid returns 0 */
+void sys_mutex_set_invalid(sys_mutex_t *mutex);
+#endif
+#endif /* LWIP_COMPAT_MUTEX */
+
+/* Semaphore functions: */
+
+/** Create a new semaphore
+ * @param sem pointer to the semaphore to create
+ * @param count initial count of the semaphore
+ * @return ERR_OK if successful, another err_t otherwise */
+err_t sys_sem_new(sys_sem_t *sem, u8_t count);
+/** Signals a semaphore
+ * @param sem the semaphore to signal */
+void sys_sem_signal(sys_sem_t *sem);
+/** Wait for a semaphore for the specified timeout
+ * @param sem the semaphore to wait for
+ * @param timeout timeout in milliseconds to wait (0 = wait forever)
+ * @return time (in milliseconds) waited for the semaphore
+ * or SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT on timeout */
+u32_t sys_arch_sem_wait(sys_sem_t *sem, u32_t timeout);
+/** Delete a semaphore
+ * @param sem semaphore to delete */
+void sys_sem_free(sys_sem_t *sem);
+/** Wait for a semaphore - forever/no timeout */
+#define sys_sem_wait(sem) sys_arch_sem_wait(sem, 0)
+#ifndef sys_sem_valid
+/** Check if a sempahore is valid/allocated: return 1 for valid, 0 for invalid */
+int sys_sem_valid(sys_sem_t *sem);
+#endif
+#ifndef sys_sem_set_invalid
+/** Set a semaphore invalid so that sys_sem_valid returns 0 */
+void sys_sem_set_invalid(sys_sem_t *sem);
+#endif
+
+/* Time functions. */
+#ifndef sys_msleep
+void sys_msleep(u32_t ms); /* only has a (close to) 1 jiffy resolution. */
+#endif
+
+/* Mailbox functions. */
+
+/** Create a new mbox of specified size
+ * @param mbox pointer to the mbox to create
+ * @param size (miminum) number of messages in this mbox
+ * @return ERR_OK if successful, another err_t otherwise */
+err_t sys_mbox_new(sys_mbox_t *mbox, int size);
+/** Post a message to an mbox - may not fail
+ * -> blocks if full, only used from tasks not from ISR
+ * @param mbox mbox to posts the message
+ * @param msg message to post (ATTENTION: can be NULL) */
+void sys_mbox_post(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void *msg);
+/** Try to post a message to an mbox - may fail if full or ISR
+ * @param mbox mbox to posts the message
+ * @param msg message to post (ATTENTION: can be NULL) */
+err_t sys_mbox_trypost(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void *msg);
+/** Wait for a new message to arrive in the mbox
+ * @param mbox mbox to get a message from
+ * @param msg pointer where the message is stored
+ * @param timeout maximum time (in milliseconds) to wait for a message
+ * @return time (in milliseconds) waited for a message, may be 0 if not waited
+ or SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT on timeout
+ * The returned time has to be accurate to prevent timer jitter! */
+u32_t sys_arch_mbox_fetch(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void **msg, u32_t timeout);
+/* Allow port to override with a macro, e.g. special timout for sys_arch_mbox_fetch() */
+#ifndef sys_arch_mbox_tryfetch
+/** Wait for a new message to arrive in the mbox
+ * @param mbox mbox to get a message from
+ * @param msg pointer where the message is stored
+ * @param timeout maximum time (in milliseconds) to wait for a message
+ * @return 0 (milliseconds) if a message has been received
+ * or SYS_MBOX_EMPTY if the mailbox is empty */
+u32_t sys_arch_mbox_tryfetch(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void **msg);
+#endif
+/** For now, we map straight to sys_arch implementation. */
+#define sys_mbox_tryfetch(mbox, msg) sys_arch_mbox_tryfetch(mbox, msg)
+/** Delete an mbox
+ * @param mbox mbox to delete */
+void sys_mbox_free(sys_mbox_t *mbox);
+#define sys_mbox_fetch(mbox, msg) sys_arch_mbox_fetch(mbox, msg, 0)
+#ifndef sys_mbox_valid
+/** Check if an mbox is valid/allocated: return 1 for valid, 0 for invalid */
+int sys_mbox_valid(sys_mbox_t *mbox);
+#endif
+#ifndef sys_mbox_set_invalid
+/** Set an mbox invalid so that sys_mbox_valid returns 0 */
+void sys_mbox_set_invalid(sys_mbox_t *mbox);
+#endif
+
+/** The only thread function:
+ * Creates a new thread
+ * @param name human-readable name for the thread (used for debugging purposes)
+ * @param thread thread-function
+ * @param arg parameter passed to 'thread'
+ * @param stacksize stack size in bytes for the new thread (may be ignored by ports)
+ * @param prio priority of the new thread (may be ignored by ports) */
+sys_thread_t sys_thread_new(const char *name, lwip_thread_fn thread, void *arg, int stacksize, int prio);
+
+#endif /* NO_SYS */
+
+/* sys_init() must be called before anthing else. */
+void sys_init(void);
+
+#ifndef sys_jiffies
+/** Ticks/jiffies since power up. */
+u32_t sys_jiffies(void);
+#endif
+
+/** Returns the current time in milliseconds,
+ * may be the same as sys_jiffies or at least based on it. */
+u32_t sys_now(void);
+
+/* Critical Region Protection */
+/* These functions must be implemented in the sys_arch.c file.
+ In some implementations they can provide a more light-weight protection
+ mechanism than using semaphores. Otherwise semaphores can be used for
+ implementation */
+#ifndef SYS_ARCH_PROTECT
+/** SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT
+ * define SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT in lwipopts.h if you want inter-task protection
+ * for certain critical regions during buffer allocation, deallocation and memory
+ * allocation and deallocation.
+ */
+#if SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT
+
+/** SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT
+ * declare a protection variable. This macro will default to defining a variable of
+ * type sys_prot_t. If a particular port needs a different implementation, then
+ * this macro may be defined in sys_arch.h.
+ */
+#define SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev) sys_prot_t lev
+/** SYS_ARCH_PROTECT
+ * Perform a "fast" protect. This could be implemented by
+ * disabling interrupts for an embedded system or by using a semaphore or
+ * mutex. The implementation should allow calling SYS_ARCH_PROTECT when
+ * already protected. The old protection level is returned in the variable
+ * "lev". This macro will default to calling the sys_arch_protect() function
+ * which should be implemented in sys_arch.c. If a particular port needs a
+ * different implementation, then this macro may be defined in sys_arch.h
+ */
+#define SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev) lev = sys_arch_protect()
+/** SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT
+ * Perform a "fast" set of the protection level to "lev". This could be
+ * implemented by setting the interrupt level to "lev" within the MACRO or by
+ * using a semaphore or mutex. This macro will default to calling the
+ * sys_arch_unprotect() function which should be implemented in
+ * sys_arch.c. If a particular port needs a different implementation, then
+ * this macro may be defined in sys_arch.h
+ */
+#define SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev) sys_arch_unprotect(lev)
+sys_prot_t sys_arch_protect(void);
+void sys_arch_unprotect(sys_prot_t pval);
+
+#else
+
+#define SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev)
+#define SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev)
+#define SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev)
+
+#endif /* SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT */
+
+#endif /* SYS_ARCH_PROTECT */
+
+/*
+ * Macros to set/get and increase/decrease variables in a thread-safe way.
+ * Use these for accessing variable that are used from more than one thread.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SYS_ARCH_INC
+#define SYS_ARCH_INC(var, val) do { \
+ SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level); \
+ SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level); \
+ var += val; \
+ SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level); \
+ } while(0)
+#endif /* SYS_ARCH_INC */
+
+#ifndef SYS_ARCH_DEC
+#define SYS_ARCH_DEC(var, val) do { \
+ SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level); \
+ SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level); \
+ var -= val; \
+ SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level); \
+ } while(0)
+#endif /* SYS_ARCH_DEC */
+
+#ifndef SYS_ARCH_GET
+#define SYS_ARCH_GET(var, ret) do { \
+ SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level); \
+ SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level); \
+ ret = var; \
+ SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level); \
+ } while(0)
+#endif /* SYS_ARCH_GET */
+
+#ifndef SYS_ARCH_SET
+#define SYS_ARCH_SET(var, val) do { \
+ SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level); \
+ SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level); \
+ var = val; \
+ SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level); \
+ } while(0)
+#endif /* SYS_ARCH_SET */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_SYS_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/tcp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_TCP_H__
+#define __LWIP_TCP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_TCP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#include "lwip/mem.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+#include "lwip/icmp.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+struct tcp_pcb;
+
+/** Function prototype for tcp accept callback functions. Called when a new
+ * connection can be accepted on a listening pcb.
+ *
+ * @param arg Additional argument to pass to the callback function (@see tcp_arg())
+ * @param newpcb The new connection pcb
+ * @param err An error code if there has been an error accepting.
+ * Only return ERR_ABRT if you have called tcp_abort from within the
+ * callback function!
+ */
+typedef err_t (*tcp_accept_fn)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *newpcb, err_t err);
+
+/** Function prototype for tcp receive callback functions. Called when data has
+ * been received.
+ *
+ * @param arg Additional argument to pass to the callback function (@see tcp_arg())
+ * @param tpcb The connection pcb which received data
+ * @param p The received data (or NULL when the connection has been closed!)
+ * @param err An error code if there has been an error receiving
+ * Only return ERR_ABRT if you have called tcp_abort from within the
+ * callback function!
+ */
+typedef err_t (*tcp_recv_fn)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb,
+ struct pbuf *p, err_t err);
+
+/** Function prototype for tcp sent callback functions. Called when sent data has
+ * been acknowledged by the remote side. Use it to free corresponding resources.
+ * This also means that the pcb has now space available to send new data.
+ *
+ * @param arg Additional argument to pass to the callback function (@see tcp_arg())
+ * @param tpcb The connection pcb for which data has been acknowledged
+ * @param len The amount of bytes acknowledged
+ * @return ERR_OK: try to send some data by calling tcp_output
+ * Only return ERR_ABRT if you have called tcp_abort from within the
+ * callback function!
+ */
+typedef err_t (*tcp_sent_fn)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb,
+ u16_t len);
+
+/** Function prototype for tcp poll callback functions. Called periodically as
+ * specified by @see tcp_poll.
+ *
+ * @param arg Additional argument to pass to the callback function (@see tcp_arg())
+ * @param tpcb tcp pcb
+ * @return ERR_OK: try to send some data by calling tcp_output
+ * Only return ERR_ABRT if you have called tcp_abort from within the
+ * callback function!
+ */
+typedef err_t (*tcp_poll_fn)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb);
+
+/** Function prototype for tcp error callback functions. Called when the pcb
+ * receives a RST or is unexpectedly closed for any other reason.
+ *
+ * @note The corresponding pcb is already freed when this callback is called!
+ *
+ * @param arg Additional argument to pass to the callback function (@see tcp_arg())
+ * @param err Error code to indicate why the pcb has been closed
+ * ERR_ABRT: aborted through tcp_abort or by a TCP timer
+ * ERR_RST: the connection was reset by the remote host
+ */
+typedef void (*tcp_err_fn)(void *arg, err_t err);
+
+/** Function prototype for tcp connected callback functions. Called when a pcb
+ * is connected to the remote side after initiating a connection attempt by
+ * calling tcp_connect().
+ *
+ * @param arg Additional argument to pass to the callback function (@see tcp_arg())
+ * @param tpcb The connection pcb which is connected
+ * @param err An unused error code, always ERR_OK currently ;-) TODO!
+ * Only return ERR_ABRT if you have called tcp_abort from within the
+ * callback function!
+ *
+ * @note When a connection attempt fails, the error callback is currently called!
+ */
+typedef err_t (*tcp_connected_fn)(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *tpcb, err_t err);
+
+enum tcp_state {
+ CLOSED = 0,
+ LISTEN = 1,
+ SYN_SENT = 2,
+ SYN_RCVD = 3,
+ ESTABLISHED = 4,
+ FIN_WAIT_1 = 5,
+ FIN_WAIT_2 = 6,
+ CLOSE_WAIT = 7,
+ CLOSING = 8,
+ LAST_ACK = 9,
+ TIME_WAIT = 10
+};
+
+#if LWIP_CALLBACK_API
+ /* Function to call when a listener has been connected.
+ * @param arg user-supplied argument (tcp_pcb.callback_arg)
+ * @param pcb a new tcp_pcb that now is connected
+ * @param err an error argument (TODO: that is current always ERR_OK?)
+ * @return ERR_OK: accept the new connection,
+ * any other err_t abortsthe new connection
+ */
+#define DEF_ACCEPT_CALLBACK tcp_accept_fn accept;
+#else /* LWIP_CALLBACK_API */
+#define DEF_ACCEPT_CALLBACK
+#endif /* LWIP_CALLBACK_API */
+
+/**
+ * members common to struct tcp_pcb and struct tcp_listen_pcb
+ */
+#define TCP_PCB_COMMON(type) \
+ type *next; /* for the linked list */ \
+ enum tcp_state state; /* TCP state */ \
+ u8_t prio; \
+ void *callback_arg; \
+ /* the accept callback for listen- and normal pcbs, if LWIP_CALLBACK_API */ \
+ DEF_ACCEPT_CALLBACK \
+ /* ports are in host byte order */ \
+ u16_t local_port
+
+
+/* the TCP protocol control block */
+struct tcp_pcb {
+/** common PCB members */
+ IP_PCB;
+/** protocol specific PCB members */
+ TCP_PCB_COMMON(struct tcp_pcb);
+
+ /* ports are in host byte order */
+ u16_t remote_port;
+
+ u8_t flags;
+#define TF_ACK_DELAY ((u8_t)0x01U) /* Delayed ACK. */
+#define TF_ACK_NOW ((u8_t)0x02U) /* Immediate ACK. */
+#define TF_INFR ((u8_t)0x04U) /* In fast recovery. */
+#define TF_TIMESTAMP ((u8_t)0x08U) /* Timestamp option enabled */
+#define TF_RXCLOSED ((u8_t)0x10U) /* rx closed by tcp_shutdown */
+#define TF_FIN ((u8_t)0x20U) /* Connection was closed locally (FIN segment enqueued). */
+#define TF_NODELAY ((u8_t)0x40U) /* Disable Nagle algorithm */
+#define TF_NAGLEMEMERR ((u8_t)0x80U) /* nagle enabled, memerr, try to output to prevent delayed ACK to happen */
+
+ /* the rest of the fields are in host byte order
+ as we have to do some math with them */
+ /* receiver variables */
+ u32_t rcv_nxt; /* next seqno expected */
+ u16_t rcv_wnd; /* receiver window available */
+ u16_t rcv_ann_wnd; /* receiver window to announce */
+ u32_t rcv_ann_right_edge; /* announced right edge of window */
+
+ /* Timers */
+ u32_t tmr;
+ u8_t polltmr, pollinterval;
+
+ /* Retransmission timer. */
+ s16_t rtime;
+
+ u16_t mss; /* maximum segment size */
+
+ /* RTT (round trip time) estimation variables */
+ u32_t rttest; /* RTT estimate in 500ms ticks */
+ u32_t rtseq; /* sequence number being timed */
+ s16_t sa, sv; /* @todo document this */
+
+ s16_t rto; /* retransmission time-out */
+ u8_t nrtx; /* number of retransmissions */
+
+ /* fast retransmit/recovery */
+ u32_t lastack; /* Highest acknowledged seqno. */
+ u8_t dupacks;
+
+ /* congestion avoidance/control variables */
+ u16_t cwnd;
+ u16_t ssthresh;
+
+ /* sender variables */
+ u32_t snd_nxt; /* next new seqno to be sent */
+ u16_t snd_wnd; /* sender window */
+ u32_t snd_wl1, snd_wl2; /* Sequence and acknowledgement numbers of last
+ window update. */
+ u32_t snd_lbb; /* Sequence number of next byte to be buffered. */
+
+ u16_t acked;
+
+ u16_t snd_buf; /* Available buffer space for sending (in bytes). */
+#define TCP_SNDQUEUELEN_OVERFLOW (0xffff-3)
+ u16_t snd_queuelen; /* Available buffer space for sending (in tcp_segs). */
+
+#if TCP_OVERSIZE
+ /* Extra bytes available at the end of the last pbuf in unsent. */
+ u16_t unsent_oversize;
+#endif /* TCP_OVERSIZE */
+
+ /* These are ordered by sequence number: */
+ struct tcp_seg *unsent; /* Unsent (queued) segments. */
+ struct tcp_seg *unacked; /* Sent but unacknowledged segments. */
+#if TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ
+ struct tcp_seg *ooseq; /* Received out of sequence segments. */
+#endif /* TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ */
+
+ struct pbuf *refused_data; /* Data previously received but not yet taken by upper layer */
+
+#if LWIP_CALLBACK_API
+ /* Function to be called when more send buffer space is available. */
+ tcp_sent_fn sent;
+ /* Function to be called when (in-sequence) data has arrived. */
+ tcp_recv_fn recv;
+ /* Function to be called when a connection has been set up. */
+ tcp_connected_fn connected;
+ /* Function which is called periodically. */
+ tcp_poll_fn poll;
+ /* Function to be called whenever a fatal error occurs. */
+ tcp_err_fn errf;
+#endif /* LWIP_CALLBACK_API */
+
+#if LWIP_TCP_TIMESTAMPS
+ u32_t ts_lastacksent;
+ u32_t ts_recent;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP_TIMESTAMPS */
+
+ /* idle time before KEEPALIVE is sent */
+ u32_t keep_idle;
+#if LWIP_TCP_KEEPALIVE
+ u32_t keep_intvl;
+ u32_t keep_cnt;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP_KEEPALIVE */
+
+ /* Persist timer counter */
+ u32_t persist_cnt;
+ /* Persist timer back-off */
+ u8_t persist_backoff;
+
+ /* KEEPALIVE counter */
+ u8_t keep_cnt_sent;
+};
+
+struct tcp_pcb_listen {
+/* Common members of all PCB types */
+ IP_PCB;
+/* Protocol specific PCB members */
+ TCP_PCB_COMMON(struct tcp_pcb_listen);
+
+#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
+ u8_t backlog;
+ u8_t accepts_pending;
+#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
+};
+
+#if LWIP_EVENT_API
+
+enum lwip_event {
+ LWIP_EVENT_ACCEPT,
+ LWIP_EVENT_SENT,
+ LWIP_EVENT_RECV,
+ LWIP_EVENT_CONNECTED,
+ LWIP_EVENT_POLL,
+ LWIP_EVENT_ERR
+};
+
+err_t lwip_tcp_event(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *pcb,
+ enum lwip_event,
+ struct pbuf *p,
+ u16_t size,
+ err_t err);
+
+#endif /* LWIP_EVENT_API */
+
+/* Application program's interface: */
+struct tcp_pcb * tcp_new (void);
+
+void tcp_arg (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, void *arg);
+void tcp_accept (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, tcp_accept_fn accept);
+void tcp_recv (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, tcp_recv_fn recv);
+void tcp_sent (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, tcp_sent_fn sent);
+void tcp_poll (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, tcp_poll_fn poll, u8_t interval);
+void tcp_err (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, tcp_err_fn err);
+
+#define tcp_mss(pcb) (((pcb)->flags & TF_TIMESTAMP) ? ((pcb)->mss - 12) : (pcb)->mss)
+#define tcp_sndbuf(pcb) ((pcb)->snd_buf)
+#define tcp_sndqueuelen(pcb) ((pcb)->snd_queuelen)
+#define tcp_nagle_disable(pcb) ((pcb)->flags |= TF_NODELAY)
+#define tcp_nagle_enable(pcb) ((pcb)->flags &= ~TF_NODELAY)
+#define tcp_nagle_disabled(pcb) (((pcb)->flags & TF_NODELAY) != 0)
+
+#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
+#define tcp_accepted(pcb) do { \
+ LWIP_ASSERT("pcb->state == LISTEN (called for wrong pcb?)", pcb->state == LISTEN); \
+ (((struct tcp_pcb_listen *)(pcb))->accepts_pending--); } while(0)
+#else /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
+#define tcp_accepted(pcb) LWIP_ASSERT("pcb->state == LISTEN (called for wrong pcb?)", \
+ pcb->state == LISTEN)
+#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
+
+void tcp_recved (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, u16_t len);
+err_t tcp_bind (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
+ u16_t port);
+err_t tcp_connect (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
+ u16_t port, tcp_connected_fn connected);
+
+struct tcp_pcb * tcp_listen_with_backlog(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, u8_t backlog);
+#define tcp_listen(pcb) tcp_listen_with_backlog(pcb, TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG)
+
+void tcp_abort (struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+err_t tcp_close (struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+err_t tcp_shutdown(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, int shut_rx, int shut_tx);
+
+/* Flags for "apiflags" parameter in tcp_write */
+#define TCP_WRITE_FLAG_COPY 0x01
+#define TCP_WRITE_FLAG_MORE 0x02
+
+err_t tcp_write (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, const void *dataptr, u16_t len,
+ u8_t apiflags);
+
+void tcp_setprio (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, u8_t prio);
+
+#define TCP_PRIO_MIN 1
+#define TCP_PRIO_NORMAL 64
+#define TCP_PRIO_MAX 127
+
+err_t tcp_output (struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+
+
+const char* tcp_debug_state_str(enum tcp_state s);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_TCP_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/tcp_impl.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,472 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_TCP_IMPL_H__
+#define __LWIP_TCP_IMPL_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_TCP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/tcp.h"
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#include "lwip/mem.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+#include "lwip/icmp.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Functions for interfacing with TCP: */
+
+/* Lower layer interface to TCP: */
+#define tcp_init() /* Compatibility define, no init needed. */
+void tcp_tmr (void); /* Must be called every
+ TCP_TMR_INTERVAL
+ ms. (Typically 250 ms). */
+/* It is also possible to call these two functions at the right
+ intervals (instead of calling tcp_tmr()). */
+void tcp_slowtmr (void);
+void tcp_fasttmr (void);
+
+
+/* Only used by IP to pass a TCP segment to TCP: */
+void tcp_input (struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
+/* Used within the TCP code only: */
+struct tcp_pcb * tcp_alloc (u8_t prio);
+void tcp_abandon (struct tcp_pcb *pcb, int reset);
+err_t tcp_send_empty_ack(struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+void tcp_rexmit (struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+void tcp_rexmit_rto (struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+void tcp_rexmit_fast (struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+u32_t tcp_update_rcv_ann_wnd(struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+
+/**
+ * This is the Nagle algorithm: try to combine user data to send as few TCP
+ * segments as possible. Only send if
+ * - no previously transmitted data on the connection remains unacknowledged or
+ * - the TF_NODELAY flag is set (nagle algorithm turned off for this pcb) or
+ * - the only unsent segment is at least pcb->mss bytes long (or there is more
+ * than one unsent segment - with lwIP, this can happen although unsent->len < mss)
+ * - or if we are in fast-retransmit (TF_INFR)
+ */
+#define tcp_do_output_nagle(tpcb) ((((tpcb)->unacked == NULL) || \
+ ((tpcb)->flags & (TF_NODELAY | TF_INFR)) || \
+ (((tpcb)->unsent != NULL) && (((tpcb)->unsent->next != NULL) || \
+ ((tpcb)->unsent->len >= (tpcb)->mss))) \
+ ) ? 1 : 0)
+#define tcp_output_nagle(tpcb) (tcp_do_output_nagle(tpcb) ? tcp_output(tpcb) : ERR_OK)
+
+
+#define TCP_SEQ_LT(a,b) ((s32_t)((a)-(b)) < 0)
+#define TCP_SEQ_LEQ(a,b) ((s32_t)((a)-(b)) <= 0)
+#define TCP_SEQ_GT(a,b) ((s32_t)((a)-(b)) > 0)
+#define TCP_SEQ_GEQ(a,b) ((s32_t)((a)-(b)) >= 0)
+/* is b<=a<=c? */
+#if 0 /* see bug #10548 */
+#define TCP_SEQ_BETWEEN(a,b,c) ((c)-(b) >= (a)-(b))
+#endif
+#define TCP_SEQ_BETWEEN(a,b,c) (TCP_SEQ_GEQ(a,b) && TCP_SEQ_LEQ(a,c))
+#define TCP_FIN 0x01U
+#define TCP_SYN 0x02U
+#define TCP_RST 0x04U
+#define TCP_PSH 0x08U
+#define TCP_ACK 0x10U
+#define TCP_URG 0x20U
+#define TCP_ECE 0x40U
+#define TCP_CWR 0x80U
+
+#define TCP_FLAGS 0x3fU
+
+/* Length of the TCP header, excluding options. */
+#define TCP_HLEN 20
+
+#ifndef TCP_TMR_INTERVAL
+#define TCP_TMR_INTERVAL 250 /* The TCP timer interval in milliseconds. */
+#endif /* TCP_TMR_INTERVAL */
+
+#ifndef TCP_FAST_INTERVAL
+#define TCP_FAST_INTERVAL TCP_TMR_INTERVAL /* the fine grained timeout in milliseconds */
+#endif /* TCP_FAST_INTERVAL */
+
+#ifndef TCP_SLOW_INTERVAL
+#define TCP_SLOW_INTERVAL (2*TCP_TMR_INTERVAL) /* the coarse grained timeout in milliseconds */
+#endif /* TCP_SLOW_INTERVAL */
+
+#define TCP_FIN_WAIT_TIMEOUT 20000 /* milliseconds */
+#define TCP_SYN_RCVD_TIMEOUT 20000 /* milliseconds */
+
+#define TCP_OOSEQ_TIMEOUT 6U /* x RTO */
+
+#ifndef TCP_MSL
+#define TCP_MSL 60000UL /* The maximum segment lifetime in milliseconds */
+#endif
+
+/* Keepalive values, compliant with RFC 1122. Don't change this unless you know what you're doing */
+#ifndef TCP_KEEPIDLE_DEFAULT
+#define TCP_KEEPIDLE_DEFAULT 7200000UL /* Default KEEPALIVE timer in milliseconds */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TCP_KEEPINTVL_DEFAULT
+#define TCP_KEEPINTVL_DEFAULT 75000UL /* Default Time between KEEPALIVE probes in milliseconds */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TCP_KEEPCNT_DEFAULT
+#define TCP_KEEPCNT_DEFAULT 9U /* Default Counter for KEEPALIVE probes */
+#endif
+
+#define TCP_MAXIDLE TCP_KEEPCNT_DEFAULT * TCP_KEEPINTVL_DEFAULT /* Maximum KEEPALIVE probe time */
+
+/* Fields are (of course) in network byte order.
+ * Some fields are converted to host byte order in tcp_input().
+ */
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct tcp_hdr {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t src);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t dest);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t seqno);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t ackno);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _hdrlen_rsvd_flags);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t wnd);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t chksum);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t urgp);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#define TCPH_OFFSET(phdr) (ntohs((phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags) >> 8)
+#define TCPH_HDRLEN(phdr) (ntohs((phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags) >> 12)
+#define TCPH_FLAGS(phdr) (ntohs((phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags) & TCP_FLAGS)
+
+#define TCPH_OFFSET_SET(phdr, offset) (phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags = htons(((offset) << 8) | TCPH_FLAGS(phdr))
+#define TCPH_HDRLEN_SET(phdr, len) (phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags = htons(((len) << 12) | TCPH_FLAGS(phdr))
+#define TCPH_FLAGS_SET(phdr, flags) (phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags = (((phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags & PP_HTONS((u16_t)(~(u16_t)(TCP_FLAGS)))) | htons(flags))
+#define TCPH_HDRLEN_FLAGS_SET(phdr, len, flags) (phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags = htons(((len) << 12) | (flags))
+
+#define TCPH_SET_FLAG(phdr, flags ) (phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags = ((phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags | htons(flags))
+#define TCPH_UNSET_FLAG(phdr, flags) (phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags = htons(ntohs((phdr)->_hdrlen_rsvd_flags) | (TCPH_FLAGS(phdr) & ~(flags)) )
+
+#define TCP_TCPLEN(seg) ((seg)->len + ((TCPH_FLAGS((seg)->tcphdr) & (TCP_FIN | TCP_SYN)) != 0))
+
+/** Flags used on input processing, not on pcb->flags
+*/
+#define TF_RESET (u8_t)0x08U /* Connection was reset. */
+#define TF_CLOSED (u8_t)0x10U /* Connection was sucessfully closed. */
+#define TF_GOT_FIN (u8_t)0x20U /* Connection was closed by the remote end. */
+
+
+#if LWIP_EVENT_API
+
+#define TCP_EVENT_ACCEPT(pcb,err,ret) ret = lwip_tcp_event((pcb)->callback_arg, (pcb),\
+ LWIP_EVENT_ACCEPT, NULL, 0, err)
+#define TCP_EVENT_SENT(pcb,space,ret) ret = lwip_tcp_event((pcb)->callback_arg, (pcb),\
+ LWIP_EVENT_SENT, NULL, space, ERR_OK)
+#define TCP_EVENT_RECV(pcb,p,err,ret) ret = lwip_tcp_event((pcb)->callback_arg, (pcb),\
+ LWIP_EVENT_RECV, (p), 0, (err))
+#define TCP_EVENT_CLOSED(pcb,ret) ret = lwip_tcp_event((pcb)->callback_arg, (pcb),\
+ LWIP_EVENT_RECV, NULL, 0, ERR_OK)
+#define TCP_EVENT_CONNECTED(pcb,err,ret) ret = lwip_tcp_event((pcb)->callback_arg, (pcb),\
+ LWIP_EVENT_CONNECTED, NULL, 0, (err))
+#define TCP_EVENT_POLL(pcb,ret) ret = lwip_tcp_event((pcb)->callback_arg, (pcb),\
+ LWIP_EVENT_POLL, NULL, 0, ERR_OK)
+#define TCP_EVENT_ERR(errf,arg,err) lwip_tcp_event((arg), NULL, \
+ LWIP_EVENT_ERR, NULL, 0, (err))
+
+#else /* LWIP_EVENT_API */
+
+#define TCP_EVENT_ACCEPT(pcb,err,ret) \
+ do { \
+ if((pcb)->accept != NULL) \
+ (ret) = (pcb)->accept((pcb)->callback_arg,(pcb),(err)); \
+ else (ret) = ERR_ARG; \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define TCP_EVENT_SENT(pcb,space,ret) \
+ do { \
+ if((pcb)->sent != NULL) \
+ (ret) = (pcb)->sent((pcb)->callback_arg,(pcb),(space)); \
+ else (ret) = ERR_OK; \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define TCP_EVENT_RECV(pcb,p,err,ret) \
+ do { \
+ if((pcb)->recv != NULL) { \
+ (ret) = (pcb)->recv((pcb)->callback_arg,(pcb),(p),(err));\
+ } else { \
+ (ret) = tcp_recv_null(NULL, (pcb), (p), (err)); \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define TCP_EVENT_CLOSED(pcb,ret) \
+ do { \
+ if(((pcb)->recv != NULL)) { \
+ (ret) = (pcb)->recv((pcb)->callback_arg,(pcb),NULL,ERR_OK);\
+ } else { \
+ (ret) = ERR_OK; \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define TCP_EVENT_CONNECTED(pcb,err,ret) \
+ do { \
+ if((pcb)->connected != NULL) \
+ (ret) = (pcb)->connected((pcb)->callback_arg,(pcb),(err)); \
+ else (ret) = ERR_OK; \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define TCP_EVENT_POLL(pcb,ret) \
+ do { \
+ if((pcb)->poll != NULL) \
+ (ret) = (pcb)->poll((pcb)->callback_arg,(pcb)); \
+ else (ret) = ERR_OK; \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define TCP_EVENT_ERR(errf,arg,err) \
+ do { \
+ if((errf) != NULL) \
+ (errf)((arg),(err)); \
+ } while (0)
+
+#endif /* LWIP_EVENT_API */
+
+/** Enabled extra-check for TCP_OVERSIZE if LWIP_DEBUG is enabled */
+#if TCP_OVERSIZE && defined(LWIP_DEBUG)
+#define TCP_OVERSIZE_DBGCHECK 1
+#else
+#define TCP_OVERSIZE_DBGCHECK 0
+#endif
+
+/** Don't generate checksum on copy if CHECKSUM_GEN_TCP is disabled */
+#define TCP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY (LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY && CHECKSUM_GEN_TCP)
+
+/* This structure represents a TCP segment on the unsent, unacked and ooseq queues */
+struct tcp_seg {
+ struct tcp_seg *next; /* used when putting segements on a queue */
+ struct pbuf *p; /* buffer containing data + TCP header */
+ void *dataptr; /* pointer to the TCP data in the pbuf */
+ u16_t len; /* the TCP length of this segment */
+#if TCP_OVERSIZE_DBGCHECK
+ u16_t oversize_left; /* Extra bytes available at the end of the last
+ pbuf in unsent (used for asserting vs.
+ tcp_pcb.unsent_oversized only) */
+#endif /* TCP_OVERSIZE_DBGCHECK */
+#if TCP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
+ u16_t chksum;
+ u8_t chksum_swapped;
+#endif /* TCP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
+ u8_t flags;
+#define TF_SEG_OPTS_MSS (u8_t)0x01U /* Include MSS option. */
+#define TF_SEG_OPTS_TS (u8_t)0x02U /* Include timestamp option. */
+#define TF_SEG_DATA_CHECKSUMMED (u8_t)0x04U /* ALL data (not the header) is
+ checksummed into 'chksum' */
+ struct tcp_hdr *tcphdr; /* the TCP header */
+};
+
+#define LWIP_TCP_OPT_LENGTH(flags) \
+ (flags & TF_SEG_OPTS_MSS ? 4 : 0) + \
+ (flags & TF_SEG_OPTS_TS ? 12 : 0)
+
+/** This returns a TCP header option for MSS in an u32_t */
+#define TCP_BUILD_MSS_OPTION(x) (x) = PP_HTONL(((u32_t)2 << 24) | \
+ ((u32_t)4 << 16) | \
+ (((u32_t)TCP_MSS / 256) << 8) | \
+ (TCP_MSS & 255))
+
+/* Global variables: */
+extern struct tcp_pcb *tcp_input_pcb;
+extern u32_t tcp_ticks;
+
+/* The TCP PCB lists. */
+union tcp_listen_pcbs_t { /* List of all TCP PCBs in LISTEN state. */
+ struct tcp_pcb_listen *listen_pcbs;
+ struct tcp_pcb *pcbs;
+};
+extern struct tcp_pcb *tcp_bound_pcbs;
+extern union tcp_listen_pcbs_t tcp_listen_pcbs;
+extern struct tcp_pcb *tcp_active_pcbs; /* List of all TCP PCBs that are in a
+ state in which they accept or send
+ data. */
+extern struct tcp_pcb *tcp_tw_pcbs; /* List of all TCP PCBs in TIME-WAIT. */
+
+extern struct tcp_pcb *tcp_tmp_pcb; /* Only used for temporary storage. */
+
+/* Axioms about the above lists:
+ 1) Every TCP PCB that is not CLOSED is in one of the lists.
+ 2) A PCB is only in one of the lists.
+ 3) All PCBs in the tcp_listen_pcbs list is in LISTEN state.
+ 4) All PCBs in the tcp_tw_pcbs list is in TIME-WAIT state.
+*/
+/* Define two macros, TCP_REG and TCP_RMV that registers a TCP PCB
+ with a PCB list or removes a PCB from a list, respectively. */
+#ifndef TCP_DEBUG_PCB_LISTS
+#define TCP_DEBUG_PCB_LISTS 0
+#endif
+#if TCP_DEBUG_PCB_LISTS
+#define TCP_REG(pcbs, npcb) do {\
+ LWIP_DEBUGF(TCP_DEBUG, ("TCP_REG %p local port %d\n", (npcb), (npcb)->local_port)); \
+ for(tcp_tmp_pcb = *(pcbs); \
+ tcp_tmp_pcb != NULL; \
+ tcp_tmp_pcb = tcp_tmp_pcb->next) { \
+ LWIP_ASSERT("TCP_REG: already registered\n", tcp_tmp_pcb != (npcb)); \
+ } \
+ LWIP_ASSERT("TCP_REG: pcb->state != CLOSED", ((pcbs) == &tcp_bound_pcbs) || ((npcb)->state != CLOSED)); \
+ (npcb)->next = *(pcbs); \
+ LWIP_ASSERT("TCP_REG: npcb->next != npcb", (npcb)->next != (npcb)); \
+ *(pcbs) = (npcb); \
+ LWIP_ASSERT("TCP_RMV: tcp_pcbs sane", tcp_pcbs_sane()); \
+ tcp_timer_needed(); \
+ } while(0)
+#define TCP_RMV(pcbs, npcb) do { \
+ LWIP_ASSERT("TCP_RMV: pcbs != NULL", *(pcbs) != NULL); \
+ LWIP_DEBUGF(TCP_DEBUG, ("TCP_RMV: removing %p from %p\n", (npcb), *(pcbs))); \
+ if(*(pcbs) == (npcb)) { \
+ *(pcbs) = (*pcbs)->next; \
+ } else for(tcp_tmp_pcb = *(pcbs); tcp_tmp_pcb != NULL; tcp_tmp_pcb = tcp_tmp_pcb->next) { \
+ if(tcp_tmp_pcb->next == (npcb)) { \
+ tcp_tmp_pcb->next = (npcb)->next; \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ } \
+ (npcb)->next = NULL; \
+ LWIP_ASSERT("TCP_RMV: tcp_pcbs sane", tcp_pcbs_sane()); \
+ LWIP_DEBUGF(TCP_DEBUG, ("TCP_RMV: removed %p from %p\n", (npcb), *(pcbs))); \
+ } while(0)
+
+#else /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+
+#define TCP_REG(pcbs, npcb) \
+ do { \
+ (npcb)->next = *pcbs; \
+ *(pcbs) = (npcb); \
+ tcp_timer_needed(); \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define TCP_RMV(pcbs, npcb) \
+ do { \
+ if(*(pcbs) == (npcb)) { \
+ (*(pcbs)) = (*pcbs)->next; \
+ } \
+ else { \
+ for(tcp_tmp_pcb = *pcbs; \
+ tcp_tmp_pcb != NULL; \
+ tcp_tmp_pcb = tcp_tmp_pcb->next) { \
+ if(tcp_tmp_pcb->next == (npcb)) { \
+ tcp_tmp_pcb->next = (npcb)->next; \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ } \
+ } \
+ (npcb)->next = NULL; \
+ } while(0)
+
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+
+
+/* Internal functions: */
+struct tcp_pcb *tcp_pcb_copy(struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+void tcp_pcb_purge(struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+void tcp_pcb_remove(struct tcp_pcb **pcblist, struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+
+void tcp_segs_free(struct tcp_seg *seg);
+void tcp_seg_free(struct tcp_seg *seg);
+struct tcp_seg *tcp_seg_copy(struct tcp_seg *seg);
+
+#define tcp_ack(pcb) \
+ do { \
+ if((pcb)->flags & TF_ACK_DELAY) { \
+ (pcb)->flags &= ~TF_ACK_DELAY; \
+ (pcb)->flags |= TF_ACK_NOW; \
+ } \
+ else { \
+ (pcb)->flags |= TF_ACK_DELAY; \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define tcp_ack_now(pcb) \
+ do { \
+ (pcb)->flags |= TF_ACK_NOW; \
+ } while (0)
+
+err_t tcp_send_fin(struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+err_t tcp_enqueue_flags(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, u8_t flags);
+
+void tcp_rexmit_seg(struct tcp_pcb *pcb, struct tcp_seg *seg);
+
+void tcp_rst(u32_t seqno, u32_t ackno,
+ ip_addr_t *local_ip, ip_addr_t *remote_ip,
+ u16_t local_port, u16_t remote_port);
+
+u32_t tcp_next_iss(void);
+
+void tcp_keepalive(struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+void tcp_zero_window_probe(struct tcp_pcb *pcb);
+
+#if TCP_CALCULATE_EFF_SEND_MSS
+u16_t tcp_eff_send_mss(u16_t sendmss, ip_addr_t *addr);
+#endif /* TCP_CALCULATE_EFF_SEND_MSS */
+
+#if LWIP_CALLBACK_API
+err_t tcp_recv_null(void *arg, struct tcp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, err_t err);
+#endif /* LWIP_CALLBACK_API */
+
+#if TCP_DEBUG || TCP_INPUT_DEBUG || TCP_OUTPUT_DEBUG
+void tcp_debug_print(struct tcp_hdr *tcphdr);
+void tcp_debug_print_flags(u8_t flags);
+void tcp_debug_print_state(enum tcp_state s);
+void tcp_debug_print_pcbs(void);
+s16_t tcp_pcbs_sane(void);
+#else
+# define tcp_debug_print(tcphdr)
+# define tcp_debug_print_flags(flags)
+# define tcp_debug_print_state(s)
+# define tcp_debug_print_pcbs()
+# define tcp_pcbs_sane() 1
+#endif /* TCP_DEBUG */
+
+/** External function (implemented in timers.c), called when TCP detects
+ * that a timer is needed (i.e. active- or time-wait-pcb found). */
+void tcp_timer_needed(void);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_TCP_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/tcpip.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_TCPIP_H__
+#define __LWIP_TCPIP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if !NO_SYS /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/api_msg.h"
+#include "lwip/netifapi.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/api.h"
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#include "lwip/timers.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** Define this to something that triggers a watchdog. This is called from
+ * tcpip_thread after processing a message. */
+#ifndef LWIP_TCPIP_THREAD_ALIVE
+#define LWIP_TCPIP_THREAD_ALIVE()
+#endif
+
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+/** The global semaphore to lock the stack. */
+extern sys_mutex_t lock_tcpip_core;
+#define LOCK_TCPIP_CORE() sys_mutex_lock(&lock_tcpip_core)
+#define UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE() sys_mutex_unlock(&lock_tcpip_core)
+#define TCPIP_APIMSG(m) tcpip_apimsg_lock(m)
+#define TCPIP_APIMSG_ACK(m)
+#define TCPIP_NETIFAPI(m) tcpip_netifapi_lock(m)
+#define TCPIP_NETIFAPI_ACK(m)
+#else /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+#define LOCK_TCPIP_CORE()
+#define UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE()
+#define TCPIP_APIMSG(m) tcpip_apimsg(m)
+#define TCPIP_APIMSG_ACK(m) sys_sem_signal(&m->conn->op_completed)
+#define TCPIP_NETIFAPI(m) tcpip_netifapi(m)
+#define TCPIP_NETIFAPI_ACK(m) sys_sem_signal(&m->sem)
+#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+
+/** Function prototype for the init_done function passed to tcpip_init */
+typedef void (*tcpip_init_done_fn)(void *arg);
+/** Function prototype for functions passed to tcpip_callback() */
+typedef void (*tcpip_callback_fn)(void *ctx);
+
+void tcpip_init(tcpip_init_done_fn tcpip_init_done, void *arg);
+
+#if LWIP_NETCONN
+err_t tcpip_apimsg(struct api_msg *apimsg);
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+err_t tcpip_apimsg_lock(struct api_msg *apimsg);
+#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
+
+err_t tcpip_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_API
+err_t tcpip_netifapi(struct netifapi_msg *netifapimsg);
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+err_t tcpip_netifapi_lock(struct netifapi_msg *netifapimsg);
+#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_API */
+
+err_t tcpip_callback_with_block(tcpip_callback_fn function, void *ctx, u8_t block);
+#define tcpip_callback(f, ctx) tcpip_callback_with_block(f, ctx, 1)
+
+/* free pbufs or heap memory from another context without blocking */
+err_t pbuf_free_callback(struct pbuf *p);
+err_t mem_free_callback(void *m);
+
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT
+err_t tcpip_timeout(u32_t msecs, sys_timeout_handler h, void *arg);
+err_t tcpip_untimeout(sys_timeout_handler h, void *arg);
+#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT */
+
+enum tcpip_msg_type {
+#if LWIP_NETCONN
+ TCPIP_MSG_API,
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
+ TCPIP_MSG_INPKT,
+#if LWIP_NETIF_API
+ TCPIP_MSG_NETIFAPI,
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_API */
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT
+ TCPIP_MSG_TIMEOUT,
+ TCPIP_MSG_UNTIMEOUT,
+#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT */
+ TCPIP_MSG_CALLBACK
+};
+
+struct tcpip_msg {
+ enum tcpip_msg_type type;
+ sys_sem_t *sem;
+ union {
+#if LWIP_NETCONN
+ struct api_msg *apimsg;
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
+#if LWIP_NETIF_API
+ struct netifapi_msg *netifapimsg;
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_API */
+ struct {
+ struct pbuf *p;
+ struct netif *netif;
+ } inp;
+ struct {
+ tcpip_callback_fn function;
+ void *ctx;
+ } cb;
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT
+ struct {
+ u32_t msecs;
+ sys_timeout_handler h;
+ void *arg;
+ } tmo;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT */
+ } msg;
+};
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !NO_SYS */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_TCPIP_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/timers.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ * Simon Goldschmidt
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_TIMERS_H__
+#define __LWIP_TIMERS_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+/* Timers are not supported when NO_SYS==1 and NO_SYS_NO_TIMERS==1 */
+#define LWIP_TIMERS (!NO_SYS || (NO_SYS && !NO_SYS_NO_TIMERS))
+
+#if LWIP_TIMERS
+
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES
+#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
+#define LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES SYS_DEBUG
+#else /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+#define LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES 0
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG*/
+#endif
+
+/** Function prototype for a timeout callback function. Register such a function
+ * using sys_timeout().
+ *
+ * @param arg Additional argument to pass to the function - set up by sys_timeout()
+ */
+typedef void (* sys_timeout_handler)(void *arg);
+
+struct sys_timeo {
+ struct sys_timeo *next;
+ u32_t time;
+ sys_timeout_handler h;
+ void *arg;
+#if LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES
+ const char* handler_name;
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES */
+};
+
+void sys_timeouts_init(void);
+
+#if LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES
+void sys_timeout_debug(u32_t msecs, sys_timeout_handler handler, void *arg, const char* handler_name);
+#define sys_timeout(msecs, handler, arg) sys_timeout_debug(msecs, handler, arg, #handler)
+#else /* LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES */
+void sys_timeout(u32_t msecs, sys_timeout_handler handler, void *arg);
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES */
+
+void sys_untimeout(sys_timeout_handler handler, void *arg);
+#if NO_SYS
+void sys_check_timeouts(void);
+void sys_restart_timeouts(void);
+#else /* NO_SYS */
+void sys_timeouts_mbox_fetch(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void **msg);
+#endif /* NO_SYS */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_TIMERS */
+#endif /* __LWIP_TIMERS_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/lwip/udp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_UDP_H__
+#define __LWIP_UDP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_UDP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define UDP_HLEN 8
+
+/* Fields are (of course) in network byte order. */
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct udp_hdr {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t src);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t dest); /* src/dest UDP ports */
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t len);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t chksum);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#define UDP_FLAGS_NOCHKSUM 0x01U
+#define UDP_FLAGS_UDPLITE 0x02U
+#define UDP_FLAGS_CONNECTED 0x04U
+#define UDP_FLAGS_MULTICAST_LOOP 0x08U
+
+struct udp_pcb;
+
+/** Function prototype for udp pcb receive callback functions
+ * addr and port are in same byte order as in the pcb
+ * The callback is responsible for freeing the pbuf
+ * if it's not used any more.
+ *
+ * ATTENTION: Be aware that 'addr' points into the pbuf 'p' so freeing this pbuf
+ * makes 'addr' invalid, too.
+ *
+ * @param arg user supplied argument (udp_pcb.recv_arg)
+ * @param pcb the udp_pcb which received data
+ * @param p the packet buffer that was received
+ * @param addr the remote IP address from which the packet was received
+ * @param port the remote port from which the packet was received
+ */
+typedef void (*udp_recv_fn)(void *arg, struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
+ ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port);
+
+
+struct udp_pcb {
+/* Common members of all PCB types */
+ IP_PCB;
+
+/* Protocol specific PCB members */
+
+ struct udp_pcb *next;
+
+ u8_t flags;
+ /** ports are in host byte order */
+ u16_t local_port, remote_port;
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+ /** outgoing network interface for multicast packets */
+ ip_addr_t multicast_ip;
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+
+#if LWIP_UDPLITE
+ /** used for UDP_LITE only */
+ u16_t chksum_len_rx, chksum_len_tx;
+#endif /* LWIP_UDPLITE */
+
+ /** receive callback function */
+ udp_recv_fn recv;
+ /** user-supplied argument for the recv callback */
+ void *recv_arg;
+};
+/* udp_pcbs export for exernal reference (e.g. SNMP agent) */
+extern struct udp_pcb *udp_pcbs;
+
+/* The following functions is the application layer interface to the
+ UDP code. */
+struct udp_pcb * udp_new (void);
+void udp_remove (struct udp_pcb *pcb);
+err_t udp_bind (struct udp_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
+ u16_t port);
+err_t udp_connect (struct udp_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
+ u16_t port);
+void udp_disconnect (struct udp_pcb *pcb);
+void udp_recv (struct udp_pcb *pcb, udp_recv_fn recv,
+ void *recv_arg);
+err_t udp_sendto_if (struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
+ ip_addr_t *dst_ip, u16_t dst_port,
+ struct netif *netif);
+err_t udp_sendto (struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
+ ip_addr_t *dst_ip, u16_t dst_port);
+err_t udp_send (struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p);
+
+#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
+err_t udp_sendto_if_chksum(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
+ ip_addr_t *dst_ip, u16_t dst_port,
+ struct netif *netif, u8_t have_chksum,
+ u16_t chksum);
+err_t udp_sendto_chksum(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
+ ip_addr_t *dst_ip, u16_t dst_port,
+ u8_t have_chksum, u16_t chksum);
+err_t udp_send_chksum(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
+ u8_t have_chksum, u16_t chksum);
+#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
+
+#define udp_flags(pcb) ((pcb)->flags)
+#define udp_setflags(pcb, f) ((pcb)->flags = (f))
+
+/* The following functions are the lower layer interface to UDP. */
+void udp_input (struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
+
+#define udp_init() /* Compatibility define, not init needed. */
+
+#if UDP_DEBUG
+void udp_debug_print(struct udp_hdr *udphdr);
+#else
+#define udp_debug_print(udphdr)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_UDP_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/netif/etharp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * Copyright (c) 2003-2004 Leon Woestenberg <leon.woestenberg@axon.tv>
+ * Copyright (c) 2003-2004 Axon Digital Design B.V., The Netherlands.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __NETIF_ETHARP_H__
+#define __NETIF_ETHARP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_ARP || LWIP_ETHERNET /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ETHARP_HWADDR_LEN
+#define ETHARP_HWADDR_LEN 6
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct eth_addr {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t addr[ETHARP_HWADDR_LEN]);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+/* Ethernet header */
+struct eth_hdr {
+#if ETH_PAD_SIZE
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t padding[ETH_PAD_SIZE]);
+#endif
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct eth_addr dest);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct eth_addr src);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t type);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#define SIZEOF_ETH_HDR (14 + ETH_PAD_SIZE)
+
+#if ETHARP_SUPPORT_VLAN
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+/* VLAN header inserted between ethernet header and payload
+ * if 'type' in ethernet header is ETHTYPE_VLAN.
+ * See IEEE802.Q */
+struct eth_vlan_hdr {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t tpid);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t prio_vid);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#define SIZEOF_VLAN_HDR 4
+#define VLAN_ID(vlan_hdr) (htons((vlan_hdr)->prio_vid) & 0xFFF)
+
+#endif /* ETHARP_SUPPORT_VLAN */
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+/* the ARP message, see RFC 826 ("Packet format") */
+struct etharp_hdr {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t hwtype);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t proto);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t hwlen);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t protolen);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t opcode);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct eth_addr shwaddr);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct ip_addr2 sipaddr);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct eth_addr dhwaddr);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct ip_addr2 dipaddr);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#define SIZEOF_ETHARP_HDR 28
+#define SIZEOF_ETHARP_PACKET (SIZEOF_ETH_HDR + SIZEOF_ETHARP_HDR)
+
+/* 5 seconds period */
+#define ARP_TMR_INTERVAL 5000
+
+#define ETHTYPE_ARP 0x0806
+#define ETHTYPE_IP 0x0800
+#define ETHTYPE_VLAN 0x8100
+#define ETHTYPE_PPPOEDISC 0x8863 /* PPP Over Ethernet Discovery Stage */
+#define ETHTYPE_PPPOE 0x8864 /* PPP Over Ethernet Session Stage */
+
+/* MEMCPY-like macro to copy to/from struct eth_addr's that are local variables
+ * or known to be 32-bit aligned within the protocol header. */
+#ifndef ETHADDR32_COPY
+#define ETHADDR32_COPY(src, dst) SMEMCPY(src, dst, ETHARP_HWADDR_LEN)
+#endif
+
+/* MEMCPY-like macro to copy to/from struct eth_addr's that are no local
+ * variables and known to be 16-bit aligned within the protocol header. */
+#ifndef ETHADDR16_COPY
+#define ETHADDR16_COPY(src, dst) SMEMCPY(src, dst, ETHARP_HWADDR_LEN)
+#endif
+
+#if LWIP_ARP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+/* ARP message types (opcodes) */
+#define ARP_REQUEST 1
+#define ARP_REPLY 2
+
+/* Define this to 1 and define LWIP_ARP_FILTER_NETIF_FN(pbuf, netif, type)
+ * to a filter function that returns the correct netif when using multiple
+ * netifs on one hardware interface where the netif's low-level receive
+ * routine cannot decide for the correct netif (e.g. when mapping multiple
+ * IP addresses to one hardware interface).
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_ARP_FILTER_NETIF
+#define LWIP_ARP_FILTER_NETIF 0
+#endif
+
+#if ARP_QUEUEING
+/* struct for queueing outgoing packets for unknown address
+ * defined here to be accessed by memp.h
+ */
+struct etharp_q_entry {
+ struct etharp_q_entry *next;
+ struct pbuf *p;
+};
+#endif /* ARP_QUEUEING */
+
+#define etharp_init() /* Compatibility define, not init needed. */
+void etharp_tmr(void);
+s8_t etharp_find_addr(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
+ struct eth_addr **eth_ret, ip_addr_t **ip_ret);
+err_t etharp_output(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *q, ip_addr_t *ipaddr);
+err_t etharp_query(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr, struct pbuf *q);
+err_t etharp_request(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr);
+/* For Ethernet network interfaces, we might want to send "gratuitous ARP";
+ * this is an ARP packet sent by a node in order to spontaneously cause other
+ * nodes to update an entry in their ARP cache.
+ * From RFC 3220 "IP Mobility Support for IPv4" section 4.6. */
+#define etharp_gratuitous(netif) etharp_request((netif), &(netif)->ip_addr)
+
+#if ETHARP_SUPPORT_STATIC_ENTRIES
+err_t etharp_add_static_entry(ip_addr_t *ipaddr, struct eth_addr *ethaddr);
+err_t etharp_remove_static_entry(ip_addr_t *ipaddr);
+#endif /* ETHARP_SUPPORT_STATIC_ENTRIES */
+
+#if LWIP_AUTOIP
+err_t etharp_raw(struct netif *netif, const struct eth_addr *ethsrc_addr,
+ const struct eth_addr *ethdst_addr,
+ const struct eth_addr *hwsrc_addr, const ip_addr_t *ipsrc_addr,
+ const struct eth_addr *hwdst_addr, const ip_addr_t *ipdst_addr,
+ const u16_t opcode);
+#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
+
+#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
+
+err_t ethernet_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif);
+
+#define eth_addr_cmp(addr1, addr2) (memcmp((addr1)->addr, (addr2)->addr, ETHARP_HWADDR_LEN) == 0)
+
+extern const struct eth_addr ethbroadcast, ethzero;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_ARP || LWIP_ETHERNET */
+
+#endif /* __NETIF_ARP_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/netif/ppp_oe.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/*****************************************************************************
+* ppp_oe.h - PPP Over Ethernet implementation for lwIP.
+*
+* Copyright (c) 2006 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc.
+*
+* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
+* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
+* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
+* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any
+* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required
+* for any of the authorized uses.
+*
+* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+* REVISION HISTORY
+*
+* 06-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca>
+* Ported to lwIP.
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+/* based on NetBSD: if_pppoe.c,v 1.64 2006/01/31 23:50:15 martin Exp */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Martin Husemann <martin@NetBSD.org>.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * This product includes software developed by the NetBSD
+ * Foundation, Inc. and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its
+ * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#ifndef PPP_OE_H
+#define PPP_OE_H
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if PPPOE_SUPPORT > 0
+
+#include "netif/etharp.h"
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct pppoehdr {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t vertype);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t code);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t session);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t plen);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct pppoetag {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t tag);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t len);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+# include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+
+#define PPPOE_STATE_INITIAL 0
+#define PPPOE_STATE_PADI_SENT 1
+#define PPPOE_STATE_PADR_SENT 2
+#define PPPOE_STATE_SESSION 3
+#define PPPOE_STATE_CLOSING 4
+/* passive */
+#define PPPOE_STATE_PADO_SENT 1
+
+#define PPPOE_HEADERLEN sizeof(struct pppoehdr)
+#define PPPOE_VERTYPE 0x11 /* VER=1, TYPE = 1 */
+
+#define PPPOE_TAG_EOL 0x0000 /* end of list */
+#define PPPOE_TAG_SNAME 0x0101 /* service name */
+#define PPPOE_TAG_ACNAME 0x0102 /* access concentrator name */
+#define PPPOE_TAG_HUNIQUE 0x0103 /* host unique */
+#define PPPOE_TAG_ACCOOKIE 0x0104 /* AC cookie */
+#define PPPOE_TAG_VENDOR 0x0105 /* vendor specific */
+#define PPPOE_TAG_RELAYSID 0x0110 /* relay session id */
+#define PPPOE_TAG_SNAME_ERR 0x0201 /* service name error */
+#define PPPOE_TAG_ACSYS_ERR 0x0202 /* AC system error */
+#define PPPOE_TAG_GENERIC_ERR 0x0203 /* gerneric error */
+
+#define PPPOE_CODE_PADI 0x09 /* Active Discovery Initiation */
+#define PPPOE_CODE_PADO 0x07 /* Active Discovery Offer */
+#define PPPOE_CODE_PADR 0x19 /* Active Discovery Request */
+#define PPPOE_CODE_PADS 0x65 /* Active Discovery Session confirmation */
+#define PPPOE_CODE_PADT 0xA7 /* Active Discovery Terminate */
+
+#ifndef ETHERMTU
+#define ETHERMTU 1500
+#endif
+
+/* two byte PPP protocol discriminator, then IP data */
+#define PPPOE_MAXMTU (ETHERMTU-PPPOE_HEADERLEN-2)
+
+#ifndef PPPOE_MAX_AC_COOKIE_LEN
+#define PPPOE_MAX_AC_COOKIE_LEN 64
+#endif
+
+struct pppoe_softc {
+ struct pppoe_softc *next;
+ struct netif *sc_ethif; /* ethernet interface we are using */
+ int sc_pd; /* ppp unit number */
+ void (*sc_linkStatusCB)(int pd, int up);
+
+ int sc_state; /* discovery phase or session connected */
+ struct eth_addr sc_dest; /* hardware address of concentrator */
+ u16_t sc_session; /* PPPoE session id */
+
+#ifdef PPPOE_TODO
+ char *sc_service_name; /* if != NULL: requested name of service */
+ char *sc_concentrator_name; /* if != NULL: requested concentrator id */
+#endif /* PPPOE_TODO */
+ u8_t sc_ac_cookie[PPPOE_MAX_AC_COOKIE_LEN]; /* content of AC cookie we must echo back */
+ size_t sc_ac_cookie_len; /* length of cookie data */
+#ifdef PPPOE_SERVER
+ u8_t *sc_hunique; /* content of host unique we must echo back */
+ size_t sc_hunique_len; /* length of host unique */
+#endif
+ int sc_padi_retried; /* number of PADI retries already done */
+ int sc_padr_retried; /* number of PADR retries already done */
+};
+
+
+#define pppoe_init() /* compatibility define, no initialization needed */
+
+err_t pppoe_create(struct netif *ethif, int pd, void (*linkStatusCB)(int pd, int up), struct pppoe_softc **scptr);
+err_t pppoe_destroy(struct netif *ifp);
+
+int pppoe_connect(struct pppoe_softc *sc);
+void pppoe_disconnect(struct pppoe_softc *sc);
+
+void pppoe_disc_input(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p);
+void pppoe_data_input(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p);
+
+err_t pppoe_xmit(struct pppoe_softc *sc, struct pbuf *pb);
+
+/** used in ppp.c */
+#define PPPOE_HDRLEN (sizeof(struct eth_hdr) + PPPOE_HEADERLEN)
+
+#endif /* PPPOE_SUPPORT */
+
+#endif /* PPP_OE_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/include/netif/slipif.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __NETIF_SLIPIF_H__
+#define __NETIF_SLIPIF_H__
+
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+err_t slipif_init(struct netif * netif);
+void slipif_poll(struct netif *netif);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/lwipopts.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,462 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIPOPTS_H__
+#define __LWIPOPTS_H__
+
+#include "netCfg.h"
+#if NET_LWIP_STACK
+
+//#include "arch/sys_arch.h"
+
+/* <sys/time.h> is included in cc.h! */
+#define LWIP_TIMEVAL_PRIVATE 0
+
+//#define __LWIP_DEBUG
+#include "dbg/dbg.h"
+
+#ifdef __LWIP_DEBUG
+
+#define LWIP_DEBUG 1
+
+#define LWIP_DBG_MIN_LEVEL 0
+//#define LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS 1
+#define TAPIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TUNIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define UNIXIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define DELIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define SIO_FIFO_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_ON
+#define TCPDUMP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_ON
+
+#define PPP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define MEM_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define MEMP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define PBUF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define API_LIB_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define API_MSG_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCPIP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define NETIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define SOCKETS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define DEMO_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define IP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define IP_REASS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define RAW_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define ICMP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define IGMP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define UDP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_INPUT_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_OUTPUT_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_RTO_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_CWND_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_WND_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_FR_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_QLEN_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_RST_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define ETHARP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define DNS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+extern unsigned char debug_flags;
+#define LWIP_DBG_TYPES_ON debug_flags
+*/
+#define NO_SYS 1
+#define LWIP_SOCKET (NO_SYS==0)
+#define LWIP_NETCONN (NO_SYS==0)
+
+
+#define IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF 0
+
+
+
+/* ---------- Memory options ---------- */
+/* MEM_ALIGNMENT: should be set to the alignment of the CPU for which
+ lwIP is compiled. 4 byte alignment -> define MEM_ALIGNMENT to 4, 2
+ byte alignment -> define MEM_ALIGNMENT to 2. */
+/* MSVC port: intel processors don't need 4-byte alignment,
+ but are faster that way! */
+#define MEM_ALIGNMENT 4
+
+/* MEM_SIZE: the size of the heap memory. If the application will send
+a lot of data that needs to be copied, this should be set high. */
+//#define MEM_SIZE 10240
+
+#if TARGET_LPC1768
+
+
+#define MEM_SIZE 3000 //2000
+
+///
+
+#define MEM_POSITION __attribute((section("AHBSRAM0")))
+
+/* MEMP_NUM_PBUF: the number of memp struct pbufs. If the application
+ sends a lot of data out of ROM (or other static memory), this
+ should be set high. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_PBUF 16
+/* MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB: the number of UDP protocol control blocks. One
+ per active RAW "connection". */
+//#define MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB 3
+/* MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB: the number of UDP protocol control blocks. One
+ per active UDP "connection". */
+#define MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB 4
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB: the number of simulatenously active TCP
+ connections. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB 3
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN: the number of listening TCP
+ connections. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN 2//4
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG: the number of simultaneously queued TCP
+ segments. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG 16
+/* MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT: the number of simulateously active
+ timeouts. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT 12
+
+/* The following four are used only with the sequential API and can be
+ set to 0 if the application only will use the raw API. */
+/* MEMP_NUM_NETBUF: the number of struct netbufs. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETBUF 0
+/* MEMP_NUM_NETCONN: the number of struct netconns. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETCONN 0
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_*: the number of struct tcpip_msg, which is used
+ for sequential API communication and incoming packets. Used in
+ src/api/tcpip.c. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API 0
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT 0
+
+/* ---------- Pbuf options ---------- */
+/* PBUF_POOL_SIZE: the number of buffers in the pbuf pool. */
+#define PBUF_POOL_SIZE 8//16//100
+
+/* PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE: the size of each pbuf in the pbuf pool. */
+//#define PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE 128
+
+/* PBUF_LINK_HLEN: the number of bytes that should be allocated for a
+ link level header. */
+//#define PBUF_LINK_HLEN 16
+
+/** SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT
+ * define SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT in lwipopts.h if you want inter-task protection
+ * for certain critical regions during buffer allocation, deallocation and memory
+ * allocation and deallocation.
+ */
+#define SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT 0 //No sys here
+
+/* ---------- TCP options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_TCP 1
+//#define TCP_TTL 255
+
+/* Controls if TCP should queue segments that arrive out of
+ order. Define to 0 if your device is low on memory. */
+#define TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ 1
+
+/* TCP Maximum segment size. */
+//#define TCP_MSS 1024
+#define TCP_MSS 536//1024//536//0x276
+
+/* TCP sender buffer space (bytes). */
+#define TCP_SND_BUF (3 * TCP_MSS) //2048
+
+/* TCP sender buffer space (pbufs). This must be at least = 2 *
+ TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS for things to work. */
+#define TCP_SND_QUEUELEN (4 * (TCP_SND_BUF)/(TCP_MSS))
+
+/* TCP writable space (bytes). This must be less than or equal
+ to TCP_SND_BUF. It is the amount of space which must be
+ available in the tcp snd_buf for select to return writable */
+#define TCP_SNDLOWAT ((TCP_SND_BUF)/2)
+
+/**
+ * TCP_WND: The size of a TCP window. This must be at least
+ * (2 * TCP_MSS) for things to work well
+ */
+/* TCP receive window. */
+#define TCP_WND (4 * TCP_MSS) //8096
+
+/* Maximum number of retransmissions of data segments. */
+//#define TCP_MAXRTX 12
+
+/* Maximum number of retransmissions of SYN segments. */
+//#define TCP_SYNMAXRTX 4
+
+#elif TARGET_LPC2368
+
+#define MEM_POSITION __attribute((section("AHBSRAM1")))
+
+/* MEMP_NUM_PBUF: the number of memp struct pbufs. If the application
+ sends a lot of data out of ROM (or other static memory), this
+ should be set high. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_PBUF 8
+/* MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB: the number of UDP protocol control blocks. One
+ per active RAW "connection". */
+//#define MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB 3
+/* MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB: the number of UDP protocol control blocks. One
+ per active UDP "connection". */
+#define MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB 2
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB: the number of simulatenously active TCP
+ connections. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB 2
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN: the number of listening TCP
+ connections. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN 2//4
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG: the number of simultaneously queued TCP
+ segments. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG 8
+/* MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT: the number of simulateously active
+ timeouts. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT 12
+
+/* The following four are used only with the sequential API and can be
+ set to 0 if the application only will use the raw API. */
+/* MEMP_NUM_NETBUF: the number of struct netbufs. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETBUF 0
+/* MEMP_NUM_NETCONN: the number of struct netconns. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETCONN 0
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_*: the number of struct tcpip_msg, which is used
+ for sequential API communication and incoming packets. Used in
+ src/api/tcpip.c. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API 0
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT 0
+
+/* ---------- Pbuf options ---------- */
+/* PBUF_POOL_SIZE: the number of buffers in the pbuf pool. */
+#define PBUF_POOL_SIZE 8//16//100
+
+/* PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE: the size of each pbuf in the pbuf pool. */
+//#define PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE 128
+
+/* PBUF_LINK_HLEN: the number of bytes that should be allocated for a
+ link level header. */
+//#define PBUF_LINK_HLEN 16
+
+/** SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT
+ * define SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT in lwipopts.h if you want inter-task protection
+ * for certain critical regions during buffer allocation, deallocation and memory
+ * allocation and deallocation.
+ */
+#define SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT 0 //No sys here
+
+/* ---------- TCP options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_TCP 1
+#define TCP_TTL 255
+
+/* Controls if TCP should queue segments that arrive out of
+ order. Define to 0 if your device is low on memory. */
+#define TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ 0
+
+/* TCP Maximum segment size. */
+//#define TCP_MSS 1024
+#define TCP_MSS 536//0x276//536//0x276
+
+/* TCP sender buffer space (bytes). */
+#define TCP_SND_BUF (3 * TCP_MSS)
+
+/* TCP sender buffer space (pbufs). This must be at least = 2 *
+ TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS for things to work. */
+#define TCP_SND_QUEUELEN (2 * TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS)//(4 * TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS)
+
+/* TCP writable space (bytes). This must be less than or equal
+ to TCP_SND_BUF. It is the amount of space which must be
+ available in the tcp snd_buf for select to return writable */
+#define TCP_SNDLOWAT (TCP_SND_BUF/2)
+
+/* TCP receive window. */
+#define TCP_WND (3 * TCP_MSS) //8096
+
+/* Maximum number of retransmissions of data segments. */
+//#define TCP_MAXRTX 12
+
+/* Maximum number of retransmissions of SYN segments. */
+//#define TCP_SYNMAXRTX 4
+
+#endif
+
+/* ---------- ARP options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_ARP (NET_ETH | NET_ZG2100)
+#define ARP_TABLE_SIZE 4//10
+#define ARP_QUEUEING 0
+#define ETHARP_TRUST_IP_MAC 1
+
+/* ---------- IP options ---------- */
+/* Define IP_FORWARD to 1 if you wish to have the ability to forward
+ IP packets across network interfaces. If you are going to run lwIP
+ on a device with only one network interface, define this to 0. */
+#define IP_FORWARD 0
+
+
+/* IP reassembly and segmentation.These are orthogonal even
+ * if they both deal with IP fragments */
+ /*
+#define IP_REASSEMBLY 1
+#define IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS 10
+#define MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA 10
+#define IP_FRAG 1
+*/
+/* ---------- ICMP options ---------- */
+#define ICMP_TTL 255
+
+/* ---------- IGMP options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_IGMP (NET_ETH | NET_ZG2100)
+
+/* ---------- DHCP options ---------- */
+/* Define LWIP_DHCP to 1 if you want DHCP configuration of
+ interfaces. */
+#define LWIP_DHCP (NET_ETH | NET_ZG2100)
+
+/* 1 if you want to do an ARP check on the offered address
+ (recommended if using DHCP). */
+#define DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK (LWIP_DHCP)
+
+/* ---------- AUTOIP options ------- */
+#define LWIP_AUTOIP 0
+
+/* ---------- SNMP options ---------- */
+/** @todo SNMP is experimental for now
+ @note UDP must be available for SNMP transport */
+#ifndef LWIP_SNMP
+#define LWIP_SNMP 0
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB
+#define SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB 0
+#endif
+
+
+/* ---------- UDP options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_UDP 1
+#define UDP_TTL 255
+
+/* ---------- DNS options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_DNS 1
+
+/* ---------- RAW options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_RAW 0
+#define RAW_TTL 255
+
+/* ---------- Statistics options ---------- */
+/* individual STATS options can be turned off by defining them to 0
+ * (e.g #define TCP_STATS 0). All of them are turned off if LWIP_STATS
+ * is 0
+ * */
+
+#define LWIP_STATS 0
+
+/* ---------- PPP options ---------- */
+
+#define PPP_SUPPORT NET_PPP /* Set > 0 for PPP */
+
+#if PPP_SUPPORT > 0
+
+#define NUM_PPP 1 /* Max PPP sessions. */
+
+
+/* Select modules to enable. Ideally these would be set in the makefile but
+ * we're limited by the command line length so you need to modify the settings
+ * in this file.
+ */
+#define PAP_SUPPORT 1 /* Set > 0 for PAP. */
+#define CHAP_SUPPORT 1 /* Set > 0 for CHAP. */
+#define MSCHAP_SUPPORT 0 /* Set > 0 for MSCHAP (NOT FUNCTIONAL!) */
+#define CBCP_SUPPORT 0 /* Set > 0 for CBCP (NOT FUNCTIONAL!) */
+#define CCP_SUPPORT 0 /* Set > 0 for CCP (NOT FUNCTIONAL!) */
+#define VJ_SUPPORT 1 /* Set > 0 for VJ header compression. */
+#define MD5_SUPPORT 1 /* Set > 0 for MD5 (see also CHAP) */
+
+
+/*
+ * Timeouts.
+ */
+#define FSM_DEFTIMEOUT 6 /* Timeout time in seconds */
+#define FSM_DEFMAXTERMREQS 2 /* Maximum Terminate-Request transmissions */
+#define FSM_DEFMAXCONFREQS 10 /* Maximum Configure-Request transmissions */
+#define FSM_DEFMAXNAKLOOPS 5 /* Maximum number of nak loops */
+
+#define UPAP_DEFTIMEOUT 6 /* Timeout (seconds) for retransmitting req */
+#define UPAP_DEFREQTIME 30 /* Time to wait for auth-req from peer */
+
+#define CHAP_DEFTIMEOUT 6 /* Timeout time in seconds */
+#define CHAP_DEFTRANSMITS 10 /* max # times to send challenge */
+
+
+/* Interval in seconds between keepalive echo requests, 0 to disable. */
+#if 1
+#define LCP_ECHOINTERVAL 0
+#else
+
+#define LCP_ECHOINTERVAL 10
+#endif
+
+
+/* Number of unanswered echo requests before failure. */
+#define LCP_MAXECHOFAILS 3
+
+/* Max Xmit idle time (in jiffies) before resend flag char. */
+#define PPP_MAXIDLEFLAG 0//Send it every time//100
+
+/*
+ * Packet sizes
+ *
+ * Note - lcp shouldn't be allowed to negotiate stuff outside these
+ * limits. See lcp.h in the pppd directory.
+ * (XXX - these constants should simply be shared by lcp.c instead
+ * of living in lcp.h)
+ */
+#define PPP_MTU 1500 /* Default MTU (size of Info field) */
+#if 0
+#define PPP_MAXMTU 65535 - (PPP_HDRLEN + PPP_FCSLEN)
+#else
+
+#define PPP_MAXMTU 1500 /* Largest MTU we allow */
+#endif
+
+#define PPP_MINMTU 64
+#define PPP_MRU 1500 /* default MRU = max length of info field */
+#define PPP_MAXMRU 1500 /* Largest MRU we allow */
+#define PPP_DEFMRU 296 /* Try for this */
+#define PPP_MINMRU 128 /* No MRUs below this */
+
+
+#define MAXNAMELEN 64 /* max length of hostname or name for auth */
+#define MAXSECRETLEN 64 /* max length of password or secret */
+
+#endif /* PPP_SUPPORT > 0 */
+
+//C++ Compat
+#define try vTry
+
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* __LWIPOPTS_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/lwipopts2.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,454 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIPOPTS_H__
+#define __LWIPOPTS_H__
+
+#include "netCfg.h"
+#if NET_LWIP_STACK
+
+//#include "arch/sys_arch.h"
+
+/* <sys/time.h> is included in cc.h! */
+#define LWIP_TIMEVAL_PRIVATE 0
+
+//#define __LWIP_DEBUG
+#include "dbg/dbg.h"
+
+#ifdef __LWIP_DEBUG
+
+#define LWIP_DEBUG 1
+
+#define LWIP_DBG_MIN_LEVEL 0
+//#define LWIP_COMPAT_SOCKETS 1
+#define TAPIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TUNIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define UNIXIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define DELIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define SIO_FIFO_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCPDUMP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+
+#define PPP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define MEM_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_ON
+#define MEMP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_ON
+#define PBUF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_ON
+#define API_LIB_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define API_MSG_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCPIP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define NETIF_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define SOCKETS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define DEMO_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define IP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define IP_REASS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define RAW_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define ICMP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define UDP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_INPUT_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_OUTPUT_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_RTO_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_CWND_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_WND_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_FR_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_QLEN_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define TCP_RST_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define ETHARP_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+#define DNS_DEBUG LWIP_DBG_OFF
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+extern unsigned char debug_flags;
+#define LWIP_DBG_TYPES_ON debug_flags
+*/
+#define NO_SYS 1
+#define LWIP_SOCKET (NO_SYS==0)
+#define LWIP_NETCONN (NO_SYS==0)
+
+
+#define IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF 0
+
+
+
+/* ---------- Memory options ---------- */
+/* MEM_ALIGNMENT: should be set to the alignment of the CPU for which
+ lwIP is compiled. 4 byte alignment -> define MEM_ALIGNMENT to 4, 2
+ byte alignment -> define MEM_ALIGNMENT to 2. */
+/* MSVC port: intel processors don't need 4-byte alignment,
+ but are faster that way! */
+#define MEM_ALIGNMENT 4
+
+/* MEM_SIZE: the size of the heap memory. If the application will send
+a lot of data that needs to be copied, this should be set high. */
+//#define MEM_SIZE 10240
+
+#if TARGET_LPC1768
+
+
+#define MEM_SIZE 4000
+
+///
+
+#define MEM_POSITION __attribute((section("AHBSRAM0")))
+
+/* MEMP_NUM_PBUF: the number of memp struct pbufs. If the application
+ sends a lot of data out of ROM (or other static memory), this
+ should be set high. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_PBUF 16
+/* MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB: the number of UDP protocol control blocks. One
+ per active RAW "connection". */
+//#define MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB 3
+/* MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB: the number of UDP protocol control blocks. One
+ per active UDP "connection". */
+#define MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB 2
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB: the number of simulatenously active TCP
+ connections. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB 2
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN: the number of listening TCP
+ connections. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN 2//4
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG: the number of simultaneously queued TCP
+ segments. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG 16
+/* MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT: the number of simulateously active
+ timeouts. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT 12
+
+/* The following four are used only with the sequential API and can be
+ set to 0 if the application only will use the raw API. */
+/* MEMP_NUM_NETBUF: the number of struct netbufs. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETBUF 0
+/* MEMP_NUM_NETCONN: the number of struct netconns. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETCONN 0
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_*: the number of struct tcpip_msg, which is used
+ for sequential API communication and incoming packets. Used in
+ src/api/tcpip.c. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API 0
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT 0
+
+/* ---------- Pbuf options ---------- */
+/* PBUF_POOL_SIZE: the number of buffers in the pbuf pool. */
+#define PBUF_POOL_SIZE 8//100
+
+/* PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE: the size of each pbuf in the pbuf pool. */
+#define PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE 128
+
+/* PBUF_LINK_HLEN: the number of bytes that should be allocated for a
+ link level header. */
+//#define PBUF_LINK_HLEN 16
+
+/** SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT
+ * define SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT in lwipopts.h if you want inter-task protection
+ * for certain critical regions during buffer allocation, deallocation and memory
+ * allocation and deallocation.
+ */
+#define SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT 0 //No sys here
+
+/* ---------- TCP options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_TCP 1
+#define TCP_TTL 255
+
+/* Controls if TCP should queue segments that arrive out of
+ order. Define to 0 if your device is low on memory. */
+#define TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ 0
+
+/* TCP Maximum segment size. */
+//#define TCP_MSS 1024
+#define TCP_MSS 0x276//536//0x276
+
+/* TCP sender buffer space (bytes). */
+#define TCP_SND_BUF 2048
+
+/* TCP sender buffer space (pbufs). This must be at least = 2 *
+ TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS for things to work. */
+#define TCP_SND_QUEUELEN (2 * TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS)
+
+/* TCP writable space (bytes). This must be less than or equal
+ to TCP_SND_BUF. It is the amount of space which must be
+ available in the tcp snd_buf for select to return writable */
+#define TCP_SNDLOWAT (TCP_SND_BUF/2)
+
+/* TCP receive window. */
+#define TCP_WND 2048 //8096
+
+/* Maximum number of retransmissions of data segments. */
+//#define TCP_MAXRTX 12
+
+/* Maximum number of retransmissions of SYN segments. */
+//#define TCP_SYNMAXRTX 4
+
+#elif TARGET_LPC2368
+
+#define MEM_POSITION __attribute((section("AHBSRAM1")))
+
+/* MEMP_NUM_PBUF: the number of memp struct pbufs. If the application
+ sends a lot of data out of ROM (or other static memory), this
+ should be set high. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_PBUF 8
+/* MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB: the number of UDP protocol control blocks. One
+ per active RAW "connection". */
+//#define MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB 3
+/* MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB: the number of UDP protocol control blocks. One
+ per active UDP "connection". */
+#define MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB 2
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB: the number of simulatenously active TCP
+ connections. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB 2
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN: the number of listening TCP
+ connections. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN 2//4
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG: the number of simultaneously queued TCP
+ segments. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG 8
+/* MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT: the number of simulateously active
+ timeouts. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT 12
+
+/* The following four are used only with the sequential API and can be
+ set to 0 if the application only will use the raw API. */
+/* MEMP_NUM_NETBUF: the number of struct netbufs. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETBUF 0
+/* MEMP_NUM_NETCONN: the number of struct netconns. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_NETCONN 0
+/* MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_*: the number of struct tcpip_msg, which is used
+ for sequential API communication and incoming packets. Used in
+ src/api/tcpip.c. */
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API 0
+#define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT 0
+
+/* ---------- Pbuf options ---------- */
+/* PBUF_POOL_SIZE: the number of buffers in the pbuf pool. */
+#define PBUF_POOL_SIZE 8//16//100
+
+/* PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE: the size of each pbuf in the pbuf pool. */
+//#define PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE 128
+
+/* PBUF_LINK_HLEN: the number of bytes that should be allocated for a
+ link level header. */
+//#define PBUF_LINK_HLEN 16
+
+/** SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT
+ * define SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT in lwipopts.h if you want inter-task protection
+ * for certain critical regions during buffer allocation, deallocation and memory
+ * allocation and deallocation.
+ */
+#define SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT 0 //No sys here
+
+/* ---------- TCP options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_TCP 1
+#define TCP_TTL 255
+
+/* Controls if TCP should queue segments that arrive out of
+ order. Define to 0 if your device is low on memory. */
+#define TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ 0
+
+/* TCP Maximum segment size. */
+//#define TCP_MSS 1024
+#define TCP_MSS 512//0x276//536//0x276
+
+/* TCP sender buffer space (bytes). */
+#define TCP_SND_BUF 1024//2048
+
+/* TCP sender buffer space (pbufs). This must be at least = 2 *
+ TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS for things to work. */
+#define TCP_SND_QUEUELEN (4 * TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS)//(4 * TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS)
+
+/* TCP writable space (bytes). This must be less than or equal
+ to TCP_SND_BUF. It is the amount of space which must be
+ available in the tcp snd_buf for select to return writable */
+#define TCP_SNDLOWAT (TCP_SND_BUF/2)
+
+/* TCP receive window. */
+#define TCP_WND 512 //8096
+
+/* Maximum number of retransmissions of data segments. */
+//#define TCP_MAXRTX 12
+
+/* Maximum number of retransmissions of SYN segments. */
+//#define TCP_SYNMAXRTX 4
+
+#endif
+
+/* ---------- ARP options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_ARP (NET_ETH | NET_ZG2100)
+#define ARP_TABLE_SIZE 2//4//10
+#define ARP_QUEUEING 0//1
+#define ETHARP_TRUST_IP_MAC 1
+
+/* ---------- IP options ---------- */
+/* Define IP_FORWARD to 1 if you wish to have the ability to forward
+ IP packets across network interfaces. If you are going to run lwIP
+ on a device with only one network interface, define this to 0. */
+#define IP_FORWARD 0
+
+
+/* IP reassembly and segmentation.These are orthogonal even
+ * if they both deal with IP fragments */
+ /*
+#define IP_REASSEMBLY 1
+#define IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS 10
+#define MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA 10
+#define IP_FRAG 1
+*/
+/* ---------- ICMP options ---------- */
+#define ICMP_TTL 255
+
+/* ---------- DHCP options ---------- */
+/* Define LWIP_DHCP to 1 if you want DHCP configuration of
+ interfaces. */
+#define LWIP_DHCP (NET_ETH | NET_ZG2100)
+
+/* 1 if you want to do an ARP check on the offered address
+ (recommended if using DHCP). */
+#define DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK (LWIP_DHCP)
+
+/* ---------- AUTOIP options ------- */
+#define LWIP_AUTOIP 0
+
+/* ---------- SNMP options ---------- */
+/** @todo SNMP is experimental for now
+ @note UDP must be available for SNMP transport */
+#ifndef LWIP_SNMP
+#define LWIP_SNMP 0
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB
+#define SNMP_PRIVATE_MIB 0
+#endif
+
+
+/* ---------- UDP options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_UDP 1
+#define UDP_TTL 255
+
+/* ---------- DNS options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_DNS 1
+
+/* ---------- RAW options ---------- */
+#define LWIP_RAW 0
+#define RAW_TTL 255
+
+/* ---------- Statistics options ---------- */
+/* individual STATS options can be turned off by defining them to 0
+ * (e.g #define TCP_STATS 0). All of them are turned off if LWIP_STATS
+ * is 0
+ * */
+
+#define LWIP_STATS 0
+
+/* ---------- PPP options ---------- */
+
+#define PPP_SUPPORT NET_PPP /* Set > 0 for PPP */
+
+#if PPP_SUPPORT > 0
+
+#define NUM_PPP 1 /* Max PPP sessions. */
+
+
+/* Select modules to enable. Ideally these would be set in the makefile but
+ * we're limited by the command line length so you need to modify the settings
+ * in this file.
+ */
+#define PAP_SUPPORT 1 /* Set > 0 for PAP. */
+#define CHAP_SUPPORT 1 /* Set > 0 for CHAP. */
+#define MSCHAP_SUPPORT 0 /* Set > 0 for MSCHAP (NOT FUNCTIONAL!) */
+#define CBCP_SUPPORT 0 /* Set > 0 for CBCP (NOT FUNCTIONAL!) */
+#define CCP_SUPPORT 0 /* Set > 0 for CCP (NOT FUNCTIONAL!) */
+#define VJ_SUPPORT 1 /* Set > 0 for VJ header compression. */
+#define MD5_SUPPORT 1 /* Set > 0 for MD5 (see also CHAP) */
+
+
+/*
+ * Timeouts.
+ */
+#define FSM_DEFTIMEOUT 6 /* Timeout time in seconds */
+#define FSM_DEFMAXTERMREQS 2 /* Maximum Terminate-Request transmissions */
+#define FSM_DEFMAXCONFREQS 10 /* Maximum Configure-Request transmissions */
+#define FSM_DEFMAXNAKLOOPS 5 /* Maximum number of nak loops */
+
+#define UPAP_DEFTIMEOUT 6 /* Timeout (seconds) for retransmitting req */
+#define UPAP_DEFREQTIME 30 /* Time to wait for auth-req from peer */
+
+#define CHAP_DEFTIMEOUT 6 /* Timeout time in seconds */
+#define CHAP_DEFTRANSMITS 10 /* max # times to send challenge */
+
+
+/* Interval in seconds between keepalive echo requests, 0 to disable. */
+#if 1
+#define LCP_ECHOINTERVAL 0
+#else
+
+#define LCP_ECHOINTERVAL 10
+#endif
+
+
+/* Number of unanswered echo requests before failure. */
+#define LCP_MAXECHOFAILS 3
+
+/* Max Xmit idle time (in jiffies) before resend flag char. */
+#define PPP_MAXIDLEFLAG 0//Send it every time//100
+
+/*
+ * Packet sizes
+ *
+ * Note - lcp shouldn't be allowed to negotiate stuff outside these
+ * limits. See lcp.h in the pppd directory.
+ * (XXX - these constants should simply be shared by lcp.c instead
+ * of living in lcp.h)
+ */
+#define PPP_MTU 1500 /* Default MTU (size of Info field) */
+#if 0
+#define PPP_MAXMTU 65535 - (PPP_HDRLEN + PPP_FCSLEN)
+#else
+
+#define PPP_MAXMTU 1500 /* Largest MTU we allow */
+#endif
+
+#define PPP_MINMTU 64
+#define PPP_MRU 1500 /* default MRU = max length of info field */
+#define PPP_MAXMRU 1500 /* Largest MRU we allow */
+#define PPP_DEFMRU 296 /* Try for this */
+#define PPP_MINMRU 128 /* No MRUs below this */
+
+
+#define MAXNAMELEN 64 /* max length of hostname or name for auth */
+#define MAXSECRETLEN 64 /* max length of password or secret */
+
+#endif /* PPP_SUPPORT > 0 */
+
+//C++ Compat
+#define try vTry
+
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* __LWIPOPTS_H__ */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/netif/ppp/auth.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/***************************************************************************** +* auth.h - PPP Authentication and phase control header file. +* +* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc. +* portions Copyright (c) 1998 Global Election Systems Inc. +* +* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, +* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided +* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this +* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any +* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required +* for any of the authorized uses. +* +* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR +* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. +* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT +* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF +* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +* +****************************************************************************** +* REVISION HISTORY +* +* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca> +* Ported to lwIP. +* 97-12-04 Guy Lancaster <lancasterg@acm.org>, Global Election Systems Inc. +* Original derived from BSD pppd.h. +*****************************************************************************/ +/* + * pppd.h - PPP daemon global declarations. + * + * Copyright (c) 1989 Carnegie Mellon University. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted + * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are + * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation, + * advertising materials, and other materials related to such + * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed + * by Carnegie Mellon University. The name of the + * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + * + */ + +#ifndef AUTH_H +#define AUTH_H + +/*********************** +*** PUBLIC FUNCTIONS *** +***********************/ + +/* we are starting to use the link */ +void link_required (int); + +/* we are finished with the link */ +void link_terminated (int); + +/* the LCP layer has left the Opened state */ +void link_down (int); + +/* the link is up; authenticate now */ +void link_established (int); + +/* a network protocol has come up */ +void np_up (int, u16_t); + +/* a network protocol has gone down */ +void np_down (int, u16_t); + +/* a network protocol no longer needs link */ +void np_finished (int, u16_t); + +/* peer failed to authenticate itself */ +void auth_peer_fail (int, u16_t); + +/* peer successfully authenticated itself */ +void auth_peer_success (int, u16_t, char *, int); + +/* we failed to authenticate ourselves */ +void auth_withpeer_fail (int, u16_t); + +/* we successfully authenticated ourselves */ +void auth_withpeer_success (int, u16_t); + +/* check authentication options supplied */ +void auth_check_options (void); + +/* check what secrets we have */ +void auth_reset (int); + +/* Check peer-supplied username/password */ +u_char check_passwd (int, char *, int, char *, int, char **, int *); + +/* get "secret" for chap */ +int get_secret (int, char *, char *, char *, int *, int); + +/* check if IP address is authorized */ +int auth_ip_addr (int, u32_t); + +/* check if IP address is unreasonable */ +int bad_ip_adrs (u32_t); + +#endif /* AUTH_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/netif/ppp/chap.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/*****************************************************************************
+* chap.h - Network Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol header file.
+*
+* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc.
+* portions Copyright (c) 1998 Global Election Systems Inc.
+*
+* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
+* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
+* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
+* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any
+* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required
+* for any of the authorized uses.
+*
+* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+* REVISION HISTORY
+*
+* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca>
+* Ported to lwIP.
+* 97-12-03 Guy Lancaster <lancasterg@acm.org>, Global Election Systems Inc.
+* Original built from BSD network code.
+******************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * chap.h - Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol definitions.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 The Australian National University.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ * advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ * by the Australian National University. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific prior written permission.
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1991 Gregory M. Christy
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ * advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ * by the author.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ *
+ * $Id: chap.h,v 1.6 2010/01/24 13:19:34 goldsimon Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef CHAP_H
+#define CHAP_H
+
+/* Code + ID + length */
+#define CHAP_HEADERLEN 4
+
+/*
+ * CHAP codes.
+ */
+
+#define CHAP_DIGEST_MD5 5 /* use MD5 algorithm */
+#define MD5_SIGNATURE_SIZE 16 /* 16 bytes in a MD5 message digest */
+#define CHAP_MICROSOFT 0x80 /* use Microsoft-compatible alg. */
+#define MS_CHAP_RESPONSE_LEN 49 /* Response length for MS-CHAP */
+
+#define CHAP_CHALLENGE 1
+#define CHAP_RESPONSE 2
+#define CHAP_SUCCESS 3
+#define CHAP_FAILURE 4
+
+/*
+ * Challenge lengths (for challenges we send) and other limits.
+ */
+#define MIN_CHALLENGE_LENGTH 32
+#define MAX_CHALLENGE_LENGTH 64
+#define MAX_RESPONSE_LENGTH 64 /* sufficient for MD5 or MS-CHAP */
+
+/*
+ * Each interface is described by a chap structure.
+ */
+
+typedef struct chap_state {
+ int unit; /* Interface unit number */
+ int clientstate; /* Client state */
+ int serverstate; /* Server state */
+ u_char challenge[MAX_CHALLENGE_LENGTH]; /* last challenge string sent */
+ u_char chal_len; /* challenge length */
+ u_char chal_id; /* ID of last challenge */
+ u_char chal_type; /* hash algorithm for challenges */
+ u_char id; /* Current id */
+ char *chal_name; /* Our name to use with challenge */
+ int chal_interval; /* Time until we challenge peer again */
+ int timeouttime; /* Timeout time in seconds */
+ int max_transmits; /* Maximum # of challenge transmissions */
+ int chal_transmits; /* Number of transmissions of challenge */
+ int resp_transmits; /* Number of transmissions of response */
+ u_char response[MAX_RESPONSE_LENGTH]; /* Response to send */
+ u_char resp_length; /* length of response */
+ u_char resp_id; /* ID for response messages */
+ u_char resp_type; /* hash algorithm for responses */
+ char *resp_name; /* Our name to send with response */
+} chap_state;
+
+
+/*
+ * Client (peer) states.
+ */
+#define CHAPCS_INITIAL 0 /* Lower layer down, not opened */
+#define CHAPCS_CLOSED 1 /* Lower layer up, not opened */
+#define CHAPCS_PENDING 2 /* Auth us to peer when lower up */
+#define CHAPCS_LISTEN 3 /* Listening for a challenge */
+#define CHAPCS_RESPONSE 4 /* Sent response, waiting for status */
+#define CHAPCS_OPEN 5 /* We've received Success */
+
+/*
+ * Server (authenticator) states.
+ */
+#define CHAPSS_INITIAL 0 /* Lower layer down, not opened */
+#define CHAPSS_CLOSED 1 /* Lower layer up, not opened */
+#define CHAPSS_PENDING 2 /* Auth peer when lower up */
+#define CHAPSS_INITIAL_CHAL 3 /* We've sent the first challenge */
+#define CHAPSS_OPEN 4 /* We've sent a Success msg */
+#define CHAPSS_RECHALLENGE 5 /* We've sent another challenge */
+#define CHAPSS_BADAUTH 6 /* We've sent a Failure msg */
+
+extern chap_state chap[];
+
+void ChapAuthWithPeer (int, char *, u_char);
+void ChapAuthPeer (int, char *, u_char);
+
+extern struct protent chap_protent;
+
+#endif /* CHAP_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/netif/ppp/chpms.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/***************************************************************************** +* chpms.h - Network Microsoft Challenge Handshake Protocol header file. +* +* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc. +* portions Copyright (c) 1998 Global Election Systems Inc. +* +* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, +* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided +* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this +* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any +* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required +* for any of the authorized uses. +* +* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR +* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. +* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT +* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF +* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +* +****************************************************************************** +* REVISION HISTORY +* +* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca> +* Ported to lwIP. +* 98-01-30 Guy Lancaster <lancasterg@acm.org>, Global Election Systems Inc. +* Original built from BSD network code. +******************************************************************************/ +/* + * chap.h - Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol definitions. + * + * Copyright (c) 1995 Eric Rosenquist, Strata Software Limited. + * http://www.strataware.com/ + * + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted + * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are + * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation, + * advertising materials, and other materials related to such + * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed + * by Eric Rosenquist. The name of the author may not be used to + * endorse or promote products derived from this software without + * specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + * + * $Id: chpms.h,v 1.5 2007/12/19 20:47:23 fbernon Exp $ + */ + +#ifndef CHPMS_H +#define CHPMS_H + +#define MAX_NT_PASSWORD 256 /* Maximum number of (Unicode) chars in an NT password */ + +void ChapMS (chap_state *, char *, int, char *, int); + +#endif /* CHPMS_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/netif/ppp/fsm.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/*****************************************************************************
+* fsm.h - Network Control Protocol Finite State Machine header file.
+*
+* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc.
+* Copyright (c) 1997 Global Election Systems Inc.
+*
+* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
+* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
+* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
+* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any
+* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required
+* for any of the authorized uses.
+*
+* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+* REVISION HISTORY
+*
+* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca>
+* Ported to lwIP.
+* 97-11-05 Guy Lancaster <glanca@gesn.com>, Global Election Systems Inc.
+* Original based on BSD code.
+*****************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * fsm.h - {Link, IP} Control Protocol Finite State Machine definitions.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 Carnegie Mellon University.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ * advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ * by Carnegie Mellon University. The name of the
+ * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ *
+ * $Id: fsm.h,v 1.5 2009/12/31 17:08:08 goldsimon Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef FSM_H
+#define FSM_H
+
+/*
+ * LCP Packet header = Code, id, length.
+ */
+#define HEADERLEN (sizeof (u_char) + sizeof (u_char) + sizeof (u_short))
+
+
+/*
+ * CP (LCP, IPCP, etc.) codes.
+ */
+#define CONFREQ 1 /* Configuration Request */
+#define CONFACK 2 /* Configuration Ack */
+#define CONFNAK 3 /* Configuration Nak */
+#define CONFREJ 4 /* Configuration Reject */
+#define TERMREQ 5 /* Termination Request */
+#define TERMACK 6 /* Termination Ack */
+#define CODEREJ 7 /* Code Reject */
+
+
+/*
+ * Each FSM is described by an fsm structure and fsm callbacks.
+ */
+typedef struct fsm {
+ int unit; /* Interface unit number */
+ u_short protocol; /* Data Link Layer Protocol field value */
+ int state; /* State */
+ int flags; /* Contains option bits */
+ u_char id; /* Current id */
+ u_char reqid; /* Current request id */
+ u_char seen_ack; /* Have received valid Ack/Nak/Rej to Req */
+ int timeouttime; /* Timeout time in milliseconds */
+ int maxconfreqtransmits; /* Maximum Configure-Request transmissions */
+ int retransmits; /* Number of retransmissions left */
+ int maxtermtransmits; /* Maximum Terminate-Request transmissions */
+ int nakloops; /* Number of nak loops since last ack */
+ int maxnakloops; /* Maximum number of nak loops tolerated */
+ struct fsm_callbacks* callbacks; /* Callback routines */
+ char* term_reason; /* Reason for closing protocol */
+ int term_reason_len; /* Length of term_reason */
+} fsm;
+
+
+typedef struct fsm_callbacks {
+ void (*resetci)(fsm*); /* Reset our Configuration Information */
+ int (*cilen)(fsm*); /* Length of our Configuration Information */
+ void (*addci)(fsm*, u_char*, int*); /* Add our Configuration Information */
+ int (*ackci)(fsm*, u_char*, int); /* ACK our Configuration Information */
+ int (*nakci)(fsm*, u_char*, int); /* NAK our Configuration Information */
+ int (*rejci)(fsm*, u_char*, int); /* Reject our Configuration Information */
+ int (*reqci)(fsm*, u_char*, int*, int); /* Request peer's Configuration Information */
+ void (*up)(fsm*); /* Called when fsm reaches LS_OPENED state */
+ void (*down)(fsm*); /* Called when fsm leaves LS_OPENED state */
+ void (*starting)(fsm*); /* Called when we want the lower layer */
+ void (*finished)(fsm*); /* Called when we don't want the lower layer */
+ void (*protreject)(int); /* Called when Protocol-Reject received */
+ void (*retransmit)(fsm*); /* Retransmission is necessary */
+ int (*extcode)(fsm*, int, u_char, u_char*, int); /* Called when unknown code received */
+ char *proto_name; /* String name for protocol (for messages) */
+} fsm_callbacks;
+
+
+/*
+ * Link states.
+ */
+#define LS_INITIAL 0 /* Down, hasn't been opened */
+#define LS_STARTING 1 /* Down, been opened */
+#define LS_CLOSED 2 /* Up, hasn't been opened */
+#define LS_STOPPED 3 /* Open, waiting for down event */
+#define LS_CLOSING 4 /* Terminating the connection, not open */
+#define LS_STOPPING 5 /* Terminating, but open */
+#define LS_REQSENT 6 /* We've sent a Config Request */
+#define LS_ACKRCVD 7 /* We've received a Config Ack */
+#define LS_ACKSENT 8 /* We've sent a Config Ack */
+#define LS_OPENED 9 /* Connection available */
+
+/*
+ * Flags - indicate options controlling FSM operation
+ */
+#define OPT_PASSIVE 1 /* Don't die if we don't get a response */
+#define OPT_RESTART 2 /* Treat 2nd OPEN as DOWN, UP */
+#define OPT_SILENT 4 /* Wait for peer to speak first */
+
+
+/*
+ * Prototypes
+ */
+void fsm_init (fsm*);
+void fsm_lowerup (fsm*);
+void fsm_lowerdown (fsm*);
+void fsm_open (fsm*);
+void fsm_close (fsm*, char*);
+void fsm_input (fsm*, u_char*, int);
+void fsm_protreject (fsm*);
+void fsm_sdata (fsm*, u_char, u_char, u_char*, int);
+
+
+/*
+ * Variables
+ */
+extern int peer_mru[]; /* currently negotiated peer MRU (per unit) */
+
+#endif /* FSM_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/netif/ppp/ipcp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*****************************************************************************
+* ipcp.h - PPP IP NCP: Internet Protocol Network Control Protocol header file.
+*
+* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc.
+* portions Copyright (c) 1997 Global Election Systems Inc.
+*
+* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
+* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
+* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
+* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any
+* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required
+* for any of the authorized uses.
+*
+* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+* REVISION HISTORY
+*
+* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca>
+* Ported to lwIP.
+* 97-12-04 Guy Lancaster <glanca@gesn.com>, Global Election Systems Inc.
+* Original derived from BSD codes.
+*****************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * ipcp.h - IP Control Protocol definitions.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 Carnegie Mellon University.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ * advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ * by Carnegie Mellon University. The name of the
+ * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ *
+ * $Id: ipcp.h,v 1.4 2010/01/18 20:49:43 goldsimon Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef IPCP_H
+#define IPCP_H
+
+/*
+ * Options.
+ */
+#define CI_ADDRS 1 /* IP Addresses */
+#define CI_COMPRESSTYPE 2 /* Compression Type */
+#define CI_ADDR 3
+
+#define CI_MS_DNS1 129 /* Primary DNS value */
+#define CI_MS_WINS1 128 /* Primary WINS value */
+#define CI_MS_DNS2 131 /* Secondary DNS value */
+#define CI_MS_WINS2 130 /* Secondary WINS value */
+
+#define IPCP_VJMODE_OLD 1 /* "old" mode (option # = 0x0037) */
+#define IPCP_VJMODE_RFC1172 2 /* "old-rfc"mode (option # = 0x002d) */
+#define IPCP_VJMODE_RFC1332 3 /* "new-rfc"mode (option # = 0x002d, */
+ /* maxslot and slot number compression) */
+
+#define IPCP_VJ_COMP 0x002d /* current value for VJ compression option */
+#define IPCP_VJ_COMP_OLD 0x0037 /* "old" (i.e, broken) value for VJ */
+ /* compression option */
+
+typedef struct ipcp_options {
+ u_int neg_addr : 1; /* Negotiate IP Address? */
+ u_int old_addrs : 1; /* Use old (IP-Addresses) option? */
+ u_int req_addr : 1; /* Ask peer to send IP address? */
+ u_int default_route : 1; /* Assign default route through interface? */
+ u_int proxy_arp : 1; /* Make proxy ARP entry for peer? */
+ u_int neg_vj : 1; /* Van Jacobson Compression? */
+ u_int old_vj : 1; /* use old (short) form of VJ option? */
+ u_int accept_local : 1; /* accept peer's value for ouraddr */
+ u_int accept_remote : 1; /* accept peer's value for hisaddr */
+ u_int req_dns1 : 1; /* Ask peer to send primary DNS address? */
+ u_int req_dns2 : 1; /* Ask peer to send secondary DNS address? */
+ u_short vj_protocol; /* protocol value to use in VJ option */
+ u_char maxslotindex; /* VJ slots - 1. */
+ u_char cflag; /* VJ slot compression flag. */
+ u32_t ouraddr, hisaddr; /* Addresses in NETWORK BYTE ORDER */
+ u32_t dnsaddr[2]; /* Primary and secondary MS DNS entries */
+ u32_t winsaddr[2]; /* Primary and secondary MS WINS entries */
+} ipcp_options;
+
+extern fsm ipcp_fsm[];
+extern ipcp_options ipcp_wantoptions[];
+extern ipcp_options ipcp_gotoptions[];
+extern ipcp_options ipcp_allowoptions[];
+extern ipcp_options ipcp_hisoptions[];
+
+extern struct protent ipcp_protent;
+
+#endif /* IPCP_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/netif/ppp/lcp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/*****************************************************************************
+* lcp.h - Network Link Control Protocol header file.
+*
+* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc.
+* portions Copyright (c) 1997 Global Election Systems Inc.
+*
+* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
+* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
+* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
+* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any
+* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required
+* for any of the authorized uses.
+*
+* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+* REVISION HISTORY
+*
+* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca>
+* Ported to lwIP.
+* 97-11-05 Guy Lancaster <glanca@gesn.com>, Global Election Systems Inc.
+* Original derived from BSD codes.
+*****************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * lcp.h - Link Control Protocol definitions.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 Carnegie Mellon University.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ * advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ * by Carnegie Mellon University. The name of the
+ * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ *
+ * $Id: lcp.h,v 1.4 2010/01/18 20:49:43 goldsimon Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef LCP_H
+#define LCP_H
+/*
+ * Options.
+ */
+#define CI_MRU 1 /* Maximum Receive Unit */
+#define CI_ASYNCMAP 2 /* Async Control Character Map */
+#define CI_AUTHTYPE 3 /* Authentication Type */
+#define CI_QUALITY 4 /* Quality Protocol */
+#define CI_MAGICNUMBER 5 /* Magic Number */
+#define CI_PCOMPRESSION 7 /* Protocol Field Compression */
+#define CI_ACCOMPRESSION 8 /* Address/Control Field Compression */
+#define CI_CALLBACK 13 /* callback */
+#define CI_MRRU 17 /* max reconstructed receive unit; multilink */
+#define CI_SSNHF 18 /* short sequence numbers for multilink */
+#define CI_EPDISC 19 /* endpoint discriminator */
+
+/*
+ * LCP-specific packet types (code numbers).
+ */
+#define PROTREJ 8 /* Protocol Reject */
+#define ECHOREQ 9 /* Echo Request */
+#define ECHOREP 10 /* Echo Reply */
+#define DISCREQ 11 /* Discard Request */
+#define CBCP_OPT 6 /* Use callback control protocol */
+
+/*
+ * The state of options is described by an lcp_options structure.
+ */
+typedef struct lcp_options {
+ u_int passive : 1; /* Don't die if we don't get a response */
+ u_int silent : 1; /* Wait for the other end to start first */
+ u_int restart : 1; /* Restart vs. exit after close */
+ u_int neg_mru : 1; /* Negotiate the MRU? */
+ u_int neg_asyncmap : 1; /* Negotiate the async map? */
+ u_int neg_upap : 1; /* Ask for UPAP authentication? */
+ u_int neg_chap : 1; /* Ask for CHAP authentication? */
+ u_int neg_magicnumber : 1; /* Ask for magic number? */
+ u_int neg_pcompression : 1; /* HDLC Protocol Field Compression? */
+ u_int neg_accompression : 1; /* HDLC Address/Control Field Compression? */
+ u_int neg_lqr : 1; /* Negotiate use of Link Quality Reports */
+ u_int neg_cbcp : 1; /* Negotiate use of CBCP */
+#ifdef PPP_MULTILINK
+ u_int neg_mrru : 1; /* Negotiate multilink MRRU */
+ u_int neg_ssnhf : 1; /* Negotiate short sequence numbers */
+ u_int neg_endpoint : 1; /* Negotiate endpoint discriminator */
+#endif
+ u_short mru; /* Value of MRU */
+#ifdef PPP_MULTILINK
+ u_short mrru; /* Value of MRRU, and multilink enable */
+#endif
+ u_char chap_mdtype; /* which MD type (hashing algorithm) */
+ u32_t asyncmap; /* Value of async map */
+ u32_t magicnumber;
+ int numloops; /* Number of loops during magic number neg. */
+ u32_t lqr_period; /* Reporting period for LQR 1/100ths second */
+#ifdef PPP_MULTILINK
+ struct epdisc endpoint; /* endpoint discriminator */
+#endif
+} lcp_options;
+
+/*
+ * Values for phase from BSD pppd.h based on RFC 1661.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ PHASE_DEAD = 0,
+ PHASE_INITIALIZE,
+ PHASE_ESTABLISH,
+ PHASE_AUTHENTICATE,
+ PHASE_CALLBACK,
+ PHASE_NETWORK,
+ PHASE_TERMINATE
+} LinkPhase;
+
+
+
+extern LinkPhase lcp_phase[NUM_PPP]; /* Phase of link session (RFC 1661) */
+extern lcp_options lcp_wantoptions[];
+extern lcp_options lcp_gotoptions[];
+extern lcp_options lcp_allowoptions[];
+extern lcp_options lcp_hisoptions[];
+extern ext_accm xmit_accm[];
+
+
+void lcp_init (int);
+void lcp_open (int);
+void lcp_close (int, char *);
+void lcp_lowerup (int);
+void lcp_lowerdown(int);
+void lcp_sprotrej (int, u_char *, int); /* send protocol reject */
+
+extern struct protent lcp_protent;
+
+/* Default number of times we receive our magic number from the peer
+ before deciding the link is looped-back. */
+#define DEFLOOPBACKFAIL 10
+
+#endif /* LCP_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/netif/ppp/magic.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/***************************************************************************** +* magic.h - Network Random Number Generator header file. +* +* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc. +* portions Copyright (c) 1997 Global Election Systems Inc. +* +* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, +* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided +* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this +* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any +* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required +* for any of the authorized uses. +* +* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR +* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. +* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT +* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF +* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +* +****************************************************************************** +* REVISION HISTORY +* +* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca> +* Ported to lwIP. +* 97-12-04 Guy Lancaster <glanca@gesn.com>, Global Election Systems Inc. +* Original derived from BSD codes. +*****************************************************************************/ +/* + * magic.h - PPP Magic Number definitions. + * + * Copyright (c) 1989 Carnegie Mellon University. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted + * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are + * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation, + * advertising materials, and other materials related to such + * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed + * by Carnegie Mellon University. The name of the + * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + * + * $Id: magic.h,v 1.3 2010/01/18 20:49:43 goldsimon Exp $ + */ + +#ifndef MAGIC_H +#define MAGIC_H + +/* Initialize the magic number generator */ +void magicInit(void); + +/* Returns the next magic number */ +u32_t magic(void); + +#endif /* MAGIC_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/netif/ppp/md5.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/*
+ ***********************************************************************
+ ** md5.h -- header file for implementation of MD5 **
+ ** RSA Data Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm **
+ ** Created: 2/17/90 RLR **
+ ** Revised: 12/27/90 SRD,AJ,BSK,JT Reference C version **
+ ** Revised (for MD5): RLR 4/27/91 **
+ ** -- G modified to have y&~z instead of y&z **
+ ** -- FF, GG, HH modified to add in last register done **
+ ** -- Access pattern: round 2 works mod 5, round 3 works mod 3 **
+ ** -- distinct additive constant for each step **
+ ** -- round 4 added, working mod 7 **
+ ***********************************************************************
+ */
+
+/*
+ ***********************************************************************
+ ** Copyright (C) 1990, RSA Data Security, Inc. All rights reserved. **
+ ** **
+ ** License to copy and use this software is granted provided that **
+ ** it is identified as the "RSA Data Security, Inc. MD5 Message- **
+ ** Digest Algorithm" in all material mentioning or referencing this **
+ ** software or this function. **
+ ** **
+ ** License is also granted to make and use derivative works **
+ ** provided that such works are identified as "derived from the RSA **
+ ** Data Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm" in all **
+ ** material mentioning or referencing the derived work. **
+ ** **
+ ** RSA Data Security, Inc. makes no representations concerning **
+ ** either the merchantability of this software or the suitability **
+ ** of this software for any particular purpose. It is provided "as **
+ ** is" without express or implied warranty of any kind. **
+ ** **
+ ** These notices must be retained in any copies of any part of this **
+ ** documentation and/or software. **
+ ***********************************************************************
+ */
+
+#ifndef MD5_H
+#define MD5_H
+
+/* Data structure for MD5 (Message-Digest) computation */
+typedef struct {
+ u32_t i[2]; /* number of _bits_ handled mod 2^64 */
+ u32_t buf[4]; /* scratch buffer */
+ unsigned char in[64]; /* input buffer */
+ unsigned char digest[16]; /* actual digest after MD5Final call */
+} MD5_CTX;
+
+void MD5Init ( MD5_CTX *mdContext);
+void MD5Update( MD5_CTX *mdContext, unsigned char *inBuf, unsigned int inLen);
+void MD5Final ( unsigned char hash[], MD5_CTX *mdContext);
+
+#endif /* MD5_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/netif/ppp/pap.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/*****************************************************************************
+* pap.h - PPP Password Authentication Protocol header file.
+*
+* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc.
+* portions Copyright (c) 1997 Global Election Systems Inc.
+*
+* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
+* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
+* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
+* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any
+* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required
+* for any of the authorized uses.
+*
+* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+* REVISION HISTORY
+*
+* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca>
+* Ported to lwIP.
+* 97-12-04 Guy Lancaster <glanca@gesn.com>, Global Election Systems Inc.
+* Original derived from BSD codes.
+*****************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * upap.h - User/Password Authentication Protocol definitions.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 Carnegie Mellon University.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ * advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ * by Carnegie Mellon University. The name of the
+ * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef PAP_H
+#define PAP_H
+
+#if PAP_SUPPORT /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+/*
+ * Packet header = Code, id, length.
+ */
+#define UPAP_HEADERLEN (sizeof (u_char) + sizeof (u_char) + sizeof (u_short))
+
+
+/*
+ * UPAP codes.
+ */
+#define UPAP_AUTHREQ 1 /* Authenticate-Request */
+#define UPAP_AUTHACK 2 /* Authenticate-Ack */
+#define UPAP_AUTHNAK 3 /* Authenticate-Nak */
+
+/*
+ * Each interface is described by upap structure.
+ */
+typedef struct upap_state {
+ int us_unit; /* Interface unit number */
+ const char *us_user; /* User */
+ int us_userlen; /* User length */
+ const char *us_passwd; /* Password */
+ int us_passwdlen; /* Password length */
+ int us_clientstate; /* Client state */
+ int us_serverstate; /* Server state */
+ u_char us_id; /* Current id */
+ int us_timeouttime; /* Timeout (seconds) for auth-req retrans. */
+ int us_transmits; /* Number of auth-reqs sent */
+ int us_maxtransmits; /* Maximum number of auth-reqs to send */
+ int us_reqtimeout; /* Time to wait for auth-req from peer */
+} upap_state;
+
+/*
+ * Client states.
+ */
+#define UPAPCS_INITIAL 0 /* Connection down */
+#define UPAPCS_CLOSED 1 /* Connection up, haven't requested auth */
+#define UPAPCS_PENDING 2 /* Connection down, have requested auth */
+#define UPAPCS_AUTHREQ 3 /* We've sent an Authenticate-Request */
+#define UPAPCS_OPEN 4 /* We've received an Ack */
+#define UPAPCS_BADAUTH 5 /* We've received a Nak */
+
+/*
+ * Server states.
+ */
+#define UPAPSS_INITIAL 0 /* Connection down */
+#define UPAPSS_CLOSED 1 /* Connection up, haven't requested auth */
+#define UPAPSS_PENDING 2 /* Connection down, have requested auth */
+#define UPAPSS_LISTEN 3 /* Listening for an Authenticate */
+#define UPAPSS_OPEN 4 /* We've sent an Ack */
+#define UPAPSS_BADAUTH 5 /* We've sent a Nak */
+
+
+extern upap_state upap[];
+
+void upap_authwithpeer (int, char *, char *);
+void upap_authpeer (int);
+
+extern struct protent pap_protent;
+
+#endif /* PAP_SUPPORT */
+
+#endif /* PAP_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/netif/ppp/ppp.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,483 @@
+/*****************************************************************************
+* ppp.h - Network Point to Point Protocol header file.
+*
+* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc.
+* portions Copyright (c) 1997 Global Election Systems Inc.
+*
+* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
+* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
+* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
+* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any
+* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required
+* for any of the authorized uses.
+*
+* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*
+******************************************************************************
+* REVISION HISTORY
+*
+* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca>
+* Ported to lwIP.
+* 97-11-05 Guy Lancaster <glanca@gesn.com>, Global Election Systems Inc.
+* Original derived from BSD codes.
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef PPP_H
+#define PPP_H
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if PPP_SUPPORT /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/sio.h"
+#include "lwip/stats.h"
+#include "lwip/mem.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#include "lwip/timers.h"
+
+/** Some defines for code we skip compared to the original pppd.
+ * These are just here to minimise the use of the ugly "#if 0". */
+#define PPP_ADDITIONAL_CALLBACKS 0
+
+/** Some error checks to test for unsupported code */
+#if CBCP_SUPPORT
+#error "CBCP is not supported in lwIP PPP"
+#endif
+#if CCP_SUPPORT
+#error "CCP is not supported in lwIP PPP"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * pppd.h - PPP daemon global declarations.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 Carnegie Mellon University.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ * advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ * by Carnegie Mellon University. The name of the
+ * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ * ppp_defs.h - PPP definitions.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+ * documentation is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+ * notice appears in all copies. This software is provided without any
+ * warranty, express or implied. The Australian National University
+ * makes no representations about the suitability of this software for
+ * any purpose.
+ *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE TO ANY
+ * PARTY FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF
+ * THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL UNIVERSITY HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL UNIVERSITY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES,
+ * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+ * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS
+ * ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL UNIVERSITY HAS NO
+ * OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS,
+ * OR MODIFICATIONS.
+ */
+
+#define TIMEOUT(f, a, t) do { sys_untimeout((f), (a)); sys_timeout((t)*1000, (f), (a)); } while(0)
+#define UNTIMEOUT(f, a) sys_untimeout((f), (a))
+
+
+#ifndef __u_char_defined
+
+/* Type definitions for BSD code. */
+typedef unsigned long u_long;
+typedef unsigned int u_int;
+typedef unsigned short u_short;
+typedef unsigned char u_char;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Constants and structures defined by the internet system,
+ * Per RFC 790, September 1981, and numerous additions.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The basic PPP frame.
+ */
+#define PPP_HDRLEN 4 /* octets for standard ppp header */
+#define PPP_FCSLEN 2 /* octets for FCS */
+
+
+/*
+ * Significant octet values.
+ */
+#define PPP_ALLSTATIONS 0xff /* All-Stations broadcast address */
+#define PPP_UI 0x03 /* Unnumbered Information */
+#define PPP_FLAG 0x7e /* Flag Sequence */
+#define PPP_ESCAPE 0x7d /* Asynchronous Control Escape */
+#define PPP_TRANS 0x20 /* Asynchronous transparency modifier */
+
+/*
+ * Protocol field values.
+ */
+#define PPP_IP 0x21 /* Internet Protocol */
+#define PPP_AT 0x29 /* AppleTalk Protocol */
+#define PPP_VJC_COMP 0x2d /* VJ compressed TCP */
+#define PPP_VJC_UNCOMP 0x2f /* VJ uncompressed TCP */
+#define PPP_COMP 0xfd /* compressed packet */
+#define PPP_IPCP 0x8021 /* IP Control Protocol */
+#define PPP_ATCP 0x8029 /* AppleTalk Control Protocol */
+#define PPP_CCP 0x80fd /* Compression Control Protocol */
+#define PPP_LCP 0xc021 /* Link Control Protocol */
+#define PPP_PAP 0xc023 /* Password Authentication Protocol */
+#define PPP_LQR 0xc025 /* Link Quality Report protocol */
+#define PPP_CHAP 0xc223 /* Cryptographic Handshake Auth. Protocol */
+#define PPP_CBCP 0xc029 /* Callback Control Protocol */
+
+/*
+ * Values for FCS calculations.
+ */
+#define PPP_INITFCS 0xffff /* Initial FCS value */
+#define PPP_GOODFCS 0xf0b8 /* Good final FCS value */
+#define PPP_FCS(fcs, c) (((fcs) >> 8) ^ fcstab[((fcs) ^ (c)) & 0xff])
+
+/*
+ * Extended asyncmap - allows any character to be escaped.
+ */
+typedef u_char ext_accm[32];
+
+/*
+ * What to do with network protocol (NP) packets.
+ */
+enum NPmode {
+ NPMODE_PASS, /* pass the packet through */
+ NPMODE_DROP, /* silently drop the packet */
+ NPMODE_ERROR, /* return an error */
+ NPMODE_QUEUE /* save it up for later. */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Inline versions of get/put char/short/long.
+ * Pointer is advanced; we assume that both arguments
+ * are lvalues and will already be in registers.
+ * cp MUST be u_char *.
+ */
+#define GETCHAR(c, cp) { \
+ (c) = *(cp)++; \
+}
+#define PUTCHAR(c, cp) { \
+ *(cp)++ = (u_char) (c); \
+}
+
+
+#define GETSHORT(s, cp) { \
+ (s) = *(cp); (cp)++; (s) <<= 8; \
+ (s) |= *(cp); (cp)++; \
+}
+#define PUTSHORT(s, cp) { \
+ *(cp)++ = (u_char) ((s) >> 8); \
+ *(cp)++ = (u_char) (s & 0xff); \
+}
+
+#define GETLONG(l, cp) { \
+ (l) = *(cp); (cp)++; (l) <<= 8; \
+ (l) |= *(cp); (cp)++; (l) <<= 8; \
+ (l) |= *(cp); (cp)++; (l) <<= 8; \
+ (l) |= *(cp); (cp)++; \
+}
+#define PUTLONG(l, cp) { \
+ *(cp)++ = (u_char) ((l) >> 24); \
+ *(cp)++ = (u_char) ((l) >> 16); \
+ *(cp)++ = (u_char) ((l) >> 8); \
+ *(cp)++ = (u_char) (l); \
+}
+
+
+#define INCPTR(n, cp) ((cp) += (n))
+#define DECPTR(n, cp) ((cp) -= (n))
+
+#define BCMP(s0, s1, l) memcmp((u_char *)(s0), (u_char *)(s1), (l))
+#define BCOPY(s, d, l) MEMCPY((d), (s), (l))
+#define BZERO(s, n) memset(s, 0, n)
+
+#if PPP_DEBUG
+#define PRINTMSG(m, l) { m[l] = '\0'; LWIP_DEBUGF(LOG_INFO, ("Remote message: %s\n", m)); }
+#else /* PPP_DEBUG */
+#define PRINTMSG(m, l)
+#endif /* PPP_DEBUG */
+
+/*
+ * MAKEHEADER - Add PPP Header fields to a packet.
+ */
+#define MAKEHEADER(p, t) { \
+ PUTCHAR(PPP_ALLSTATIONS, p); \
+ PUTCHAR(PPP_UI, p); \
+ PUTSHORT(t, p); }
+
+/*************************
+*** PUBLIC DEFINITIONS ***
+*************************/
+
+/* Error codes. */
+#define PPPERR_NONE 0 /* No error. */
+#define PPPERR_PARAM -1 /* Invalid parameter. */
+#define PPPERR_OPEN -2 /* Unable to open PPP session. */
+#define PPPERR_DEVICE -3 /* Invalid I/O device for PPP. */
+#define PPPERR_ALLOC -4 /* Unable to allocate resources. */
+#define PPPERR_USER -5 /* User interrupt. */
+#define PPPERR_CONNECT -6 /* Connection lost. */
+#define PPPERR_AUTHFAIL -7 /* Failed authentication challenge. */
+#define PPPERR_PROTOCOL -8 /* Failed to meet protocol. */
+
+/*
+ * PPP IOCTL commands.
+ */
+/*
+ * Get the up status - 0 for down, non-zero for up. The argument must
+ * point to an int.
+ */
+#define PPPCTLG_UPSTATUS 100 /* Get the up status - 0 down else up */
+#define PPPCTLS_ERRCODE 101 /* Set the error code */
+#define PPPCTLG_ERRCODE 102 /* Get the error code */
+#define PPPCTLG_FD 103 /* Get the fd associated with the ppp */
+
+/************************
+*** PUBLIC DATA TYPES ***
+************************/
+
+/*
+ * The following struct gives the addresses of procedures to call
+ * for a particular protocol.
+ */
+struct protent {
+ u_short protocol; /* PPP protocol number */
+ /* Initialization procedure */
+ void (*init) (int unit);
+ /* Process a received packet */
+ void (*input) (int unit, u_char *pkt, int len);
+ /* Process a received protocol-reject */
+ void (*protrej) (int unit);
+ /* Lower layer has come up */
+ void (*lowerup) (int unit);
+ /* Lower layer has gone down */
+ void (*lowerdown) (int unit);
+ /* Open the protocol */
+ void (*open) (int unit);
+ /* Close the protocol */
+ void (*close) (int unit, char *reason);
+#if PPP_ADDITIONAL_CALLBACKS
+ /* Print a packet in readable form */
+ int (*printpkt) (u_char *pkt, int len,
+ void (*printer) (void *, char *, ...),
+ void *arg);
+ /* Process a received data packet */
+ void (*datainput) (int unit, u_char *pkt, int len);
+#endif /* PPP_ADDITIONAL_CALLBACKS */
+ int enabled_flag; /* 0 if protocol is disabled */
+ char *name; /* Text name of protocol */
+#if PPP_ADDITIONAL_CALLBACKS
+ /* Check requested options, assign defaults */
+ void (*check_options) (u_long);
+ /* Configure interface for demand-dial */
+ int (*demand_conf) (int unit);
+ /* Say whether to bring up link for this pkt */
+ int (*active_pkt) (u_char *pkt, int len);
+#endif /* PPP_ADDITIONAL_CALLBACKS */
+};
+
+/*
+ * The following structure records the time in seconds since
+ * the last NP packet was sent or received.
+ */
+struct ppp_idle {
+ u_short xmit_idle; /* seconds since last NP packet sent */
+ u_short recv_idle; /* seconds since last NP packet received */
+};
+
+struct ppp_settings {
+
+ u_int disable_defaultip : 1; /* Don't use hostname for default IP addrs */
+ u_int auth_required : 1; /* Peer is required to authenticate */
+ u_int explicit_remote : 1; /* remote_name specified with remotename opt */
+ u_int refuse_pap : 1; /* Don't wanna auth. ourselves with PAP */
+ u_int refuse_chap : 1; /* Don't wanna auth. ourselves with CHAP */
+ u_int usehostname : 1; /* Use hostname for our_name */
+ u_int usepeerdns : 1; /* Ask peer for DNS adds */
+
+ u_short idle_time_limit; /* Shut down link if idle for this long */
+ int maxconnect; /* Maximum connect time (seconds) */
+
+ char user [MAXNAMELEN + 1]; /* Username for PAP */
+ char passwd [MAXSECRETLEN + 1]; /* Password for PAP, secret for CHAP */
+ char our_name [MAXNAMELEN + 1]; /* Our name for authentication purposes */
+ char remote_name[MAXNAMELEN + 1]; /* Peer's name for authentication */
+};
+
+struct ppp_addrs {
+ ip_addr_t our_ipaddr, his_ipaddr, netmask, dns1, dns2;
+};
+
+/*****************************
+*** PUBLIC DATA STRUCTURES ***
+*****************************/
+
+/* Buffers for outgoing packets. */
+extern u_char outpacket_buf[NUM_PPP][PPP_MRU+PPP_HDRLEN];
+
+extern struct ppp_settings ppp_settings;
+
+extern struct protent *ppp_protocols[]; /* Table of pointers to supported protocols */
+
+
+/***********************
+*** PUBLIC FUNCTIONS ***
+***********************/
+
+/* Initialize the PPP subsystem. */
+void pppInit(void);
+
+/* Warning: Using PPPAUTHTYPE_ANY might have security consequences.
+ * RFC 1994 says:
+ *
+ * In practice, within or associated with each PPP server, there is a
+ * database which associates "user" names with authentication
+ * information ("secrets"). It is not anticipated that a particular
+ * named user would be authenticated by multiple methods. This would
+ * make the user vulnerable to attacks which negotiate the least secure
+ * method from among a set (such as PAP rather than CHAP). If the same
+ * secret was used, PAP would reveal the secret to be used later with
+ * CHAP.
+ *
+ * Instead, for each user name there should be an indication of exactly
+ * one method used to authenticate that user name. If a user needs to
+ * make use of different authentication methods under different
+ * circumstances, then distinct user names SHOULD be employed, each of
+ * which identifies exactly one authentication method.
+ *
+ */
+enum pppAuthType {
+ PPPAUTHTYPE_NONE,
+ PPPAUTHTYPE_ANY,
+ PPPAUTHTYPE_PAP,
+ PPPAUTHTYPE_CHAP
+};
+
+void pppSetAuth(enum pppAuthType authType, const char *user, const char *passwd);
+
+/*
+ * Open a new PPP connection using the given serial I/O device.
+ * This initializes the PPP control block but does not
+ * attempt to negotiate the LCP session.
+ * Return a new PPP connection descriptor on success or
+ * an error code (negative) on failure.
+ */
+int pppOverSerialOpen(sio_fd_t fd, void (*linkStatusCB)(void *ctx, int errCode, void *arg), void *linkStatusCtx);
+
+/*
+ * Open a new PPP Over Ethernet (PPPOE) connection.
+ */
+int pppOverEthernetOpen(struct netif *ethif, const char *service_name, const char *concentrator_name, void (*linkStatusCB)(void *ctx, int errCode, void *arg), void *linkStatusCtx);
+
+/* for source code compatibility */
+#define pppOpen(fd,cb,ls) pppOverSerialOpen(fd,cb,ls)
+
+/*
+ * Close a PPP connection and release the descriptor.
+ * Any outstanding packets in the queues are dropped.
+ * Return 0 on success, an error code on failure.
+ */
+int pppClose(int pd);
+
+/*
+ * Indicate to the PPP process that the line has disconnected.
+ */
+void pppSigHUP(int pd);
+
+/*
+ * Get and set parameters for the given connection.
+ * Return 0 on success, an error code on failure.
+ */
+int pppIOCtl(int pd, int cmd, void *arg);
+
+/*
+ * Return the Maximum Transmission Unit for the given PPP connection.
+ */
+u_short pppMTU(int pd);
+
+/*
+ * Write n characters to a ppp link.
+ * RETURN: >= 0 Number of characters written, -1 Failed to write to device.
+ */
+int pppWrite(int pd, const u_char *s, int n);
+
+void pppInProcOverEthernet(int pd, struct pbuf *pb);
+
+struct pbuf *pppSingleBuf(struct pbuf *p);
+
+void pppLinkTerminated(int pd);
+
+void pppLinkDown(int pd);
+
+void pppos_input(int pd, u_char* data, int len);
+
+/* Configure i/f transmit parameters */
+void ppp_send_config (int, u16_t, u32_t, int, int);
+/* Set extended transmit ACCM */
+void ppp_set_xaccm (int, ext_accm *);
+/* Configure i/f receive parameters */
+void ppp_recv_config (int, int, u32_t, int, int);
+/* Find out how long link has been idle */
+int get_idle_time (int, struct ppp_idle *);
+
+/* Configure VJ TCP header compression */
+int sifvjcomp (int, int, u8_t, u8_t);
+/* Configure i/f down (for IP) */
+int sifup (int);
+/* Set mode for handling packets for proto */
+int sifnpmode (int u, int proto, enum NPmode mode);
+/* Configure i/f down (for IP) */
+int sifdown (int);
+/* Configure IP addresses for i/f */
+int sifaddr (int, u32_t, u32_t, u32_t, u32_t, u32_t);
+/* Reset i/f IP addresses */
+int cifaddr (int, u32_t, u32_t);
+/* Create default route through i/f */
+int sifdefaultroute (int, u32_t, u32_t);
+/* Delete default route through i/f */
+int cifdefaultroute (int, u32_t, u32_t);
+
+/* Get appropriate netmask for address */
+u32_t GetMask (u32_t);
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
+void ppp_set_netif_statuscallback(int pd, netif_status_callback_fn status_callback);
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
+#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
+void ppp_set_netif_linkcallback(int pd, netif_status_callback_fn link_callback);
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
+
+#endif /* PPP_SUPPORT */
+
+#endif /* PPP_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/netif/ppp/pppdebug.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +/***************************************************************************** +* pppdebug.h - System debugging utilities. +* +* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc. +* portions Copyright (c) 1998 Global Election Systems Inc. +* portions Copyright (c) 2001 by Cognizant Pty Ltd. +* +* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, +* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided +* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this +* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any +* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required +* for any of the authorized uses. +* +* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR +* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. +* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT +* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF +* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +* +****************************************************************************** +* REVISION HISTORY (please don't use tabs!) +* +* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca> +* Ported to lwIP. +* 98-07-29 Guy Lancaster <lancasterg@acm.org>, Global Election Systems Inc. +* Original. +* +***************************************************************************** +*/ +#ifndef PPPDEBUG_H +#define PPPDEBUG_H + +/* Trace levels. */ +#define LOG_CRITICAL (PPP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SEVERE) +#define LOG_ERR (PPP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SEVERE) +#define LOG_NOTICE (PPP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING) +#define LOG_WARNING (PPP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING) +#define LOG_INFO (PPP_DEBUG) +#define LOG_DETAIL (PPP_DEBUG) +#define LOG_DEBUG (PPP_DEBUG) + + +#define TRACELCP PPP_DEBUG + +#if PPP_DEBUG + +#define AUTHDEBUG(a, b) LWIP_DEBUGF(a, b) +#define IPCPDEBUG(a, b) LWIP_DEBUGF(a, b) +#define UPAPDEBUG(a, b) LWIP_DEBUGF(a, b) +#define LCPDEBUG(a, b) LWIP_DEBUGF(a, b) +#define FSMDEBUG(a, b) LWIP_DEBUGF(a, b) +#define CHAPDEBUG(a, b) LWIP_DEBUGF(a, b) +#define PPPDEBUG(a, b) LWIP_DEBUGF(a, b) + +#else /* PPP_DEBUG */ + +#define AUTHDEBUG(a, b) +#define IPCPDEBUG(a, b) +#define UPAPDEBUG(a, b) +#define LCPDEBUG(a, b) +#define FSMDEBUG(a, b) +#define CHAPDEBUG(a, b) +#define PPPDEBUG(a, b) + +#endif /* PPP_DEBUG */ + +#endif /* PPPDEBUG_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/netif/ppp/randm.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/***************************************************************************** +* randm.h - Random number generator header file. +* +* Copyright (c) 2003 by Marc Boucher, Services Informatiques (MBSI) inc. +* Copyright (c) 1998 Global Election Systems Inc. +* +* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, +* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided +* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this +* notice and the following disclaimer are included verbatim in any +* distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required +* for any of the authorized uses. +* +* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRIBUTORS *AS IS* AND ANY EXPRESS OR +* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. +* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, +* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT +* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF +* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +* +****************************************************************************** +* REVISION HISTORY +* +* 03-01-01 Marc Boucher <marc@mbsi.ca> +* Ported to lwIP. +* 98-05-29 Guy Lancaster <glanca@gesn.com>, Global Election Systems Inc. +* Extracted from avos. +*****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef RANDM_H +#define RANDM_H + +/*********************** +*** PUBLIC FUNCTIONS *** +***********************/ +/* + * Initialize the random number generator. + */ +void avRandomInit(void); + +/* + * Churn the randomness pool on a random event. Call this early and often + * on random and semi-random system events to build randomness in time for + * usage. For randomly timed events, pass a null pointer and a zero length + * and this will use the system timer and other sources to add randomness. + * If new random data is available, pass a pointer to that and it will be + * included. + */ +void avChurnRand(char *randData, u32_t randLen); + +/* + * Randomize our random seed value. To be called for truely random events + * such as user operations and network traffic. + */ +#if MD5_SUPPORT +#define avRandomize() avChurnRand(NULL, 0) +#else /* MD5_SUPPORT */ +void avRandomize(void); +#endif /* MD5_SUPPORT */ + +/* + * Use the random pool to generate random data. This degrades to pseudo + * random when used faster than randomness is supplied using churnRand(). + * Thus it's important to make sure that the results of this are not + * published directly because one could predict the next result to at + * least some degree. Also, it's important to get a good seed before + * the first use. + */ +void avGenRand(char *buf, u32_t bufLen); + +/* + * Return a new random number. + */ +u32_t avRandom(void); + + +#endif /* RANDM_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/lwip/netif/ppp/vj.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/*
+ * Definitions for tcp compression routines.
+ *
+ * $Id: vj.h,v 1.7 2010/02/22 17:52:09 goldsimon Exp $
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ * advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ * by the University of California, Berkeley. The name of the
+ * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ *
+ * Van Jacobson (van@helios.ee.lbl.gov), Dec 31, 1989:
+ * - Initial distribution.
+ */
+
+#ifndef VJ_H
+#define VJ_H
+
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+#include "lwip/tcp_impl.h"
+
+#define MAX_SLOTS 16 /* must be > 2 and < 256 */
+#define MAX_HDR 128
+
+/*
+ * Compressed packet format:
+ *
+ * The first octet contains the packet type (top 3 bits), TCP
+ * 'push' bit, and flags that indicate which of the 4 TCP sequence
+ * numbers have changed (bottom 5 bits). The next octet is a
+ * conversation number that associates a saved IP/TCP header with
+ * the compressed packet. The next two octets are the TCP checksum
+ * from the original datagram. The next 0 to 15 octets are
+ * sequence number changes, one change per bit set in the header
+ * (there may be no changes and there are two special cases where
+ * the receiver implicitly knows what changed -- see below).
+ *
+ * There are 5 numbers which can change (they are always inserted
+ * in the following order): TCP urgent pointer, window,
+ * acknowlegement, sequence number and IP ID. (The urgent pointer
+ * is different from the others in that its value is sent, not the
+ * change in value.) Since typical use of SLIP links is biased
+ * toward small packets (see comments on MTU/MSS below), changes
+ * use a variable length coding with one octet for numbers in the
+ * range 1 - 255 and 3 octets (0, MSB, LSB) for numbers in the
+ * range 256 - 65535 or 0. (If the change in sequence number or
+ * ack is more than 65535, an uncompressed packet is sent.)
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Packet types (must not conflict with IP protocol version)
+ *
+ * The top nibble of the first octet is the packet type. There are
+ * three possible types: IP (not proto TCP or tcp with one of the
+ * control flags set); uncompressed TCP (a normal IP/TCP packet but
+ * with the 8-bit protocol field replaced by an 8-bit connection id --
+ * this type of packet syncs the sender & receiver); and compressed
+ * TCP (described above).
+ *
+ * LSB of 4-bit field is TCP "PUSH" bit (a worthless anachronism) and
+ * is logically part of the 4-bit "changes" field that follows. Top
+ * three bits are actual packet type. For backward compatibility
+ * and in the interest of conserving bits, numbers are chosen so the
+ * IP protocol version number (4) which normally appears in this nibble
+ * means "IP packet".
+ */
+
+/* packet types */
+#define TYPE_IP 0x40
+#define TYPE_UNCOMPRESSED_TCP 0x70
+#define TYPE_COMPRESSED_TCP 0x80
+#define TYPE_ERROR 0x00
+
+/* Bits in first octet of compressed packet */
+#define NEW_C 0x40 /* flag bits for what changed in a packet */
+#define NEW_I 0x20
+#define NEW_S 0x08
+#define NEW_A 0x04
+#define NEW_W 0x02
+#define NEW_U 0x01
+
+/* reserved, special-case values of above */
+#define SPECIAL_I (NEW_S|NEW_W|NEW_U) /* echoed interactive traffic */
+#define SPECIAL_D (NEW_S|NEW_A|NEW_W|NEW_U) /* unidirectional data */
+#define SPECIALS_MASK (NEW_S|NEW_A|NEW_W|NEW_U)
+
+#define TCP_PUSH_BIT 0x10
+
+
+/*
+ * "state" data for each active tcp conversation on the wire. This is
+ * basically a copy of the entire IP/TCP header from the last packet
+ * we saw from the conversation together with a small identifier
+ * the transmit & receive ends of the line use to locate saved header.
+ */
+struct cstate {
+ struct cstate *cs_next; /* next most recently used state (xmit only) */
+ u_short cs_hlen; /* size of hdr (receive only) */
+ u_char cs_id; /* connection # associated with this state */
+ u_char cs_filler;
+ union {
+ char csu_hdr[MAX_HDR];
+ struct ip_hdr csu_ip; /* ip/tcp hdr from most recent packet */
+ } vjcs_u;
+};
+#define cs_ip vjcs_u.csu_ip
+#define cs_hdr vjcs_u.csu_hdr
+
+
+struct vjstat {
+ unsigned long vjs_packets; /* outbound packets */
+ unsigned long vjs_compressed; /* outbound compressed packets */
+ unsigned long vjs_searches; /* searches for connection state */
+ unsigned long vjs_misses; /* times couldn't find conn. state */
+ unsigned long vjs_uncompressedin; /* inbound uncompressed packets */
+ unsigned long vjs_compressedin; /* inbound compressed packets */
+ unsigned long vjs_errorin; /* inbound unknown type packets */
+ unsigned long vjs_tossed; /* inbound packets tossed because of error */
+};
+
+/*
+ * all the state data for one serial line (we need one of these per line).
+ */
+struct vjcompress {
+ struct cstate *last_cs; /* most recently used tstate */
+ u_char last_recv; /* last rcvd conn. id */
+ u_char last_xmit; /* last sent conn. id */
+ u_short flags;
+ u_char maxSlotIndex;
+ u_char compressSlot; /* Flag indicating OK to compress slot ID. */
+#if LINK_STATS
+ struct vjstat stats;
+#endif
+ struct cstate tstate[MAX_SLOTS]; /* xmit connection states */
+ struct cstate rstate[MAX_SLOTS]; /* receive connection states */
+};
+
+/* flag values */
+#define VJF_TOSS 1U /* tossing rcvd frames because of input err */
+
+extern void vj_compress_init (struct vjcompress *comp);
+extern u_int vj_compress_tcp (struct vjcompress *comp, struct pbuf *pb);
+extern void vj_uncompress_err (struct vjcompress *comp);
+extern int vj_uncompress_uncomp(struct pbuf *nb, struct vjcompress *comp);
+extern int vj_uncompress_tcp (struct pbuf **nb, struct vjcompress *comp);
+
+#endif /* VJ_H */
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/EthernetNetIf/LPC2368/netCfg.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +//This file has been auto-generated, please do not modify here. +#ifndef __ETHERNETNETIF_CONFIG_H +#define TARGET_LPC2368 1 +#define NET_TELIT_STACK 0 +#define NET_GPRS 0 +#define NET_PPP 0 +#define NET_ZG2100 0 +#define NET_GPRS_MODULE 0 +#define NET_ETH 1 +#define NET_USB_SERIAL 0 +#define NET_CFG_H 1 +#define NET_USB 0 +#define NET_LWIP_STACK 1 +#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/blobConfig.cpp Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,537 @@
+
+#include "blobConfig.h"
+
+blobConfig::blobConfig(): numBlobs(0) {
+ //blobArray.clear();// there is no need to do this, the vector does not contains anything here.
+}
+
+blobConfig::~blobConfig() {
+ clearConfig();
+}
+
+// =========================================== STANDARD CONFIGURATIONS =============================================================================
+
+
+
+void blobConfig::clearConfig() {
+ for (int i=0; i<blobArray.size(); i++) delete blobArray[i]; // we must delete the pointer created with new, so the memory for the object is liberated (calls its destructor)
+ blobArray.clear();
+ numBlobs=0;// this is just equal to blobArray.size()
+}
+
+void blobConfig::initConfig(configType cfType, int numblobs) {
+ myConfigType=cfType;
+ int i;
+ switch(myConfigType) {
+ case ONE_ELASTIC_FOLLOWING:
+ // computeBoundingBox();
+ clearConfig();
+ addOneElasticContourFollowing();
+ break;
+ case ONE_ELASTIC_MOUTH:
+ // computeBoundingBox();
+ clearConfig();
+ addOneElasticLoopContractCentral();
+ break;
+ case ONE_ELASTIC_MOUTH_SMALL:
+ // computeBoundingBox();
+ clearConfig();
+ addOneElasticLoopContractCentralFast();
+ break;
+ case BOUNCING_SPOTS:
+ // computeBoundingBox();
+ clearConfig();
+ for (i=0; i<numblobs ; i++) addOneRigidLoopBouncing();
+ randomizeAllColors();
+ break;
+ case LORENTZ_SPOTS:
+ // computeBoundingBox();
+ clearConfig();
+ for (i=0; i<numblobs ; i++) addOneRigidLoopLorentz();
+ randomizeAllColors();
+ break;
+ case FOLLOWING_SPOTS:
+ // computeBoundingBox();
+ clearConfig();
+ for (i=0; i<numblobs ; i++) {
+ addOneRigidLoopFollowing(vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X+i*200, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y+i*200), vector2Df(11,0));
+ }
+ // randomize colors:
+ randomizeAllColors();
+ break;
+ case ONE_TRACKING_SPOT:
+ clearConfig();
+ addOneRigidTrackingSpot();
+ break;
+ case ONE_TRACKING_SPOT_DOT:
+ clearConfig();
+ addOneRigidTrackingSpotDot();
+ break;
+ case AIR_HOCKEY_GAME:
+ // computeBoundingBox();
+ clearConfig();
+ for (i=0; i<numblobs ; i++) addOneRigidLoopAirHockey();
+ break;
+ case CIRCULAR_PONG_GAME:
+ // computeBoundingBox();
+ clearConfig();
+ // (1) One SPOT_TRACK to track the background. It will be the number 0 in the config.
+ addOneRigidTrackingSpotDot();
+ // (2) Add bouncing spots:
+ for (i=0; i<numblobs ; i++) {
+ float anglaux=1.0*i/numblobs*2*PI;
+ addOneRigidLoopBouncing(vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X+200*cos(anglaux), CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y+200*sin(anglaux)),
+ vector2Df(5*cos(anglaux),sin(anglaux))*10);
+ }
+ break;
+ case VERTICAL_PINBALL_GAME:
+ clearConfig();
+ // (1) one (or two) SPOT_TRACK or SPOT_TRACK_DOT to track the background - It will be the number 0 (and 1) in the config.
+ addOneRigidTrackingSpotDot(vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y+600),
+ vector2Df(0,0));
+ // addOneRigidTrackingSpot(vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y+600),
+ // vector2Df(0,0));
+ // (2) one or more bouncing spots with gravity:
+ for (i=0; i<numblobs ; i++) {
+ addOneRigidLoopBouncingGravity(vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y-600),
+ vector2Df(i*10-5,0));
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case RAIN_MODE:
+ clearConfig();
+ // Add bouncing spot with gravity:
+ for (i=0; i<numblobs ; i++) {
+ addOneRigidLoopBouncingGravity(vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, 10), vector2Df(0,0));
+ }
+ randomizeAllColors();
+ break;
+ case FISH_NET_GAME:
+ clearConfig();
+ // (1) one SPOT_TRACK_DOT to track the background - It will be the number 0
+ addOneRigidTrackingSpotDot(vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y), // CENTERED
+ vector2Df(0,0));
+ // (2) Add bouncing spots without gravity:
+ for (i=0; i<numblobs ; i++) {
+ float anglaux=1.0*i/numblobs*2*PI;
+ addOneRigidLoopBouncing(vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X+400*cos(anglaux), CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y+400*sin(anglaux)),
+ vector2Df(cos(anglaux),sin(anglaux))*10);
+ }
+ break;
+ case PAC_MAN_GAME:
+ clearConfig();
+ //(1) add one very slowly slidind-bouncing spot, the PACMAN (number 0 in the config):
+ // addOneRigidLoopPacman(vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y), vector2Df(20,0));
+
+ // note: the pacman behaviour is not so good... for the time being, let's just use a following spot:
+ addOneRigidLoopFollowing(vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y), vector2Df(10,0));
+ // set the color to red+green:
+ blobArray.back()->setColor(0x06);
+
+
+ // (2) Add some initial SPOT_FOLLOWING or SPOT_GHOST spots (the ghosts):
+ addOneRigidLoopGhost(vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X+500, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y-500), vector2Df(-5,0));
+ addOneRigidLoopGhost(vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X-500, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y-500), vector2Df(5,0));
+
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // make sure lockin red is ON (could be off if using blue for checking mirror delay...):
+ IO.setLaserLockinPower(1);
+}
+
+void blobConfig::printParameters() {
+ for (int i=0; i<blobArray.size(); i++) {
+ pc.printf("Blob n.%d\n", i);
+ blobArray[i]->printParameters(); // a blob that is in stand-by mode may send data (good for testing with a fixed loop)
+ }
+ }
+
+ // ==================== Template spots from which to create multi-spot configurations: =====================
+
+void blobConfig::addOneElasticLoopRelax(vector2Df initpos, vector2Df initspeed) {
+ elasticLoop* pBlob= new elasticLoop();
+ pBlob->createBlob(blobArray.size(), RELAX, initpos, initspeed);
+ // add this relaxing loop to the present config:
+ blobArray.push_back(pBlob);
+
+ // update auxiliary variable numBlobs (just for easy reference):
+ numBlobs=blobArray.size();
+
+}
+
+
+void blobConfig::addOneElasticLoopContract(vector2Df initpos, vector2Df initspeed) {
+ elasticLoop* pBlob= new elasticLoop();
+ pBlob->createBlob(blobArray.size(), CONTRACT, initpos, initspeed);
+ // add this relaxing loop to the present config:
+ blobArray.push_back(pBlob);
+
+ // update auxiliary variable numBlobs (just for easy reference):
+ numBlobs=blobArray.size();
+}
+
+void blobConfig::addOneElasticLoopContractCentral(vector2Df initpos, vector2Df initspeed) {
+ elasticLoop* pBlob= new elasticLoop();
+ pBlob->createBlob(blobArray.size(), CONTRACT_CENTRAL, initpos, initspeed);
+ // add this relaxing loop to the present config:
+ blobArray.push_back(pBlob);
+
+ // update auxiliary variable numBlobs (just for easy reference):
+ numBlobs=blobArray.size();
+}
+
+void blobConfig::addOneElasticLoopContractCentralFast(vector2Df initpos, vector2Df initspeed) {
+ elasticLoop* pBlob= new elasticLoop();
+ pBlob->createBlob(blobArray.size(), CONTRACT_CENTRAL_FAST, initpos, initspeed);
+ // add this relaxing loop to the present config:
+ blobArray.push_back(pBlob);
+
+ // update auxiliary variable numBlobs (just for easy reference):
+ numBlobs=blobArray.size();
+}
+
+void blobConfig::addOneElasticContourFollowing(vector2Df initpos, vector2Df initspeed) {
+
+ elasticLoop* pBlob= new elasticLoop();
+ pBlob->createBlob(blobArray.size(), CONTOUR_FOLLOWING, initpos, initspeed);
+ // add this relaxing loop to the present config:
+ blobArray.push_back(pBlob);
+
+ // update auxiliary variable numBlobs (just for easy reference):
+ numBlobs=blobArray.size();
+}
+
+
+void blobConfig:: addOneElasticContourFollowingFAST(vector2Df initpos, vector2Df initspeed) {
+ elasticLoop* pBlob= new elasticLoop();
+ pBlob->createBlob(blobArray.size(), CONTOUR_FOLLOWING_FAST, initpos, initspeed);
+ // add this relaxing loop to the present config:
+ blobArray.push_back(pBlob);
+
+ // update auxiliary variable numBlobs (just for easy reference):
+ numBlobs=blobArray.size();
+}
+
+void blobConfig::addOneElasticBouncing(vector2Df initpos, vector2Df initspeed) {
+ elasticLoop* pBlob= new elasticLoop();
+ pBlob->createBlob(blobArray.size(), BOUNCING, initpos, initspeed);
+ // add this relaxing loop to the present config:
+ blobArray.push_back(pBlob);
+
+ // update auxiliary variable numBlobs (just for easy reference):
+ numBlobs=blobArray.size();
+}
+void blobConfig::addOneRigidLoopBouncingGravity(vector2Df initpos, vector2Df initspeed) {
+ rigidLoop* pBlob= new rigidLoop();
+ pBlob->createBlob(blobArray.size(), SPOT_BOUNCING_FACTOR, initpos, initspeed);
+ // (We can use here methods of the child class, even if these are not declared virtual on the base class, because we are doing this BEFORE
+ // adding this to the blobArray as a pointer). This is good to set parameters...
+ pBlob->gravity.set(0,3.5);
+ pBlob->centerMass.dampMotion = 0.002;
+ pBlob->factorBouncingForce=0;//0.003; // this is because we will use a force on the central mass (not used in SPOT_BOUNCING_FACTOR)
+ pBlob->factorAbsorptionShock=0.9; // coef elastic bouncing
+
+ // add this relaxing loop to the present config:
+ blobArray.push_back(pBlob);
+
+ // update auxiliary variable numBlobs (just for easy reference):
+ numBlobs=blobArray.size();
+}
+void blobConfig::addOneRigidLoopBouncing(vector2Df initpos, vector2Df initspeed) {
+ rigidLoop* pBlob= new rigidLoop();
+ pBlob->createBlob(blobArray.size(), SPOT_BOUNCING_FACTOR, initpos, initspeed);
+ // add this relaxing loop to the present config:
+ blobArray.push_back(pBlob);
+
+ // update auxiliary variable numBlobs (just for easy reference):
+ numBlobs=blobArray.size();
+}
+
+void blobConfig::addOneRigidLoopPacman(vector2Df initpos, vector2Df initspeed) {
+ rigidLoop* pBlob= new rigidLoop();
+ pBlob->createBlob(blobArray.size(), SPOT_PACMAN, initpos, initspeed);
+ // add this relaxing loop to the present config:
+ blobArray.push_back(pBlob);
+
+ // update auxiliary variable numBlobs (just for easy reference):
+ numBlobs=blobArray.size();
+}
+void blobConfig::addOneRigidLoopGhost(vector2Df initpos, vector2Df initspeed) {
+ rigidLoop* pBlob= new rigidLoop();
+ pBlob->createBlob(blobArray.size(), SPOT_GHOST, initpos, initspeed);
+ // add this relaxing loop to the present config:
+ blobArray.push_back(pBlob);
+
+ // update auxiliary variable numBlobs (just for easy reference):
+ numBlobs=blobArray.size();
+}
+
+
+void blobConfig::addOneRigidLoopLorentz(vector2Df initpos, vector2Df initspeed) {
+ rigidLoop* pBlob= new rigidLoop();
+ pBlob->createBlob(blobArray.size(), SPOT_LORENTZ_FORCE, initpos, initspeed);
+ // add this loop to the present config:
+ blobArray.push_back(pBlob);
+
+ // update auxiliary variable numBlobs (just for easy reference):
+ numBlobs=blobArray.size();
+}
+
+void blobConfig::addOneRigidLoopAirHockey(vector2Df initpos, vector2Df initspeed) {
+ rigidLoop* pBlob= new rigidLoop();
+ pBlob->createBlob(blobArray.size(), SPOT_AIR_HOCKEY, initpos, initspeed);
+ // add this loop to the present config:
+ blobArray.push_back(pBlob);
+
+ // update auxiliary variable numBlobs (just for easy reference):
+ numBlobs=blobArray.size();
+}
+
+void blobConfig::addOneRigidLoopFollowing(vector2Df initpos, vector2Df initspeed) {
+ rigidLoop* pBlob= new rigidLoop();
+ pBlob->createBlob(blobArray.size(), SPOT_FOLLOWING, initpos, initspeed);
+ // add this relaxing loop to the present config:
+ blobArray.push_back(pBlob);
+
+ // random color for Tokyo Designer Week:
+ //randomizeAllColors();
+
+ // update auxiliary variable numBlobs (just for easy reference):
+ numBlobs=blobArray.size();
+}
+
+void blobConfig::addOneRigidLoopTest(vector2Df initpos, vector2Df initspeed) {
+ rigidLoop* pBlob= new rigidLoop();
+ pBlob->createBlob(blobArray.size(), SPOT_TEST, initpos, initspeed);
+ // add this relaxing loop to the present config:
+ blobArray.push_back(pBlob);
+
+ // update auxiliary variable numBlobs (just for easy reference):
+ numBlobs=blobArray.size();
+}
+
+void blobConfig::addOneRigidTrackingSpot(vector2Df initpos, vector2Df initspeed) {
+ rigidLoop* pBlob= new rigidLoop();
+ pBlob->createBlob(blobArray.size(), SPOT_TRACK, initpos, initspeed);
+ // add this relaxing loop to the present config:
+ blobArray.push_back(pBlob);
+
+ // update auxiliary variable numBlobs (just for easy reference):
+ numBlobs=blobArray.size();
+}
+
+void blobConfig::addOneRigidTrackingSpotDot(vector2Df initpos, vector2Df initspeed) {
+ rigidLoop* pBlob= new rigidLoop();
+ pBlob->createBlob(blobArray.size(), SPOT_TRACK_DOT, initpos, initspeed);
+ // add this relaxing loop to the present config:
+ blobArray.push_back(pBlob);
+
+ // update auxiliary variable numBlobs (just for easy reference):
+ numBlobs=blobArray.size();
+}
+// ==================================================================================================================================================
+void blobConfig::processSensedData() {
+ for (int i=0; i<blobArray.size(); i++) blobArray[i]->displaySensingBuffer.processSensedData(); // note: region with light is -1, and without is 2 (TO CHANGE!!! then we don't need to do "if" in the moment computation, but just a product)
+}
+
+void blobConfig::allKill() { // this put all the blobs in "dead" mode, meaning that neither rendering nor update is done (but they are not deleted).
+ for (int i=0; i<blobArray.size(); i++) {
+ blobArray[i]->render = false;
+ blobArray[i]->standByMode = false;
+ }
+}
+void blobConfig::allAlive() {
+ for (int i=0; i<blobArray.size(); i++) {
+ blobArray[i]->render = true;
+ blobArray[i]->standByMode = true;
+ }
+}
+
+void blobConfig::allStandBy() {
+ for (int i=0; i<blobArray.size(); i++) blobArray[i]->standByMode = true;
+}
+
+void blobConfig::allResume() {
+ for (int i=0; i<blobArray.size(); i++) blobArray[i]->standByMode = false;
+}
+
+void blobConfig::allVisible() {
+ for (int i=0; i<blobArray.size(); i++) blobArray[i]->render = true;
+}
+
+void blobConfig::allInvisible() { // note that they may continue to evolve
+ for (int i=0; i<blobArray.size(); i++) blobArray[i]->render = false;
+}
+
+void blobConfig::allSetColor(unsigned char c) {
+ for (int i=0; i<blobArray.size(); i++) blobArray[i]->setColor(c);
+ }
+
+ void blobConfig::allSetGreen(unsigned char c) {
+ for (int i=0; i<blobArray.size(); i++) blobArray[i]->setGreenColor(c);
+ }
+
+ void blobConfig::allSetBlue(unsigned char c) {
+ for (int i=0; i<blobArray.size(); i++) blobArray[i]->setBlueColor(c);
+ }
+
+ void blobConfig::randomizeAllColors() {
+ int c;
+ for (int i=0; i<blobArray.size(); i++) {
+ c= rand() % 2;
+ blobArray[i]->setBlueColor(c);
+ c= rand() % 2;
+ blobArray[i]->setGreenColor(c);
+ }
+ }
+
+void blobConfig::update() { // update dynamics of the blob configuration:
+int i;
+float minDist=5000, dist;
+bool win;
+ // Depending on the config type, perform some special test and updates:
+ switch(myConfigType) {
+ // simple behaviours:
+ case ONE_ELASTIC_FOLLOWING:
+ case ONE_ELASTIC_MOUTH:
+ case ONE_ELASTIC_MOUTH_SMALL:
+ case BOUNCING_SPOTS:
+ case LORENTZ_SPOTS:
+ case FOLLOWING_SPOTS:
+ case ONE_TRACKING_SPOT:
+ case AIR_HOCKEY_GAME:
+ // In all these simple cases, update dynamics of each blob independently:
+ for (i=0; i<blobArray.size(); i++) {
+ if (blobArray[i]->standByMode==false) blobArray[i]->update();
+ }
+ break;
+ // more game-like:
+ case CIRCULAR_PONG_GAME:
+ // spot index 0 is a tracking spot, the background "anchor":
+ if (blobArray[0]->standByMode==false) blobArray[0]->update();
+ // all the other spots are bouncing spots:
+ for (i=1; i<blobArray.size(); i++) {
+ if (blobArray[i]->standByMode==false) blobArray[i]->update();
+ }
+ // GAME CHECK: is some bouncing spot too far from the anchor? if so, make it "explode" (and then dissapear, but leave this for now):
+ for (i=1; i<blobArray.size(); i++) {
+ dist=(blobArray[0]->getCenter()).distance(blobArray[i]->getCenter());
+ if (dist>1000) {
+ blobArray[i]->explosion();
+ float anglaux=1.0*(i-1)/(blobArray.size()-1)*2*PI;
+ blobArray[i]->setPositionSpeed(vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X+200*cos(anglaux), CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y+200*sin(anglaux)),
+ vector2Df(cos(anglaux),sin(anglaux))*10);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case RAIN_MODE: // this is just spots with gravity that reapears in the top position when reaching the bottom:
+ // others are bouncing with gravity:
+ for (i=0; i<blobArray.size(); i++) {
+ if (blobArray[i]->standByMode==false) blobArray[i]->update();
+ }
+ // GAME CHECKS:
+ for (i=0; i<blobArray.size(); i++) {
+ if (blobArray[i]->getCenter().y>MAX_AD_MIRRORS-20) {
+ // Replace position of spot to the initial position:
+ blobArray[i]->explosion();
+ blobArray[i]->resetPositionSpeed();
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case VERTICAL_PINBALL_GAME:
+ // spot index 0 is a tracking spot, the background "anchor":
+ if (blobArray[0]->standByMode==false) blobArray[0]->update();
+ // others are bouncing with gravity:
+ for (i=1; i<blobArray.size(); i++) {
+ if (blobArray[i]->standByMode==false) blobArray[i]->update();
+ }
+ // GAME CHECKS:
+ for (i=1; i<blobArray.size(); i++) {
+ dist=(blobArray[0]->getCenter()).distance(blobArray[i]->getCenter());
+ //(1) win (meaning bouncing spot very close to anchor):
+ if (dist<60) {
+ blobArray[i]->explosion();
+ blobArray[i]->setPositionSpeed(vector2Df(blobArray[0]->getCenter().x-400+rand()%800, blobArray[0]->getCenter().y-1200),
+ vector2Df(0, 0));
+ }
+ //(2) loose (meaning spot went outside range):
+ if (blobArray[i]->getCenter().y>blobArray[0]->getCenter().y) {
+ blobArray[i]->setPositionSpeed(vector2Df(blobArray[0]->getCenter().x-400+rand()%800, blobArray[0]->getCenter().y-1200),
+ vector2Df(i*10-5, 0));
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case FISH_NET_GAME:
+ // spot index 0 is a tracking spot, the background "anchor":
+ if (blobArray[0]->standByMode==false) blobArray[0]->update();
+ // all the other spots are bouncing spots:
+ for (i=1; i<blobArray.size(); i++) {
+ if (blobArray[i]->standByMode==false) blobArray[i]->update();
+ }
+ // GAME CHECKS: a win only, when all the spots are very close to the mother spot:
+ win=true;
+ for (i=1; i<blobArray.size(); i++) {
+ dist=(blobArray[0]->getCenter()).distance(blobArray[i]->getCenter());
+ win&=(dist<80);
+ }
+ if (win) {
+ for (i=1; i<blobArray.size(); i++) {
+ blobArray[i]->explosion();
+ float anglaux=1.0*(i-1)/(blobArray.size()-1)*2*PI;
+ blobArray[i]->setPositionSpeed(vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X+400*cos(anglaux), CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y+400*sin(anglaux)),
+ vector2Df(cos(anglaux),sin(anglaux))*10);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case PAC_MAN_GAME:
+ // spot index 0 is the pacman:
+ if (blobArray[0]->standByMode==false) blobArray[0]->update();
+ // spot 1 and 2 are ghosts:
+ if (blobArray[1]->standByMode==false) blobArray[1]->update(blobArray[0]->getCenter());
+ if (blobArray[2]->standByMode==false) blobArray[2]->update(blobArray[0]->getCenter()); // pass the position of the PACMAN!
+
+ // GAME CHECK: are any ghost too close to the pacman?
+ for (i=1; i<blobArray.size(); i++) {
+ dist=(blobArray[0]->getCenter()).distance(blobArray[i]->getCenter());
+ if (minDist>dist) minDist=dist;
+ }
+ if (minDist<50) {
+ blobArray[0]->explosion();
+ // then restart the game:
+ // initConfig(PAC_MAN_GAME);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+
+}
+
+void blobConfig::computeBoundingBox() {
+ for (int i=0; i<blobArray.size(); i++) {
+ blobArray[i]->computeBoundingBox();
+ }
+}
+
+void blobConfig::draw() { // draw uses the opengl like renderer (if any), and save projected trajectory in the LaserSensingTrajectory object of each blob
+ for (int i=0; i<blobArray.size(); i++) {
+ if (blobArray[i]->render==true) blobArray[i]->draw();
+ }
+}
+
+void blobConfig::sendConfData() {
+// For the time being, only "per blob" data sending:
+// (b) Per-spot sending of data (note: both are NOT exclusive; so if we want just packaged data, we need to make all the spot STOP sending data.
+ for (int i=0; i<blobArray.size(); i++) {
+ if (blobArray[i]->render==true) blobArray[i]->sendData(); // a blob that is in stand-by mode may send data (good for testing with a fixed loop)
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/blobConfig.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+#ifndef blobConf_h
+#define blobConf_h
+
+// include all kind of spots classes (childs of soundSpot)
+#include "elasticLoop.h"
+#include "rigidLoop.h"
+#include "hardwareIO.h" // this is in fact only to get to know the initial position of the spots, as well as the mirror limits to set the bounding box for the blobs
+
+#include <vector>
+//#include <deque>; // using a deque instead of a vector can have advantanges in terms of memory (deque can handle fragmented memory), BUT IS SLOWER.
+using namespace std;
+
+// This is for the SKIN GAMES project, in which not only each blob object has behaviour of its own, but the blobs can interact in different ways; hence the update
+// method cannot be just "update all the blobs":
+enum configType {ONE_ELASTIC_FOLLOWING, ONE_ELASTIC_MOUTH, ONE_ELASTIC_MOUTH_SMALL,
+ ONE_TRACKING_SPOT, ONE_TRACKING_SPOT_DOT,
+ BOUNCING_SPOTS, LORENTZ_SPOTS, FOLLOWING_SPOTS,
+ AIR_HOCKEY_GAME, CIRCULAR_PONG_GAME, FISH_NET_GAME, VERTICAL_PINBALL_GAME, PAC_MAN_GAME,
+ RAIN_MODE};
+
+class blobConfig {
+public:
+
+ //========== Methods =============
+ blobConfig(); // overaloded constructor
+ blobConfig(configType cftype, unsigned char numspots=1) { initConfig(cftype, numspots);}; // overaloded constructor with parameters
+ ~blobConfig();
+
+ void initConfig(configType myConfigType, int numblobs=1);
+
+ void clearConfig(); // actually delete every element of the config (note: the blobArray is a vector of POINTERS, it is not enought to do blobArray.clear()).
+
+ void processSensedData();
+
+ void allKill(); // this put all the blobs in "dead" mode, meaning that neither rendering nor update is done (but they are not deleted).
+ void allAlive();
+
+ void allStandBy(); //NO update, but rendering may be done (they are "frozen" in their positions)
+ void allResume();
+
+ void allInvisible(); // blobs are invisible, but they may continue to evolve (call to update)
+ void allVisible();
+
+ void allSetColor(unsigned char c);
+ void allSetGreen(unsigned char c);
+ void allSetBlue(unsigned char c);
+ void randomizeAllColors();
+
+ void update(); // update dynamics
+ void draw(); // draw in the LaserSensingTrajectory object (lsdTrajectory) of each blob, using the openGL laser rendering (not yet done).
+
+ void printParameters(); // on serial port (for calibration)
+
+ void sendConfData(); // send OSC data for all the blobs
+
+ void computeBoundingBox();
+
+ // ========= Template spots from which to create multi-spot configurations: =====================
+ void addOneElasticLoopRelax(vector2Df initpos=vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y), vector2Df initspeed=vector2Df(0,0));
+ void addOneElasticLoopContract(vector2Df initpos=vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y), vector2Df initspeed=vector2Df(0,0));
+ void addOneElasticLoopContractCentral(vector2Df initpos=vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y), vector2Df initspeed=vector2Df(0,0));
+ void addOneElasticLoopContractCentralFast(vector2Df initpos=vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y), vector2Df initspeed=vector2Df(0,0));
+ void addOneElasticContourFollowing(vector2Df initpos=vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y), vector2Df initspeed=vector2Df(0,0));
+ void addOneElasticContourFollowingFAST(vector2Df initpos=vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y), vector2Df initspeed=vector2Df(0,0));
+ void addOneElasticBouncing(vector2Df initpos=vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y), vector2Df initspeed=vector2Df(1,1));
+
+ void addOneRigidLoopBouncing(vector2Df initpos=vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y), vector2Df initspeed=vector2Df(2,2));
+ void addOneRigidLoopBouncingGravity(vector2Df initpos=vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y), vector2Df initspeed=vector2Df(2,2));
+ void addOneRigidLoopLorentz(vector2Df initpos=vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y), vector2Df initspeed=vector2Df(2,2));
+ void addOneRigidLoopAirHockey(vector2Df initpos=vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y), vector2Df initspeed=vector2Df(0,0));
+ void addOneRigidLoopFollowing(vector2Df initpos=vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y), vector2Df initspeed=vector2Df(0,0));
+ void addOneRigidLoopTest(vector2Df initpos=vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y), vector2Df initspeed=vector2Df(0,0));
+ void addOneRigidTrackingSpot(vector2Df initpos=vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y), vector2Df initspeed=vector2Df(0,0));
+ void addOneRigidTrackingSpotDot(vector2Df initpos=vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y), vector2Df initspeed=vector2Df(0,0));
+ void addOneRigidLoopPacman(vector2Df initpos=vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y), vector2Df initspeed=vector2Df(0,0));
+ void addOneRigidLoopGhost(vector2Df initpos=vector2Df(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y), vector2Df initspeed=vector2Df(0,0));
+
+ //========== Variables =============
+ configType myConfigType;
+
+ // I use an array (actually a vector) of POINTERS of polymorphic class soundSpot with virtual methods (this way we can access polymorphic methods - of children - with a pointer)
+ // BUT ATTENTION when clearing the vector: instantiated objects must be DELETED before.
+ vector<soundSpot*> blobArray;
+ int numBlobs;// this is just equal to blobArray.size()
+};
+
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/classLaserSensingTrajectory.cpp Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+#include "classLaserSensingTrajectory.h"
+using namespace std;
+
+LaserSensingTrajectory::LaserSensingTrajectory():lightTouched(false), lightState(ALL_DARK),
+min_contrast_ratio(MIN_CONTRAST_RATIO), threshold_factor(THRESHOLD_FACTOR),
+min_acceptable_intensity(MIN_ACCEPTABLE_INTENSITY), fixedThreshold(FIXED_THRESHOLD), delayMirrorSamples(0)
+{
+ lsdTrajectory.clear(); // no need in principle! the constructor of the vector will give an empty vector!
+ // attention: properly set the state of the threshold switch in the IO.init (which by the way, in THIS hardware
+ // implementation indicates the state for ALL the objects..)
+ modeThreshold=AUTO;
+ // IO.setSwitchOneState(true);
+}
+
+LaserSensingTrajectory::~LaserSensingTrajectory() {
+ // lsdTrajectory.clear(); // there is no need to clear the vector, the destructor of this vector is called by default (and it's NOT a vector of pointers)
+}
+
+
+void LaserSensingTrajectory::setDelayMirrors(int delay) {
+ delayMirrorSamples=delay;
+}
+
+void LaserSensingTrajectory::addDelayMirrors(int add_delay) {
+ delayMirrorSamples+=add_delay;
+}
+
+bool LaserSensingTrajectory::processSensedData() {
+ // Compute max and min intensity on the loop
+ maxI=0;
+ minI=255; // ratio has been normalized between 0 and 255
+ unsigned short auxSize=lsdTrajectory.size(); // could be an unsigned char in principle... no more than 255 points per object, but well, memory in future versions
+ // of the microprocessor can be larger.
+
+ // Compute minimum and maximum intensities:
+ for (unsigned short i = 0; i < auxSize; i++) {
+ unsigned char mesI=lsdTrajectory[i].intensity;
+ if (maxI<mesI) maxI=mesI;
+ if (minI>mesI) minI=mesI;
+ }
+
+ // Compute autoThreshold:
+ switch(modeThreshold) {
+ case AUTO:
+ if (minI==0) minI=1;
+ if (maxI<min_acceptable_intensity) autoThreshold=255;// (we consider that the saccade is FULL on something black - this is noise)
+ else if (1.0*maxI/minI > min_contrast_ratio ) {
+ autoThreshold = (unsigned char) (1.0 * (maxI-minI) * threshold_factor + minI); // threshold_factor = 2/3 or 1/2 is a good value.
+ } else {// ... otherwise, we consider that the saccade is FULL on something WHITE (convention...)
+ autoThreshold=0;
+ }
+ break;
+ case FIXED:
+ autoThreshold=fixedThreshold;
+ break;
+ }
+
+
+ // Segment the trajectory (only two levels for the time being, but we can have more - meaning different forces, real or even complex values to have different angle forces...):
+ // NOTE: if using 1 and -1 instead of 1 and 0, we can avoid having to add a "blob internal pressure"! -1 means a force towards the interior, and +1 outwards...
+ // This means that the loop will naturally become inside-out depending on the color of the main surface! (but will mantain its normal size). Much better and elegant solution than the
+ // idea of the blob "constant" internal pressure...
+ bool isLightZone=false, isDarkZone=false;
+ for (unsigned short i = 0; i < auxSize; i++) {
+ unsigned short delayedpoint=(i+auxSize+delayMirrorSamples)%auxSize; // this way we can have negative delayMirrorSamples if required (would be absurd though)
+ if (lsdTrajectory[delayedpoint].intensity>=autoThreshold) { // this means a WHITE zone:
+ lsdTrajectory[i].lightZone= -1;
+ isLightZone=true;
+ } else { // this means DARK ZONE
+ lsdTrajectory[i].lightZone= 2;
+ isDarkZone=true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // In the case of AUTO mode, we assume that something is touching the object when the trajectory has at least one light zone and one dark zone;
+ // in the case of FIXED mode, we assume something is touching the object when there is at least one light zone (this is a convention, because it depends
+ // on the background - but we can argue that "no background" corresponds to no reflection (then dark), and, say, a ping pong ball or finger is front
+ // will be "light".
+ // Mmm... not convinced by the arguments above. Let's rather do this: lightTouched will mean ALWAYS that the saccade is touched by something, meaning it's intensity
+ // goes from dark to light, i.e. at least one light AND one dark zone. In fact we should have THREE states: touched, all light, all dark.
+ if (modeThreshold==FIXED) {
+ lightTouched=isLightZone;
+ lightZone=isLightZone;
+ darkZone=isDarkZone;
+ if (lightTouched) lightState=TOUCHED;
+ else if (isLightZone) lightState=ALL_LIGHT;
+ else lightState=ALL_DARK;
+ }
+ else {
+ lightTouched=(isLightZone&&isDarkZone); // assuming only two modes for modeThreshold
+ lightZone=isLightZone;
+ darkZone=isDarkZone;
+ if (lightTouched) lightState=TOUCHED;
+ else if (isLightZone) lightState=ALL_LIGHT;
+ else lightState=ALL_DARK;
+ }
+ // Return lightTouched for commodity:
+ //return(lightTouched);
+ return(lightState);
+}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/classLaserSensingTrajectory.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+#ifndef LSDTRAJECTORY_H
+#define LSDTRAJECTORY_H
+
+#include <vector>
+using namespace std;
+
+// Thresholding mode:
+enum thresholdingMode {FIXED, AUTO};
+enum lightStateMode {TOUCHED, ALL_LIGHT, ALL_DARK};
+
+//(1) fixed threshold:
+#define FIXED_THRESHOLD 35
+
+//(1) Autothreshold:
+// CONTRAST RATIO to compute autoThreshold:
+// MIN_CONTRAST_RATIO is the minimum contrast between max and min intensity necessary to "accept" a black and white zone:
+#define MIN_CONTRAST_RATIO 2.0//2.5//1.6//1.8//1.7 // 3 seems good when lookup table does not work
+// THRESHOLD_FACTOR is where the threshold is actually placed between the min and max detected (with good contrast):
+#define THRESHOLD_FACTOR 0.5 //0.75 // 2/3 or 1/2 are good values
+#define MIN_ACCEPTABLE_INTENSITY 16 // if maxI< this then we consider all the saccade on something black
+
+struct laserSensingPoint {
+ // Position and color (after rendering)
+ unsigned short x, y; // position of the point (after rendering - its integer, because it is in "laser projector pixels")
+ // char color; // per point laser color (not used yet)
+ // Detection:
+ unsigned char intensity; // detected intensity (in fact, this will be the REFLECTIVITY RATIO if using LUT table, and it's between 0 and 1, but we will multiply by 255 to avoid using a float.
+ signed char lightZone; // the thresholded light zone (allow for negative values for simply computing "negative" forces - although this is not necessarily the best option)
+};
+
+
+class LaserSensingTrajectory {
+
+public:
+
+ LaserSensingTrajectory();
+ ~LaserSensingTrajectory();
+
+ // METHODS:
+ bool processSensedData();
+ void setDelayMirrors(int); // in general, the delay will depend on the number of points being DISPLAYED (in other terms, on the size of lsdTrajectory).
+ void addDelayMirrors(int add_delay);
+
+ void setThresholdMode(unsigned char value) {modeThreshold=(value>0? AUTO : FIXED);};
+ void setFixedThreshold(unsigned char value) {fixedThreshold=value;};
+ void setMinContrastRatio(float value) {min_contrast_ratio=value;};
+ void setThresholdFactor(float value) {threshold_factor=value;};
+ void setMinAcceptableIntensity(unsigned char value) {min_acceptable_intensity=value;};
+ void multMinContrastRatio(float multfactor) {min_contrast_ratio*=multfactor;};
+ void multThresholdFactor(float multfactor) {threshold_factor*=multfactor;};
+
+ // DATA:
+ vector <laserSensingPoint> lsdTrajectory;
+ unsigned char displayColor; // per blob color
+
+ // software adjustement of mirror delay:
+ unsigned char delayMirrorSamples; // this is required because it will affect the way the blob behaves - it
+ //could be in the laser renderer, but by putting it here we can have more per-blob fine tunning
+
+ // parameters for thresholding and thresholding mode:
+ thresholdingMode modeThreshold;
+ float min_contrast_ratio, threshold_factor, min_acceptable_intensity;
+ unsigned char autoThreshold, fixedThreshold; // 0 to 255
+
+ // Statistics and tests:
+ //float lightRatio;
+ unsigned char maxI, minI; // Max and Min intensity RATIOS (normalized between 0 and 255)
+ // The following is a little redundant, but useful:
+ bool lightZone, darkZone; // better than a boolean lightTouched variable, but lightTouched may still be useful
+ lightStateMode lightState;
+ bool lightTouched; // when there is at least one black zone and one light zone
+};
+
+#endif
+
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/classPointMass.cpp Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
+/*
+ * pointMass.cpp
+ * laserBlob
+ *
+ * Created by CASSINELLI ALVARO on 5/19/11.
+ * Copyright 2011 TOKYO UNIVERSITY. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "classPointMass.h"
+
+// Initialization of static member variables:
+vector2Df pointMass::maxWall(4095, 4095);
+vector2Df pointMass::minWall(0, 0);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------
+pointMass::pointMass(){
+ setIntegrationStep(.01); // default in case we don't call integration step setting
+ // NOTE: it is important to set dt before inital conditions in case of VERLET integration, because we need the integration
+ // step for properly setting the initial speed.
+ setInitialCondition(0,0,0,0);// default in case we don't call to initial conditions.
+ setWallLimits(100,100,4000,4000);
+ mass=1.0;
+ dampMotion = 0.0175;//0.025 was good for bigger blobs;//2f;//0.07f;
+ dampBorder = 0.013f; //0.07f
+ bFixed = false;
+ bWallCollision=false;
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------
+void pointMass::resetForce(){
+ totalForce.set(0,0);
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------
+void pointMass::addForce(float x, float y){
+ totalForce.x = totalForce.x + x;
+ totalForce.y = totalForce.y + y;
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------
+void pointMass::addForce(vector2Df forceToAdd){
+ totalForce+=forceToAdd;
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------
+void pointMass::addInvSquareForce(float x, float y, float radiusMin, float radiusMax, float scale){
+
+ vector2Df posOfForce;
+ posOfForce.set(x,y);
+
+ vector2Df diff = pos - posOfForce; // note: we use the position AT TIME T, so this force is at time t
+ float length = diff.length();
+
+ // check close enough and far enough (to avoid singularities for example):
+ if ((length>radiusMin)&&(length<radiusMax)) {
+ diff.normalize();
+ totalForce += diff * scale * 1.0/(length*length+1);
+ }
+}
+
+void pointMass::addInterInvSquareForce(pointMass &theOtherParticle, float radiusMin, float radiusMax, float scale){
+
+ vector2Df posOfForce;
+ posOfForce.set(theOtherParticle.pos);
+
+ vector2Df diff = pos - posOfForce; // note: we use the position AT TIME T, so this force is at time t
+ float length = diff.length();
+
+ // check close enough and far enough (to avoid singularities for example):
+ if ((length>radiusMin)&&(length<radiusMax)) {
+ diff.normalize();
+ totalForce += diff * scale * 1.0/(length*length+1);
+ theOtherParticle.totalForce -= diff * scale * 1.0/(length*length+1);
+ }
+}
+
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------
+void pointMass::addSpringForce(float centerx, float centery, float radius, float scale){
+
+ // ----------- (1) make a vector of where this particle p is:
+ vector2Df posOfForce;
+ posOfForce.set(centerx, centery);
+
+ // ----------- (2) calculate the difference & length
+
+ vector2Df diff = pos - posOfForce;
+ float length = diff.length();
+
+ // ----------- (3) check close enough
+
+ bool bAmCloseEnough = true;
+ if (radius > 0){
+ if (length > radius){
+ bAmCloseEnough = false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // ----------- (4) if so, update force
+
+ if (bAmCloseEnough == true){
+ float pct = 1 - (length / radius); // stronger on the inside
+ diff.normalize();
+ totalForce += diff * scale * pct;
+ }
+}
+
+void pointMass::addInterSpringForce(pointMass &theOtherParticle, float radius, float scale){
+
+ // ----------- (1) make a vector of where this particle p is:
+ vector2Df posOfForce;
+ posOfForce.set(theOtherParticle.pos);
+
+ // ----------- (2) calculate the difference & length
+
+ vector2Df diff = pos - posOfForce;
+ float length = diff.length();
+
+ // ----------- (3) check close enough
+
+ bool bAmCloseEnough = true;
+ if (radius > 0){
+ if (length > radius){
+ bAmCloseEnough = false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // ----------- (4) if so, update REPULSIVE force
+
+ if (bAmCloseEnough == true){
+ float pct = 1 - (length / radius);
+ diff.normalize();
+ totalForce += diff * scale * pct;
+ theOtherParticle.totalForce -= diff * scale * pct;
+ //theOtherParticle.frc.x = p.frc.x - diff.x * scale * pct;
+ //theOtherParticle.frc.y = p.frc.y - diff.y * scale * pct;
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------
+void pointMass::addDampingForce(){ // NOTE: use only in case of EULER intgration!
+ totalForce-= speed* dampMotion;
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------
+void pointMass::setIntegrationStep(float _dt){
+ dt=_dt;
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------
+void pointMass::setInitialCondition(vector2Df _pos, vector2Df _speed) {
+ setInitialCondition(_pos.x, _pos.y, _speed.x, _speed.y);
+}
+void pointMass::setInitialCondition(float px, float py, float vx, float vy){
+#ifndef VERLET_METHOD
+ pos.set(px,py);
+ speed.set(vx,vy);
+#else
+ // In case of Verlet method, setting the speed is a little more complicated. It involves in particular the integration step
+ // through the approximation formula:
+ // speed = (posNew-posOld)/(2*dt), or speed=(pos-posOld)/dt. Hence:
+ posOld.set(px, py);
+ setSpeed(vx, vy); // this assumes posOld known
+#endif
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------
+vector2Df pointMass::getSpeed() {
+ // this will give an estimate of the speed (not computed explicitly using the Verlet integration):
+ //speed=(posNew-posOld)/(2*dt); // the variable speed is also updated (note: it is private)
+ speed=(pos-posOld)/dt; // less approximate than the above, but we avoid having a global posNew variable (remember we will have many particles...)
+ return(speed);
+}
+
+void pointMass::setSpeed(const vector2Df& vel) { // VERY IMPORTANT! in the case of verlet integration, we need to set dt BEFORE setting the initial speed.
+ speed.set(vel); // enough for EULER METHOD
+
+ // NECESSARY for VERLET METHOD (we assume posOld known):
+ // pos=speed*dt+posOld; // when dampMotion=0 (no damping)
+ // With damping:
+ // we have: speed=(posNew-posOld)/(2*dt) and posNew=pos*(2.0-dampMotion)-posOld*(1.0-dampMotion), so:
+ // pos=(speed*2*dt+posOld+posOld*(1.0-dampMotion))/(2.0-dampMotion);
+ pos=speed*2*dt/(2.0-dampMotion)+posOld;
+
+ // no need to compute newPos
+}
+
+void pointMass::setSpeed(float vx, float vy) { // VERY IMPORTANT! in the case of verlet integration, we need to set dt BEFORE setting the initial speed.
+ speed.set(vx, vy); // enough for EULER METHOD
+
+ // NECESSARY for VERLET METHOD (we assume posOld known):
+ // pos=speed*dt+posOld; // when dampMotion=0 (no damping)
+ // With damping:
+ // we have: speed=(posNew-posOld)/(2*dt) and posNew=pos*(2.0-dampMotion)-posOld*(1.0-dampMotion), so:
+ // pos=(speed*2*dt+posOld+posOld*(1.0-dampMotion))/(2.0-dampMotion);
+ pos=speed*2*dt/(2.0-dampMotion)+posOld;
+
+ // no need to compute newPos
+}
+
+void pointMass::setPos(float px, float py) { // assuming the speed is unchanged (must do some tweaking in case of Verlet integration)
+ pos.set(px, py);
+ posOld=pos-speed*dt;// no damping! attn...
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------
+void pointMass::update(){
+ if (bFixed == false){
+ acc=totalForce/mass; // this is the acceleration at time t
+
+#ifndef VERLET_METHOD
+ // The following equations (Euler integration) assume acceleration constant during time dt:
+ speed = speed + acc*dt;
+ pos = pos + speed*dt ;//+acc*dt*dt*0.5;
+#else
+ // acc=0;//
+ // The following equations are for VERLET integration with pseudo-damping:
+ //Without damping this is just:
+ //vector2Df posNew=posOld*2 - pos + acc*dt*dt; // i.e., dampMotion=0;
+ // With damping:
+// vector2Df posNew=(pos*(2.0-dampMotion)-posOld*(1.0-dampMotion)+acc*dt*dt); // BAD!!! THIS NOTATION will introduce precision artefacts!!!
+ vector2Df posNew=pos+(pos-posOld)*(1-dampMotion)+acc*dt*dt;
+
+ // ATTENTION: because of the precision of the float or double used, it may be that (pos - posNew) is not 0, when it should ( this produces VERY strange motion artefacts).
+ // So, I will test if that difference is smaller than an arbitrary tollerance in this numerical implementation (for each coordinate), and if so, will FORCE posNew to be equal to pos.
+ // Note: no need to compute the norm of the difference (in fact, we need the abs difference for each component of the difference vector). Fortunately, nothing is needed here, because we can put the
+ // expression in a better way that automatically makes 0 the contribution of something smaller than the precision (so the following is not really necessary)
+// vector2Df diff=(pos-posOld)*(1-dampMotion);
+ // Precision correction (separate axis or not):
+ // if (abs(diff.x)<0.00001) diff.x=diff.x;
+ // if (abs(diff.y)<0.00001) diff.y=diff.y;
+ // if (posOld.match(pos, 0.001)==true) {posNew=pos; speed.set(0,0);}
+// vector2Df posNew=pos+diff+acc*dt*dt;
+
+ posOld=pos;
+ pos=posNew;
+
+ // NOTE: we can also estimate the speed if we want. But this may be unnecessary (call getSpeed() for that).
+
+#endif
+
+ // Constrain speed to max speed (in norm):
+ float normSpeed=getSpeed().length();
+ if (normSpeed>MAX_PERMISSIBLE_SPEED) {
+ setSpeed(getSpeed()*1.0*MAX_PERMISSIBLE_SPEED/normSpeed);
+ }
+
+ }
+}
+
+void pointMass::setWallLimits(float Minx, float Miny, float Maxx, float Maxy) {
+ maxWall.set(Maxx, Maxy);
+ minWall.set(Minx, Miny);
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------
+void pointMass::bounceOffWalls(){
+ // NOTE: bounce is easy in case of EULER method; in case of VERLET, we need to do some hack on the positions.
+ //Note: the walls are in (vector2Dd) horizontalLimits and verticalLimits
+
+ bWallCollision=false;
+ innerCollitionDirection.set(0,0);
+#ifndef VERLET_METHOD // EULER METHOD!!
+
+ if (pos.x > maxWall.x){
+ pos.x = maxWall.x;
+ speed.x *= -1;
+ bWallCollision = true;
+ innerCollitionDirection.x=-1;
+ } else if (pos.x < minWall.x){
+ pos.x = minWall.x;
+ speed.x *= -1;
+ bWallCollision = true;
+ innerCollitionDirection.x=1;
+ }
+
+ if (pos.y > maxWall.y){
+ pos.y = maxWall.y;
+ speed.y *= -1;
+ bWallCollision = true;
+ innerCollitionDirection.y=-1;
+ } else if (pos.y < minWall.y){
+ pos.y = minWall.y;
+ speed.y *= -1;
+ bWallCollision = true;
+ innerCollitionDirection.y=1;
+ }
+
+ if (bWallCollision) {
+ // damping:
+ speed *=(1-dampBorder);
+ // normalization of collision direction:
+ innerCollitionDirection.normalize();
+ }
+
+#else // THIS IS FOR VERLET METHOD:
+ // we need to estimate the inverted, damped vector for bumping::
+ vector2Df bumpVector=getSpeed()*dt*(dampBorder-1.0); // assuming dampBorder<1 of course
+ if (pos.x > maxWall.x){
+ //posOld.x=pos.x;
+ //pos.x=pos.x+bumpVector.x;
+ posOld.x=maxWall.x;
+ pos.x=maxWall.x+bumpVector.x;
+ bWallCollision = true; // this is just computed here to detect bumps
+ innerCollitionDirection.x=-1;
+ } else if (pos.x < minWall.x){
+ posOld.x=minWall.x;
+ pos.x=minWall.x+bumpVector.x;
+ innerCollitionDirection.x=1;
+ bWallCollision = true;
+ }
+
+ if (pos.y > maxWall.y){
+ posOld.y=maxWall.y;
+ pos.y=maxWall.y+bumpVector.y;
+ innerCollitionDirection.y=-1;
+ bWallCollision = true;
+ } else if (pos.y < minWall.y){
+ posOld.y=minWall.y;
+ pos.y=minWall.y+bumpVector.y;
+ innerCollitionDirection.y=1;
+ bWallCollision = true;
+ }
+#endif
+
+}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/classPointMass.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ * pointMass.h
+ * laserBlob
+ *
+ * Created by CASSINELLI ALVARO on 5/19/11.
+ * Copyright 2011 TOKYO UNIVERSITY. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef POINTMASS_H
+#define POINTMASS_H
+
+#include "myVectorClass.h"
+
+#define VERLET_METHOD // comment this to have EULER method
+
+#define MAX_PERMISSIBLE_SPEED 35
+
+class pointMass
+{
+public:
+
+ // ==================================== Static variables and methods ==============
+ static vector2Df maxWall, minWall; //equal for ALL THE MASS OBJECTS (declare static). But it could be per-mass. The problem with that approach would be too much wasted memory.
+ // NOTE: - a static member variable has the same value in any instance of the class and doesn't even require an instance of the class to exist.
+ // - a static class member cannot be initialized inside of the class declaration. In fact, if you decide to put your code in a header file, you cannot even initialize the static variable
+ // inside of the header file; do it in a .cpp file instead. Moreover, you are required to initialize the static class member or it will not be in scope.
+ // The syntax is a bit weird: "type class_name::static_variable = value", or in this case vector2Df pointMass::maxWall(4095, 4095)
+
+ // methods:
+ static void setWallLimits(float mminx, float mminy, float mmaxx, float mmaxy);
+
+ // ==================================== METHODS ====================================
+ pointMass();
+ virtual ~pointMass(){};
+
+ // Adding forces to total force:
+ void resetForce();
+ void addForce(float x, float y);
+ void addForce(vector2Df force);
+ void addDampingForce();
+ void addInvSquareForce(float x, float y, float radiusMax, float radiusMin, float scale);
+ void addInterInvSquareForce(pointMass &p, float radiusMin, float radiusMax, float scale);
+
+ // (a blob object could be defined by a "cord" of chained particles, plus a center)
+ void addSpringForce(float x, float y, float radius, float scale);
+ void addInterSpringForce(pointMass &p, float radius, float scale);
+ //void addClockwiseForce(particle &p, float radius, float scale);
+ //void addCounterClockwiseForce(particle &p, float radius, float scale);
+
+ //void addDampingForce(); // this work in the case of the euler integration; in case of Verlet, we need to do pseudo-damping while calculating
+ // the acceleration...
+
+ // Set parameters:
+ void setInitialCondition(float px, float py, float vx, float vy);
+ void setInitialCondition(vector2Df _pos, vector2Df _speed);
+ void setIntegrationStep(float _dt);
+
+ void setPos(float px, float py); // assuming the speed is unchanged (must do some tweaking in case of Verlet integration)
+
+ // dynamic update:
+ void update();
+
+ // kinematic constraints (could be based on a force too...)
+ //void setWallLimits(float mminx, float mminy, float mmaxx, float mmaxy); // DECLARED STATIC
+ void bounceOffWalls();
+
+ vector2Df getSpeed(); // get an estimation of the speed (also update speed variable - this variable is not needed in case of VERLET)
+ void setSpeed(const vector2Df& vel);
+ void setSpeed(float vx, float vy);
+
+ // ==================================== VARIABLES ====================================
+
+ int identifier; // this may be needed in particular in case we don't use vector<> (case of poor C Arduino compiler)
+
+ // kinematic variables:
+ vector2Df pos, posOld; // I will use verlet integration (perhaps we could have a switch to choose the integration method?)
+ //vector2D speed; // speed at time t (this is not explicitly calculated in case of verlet method, HENCE PRIVATE)
+ vector2Df acc; // Acceleration at time t (equal to the total force divided by the mass). No real need to have it here, but convenient to check.
+ vector2Df totalForce; // this is just for convenience and speeding up calculation when adding forces, before computing acc.
+
+ // integration step:
+ float dt;
+
+ // physical parameters:
+ float dampMotion;
+ float dampBorder;
+ float mass;
+ bool bFixed; // these could act as control points that could be loaded (letters...). In fact, we could use mass to set this (like mass=-1)
+
+ // other things:
+ bool bWallCollision; // this is generic (detect any collision with a side)
+ vector2Df innerCollitionDirection; // this is smarter than a boolean, because I can detect which side was touched and do different things (but may be memory consuming)
+
+protected:
+
+private:
+ vector2Df speed; // speed at time t (this is not explicitly calculated in case of verlet method, HENCE MAY BE PRIVATE)
+
+};
+
+
+#endif //POINTMASS_H
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/classRigidScafold.cpp Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+#include "classRigidScafold.h"
+
+ RigidScafold::RigidScafold() {
+ }
+
+ RigidScafold::~RigidScafold() {
+ }
+
+
+ void RigidScafold::buildCircularScafold(float _radius, vector2Dd _pos, int _numScafoldPoints) {
+ sizeScafold=_radius;
+ centerScafold=_pos;
+ scafold.resize(_numScafoldPoints);
+ float angInc= 2.0 * PI / _numScafoldPoints;
+ float ang=0;
+ for (int i = 0; i < scafold.size(); i++) {
+ scafold[i]= vector2Dd( cos(ang)* _radius, sin(ang)* sizeScafold ) + centerScafold;
+ // note: I cannot do vector2Dd( cos(ang), sin(ang) ) * _radius because vector2Dd would give (0,0)
+ ang+=angInc;
+ }
+}
+
+// Modifying the scafold (resizing, rotating):
+// Note: in case of elastic loop, the mass-loop may be reinitialized or not (if the rigid loop is used as "attractor" only):
+
+ void RigidScafold::resizeDimensionScafold(float _newSize) {
+ resizeFactorDimensionScafold(_newSize/sizeScafold);
+ sizeScafold=_newSize;
+ }
+
+ void RigidScafold::resizeFactorDimensionScafold(float _factor) {
+ for (int i = 0; i < scafold.size(); i++) {
+ scafold[i] = ( scafold[i]-centerScafold)*_factor+centerScafold;
+ }
+ sizeScafold*=_factor;
+}
+
+void RigidScafold::rotateScafold(float alphadeg) {
+// note: rotate around the centerScafold:
+ for (int i = 0; i < scafold.size(); i++) {
+ scafold[i]=(scafold[i]-centerScafold).getRotatedRad(alphadeg)+centerScafold;
+ }
+}
+
+ void RigidScafold::buildLine(float _length, float _angleDeg, vector2Dd _pos, int _numScafoldPoints) {
+ scafold.resize(_numScafoldPoints);
+ vector2Dd auxStep = vector2Dd(_length * cos(_angleDeg/180.0 * PI)/_numScafoldPoints, sin(_length * _angleDeg/180.0 * PI)/_numScafoldPoints ) ;
+ for (int i = 0; i < scafold.size(); i++) {
+ scafold[i]= auxStep * i + _pos;
+ }
+}
+
+ // Other functions to create letters, text, etc.
+ // ... TO DO ....
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/classRigidScafold.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#ifndef RIGIDSCAFOLD_H
+#define RIGIDSCAFOLD_H
+
+ #include "myVectorClass.h"
+
+ #include <vector>
+ using namespace std;
+
+ class RigidScafold {
+ public:
+ RigidScafold();
+ ~RigidScafold();
+
+ // (1) METHODS for creating different SCAFOLD structures
+ // Note: these scafolds may or may not be used to initialize the light loop (in case of elasticLoop).
+ void buildCircularScafold(float _radius, vector2Dd _pos, int _numScafoldPoints);
+ void buildLine(float _length, float _angleDeg, vector2Dd _pos, int _numScafoldPoints);
+ // void buildStarScafold....
+
+ // Other functions to create letters, text, etc.
+ // ...
+
+ // Transformations of the scafold (resize, shear, rotation...):
+ void resizeDimensionScafold(float _newSize);
+ void resizeFactorDimensionScafold(float _factor);
+ void rotateScafold(float alphadeg);
+
+
+ // DATA structures:
+ // note: the number of points in the scafold does not need to equate the number of points in the blob
+ vector<vector2Dd> scafold; // scafold trajectory (either float or unsigned short).
+ vector2Dd centerScafold;
+ float sizeScafold;
+ // Notes: - Centered around the centerScafold point.
+ // - Can be used to initialize elastic loop.
+ };
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/classSpring.cpp Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+#include "classSpring.h"
+#include "myVectorClass.h"
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+spring::spring(){
+ massA = NULL;
+ massB = NULL;
+}
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+void spring::update(){
+ if ((massA == NULL) || (massB == NULL)){
+ return;
+ }
+
+ vector2Df pta = massA->pos;
+ vector2Df ptb = massB->pos;
+
+ float theirDistance = (pta - ptb).length();
+ float springForce = (springiness * (distance - theirDistance));
+ vector2Df frcToAdd = (pta-ptb).normalize() * springForce;
+
+ massA->addForce(frcToAdd);
+ massB->addForce(-frcToAdd);
+ //massA->totalForce.x+=frcToAdd.x;massA->totalForce.y+=frcToAdd.y;
+ //massB->totalForce.x-=frcToAdd.x;massB->totalForce.y-=frcToAdd.y;
+}
+
+void spring::assymetricUpdate(){ // only second mass suffers a force
+ if ((massA == NULL) || (massB == NULL)){
+ return;
+ }
+
+ vector2Df pta = massA->pos;
+ vector2Df ptb = massB->pos;
+
+ float theirDistance = (pta - ptb).length();
+ float springForce = (springiness * (distance - theirDistance));
+ vector2Df frcToAdd = (pta-ptb).normalize() * springForce;
+
+ //massA->addForce(frcToAdd);
+ massB->addForce(-frcToAdd);
+ //massA->totalForce.x+=frcToAdd.x;massA->totalForce.y+=frcToAdd.y;
+ //massB->totalForce.x-=frcToAdd.x;massB->totalForce.y-=frcToAdd.y;
+}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/classSpring.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+#ifndef SPRING_H
+#define SPRING_H
+
+// Springs between particles of the active contour:
+
+#include "classPointMass.h"
+
+class spring {
+
+ public:
+
+ spring();
+
+ pointMass * massA;
+ pointMass * massB;
+
+ float distance;
+ float springiness; // this is the k, springiness constant
+
+ void update(); // add forces to both point masses
+ void assymetricUpdate(); // only second mass suffers a force
+
+
+};
+
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/elasticLoop.cpp Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,1031 @@
+/*
+ * elasticLoop.cpp
+ * laserBlobPure
+ *
+ * Created by CASSINELLI ALVARO on 5/20/11.
+ * Copyright 2011 TOKYO UNIVERSITY. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "elasticLoop.h"
+
+// SHOULD NOT BE HERE: (only because I am using AD_MIRRIOR... max and min in the set region function that should not be here)
+#include "hardwareIO.h"
+
+elasticLoop::elasticLoop() {
+}
+
+elasticLoop::~elasticLoop() {
+ // no need to do clear, this is done by default when clearing the vector container?
+ massesLoop.clear();
+ loopSpringArray.clear();
+ hairVector.clear();
+ lightForce.clear();
+ centralSpringArray.clear();
+ displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory.clear();
+}
+
+void elasticLoop::showChildParameters() {
+ // pc.printf("Mirror delay :%d\n", displaySensingBuffer.delayMirrorSamples);
+ // pc.printf("Angle correction force :%d\n", angleCorrectionForceLoop);
+ pc.printf("Integration Step Loop :%f\n", integrationStepLoop);
+ pc.printf("Integration Step Anchor :%f\n", integrationStepAnchor);
+ }
+
+void elasticLoop::createBlob(int _id, ElasticLoopMode _elasticBlobMode, vector2Df _initPos, vector2Df _initSpeed) {
+ // (1) set ID:
+ identifier=_id;
+
+ startCenter=_initPos;
+ startSpeed=_initSpeed;
+
+// (2) Initialize common variables of all blobs (base class):
+// initCommonVariables();
+
+ // (3) initialize common variables for the elastic blob types:
+ integrationStepLoop=0.22;
+ integrationStepAnchor=0.4;
+
+ slidingDirection=true; // (will change when touching wall)
+ // Sending data:
+ periodSendingData=15; // in ms
+ sendingLoopPositions=false;
+ sendingBlobArea=true;
+ sendingKineticEnergy=true;
+ sendingBlobMaxMin=true;
+ // send ALWAYS, regardless of the fact the blob is being touched or not, in case of elastic loops:
+ sendingOnlyWhenTouch=false;
+
+// (3) Initialize secondary variables depending on the blob type and mode:
+
+// NOTE (!): the mode does not affect the update method; in fact, all these elastic loops have different behaviours because of different parameters (but the booleans modes could
+// actually be "condensed" in a mode...)
+
+ switch (_elasticBlobMode) {
+ case RELAX:
+
+ // Name of this kind of spot:
+ sprintf(spotName,"loop_relax"); //this is an relaxing elastic loop
+
+ // Color: (use parameter in the future):
+ //setColor(0x07);//0x04+0x02>>i);
+ setColor(0x04);
+ blueTouch=true;
+
+ // default (initial) shape (the scafold belongs to the base class):
+ startRadius=400;
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(startRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), 40); //(float _radius, vector2Dd _pos, int _numScafoldPoints);
+
+ // Numeric parameters for the simulated mechanical system:
+ massLoopParticle=0.25;
+ dampMotionMassesLoop=0.025;//0.17;
+ massAnchor=2.0;
+ dampMotionAnchorMass=0.001;
+ // Springs:
+ centralSpringK=0.3;
+ centralSpringRelax=startRadius;// use the radius of the scafold
+ interSpringK=0.46;
+ interSpringRelax=20;
+ // for "zack-like" blob:
+ interParticleRange=100;
+ factorInterParticleForce=18.0;
+
+ searchActive=false;
+ pseudopodesMode=false; // this is for contour following.
+
+ // Active/inactive forces:
+ springForcesOnLoop=true;
+ lightForcesOnLoop=true;
+ forceBorderOnLoop=false;
+ nuclearForceOnLoop=false;//true;
+ interParticleForceOnLoop=false;
+ forceInternalPressureOnLoop=false; // (when true, either constant force or calculated area using Green function or approximation by bounding box)
+
+ // Recentering vector:
+ angleCorrectionForceLoop=0;// in deg
+ recenteringForceOnLoop=false;
+ angleCorrectionForceNucleus=0;// in deg
+ recenteringForceOnNucleus=false;//true;
+
+ factorLightForce=4.0;//3.0;//8.0;
+ factorRecenteringAnchorMass=20.0/bluePrint.scafold.size(); // use number of points in the scafold
+ factorRecenteringLoopMass=0.3;
+ factorPressureLoopMass=1.0;
+ factorForceBorder=4.5;
+
+ // per-blob mirror delay (if things were well adjusted - in particular mirror waiting times, then this could be 0.
+ //But in case of unique blobs, it may be interesting to accelerate display AND correct the delay by software):
+ displaySensingBuffer.setDelayMirrors(2);
+
+ break;
+
+ case CONTRACT:
+
+ sprintf(spotName,"loop_contract"); //this is an relaxing elastic loop
+
+ setColor(0x07);//0x04+0x02>>i);
+ blueTouch=true;
+
+ // default (initial) shape:
+ startRadius =400;
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(startRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), 40); //(float _radius, vector2Dd _pos,vector2D _vel, int _numScafoldPoints);
+
+ // Numeric parameters for the simulated mechanical system:
+ massLoopParticle=0.25;
+ dampMotionMassesLoop=0.024;//0.17;
+ massAnchor=2.0;
+ dampMotionAnchorMass=0.001;
+ // Springs:
+ centralSpringK=0.5;
+ centralSpringRelax=startRadius;
+ interSpringK=0.4;//46;
+ interSpringRelax=30;
+ // for "zack-like" blob:
+ interParticleRange=100;
+ factorInterParticleForce=18.0;
+
+ searchActive=false;
+ pseudopodesMode=false; // this is for contour following.
+
+ // Active/Inactive Forces:
+ springForcesOnLoop=true;
+ lightForcesOnLoop=true;
+ forceBorderOnLoop=false;
+ nuclearForceOnLoop=true;//true;
+ interParticleForceOnLoop=false;
+ forceInternalPressureOnLoop=false; // (when true, either constant force or calculated area using Green function or approximation by bounding box)
+ // Recentering vector:
+ angleCorrectionForceLoop=0;// in deg
+ recenteringForceOnLoop=false;
+ angleCorrectionForceNucleus=0;// in deg
+ recenteringForceOnNucleus=false;//true;
+
+ factorLightForce=6.0;//3.0;//8.0;
+ factorRecenteringAnchorMass=20.0/bluePrint.scafold.size();
+ factorRecenteringLoopMass=0.3;
+ factorPressureLoopMass=1.0;
+ factorForceBorder=4.5;
+
+ // per-blob mirror delay (if things were well adjusted - in particular mirror waiting times, then this could be 0.
+ //But in case of unique blobs, it may be interesting to accelerate display AND correct the delay by software):
+ displaySensingBuffer.setDelayMirrors(2); // per-blob mirror delay (if things were well adjusted - in particular mirror waiting times, then this could be 0.
+
+ break;
+ case CONTRACT_CENTRAL: // this is the "big mouth"
+
+ integrationStepLoop=0.4;
+ integrationStepAnchor=0.4;
+
+ sprintf(spotName,"contract_central");
+
+ //setColor(0x07);//0x04+0x02>>i);
+ setColor(0x04);
+ blueTouch=true;
+
+ // default (initial) shape:
+ startRadius=400;
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(startRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), 45); //(float _radius, vector2Dd _pos,vector2D _vel, int _numScafoldPoints);
+
+ // Numeric parameters for the simulated mechanical system:
+ massLoopParticle=0.3;
+ dampMotionMassesLoop=0.023;//0.17;
+ massAnchor=0.5;
+ dampMotionAnchorMass=0.001;
+ // Springs:
+ centralSpringK=0.3;
+ centralSpringRelax=startRadius;
+ interSpringK=0.54;//46;
+ interSpringRelax=25;//30;
+ // for "zack-like" blob:
+ interParticleRange=100;
+ factorInterParticleForce=18.0;
+
+ searchActive=false;
+ pseudopodesMode=false; // this is for contour following.
+
+ // Active/Inactive Forces:
+ springForcesOnLoop= true;
+ lightForcesOnLoop= true;
+ forceBorderOnLoop=false;
+ nuclearForceOnLoop=false;//true;
+ interParticleForceOnLoop=false;
+ forceInternalPressureOnLoop=false; // (when true, either constant force or calculated area using Green function or approximation by bounding box)
+ // Recentering vector:
+ angleCorrectionForceLoop=0;// in deg
+ recenteringForceOnLoop=false ; //true; !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+ angleCorrectionForceNucleus=0;// in deg
+ recenteringForceOnNucleus=false;//true;
+
+ factorLightForce=8.0;//4.3;
+ factorRecenteringAnchorMass= 20.0/bluePrint.scafold.size();
+ factorRecenteringLoopMass=0.045;
+ factorPressureLoopMass=1.5;
+ factorForceBorder=150;
+
+ // per-blob mirror delay (if things were well adjusted - in particular mirror waiting times, then this could be 0.
+ //But in case of unique blobs, it may be interesting to accelerate display AND correct the delay by software):
+ displaySensingBuffer.setDelayMirrors(1);
+
+ break;
+
+ case CONTRACT_CENTRAL_FAST:
+
+ //setColor(0x07);//0x04+0x02>>i);
+ setColor(0x04);
+ blueTouch=true;
+
+ // default (initial) shape:
+ startRadius=150;
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(startRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), 40); //(float _radius, vector2Dd _pos,vector2D _vel, int _numScafoldPoints);
+
+ // Numeric parameters for the simulated mechanical system:
+ massLoopParticle=0.06;
+ dampMotionMassesLoop=0.021;//0.17;
+ massAnchor=0.5;
+ dampMotionAnchorMass=0.01;
+ // Springs:
+ centralSpringK=0.3;
+ centralSpringRelax=startRadius;
+ interSpringK=0.54;//46;
+ interSpringRelax=40;
+ // for "zack-like" blob:
+ interParticleRange=150;
+ factorInterParticleForce=160.0;
+
+ searchActive=false;
+ pseudopodesMode=false; // this is for contour following.
+
+ // Active/Inactive Forces:
+ springForcesOnLoop= true;
+ lightForcesOnLoop= true;
+ forceBorderOnLoop=false;
+ nuclearForceOnLoop=false;
+ interParticleForceOnLoop=true; //!!!
+ forceInternalPressureOnLoop=false; // (when true, either constant force or calculated area using Green function or approximation by bounding box)
+ // Recentering vector:
+ angleCorrectionForceLoop=90;// in deg
+ recenteringForceOnLoop=true;
+ angleCorrectionForceNucleus=0;// in deg
+ recenteringForceOnNucleus=false;//true;
+
+ factorLightForce=-4;//3.0;//8.0;
+ factorRecenteringAnchorMass= 20.0/bluePrint.scafold.size();
+ factorRecenteringLoopMass=0.06;
+ factorPressureLoopMass=1.5;
+ factorForceBorder=150;
+
+ displaySensingBuffer.setDelayMirrors(1);
+ break;
+
+ case CONTOUR_FOLLOWING:
+ sprintf(spotName,"following"); //this is a contour-following loop
+
+ integrationStepLoop=0.22;
+ integrationStepAnchor=0.4;
+
+ //setColor(0x07);//0x04+0x02>>i);
+ setColor(0x04);
+ blueTouch=true;
+
+ // default (initial) shape:
+ startRadius=100;
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(startRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), 20); //(float _radius, vector2Dd _pos,vector2D _vel, int _numScafoldPoints);
+
+ // Numeric parameters for the simulated mechanical system:
+ massLoopParticle=0.05;
+ dampMotionMassesLoop=0.27;//0.17;
+ massAnchor=3.0;
+ dampMotionAnchorMass=0.03;
+ // Springs:
+ centralSpringK=0.4;
+ centralSpringRelax=100;//bluePrint.radius;
+ interSpringK=0.4;
+ interSpringRelax=0.7*startRadius*2*sin(1.0* PI/ bluePrint.scafold.size()); // if factor=1, this makes for a perfect polygon at relax for all springs...
+ // for "zack-like" blob:
+ interParticleRange=70;
+ factorInterParticleForce=4.0;
+
+ searchActive=true;
+ pseudopodesMode=true; // this is for contour following.
+
+ // Active/Inactive Forces:
+ springForcesOnLoop=true;
+ lightForcesOnLoop=true;
+ forceBorderOnLoop=false;
+ nuclearForceOnLoop=false;//true;
+ interParticleForceOnLoop=true;
+ forceInternalPressureOnLoop=false; // (when true, either constant force or calculated area using Green function or approximation by bounding box)
+ // Recentering vector:
+ angleCorrectionForceLoop=0;// in deg
+ recenteringForceOnLoop=true;
+ angleCorrectionForceNucleus=180;// in deg
+ recenteringForceOnNucleus=false;//true;
+
+ factorLightForce=2.4;//3.0;//8.0;
+ factorRecenteringAnchorMass=1.0;//20.0/scafold.size();
+ factorRecenteringLoopMass=0.2;
+ factorPressureLoopMass=1.5;
+ factorForceBorder=150;
+ // per-blob mirror delay (if things were well adjusted - in particular mirror waiting times, then this could be 0.
+ //But in case of unique blobs, it may be interesting to accelerate display AND correct the delay by software):
+ displaySensingBuffer.setDelayMirrors(2);
+
+ break;
+ case CONTOUR_FOLLOWING_FAST:
+ sprintf(spotName,"following_fast");
+
+ setColor(0x07);//0x04+0x02>>i);
+ blueTouch=true;
+
+ // default (initial) shape:
+ startRadius=100;
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(startRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), 30); //(float _radius, vector2Dd _pos,vector2D _vel, int _numScafoldPoints);
+
+ // Numeric parameters for the simulated mechanical system:
+ massLoopParticle=0.05;
+ dampMotionMassesLoop=0.27;//0.17;
+ massAnchor=3.0;
+ dampMotionAnchorMass=0.03;
+ // Springs:
+ centralSpringK=-200;
+ centralSpringRelax=100;//bluePrint.radius;
+ interSpringK=0.5;//46;
+ interSpringRelax=0.7*startRadius*2*sin(1.0* PI/bluePrint.scafold.size()); // if factor=1, this makes for a perfect polygon at relax for all springs...
+ // for "zack-like" blob:
+ interParticleRange=80;
+ factorInterParticleForce=4.0;
+
+ searchActive=false;
+ pseudopodesMode=true; // this is for contour following.
+
+ // Active/Inactive Forces:
+ springForcesOnLoop=true;
+ lightForcesOnLoop=true;
+ forceBorderOnLoop=false;
+ nuclearForceOnLoop=false;//true;
+ interParticleForceOnLoop=false;
+ forceInternalPressureOnLoop=false; // (when true, either constant force or calculated area using Green function or approximation by bounding box)
+ // Recentering vector:
+ angleCorrectionForceLoop=243;// in deg
+ recenteringForceOnLoop=true;
+ angleCorrectionForceNucleus=180;// in deg
+ recenteringForceOnNucleus=false;//true;
+
+ factorLightForce=2.3;//3.0;//8.0;
+ factorRecenteringAnchorMass=1.0;//20.0/bluePrint.scafold.size();
+ factorRecenteringLoopMass=0.09;
+ factorPressureLoopMass=1.5;
+ factorForceBorder=150;
+
+ // per-blob mirror delay (if things were well adjusted - in particular mirror waiting times, then this could be 0.
+ //But in case of unique blobs, it may be interesting to accelerate display AND correct the delay by software):
+ displaySensingBuffer.setDelayMirrors(2);
+ break;
+ case BOUNCING:
+ sprintf(spotName,"bouncing");
+
+ setColor(0x07);//0x04+0x02>>i);
+ blueTouch=true;
+
+ // default (initial) shape:
+ startRadius=70;
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(startRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), 20); //(float _radius, vector2Dd _pos,vector2D _vel, int _numScafoldPoints);
+
+ // Numeric parameters for the simulated mechanical system:
+ massLoopParticle=5.0;
+ dampMotionMassesLoop=0.001;//0.17;
+ massAnchor=1.0;
+ dampMotionAnchorMass=0.002;
+ // Springs:
+ centralSpringK=1.0;
+ centralSpringRelax=70;//bluePrint.radius;
+ interSpringK=0.4;//46;
+ interSpringRelax==1.0*startRadius*2*sin(1.0* PI/bluePrint.scafold.size()); // if factor=1, this makes for a perfect polygon at relax for all springs...
+ // for "zack-like" blob:
+ interParticleRange=100;
+ factorInterParticleForce=3.0;
+
+ searchActive=false;
+ pseudopodesMode=false; // this is for contour following.
+
+ // Active/Inactive Forces:
+ springForcesOnLoop=true;
+ lightForcesOnLoop=true;
+ forceBorderOnLoop=true;
+ nuclearForceOnLoop=true;//true;
+ interParticleForceOnLoop=false;
+ forceInternalPressureOnLoop=false; // (when true, either constant force or calculated area using Green function or approximation by bounding box)
+ // Recentering vector:
+ angleCorrectionForceLoop=0;// in deg
+ recenteringForceOnLoop=false;
+ angleCorrectionForceNucleus=0;// in deg
+ recenteringForceOnNucleus=false;//true;
+
+ factorLightForce=0.6;//3.0;//8.0;
+ factorRecenteringAnchorMass=100.0/bluePrint.scafold.size();
+ factorRecenteringLoopMass=5.0;
+ factorPressureLoopMass=2.0;
+ factorForceBorder=4.5;
+
+ // per-blob mirror delay (if things were well adjusted - in particular mirror waiting times, then this could be 0.
+ //But in case of unique blobs, it may be interesting to accelerate display AND correct the delay by software):
+ displaySensingBuffer.setDelayMirrors(2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Finally, we can create the loop using these parameters, and the positions given in the scafold:
+ createLoopFromScafold(); // this sets the number of masses
+
+ // Excursion limits (ATTN!!! this will set the limits for all the masses, so we need FIRT to call to createLoopFromScafold - NO NEEDED ANYMORE: now calling to static member method of pointMass...)
+ setRegionMotion(MIN_AD_MIRRORS, MIN_AD_MIRRORS, MAX_AD_MIRRORS, MAX_AD_MIRRORS);
+
+ // draw it once on the display buffer for good initialization:
+ draw();
+}
+
+void elasticLoop::speedFactor(float speedfactor) {
+ // This method is more appropiate for rigid loop, but we can "simulate" speed up in case of elastic loop by changing some parameters, even if the loop is not
+ // set in "contour following" mode.
+ factorRecenteringLoopMass*=speedfactor;
+}
+
+void elasticLoop::initSizeBlob(int _numMasses) {
+ // Iinitialize blob size (number of points for the loop, as well as other structures such as lsdTrajectory)
+ numMasses=_numMasses;
+ // Since this is an elastic loop object, let's create an elastic loop of masses:
+ massesLoop.resize(numMasses);
+ loopSpringArray.resize(numMasses); // springs connecting consecutive masses
+ // NOTE: to save memory, we can drop hairVector (use lightForce instead)
+ hairVector.resize(numMasses); // the perpendiculars to the loop
+ lightForce.resize(numMasses); // light force in each particle
+ //vector2D totalLightForce; // this belongs to the base class now
+ centralSpringArray.resize(numMasses); // springs connecting each mass to the anchorMass.
+
+ // Sensing and Display trajectory:
+ displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory.resize(numMasses); // the lsdTrajectory and the elastic loop will have the same number of points (this could be different - decimation?).
+}
+
+// We will build the masses from the scafold shape (and maybe render it once on the lsdTrajectory to initialize this array?)
+void elasticLoop::createLoopFromScafold(void) {
+ initSizeBlob(bluePrint.scafold.size()); // important: we will have here the same number of points in the scafold and the elastic loop (massLoop)
+
+ // Initial conditions for the loop masses:
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) {
+ massesLoop[i].setIntegrationStep(integrationStepLoop);//22);//19); // VERY IMPORTANT! in the case of verlet integration, we need to set dt BEFORE setting the initial speed.
+ massesLoop[i].setInitialCondition(startCenter.x+bluePrint.scafold[i].x,startCenter.y+bluePrint.scafold[i].y, startSpeed.x, startSpeed.y);
+ massesLoop[i].mass=massLoopParticle;
+ massesLoop[i].dampMotion=dampMotionMassesLoop;
+ }
+
+ // Springs for the loop:
+ for (int i = 0; i<numMasses; i++) {
+ loopSpringArray[i].distance =interSpringRelax;
+ // if we want an perfect polygon: =startRadius*2*sin(1.0* PI/ numMasses);
+ // loopSpringArray[i].distance = startRadius*2*sin(1.0* PI/ numMasses);
+ loopSpringArray[i].springiness = interSpringK;//*(i%5==0? .6 : 1);//0.4;//4f;
+ loopSpringArray[i].massA = & (massesLoop[i ]);
+ loopSpringArray[i].massB = & (massesLoop[(i+1) % numMasses]);
+ }
+
+ // Central (anchor mass):
+ anchorMass.setIntegrationStep(0.3); // VERY IMPORTANT! in the case of verlet integration, we need to set dt BEFORE setting the initial speed.
+ anchorMass.setInitialCondition(startCenter, startSpeed);
+ anchorMass.mass=massAnchor;
+ anchorMass.dampMotion = dampMotionAnchorMass;
+
+
+ // Initial conditions for central springs:
+ for (int i = 0; i<numMasses; i++) {
+ centralSpringArray[i].distance =centralSpringRelax;// + 60* cos ( (1.0*i / numMasses) * 7* 2 * PI);
+ centralSpringArray[i].springiness =centralSpringK;// 0.4f;
+ centralSpringArray[i].massA = & (anchorMass);
+ centralSpringArray[i].massB = & (massesLoop[i]);
+ }
+}
+
+
+void elasticLoop::setRegionMotion(float mmix, float mmiy, float mmax, float mmay) { // Attention: the initial position should be INSIDE this...
+ /*
+ for (int i = 0; i<numMasses; i++) {
+ massesLoop[i].setWallLimits(mmix, mmiy, mmax, mmay);
+ }
+ anchorMass.setWallLimits(mmix+10, mmiy+10, mmax-10, mmay-10);
+ */
+
+ // Use the static method of the class pointMass:
+ // pointMass::setWallLimits(mmix+10, mmiy+10, mmax-10, mmay-10);
+ pointMass::setWallLimits(mmix+10, mmiy+10, mmax-10, mmay-10);
+}
+
+void elasticLoop::update(vector2Df referencePos) {
+
+ // (I) Process loop geometry (compute "hair vectors", area and first order moment):
+ processLoopData();
+
+ // (II) Process sensing buffer and compute light forces
+ // displaySensingBuffer.processSensedData();
+
+ // (III) Reset all forces:
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) {
+ massesLoop[i].resetForce();
+ }
+ anchorMass.resetForce();
+
+ // (IV) COMPUTE FORCES (motion is not update yet):
+ //== (1) Compute each particle light force as well as total light force (this will be stored separatedly from the final total particle force to send to OSC):
+ totalLightForce.set(0,0);
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) {
+ // NOTE: to save memory, we can drop hairVector...
+ lightForce[i]=hairVector[i]*factorLightForce*displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[i].lightZone;
+ lightForce[i].rotateDeg(angleCorrectionForceLoop); // correction by hand (interactive)
+ // lightForce[i]=lightForce[i]*factorLightForce*displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[i].lightZone;
+ //compute total light force, not only on lighted zones, because it will mean AWAY from black zones:
+ totalLightForce+=lightForce[i]; // note: bad value choice (negative means TOUCH, and equal to -1), TO CHANGE this in future implementations
+ }
+ recenteringVectorLoop=totalLightForce;//.getRotated(angleCorrectionForceLoop);
+ //== (2) Compute the "recentering vector" from the total light force:
+ // Compute redundant quantities:
+ normRecenteringVector=recenteringVectorLoop.length();
+ angleRecenteringVector=recenteringVectorLoop.angleDegHoriz();
+ recenteringVectorNucleus=totalLightForce.getRotatedDeg(angleCorrectionForceNucleus);
+ //== (3) Compute forces on the loop:
+ //----(a) Nearest neighbour inter-particle springs on the loop (always? we can have still another mode, following the center mass only, etc...)
+ if (springForcesOnLoop) {
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) { // if putting -1, the loop is broken
+ loopSpringArray[i].update();// this add forces to the particles
+ }
+ }
+ //----(b) Direct forces from light pressure (COULD BE MERGED WITH FORCE RECENTERING!!)
+ if (pseudopodesMode) {
+ // special "patches" on blob membrane, to "ATTACH" like a zip to the black drawing:
+ if (lightForcesOnLoop) {
+ int sign=1;
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) {
+ if ((i%2)==0) sign*=-1;
+ //sign=5*cos(6*2*PI*1.0*i/(numMasses-1))-2;
+ if (displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[i].lightZone>0) // this means touching something black: make SOME points attracted by it (pseudopodes!!) - but not all!
+ massesLoop[i].addForce(lightForce[i]*(sign<0? -1.24 : 1.4)); // sign<0 means this is a pseudopode attracted by dark zones
+ else // this means something white: do nothing, all forces are towards the exterior
+ massesLoop[i].addForce(lightForce[i]*2.3); // this force tends to make the blob "inflate", but is not "directional"
+ }
+ }
+ //----(c) Forces from the recentering vector on each particle (WITH PATCHES on the loop?): THIS IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE "FOLLOWING" BEHAVIOUR
+ if (recenteringForceOnLoop) {
+
+ vector2Df auxForce= (slidingDirection? recenteringVectorLoop.getRotatedDeg(-145) : recenteringVectorLoop.getRotatedDeg(145))*factorRecenteringLoopMass*1;
+ //vector2Df auxForce2= (slidingDirection? totalLightForce.getRotatedDeg(-90) : totalLightForce.getRotatedDeg(90))*factorRecenteringLoopMass*1.5;
+ //vector2Df auxForce3= (slidingDirection? totalLightForce.getRotatedDeg(-90) : totalLightForce.getRotatedDeg(90))*factorRecenteringLoopMass*1.5;
+ vector2Df auxForce2= (slidingDirection? recenteringVectorLoop.getRotatedDeg(-50) : recenteringVectorLoop.getRotatedDeg(50))*factorRecenteringLoopMass*0.5;//*1.8;
+ vector2Df auxForce3= (slidingDirection? recenteringVectorLoop.getRotatedDeg(-30) : recenteringVectorLoop.getRotatedDeg(30))*factorRecenteringLoopMass*0.6;//1.2;
+
+
+ int sign=1;
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) {
+ if ((i%2)==0) sign*=-1;
+ if (displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[i].lightZone>0) {// this means touching something black: behaviour may depend on the pseudopode presence:
+ massesLoop[i].addForce((sign<0? auxForce2 : auxForce3)); // auxForce3: nothing, or sign, or corrected angle
+ }
+ else massesLoop[i].addForce(auxForce); // this force is responsible for the behaviour (contour following or not)
+ }
+ }
+ } else { // no special zones in the "cell membrane":
+ if (lightForcesOnLoop) {
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) {
+ massesLoop[i].addForce(lightForce[i]);
+ }
+ }
+ //----(c') Forces from the recentering vector on each particle:
+ if (recenteringForceOnLoop) {
+ vector2Df auxForce= (slidingDirection? recenteringVectorLoop.getRotatedDeg(-90) : recenteringVectorLoop.getRotatedDeg(90))*factorRecenteringLoopMass;
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) massesLoop[i].addForce(auxForce);
+ }
+ }
+
+ //----(d) Forces from the anchorMass (depending on how we set the equilibrium position for each central spring, we can have a nice blob shape at equilibrium... like a gear for instance)
+ if (nuclearForceOnLoop) {
+ // Springs:
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) centralSpringArray[i].update();//assymetricUpdate();
+ // note: if using centralSpringArray[i].update(), we will add forces to the particles AND to the anchor mass...
+ // Inverse square (attractive):
+ //for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) massesLoop[i].addInterInvSquareForce(anchorMass, 10, 300, centralSpringK);
+ }
+ //----(d) Inter loop-particles forces (Zach-Liebermann-like blob):
+ if (interParticleForceOnLoop) {
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) {
+ for (int j = 0; j < i-1; j++) massesLoop[i].addInterSpringForce(massesLoop[j], interParticleRange, factorInterParticleForce);
+ }
+ }
+ //----(e) Internal blob pressure force (my faster method to have a blob-like behaviour):
+ if (forceInternalPressureOnLoop) {
+ // NOTE on the Physics of the thing: the force on the membrane of a ballon is proportional to the DIFFERENCE of pressures (outside and inside):
+ // so: f= factor/area - cte, with cte=factor/area0, with area0 being the area at equilibrium.
+ // (And of course, to make it even more exact, we should do pressure*surface, but this will be considered constant)
+ // float area0=30000; // area in pixels when at equilibrium
+ //float factorPressureLoopMass=-0.1*(1.0/area-1.0/area0);
+ //float factorPressureLoopMass=500000.0*(1.0/(area*area)-1.0/(area0*area0));
+ //float factorPressureLoopMass=20000.0*(1.0/sqrt(area)-1.0/sqrt(area0));
+ // Constant force seems to work well too... but produces an annoying blob reversal (probably solved by using negative light forces instead of internal blob pressure):
+ //float factorPressureLoopMass=2.5;//4.8;
+ // Now, add the pressure force proportional to the inverse of the area to all particles, or just a signed constant:
+ int auxsign=(area>=0? -1: 1);
+ auxsign=-1;
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) massesLoop[i].addForce( hairVector[i] * factorPressureLoopMass* auxsign);
+ }
+ //----(f) force from border:
+ if (forceBorderOnLoop) {
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) {
+ if (massesLoop[i].bWallCollision) massesLoop[i].addForce(massesLoop[i].innerCollitionDirection*factorForceBorder);
+ }
+ }
+
+ //== (4) Compute forces on the anchor mass:
+ //----(a) Force from data send by OSC? (ex: from mouse?)
+ // anchorMass.addSpringForce(mx, my, 500, -10.2f);
+ // or direct control:
+ // anchorMass.pos.x=mx;anchorMass.pos.y=my;
+ //----(b) Force from the total light force (aka, the "recentering vector"!):
+ if (recenteringForceOnNucleus) {
+ anchorMass.addForce(recenteringVectorNucleus*factorRecenteringAnchorMass);
+ }
+
+ // when nothing is touching it for a while:
+ if (searchActive) {
+ if (!displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched) {
+ if (firstTimeNoTouch) {
+ firstTimeNoTouch=false;
+ computeBoundingBox();
+ randomForce.set(2000-cx,2000-cy);
+ randomForce.normalize();
+ randomForce= randomForce.getRotatedDeg(rand()%50-25);
+ }
+ if (noTouchedCounter>0) {
+ // add random force, modulated:
+ float aux=1.0*noTouchedCounter/1150;
+ vector2Df randf=randomForce.getRotatedDeg(40.0*sin(aux*2*PI*2))*20.0;//*(1.0-aux)*0.3;
+ for (int i = 0; i < 1; i=i+1) { // only on some of the particles (or only one...), and better if these are in the "black attractive" patch!
+ massesLoop[i].addForce(randf);
+ }
+ // and a special point?
+ //massesLoop[numMasses/2].addForce(randf);
+ // plus amoeba effect ?
+ // for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) {
+ // massesLoop[i].addForce(hairVector[i]*18*cos( (0.0*noTouchedCounter/1000 + 1.0*i/(numMasses-1)*2*PI*3)));
+ //}
+
+ if ((noTouchedCounter>1150)||(blobWallCollision)) {
+ noTouchedCounter=0;
+ // compute force towards the center, slightly rotated to make the blob wander about:
+ computeBoundingBox();
+ randomForce.set(2000-cx,2000-cy);
+ randomForce.normalize();
+ randomForce= randomForce.getRotatedDeg(rand()%50-25);
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ firstTimeNoTouch=true;
+ noTouchedCounter=0;
+ }
+ noTouchedCounter++;
+ }
+
+ // (V) UPDATE DYNAMICS
+ //== (1) particules on the loop:
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) {
+#ifndef VERLET_METHOD
+ massesLoop[i].addDampingForce(); // only in case of EULER method (damping in VERLET mode is done automatically when updating)
+#endif
+ massesLoop[i].update(); // unconstrained
+ massesLoop[i].bounceOffWalls(); // constrain position (and compute wall "hit")
+ }
+ //== (2) For the anchorMass:
+#ifndef VERLET_METHOD
+ anchorMass.addDampingForce(); // // only in case of EULER method (damping in VERLET mode is done automatically when updating)
+#endif
+ anchorMass.update(); // unconstrained
+ anchorMass.bounceOffWalls(); // constrain position (and compute wall "hit")
+
+ // OTHER PARTICULAR THINGS:
+ // (1) current color: change with touch? NO
+ // if (displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched)
+ // transientBlobColor=blobColor|0x02; // set green ON on the trajectory, regardless of the initial color
+ // else
+ transientBlobColor=blobColor; // just the original blob color
+
+ // change sliding direction (for countour following):
+ if (blobWallCollision) {
+ if (wallCounter>10) {
+ slidingDirection=!slidingDirection;
+ wallCounter=0;
+ }
+ }
+ wallCounter++;
+}
+
+// Drawing the graphics - this will in fact use the graphic renderer - if any - and produce the trajectory to be displayed by the laser
+void elasticLoop::draw() {
+ // for the time being, there is no "opengl" like renderer, so we just copy the coordinates of the mass into the lsdTrajectory:
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) {
+ displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[i].x= (unsigned short)( massesLoop[i].pos.x ); // note: it should be an unsigned short
+ displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[i].y= (unsigned short)( massesLoop[i].pos.y );
+
+ //displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[i]= massesLoop[i].pos.y; // NOTE: doing this means converting from unsigned short to float (vector2Dd to vector2Df)
+
+ //displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[i].color=blobColor; // perhaps per point color is not a good idea for the time being...
+ }
+
+ // Global color for the whole loop:
+ displaySensingBuffer.displayColor=transientBlobColor;
+}
+
+void elasticLoop::processLoopData() {
+
+ // (0) Check if the blob touched the borders:
+ blobWallCollision=false;
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) blobWallCollision= (blobWallCollision || massesLoop[i].bWallCollision);
+
+ // (1) Compute all the "hairvectors" for the loop (this is, the normals to the particles, pointing outwards).
+ // This will be approximated by taking the 90 deg rotated difference between contiguous particles positions.
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) {
+ vector2Df diff;
+ diff.set(massesLoop[(i+1)%numMasses].pos-massesLoop[i].pos);
+ // normalize and rotate 90 deg:
+ // NOTE: to save memory, we can drop hairVector...
+ hairVector[i]=diff.getPerpendicularNormed(CW);
+ //lightForce[i]=diff.getPerpendicularNormed(CW);
+ }
+
+ // (2) Compute area:
+ // (a) using Green method:
+ area=0;
+ float dx;
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses-1; i++){
+ dx=massesLoop[i].pos.x-massesLoop[i+1].pos.x;
+ area+=dx*massesLoop[i].pos.y;
+ }
+ // to avoid computation problems:
+ // if (area<=0) area=1; // or just norm: area CAN be negative! (a loop that is larger than the original blob...)
+
+ // (b) Compute approximate area from enclosing rectangle:
+ computeBoundingBox();
+
+ // (c) Compute kinetic energy:
+ totalKineticEnergy=0;
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++){
+ totalKineticEnergy+=massesLoop[i].getSpeed().squareLength();
+ }
+}
+
+
+void elasticLoop::computeBoundingBox() {
+ float minx=4096, maxx=-1, miny=4096, maxy=-1;
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) {
+ if (i == 0) {
+ minx = massesLoop[i].pos.x;
+ maxx = massesLoop[i].pos.x;
+ miny = massesLoop[i].pos.y;
+ maxy = massesLoop[i].pos.y;
+ } else {
+
+ minx = min(minx, massesLoop[i].pos.x);
+ maxx = max(maxx, massesLoop[i].pos.x);
+ miny = min(miny, massesLoop[i].pos.y);
+ maxy = max(maxy, massesLoop[i].pos.y);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // final results:
+ w = maxx - minx;
+ h = maxy - miny;
+ cx = minx+0.5*w; // note: center will be initialized with posX and posY when calling setInitialPos() of blobConfig
+ cy = miny+0.5*h;
+
+ // approx area:
+ approxArea=w*h;
+}
+
+void elasticLoop::sendDataSpecific() {
+ char auxstring[10];
+ myled2=1; // for tests...
+
+ // First, set the top address of the message to the ID of the blob (not the name):
+ // sprintf(auxstring, "%d", identifier);
+ // sendMes.setTopAddress("0");//auxstring);
+
+ // ===================== OSC ======================
+ if (sendOSC) {
+
+ // (new) Total kinetic energy:
+ if (sendingKineticEnergy) {
+ sprintf(auxstring, "/k %d",identifier);
+ sendMes.setSubAddress(auxstring);
+ long x; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ x=(long)(totalKineticEnergy);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "i", &x);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+ // (a) Anchor mass:
+ if (sendingAnchorPosition) {
+ sprintf(auxstring, "/p %d",identifier);
+ sendMes.setSubAddress(auxstring);
+ long x, y; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ x=(long)(anchorMass.pos.x);
+ y=(long)(anchorMass.pos.y);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "ii", &x, &y);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+ if (sendingAnchorForce) {
+ sendMes.setSubAddress("/aforce");
+ long x, y; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ x=(long)(anchorMass.totalForce.x);
+ y=(long)(anchorMass.totalForce.y);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "ii", &x, &y);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+ if (sendingAnchorTouchWall) {// note: not an else (we can send different data simultaneously)
+ sendMes.setSubAddress("/awall");
+ long wall=(long)(anchorMass.bWallCollision? 1 : 0);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "i", &wall);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+ // (b) data from blob points:
+ if (sendingLoopPositions) {
+#ifdef SEND_AS_POINTS
+ long x, y; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) {
+ sprintf(auxstring, "/p %d", i); // auxstring read as "/p1", "/p2", ...
+ sendMes.setSubAddress(auxstring); // ATTENTION: the host computer needs to know in advance how many points are in the loop (I did not implement "bundle" messages yet...)
+ x=(long)(massesLoop[i].pos.x);
+ y=(long)(massesLoop[i].pos.y);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "ii", &x, &y);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+#endif
+#ifdef SEND_AS_BLOB
+ sendMes.clearArgs(); // no need, we won't use osc.sendOsc()...
+ uint8_t blobdata[4*numMasses]; // 2 bytes per coordinate, and 2 coordinates
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++ ) {
+ // note: massesLoop[i].pos.x is a "float"
+ uint16_t x=(uint16_t)(massesLoop[i].pos.x);
+ blobdata[4*i]=(uint8_t)x>>8; // BIG ENDIAN (send FIRST the MOST SIGNIFICANT BYTE)
+ blobdata[4*i+1]=(uint8_t)x;
+
+ uint16_t y=(uint16_t)(massesLoop[i].pos.y);
+ blobdata[4*i+2]=(uint8_t)y>>8; // BIG ENDIAN (send FIRST the MOST SIGNIFICANT BYTE)
+ blobdata[4*i+3]=(uint8_t)y;
+ }
+ osc.sendOscBlob(&(blobdata[0]), 4*numMasses, &sendMes ); // second parameter is osc blob size in bytes
+#endif
+#ifdef SEND_AS_STRING
+ sendMes.clearArgs(); // no need, we won't use osc.sendOsc()...
+ uint8_t blobdata[4*numMasses]; // 2 bytes per coordinate, and 2 coordinates
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++ ) {
+ // note: massesLoop[i].pos.x is a "float"
+ uint16_t x=(uint16_t)(massesLoop[i].pos.x);
+ blobdata[4*i]=(uint8_t)x>>8; // BIG ENDIAN (send FIRST the MOST SIGNIFICANT BYTE)
+ blobdata[4*i+1]=(uint8_t)x;
+
+ uint16_t y=(uint16_t)(massesLoop[i].pos.y);
+ blobdata[4*i+2]=(uint8_t)y>>8; // BIG ENDIAN (send FIRST the MOST SIGNIFICANT BYTE)
+ blobdata[4*i+3]=(uint8_t)y;
+ }
+ osc.sendOscString(blobdata, 4*numMasses, &sendMes ); // second parameter is osc blob size in bytes
+#endif
+ }
+ if (sendingLoopForces) { // ATTN: the force is the TOTAL force on the point (interesting perhaps for making sound...)
+ long x, y; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) {
+ sprintf(auxstring, "/f%d", i); // auxstring read as "/f1", "/f2", ...
+ sendMes.setSubAddress(auxstring); // ATTENTION: the host computer needs to know in advance how many points are in the loop (I did not implement "bundle" messages yet...)
+ x=(long)(massesLoop[i].totalForce.x);
+ y=(long)(massesLoop[i].totalForce.y);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "ii", &x, &y);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+ }
+ if (sendingLoopForcesLight) { // ATTN: the force is the TOTAL force on the point (interesting perhaps for making sound...)
+ long x, y; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) {
+ sprintf(auxstring, "/g%d", i); // auxstring read as "/f1", "/f2", ...
+ sendMes.setSubAddress(auxstring); // ATTENTION: the host computer needs to know in advance how many points are in the loop (I did not implement "bundle" messages yet...)
+ x=(long)(1000*lightForce[i].x);
+ y=(long)(1000*lightForce[i].y);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "ii", &x, &y);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (sendingLoopRegions) {
+ long x; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) {
+ sprintf(auxstring, "/r%d", i); // auxstring read as "/f1", "/f2", ...
+ sendMes.setSubAddress(auxstring); // ATTENTION: the host computer needs to know in advance how many points are in the loop (I did not implement "bundle" messages yet...)
+ x=(long)(displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[i].lightZone>0? 1 : 0);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "i", &x);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+ }
+ if (sendingLoopTouchWall) { // global touch wall for the loop (not per point)
+ long wall; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ sprintf(auxstring, "/bWall");
+ sendMes.setSubAddress(auxstring);
+ wall=(long)(blobWallCollision? 1 : 0);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "i", &wall);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+ // (c) Blob geometry:
+ if (sendingBlobArea) {
+ /* sendMes.setSubAddress("/a");
+ long x; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ // x=(long)(area);//approxArea); // area or approxArea
+ x=(long)(area>0? approxArea : -approxArea);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "i", &x); // ATTENTION: AREA CAN BE NEGATIVE!!! (does MAX handles this well? test this!)
+ */
+ // HACK for the time being (for Daito):
+ sendMes.setSubAddress("/a");
+ long x, y; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ // x=(long)(area);//approxArea); // area or approxArea
+ x=(long)(w); y=(long)(h);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "ii", &x, &y); // ATTENTION: AREA CAN BE NEGATIVE!!! (does MAX handles this well? test this!)
+
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+ if (sendingBlobNormals) {
+ long x, y; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) {
+ sprintf(auxstring, "nf%d", i); // auxstring read as "/f1", "/f2", ...
+ sendMes.setSubAddress(auxstring); // ATTENTION: the host computer needs to know in advance how many points are in the loop (I did not implement "bundle" messages yet...)
+ x=(long)(hairVector[i].x);
+ y=(long)(hairVector[i].y);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "ii", &x, &y);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+ }
+ if (sendingBlobAngles) {
+ long x; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ for (int i = 0; i < numMasses; i++) {
+ sprintf(auxstring, "/a%d", i); // auxstring read as "/f1", "/f2", ...
+ sendMes.setSubAddress(auxstring); // ATTENTION: the host computer needs to know in advance how many points are in the loop (I did not implement "bundle" messages yet...)
+ x=(long)(hairVector[i].angleDegHoriz());
+ sendMes.setArgs( "i", &x);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+ }
+ // (d) Light sensing statistics:
+ if (sendingBlobMaxMin) {
+ sendMes.setSubAddress("/maxmin");
+ long x, y; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ x=(long)(displaySensingBuffer.maxI);
+ y=(long)(displaySensingBuffer.minI);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "ii", &x, &y);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+ if (sendingLightForce) {
+ sendMes.setSubAddress("/lforce");
+ long x, y; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ x=(long)(totalLightForce.x);
+ y=(long)(totalLightForce.y);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "ii", &x, &y);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+ // (e) Recentering vector: (note: redundant with sendingLightForce, IF the correction angle is known).
+ if (sendingRecenteringVector) {
+ sendMes.setSubAddress("/rvector");
+ long x, y; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ x=(long)(recenteringVectorLoop.x);
+ y=(long)(recenteringVectorLoop.y);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "ii", &x, &y);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+ if (sendingRecenteringAngle) {
+ sendMes.setSubAddress("/rangle");
+ long x; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ x=(long)(angleRecenteringVector);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "i", &x);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+ if (sendingRecenteringNorm) {
+ sendMes.setSubAddress("/rnorm");
+ long x; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ x=(long)(normRecenteringVector);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "i", &x);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+
+ if (sendingTouched) {
+ if (displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched) {
+ sendMes.clearArgs(); // there are no arguments to send
+ sendMes.setSubAddress("/touched");
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+ }
+
+ } // end of OSC sending per-spot
+
+ // ===================== SERIAL ======================
+ if (sendSerial) {
+ //.. to do
+ }
+
+ myled2=0; // for tests...
+}
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/elasticLoop.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/*
+ * elasticLoop.h
+ * laserBlobPure
+ *
+ * Created by CASSINELLI ALVARO on 5/20/11.
+ * Copyright 2011 TOKYO UNIVERSITY. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef ELASTIC_LOOP
+#define ELASTIC_LOOP
+
+// Include the basic objects to create the loop
+#include "soundSpot.h"
+#include "classPointMass.h"
+#include "classSpring.h"
+
+ #include <vector>
+ using namespace std;
+
+//#define MAX_NUM_MASSES 50
+//#define PI 3.1415926
+
+enum ElasticLoopMode {RELAX, CONTRACT, CONTRACT_CENTRAL, CONTRACT_CENTRAL_FAST, CONTOUR_FOLLOWING, CONTOUR_FOLLOWING_FAST, BOUNCING};
+
+class elasticLoop : public soundSpot {
+
+public:
+
+ // Constructor and destructor:
+ elasticLoop();
+ virtual ~elasticLoop();
+
+ // instantiation of the virtual methods of the base class (we don't need to append "virtual", but for clarity I do):
+ void createBlob(int _id, ElasticLoopMode _elasticBlobMode, vector2Df _initPos, vector2Df _initSpeed);
+ virtual void setRegionMotion(float mmix, float mmiy, float mmax, float mmay); // attention: initial position posX and posY should be inside this bounding box...
+ virtual void update(vector2Df referencePos); // update dynamics of the mass loop
+ virtual void draw(void); // draw the blob (renders on the laser trajectory object lsdTrajectory from the base class, using the openGL laser renderer - not yet done).
+ virtual void computeBoundingBox();
+ virtual void sendDataSpecific(void);
+ // Some behaviour parameters:
+ virtual void setSpeed(float speed) {};// do nothing in the case of elastic loop for the time being...
+ virtual void setSize(float size) {}; // do nothing in the case of elastic loop for the time being...
+ virtual void speedFactor(float speedfactor);
+ virtual void sizeFactor(float sizeFactor) {}; // do nothing in the case of elastic loop for the time being...
+
+ virtual void explosion() {}; // nothing for the time being
+ virtual vector2Df getCenter() {}; // nothing for the time being
+ virtual void resetPositionSpeed() {};// nothing for the time being
+ virtual void setPositionSpeed(vector2Df _pos, vector2Df _spe) {};// nothing for the time being
+
+ virtual void showChildParameters();
+
+ // methods that are new to this class (not in base class):
+ void initSizeBlob(int _numMasses);
+ void createLoopFromScafold(void);
+ void processLoopData(); // process elastic loop data
+
+ // ====================== VARIABLES ======================
+
+ //ElasticLoopMode loopMode;
+
+ // The loop of masses with springs:
+ int numMasses; // Number of particles in the elastic loop (this may or may not be equal to the number of points in the lsdTrajectory)
+ float integrationStepLoop;
+ vector<pointMass> massesLoop;
+ vector<spring> loopSpringArray;
+ // NOTE: to save memory, we can drop hairVector (use lightForce instead, and then normalize it when required)
+ vector<vector2Df> hairVector; // the perpendiculars to the loop
+ vector<vector2Df> lightForce;
+ //vector2D totalLightForce; // this belongs to the base class now
+
+ // For the central anchor point:
+ pointMass anchorMass;
+ float integrationStepAnchor;
+ vector<spring> centralSpringArray;
+
+ // Detail modes (could be in a struct)
+ // Behaviour mode:
+ bool pseudopodesMode;
+ bool slidingDirection; // for contour following
+ bool springForcesOnLoop;
+ bool lightForcesOnLoop;
+ bool forceBorderOnLoop;
+ bool recenteringForceOnLoop;
+ bool nuclearForceOnLoop;
+ bool interParticleForceOnLoop;
+ bool forceInternalPressureOnLoop;
+ bool recenteringForceOnNucleus;
+
+ // Recentering vector (obtained by rotating the total light force by an arbitrary angle) for the anchor mass, and for each point in the loop
+ // ex: if it is 180deg, then the blob just "bounces" on the zone transition; if it is 90, it does contour following...
+
+ // The following are common to all blobs:
+ // float angleCorrectionForceLoop;
+ // vector2D recenteringVectorLoop;
+ // float angleRecenteringVector; // auxiliary variables for sending data (for the recenteringVectorLoop)
+ // float normRecenteringVector;
+
+ float angleCorrectionForceNucleus;
+ vector2Df recenteringVectorNucleus;
+
+ // Numeric parameters:
+ float massLoopParticle;
+ float dampMotionMassesLoop;
+ float massAnchor;
+ float dampMotionAnchorMass;
+
+ // initial size, position and center-mass speed of the elastic loop:
+ float startRadius;
+ //vector2D startCenter; // this belongs to the base class
+ // vector2D startSpeed; // this belongs to base class
+
+ float interSpringK, interSpringRelax;
+ float centralSpringK, centralSpringRelax;
+ float factorLightForce;
+ float factorRecenteringAnchorMass;
+ float factorRecenteringLoopMass;
+ float factorPressureLoopMass;
+ float factorForceBorder;
+ float interParticleRange, factorInterParticleForce; // zach like blob force
+
+ // SOUND SENDING MODES (specific to this kind of blob object):
+ /*
+ // (a) anchor mass data:
+ bool sendingAnchorPosition;
+ bool sendingAnchorForce; // this is the total force on the anchor mass, not just the recentering force
+ bool sendingAnchorTouchWall;
+ // (b) data from blob points:
+ bool sendingLoopPositions;
+ bool sendingLoopForces;// this is not just the forces from light, but all the forces in each particle
+ bool sendingLoopForcesLight;
+ bool sendingLoopRegions; // from this we can detect "hits"
+ bool sendingLoopTouchWall;
+ // (c) Blob geometry:
+ bool sendingBlobArea;
+ bool sendingBlobNormals;
+ bool sendingBlobAngles; // redundant with sendingBlobNormals, but simplified (only angle of normal)
+ */
+
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/hardwareIO/CRotaryEncoder.cpp Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+#include "mbed.h"
+#include "CRotaryEncoder.h"
+
+
+CRotaryEncoder rotaryEncoder1=CRotaryEncoder(ROTARY_ENCODER1_PINA, ROTARY_ENCODER1_PINB);//pre-instanciation of object lockin with inter-file scope (declared extern in .h file)
+CRotaryEncoder rotaryEncoder2=CRotaryEncoder(ROTARY_ENCODER2_PINA, ROTARY_ENCODER2_PINB);//pre-instanciation of object lockin with inter-file scope (declared extern in .h file)
+
+CRotaryEncoder::CRotaryEncoder(PinName pinA, PinName pinB)
+{
+ m_pinA = new InterruptIn(pinA);
+ m_pinA->mode(PullUp); // this is for use in the case of the simple contact based rotary encoder (common is tied to ground)
+ m_pinA->rise(this, &CRotaryEncoder::rise);
+ m_pinA->fall(this, &CRotaryEncoder::fall);
+
+ m_pinB = new DigitalIn(pinB);
+ m_pinB->mode(PullUp);
+ m_position = 0;
+
+ newValue=true;
+ minValue=0; maxValue=360;
+}
+
+CRotaryEncoder::~CRotaryEncoder()
+{
+ delete m_pinA;
+ delete m_pinB;
+}
+
+ void CRotaryEncoder::SetMinMax(int min, int max) {
+ minValue=min;
+ maxValue=max;
+ }
+
+int CRotaryEncoder::Get(void)
+{
+ return m_position;
+}
+
+void CRotaryEncoder::Set(int value)
+{
+ if (value>maxValue) m_position = maxValue;
+ if (value<minValue) m_position = minValue;
+ m_position = value;
+}
+
+bool CRotaryEncoder::CheckNew()
+{
+ bool auxValue=newValue;
+ newValue=0;
+ return(auxValue);
+}
+
+void CRotaryEncoder::wrapValue() {
+ if (m_position>maxValue) m_position = minValue;
+ if (m_position<minValue) m_position = maxValue;
+ }
+
+void CRotaryEncoder::fall(void)
+{
+ if(*m_pinB == 1)
+ {
+ m_position++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ m_position--;
+ }
+
+ wrapValue();
+
+ newValue=true;
+}
+
+void CRotaryEncoder::rise(void)
+{
+ if(*m_pinB == 1)
+ {
+ m_position--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ m_position++;
+ }
+
+ wrapValue();
+
+ newValue=true;
+}
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/hardwareIO/CRotaryEncoder.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+#ifndef CROTENC_H_INCLUDED
+#define CROTENC_H_INCLUDED
+
+#include "mbed.h"
+
+
+/* This Class handles a rotary encoder like the one from Pollin electronic (Panasonic EVEP...).
+ * It uses two pins, one creating an interrupt on change.
+ * Rotation direction is determined by checking the state of the other pin.
+ *
+ * Operating the encoder changes an internal integer value that can be read
+ * by Get() or the operator int() functions.
+ * A new value can be set by Set(value) or opperator=.
+ *
+ * Autor: Thomas Raab (Raabinator)
+ *
+ * Dent steady point ! ! !
+ * +-----+ +-----+
+ * pinA (interrupt) | | | |
+ * --+ +-----+ +---
+ * +-----+ +-----+
+ * pinB | | | |
+ * ----+ +-----+ +-
+ * --> C.W
+ * CW: increases position value
+ * CCW: decreases position value
+ *
+ * changelog:
+ *
+ * 09. Nov. 2010
+ * First version published.
+ *
+ */
+
+#define ROTARY_ENCODER1_PINA p21
+#define ROTARY_ENCODER1_PINB p22
+
+#define ROTARY_ENCODER2_PINA p26
+#define ROTARY_ENCODER2_PINB p27
+
+class CRotaryEncoder
+{
+ public:
+ CRotaryEncoder(PinName pinA, PinName pinB);
+ ~CRotaryEncoder();
+
+ int Get(void);
+ inline operator int() { return Get(); }
+
+ void Set(int value);
+ inline CRotaryEncoder& operator= ( int value ) { Set(value); return *this; }
+
+ void SetMinMax(int min, int max);
+
+ bool CheckNew();
+
+ private:
+ void wrapValue();
+ InterruptIn *m_pinA;
+ DigitalIn *m_pinB;
+ volatile int m_position, maxValue, minValue;
+ volatile bool newValue;
+
+ void rise(void);
+ void fall(void);
+
+
+};
+
+extern CRotaryEncoder rotaryEncoder1;
+extern CRotaryEncoder rotaryEncoder2;
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/hardwareIO/adc.cpp Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,441 @@
+/* mbed Library - ADC
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, sblandford
+ * released under MIT license http://mbed.org/licence/mit
+ */
+#include "mbed.h"
+#include "adc.h"
+
+
+ADC adc(ADC_SAMPLE_RATE, 1);
+
+ADC *ADC::instance;
+
+ADC::ADC(int sample_rate, int cclk_div)
+ {
+
+ int i, adc_clk_freq, pclk, clock_div, max_div=1;
+
+ //Work out CCLK
+ adc_clk_freq=CLKS_PER_SAMPLE*sample_rate;
+ int m = (LPC_SC->PLL0CFG & 0xFFFF) + 1;
+ int n = (LPC_SC->PLL0CFG >> 16) + 1;
+ int cclkdiv = LPC_SC->CCLKCFG + 1;
+ int Fcco = (2 * m * XTAL_FREQ) / n;
+ int cclk = Fcco / cclkdiv;
+
+ //Power up the ADC
+ LPC_SC->PCONP |= (1 << 12);
+ //Set clock at cclk / 1.
+ LPC_SC->PCLKSEL0 &= ~(0x3 << 24);
+ switch (cclk_div) {
+ case 1:
+ LPC_SC->PCLKSEL0 |= 0x1 << 24;
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ LPC_SC->PCLKSEL0 |= 0x2 << 24;
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ LPC_SC->PCLKSEL0 |= 0x0 << 24;
+ break;
+ case 8:
+ LPC_SC->PCLKSEL0 |= 0x3 << 24;
+ break;
+ default:
+ fprintf(stderr, "Warning: ADC CCLK clock divider must be 1, 2, 4 or 8. %u supplied.\n",
+ cclk_div);
+ fprintf(stderr, "Defaulting to 1.\n");
+ LPC_SC->PCLKSEL0 |= 0x1 << 24;
+ break;
+ }
+ pclk = cclk / cclk_div;
+ clock_div=pclk / adc_clk_freq;
+
+ if (clock_div > 0xFF) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Warning: Clock division is %u which is above 255 limit. Re-Setting at limit.\n",
+ clock_div);
+ clock_div=0xFF;
+ }
+ if (clock_div == 0) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Warning: Clock division is 0. Re-Setting to 1.\n");
+ clock_div=1;
+ }
+
+ _adc_clk_freq=pclk / clock_div;
+ if (_adc_clk_freq > MAX_ADC_CLOCK) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Warning: Actual ADC sample rate of %u which is above %u limit\n",
+ _adc_clk_freq / CLKS_PER_SAMPLE, MAX_ADC_CLOCK / CLKS_PER_SAMPLE);
+ while ((pclk / max_div) > MAX_ADC_CLOCK) max_div++;
+ fprintf(stderr, "Maximum recommended sample rate is %u\n", (pclk / max_div) / CLKS_PER_SAMPLE);
+ }
+
+ LPC_ADC->ADCR =
+ ((clock_div - 1 ) << 8 ) | //Clkdiv
+ ( 1 << 21 ); //A/D operational
+
+ //Default no channels enabled
+ LPC_ADC->ADCR &= ~0xFF;
+ //Default NULL global custom isr
+ _adc_g_isr = NULL;
+ //Initialize arrays
+ for (i=7; i>=0; i--) {
+ _adc_data[i] = 0;
+ _adc_isr[i] = NULL;
+ }
+
+
+ //* Attach IRQ
+ instance = this;
+ NVIC_SetVector(ADC_IRQn, (uint32_t)&_adcisr);
+
+ //Disable global interrupt
+ LPC_ADC->ADINTEN &= ~0x100;
+
+};
+
+void ADC::_adcisr(void)
+{
+ instance->adcisr();
+}
+
+
+void ADC::adcisr(void)
+{
+ uint32_t stat;
+ int chan;
+
+ // Read status
+ stat = LPC_ADC->ADSTAT;
+ //Scan channels for over-run or done and update array
+ if (stat & 0x0101) _adc_data[0] = LPC_ADC->ADDR0;
+ if (stat & 0x0202) _adc_data[1] = LPC_ADC->ADDR1;
+ if (stat & 0x0404) _adc_data[2] = LPC_ADC->ADDR2;
+ if (stat & 0x0808) _adc_data[3] = LPC_ADC->ADDR3;
+ if (stat & 0x1010) _adc_data[4] = LPC_ADC->ADDR4;
+ if (stat & 0x2020) _adc_data[5] = LPC_ADC->ADDR5;
+ if (stat & 0x4040) _adc_data[6] = LPC_ADC->ADDR6;
+ if (stat & 0x8080) _adc_data[7] = LPC_ADC->ADDR7;
+
+ // Channel that triggered interrupt
+ chan = (LPC_ADC->ADGDR >> 24) & 0x07;
+ //User defined interrupt handlers
+ if (_adc_isr[chan] != NULL)
+ _adc_isr[chan](_adc_data[chan]);
+ if (_adc_g_isr != NULL)
+ _adc_g_isr(chan, _adc_data[chan]);
+ return;
+}
+
+int ADC::_pin_to_channel(PinName pin) {
+ int chan;
+ switch (pin) {
+ case p15://=p0.23 of LPC1768
+ default:
+ chan=0;
+ break;
+ case p16://=p0.24 of LPC1768
+ chan=1;
+ break;
+ case p17://=p0.25 of LPC1768
+ chan=2;
+ break;
+ case p18://=p0.26 of LPC1768
+ chan=3;
+ break;
+ case p19://=p1.30 of LPC1768
+ chan=4;
+ break;
+ case p20://=p1.31 of LPC1768
+ chan=5;
+ break;
+ }
+ return(chan);
+}
+
+PinName ADC::channel_to_pin(int chan) {
+ const PinName pin[8]={p15, p16, p17, p18, p19, p20, p15, p15};
+
+ if ((chan < 0) || (chan > 5))
+ fprintf(stderr, "ADC channel %u is outside range available to MBED pins.\n", chan);
+ return(pin[chan & 0x07]);
+}
+
+
+int ADC::channel_to_pin_number(int chan) {
+ const int pin[8]={15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 0, 0};
+
+ if ((chan < 0) || (chan > 5))
+ fprintf(stderr, "ADC channel %u is outside range available to MBED pins.\n", chan);
+ return(pin[chan & 0x07]);
+}
+
+
+uint32_t ADC::_data_of_pin(PinName pin) {
+ //If in burst mode and at least one interrupt enabled then
+ //take all values from _adc_data
+ if (burst() && (LPC_ADC->ADINTEN & 0x3F)) {
+ return(_adc_data[_pin_to_channel(pin)]);
+ } else {
+ //Return current register value or last value from interrupt
+ switch (pin) {
+ case p15://=p0.23 of LPC1768
+ default:
+ return(LPC_ADC->ADINTEN & 0x01?_adc_data[0]:LPC_ADC->ADDR0);
+ case p16://=p0.24 of LPC1768
+ return(LPC_ADC->ADINTEN & 0x02?_adc_data[1]:LPC_ADC->ADDR1);
+ case p17://=p0.25 of LPC1768
+ return(LPC_ADC->ADINTEN & 0x04?_adc_data[2]:LPC_ADC->ADDR2);
+ case p18://=p0.26 of LPC1768:
+ return(LPC_ADC->ADINTEN & 0x08?_adc_data[3]:LPC_ADC->ADDR3);
+ case p19://=p1.30 of LPC1768
+ return(LPC_ADC->ADINTEN & 0x10?_adc_data[4]:LPC_ADC->ADDR4);
+ case p20://=p1.31 of LPC1768
+ return(LPC_ADC->ADINTEN & 0x20?_adc_data[5]:LPC_ADC->ADDR5);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+//Enable or disable an ADC pin
+void ADC::setup(PinName pin, int state) {
+ int chan;
+ chan=_pin_to_channel(pin);
+ if ((state & 1) == 1) {
+ switch(pin) {
+ case p15://=p0.23 of LPC1768
+ default:
+ LPC_PINCON->PINSEL1 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 14);
+ LPC_PINCON->PINSEL1 |= (unsigned int)0x1 << 14;
+ LPC_PINCON->PINMODE1 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 14);
+ LPC_PINCON->PINMODE1 |= (unsigned int)0x2 << 14;
+ break;
+ case p16://=p0.24 of LPC1768
+ LPC_PINCON->PINSEL1 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 16);
+ LPC_PINCON->PINSEL1 |= (unsigned int)0x1 << 16;
+ LPC_PINCON->PINMODE1 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 16);
+ LPC_PINCON->PINMODE1 |= (unsigned int)0x2 << 16;
+ break;
+ case p17://=p0.25 of LPC1768
+ LPC_PINCON->PINSEL1 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 18);
+ LPC_PINCON->PINSEL1 |= (unsigned int)0x1 << 18;
+ LPC_PINCON->PINMODE1 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 18);
+ LPC_PINCON->PINMODE1 |= (unsigned int)0x2 << 18;
+ break;
+ case p18://=p0.26 of LPC1768:
+ LPC_PINCON->PINSEL1 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 20);
+ LPC_PINCON->PINSEL1 |= (unsigned int)0x1 << 20;
+ LPC_PINCON->PINMODE1 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 20);
+ LPC_PINCON->PINMODE1 |= (unsigned int)0x2 << 20;
+ break;
+ case p19://=p1.30 of LPC1768
+ LPC_PINCON->PINSEL3 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 28);
+ LPC_PINCON->PINSEL3 |= (unsigned int)0x3 << 28;
+ LPC_PINCON->PINMODE3 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 28);
+ LPC_PINCON->PINMODE3 |= (unsigned int)0x2 << 28;
+ break;
+ case p20://=p1.31 of LPC1768
+ LPC_PINCON->PINSEL3 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 30);
+ LPC_PINCON->PINSEL3 |= (unsigned int)0x3 << 30;
+ LPC_PINCON->PINMODE3 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 30);
+ LPC_PINCON->PINMODE3 |= (unsigned int)0x2 << 30;
+ break;
+ }
+ //Only one channel can be selected at a time if not in burst mode
+ if (!burst()) LPC_ADC->ADCR &= ~0xFF;
+ //Select channel
+ LPC_ADC->ADCR |= (1 << chan);
+ }
+ else {
+ switch(pin) {
+ case p15://=p0.23 of LPC1768
+ default:
+ LPC_PINCON->PINSEL1 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 14);
+ LPC_PINCON->PINMODE1 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 14);
+ break;
+ case p16://=p0.24 of LPC1768
+ LPC_PINCON->PINSEL1 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 16);
+ LPC_PINCON->PINMODE1 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 16);
+ break;
+ case p17://=p0.25 of LPC1768
+ LPC_PINCON->PINSEL1 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 18);
+ LPC_PINCON->PINMODE1 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 18);
+ break;
+ case p18://=p0.26 of LPC1768:
+ LPC_PINCON->PINSEL1 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 20);
+ LPC_PINCON->PINMODE1 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 20);
+ break;
+ case p19://=p1.30 of LPC1768
+ LPC_PINCON->PINSEL3 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 28);
+ LPC_PINCON->PINMODE3 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 28);
+ break;
+ case p20://=p1.31 of LPC1768
+ LPC_PINCON->PINSEL3 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 30);
+ LPC_PINCON->PINMODE3 &= ~((unsigned int)0x3 << 30);
+ break;
+ }
+ LPC_ADC->ADCR &= ~(1 << chan);
+ }
+}
+//Return channel enabled/disabled state
+int ADC::setup(PinName pin) {
+ int chan;
+
+ chan = _pin_to_channel(pin);
+ return((LPC_ADC->ADCR & (1 << chan)) >> chan);
+}
+
+//Select channel already setup
+void ADC::select(PinName pin) {
+ int chan;
+
+ //Only one channel can be selected at a time if not in burst mode
+ if (!burst()) LPC_ADC->ADCR &= ~0xFF;
+ //Select channel
+ chan = _pin_to_channel(pin);
+ LPC_ADC->ADCR |= (1 << chan);
+}
+
+//Enable or disable burst mode
+void ADC::burst(int state) {
+ if ((state & 1) == 1) {
+ if (startmode(0) != 0)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Warning. startmode is %u. Must be 0 for burst mode.\n", startmode(0));
+ LPC_ADC->ADCR |= (1 << 16);
+ }
+ else
+ LPC_ADC->ADCR &= ~(1 << 16);
+}
+//Return burst mode state
+int ADC::burst(void) {
+ return((LPC_ADC->ADCR & (1 << 16)) >> 16);
+}
+
+//Set startmode and edge
+void ADC::startmode(int mode, int edge) {
+ int lpc_adc_temp;
+
+ //Reset start mode and edge bit,
+ lpc_adc_temp = LPC_ADC->ADCR & ~(0x0F << 24);
+ //Write with new values
+ lpc_adc_temp |= ((mode & 7) << 24) | ((edge & 1) << 27);
+ LPC_ADC->ADCR = lpc_adc_temp;
+}
+
+//Return startmode state according to mode_edge=0: mode and mode_edge=1: edge
+int ADC::startmode(int mode_edge){
+ switch (mode_edge) {
+ case 0:
+ default:
+ return((LPC_ADC->ADCR >> 24) & 0x07);
+ case 1:
+ return((LPC_ADC->ADCR >> 27) & 0x01);
+ }
+}
+
+//Start ADC conversion
+void ADC::start(void) {
+ startmode(1,0);
+}
+
+
+//Set interrupt enable/disable for pin to state
+void ADC::interrupt_state(PinName pin, int state) {
+ int chan;
+
+ chan = _pin_to_channel(pin);
+ if (state == 1) {
+ LPC_ADC->ADINTEN &= ~0x100;
+ LPC_ADC->ADINTEN |= 1 << chan;
+ /* Enable the ADC Interrupt */
+ NVIC_EnableIRQ(ADC_IRQn);
+ } else {
+ LPC_ADC->ADINTEN &= ~( 1 << chan );
+ //Disable interrrupt if no active pins left
+ if ((LPC_ADC->ADINTEN & 0xFF) == 0)
+ NVIC_DisableIRQ(ADC_IRQn);
+ }
+}
+
+//Return enable/disable state of interrupt for pin
+int ADC::interrupt_state(PinName pin) {
+ int chan;
+
+ chan = _pin_to_channel(pin);
+ return((LPC_ADC->ADINTEN >> chan) & 0x01);
+}
+
+
+//Attach custom interrupt handler replacing default
+void ADC::attach(void(*fptr)(void)) {
+ //* Attach IRQ
+ NVIC_SetVector(ADC_IRQn, (uint32_t)fptr);
+}
+
+//Restore default interrupt handler
+void ADC::detach(void) {
+ //* Attach IRQ
+ instance = this;
+ NVIC_SetVector(ADC_IRQn, (uint32_t)&_adcisr);
+}
+
+
+//Append interrupt handler for pin to function isr
+void ADC::append(PinName pin, void(*fptr)(uint32_t value)) {
+ int chan;
+
+ chan = _pin_to_channel(pin);
+ _adc_isr[chan] = fptr;
+}
+
+//Append interrupt handler for pin to function isr
+void ADC::unappend(PinName pin) {
+ int chan;
+
+ chan = _pin_to_channel(pin);
+ _adc_isr[chan] = NULL;
+}
+
+//Unappend global interrupt handler to function isr
+void ADC::append(void(*fptr)(int chan, uint32_t value)) {
+ _adc_g_isr = fptr;
+}
+
+//Detach global interrupt handler to function isr
+void ADC::unappend() {
+ _adc_g_isr = NULL;
+}
+
+//Set ADC offset
+void offset(int offset) {
+ LPC_ADC->ADTRM &= ~(0x07 << 4);
+ LPC_ADC->ADTRM |= (offset & 0x07) << 4;
+}
+
+//Return current ADC offset
+int offset(void) {
+ return((LPC_ADC->ADTRM >> 4) & 0x07);
+}
+
+//Return value of ADC on pin
+int ADC::read(PinName pin) {
+ //Reset DONE and OVERRUN flags of interrupt handled ADC data
+ _adc_data[_pin_to_channel(pin)] &= ~(((uint32_t)0x01 << 31) | ((uint32_t)0x01 << 30));
+ //Return value
+ return((_data_of_pin(pin) >> 4) & 0xFFF);
+}
+
+//Return DONE flag of ADC on pin
+int ADC::done(PinName pin) {
+ return((_data_of_pin(pin) >> 31) & 0x01);
+}
+
+//Return OVERRUN flag of ADC on pin
+int ADC::overrun(PinName pin) {
+ return((_data_of_pin(pin) >> 30) & 0x01);
+}
+
+int ADC::actual_adc_clock(void) {
+ return(_adc_clk_freq);
+}
+
+int ADC::actual_sample_rate(void) {
+ return(_adc_clk_freq / CLKS_PER_SAMPLE);
+}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/hardwareIO/adc.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/* mbed Library - ADC
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, sblandford
+ * released under MIT license http://mbed.org/licence/mit
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBED_ADC_H
+#define MBED_ADC_H
+
+#include "mbed.h"
+
+#define XTAL_FREQ 12000000
+#define MAX_ADC_CLOCK 13000000
+#define CLKS_PER_SAMPLE 64
+
+#define ADC_SAMPLE_RATE 150000
+
+
+class ADC {
+public:
+
+ //Initialize ADC with ADC maximum sample rate of
+ //sample_rate and system clock divider of cclk_div
+ //Maximum recommened sample rate is 184000
+ ADC(int sample_rate, int cclk_div);
+
+ //Enable/disable ADC on pin according to state
+ //and also select/de-select for next conversion
+ void setup(PinName pin, int state);
+
+ //Return enabled/disabled state of ADC on pin
+ int setup(PinName pin);
+
+ //Enable/disable burst mode according to state
+ void burst(int state);
+
+ //Select channel already setup
+ void select(PinName pin);
+
+ //Return burst mode enabled/disabled
+ int burst(void);
+
+ /*Set start condition and edge according to mode:
+ 0 - No start (this value should be used when clearing PDN to 0).
+ 1 - Start conversion now.
+ 2 - Start conversion when the edge selected by bit 27 occurs on the P2.10 / EINT0 / NMI pin.
+ 3 - Start conversion when the edge selected by bit 27 occurs on the P1.27 / CLKOUT /
+ USB_OVRCRn / CAP0.1 pin.
+ 4 - Start conversion when the edge selected by bit 27 occurs on MAT0.1. Note that this does
+ not require that the MAT0.1 function appear on a device pin.
+ 5 - Start conversion when the edge selected by bit 27 occurs on MAT0.3. Note that it is not
+ possible to cause the MAT0.3 function to appear on a device pin.
+ 6 - Start conversion when the edge selected by bit 27 occurs on MAT1.0. Note that this does
+ not require that the MAT1.0 function appear on a device pin.
+ 7 - Start conversion when the edge selected by bit 27 occurs on MAT1.1. Note that this does
+ not require that the MAT1.1 function appear on a device pin.
+ When mode >= 2, conversion is triggered by edge:
+ 0 - Rising edge
+ 1 - Falling edge
+ */
+ void startmode(int mode, int edge);
+
+ //Return startmode state according to mode_edge=0: mode and mode_edge=1: edge
+ int startmode(int mode_edge);
+
+ //Start ADC conversion
+ void start(void);
+
+ //Set interrupt enable/disable for pin to state
+ void interrupt_state(PinName pin, int state);
+
+ //Return enable/disable state of interrupt for pin
+ int interrupt_state(PinName pin);
+
+ //Attach custom interrupt handler replacing default
+ void attach(void(*fptr)(void));
+
+ //Restore default interrupt handler
+ void detach(void);
+
+ //Append custom interrupt handler for pin
+ void append(PinName pin, void(*fptr)(uint32_t value));
+
+ //Unappend custom interrupt handler for pin
+ void unappend(PinName pin);
+
+ //Append custom global interrupt handler
+ void append(void(*fptr)(int chan, uint32_t value));
+
+ //Unappend custom global interrupt handler
+ void unappend(void);
+
+ //Set ADC offset to a value 0-7
+ void offset(int offset);
+
+ //Return current ADC offset
+ int offset(void);
+
+ //Return value of ADC on pin
+ int read(PinName pin);
+
+ //Return DONE flag of ADC on pin
+ int done(PinName pin);
+
+ //Return OVERRUN flag of ADC on pin
+ int overrun(PinName pin);
+
+ //Return actual ADC clock
+ int actual_adc_clock(void);
+
+ //Return actual maximum sample rate
+ int actual_sample_rate(void);
+
+ //Return pin ID of ADC channel
+ PinName channel_to_pin(int chan);
+
+ //Return pin number of ADC channel
+ int channel_to_pin_number(int chan);
+
+
+private:
+ int _pin_to_channel(PinName pin);
+ uint32_t _data_of_pin(PinName pin);
+
+ int _adc_clk_freq;
+ void adcisr(void);
+ static void _adcisr(void);
+ static ADC *instance;
+
+ uint32_t _adc_data[8];
+ void(*_adc_isr[8])(uint32_t value);
+ void(*_adc_g_isr)(int chan, uint32_t value);
+ void(*_adc_m_isr)(void);
+};
+
+extern ADC adc;
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/hardwareIO/hardwareIO.cpp Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,447 @@
+#include "hardwareIO.h"
+
+HardwareIO IO; // preintantiation of cross-file global object IO
+
+// -------------------------------------- (0) SETUP ALL IO (call this in the setup() function in main program)
+
+Serial pc(USBTX, USBRX); // tx, rx
+LocalFileSystem local("local"); // Create the local filesystem under the name "local"
+
+ SPI spiDAC(MOSI_PIN, MISO_PIN, SCK_PIN); // mosi, miso, sclk
+ DigitalOut csDAC(CS_DAC_MIRRORS);
+
+ DigitalOut Laser_Red(LASER_RED_PIN); // NOTE: this is NOT the lock in sensing laser (actually, not used yet)
+ DigitalOut Laser_Green(LASER_GREEN_PIN);
+ DigitalOut Laser_Blue(LASER_BLUE_PIN);
+
+ // Some manual controls over the hardware function:
+ InterruptIn switchOne(SWITCH_ONE);
+ InterruptIn switchTwo(SWITCH_TWO);
+ AnalogIn ainPot(POT_ANALOG_INPUT);
+ //DigitalIn RotaryEncoderPinA(ROTARY_ENCODER_PINA); // not needed: this is done in the CRotaryEncoder library (as input or interrupt)
+ //DigitalIn RotaryEncoderPinB(ROTARY_ENCODER_PINB);
+
+ DigitalIn twoStateSwitch(TWO_STATE_SWITCH);
+
+void HardwareIO::init(void) {
+
+ // Set laser powers down:
+ setRedPower(0);// TTL red laser (not used - actually not present)
+ setGreenPower(0);
+ setBluePower(0);
+
+ //Serial Communication setup:
+ pc.baud(115200);//
+ //pc.printf("Serial Connection established \r\n");
+ // pc.baud(921600);//115200);//
+
+ // Setup for lock-in amplifier and pwm references:
+ setLaserLockinPower(1);// actually this is the Red laser in the hardware
+ lockin.init();
+
+ // Setup for DAC control to move the mirrors:
+ // Set spi for 8 bit data, high steady state clock,
+ // second edge capture, with a 10MHz clock rate:
+ csDAC = 1;
+ spiDAC.format(16,0);
+ spiDAC.frequency(16000000);
+
+ // default initial mirror position:
+ writeOutX(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X);
+ writeOutY(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y);
+
+ // Rotary encoder 1 (to set the FIXED THRESHOLD VALUE):
+ rotaryEncoder1.SetMinMax(0,255);
+ rotaryEncoder1.Set(0); // initial value
+
+ // Rotary encoder 2 (to set the additional correction angle):
+ rotaryEncoder2.SetMinMax(-10,10);
+ rotaryEncoder2.Set(0); // initial value
+
+ // Load LUT table:
+ setLUT();
+
+ // Set interrupts on RAISING edge for button-switch functions:
+ // Note: The pin input will be logic '0' for any voltage on the pin below 0.8v, and '1' for any voltage above 2.0v.
+ // By default, the InterruptIn is setup with an internal pull-down resistor, but for security and clarity I will do it explicitly here:
+ switchOne.mode(PullUp); // pull down seems not very good
+ switchTwo.mode(PullUp);
+ switchOne.fall(this, &HardwareIO::switchOneInterrupt); // attach the address of the flip function to the falling edge
+ switchTwo.fall(this, &HardwareIO::switchTwoInterrupt); // attach the address of the flip function to the falling edge
+ switchOneState=true;
+ switchTwoState=false;
+ switchOneChange=false;
+ switchTwoChange=false;
+
+ // ATTENTION: initial state of the switch should correspond to the inital state of the threshold mode in the constructor of the laser trajectory objects (not nice):
+ setSwitchOneState(true); //equal to switchOneState=true, plus set led value. False means fixed threshold, true AUTO THRESHOLD (will be the default mode)
+ // NOTE: actually this interrupt switches are not used anymore to change threhold...
+
+ // Initial state of the two state switch (and don't forget to set the internal pullup resistors!):
+ twoStateSwitch.mode(PullUp);// Use internal pullup for pushbutton
+ twoStateSwitchState=twoStateSwitch.read(); // attention: twoStateSwitch is actually a method (this is equal to twoStateSwitch.read());
+ twoStateSwitchChange=true; // this will force reading the initial threshold mode the first time the program runs
+
+ // Read and update pot value:
+ // updatePotValue(); // the value will be ajusted in the range 0-255
+}
+
+void HardwareIO::setSwitchOneState(bool newstate) {
+ switchOneState=newstate;
+ //ledSwitchOne=(switchOneState? 1 :0);
+}
+
+// these ISR could do more (like debouncing).
+// For the time being, I will debounce electrically with a small capacitor.
+void HardwareIO::switchOneInterrupt() {
+ switchOneState=!switchOneState;
+ switchOneChange=true;
+}
+
+void HardwareIO::switchTwoInterrupt() {
+ switchTwoState=!switchTwoState;
+ switchTwoChange=true;
+}
+
+bool HardwareIO::switchOneCheck(bool& new_state) {
+ new_state=switchOneState;
+ if (switchOneChange) {
+ switchOneChange=false;
+ return(true);
+ } else
+ return(false);
+}
+
+bool HardwareIO::switchTwoCheck(bool& new_state) {
+ new_state=switchTwoState;
+ if (switchTwoChange) {
+ switchTwoChange=false;
+ return(true);
+ } else return(false);
+}
+
+// NOT interrupt-based switch:
+bool HardwareIO::twoStateSwitchCheck(bool& new_state) {
+ new_state=twoStateSwitch; // note: twoStateSwitch is a method!
+ if (twoStateSwitchState==new_state) {
+ // this means that the switch did not change state:
+ return(false);
+ } else {
+ twoStateSwitchState=new_state;
+ return(true);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// THIS IS NOT WORKING!!!!!!
+unsigned char HardwareIO::updatePotValue() { // this will update the pot value, and return it too.
+ //The value will be ajusted in the range 0-255
+ //The 0.0v to 3.3v range of the AnalogIn is represented in software as a normalised floating point number from 0.0 to 1.0.
+
+ // potValue=(unsigned char )(ainPot*255);
+ // Attention: go back to burst mode:
+ // lockin.setADC_forLockin(1);
+ // wait(1);
+
+ //USING the adc library:
+ // unset fast adc for lockin, and set normal adc for conversion from analog input pin:
+ lockin.setADC_forLockin(0);
+ // wait(1);
+
+ //Measure pin POT_ANALOG_INPUT
+ adc.select(POT_ANALOG_INPUT);
+ //Start ADC conversion
+ adc.start();
+ //Wait for it to complete
+ while(!adc.done(POT_ANALOG_INPUT));
+ potValue=adc.read(POT_ANALOG_INPUT);
+
+ //Unset pin POT_ANALOG_INPUT
+ adc.setup(POT_ANALOG_INPUT,0);
+
+ lockin.setADC_forLockin(1);
+ wait(0.5);
+
+ return(potValue);
+}
+
+//write on the first DAC, output A (mirror X)
+void HardwareIO::writeOutX(unsigned short value){
+ if(value > MAX_AD_MIRRORS) value = MAX_AD_MIRRORS;
+ if(value < MIN_AD_MIRRORS) value = MIN_AD_MIRRORS;
+
+ value |= 0x7000;
+ value &= 0x7FFF;
+
+ csDAC = 0; // this means the chip is enabled (negated logic), so CLK and SDI (data) can be transfered
+ spiDAC.write(value);
+ csDAC = 1; // rising the pin actually writes the data in the corresponding DAC register...
+}
+
+//write on the first DAC, output B (mirror Y)
+void HardwareIO::writeOutY(unsigned short value){
+ if(value > MAX_AD_MIRRORS) value = MAX_AD_MIRRORS;
+ if(value < MIN_AD_MIRRORS) value = MIN_AD_MIRRORS;
+
+ value |= 0xF000;
+ value &= 0xFFFF;
+
+ csDAC = 0;
+ spiDAC.write(value);
+ csDAC = 1;
+}
+
+void HardwareIO::setLaserLockinPower(int powerValue){
+ if(powerValue > 0){
+ lockin.setLaserPower(true);
+ }
+ else{
+ lockin.setLaserPower(false);
+ }
+}
+// THE TTL controlled lasers:
+// Note: the red one is not used here
+void HardwareIO::setRedPower(int powerValue){
+ if(powerValue > 0){
+ Laser_Red = 1;
+ }
+ else{
+ Laser_Red = 0;
+ }
+}
+void HardwareIO::setGreenPower(int powerValue){
+ if(powerValue > 0){
+ Laser_Green = 1;
+ }
+ else{
+ Laser_Green = 0;
+ }
+}
+void HardwareIO::setBluePower(int powerValue){
+ if(powerValue > 0){
+ Laser_Blue = 1;
+ }
+ else{
+ Laser_Blue = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+void HardwareIO::setRGBPower(unsigned char color) {
+ lockin.setLaserPower((color&0x04)>0? true : false); // NOTE: here the "red" is the lockin laser, not the TTL one (not used yet)
+ Laser_Green=(color&0x02)>>1;
+ Laser_Blue =color&0x01;
+}
+
+void HardwareIO::showLimitsMirrors(int seconds) {
+ unsigned short pointsPerLine=150;
+ int shiftX = (MAX_AD_MIRRORS - MIN_AD_MIRRORS) / pointsPerLine;
+ int shiftY = (MAX_AD_MIRRORS - MIN_AD_MIRRORS) / pointsPerLine;
+
+ Laser_Green=1;
+
+ //for (int repeat=0; repeat<times; repeat++) {
+
+ Timer t;
+ t.start();
+ while(t.read_ms()<seconds*1000) {
+
+ writeOutX(MIN_AD_MIRRORS);writeOutY(MIN_AD_MIRRORS);
+
+ for(int j=0; j<pointsPerLine; j++){
+ wait_us(200);//delay between each points
+ writeOutY(j*shiftY + MIN_AD_MIRRORS);
+ }
+
+ writeOutX(MIN_AD_MIRRORS);writeOutY(MAX_AD_MIRRORS);
+ for(int j=0; j<pointsPerLine; j++) {
+ wait_us(200);//delay between each points
+ writeOutX(j*shiftX + MIN_AD_MIRRORS);
+ }
+
+ writeOutX(MAX_AD_MIRRORS);writeOutY(MAX_AD_MIRRORS);
+ for(int j=0; j<pointsPerLine; j++) {
+ wait_us(200);//delay between each points
+ writeOutY(-j*shiftX + MAX_AD_MIRRORS);
+ }
+
+ writeOutX(MAX_AD_MIRRORS);writeOutY(MIN_AD_MIRRORS);
+ for(int j=0; j<pointsPerLine; j++) {
+ wait_us(200);//delay between each points
+ writeOutX(-j*shiftX + MAX_AD_MIRRORS);
+ }
+
+ }
+ t.stop();
+ Laser_Green=0;
+}
+
+void HardwareIO::scan_serial(unsigned short pointsPerLine){
+ //scan the total surface with a custom resolution
+ //send the lockin value for each point as a byte on the serial port to the PC
+ //use "scanSLP_save" to see the data on processing
+ // First, set the red laser on, and other off:
+ setRGBPower(0x4);
+ wait_us(1000); // just to give time to the lockin to set
+
+ int shiftX = (MAX_AD_MIRRORS - MIN_AD_MIRRORS) / pointsPerLine;
+ int shiftY = (MAX_AD_MIRRORS - MIN_AD_MIRRORS) / pointsPerLine;
+
+ for(int j=0; j<pointsPerLine; j++){
+ writeOutX(MIN_AD_MIRRORS);
+ writeOutY(j*shiftY + MIN_AD_MIRRORS);
+
+ wait_us(300);//begining of line delay
+ for(int i=0; i<pointsPerLine; i++){
+ writeOutX(i*shiftX + MIN_AD_MIRRORS);
+
+ wait_us(200);//delay between each points
+
+ // SEND A VALUE BETWEEN 0 and 255:
+ pc.putc(int(255.0*lockin.getMedianValue()/4095));//printf("%dL",int(valueLockin*255));//pc.putc(int(lockin*255));//
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+//load Look-up Table from LUT.TXT file
+//or create the file with scanLUT() if not existing.
+void HardwareIO::setLUT(){
+
+ FILE *fp = fopen(LUT_FILENAME, "r"); // Open file on the local file system for writing
+ if(fp){
+ //load the file into the lut table; keep the SAME resolution!
+ fread(lut,sizeof(uint16),LUT_RESOLUTION*LUT_RESOLUTION,fp);
+ fclose(fp);
+ }
+ else{
+ //fclose(fp);
+ //if the file "LUT.TXT" doesn't exist, create one with scanLUT()
+ lockin.setLaserPower(true);
+ scanLUT();
+ }
+
+}
+
+//scan the total surface with a fixed 2^x resolution
+//create the Look-Up Table used to "flatten" the scan according to the position
+//
+//To Do: maybe detect high frequency to be sure the area is clean and empty?
+void HardwareIO::scanLUT(){
+
+ //reset lut table
+ for(int j=0; j<LUT_RESOLUTION; j++){
+ for(int i=0; i<LUT_RESOLUTION; i++){
+ lut[i][j] =0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ int delayScanning = 300; //in us
+
+ //define the distance between each points (from 0 to 4096) and the offset (here 0)
+ float shiftX = 1.0*(MAX_AD_MIRRORS - MIN_AD_MIRRORS) / (LUT_RESOLUTION-1);
+ float shiftY = 1.0*(MAX_AD_MIRRORS - MIN_AD_MIRRORS) / (LUT_RESOLUTION-1);
+ float offsetX = MIN_AD_MIRRORS;
+ float offsetY = MIN_AD_MIRRORS;
+
+ //move the mirrors to the first position
+ writeOutX(MAX_AD_MIRRORS);writeOutY(MIN_AD_MIRRORS);
+ wait_us(500);
+
+ float x, y;
+
+ //scan the surface NB_SCANS times
+ //the total value in lut[i][j] shouldn't exceed uint16 !!!
+ for(int loop=0; loop<NB_SCANS; loop++){
+ for(int j=0; j<LUT_RESOLUTION; j++){
+ y = shiftY*j + offsetY ;
+ writeOutY(int(y));
+ //scan from right to left
+ for(int i=LUT_RESOLUTION-1; i>=0; i--){
+ x = shiftX*i + offsetX;
+ writeOutX(int(x));
+ wait_us(delayScanning);
+ lut[i][j] += lockin_read();
+ }
+ //re-scan from left to right
+ for(int i=0; i<LUT_RESOLUTION; i++){
+ x = shiftX*i + offsetX;
+ writeOutX(int(x));
+ wait_us(delayScanning);
+ lut[i][j] += lockin_read();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ //save tab in file
+ FILE *fp;
+#ifdef LUT_FILENAME
+ fp = fopen(LUT_FILENAME, "w"); // Open file on the local file system for writing
+ fwrite(lut,sizeof(uint16),LUT_RESOLUTION*LUT_RESOLUTION,fp);
+ fclose(fp); //close the file (the mBed will appear connected again)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LUT_H_FILENAME
+ //save tab in Human readable file (not used by the program, this is just for checking)
+ // NOTE: we divide the content of the lut table by NB_SCANS, for easy reading (values should be between 0-4095)
+ fp = fopen(LUT_H_FILENAME, "w"); // Open file on the local file system for writing
+ fprintf(fp, "scan resolution: %d x %d\r\n",LUT_RESOLUTION, LUT_RESOLUTION);
+ for(int j=0; j<LUT_RESOLUTION; j++){
+ for(int i=0; i<LUT_RESOLUTION; i++){
+ fprintf(fp, "X=%d,\tY=%d,\tI=%d\t \r\n", int(shiftX*i + offsetX), int(shiftY*j + offsetY), int(1.0*lut[i][j]/NB_SCANS) );
+ }
+ }
+ fclose(fp); //close the file (the mBed will appear connected again)
+#endif
+
+}
+
+
+//Return the lockin value "corrected with the Look-UpTable" - this means a RATIO between two reflectivities (and normally, this is <1).
+float HardwareIO::lockInCorrectedValue(unsigned short x, unsigned short y){
+//*******Correction using DIRECT approximation
+#ifdef LUT_DIRECT
+ return 2.0* NB_SCANS * lockin_read() / (lut[x >> LUT_BITS_SHIFT][y >> LUT_BITS_SHIFT]); // 2 * NB_SCANS is the number of recorded sample added to one position of the LUT (scan is performed twice: left-right and right-left)
+#endif
+
+//*******Correction using BILINEAR approximation
+#ifdef LUT_BILINEAR
+ unsigned short X = x >> LUT_BITS_SHIFT; //mirror "x" is 12bits, LUT "X" needs 4bits when lut is 17x17
+ unsigned short Y = y >> LUT_BITS_SHIFT; //mirror "y" is 12bits, LUT "Y" needs 4bits when lut is 17x17
+ float dx = 1.0*(x & LUT_BITS_MASK)/(LUT_BITS_MASK+1); //weight to apply on X (mask with 255 and norm)
+ float dy = 1.0*(y & LUT_BITS_MASK)/(LUT_BITS_MASK+1); //weight to apply on Y (mask with 255 and norm)
+
+ //Wheighted mean approximation of the Look-Up Table at the position (x,y):
+ float wmLUT = (1-dy)*( (1-dx)*lut[X][Y] + dx*lut[X+1][Y] ) + dy*( (1-dx)*lut[X][Y+1] + dx*lut[X+1][Y+1] );
+
+ return 2.0* NB_SCANS * lockin_read() / wmLUT;// 2 * NB_SCANS is the number of recorded sample added to one position of the LUT (scan is performed twice: left-right and right-left)
+#endif
+
+//*******Correction using LINEAR approximation
+#ifdef LUT_LINEAR
+ unsigned short X = x >> LUT_BITS_SHIFT; //mirror "x" is 12bits, LUT "X" needs 4bits when lut is 17x17
+ unsigned short Y = y >> LUT_BITS_SHIFT; //mirror "y" is 12bits, LUT "Y" needs 4bits when lut is 17x17
+ float dx = 1.0*(x & LUT_BITS_MASK)/(LUT_BITS_MASK+1); //weight to apply on X (mask with 255 and norm)
+ float dy = 1.0*(y & LUT_BITS_MASK)/(LUT_BITS_MASK+1); //weight to apply on Y (mask with 255 and norm)
+ float linearLUT, dzx, dzy;
+
+ if(dx>dy){ //if the position is on the "top-right" triangle
+ dzx = (lut[X+1][Y] - lut[X][Y]) * dx;
+ dzy = (lut[X+1][Y+1] - lut[X+1][Y]) * dy;
+ }
+ else{ //if the position is on the "bottom-left" triangle
+ dzy = (lut[X][Y+1] - lut[X][Y]) * dy;
+ dzx = (lut[X+1][Y+1] - lut[X][Y+1]) * dx;
+ }
+
+ //linear approximation of the Look-Up Table at the position (x,y):
+ linearLUT = lut[X][Y] + dzx + dzy;
+ return 2.0* NB_SCANS * lockin_read() / linearLUT; // 2 * NB_SCANS is the number of recorded sample added to one position of the LUT (scan is performed twice: left-right and right-left)
+
+#endif
+
+//*******No corrections, just return the value divided by 4096 (this means we are assuming that the surface is everywhere perfectly reflective - we supposedly get the max value always)
+#ifdef NO_LUT
+ return 1.0* lockin_read()/4096;
+#endif
+
+}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/hardwareIO/hardwareIO.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+
+#ifndef hardwareIO_h
+#define hardwareIO_h
+
+#include "mbed.h"
+#include "lockin.h"
+#include "CRotaryEncoder.h"
+
+
+// potentiometer to change sensitivity by hand, or other things... ACTUALLY THIS IS NOT WORKING because I cannot switch back and forth from
+// burst mode of analog conversion and "normal" one. Better use a rotary encoder!!
+#define POT_ANALOG_INPUT p15 // note: analog inputs in the mbed are from 15 to 20
+
+// Momentary switches triggering INTERRUPT functions:
+// (Any of the numbered mbed pins can be used as an InterruptIn, except p19 and p20)
+// NOTE: do not use pins from p21 to p26 because they are all set as pwm output (see lockin.h)
+#define LED_SWITCH_ONE p9 // digital output pin
+#define SWITCH_ONE p10 // interrupt pin
+#define SWITCH_TWO p11 // interrupt pin
+
+// Two state switch:
+#define TWO_STATE_SWITCH p12
+
+// NOTE: the SPI library uses the following pins, but we don't have to set them and inputs or outputs (this is done when the library is initialized, which is done by pre-instantiation.
+#define SCK_PIN p7 //SPI Clock
+#define MISO_PIN p6 //SPI input (data comming from DAC, here not connected)
+#define MOSI_PIN p5 //SPI output (data going to DAC)
+
+//**** CHIP SELECT pins for MP4922 DAC (mirrors and red laser)
+#define CS_DAC_MIRRORS p8
+
+//**** LASERS pins:
+#define LASER_RED_PIN p28 // NOT YET USED!! (NOTE: this is NOT the locking sensing laser (also called red, but could be infrared...)
+#define LASER_GREEN_PIN p29 // USED (TTL control)
+#define LASER_BLUE_PIN p30 // USED (TTL control)
+
+//**** MIRRORS:
+//The DAC is 12 bytes capable (Max=4096), but we will limit this a little.
+#define MAX_AD_MIRRORS 4000//3845 // note: 4095 is the absolute maximum for the SPI voltage (5V). This is for checking hardware compliance, but max and min angles can be defined for X and Y in each LivingSpot instance.
+#define MIN_AD_MIRRORS 155//250 // note: 0 is 0 volts for the SPI voltage.
+// We assume that the center of the mirror is at MAX_AD_MIRRORS/2 = 2000:
+#define CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X 2047 // This MUST BE the direction of the photodetector.
+#define CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y 2047 // This MUST BE the direction of the photodetector.
+
+
+//**** Look-Up Table:
+#define uint16 unsigned short
+#define LUT_RESOLUTION 33 // resolution of the Look-Up Table (power of 2 +1)
+#define LUT_BITS_SHIFT 7 // bits shift from mirror DAC (12 bits) to LUT ( root_square(LUT_RESOLUTION - 1) )
+#define LUT_BITS_MASK 127 // bits mask to obtain the position remainder ( 2^LUT_BITS_SHIFT - 1 )
+// possible configurations:
+// LUT_RESOLUTION LUT_BITS_SHIFT LUT_BITS_MASK
+// 9 9 511
+// 17 8 255
+// 33 7 127
+// 65 6 63
+// ...
+#define NB_SCANS 8 // number of scans performed to generate the LUT table (actually, each site CUMULATES NB_SCANS values)
+ // IMPORTANT: NB_SCANS*4095 should not exceed the capacity of uint16, this is 2^16-1=65535.
+ // In other terms, NB_SCANS should be < 65535/4095=16
+
+#define LUT_FILENAME "/local/LUT.txt"
+
+// For checking (define if human readable file is required - note: it is not used by the program, just as output for human reading)
+#define LUT_H_FILENAME "/local/LUT_pos.txt"
+
+// Current Look-up table approximation (only one at a time!):
+//#define LUT_BILINEAR
+//#define LUT_DIRECT
+//#define LUT_LINEAR
+#define NO_LUT
+
+//Current method for lockin data acquisition and correction
+#define lockin_read() lockin.getMedianValue() // lockin.getSmoothValue(); //return the average of the value stored on the buffer
+ // lockin.getLastValue(); //return the last conversion of the ADC
+ // lockin.getMedianValue(); //return the median value of the buffer
+
+
+
+// **** REFERENCE SIGNAL:
+/*
+#define testPin_OC1A 11 // this is, output compare pin OC1A //connected to CK2 = lockIn clock
+#define testPin_OC1B 12 // this is, output compare pin OC1B //connected to CK1 = laser clock
+#define testPin_OC1C 13
+*/
+
+// ==================================================================================================================================================================
+
+class HardwareIO {
+public:
+
+
+ void init(void);
+
+ //Lock-in acquisition methods:
+ // float LockInRead_Volts();
+ // int LockInRead_AD();
+ // float LockInAD_to_Volts(int);
+
+ //Look-Up Table:
+ unsigned short lut[LUT_RESOLUTION][LUT_RESOLUTION]; //Look-Up Table (uint16 is "unsigned short")
+ void scanLUT(); //create and save the Look-Up Table
+ void setLUT(); //set the Look-Up Table: either from scanning, or from the file LUT.TXT (if it is present)
+ float lockInCorrectedValue(unsigned short x, unsigned short y); //return the lockin value corrected with the Look-UpTable (this is, a RATIO of reflectivities, and <1)
+
+ void scan_serial(unsigned short pointsPerLine = 400);
+
+ void showLimitsMirrors( int times );
+
+ // SPI control for DAC for mirrors and red laser power (low level):
+ void writeOutX(unsigned short value);
+ void writeOutY(unsigned short value);
+
+ // mirror degree-to-AD units conversion factors:
+ //float AD_to_Deg_MIRROR_X;//=1.0*(MAX_DEG_MIRROR_X-MIN_DEG_MIRROR_X)/(MAX_AD_MIRRORS-MIN_AD_MIRRORS);
+ //float AD_to_Deg_MIRROR_Y;//=1.0*(MAX_DEG_MIRROR_Y-MIN_DEG_MIRROR_Y)/(MAX_AD_MIRRORS-MIN_AD_MIRRORS);
+
+ /*
+ // Mirror position:
+ void setMirrorX_Deg(float _Az);
+ void setMirrorY_Deg(float _El);
+ void setMirrorX_AD(int _AzAD);
+ void setMirrorY_AD(int _ElAD);
+ void setMirrorsXY_AD(int _xAD, int _yAD);
+ void setMirrorsCenter();
+ void getAnglesFromAD(float &Az, float &El, int _xAD, int _yAD);
+ //void setZoneDelimiters(...) // this could be here, instead on the LivingSpot class
+ */
+
+
+ //Laser Power, for the moment laser are TTL but we can use int:
+ //if powerValue > 0 ==> 'true'; else 'false'
+ void setLaserLockinPower(int powerLockingLaser);
+ // Red laser (not used)
+ void setRedPower(int powerRed);
+ // Green laser:
+ void setGreenPower(int powerGreen);
+ // Blue laser:
+ void setBluePower(int powerBlue);
+
+ void setRGBPower(unsigned char color); // we will use the 3 LSB bits to set each color, note that here the "red" is the LOCKIN LASER
+
+ //void setupPWM();
+ /* IN ADVANCED HARDWARE:
+ // init PWM for reference generation:
+ void initPWM();
+ // reference signal:
+ void setRefFreq(int);
+ void incRefFreq(int inc=1);
+ void decRefFreq(int dec=1);
+ */
+
+ //float refFreq; // could be private
+
+ // Interrupt "momentary" switches:
+ bool switchOneState, switchTwoState;
+ bool switchOneChange, switchTwoChange;
+ void switchOneInterrupt();
+ void switchTwoInterrupt();
+ bool switchOneCheck(bool& state);
+ bool switchTwoCheck(bool& state);
+ void setSwitchOneState(bool newstate);
+
+ // two state switch:
+ bool twoStateSwitchState;
+ bool twoStateSwitchChange;
+ bool twoStateSwitchCheck(bool& stateswitch);
+
+ // Potentiometer (does not work!!)
+ unsigned char updatePotValue(); // the value will be ajusted in the range 0-255
+ unsigned char potValue;
+
+private:
+ //DigitalOut Laser_Red, Laser_Green, Laser_Blue;
+
+};
+
+
+extern HardwareIO IO; // allows the object IO to be used in other .cpp files (IO is pre-instantiated in hardwareIO.cpp)
+// NOTE: IO encapsulates many IO functions, but perhaps it is better not to have an IO object - just use each IO function separatedly (as with pc object for instance)
+extern Serial pc; // allows pc to be manipulated by other .cpp files, even if pc is defined in the hardwareIO.cpp
+
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/hardwareIO/lockin.cpp Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+#include "lockin.h"
+
+Lockin lockin=Lockin();//pre-instanciation of object lockin with inter-file scope (declared extern in .h file)
+
+
+// NOTE: the ADC interrupt catching function is not a method of the Lockin class, hence the use of the pre-instantiated object "lockin":
+void catchInterupt(uint32_t value){
+ lockin.buffer_pos=(lockin.buffer_pos+1)%BUFFER_SIZE;
+ lockin.buffer[lockin.buffer_pos] = (value>>4)&0xFFF; // this is 12 bit precision ADC (0 to 4095), can be stored in an "unsigned short" (two bytes)
+}
+
+// PWM generation is configure as double edge
+// MR0 (Match Register 0) control the frequency
+// 'pwm2' uses MR1 and MR2 (rising and falling edges)
+// 'pwm4' uses MR3 and MR4 (rising and falling edges)
+// 'pwm1' and 'pwm3' cannot be used since they share the same Match Register
+// for the moment, all PWM pin are set as output:
+//PwmOut pwm1(p26);
+PwmOut pwm2(LOCKIN_LASER_PIN); //USED: this is pin p25, the LOCKIN_LASER_PIN
+PwmOut pwm3(p24);
+PwmOut pwm4(LOCKIN_REF_PIN); //USED: this is pin p23, the LOCKIN_REF_PIN
+//PwmOut pwm5(p22);
+//PwmOut pwm6(p21);
+
+//Lockin::Lockin(){}
+
+void Lockin::init(){
+
+ //configure PWM for the laser and the Lockin
+ refFreq = 147;
+ offsetRef = 40;
+ halfRefFreq = refFreq / 2;
+
+ refFrequency = 653; //init the lock-in frequency at 653 kHz
+ phaseShiftLaser = 0.546; //offset of 54% for the laser signal
+ phaseShiftLockin = 0; //no offset for the lock-in reference
+ initPWM();
+
+ //configure ADC:
+ clearBuffer();
+
+ // SET ADC IN BURST MODE:
+ lockin.setADC_forLockin(1);
+}
+
+void Lockin::setADC_forLockin(int mode) {
+ if (mode>0) { // ADC BURST MODE:
+ adc.startmode(0,0);
+ adc.burst(1);
+ adc.setup(LOCKIN_ADC_PIN, 1);
+ adc.select(LOCKIN_ADC_PIN);
+ adc.interrupt_state(LOCKIN_ADC_PIN, 1);
+ adc.append(LOCKIN_ADC_PIN, catchInterupt);
+ } else {
+ // unset the lockin pin:
+ adc.burst(0);
+ adc.setup(LOCKIN_ADC_PIN, 0);
+ adc.interrupt_state(LOCKIN_ADC_PIN, 0);
+ }
+}
+
+void Lockin::initPWM(){
+
+ float halfPeriod = 0.5 * MBEDFREQUENCY / refFrequency; // half shared periof
+ _currentMR[0] = int(1.0 * MBEDFREQUENCY / refFrequency); //save the current value of MR0 (shared periof) //147
+ _currentMR[1] = int(phaseShiftLaser * halfPeriod); //save the current value of MR1 //40
+ _currentMR[2] = int(_currentMR[1] + halfPeriod); //save the current value of MR2 //40+73
+ _currentMR[3] = int(phaseShiftLockin * halfPeriod); //save the current value of MR1 //0
+ _currentMR[4] = int(_currentMR[3] + halfPeriod); //save the current value of MR2 //73
+
+
+ // set PWM:
+ LPC_PWM1->TCR = (1 << 1); // Reset counter, disable PWM
+ LPC_SC->PCLKSEL0 &= ~(0x3 << 12);
+ LPC_SC->PCLKSEL0 |= (1 << 12); // Set peripheral clock divider to /1, i.e. system clock
+
+ LPC_PWM1->PCR |= 0x0014; // Double edge PWM for PWM2,4
+
+ LPC_PWM1->MR0 = _currentMR[0]; // Match Register 0 is shared period counter for all PWM1
+
+ LPC_PWM1->MR1 = _currentMR[1]; // Match Register 1 is laser rising edge counter
+ LPC_PWM1->MR2 = _currentMR[2]; // Match Register 2 is laser falling edge counter
+ LPC_PWM1->MR3 = _currentMR[3]; // Match Register 3 is lock-in rising edge counter
+ LPC_PWM1->MR4 = _currentMR[4]; // Match Register 4 is lock-in falling edge counter
+
+ LPC_PWM1->LER |= 1; // Start updating at next period start
+ LPC_PWM1->TCR = (1 << 0) || (1 << 3); // Enable counter and PWM
+}
+
+//change the frequency of the PWM after initPWM()
+void Lockin::setPWMFrequency(float freq){
+ refFrequency = freq;
+ _currentMR[0] = int(MBEDFREQUENCY / refFrequency); //save the current value of MR0
+ LPC_PWM1->MR0 = _currentMR[0]; //update PWM shared period register
+ LPC_PWM1->LER |= 1; //update PWM
+}
+
+//change the phase shift of the sensing laser after initPWM()
+void Lockin::setLaserPhaseShift(float phaseShift){
+ phaseShiftLaser = phaseShift;
+ float halfPeriod = 0.5 * MBEDFREQUENCY / refFrequency;
+ _currentMR[1] = int(phaseShiftLaser * halfPeriod); //save the current value of MR1
+ _currentMR[2] = _currentMR[1] + halfPeriod; //save the current value of MR2
+
+ LPC_PWM1->MR1 = _currentMR[1]; //update Laser rising edge match register
+ LPC_PWM1->MR2 = _currentMR[2]; //update Laser faling edge match register
+}
+
+//change the phase shift of the lock-in after initPWM()
+void Lockin::setLockinPhaseShift(float phaseShift){
+ phaseShiftLockin = phaseShift;
+ float halfPeriod = 0.5 * MBEDFREQUENCY / refFrequency;
+ _currentMR[3] = int(phaseShiftLockin * halfPeriod); //save the current value of MR1
+ _currentMR[4] = _currentMR[3] + halfPeriod; //save the current value of MR2
+
+ LPC_PWM1->MR3 = _currentMR[3]; //update lock-in rising edge match register
+ LPC_PWM1->MR4 = _currentMR[4]; //update lock-in faling edge match register
+}
+
+
+void Lockin::setLaserPower(bool power){
+ if(power){
+ LPC_PWM1->MR1 = _currentMR[1];
+ LPC_PWM1->MR2 = _currentMR[2];
+ LPC_PWM1->LER |= 1; // update PWM at the next period
+ }
+ else{
+ LPC_PWM1->MR1 = 0; //set rising edge at 0
+ LPC_PWM1->MR2 = 0; //set falling edge at 0
+ LPC_PWM1->LER |= 1; // update PWM at the next period
+ }
+}
+
+void Lockin::clearBuffer(){
+ for(int i=0; i<BUFFER_SIZE; i++){
+ buffer[i] = 0;
+ }
+ buffer_pos = BUFFER_SIZE;
+}
+
+/*
+void Lockin::catchInterupt(uint32_t value){
+ buffer_pos++;
+ buffer_pos%=BUFFER_SIZE;
+ buffer[buffer_pos] = value;
+}
+*/
+
+//****** aquisition method *****//
+unsigned short Lockin::getLastValue(){
+ return buffer[buffer_pos];
+}
+
+unsigned short Lockin::getSmoothValue(){
+ unsigned short smoothValue = buffer[0];
+ for(int i=1; i<BUFFER_SIZE; i++){
+ smoothValue += buffer[i];
+ }
+ smoothValue = (unsigned short)(smoothValue/BUFFER_SIZE); // note: we could have more precision (sub-12 bit), but it's not required and would imply using a float as output
+
+ return smoothValue;
+}
+
+unsigned short Lockin::getMedianValue(){
+ //this method applies a median filter to the buffer
+ //It reduces the salt-and-pepper noise
+ //It seems that this noise is very strong on certain mBed board, but not all...
+
+ // unsigned short orderedBuffer[BUFFER_SIZE_MEDIAN];
+
+ //sort half of the buffer:
+
+ //copy buffer
+ for(int i=0; i<BUFFER_SIZE_MEDIAN; i++){
+ orderedBuffer[i] = buffer[(buffer_pos+BUFFER_SIZE-i+DELAY_BUFFER_MEDIAN)%BUFFER_SIZE];
+ }
+
+ //order buffer
+ for(int i=0; i<BUFFER_SIZE_MEDIAN-1; i++){
+ int minPos = i;
+
+ //get min
+ for(int j=i+1; j<BUFFER_SIZE_MEDIAN; j++){
+ if(orderedBuffer[j] < orderedBuffer[minPos]) minPos = j;
+ }
+
+ //swap min to the right position
+ if(minPos != i){
+ int tmpMin = orderedBuffer[minPos];
+ orderedBuffer[minPos] = orderedBuffer[i];
+ orderedBuffer[i] = tmpMin;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return orderedBuffer[BUFFER_SIZE_MEDIAN/2];
+}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/hardwareIO/lockin.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+#ifndef MBED_LOCKIN_H
+#define MBED_LOCKIN_H
+
+#include "mbed.h"
+#include "adc.h"
+
+#define MBEDFREQUENCY 96000 //frequency of the mBed in KHz
+
+//#define I_Volts_SAT 5 // this is 5V (the saturation voltage for the APD+LockIn+ADC, being it the arduino (when in normal mode) or the SPI. This saturation voltage could be different for each mode!?
+
+#define LOCKIN_ADC_PIN p18 //ADC pin : connect to lockin "output"
+
+#define LOCKIN_REF_PIN p23 //PWM pin : connect to lockin reference signal.
+#define LOCKIN_LASER_PIN p25 //PWM pin : connect to laser control - note: the red laser by default, but could be a fourth IR laser...
+// p21 to p26 are used by the PWM timers even if only 2 pin are connected to the circuit
+
+#define BUFFER_SIZE 15
+#define BUFFER_SIZE_MEDIAN 5
+#define DELAY_BUFFER_MEDIAN 0
+
+
+class Lockin {
+public:
+ // default constructor (untouched!)
+ // Lockin();
+
+ // initialization of object modes (could have parameters):
+ void init();
+
+ void initPWM(); //setup the laser and reference signal used by the lockin
+ void setPWMFrequency(float freq); //change the shared period of the pwm signals
+ void setLaserPhaseShift(float phaseShift); //change the phase shift of the laser (from 0 to 1)
+ void setLockinPhaseShift(float phaseShift); //change the phase shift of the lock-in (from 0 to 1)
+ //future works:
+ //add function to change frequency or offset with a potentiometer for exemple
+ //or scan the best frequency...
+
+ void setLaserPower(bool power); //change PWM settings to turn on/off the laser
+
+ void setADC_forLockin(int mode); //1 set, 0 reset
+
+ unsigned short getSmoothValue(); //return the average of the value stored on the buffer
+ unsigned short getLastValue(); //return the last conversion of the ADC
+ unsigned short getMedianValue(); //return the median value of the buffer
+ //it is just a begining; we can add more complex method for denoising for exemple
+ //maybe, needs function to start and stop the lockin
+
+ void clearBuffer();
+
+ //can be private
+ //void catchInterupt(uint32_t value);
+
+ //variables
+ unsigned short buffer[BUFFER_SIZE]; // does not need to be a float - in fact values are from 0 to 4096 (i.e.,
+ //unsigned short int buffer[BUFFER_SIZE]; // this is two bytes (0 to 65535)
+ unsigned short orderedBuffer[BUFFER_SIZE_MEDIAN]; // for computation of the MEDIAN value
+ int buffer_pos;
+
+ float refFrequency; // frequency of sensing laser and lock-in (in KHz)
+ //Phase shift of the pwm signals (from 0 to 1):
+ //it corresponds to a percentage of the half of a period
+ //(no phase shift ==> 0% / 90deg phase shift ==> 100%)
+ float phaseShiftLaser; // phase shift of the sensing laser
+ float phaseShiftLockin; // phase shift of the lock-in reference
+
+ int refFreq; //frequency of the lockin
+ int offsetRef; //offset between the laser signal and the lockin reference signal
+ int halfRefFreq;
+
+private:
+ // PWM match register value are saved as private
+ // to avoid computation when turn on/off for exemple
+ int _currentMR[6];
+
+
+};
+
+extern Lockin lockin;
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/main.cpp Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,1103 @@
+#include "mbed.h"
+#include "hardwareIO.h"
+#include "mbedOSC.h"
+#include "blobConfig.h"
+#include "simpleLaserRenderer.h"
+
+extern "C" void mbed_reset();
+
+blobConfig blobconf;
+simpleLaserSensingRenderer lsr;
+
+// For tests:
+DigitalOut myled(LED1);
+DigitalOut myled2(LED2);
+DigitalOut myled3(LED3);
+ DigitalOut ledSwitchOne(LED_SWITCH_ONE);
+
+// To test the time it takes for executing one loop in the main program:
+//#define LOOPTIMECOMPUTE
+
+// To get serial commands (for debug, or other things using a Terminal - for instance, a laser scan)
+#define SERIAL_COMMANDS
+
+ int renderFraction=1;// when 1, the blob needs to be rendered completely before update; 2 means half of it, etc. 0 means render all the time.
+
+// NEW (1.4.2014): change modes by switch for fast demos:
+int totalNumberDemos=13;
+int currentDemoMode=0;
+void changeMode(int mode);
+
+//---------- ETHERNET / OSC related (in the future, put somewhere else...): -------------------------------------------
+// mbed IP address (server):
+#ifdef DHCP
+EthernetNetIf eth;
+#else
+EthernetNetIf eth(
+ IpAddr(10,0,0,2), //IP Address of the mbed
+ IpAddr(255,255,255,0), //Network Mask
+ IpAddr(10,0,0,1), //Gateway
+ IpAddr(10,0,0,1) //DNS
+);
+#endif
+
+//uint8_t serverMac[] = { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xFE, 0xED };
+uint8_t serverIp[] = { 10, 0, 0, 2 }; // not needed perhaps!
+int serverPort = 10000;
+
+//uint8_t destIp[] = {10, 0, 0, 3};
+uint8_t destIp[] = {255, 255, 255, 255}; // broadcast, so we can use several computers for sound, etc
+int destPort = 12000;
+
+char *topAddress="/mbed";
+char *subAddress[3]={ "/test1" , "/test2" , "/test3" };
+
+OSCMessage recMes;
+OSCMessage sendMes;
+
+OSCClass osc;
+//OSCClass osc(&recMes); // instantiate OSC communication object, and set the receiver container from the OSC packets
+
+void processOSC(UDPSocketEvent e);
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Tickers:
+Ticker timerForRendering;
+//Ticker timerForSendingData; // better use a timer, so as not to interrupt the exact laser display ticker
+
+// Timers:
+Timer measureLoopPeriod;
+
+Timer measureReadPeriod; // timer for reading hardare or communication data (I will read in ms)
+#define periodReadingData 30
+
+//Timer measureUpdatePeriod;
+
+
+// to get serial commands (not necessary perhaps)
+void processSerial();
+
+int main() {
+
+ // Initialize the hardware (laser powers, positions...):
+ IO.init();
+ ledSwitchOne=0;
+
+ // -------------------------------
+ // Set the Ethernet port:
+ // pc.printf("Setting up...\r\n");
+ //printf("Setting up...\r\n");
+ EthernetErr ethErr = eth.setup();
+ if (ethErr) {
+ // pc.printf("Error %d in setup.\r\n", ethErr);
+ // return -1;
+ }
+ // pc.printf("Setup OK\r\n");
+
+ //(1) Sending message:
+ // Set IP and Port:
+ sendMes.setIp( destIp );
+ sendMes.setPort( destPort );
+ // Set data:
+ // sendMes.setTopAddress(topAddress);
+
+ //setting osc functionnality:
+ //(2) Receiving:
+ // recMes.setIp( serverIp ); // not needed?
+ osc.setReceiveMessage(&recMes); // this sets the receiver container for the OSC packets (we can avoid doing this if we use osc.getMessage() to get messages)
+ osc.begin(serverPort, &processOSC); // binds the upd (osc) messages to an arbitrary listening port ("server" port), and callback function
+ // -------------------------------
+
+ /* // sending seems not to work right after setting the osc object??
+ wait(1);
+ sendMes.setTopAddress("starting");
+ sendMes.setSubAddress("");
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ */
+
+ // initialize with the desired blob configuration:
+
+ // blobconf.initConfig(ONE_ELASTIC_FOLLOWING);
+
+ // Tested modes:
+ // blobconf.clearConfig();
+// blobconf.addOneElasticLoopContractCentral();
+
+ // blobconf.addOneElasticContourFollowing();
+
+// blobconf.addOneRigidLoopBouncing();
+// blobconf.addOneRigidLoopBouncing();
+//blobconf.addOneRigidLoopFollowing();
+ // blobconf.addOneRigidLoopFollowing();
+ //blobconf.addOneElasticLoopContractCentralFast();
+ //blobconf.addOneRigidLoopTest();
+
+// START WITH TWO FOLLOWING SPOTS (exhibition Tokyo Design Week):
+ blobconf.initConfig(FOLLOWING_SPOTS, 1); // value is the nb of spots instantiated
+// Make them of different color:
+ //blobconf.blobArray[0]->setBlueColor(1);
+ //blobconf.blobArray[1]->setGreenColor(1);
+
+ // start in no stand by mode:
+ blobconf.allResume();
+
+ // Important: first, set the initial position for all the blobs, this will be useful because
+ // when changing modes we can use the previous central position...
+ // blobconf.setInitialPos(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y);
+
+// draw the config once before activating the laser buffer:
+ blobconf.draw();
+ lsr.startFullDisplay();
+
+ // RENRERER (attn: setConfigToRender must be called when the blobconf is set - i.e., the number of blobs and number of points/blob is fixed)
+ lsr.setConfigToRender(&blobconf);
+
+ // Timer on the rendering function of the oneLoop object:
+ // timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY, RENDER_INTERVAL); // the address of the object, member function, and interval (in seconds)
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL); // the address of the object, member function, and interval (in seconds)
+
+ // Timer for sending OSC data:
+ // timerForSendingData.attach(&blobconf, &blobConfig::sendConfData, 0.025); // time in seconds (25ms -> 40Hz)
+
+ //========================================== INFINITE LOOP (in USER PROGRAM CONTEXT) ===================================================================
+#ifdef LOOPTIMECOMPUTE
+ int timeCounterNum=1000;
+#endif
+
+ //measureUpdatePeriod.start();
+
+ measureReadPeriod.start();
+
+ while (true) {
+
+ // Process sensing buffer and compute light forces (for all blobs here, or in the update function for each one)
+ blobconf.processSensedData();
+
+ if (lsr.endedFractionDisplay(renderFraction)) {// (lsr.endedFullDisplay()) {
+
+ // measureUpdatePeriod.stop();
+ // measureUpdatePeriod.reset();
+
+ // __disable_irq();
+
+ // update config dynamics (this also could be threaded?):
+ blobconf.update();
+
+
+ // draw the config (note: each kind of blob renders differently)
+ blobconf.draw();
+
+
+ // (b)Sending Data: // PUT THIS IN AN INTERRUPT OR USE A TIMER!!! it may be TOO FAST...
+ // NOTE: better use a timer, so the only ISR "ticker" is the laser rendering (otherwise the laser rendering will be interrupted by the sending of data - the other way is ok):
+ // NOTE: timer for sending is now not COMMON to all blobs, but depends on the blob (it could depend on the CONFIG only, but this can be simulated by using
+ // per blob timer counter.
+ blobconf.sendConfData();
+
+
+ lsr.startFullDisplay(); // this start the point-display counter (wherever the actual laser is). Before update and draw, the counter needs to be reset.
+
+
+ // __enable_irq();
+
+ // measureUpdatePeriod.start();
+
+ } else {
+
+ // do a delay to equilibrate the timings?
+ //wait_us(6700);
+ }
+
+
+ // COMMUNICATION and HARDWARE CONTROL:
+
+ // (a) Reading commands:
+ if (measureReadPeriod.read_ms()>periodReadingData) {
+ measureReadPeriod.stop();
+
+ // Ethernet:
+ Net::poll(); // this will take care of calling processOSC(UDPSocketEvent e) when a new packet arrives.
+
+ // Serial:
+#ifdef SERIAL_COMMANDS
+ if (pc.readable()>0) processSerial();
+#endif
+
+ // Potentiometer, switches, etc:
+ //(1) Check for change of threshold mode button (switch one):
+ //!!! ATTENTION: this does not work very well to say the truth: bouncing+adc settings problems... better use a TWO STATE SWITCH:
+ bool stateswitch;
+ if (IO.switchOneCheck(stateswitch)) {
+ //if (stateswitch) pc.printf("Setting AUTO threshold mode\n"); else pc.printf("Setting FIXED threshold mode\n");
+ // for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) blobconf.blobArray[i]->displaySensingBuffer.setThresholdMode((stateswitch? 1 : 0));
+ currentDemoMode=(currentDemoMode+1)%totalNumberDemos;
+ // ledSwitchOne=(stateswitch? 1 :0); // this switch has a built-in led
+ ledSwitchOne=1; wait_ms(500) ; ledSwitchOne=0;
+ changeMode(currentDemoMode);
+ blobconf.allResume();
+ }
+ if (IO.twoStateSwitchCheck(stateswitch)) { // if there is a change...
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) blobconf.blobArray[i]->displaySensingBuffer.setThresholdMode((stateswitch? 1 : 0));
+ }
+
+ //(2) in case the the second switch was pressed, check the current pot value and update the fixed threshold (regardless of the threshold mode)
+ // NOTE: using the potentiometer FAILS because I cannot properly switch back and forth between ADC modes (burst and normal)
+ if (IO.switchTwoCheck(stateswitch)) {
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+ IO.showLimitsMirrors(5); // in seconds
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+
+ // IO.updatePotValue();
+ // for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) blobconf.blobArray[i]->displaySensingBuffer.setFixedThreshold(IO.potValue);
+ // pc.printf("Got :%d\n", IO.potValue);
+ }
+
+ if (rotaryEncoder1.CheckNew()) {
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) blobconf.blobArray[i]->displaySensingBuffer.setFixedThreshold(rotaryEncoder1.Get());
+ //pc.printf("Fixed Threshold :%d\n", rotaryEncoder1.Get());
+ }
+
+ // (3) Change additional mirror delay from rotary encoder:
+ if (rotaryEncoder2.CheckNew()) {
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) blobconf.blobArray[i]->displaySensingBuffer.setDelayMirrors(rotaryEncoder2.Get());
+ // pc.printf("Mirror delay :%d\n", rotaryEncoder2.Get());
+ }
+
+
+ // Restart the timer:
+ measureLoopPeriod.reset();
+ measureReadPeriod.start();
+ }
+
+ // text:
+ /*
+ sendMes.setTopAddress("/hello");
+ sendMes.setSubAddress("/daito"); // ATTENTION: the host computer needs to know in advance how many points are in the loop (I did not implement "bundle" messages yet...)
+ int x=(long)10;
+ sendMes.setArgs( "i", &x);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ */
+
+#ifdef LOOPTIMECOMPUTE
+ if (timeCounterNum>50) myled = 0;
+ // if (timeCounterNum%10==0) blobconf.sendConfData();
+ if (timeCounterNum>1000) {
+ myled = 1;
+ measureLoopPeriod.stop();
+ sendMes.setTopAddress("/timeloop");
+ sendMes.setSubAddress("/");
+ long x=(long)(int(measureLoopPeriod.read_us()/1000.0));
+ // long x=(long)(blobconf.blobArray[0]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory.size());
+ // long x=(long)(blobconf.blobArray[0]->normRecenteringVector);
+ //long x=(long)(1000*blobconf.blobArray[0]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[0].intensity);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "i", &x);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ timeCounterNum=0;
+ measureLoopPeriod.reset();
+ measureLoopPeriod.start();
+ } else timeCounterNum++;
+#endif
+
+ }
+}
+
+// ================= INTERPRET COMMAND =========================
+// NOTE: the following arrays are GLOBAL (used in processOSC and processSerial, as well as in interpretCommand function):
+// max of two addresses (top and sub), of a max length of 24 characters:
+char address[2][24];
+//long auxdata[2]; // to store a max of two arguments (note: we will only use LONGs)
+int data[2]; // this is to have -1 as NO DATA, to detect errors.
+
+//interpretCommand(const char& address[2][], const int& data[2]) {
+void interpretCommand() {
+ // (I) =========================================== SPECIAL FUNCTIONS (reset, rescan LUT, etc) ====================================================
+ if ( !strcmp(address[0], "takeSnapshot" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0];
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+
+ // for test:
+ for (int i=0; i<2 ; i++) {
+ myled = 1;
+ wait(0.1);
+ myled = 0;
+ wait(0.1);
+ }
+
+ // First, we need to disable the threaded display for the loop:
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+
+ // Then, do the scan (sending values on SERIAL port):
+ IO.scan_serial(value);
+
+ // Finally, start again threaded display:
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ // timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if ( !strcmp(address[0], "mbedReset" ) ) mbed_reset();
+
+ else if (!strcmp(address[0], "showMirrorLimits")) {
+ int value=data[0];
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+ IO.showLimitsMirrors(value);
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if ( !strcmp(address[0], "calibrate" ) ) {
+ // First, we need to disable the threaded display for the loop:
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+ // RESCAN (and save LUT table):
+ IO.scanLUT();
+ // Finally, start again threaded display:
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ // timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ }
+
+ // (II) ========================================= GLOBAL CONFIG and HARDWARE COMMANDS ===========================================
+
+ else if ( !strcmp(address[0], "setAllColor" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0]; // this is the color (RGB bits)
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ blobconf.allSetColor(value);
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if ( !strcmp(address[0], "setAllRandomColor" ) ) {
+ blobconf.randomizeAllColors();
+ }
+
+ else if ( !strcmp(address[0], "setAllGreenColor" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0];
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ if (value==0)
+ blobconf.allSetGreen(1);
+ else
+ blobconf.allSetGreen(0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if ( !strcmp(address[0], "setAllBlueColor" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0];
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ if (value==0)
+ blobconf.allSetBlue(1);
+ else
+ blobconf.allSetBlue(0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // NOTE: RED either afect the lock in, or some other red laser... not yet done.
+
+ else if ( !strcmp(address[0], "testPower" ) ) {
+ // First, we need to disable the threaded display for the loop:
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+
+ // Note: arguments is first 3 bits to set the laser powers (3 LSB bits to set each color)
+ // and then the second argument is the number of seconds to wait for the measurment
+ int value1=data[0], value2=data[1];
+ if ((value1!=-1)&&(value2!=-1)) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+
+ // Set position of mirrors:
+ IO.writeOutX(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X);
+ IO.writeOutY(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y);
+
+ for (int i=0; i<3 ; i++) {
+ myled3 = 1;
+ wait(0.2);
+ myled3 = 0;
+ wait(0.2);
+ }
+
+ // Set laser power:
+ IO.setRGBPower((unsigned char)value1);
+
+ // Wait...
+ wait(value2);// in seconds
+ //Timer t;
+ //t.start();
+ //while(t.read_ms()<value2*1000);
+ //t.stop();
+ }
+
+ // Finally, start again threaded display:
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+
+ }
+
+
+
+ // SIMPLE BEHAVIOUR MODES (to be read from an XML file in the future):
+ else if (!strcmp(address[0], "elastic_following")) { //
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+
+ blobconf.initConfig(ONE_ELASTIC_FOLLOWING);
+
+ lsr.setConfigToRender(&blobconf);
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ // timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+
+ }
+
+ else if (!strcmp(address[0], "elastic_mouth")) { //
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+
+ blobconf.initConfig(ONE_ELASTIC_MOUTH);
+
+ lsr.setConfigToRender(&blobconf);
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ // timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+
+ } else if (!strcmp(address[0], "elastic_mouth_small")) { //
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+
+ blobconf.initConfig(ONE_ELASTIC_MOUTH_SMALL);
+
+ lsr.setConfigToRender(&blobconf);
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ // timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ }
+ else if (!strcmp(address[0], "spot_bouncing")) {
+ int value=data[0];
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+
+ blobconf.initConfig(BOUNCING_SPOTS, value); // value is the nb of spots instantiated
+
+ lsr.setConfigToRender(&blobconf);
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ // timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ }
+ }
+
+else if (!strcmp(address[0], "spot_lorentz")) {
+ int value=data[0];
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+
+ blobconf.initConfig(LORENTZ_SPOTS, value); // value is the nb of spots instantiated
+
+ lsr.setConfigToRender(&blobconf);
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ // timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if (!strcmp(address[0], "air_hockey")) {
+ int value=data[0];
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+
+ blobconf.initConfig(AIR_HOCKEY_GAME, value); // value is the nb of spots instantiated
+
+ lsr.setConfigToRender(&blobconf);
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ // timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if (!strcmp(address[0], "rain_mode")) {
+ int value=data[0];
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+
+ blobconf.initConfig(RAIN_MODE, value); // value is the nb of spots instantiated
+
+ lsr.setConfigToRender(&blobconf);
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ // timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ else if (!strcmp(address[0], "spot_following")) {
+ int value=data[0];
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+
+ blobconf.initConfig(FOLLOWING_SPOTS, value); // value is the nb of spots instantiated
+
+ lsr.setConfigToRender(&blobconf);
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ // timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+
+ if ( blobconf.numBlobs>1)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) {
+ blobconf.blobArray[i]->displaySensingBuffer.setDelayMirrors(2);
+ blobconf.blobArray[i]->angleCorrectionForceLoop=-8;// in degrees
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if (!strcmp(address[0], "circular_pong")) {
+ int value=data[0];
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+
+ blobconf.initConfig(CIRCULAR_PONG_GAME, value); // value is the nb of spots instantiated
+
+ lsr.setConfigToRender(&blobconf);
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ // timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if (!strcmp(address[0], "fish_net")) {
+ int value=data[0];
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+
+ blobconf.initConfig(FISH_NET_GAME, value); // value is the nb of spots instantiated
+
+ lsr.setConfigToRender(&blobconf);
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ // timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if (!strcmp(address[0], "vertical_pinball")) {
+ int value=data[0];
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+
+ blobconf.initConfig(VERTICAL_PINBALL_GAME, value);
+
+ lsr.setConfigToRender(&blobconf);
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ // timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if (!strcmp(address[0], "pac_man")) {
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+
+ blobconf.initConfig(PAC_MAN_GAME);
+
+ lsr.setConfigToRender(&blobconf);
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ // timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ }
+
+ else if (!strcmp(address[0], "spot_tracking")) {
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+
+ blobconf.initConfig(ONE_TRACKING_SPOT); // value is the nb of spots instantiated
+
+ lsr.setConfigToRender(&blobconf);
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ // timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ }
+
+ else if (!strcmp(address[0], "spot_test")) {
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+ // blobconf.computeBoundingBox();
+ blobconf.clearConfig();
+ blobconf.addOneRigidLoopTest();
+ lsr.setConfigToRender(&blobconf);
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ // timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ }
+
+ // other:
+
+ else if ( !strcmp(address[0], "standby" ) ) { // will put ALL the blobs in stand by mode (no update function)
+ blobconf.allStandBy(); // will avoid the update function
+ }
+ else if ( !strcmp(address[0], "resume" ) ) {
+ blobconf.allResume(); // Update function is called for all the blobs
+ }
+
+ // (III) ========================================= Loop control (parameters, etc) ===========================================
+
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "setSpeed" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0]; // value 1 means a speed of 0.1, value 10, a speed of 1, etc.
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) {
+ //if ((!strcmp(blobconf.blobArray[i].spotName, "rigid_following"))||(!strcmp(blobconf.blobArray[i].spotName, "rigid_following"))) {
+ blobconf.blobArray[i]->setSpeed((float)(0.1*value));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "speedFactor" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0]; // value 100 means no change of speed. 200 is twice as fast, 50 is half as fast.
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) {
+ //if ((!strcmp(blobconf.blobArray[i].spotName, "rigid_following"))||(!strcmp(blobconf.blobArray[i].spotName, "rigid_following"))) {
+ blobconf.blobArray[i]->speedFactor((float)(1.0*value/100.0));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "setSize" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0]; // this is the direct size of the scafold
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) blobconf.blobArray[i]->setSize((float)(1.0*value));
+ }
+ }
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "sizeFactor" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0]; // value 100 means no change of sice. 200 is twice as big, 50 is half as big.
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) blobconf.blobArray[i]->sizeFactor((float)(1.0*value/100.0));
+ }
+ }
+
+ // ADJUST MIRROR ANGLE CORRECTION:
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "adjustPlusAngle" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0]; // this is not a factor, but an additive quantity to the current delay
+ if (value!=-1) // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) blobconf.blobArray[i]->addAngleCorrection(value);
+ }
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "adjustMinusAngle" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0]; // this is not a factor, but an substractive quantity to the current delay
+ if (value!=-1) // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) blobconf.blobArray[i]->addAngleCorrection(-value);
+ }
+
+ // ADJUST MIRROR DELAY (angle or mirror delay are equivalent in case of circular blobs):
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "adjustPlusDelay" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0]; // value 100 means no change of speed. 200 is twice as fast, 50 is half as fast.
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) blobconf.blobArray[i]->displaySensingBuffer.addDelayMirrors(value);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "adjustMinusDelay" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0]; // value 100 means no change of speed. 200 is twice as fast, 50 is half as fast.
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) blobconf.blobArray[i]->displaySensingBuffer.addDelayMirrors(-value);
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "adjustRenderFraction" ) ) { // for all spots...
+ int value=data[0]; // value 100 means no change of speed. 200 is twice as fast, 50 is half as fast.
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ renderFraction=value;
+ if (renderFraction>lsr.configTotalPoints) renderFraction=0;// update ALL the time (per-point)
+ if (renderFraction<1) renderFraction=1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "adjustPlusRenderFraction" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0]; // value 100 means no change of speed. 200 is twice as fast, 50 is half as fast.
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ renderFraction+=value;
+ if (renderFraction>lsr.configTotalPoints) renderFraction=0;// meaning: update ALL the time (per-point)
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "adjustMinusRenderFraction" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0]; // value 100 means no change of speed. 200 is twice as fast, 50 is half as fast.
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ renderFraction=((renderFraction-value)>=1? renderFraction-value : 1);
+ }
+ }
+
+
+
+ // THRESHOLD MODE, and PARAMETERS:
+ //(1) Set the threshold mode:
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "autoThreshold" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0]; // 1 (auto) or 0 (fixed)
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) blobconf.blobArray[i]->displaySensingBuffer.setThresholdMode(value);
+ }
+ // set led and switch state (global value of threshold):
+ IO.setSwitchOneState(value>0);
+ }
+
+ // (a) AUTO THRESHOLD:
+ // MINIMUM CONTRAST RATIO:
+ // (1) using multiplicative factor:
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "adjustMultContrast" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0]; // value 100 means no change of the current contrast value. 200 means a min contrast
+ // that is twice as large and 50 is half as large as before.
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) blobconf.blobArray[i]->displaySensingBuffer.multMinContrastRatio((float)(1.0*value/100.0));
+ }
+ }
+// (2) directly:
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "adjustContrast" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0]; // value is in PERCENT (100=1, 50 = 0.5...)
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) blobconf.blobArray[i]->displaySensingBuffer.setMinContrastRatio((float)(1.0*value/100.0));
+ }
+ }
+ // THRESHOLD FACTOR:
+ //(1) using multiplicative factor:
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "adjustMultThreshold" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0]; // value 100 means no change of the current contrast value. 200 means a min contrast
+ // that is twice as large and 50 is half as large as before.
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) blobconf.blobArray[i]->displaySensingBuffer.multThresholdFactor((float)(1.0*value/100.0));
+ }
+ }
+ //(2) directly:
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "adjustThresholdFactor" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0]; // value is in PERCENT (100=1, 50 = 0.5...)
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) blobconf.blobArray[i]->displaySensingBuffer.setThresholdFactor((float)(1.0*value/100.0));
+ }
+ }
+ // MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE INTENSITY:
+ // Adjust minimum acceptable intensity:
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "adjustMinAcceptableIntensity" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0]; // value is DIRECT value (0 to 255)
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) blobconf.blobArray[i]->displaySensingBuffer.setMinAcceptableIntensity(value);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // (b) FIXED THRESHOLD:
+ // Adjust fixedThreshold (directly):
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "adjustFixedThreshold" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0]; // value is DIRECT value (0 to 255)
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) blobconf.blobArray[i]->displaySensingBuffer.setFixedThreshold(value);
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "printParameters" ) ) {
+ pc.printf("Fraction display for the config: %d\n", renderFraction);
+ blobconf.printParameters();
+ }
+
+ // ===================== SEND DATA MODES =======================
+
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "sendOSC" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0];
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) {
+ blobconf.blobArray[i]->sendOSC=(value>0);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "sendArea" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0];
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) {
+ blobconf.blobArray[i]->sendingBlobArea=(value>0);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "sendPos" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0];
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) {
+ blobconf.blobArray[i]->sendingLoopPositions=(value>0);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "sendRegions" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0];
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) {
+ blobconf.blobArray[i]->sendingLoopRegions=(value>0);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if (!strcmp( address[0], "sendTouched" ) ) {
+ int value=data[0];
+ if (value!=-1) { // otherwise do nothing, this is a reception error (there was no data)
+ for (int i=0; i< blobconf.numBlobs; i++) {
+ blobconf.blobArray[i]->sendingTouched=(value>0);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+
+}
+
+//============= RECEIVE OSC COMMANDS =========================
+// This is the callback function called when there are packets on the listening socket. It is not nice to have it
+// here, but for the time being having a "wrapping global" is the simplest solution (we cannot pass a member-function pointer
+// as handler to the upd object).
+void processOSC(UDPSocketEvent e) {
+ osc.onUDPSocketEvent(e);
+
+ if (osc.newMessage) {
+ // in fact, there is no need to check this if using the method of a global callback function - it is clear this is a new packet... however, it may be
+ // interesting to use a timer, and process data (answers, etc) only after a certain amount of time, so as to avoid blocking the program in IRQ context...
+
+ // Acquire the addresses and arguments and put them in the GLOBAL variables:
+ strcpy(address[0],"");
+ strcpy(address[1],"");
+ for (int i=0; i<recMes.getAddressNum(); i++) strcpy(address[i],recMes.getAddress(i)); // NOTE: up to the rest of the program to check if address[1] is really not null
+ // Acquire data:
+ data[0]=-1;
+ data[1]=-1;
+ for (int i=0; i<recMes.getArgNum(); i++) data[i]=(int)recMes.getArgInt(i);
+
+ // Finally, interpret the command:
+ interpretCommand();//address, data);
+
+ }
+}
+
+//============= RECEIVE SERIAL COMMANDS =========================
+//
+// NOTE: - NUMERIC PARAMETERS have to be send BEFORE the command word. They must be sent as ASCII DEC, without end character.
+// - Commands words SHOULD NOT have numbers in it. They should be C compliant STRINGS (ended with character '0')
+// - order is irrelevant: we can send 10 RADIUS or RADIUS 10.
+
+// String to store ALPHANUMERIC DATA (i.e., integers, floating point numbers, unsigned ints, etc represented as DEC) sent wirelessly:
+char stringData[24]; // note: an integer is two bytes long, represented with a maximum of 5 digits, but we may send floats or unsigned int...
+int indexStringData=0;//position of the byte in the string
+
+// String to store COMMAND WORDS:
+char stringCommand[24]; // note: an integer is two bytes long, represented with a maximum of 5 digits, but we may send floats or unsigned int...
+int indexStringCommand=0;
+bool commandReady=false; // will become true when receiving the byte 0 (i.e. the '/0' string terminator)
+
+void processSerial() {
+
+ while (pc.readable()>0) {
+
+
+ char val =pc.getc();
+ // pc.printf("Got :%d\n", incomingByte);
+ //pc.putc(incomingByte);
+
+ // Save ASCII numeric characters (ASCII 0 - 9) on stringData:
+ if ((val >= '0') && (val <= '9')) { // this is 45 to 57 (included)
+ stringData[indexStringData] = val;
+ indexStringData++;
+ }
+
+ // Save ASCII letters in stringCommand:
+ if ((val >= 'A') && (val <= 'z')) { // this is 65 to 122 (included)
+ stringCommand[indexStringCommand] = val;
+ indexStringCommand++;
+ }
+ // is command ready?
+ if (val=='/') {
+ commandReady=true;
+ stringCommand[indexStringCommand] = 0; // string termination.
+ indexStringCommand=0; // reset index string for acquiring next command
+ //Serial.println(stringCommand);
+ }
+
+ // COMMANDS (with or without numeric parameters):
+ if (commandReady==true) { // it means we can interpret the command string:
+ commandReady=false;
+
+ stringData[indexStringData] = 0 ;// string termination for numeric values;
+ indexStringData=0;
+
+ // PARSE DATA: (TO DO!!!!!!!!!!!!!!):
+
+ // (a) Parse command (get address[0] and address[1]):
+ //ex: "/1/standBy" -- > address[0]="1" and address[1]="standBy"
+ // address[2]
+
+ // Serial.println(stringCommand);
+ // Serial.println(stringData);
+
+ // (b) Parse data:
+
+ // char address[2][24];
+ //long auxdata[2]; // to store a max of two arguments (note: we will only use LONGs)
+ //int data[2]; // this is to have -1 as NO DATA, to detect errors.
+
+ // FOR THE TIME BEING there is no parsing for serial commands:
+
+ // SCANNING:
+ if (!strcmp(stringCommand , "takeSnapshot")) {
+ // First, we need to disable the threaded display for the loop:
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+
+ // Then, do the scan (sending values on serial port):
+ IO.scan_serial(atoi(stringData));
+
+ // Finally, start again threaded display:
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ // timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ } else if (!strcmp(stringCommand , "REDON")) IO.setRedPower(1); // pc.printf("%d\n",incomingByte);
+
+ else if (!strcmp(stringCommand , "REDOFF")) IO.setRedPower(0);
+
+ else if (!strcmp(stringCommand , "READVALUE")) pc.printf("Value read: %f", lockin.getSmoothValue());//lockin.getLastValue());/
+
+ else if (!strcmp(stringCommand , "mbedReset")) mbed_reset();
+
+ else if (!strcmp(stringCommand , "calibrate")) {
+ // First, we need to disable the threaded display for the loop:
+ timerForRendering.detach();
+ // RESCAN (and save LUT table):
+ IO.scanLUT();
+ // Finally, start again threaded display:
+ timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ // timerForRendering.attach(&lsr, &simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY, RENDER_INTERVAL);
+ }
+
+ // FINALLY, interpret commands (but only after parsing):
+ // interpretCommand();//address, data);
+
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void changeMode(int mode) {
+
+ strcpy(address[0],"");
+ strcpy(address[1],"");
+ data[0]=-1;
+ data[1]=-1;
+
+switch(mode) {
+ case 0:
+ strcpy(address[0],"spot_following");
+ data[0]=1;
+ interpretCommand();
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ strcpy(address[0],"spot_following");
+ data[0]=2;
+ interpretCommand();
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ strcpy(address[0],"spot_bouncing");
+ data[0]=1;
+ interpretCommand();
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ strcpy(address[0],"spot_bouncing");
+ data[0]=4;
+ interpretCommand();
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ strcpy(address[0],"spot_lorentz");
+ data[0]=1;
+ interpretCommand();
+ break;
+ case 5:
+ strcpy(address[0],"spot_lorentz");
+ data[0]=2;
+ interpretCommand();
+ break;
+ case 6:
+ strcpy(address[0],"rain_mode");
+ data[0]=2;
+ interpretCommand();
+ break;
+ case 7:
+ strcpy(address[0],"rain_mode");
+ data[0]=5;
+ interpretCommand();
+ break;
+case 8:
+ strcpy(address[0],"air_hockey");
+ data[0]=1;
+ interpretCommand();
+ break;
+ case 9:
+ strcpy(address[0],"spot_tracking");
+ data[0]=1;
+ interpretCommand();
+ // here, let's make the min contrast smaller, for finger tracking:
+ strcpy(address[0],"adjustContrast");
+ data[0]=120;
+ interpretCommand();
+ break;
+ case 10:
+strcpy(address[0],"elastic_mouth");
+interpretCommand();
+ break;
+ case 11:
+ strcpy(address[0],"elastic_following");
+ interpretCommand();
+ break;
+ case 12:
+ strcpy(address[0],"elastic_mouth_small");
+ interpretCommand();
+ break;
+ //case 9:
+ //strcpy(address[0],"pac_man");
+ //interpretCommand();
+ //break;
+ //case 10:
+ // strcpy(address[0],"circular_pong");
+ // data[0]=3;
+ // interpretCommand();
+ //break;
+ // case 10:
+ // strcpy(address[0],"vertical_pinball");
+ // data[0]=2;
+ // interpretCommand();
+ //pbreak;
+ //case 11:
+ //strcpy(address[0],"fish_net");
+ // data[0]=3;
+ // interpretCommand();
+ //break;
+
+ }
+
+ }
+
+
+
+// ================ MISCELANEA
+
+/* EXAMPLE SEND/RECEIVE on PROCESSING:
+
+// oscP5sendreceive by andreas schlegel
+// example shows how to send and receive osc messages.
+// oscP5 website at http://www.sojamo.de/oscP5
+
+import oscP5.*;
+import netP5.*;
+
+OscP5 oscP5;
+NetAddress myRemoteLocation;
+
+void setup() {
+ size(400,400);
+ frameRate(25);
+ // start oscP5, listening for incoming messages at port 12000
+ oscP5 = new OscP5(this,12000);
+
+ // myRemoteLocation is a NetAddress. a NetAddress takes 2 parameters,
+ // an ip address and a port number. myRemoteLocation is used as parameter in
+ // oscP5.send() when sending osc packets to another computer, device,
+ // application. usage see below. for testing purposes the listening port
+ // and the port of the remote location address are the same, hence you will
+ // send messages back to this sketch.
+ myRemoteLocation = new NetAddress("10.0.0.2",10000);
+}
+
+
+void draw() {
+ background(0);
+}
+
+void mousePressed() {
+ // in the following different ways of creating osc messages are shown by example
+ OscMessage myMessage = new OscMessage("/mbed/test1");
+
+ myMessage.add(123); // add an int to the osc message
+
+ // send the message
+ oscP5.send(myMessage, myRemoteLocation);
+}
+
+
+// incoming osc message are forwarded to the oscEvent method.
+void oscEvent(OscMessage theOscMessage) {
+ // print the address pattern and the typetag of the received OscMessage
+ print("### received an osc message.");
+ print(" addrpattern: "+theOscMessage.addrPattern());
+ println(" typetag: "+theOscMessage.typetag());
+}
+
+*/
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/mbed.bld Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,1 @@ +http://mbed.org/users/mbed_official/code/mbed/builds/737756e0b479 \ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/mbedOSC.cpp Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,638 @@
+/*
+ mbedOSC.cpp
+*/
+
+#include "mbed.h"
+#include "mbedOSC.h"
+#include "stdarg.h"
+
+OSCMessage::OSCMessage() {
+ // Initialize host address and port by default (as if this where the receiver message):
+ // host=new Host(IpAddr(10, 0, 0, 1), DEFAULT_RECEIVE_PORT, NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ Set PortNo for the OSC Message
+ @param[in] _port PortNo (unsigned int)
+ @return None
+ */
+void OSCMessage::setPort(uint16_t _port){
+ host.setPort(_port);
+}
+
+/*
+ Set IP Address of the OSC Message (for SENDING messages - for receiving this will be done when receiving something )
+ param[in] <-- _ip pointer of IP Address array (byte *)
+ Example: IP=192.168.0.99, then we have to do: ip[]={192,168,0,1}, then setIp(ip)
+ */
+void OSCMessage::setIp(uint8_t *_ip){
+ host.setIp(IpAddr(_ip[0], _ip[1], _ip[2], _ip[3]));
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Set IP Address to the OSC Message container (not through pointer)
+ Example: IP=192.168.0.99 => setIp(192,168,0,99)
+ */
+void OSCMessage::setIp( uint8_t _ip1,
+ uint8_t _ip2,
+ uint8_t _ip3,
+ uint8_t _ip4 ){
+
+ host.setIp(IpAddr(_ip1, _ip2, _ip3, _ip4));
+}
+
+const IpAddr& OSCMessage::getIp(){
+ return host.getIp();
+}
+
+
+ const int& OSCMessage::getPort(){
+ return host.getPort();
+}
+
+
+/*
+ Gets the number of the OSC message address
+ param[in] None
+ return number of the OSC message address (byte)
+ Examples: "/ard" --> the number of the addresses is 1
+ "/ard/test" --> the number of the addresses is 2
+ Attention: the maximum number of addresses is 2 (MAX_ADDRESS)
+*/
+uint8_t OSCMessage::getAddressNum(){
+
+ return addressNum;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ Gets the number of the OSC message args
+ param[in] None
+ return number of the args (byte)
+ Example: "i" 123 --> number of the OSC message args is 1
+ "if" 123 54.24 --> number of the OSC message args is 2
+ Attention: the maximum number of args is 2 (MAX_ARG)
+ */
+uint8_t OSCMessage::getArgNum(){
+
+ return argNum;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ Gets the address string of the OSC message
+ param [in] <-- _index is the index of the address string (byte)
+ return pointer of the address string (char *)
+ @note ex. "/ard/test"<br>
+ getAddress(0) = "/ard"<br>
+ getAddress(1) = "/test"
+ @attention It is maximum number of the addresses is 2<br>
+ In this case "/ard/test1/test2"<br>
+ ignore it after "/test2"
+ */
+char * OSCMessage::getAddress(uint8_t _index){
+ if(_index>MAX_ADDRESS) _index=MAX_ADDRESS-1;
+ return address[_index];
+
+}
+
+
+/*
+ Gets the TopAddress string of the OSC message (this is just the address with index 0)
+ param[in] None
+ return pointer of the TopAddress string (char *), i.e. address[0]
+ Example: In the case "/ard/test", getTopAddress() = "/ard" (WITH the slash "/")
+ */
+char * OSCMessage::getTopAddress(){
+
+ return getAddress(0);
+
+}
+
+/*
+ Gets the "SubAddress" string of the OSC message (this is just the address with index 1)
+ param[in] None
+ return pointer of the SubAddress string (char *), i.e. address[1]
+ Example: in the case "/ard/test", getSubAddress() = "/test" (WITH the slash "/")
+ */
+char * OSCMessage::getSubAddress(){
+
+ return getAddress(1);
+
+}
+
+/*
+ Gets the TypeTag string (with index) of the OSC message
+ param[in] <--_index is the index of the TypeTag string (byte)
+ return: TypeTag char (char)
+ Example: in the case of a total typetag string equal to "if", getTypeTag(0) = 'i' and getTypeTag(1) = 'f'
+ Attention: MAX_ARG is maximum number of the args, if the index argument is larger, it will be constrained to this max.
+ */
+char OSCMessage::getTypeTag(uint8_t _index){
+ if(_index>MAX_ARG) _index=MAX_ARG-1;
+ return typeTag[_index];
+}
+
+/*
+ Get the args of the OSC message with an integer value
+ param[in] <--_index is (an int, or uint8_t), corresponding to the index of the args (byte)
+ return: integer value (long, or int32_t)
+ Example: in the case "if" 123 54.24, getArgInt(0) = 123
+ Noe: "i" is integer, but the return type is "long"
+ Note: When a index is bigger than the number of the args, it is set to the number of the args
+ */
+int32_t OSCMessage::getArgInt(uint8_t _index){
+ int32_t *value;
+ if(_index > argNum) _index=argNum;
+ value = (int32_t *)arg[_index]; // cast to int32_t
+ return *value;
+}
+
+/*
+ Get the args of the OSC message with a float value
+ param[in] <--_index is the index of the args
+ return: float value (double)
+ note: In this case "if" 123 54.24, getArgFloat(1) = 54.24
+ attention: arg declared as float, but return value cast as "double"
+ attention: When index is bigger than the number of the args, it is set to the number of the args
+ */
+double OSCMessage::getArgFloat(uint8_t _index){
+ double *value;
+ if(_index > argNum) _index=argNum;
+ value = (double *)arg[_index];
+ return *value;
+}
+
+/*
+ Set TopAddress string of OSC Message
+ param[in] <-- _address is a string pointer for the TopAddress String (char *). NOTE: is this a good idea? why not pass as const, and do allocation here?
+ return: None
+ Example: if the complete address string is "/ard/test", we set the topaddress as follows: char top[]="/ard" (allocation done here!), then setTopAddress(top)
+ */
+void OSCMessage::setTopAddress(char *_address){
+ address[0]=_address;
+ address[1]=0;
+ addressNum=1; // Note: this "erases" the subaddress! (is this a good idea?)
+}
+
+/*
+ Set SubAddress string of the OSC Message
+ param[in] <-- _address is a string pointer for the SubAddress String (char *)
+ return: None
+ Example: if the complete address string is "/ard/test", we set the subaddress as follows: char sub[]="/test" (allocation done here!), then setSubAddress(sub)
+ Attention: we should call first setTopAddress, and then setSubAddress. The order is important. This does not seems like a good idea...
+ */
+void OSCMessage::setSubAddress(char *_address){
+ address[1]=_address;
+ addressNum=2; // Note: this assumes the top address was already set!
+}
+
+
+/*
+ Set the complete Address string of the OSC Message (top and sub addresses)
+ param[in] <-- _topAddress and _subAddress are the string pointers to top and sub addresses (char *)
+ return: None
+ Example: in the case "/ard/test", we need to do: char top[]="/ard", char sub[]="/test", and then setAddress(top,sub)
+ Reminder: in this implementation, the maximum number of addresses is MAX_ADDRESS=2
+ */
+void OSCMessage::setAddress(char *_topAddress,char *_subAddress){
+ setTopAddress(_topAddress);
+ setSubAddress(_subAddress);
+ addressNum=2; // (unnecessary...)
+}
+
+/*
+ Set address string using index (here 0 or 1)
+ Example: "/ard/test", char adr[]="/ard", setAddress(0,adr), char adr2[]="/test", setAddress(1,adr)
+ */
+void OSCMessage::setAddress(uint8_t _index, char *_address){
+ if(_index>MAX_ADDRESS) _index=MAX_ADDRESS-1;
+ address[_index]=_address;
+ addressNum=_index+1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ Set TypeTag and args to the OSC Message container
+ @param[in] types TypeTag string "i"(integer) or"f"(float) (char *)
+ @param[in] ... Pointer of the Args(variable argument) ..
+ @return None
+ @Example:
+ (1) integer 123: (NOTE: integers are LONG)
+ long v1=123; sendMes.setArgs("i",&v1)
+ (2)integer:123 and float:52.14
+ long v1=123; double v2=52.14; sendMes.setArgs("if",&v1,&v2)
+ Attention: in this implementation, the maximum number of the args is 2
+ (if setArgs("iff",&v1,&v2,&v3), data is ignored after &v3)
+ */
+void OSCMessage::setArgs(char *types,...){
+
+ va_list argList;
+
+ argNum = strlen(types);
+ if(argNum>MAX_ARG) argNum=MAX_ARG-1;
+
+ va_start( argList, types );
+ for(uint8_t i=0 ; i < argNum ; i++){
+
+ typeTag[i]=types[i];
+
+ switch(types[i]) {
+ case 'i':
+ arg[i]=(uint32_t *)va_arg(argList, uint32_t *);
+ break;
+ case 'f':
+ arg[i]=va_arg(argList, double *);
+ break;
+ // case 'b': // blob
+ // arg[i]=va_arg(argList, double *);
+ // break;
+ }
+
+ }
+
+}
+
+void OSCMessage::clearArgs() {
+ argNum=0;
+}
+
+// ================================================================================================================================================
+// ==================================== OSCClass for sending and receiving OSC messages using UDP protocol =======================================
+// ================================================================================================================================================
+//The class define an object wrapping the UDP functions to send and receive OSC messages
+
+OSCClass::OSCClass(){
+ newMessage=false;
+}
+
+/*
+ This sets "binds" the received message to the receiver container of the communication object
+ param[in]<--_mes is a pointer to the "receiveing" OSC message (OSCMessage *)
+ */
+OSCClass::OSCClass(OSCMessage *_mes){
+ receiverMessage = _mes; // note: receiverMessage MUST be a pointer to the message, because we will modify things in it
+ newMessage=false;
+}
+
+/*
+ This initializes the OSC communication object with default receiving port (DEFAULT_REC_PORT)
+ param[in]: None
+ return: None
+ */
+void OSCClass::begin(void (*pcallbackOnPacketArrival)(UDPSocketEvent))
+{
+ // setup receiver udp socket, as well as callback function:
+ udpRec.bind(receiverMessage->host);
+ udpRec.setOnEvent(pcallbackOnPacketArrival); // note: onUDPSocketEvent is a member of OSCClass
+}
+
+/*
+ Initialize an OSC object with arbitrary listening port
+ param[in] <-- _recievePort, is the listening ("receiving") Port No (unsigned int)
+ return: None
+ */
+void OSCClass::begin(uint16_t _recievePort, void (*pcallbackOnPacketArrival)(UDPSocketEvent))
+{
+ receiverMessage->host.setPort(_recievePort);
+ // setup receiver udp socket, as well as callback function:
+ udpRec.bind(receiverMessage->host);
+ udpRec.setOnEvent(pcallbackOnPacketArrival);
+}
+
+/*
+ Set a OSC receive message container
+ param[in] _mes Pointer to the OSC receive message container (OSCMessage *)
+ return None
+ */
+void OSCClass::setReceiveMessage(OSCMessage *_mes){
+ receiverMessage = _mes;
+}
+
+/*
+ callback function when an upd message arrives (it will be transformed as OSC message)
+ */
+void OSCClass::onUDPSocketEvent(UDPSocketEvent e)
+{
+ switch(e)
+ {
+ case UDPSOCKET_READABLE: //The only event for now
+ //char buf[256] = {0};
+ Host auxhost;
+ buflength = udpRec.recvfrom( rcvBuff, 256, &auxhost ); // QUESTION: auxhost should be equal to the receiver host I guess...
+ if ( buflength > 0 ) {
+ //printf("\r\nFrom %d.%d.%d.%d:\r\n", host.getIp()[0], host.getIp()[1], host.getIp()[2], host.getIp()[3]);
+ decodePacket(receiverMessage); // convert to OSC message, and save it in receiverMessage
+ newMessage=true;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ Decode UDP packet and save it in the OSCMessage structure
+ */
+void OSCClass::decodePacket( OSCMessage *_mes) {
+
+ //uint16_t lenBuff;
+ uint8_t d;
+ uint8_t messagePos=0;
+ uint8_t adrCount=0;
+ uint8_t adrMesPos=0;
+ uint8_t packetCount=0;
+ uint8_t packetPos=4;
+
+
+ //W5100.writeSn(socketNo, SnIR, SnIR::RECV);
+ //lenBuff=recvfrom(socketNo, rcvBuff, 1, receiverMessage->ip, &receiverMessage->port);
+
+ receiverMessage->address[0]=tempAddress[0];
+
+ //(1) address process start =========================================
+ do{
+ d=rcvBuff[messagePos];
+
+
+ if( (d=='/') && (messagePos>0) ){
+
+ if(adrCount<MAX_ADDRESS){
+ tempAddress[adrCount][adrMesPos]=0;
+
+ adrCount++;
+ adrMesPos=0;
+
+ receiverMessage->address[adrCount]=tempAddress[adrCount];
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ if(adrCount<MAX_ADDRESS){
+ //Added this in to remove the slashes out of final output
+ if(d!='/'){
+ tempAddress[adrCount][adrMesPos]=d;
+
+ if(packetCount>3) {
+ packetCount=0;
+ packetPos+=4;
+ }
+
+ adrMesPos++;
+ }
+ }
+ messagePos++;
+ packetCount++;
+
+ }while(d!=0);
+
+
+ if(adrCount<MAX_ADDRESS) adrCount++;
+ receiverMessage->addressNum=adrCount;
+
+ messagePos=packetPos;
+
+ //(2) type tag process starts =========================================
+ packetCount=0;
+ packetPos+=4;
+
+ uint8_t typeTagPos=0;
+ uint8_t tempArgNum=0;
+
+ while(rcvBuff[messagePos]!=0 ){
+
+ if(rcvBuff[messagePos] != ',') {
+
+ if(typeTagPos<MAX_ARG){
+ receiverMessage->typeTag[tempArgNum]=rcvBuff[messagePos];
+ tempArgNum++;
+ }
+ typeTagPos++;
+
+ }
+
+ packetCount++;
+
+ if(packetCount>3) {
+ packetCount=0;
+ packetPos+=4;
+ }
+
+ messagePos++;
+ }
+
+ receiverMessage->argNum=tempArgNum;
+
+ messagePos=packetPos;
+
+ //(3) tempArg process starts =========================================
+ for(int i=0;i<tempArgNum;i++){
+
+ adrMesPos=3;
+
+ receiverMessage->arg[i]=tempArg[i];
+
+ for(int j=0;j<4;j++){
+
+ tempArg[i][adrMesPos]=rcvBuff[messagePos];
+
+ messagePos++;
+ adrMesPos--;
+ }
+
+ }
+
+
+}
+
+
+/*
+ Get the received OSC message (note: this is another way to access the message directly from the OSCClass object).
+ The advantage is that we will signal that we read the message, and will be able to query if a NEW message arrived
+ (Alternatively, one could have a function pointer to pass to the OSC object, that will be called each time a new packet is received: TO DO)
+ */
+OSCMessage * OSCClass::getMessage(){
+ newMessage=false; // this indicate the user READ the message
+ return receiverMessage;
+}
+
+/*
+ Send an OSC Message (message contain the host ip and port where the message data has to be sent)
+ param[in] _mes Pointer to the OSC message container (OSCMessage *)
+ return None
+ */
+void OSCClass::sendOsc( OSCMessage *_mes )
+{
+ uint8_t lengthEnd;
+ uint8_t lengthStart;
+ char buff[128];
+
+ sendContainer = _mes;
+
+ //バッファ初期値
+ buff[0]=0;
+
+ //1) Add name spaces:
+ for(int i=0;i<sendContainer->addressNum;i++){
+
+ strcat(buff,sendContainer->address[i]); // note: an address is for instance: "/test" (including the "/")
+
+ }
+
+ // pad with 0s to align in multiples of 4:
+ lengthStart=strlen(buff);
+ lengthEnd=lengthStart+(4-(lengthStart%4));
+ for(int i=lengthStart ; i<lengthEnd; i++){
+ buff[i]=0;
+ }
+
+ lengthStart=lengthEnd;
+
+ //2) Add TypeTag:
+ buff[lengthEnd++]=','; // Note: type tag is for instance: ",if"
+ for(int i=0;i<sendContainer->argNum;i++){
+ buff[lengthEnd++]=sendContainer->typeTag[i];
+ }
+
+ // pad with 0s to align in multiples of 4:
+ lengthStart=lengthEnd;
+ lengthEnd=lengthStart+(4-(lengthStart%4));
+ for(int i=lengthStart ; i<lengthEnd; i++){
+ buff[i]=0;
+ }
+
+ //3) add argument values (Note: here only big endian, this is, FIRST the MOST SIGNIFICANT BYTE):
+ uint8_t *v;
+ for(int i=0;i<sendContainer->argNum;i++){
+ uint8_t valuePos=3;
+ v=(uint8_t *)sendContainer->arg[i];
+
+ buff[lengthEnd++]=v[valuePos--];
+ buff[lengthEnd++]=v[valuePos--];
+ buff[lengthEnd++]=v[valuePos--];
+ buff[lengthEnd++]=v[valuePos];
+
+ }
+
+ //4) Send udp packet:
+ //sendto( socketNo, (uint8_t *)buff, lengthEnd, sendContainer->ip, sendContainer->port );
+ udpSend.sendto(buff , lengthEnd, &(sendContainer->host));
+}
+
+// this is bad, should be integrated on the above, but no time:
+void OSCClass::sendOscBlob( uint8_t * myblob, int sizeblob, OSCMessage *_mes )
+{
+
+ // esto es mamarrachezco:
+ sendContainer = _mes;
+
+ uint8_t lengthEnd;
+ uint8_t lengthStart;
+
+ char buff[50+sizeblob];
+ buff[0]=0;
+
+ //1) Add name spaces (will be just '/posblob' for the blob)
+ strcat(buff,"/posblob");
+
+ // pad with 0s to align in multiples of 4:
+ lengthStart=strlen(buff);
+ lengthEnd=lengthStart+(4-(lengthStart%4));
+ for(int i=lengthStart ; i<lengthEnd; i++){
+ buff[i]=0;
+ }
+
+ lengthStart=lengthEnd;
+
+ //2) Add TypeTag:
+ buff[lengthEnd++]=','; //here type tag is just ",b" (one blob)
+ buff[lengthEnd++]='b';
+
+ // pad with 0s to align in multiples of 4:
+ lengthStart=lengthEnd;
+ lengthEnd=lengthStart+(4-(lengthStart%4));
+ for(int i=lengthStart ; i<lengthEnd; i++){
+ buff[i]=0;
+ }
+
+ //3) add blob (Note: here it is up to the user to get the values right - big endian?):
+ // First the size (as an int32, where the type int32 is a 32-bit big-endian two's complement integer)
+ buff[lengthEnd++]=0;
+ buff[lengthEnd++]=0;
+ buff[lengthEnd++]=0;
+ buff[lengthEnd++]=(char)sizeblob; // note: the loops always have less than 255 points...
+ // Add blob data:
+ memcpy(&(buff[lengthEnd]), myblob, sizeblob);
+ // pad with 0s to align in multiples of 4:
+ lengthStart=lengthEnd+sizeblob;
+ lengthEnd=lengthStart+(4-(lengthStart%4));
+ for(int i=lengthStart ; i<lengthEnd; i++){
+ buff[i]=0;
+ }
+
+ //4) Send udp packet:
+ //sendto( socketNo, (uint8_t *)buff, lengthEnd, sendContainer->ip, sendContainer->port );
+ udpSend.sendto(buff , lengthEnd, &(sendContainer->host));
+}
+
+// NOT FINISHED!!!!
+void OSCClass::sendOscString( uint8_t * myblob, int sizeblob, OSCMessage *_mes )
+{
+ uint8_t lengthEnd;
+ uint8_t lengthStart;
+
+ char buff[50+sizeblob];
+ buff[0]=0;
+
+ //1) Add name spaces (will be just '/posblob' for the blob)
+ strcat(buff,"/posString");
+
+ // pad with 0s to align in multiples of 4:
+ lengthStart=strlen(buff);
+ lengthEnd=lengthStart+(4-(lengthStart%4));
+ for(int i=lengthStart ; i<lengthEnd; i++){
+ buff[i]=0;
+ }
+
+ lengthStart=lengthEnd;
+
+ //2) Add TypeTag:
+ buff[lengthEnd++]=','; //here type tag is just ",b" (one blob)
+ buff[lengthEnd++]='s';
+
+ // pad with 0s to align in multiples of 4:
+ lengthStart=lengthEnd;
+ lengthEnd=lengthStart+(4-(lengthStart%4));
+ for(int i=lengthStart ; i<lengthEnd; i++){
+ buff[i]=0;
+ }
+
+ // Add blob data:
+ memcpy(&(buff[lengthEnd]), myblob, sizeblob);
+ // pad with 0s to align in multiples of 4:
+ lengthStart=lengthEnd+sizeblob;
+ lengthEnd=lengthStart+(4-(lengthStart%4));
+ for(int i=lengthStart ; i<lengthEnd; i++){
+ buff[i]=0;
+ }
+
+ //4) Send udp packet:
+ //sendto( socketNo, (uint8_t *)buff, lengthEnd, sendContainer->ip, sendContainer->port );
+ udpSend.sendto(buff , lengthEnd, &(sendContainer->host));
+}
+
+/*
+ flush a receive buffer
+void OSCClass::flush() {
+ while ( available() ){}
+}
+*/
+
+/*
+ Stop OSC communication (in fact, only the receiver - the server side)
+ */
+void OSCClass::stop() {
+ //close( socketNo );
+ udpSend.resetOnEvent(); // disables callback
+}
+
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/mbedOSC.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/* mbedOSC.h
+ This is an OSC library for the mbed, created to be compatible with Recotana's OSCClass library (http://recotana.com) for the
+ Arduino with Ethernet shield. I have also used parts of the OSC Transceiver(Sender/Receiver) code by xshige
+ written by: Alvaro Cassinelli, 7.10.2011
+
+ This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ Open Sound Control http://opensoundcontrol.org/
+
+ mbedOSC version 0.1 Specification (similar to Recotana's OSCClass library)
+
+ ********
+ Address : max 2
+ "/ard"
+ "/ard/output" --address[0]="/ard" :max 15character
+ --address[1]="/output" :max 15character
+
+ *******
+ TypeTag : max 2
+
+ "i" - long or unsigned long
+ "f" - double
+
+ *******
+ arg : max 2
+
+ *******
+ Example of an OSC message: "/mbed/test1, if 50 32.4" (Note: this is not the byte string
+ sent as UDP packet - there are no spaces, and arguments are in binary, BIG ENDIAN)
+*/
+
+#ifndef mbedOSC_h
+#define mbedOSC_h
+
+#include "mbed.h"
+#include "EthernetNetIf.h"
+#include "UDPSocket.h"
+
+// setup IP of destination (computer):
+#define DEFAULT_SEND_PORT 12000
+//Host sendHost(IpAddr(10, 0, 0, 1), DEFAULT_SEND_PORT, NULL); // Send Port
+// set IP of origin of UDP packets - the mbed acts as a SERVER here, and needs to bind the socket to the "client" (the computer)
+#define DEFAULT_RECEIVE_PORT 57130
+//Host recHost(IpAddr(10, 0, 0, 1), DEFAULT_RECEIVE_PORT, NULL); // Receive Port
+//UDPSocket udpRec,udpSend;
+
+
+#define MAX_ADDRESS 2
+#define MAX_ARG 2
+
+#define TYPE_INT 1
+#define TYPE_FLOAT 2
+#define TYPE_BLOB 3
+
+
+/*
+Container class for OSC messages (receiving or sending)
+*/
+class OSCMessage{
+
+ private:
+
+ char *address[MAX_ADDRESS]; // these are strings (as char*)
+ uint8_t addressNum; // current number of addresses in the message (ex: "/ard/test" --> the number of the addresses is 2)
+
+ char typeTag[MAX_ARG];
+
+ void *arg[MAX_ARG];
+ uint8_t argNum;
+
+ // Information about the connection:
+ //uint8_t ip[4];
+ //uint16_t port;
+ Host host;
+
+ public:
+
+ OSCMessage();
+
+ const IpAddr& getIp(); // return IpAddr object
+ const int& getPort(); // return port
+
+ //ex. address patern "/adr/test"
+ // address[2]={"/ard" , "/test"}
+ char *getAddress(uint8_t _index); //retturn address
+ char *getTopAddress(); //return address[0] :"/ard"
+ char *getSubAddress(); //return address[1] :"/test"
+ uint8_t getAddressNum(); //return 2
+
+ // 'i': long(int32_t)
+ // 'f': double
+ //ex 'if' 123 54.21
+ char getTypeTag(uint8_t _index); //_index=0 ->'i'
+ //_index=1 ->'f'
+
+ uint8_t getArgNum(); //return 2
+
+ int32_t getArgInt(uint8_t _index); //_index=0 -> 123
+ double getArgFloat(uint8_t _index); //_index=1 -> 54.21
+
+
+ void setTopAddress(char *_address); //set address[0]
+ void setSubAddress(char *_address); //set address[1]
+ void setAddress(char *_topAddress,
+ char *_subAddress);
+ void setAddress(uint8_t _index, //set 0,address[0]
+ char *_address);
+ //set 1,address[1]
+
+ void setIp( uint8_t *_ip ); //set ip
+
+ void setIp(uint8_t _ip1, //set(192,
+ uint8_t _ip2, // 168,
+ uint8_t _ip3, // 0,
+ uint8_t _ip4); // 100)
+
+ void setPort( uint16_t _port );
+
+ //ex. long v1=100
+ // double v2=123.21
+ void setArgs( char *types , ... ); //set ("if",&v1,&v2)
+ void clearArgs(); // clear arguments
+
+ friend class OSCClass;
+
+};
+
+
+
+/* ==================================== OSCClass for sending and receiving OSC messages using UDP protocol ===================================== */
+
+#include "UDPSocket.h"
+
+class OSCClass {
+
+private:
+
+ UDPSocket udpRec,udpSend;
+ char rcvBuff[256]; // raw buffer for UDP packets (udpRec.recvfrom( buf, 256, &host ) ))
+ int buflength;
+
+ OSCMessage *receiverMessage;
+ OSCMessage *sendContainer;
+
+ char tempAddress[MAX_ADDRESS][16];
+ uint8_t tempArg[MAX_ARG][4];
+
+ void decodePacket( OSCMessage *_mes); // makes OSC message from packet
+
+public:
+
+ OSCClass();
+ OSCClass(OSCMessage *_mes); // set the receiver message container
+ void onUDPSocketEvent(UDPSocketEvent e);
+
+ //init osc
+ void begin(void (*fp)(UDPSocketEvent));
+ void begin(uint16_t _recievePort, void (*fp)(UDPSocketEvent));
+ void stop();
+
+ //new OSC data in the receiver message container:
+ bool newMessage;
+
+ void setReceiveMessage( OSCMessage *_mes ); //set receive OSCmessage container (note: the message has a "host" object from which we get the upd packets)
+ OSCMessage *getMessage(); //return received OSCmessage
+
+ //buffer clear
+ //void flush();
+
+ //OSC send
+ void sendOsc( OSCMessage *_mes ); //set&send OSCmessage (note: it will be sent to the host defined in the message container)
+
+ // AND THIS IS BAD, need a better function:
+ void sendOscBlob( uint8_t * myblob, int sizeblob, OSCMessage *_mes );
+ void sendOscString( uint8_t * myblob, int sizeblo, OSCMessage *_mesb );
+};
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/myVectorClass.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,431 @@
+// class vector2D (for the time being, only 2d):
+
+#include "mbed.h"
+
+#ifndef vector2D_H
+#define vector2D_H
+
+#ifndef DEG_TO_RAD
+#define DEG_TO_RAD (PI/180.0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef RAD_TO_DEG
+#define RAD_TO_DEG (180.0/PI)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CW
+#define CW 1.0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CCW
+#define CCW -1.0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PI
+#define PI 3.14159265889
+#endif
+
+template <class T>
+class vector2D {
+
+ public:
+
+ // Overloaded constructor with parameters:
+ vector2D( T _x=0.0f, T _y=0.0f );
+ // note: we use the default copy constructor
+
+ // Explicit setting:
+ void set( T _x, T _y );
+ void set( const vector2D& vec );
+
+ // Comparison:
+ bool operator==( const vector2D& vec );
+ bool operator!=( const vector2D& vec );
+ bool match( const vector2D& vec, float tollerance=0.0001 );
+
+ // Overloaded operators:
+ //
+ void operator=( const vector2D& vec ); // I cannot declare this if we want also operator chaining?
+ //vector2D & operator=( const vector2D& vec ); // this is to enable operator chaining (vec1=vec2=vec3).
+ vector2D operator+( const vector2D& vec ) const;
+ vector2D& operator+=( const vector2D& vec ); // why it has an output? for doing vec1=vec2+=vec3? YES!!! (operator chaining).
+ vector2D operator-( const vector2D& vec ) const;
+ vector2D& operator-=( const vector2D& vec );
+ vector2D operator*( const vector2D& vec ) const;
+ vector2D& operator*=( const vector2D& vec );
+ vector2D operator/( const vector2D& vec ) const;
+ vector2D& operator/=( const vector2D& vec );
+
+ //operator overloading for float:
+ void operator=( const T f); // I cannot declare this if we want also operator chaining?
+ //vector2D & operator=( const float& val ); // to allow operator chaining
+ vector2D operator+( const T f ) const;
+ vector2D& operator+=( const T f );
+ vector2D operator-( const T f ) const;
+ vector2D& operator-=( const T f );
+ vector2D operator-() const;
+
+
+ // multiplication by a scalar:
+ vector2D operator*( const T f ) const;
+ vector2D& operator*=( const T f );
+ vector2D operator/( const T f ) const;
+ vector2D& operator/=( const T f );
+
+ // Distance (between end points of two vector2Ds):
+ float distance( const vector2D& pnt) const;
+ float squareDistance( const vector2D& pnt ) const;
+
+ // Length of vector2D (norm):
+ float length() const;
+ float squareLength() const; // faster, no sqrt
+
+ // Scaling:
+ vector2D getScaled( const float length ) const;
+ vector2D& scale( const float length );
+
+ // Normalization:
+ vector2D getNormalized() const;
+ vector2D& normalize();
+
+ // Perpendicular normalized vector2D.
+ vector2D getPerpendicularNormed(int orientation) const;
+ vector2D& perpendicular(int orientation);
+
+ // Rotation
+ vector2D getRotatedDeg( float angle ) const;
+ vector2D getRotatedRad( float angle ) const;
+ vector2D& rotateDeg( float angle );
+ vector2D& rotateRad( float angle );
+
+ //vector2D product (for 3d vector2Ds - for 2d vector2Ds, something like this is just the "angle" between them):
+ //vector2D getvector2DProduct(const vector2D& vec) const;
+ //vector2D& vector2DProduct(const vector2D& vec) const;
+
+ //Angle (deg) between two vector2Ds (using atan2, so between -180 and 180)
+ float angleDeg( const vector2D& vec ) const;
+ float angleRad( const vector2D& vec ) const;
+ float angleDegHoriz( ) const; // particular case when the second vector is just (1,0)
+
+ //Dot Product:
+ float dot( const vector2D& vec ) const;
+
+ // =================================================================
+
+ // Actual variables:
+ T x, y; // or make a class "point"
+
+};
+
+/////////////////
+// Implementation
+/////////////////
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T>::vector2D( T _x, T _y ) {
+ x = _x; y = _y;
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline void vector2D<T>::set( T _x, T _y ) {
+ x = _x; y = _y;
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline void vector2D<T>::set( const vector2D<T>& vec ) {
+ x=vec.x; y=vec.y;
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline bool vector2D<T>::operator==( const vector2D<T>& vec ) {
+ return (x == vec.x) && (y == vec.y);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline bool vector2D<T>::operator!=( const vector2D<T>& vec ) {
+ return (x != vec.x) || (y != vec.y);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline bool vector2D<T>::match( const vector2D<T>& vec, float tolerance ) {
+ return (abs(x - vec.x) < tolerance)&& (abs(y - vec.y) < tolerance);
+}
+
+
+/*
+inline vector2D & operator=( const vector2D& vec ){ // returning a reference to the vector2D object for allowing operator chaining
+ x = vec.x;
+ y = vec.y;
+ return *this;
+}
+ */
+
+template <class T>
+inline void vector2D<T>::operator=( const vector2D<T>& vec ){
+ x = vec.x; y = vec.y;
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T> vector2D<T>::operator+( const vector2D<T>& vec ) const {
+ return vector2D<T>( x+vec.x, y+vec.y);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T>& vector2D<T>::operator+=( const vector2D<T>& vec ) {
+ x += vec.x;
+ y += vec.y;
+ return *this;
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T> vector2D<T>::operator-( const vector2D<T>& vec ) const {
+ return vector2D<T>(x-vec.x, y-vec.y);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T>& vector2D<T>::operator-=( const vector2D<T>& vec ) {
+ x -= vec.x;
+ y -= vec.y;
+ return *this;
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T> vector2D<T>::operator*( const vector2D<T>& vec ) const {
+ return vector2D<T>(x*vec.x, y*vec.y);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T>& vector2D<T>::operator*=( const vector2D<T>& vec ) {
+ x*=vec.x;
+ y*=vec.y;
+ return *this;
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T> vector2D<T>::operator/( const vector2D<T>& vec ) const {
+ return vector2D<T>( vec.x!=0 ? x/vec.x : x , vec.y!=0 ? y/vec.y : y);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T>& vector2D<T>::operator/=( const vector2D<T>& vec ) {
+ vec.x!=0 ? x/=vec.x : x;
+ vec.y!=0 ? y/=vec.y : y;
+ return *this;
+}
+
+//operator overloading for float:
+/*
+inline vector2D<T> & operator=( const float& val ){
+ x = val;
+ y = val;
+ return *this;
+}
+ */
+
+template <class T>
+inline void vector2D<T>::operator=( const T f){
+ x = f; y = f;
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T> vector2D<T>::operator+( const T f ) const {
+ return vector2D<T>( x+f, y+f);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T>& vector2D<T>::operator+=( const T f ) {
+ x += f; y += f;
+ return *this;
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T> vector2D<T>::operator-( const T f ) const {
+ return vector2D<T>( x-f, y-f);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T>& vector2D<T>::operator-=( const T f ) {
+ x -= f; y -= f;
+ return *this;
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T> vector2D<T>::operator-() const {
+ return vector2D<T>(-x, -y);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T> vector2D<T>::operator*( const T f ) const {
+ return vector2D<T>(x*f, y*f);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T>& vector2D<T>::operator*=( const T f ) {
+ x*=f; y*=f;
+ return *this;
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T> vector2D<T>::operator/( const T f ) const {
+ //cout << "here" << endl;
+ if(f == 0) return vector2D<T>(x, y);
+ return vector2D<T>(x/f, y/f);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T>& vector2D<T>::operator/=( const T f ) {
+ if(f == 0) return *this;
+ x/=f; y/=f;
+ return *this;
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T> vector2D<T>::getScaled( const float length ) const {
+ float l = (float)sqrt(x*x + y*y);
+ if( l > 0 )
+ return vector2D<T>( (x/l)*length, (y/l)*length );
+ else
+ return vector2D<T>();
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T>& vector2D<T>::scale( const float length ) {
+ float l = (float)sqrt(x*x + y*y);
+ if (l > 0) {
+ x = (x/l)*length;
+ y = (y/l)*length;
+ }
+ return *this;
+}
+
+// Rotation
+//
+//
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T> vector2D<T>::getRotatedDeg( float angle ) const {
+ float a = (float)(angle*DEG_TO_RAD);
+ return vector2D<T>( x*cos(a) - y*sin(a),
+ x*sin(a) + y*cos(a) );
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T> vector2D<T>::getRotatedRad( float angle ) const {
+ float a = angle;
+ return vector2D<T>( x*cos(a) - y*sin(a),
+ x*sin(a) + y*cos(a) );
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T>& vector2D<T>::rotateDeg( float angle ) {
+ float a = (float)(angle * DEG_TO_RAD);
+ float xrot = x*cos(a) - y*sin(a);
+ y = x*sin(a) + y*cos(a);
+ x = xrot;
+ return *this;
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T>& vector2D<T>::rotateRad( float angle ) {
+ float a = angle;
+ float xrot = x*cos(a) - y*sin(a);
+ y = x*sin(a) + y*cos(a);
+ x = xrot;
+ return *this;
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline float vector2D<T>::distance( const vector2D<T>& pnt) const {
+ float vx = x-pnt.x;
+ float vy = y-pnt.y;
+ return (float)sqrt(vx*vx + vy*vy);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline float vector2D<T>::squareDistance( const vector2D<T>& pnt ) const {
+ float vx = x-pnt.x;
+ float vy = y-pnt.y;
+ return vx*vx + vy*vy;
+}
+
+// Normalization:
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T> vector2D<T>::getNormalized() const {
+ float length = (float)sqrt(x*x + y*y);
+ if( length > 0 ) {
+ return vector2D<T>( x/length, y/length );
+ } else {
+ return vector2D<T>();
+ }
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T>& vector2D<T>::normalize() {
+ float length = (float)sqrt(x*x + y*y);
+ if( length > 0 ) {
+ x /= length;
+ y /= length;
+ }
+ return *this;
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T> vector2D<T>::getPerpendicularNormed(int orientation) const {
+ float length = (float)sqrt( x*x + y*y );
+ if( length > 0 )
+ return vector2D<T>( -orientation*(y/length), orientation*x/length );
+ else
+ return vector2D<T>(0.0, 0.0); // something very small (will be used to compute a force)
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline vector2D<T>& vector2D<T>::perpendicular(int orientation) {
+ float length = (float)sqrt( x*x + y*y );
+ if( length > 0 ) {
+ float _x = x;
+ x = -(y/length)*orientation;
+ y = _x/length*orientation;
+ }
+ return *this;
+}
+
+// Length (norm of vector2D<T>):
+template <class T>
+inline float vector2D<T>::length() const {
+ return (float)sqrt( x*x + y*y );
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline float vector2D<T>::squareLength() const {
+ return (float)(x*x + y*y);
+}
+
+// Angle between two vector2Ds:
+template <class T>
+inline float vector2D<T>::angleDeg( const vector2D<T>& vec ) const {
+ return (float)(atan2( x*vec.y-y*vec.x, x*vec.x + y*vec.y )*RAD_TO_DEG);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline float vector2D<T>::angleRad( const vector2D<T>& vec ) const {
+ return atan2( x*vec.y-y*vec.x, x*vec.x + y*vec.y );
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline float vector2D<T>::angleDegHoriz( ) const {
+ return (float)(atan2( y, x )*RAD_TO_DEG+180); // by adding 180, we get values between 0 and 360 (CCW, with 0 on the left quadrant)
+}
+
+//Dot Product:
+template <class T>
+inline float vector2D<T>::dot( const vector2D<T>& vec ) const {
+ return x*vec.x + y*vec.y;
+}
+
+
+//handy typedefs:
+typedef vector2D<short> vector2Dd;
+typedef vector2D<float> vector2Df;
+
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/rigidLoop.cpp Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,1111 @@
+#include "rigidLoop.h"
+
+// SHOULD NOT BE HERE: (only because I am using AD_MIRRIOR... max and min in the set region function that should not be here)
+#include "hardwareIO.h"
+
+rigidLoop::rigidLoop()
+{
+}
+
+rigidLoop::~rigidLoop()
+{
+
+}
+
+void rigidLoop::showChildParameters() {
+ //pc.printf("Blob Name:
+ pc.printf("Integration Step :%f\n", integrationStep);
+ }
+
+// Note: this method is hidding the abstract method in the base class... and has DIFFERENT parameters than another child would have (enum type).
+void rigidLoop::createBlob(int _id, RigidLoopMode _elasticBlobMode, vector2Df _initPos, vector2Df _initSpeed)
+{
+ // (1) set ID:
+ identifier=_id;
+
+ updateMode=_elasticBlobMode;
+
+ startCenter=_initPos;
+ startSpeed=_initSpeed;
+
+ integrationStep=0.30;//0.23;
+
+ // (2) Initialize common variables of all blobs (base class):
+ //initCommonVariables();
+
+ // (3) initialize common variables for the different modes of this rigid loop (even if some are not used, better not to have more subclasses...)
+ // Sending data:
+ periodSendingData=10; // in ms
+ sendingRecenteringAngle=true;
+ sendingAnchorPosition=true;
+ sendingBlobMaxMin=true;
+ // sending only on EVENT (which means the spot is touching something) in case of rigid loop:
+ sendingOnlyWhenTouch=true;
+
+
+ // Gravity field:
+ gravity.set(0,0);
+
+// (3) Initialize secondary variables depending on the behaviour mode (may be changed afterwards in real time)
+
+ switch (updateMode) {
+
+ case SPOT_TEST:
+ // Name of this kind of spot:
+ sprintf(spotName,"spot_test");
+
+ //setColor(0x07);//0x04+0x02>>i);
+ setColor(0x04); // only red?
+ blueTouch=true;
+
+ saccadeRadius=250;
+
+ // default (initial) shape (the scafold belongs to the base class):
+ // NOTE: number of points in the case of need to compute recentering vector needs to be EVEN
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(saccadeRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), 20); //(float _radius, vector2D _pos,vector2D _vel, int _numScafoldPoints);
+
+ massCenter=0.01;
+ dampMotionCenterMass=0.001;
+
+ // Finally, we can create the loop (not much to do in this case, only set the central position, and some other things):
+ createLoopFromScafold();
+
+ // per-blob mirror delay (if things were well adjusted - in particular mirror waiting times, then this could be 0.
+ // But in case of unique blobs, it may be interesting to accelerate display AND correct the delay by software).
+ // Even more interesting: in case of rigid circular blob, this can be coorected using angleCorrectionForceLoop:
+ displaySensingBuffer.setDelayMirrors(1);
+ angleCorrectionForceLoop=-39;//360.0/bluePrint.scafold.size()/2; // in DEGREES
+
+ break;
+
+ case SPOT_TRACK:
+ // Name of this kind of spot:
+ sprintf(spotName,"spot_track");
+
+ //setColor(0x07);//0x04+0x02>>i);
+ setColor(0x04);
+ blueTouch=false;
+
+ saccadeRadius=50;//+rand()%20;
+ // default (initial) shape (the scafold belongs to the base class):
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(saccadeRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), 18); //(float _radius, vector2D _pos,vector2D _vel, int _numScafoldPoints);
+
+ // Numeric parameters for the simulated mechanical system:
+ massCenter=0.001;//+0.000005*(rand()%100);
+ dampMotionCenterMass=0.001;//0.00015;//00003;
+
+ // Finally, we can create the loop (not much to do in this case, only set the central position, and some other things):
+ createLoopFromScafold();
+
+ // per-blob mirror delay (if things were well adjusted - in particular mirror waiting times, then this could be 0.
+ // But in case of unique blobs, it may be interesting to accelerate display AND correct the delay by software).
+ // Even more interesting: in case of rigid circular blob, this can be coorected using angleCorrectionForceLoop:
+ displaySensingBuffer.setDelayMirrors(2);
+ angleCorrectionForceLoop=-39;// in degrees
+
+ break;
+
+ case SPOT_TRACK_DOT:
+ // Name of this kind of spot:
+ sprintf(spotName,"spot_track");
+
+ //setColor(0x07);//0x04+0x02>>i);
+ setColor(0x04);
+ blueTouch=false;
+
+ saccadeRadius=45;//+rand()%20;
+ // default (initial) shape (the scafold belongs to the base class):
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(saccadeRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), 20); //(float _radius, vector2D _pos,vector2D _vel, int _numScafoldPoints);
+
+ // Numeric parameters for the simulated mechanical system:
+ massCenter=0.001;//+0.000005*(rand()%100);
+ dampMotionCenterMass=0.001;//0.00015;//00003;
+
+ // Finally, we can create the loop (not much to do in this case, only set the central position, and some other things):
+ createLoopFromScafold();
+
+ justSearched=false;
+
+ // per-blob mirror delay (if things were well adjusted - in particular mirror waiting times, then this could be 0.
+ // But in case of unique blobs, it may be interesting to accelerate display AND correct the delay by software).
+ // Even more interesting: in case of rigid circular blob, this can be coorected using angleCorrectionForceLoop:
+ displaySensingBuffer.setDelayMirrors(3);
+ angleCorrectionForceLoop=-39;// in degrees
+
+ break;
+
+ case SPOT_FOLLOWING:
+
+ // Name of this kind of spot:
+ sprintf(spotName,"rigid_following");
+
+ //setColor(0x07);//0x04+0x02>>i);
+ setColor(0x04); //only R
+ blueTouch=false;
+
+ // default (initial) shape (the scafold belongs to the base class):
+ saccadeRadius=18;
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(saccadeRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), 20); //(float _radius, vector2D _pos,vector2D _vel, int _numScafoldPoints);
+
+ // Note: We may assume NO MASS for the center of the contour following loop. Adding mass may be interesting though (smooth motion).
+ massCenter=0.01;
+ dampMotionCenterMass=0.001;
+
+ // Finally, we can create the loop (not much to do in this case, only set the central position, and some other things):
+ createLoopFromScafold();
+
+ slidingDirection=true; // For contour following (will change direction when touching wall)
+ speedContourFollowing=startSpeed.length();//1.1*saccadeRadius;
+ justSearched=false;
+
+ // per-blob mirror delay: ONLY USEFUL FOR ELASTIC BLOBS, because otherwise it can be corrected by "angleCorrection"
+ // (if things were well adjusted - in particular mirror waiting times, then this could be 0.
+ // But in case of unique blobs, it may be interesting to accelerate display AND correct the delay by software).
+ // Even more interesting: in case of rigid circular blob, this can be coorected using angleCorrectionForceLoop.
+ // BUT because we may want to see the blue laser where there is dark zone, then we would try to adjust mirror delay as close as possible to the
+ // optimal value, and finish the correction (fine tunned) with the angle correction (only possible in the case of circular rigid blob).
+ displaySensingBuffer.setDelayMirrors(1); // this corresponds to an angular correction of -delayMirrors * 360/numPoints
+ angleCorrectionForceLoop= -39;// good for ONE spot: -5;// in DEGREES
+
+ break;
+
+ case SPOT_BOUNCING:
+ // Name of this kind of spot:
+ sprintf(spotName,"rigid_bouncing");
+
+ setColor(0x05);// R+B
+ blueTouch=false;
+
+ saccadeRadius=30;//+rand()%20;
+ // default (initial) shape (the scafold belongs to the base class):
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(saccadeRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), 18); //(float _radius, vector2D _pos,vector2D _vel, int _numScafoldPoints);
+
+ // Numeric parameters for the simulated mechanical system:
+ massCenter=0.0007;//0.0008;//+0.000005*(rand()%100);
+ dampMotionCenterMass=0.0002;//0.00015;//00003;
+ factorBouncingForce=0.004; // this is because we will use a force on the central mass
+
+ // Finally, we can create the loop (not much to do in this case, only set the central position, and some other things):
+ createLoopFromScafold();
+
+ // per-blob mirror delay (if things were well adjusted - in particular mirror waiting times, then this could be 0.
+ // But in case of unique blobs, it may be interesting to accelerate display AND correct the delay by software).
+ // Even more interesting: in case of rigid circular blob, this can be coorected using angleCorrectionForceLoop:
+ displaySensingBuffer.setDelayMirrors(1);
+ angleCorrectionForceLoop=-39;// in degrees
+
+ break;
+
+ case SPOT_BOUNCING_FACTOR:
+ // Name of this kind of spot:
+ sprintf(spotName,"rigid_bouncing");
+
+ setColor(0x05);
+ blueTouch=false;
+
+ saccadeRadius=50;//+rand()%20;
+ // default (initial) shape (the scafold belongs to the base class):
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(saccadeRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), 18); //(float _radius, vector2D _pos,vector2D _vel, int _numScafoldPoints);
+
+ // Numeric parameters for the simulated mechanical system:
+ massCenter=0.0007;//0.0008;//+0.000005*(rand()%100);
+ dampMotionCenterMass=0.0002;//0.00015;//00003;
+
+ factorBouncingForce=0.004; // this is because we will use a force on the central mass (not used in SPOT_BOUNCING_FACTOR)
+
+ factorAbsorptionShock=0.9; // coef elastic bouncing
+
+ // Finally, we can create the loop (not much to do in this case, only set the central position, and some other things):
+ createLoopFromScafold();
+
+ // per-blob mirror delay (if things were well adjusted - in particular mirror waiting times, then this could be 0.
+ // But in case of unique blobs, it may be interesting to accelerate display AND correct the delay by software).
+ // Even more interesting: in case of rigid circular blob, this can be coorected using angleCorrectionForceLoop:
+ displaySensingBuffer.setDelayMirrors(1);
+ angleCorrectionForceLoop=-39;// in degrees
+ break;
+
+ case SPOT_PACMAN:
+ // this will define the behaviour of the "ghosts" in pacman. The spot just moves at a constant speed when there is no object.
+ // When it collides, we use the position of the pacman (another spot) and the tangent vector to the blocking line to define the new direction of the
+ // speed vector.
+
+ sprintf(spotName,"pacman");
+
+ //setColor(0x07);//0x04+0x02>>i);
+ setColor(0x06); // red+green = yellowish
+ blueTouch=false;
+
+ saccadeRadius=35;//+rand()%20;
+ // default (initial) shape (the scafold belongs to the base class):
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(saccadeRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), 18); //(float _radius, vector2D _pos,vector2D _vel, int _numScafoldPoints);
+
+ massCenter=1.0;
+ dampMotionCenterMass=0; // no motion damp (but there will be no forces: only constant uniform motion)
+ factorBouncingForce=0; //actually not used.
+ centerMass.dampBorder = 0; // no damping when hitting the mirror limits
+
+ // Finally, we can create the loop (not much to do in this case, only set the central position, and some other things):
+ createLoopFromScafold();
+
+ slidingDirection=true; // For contour following (will change direction when touching wall)
+ speedContourFollowing=1.1*saccadeRadius;
+ justSearched=false;
+
+
+ // per-blob mirror delay (if things were well adjusted - in particular mirror waiting times, then this could be 0.
+ // But in case of unique blobs, it may be interesting to accelerate display AND correct the delay by software).
+ // Even more interesting: in case of rigid circular blob, this can be coorected using angleCorrectionForceLoop:
+ displaySensingBuffer.setDelayMirrors(1);
+ angleCorrectionForceLoop=-39;// in degrees
+
+ break;
+
+ case SPOT_GHOST:
+ // this will define the behaviour of the "ghosts" in pacman. The spot just moves at a constant speed when there is no object.
+ // When it collides, we use the position of the pacman (another spot) and the tangent vector to the blocking line to define the new direction of the
+ // speed vector.
+
+ sprintf(spotName,"ghost");
+
+ // Make it blueish by default:
+ //setColor(0x07);//0x04+0x02>>i);
+ setColor(0x05); // red + blue
+ blueTouch=false;
+
+ massCenter=1.0;
+ dampMotionCenterMass=0; // no motion damp (but there will be no forces: only constant uniform motion)
+ factorBouncingForce=0; //actually not used.
+ centerMass.dampBorder = 0; // no damping when hitting the mirror limits
+
+
+ saccadeRadius=35;//+rand()%20;
+ // default (initial) shape (the scafold belongs to the base class):
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(saccadeRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), 18); //(float _radius, vector2D _pos,vector2D _vel, int _numScafoldPoints);
+
+
+ // Finally, we can create the loop (not much to do in this case, only set the central position, and some other things):
+ createLoopFromScafold();
+
+ slidingDirection=true; // For contour following (will change direction when touching wall)
+ speedContourFollowing=1.1*saccadeRadius;
+ justSearched=false;
+
+
+ // per-blob mirror delay (if things were well adjusted - in particular mirror waiting times, then this could be 0.
+ // But in case of unique blobs, it may be interesting to accelerate display AND correct the delay by software).
+ // Even more interesting: in case of rigid circular blob, this can be coorected using angleCorrectionForceLoop:
+ displaySensingBuffer.setDelayMirrors(1);
+ angleCorrectionForceLoop=-39;// in degrees
+
+ break;
+
+ case SPOT_AIR_HOCKEY:
+ // Name of this kind of spot:
+ sprintf(spotName,"air_hockey");
+
+ //startCenter.set(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_Y);
+ //startSpeed.set(0,0);
+
+ //setColor(0x07);//0x04+0x02>>i);
+ setColor(0x04);
+ blueTouch=false;
+
+ gravity.set(0,0);
+
+ saccadeRadius=50;//+rand()%20;
+ // default (initial) shape (the scafold belongs to the base class):
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(saccadeRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), 18); //(float _radius, vector2D _pos,vector2D _vel, int _numScafoldPoints);
+
+ // Numeric parameters for the simulated mechanical system:
+ massCenter=0.0008;//+0.000005*(rand()%100);
+ dampMotionCenterMass=0.00065;//0.00015;//00003;
+ factorBouncingForce=0.0018; // this is because we will use a force on the central mass
+
+ // Finally, we can create the loop (not much to do in this case, only set the central position, and some other things):
+ createLoopFromScafold();
+
+ // per-blob mirror delay (if things were well adjusted - in particular mirror waiting times, then this could be 0.
+ // But in case of unique blobs, it may be interesting to accelerate display AND correct the delay by software).
+ // Even more interesting: in case of rigid circular blob, this can be coorected using angleCorrectionForceLoop:
+ displaySensingBuffer.setDelayMirrors(1);
+ angleCorrectionForceLoop=-39;// in degrees
+
+ break;
+
+ case SPOT_LORENTZ_FORCE:
+ // Name of this kind of spot:
+ sprintf(spotName,"rigid_fountain");
+
+ //setColor(0x07);//0x04+0x02>>i);
+ setColor(0x04);
+ blueTouch=false;
+
+ saccadeRadius=28;//+rand()%20;
+ // default (initial) shape (the scafold belongs to the base class):
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(saccadeRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), 18); //(float _radius, vector2D _pos, int _numScafoldPoints);
+
+ // Numeric parameters for the simulated mechanical system:
+ massCenter=0.0005;//+0.000005*(rand()%100);
+ dampMotionCenterMass=0.001;//0.00015;//00003;
+ factorBouncingForce=0.0001;//0.00015; // this is because we will use a force on the central mass
+
+ // Finally, we can create the loop (not much to do in this case, only set the central position, and some other things):
+ createLoopFromScafold();
+
+ // per-blob mirror delay (if things were well adjusted - in particular mirror waiting times, then this could be 0.
+ // But in case of unique blobs, it may be interesting to accelerate display AND correct the delay by software).
+ // Even more interesting: in case of rigid circular blob, this can be coorected using angleCorrectionForceLoop:
+ displaySensingBuffer.setDelayMirrors(1);
+ angleCorrectionForceLoop=-39;// in degrees
+
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ saccadeRadius_initial=saccadeRadius; // this is for search mode for instance.
+
+ // Excursion limits (for all points). Tthis will set the limits of motion for the rigid loop, which is given by it's central position, so we have to correct by the radius:
+ setRegionMotion(MIN_AD_MIRRORS+saccadeRadius, MIN_AD_MIRRORS+saccadeRadius, MAX_AD_MIRRORS-saccadeRadius, MAX_AD_MIRRORS-saccadeRadius);
+
+ // draw it once on the display buffer for good initialization:
+ draw();
+}
+
+void rigidLoop::createLoopFromScafold(void)
+{
+
+ initSizeBlob(bluePrint.scafold.size()); // very simple here (only need to set the size of the lsd buffer)
+
+ centerMass.mass=massCenter;
+ centerMass.dampMotion = dampMotionCenterMass;
+
+ // note: the following may not be required in case of contour following:
+ centerMass.setIntegrationStep(integrationStep); //0.23// VERY IMPORTANT! in the case of verlet integration, we need to set dt BEFORE setting the initial speed.
+ centerMass.setInitialCondition(startCenter, startSpeed);
+ // centerMass.setInitialCondition(2047.0, 2047.0,0.0,0.0);
+
+}
+
+void rigidLoop::initSizeBlob(int _numPoints)
+{
+ // Iinitialize blob size (number of points for the loop, as well as other structures such as lsdTrajectory)
+ numPoints=_numPoints;
+
+ // Sensing and Display trajectory:
+ displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory.resize(numPoints); // the lsdTrajectory and the elastic loop will have the same number of points (this could be different - decimation?).
+}
+
+void rigidLoop::setRegionMotion(float mmix, float mmiy, float mmax, float mmay) // wrapper for setWallLimits, because there is no more things to do than set this for a unique mass
+{
+ // centerMass.setWallLimits(mmix+10, mmiy+10, mmax-10, mmay-10);
+ // Use the static method of the pointMass class:
+ pointMass::setWallLimits(mmix+10, mmiy+10, mmax-10, mmay-10);
+}
+
+void rigidLoop::setSize(float _newSize) {
+ saccadeRadius=_newSize;
+ saccadeRadius_initial=_newSize;
+ // rebuild the blueprint (that's all it's needed in the case of a rigid loop, IF we don't change the number of points in the scafold of course):
+ bluePrint.resizeDimensionScafold(_newSize);
+}
+void rigidLoop::sizeFactor(float sizeFactor) {
+ saccadeRadius*=sizeFactor;
+ saccadeRadius_initial*=sizeFactor;
+ // rebuild the blueprint (that's all it's needed in the case of a rigid loop, IF we don't change the number of points in the scafold of course):
+ bluePrint.resizeFactorDimensionScafold(sizeFactor);
+}
+
+void rigidLoop::setSpeed(float _newspeed) {
+// in case of spot following:
+ speedContourFollowing=_newspeed;
+
+ // in case of bouncing, there are many ways to change the speed (play with the mass, damping or the bouncing force).
+ //centerMass.mass/=speedfactor;//0.0008;//+0.000005*(rand()%100);
+ centerMass.dampMotion/=1.0*_newspeed/7;//0.00045;//0.00015;//00003;
+ //factorBouncingForce=0.0018; // this is because we will use a force on the central mass
+ }
+void rigidLoop::speedFactor(float speedfactor)
+{
+ // in case of spot following:
+ speedContourFollowing*=speedfactor;
+
+ // in case of bouncing, there are many ways to change the speed (play with the mass, damping or the bouncing force).
+ //centerMass.mass/=speedfactor;//0.0008;//+0.000005*(rand()%100);
+ centerMass.dampMotion/=speedfactor;//0.00045;//0.00015;//00003;
+ //factorBouncingForce=0.0018; // this is because we will use a force on the central mass
+}
+
+void rigidLoop::explosion()
+{
+ transientBlobColor=blobColor|0x02;
+ for (saccadeRadius=30; saccadeRadius<900 ; saccadeRadius+=10) {
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(saccadeRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), numPoints);
+ draw();
+ }
+ saccadeRadius=saccadeRadius_initial;
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(saccadeRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), numPoints);
+ // reset to central position:
+ centerMass.setInitialCondition(startCenter, startSpeed);
+ transientBlobColor=blobColor;
+}
+
+vector2Df rigidLoop::getCenter()
+{
+ return(centerMass.pos);
+}
+
+void rigidLoop::update(vector2Df referencePos)
+{
+
+ // (I) process loop geometry: not needed (rigid)
+ // Just check if the blob touched the borders (only need to do this with the central mass):
+ blobWallCollision=centerMass.bWallCollision;
+
+ // (II) Process sensing buffer and compute light forces:
+ // displaySensingBuffer.processSensedData(); // note: region with light is -1, and without is 2 (TO CHANGE!!! then we don't need to do "if" in the moment computation, but just a product)
+
+ // (III) Compute recentering vector (the "penetration vector in fact"), using "first order moment":
+ // ATTENTION!! for this simple method (of "first order moment") to work, we have either to have numPoints very large, OR an EVEN quantity - so the
+ // sum in the circle is 0).
+ vector2Df momentVector(0,0);
+ int counterDarkZone=0; // note: for a VERY strange reason, if I put this on the laserSensingtrajectory class, the program does not work anymore!!
+ for (int i = 0; i < numPoints; i++) { // note: numPoints should be EVEN
+ if (displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[i].lightZone>0) { // this is, we are in a dark zone (better to integrate there, because it is normally smaller)
+
+ momentVector.x+=(float)bluePrint.scafold[i].x; // note: casting is happening here automatically (unsigned short to float), but I put (float) to remember that types are different
+ momentVector.y+=(float)bluePrint.scafold[i].y;
+
+ // We can also do the following, but ATTENTION: momentVector is of type vector2Df, and scafold[i] of type vector2Dd...
+ // momentVector+=bluePrint.scafold[i];// note: no need to do -centerMass.pos, because the scafold is "centered" around 0
+
+ counterDarkZone++;
+ }
+ }
+ momentVector=momentVector*(2*PI/numPoints);
+ float momentNorm=momentVector.length(); // = 2.R.sin(half_angle) in the direction of the dark zone
+
+ vector2Df unitTowardsLight; // this is the normed vector, pointing towards the light zone
+ if (momentNorm==0) {
+ unitTowardsLight.set(0,0);
+ recenteringVectorLoop.set(0,0);
+ normRecenteringVector=0;
+ angleRecenteringVector=0;
+ } else {
+ unitTowardsLight=momentVector/(-1.0*momentNorm);
+ // Apply correction angle (NOT delay mirrors):
+ unitTowardsLight.rotateDeg(angleCorrectionForceLoop);
+
+ // Compute "recenteringVectorLoop": the vector making the spot goes completely AWAY form the dark zone
+ float aux=0.5*momentNorm/saccadeRadius; // note: in principle, we ALWAYS have momentNorm < 2.R, so aux < 1
+ if (aux>1) aux=1.0; // can happen because of the discrete integration!
+ if (counterDarkZone<=numPoints/2) { // note: numPoints HAS to be EVEN
+ recenteringVectorLoop=unitTowardsLight*saccadeRadius*(1.0-sqrt(1.0-aux*aux));
+ } else {
+ recenteringVectorLoop=unitTowardsLight*saccadeRadius*(1.0+sqrt(1.0-aux*aux));
+ }
+
+
+ // Compute redundant quantities (if necessary, for sending through OSC, etc):
+ normRecenteringVector=recenteringVectorLoop.length();
+ angleRecenteringVector=recenteringVectorLoop.angleDegHoriz();
+ }
+
+ // ======================== Now, depending on the mode of operation, we have different types of behaviour ========================================
+
+ vector2Df slidingVector; //( need to declare it here because a switch "jump" cannot bypass an initialization)
+ vector2Df auxVector;
+ switch (updateMode) {
+ // ================================================================
+ case SPOT_TEST: // this is just for adjusting mirror delays, checking recentering vector, etc:
+ // do nothing for the time being
+ // NOTE: it is not so easy to show the recentering vector without affecting the mirror delay BECAUSE I AM USING THE INTERRUPT METHOD for display.
+ // A possible solution is to instantiate ANOTHER blob with a shape just equal to a line, and rotate it using data from the this blob. Make a new class? Seems a good idea.
+
+ // (1) current color: change with touch? NO
+ transientBlobColor=blobColor; // just the original blob color
+
+ break;
+ // ================================================================
+ case SPOT_TRACK:
+ if (displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched) {
+ centerMass.pos +=recenteringVectorLoop*0.6;
+ centerMass.posOld=centerMass.pos; // this is necessary to compute bouceOffWalls using Verlet method... (MAKE A new variable INTEGRATION METHOD?)
+ centerMass.bounceOffWalls(); // constrain position (and compute wall "hit")
+
+ if (justSearched) {
+ saccadeRadius=saccadeRadius_initial;
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(saccadeRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), numPoints);
+ justSearched=false;
+ }
+
+ } else if (displaySensingBuffer.lightState==ALL_DARK) { // not touched nor on something white: SEARCH MODE
+ saccadeRadius+=20;
+ if (saccadeRadius>200) saccadeRadius=saccadeRadius_initial;
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(saccadeRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), numPoints);
+ justSearched=true;
+ }
+
+ // Change color with touch? YES
+ if (displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched)
+ transientBlobColor=blobColor|0x02; // set green ON on the trajectory, regardless of the initial color
+ else
+ transientBlobColor=blobColor; // just the original blob color
+
+ break;
+ // ================================================================
+ case SPOT_TRACK_DOT: // here, a dot in the center of the saccade should remain in the center:
+ centerMass.pos -=recenteringVectorLoop*2.5;
+ centerMass.posOld=centerMass.pos; // this is necessary to compute bouceOffWalls using Verlet method... (MAKE A new variable INTEGRATION METHOD?)
+ centerMass.bounceOffWalls(); // constrain position (and compute wall "hit")
+
+ // Change color with touch? YES
+ if (displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched)
+ transientBlobColor=blobColor|0x02; // set green ON on the trajectory, regardless of the initial color
+ else
+ transientBlobColor=blobColor; // just the original blob color
+
+ break;
+ // ================================================================
+ case SPOT_FOLLOWING:
+ // we need to compute the tangencial "speed":
+ // vector2D slidingVector;
+ if (momentNorm>0) {
+ //momentVector/=momentNorm;
+ // We can now compute the sliding vector as:
+ slidingVector=unitTowardsLight.getRotatedDeg(slidingDirection? 90 : -90) * speedContourFollowing;
+
+ // Then the final correcting vector is the sum of sliding plus a recentering vector (with a factor if one want some smothing)
+ // This is used to update the position of the central mass - WITHOUT INTEGRATION (or with it, but for the time being, we don't do that):
+ centerMass.pos +=slidingVector+ ( unitTowardsLight*(-1.0*saccadeRadius) + recenteringVectorLoop )* 0.6;
+ // ATTENTION!!! the REAL radius may be smaller if the mirrors are running fast!!! (hence the last factor, that is not only for "smoothing" the
+ // re-entry and avoid oscillations).
+
+ // The following function can help constraining the position "pos", but it also does too much. Do something simpler perhaps?
+ centerMass.posOld=centerMass.pos; // this is necessary to compute bouceOffWalls using Verlet method... (MAKE A new variable INTEGRATION METHOD?)
+
+ centerMass.bounceOffWalls(); // constrain position (and compute wall "hit")
+
+ if (justSearched) {
+ saccadeRadius=saccadeRadius_initial;
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(saccadeRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), numPoints);
+ justSearched=false;
+ }
+
+ } else {
+ // not on something. SEARCH MODE (or go to spot_bouncing mode?)
+ saccadeRadius+=30;
+ if (saccadeRadius>800) saccadeRadius=saccadeRadius_initial;
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(saccadeRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), numPoints);
+ justSearched=true;
+ }
+
+ // Change color with touch? NO
+ // if (displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched)
+ // transientBlobColor=blobColor|0x02; // set green ON on the trajectory, regardless of the initial color
+ // else
+ transientBlobColor=blobColor; // just the original blob color
+
+ // change sliding direction (for countour following):
+ if (blobWallCollision) {
+ if (wallCounter>5) {
+ slidingDirection=!slidingDirection;
+ wallCounter=0;
+ }
+ }
+ wallCounter++;
+
+ break;
+ // ================================================================
+ case SPOT_GHOST:
+ // This is not completely sliding nor bouncing, but a combination of both
+ // Behaviour: - if the spot is NOT touching anything, just move with uniform speed (always constant speed in norm).
+ // - if the spot touch something, then modify the speed so that it ALIGNS with the tangential vector, without changing its norm.
+ // - also, choose the direction so as to APPROACH THE PACMAN (position of the pacman is in referencePos, a parameter to "update" method).
+
+ if (momentNorm>0) {
+
+ // first, get the current speed:
+ auxVector=centerMass.getSpeed();
+
+ // Before recalculating the speed (that will recompute pos from posOld), set posOld well outside the dark zone (this is
+ // necessary because if the printed pattern move and the speed is slow, then there is not enough bouncing!):
+ centerMass.posOld=centerMass.pos+recenteringVectorLoop;
+
+ // then compute the new bounce speed vector:
+ float aux=unitTowardsLight.dot(auxVector);
+ float anglepac=unitTowardsLight.angleDeg(referencePos-centerMass.pos); // angle from unit vector to (pacman-center)
+ if (abs(anglepac)<85)
+ slidingVector= referencePos-centerMass.pos;
+ //slidingVector= auxVector-unitTowardsLight*aux*2; // this is a normal bounce
+ else
+ slidingVector=unitTowardsLight.getRotatedDeg((anglepac>0)? 85 : -85);
+
+ slidingVector.scale(auxVector.length()); // do not forget to scale...
+ // then reset speed:
+ centerMass.setSpeed(slidingVector);
+ }
+
+ // update dynamics for the central mass:
+#ifndef VERLET_METHOD
+ centerMass.addDampingForce(); // // only in case of EULER method (damping in VERLET mode is done automatically when updating)
+#endif
+
+ centerMass.update(); // unconstrained
+ centerMass.bounceOffWalls(); // constrain position (and compute wall "hit")
+
+ // Change color with touch? NO
+ // if (displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched)
+ // transientBlobColor=blobColor|0x02; // set green ON on the trajectory, regardless of the initial color
+ // else
+ transientBlobColor=blobColor; // just the original blob color
+
+
+ break;
+
+ // ================================================================
+ case SPOT_PACMAN:
+ // This is not completely sliding nor bouncing, but a combination of both
+ // Behaviour: - if the spot is NOT touching anything, just move with uniform speed (always constant speed in norm).
+ // - if the spot touch something, then modify the speed so that it ALIGNS with the tangential vector, without changing its norm.
+ // - also, choose the direction so that it minimizes the angle with the previous speed vector (a little like bouncing):
+
+ if (momentNorm>0) {
+
+ // (a) Compute the new speed (will use slidingVector as auxiliary vector2Df):
+ auxVector=centerMass.getSpeed();
+ float aux=unitTowardsLight.dot(auxVector);
+ if (aux<0) {
+ slidingVector=auxVector-(unitTowardsLight*aux*2);
+ // slidingVector.scale(auxVector.length()); // rescale to the size of the initial speed.
+ centerMass.setSpeed(slidingVector);
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ // update dynamics for the central mass:
+#ifndef VERLET_METHOD
+ centerMass.addDampingForce(); // // only in case of EULER method (damping in VERLET mode is done automatically when updating)
+#endif
+
+ centerMass.update(); // unconstrained
+ centerMass.bounceOffWalls(); // constrain position (and compute wall "hit")
+
+ // Change color with touch? NO
+ // if (displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched)
+ // transientBlobColor=blobColor|0x02; // set green ON on the trajectory, regardless of the initial color
+ // else
+ transientBlobColor=blobColor; // just the original blob color
+
+
+ break;
+
+ case SPOT_BOUNCING_FACTOR:
+
+ centerMass.resetForce();
+
+ if (momentNorm>0) {
+ // (a) Compute the new speed (will use slidingVector as auxiliary vector2Df):
+ auxVector=centerMass.getSpeed();
+ float aux=unitTowardsLight.dot(auxVector);
+ if (aux<0) {
+ slidingVector=auxVector-(unitTowardsLight*aux*2); // symmetric speed with respet to unitTowardsLight
+ slidingVector.scale(auxVector.length()*factorAbsorptionShock); // rescale to the size of the initial speed.
+ centerMass.setSpeed(slidingVector);
+ }
+
+ // This is a hack: let's ADD spring force if the penetration is de facto large:
+ if (recenteringVectorLoop.length()>(saccadeRadius/4)) centerMass.addForce(recenteringVectorLoop*factorBouncingForce);
+
+ // Also, to avoid "tunneling" through dark zones, let's translate the spot:
+ centerMass.posOld+=recenteringVectorLoop*0.3;
+ centerMass.pos+=recenteringVectorLoop*0.3;
+ }
+
+ // Gravity? - side or central attraction?
+ centerMass.addForce(gravity*centerMass.mass);
+
+ // or central spring attraction;
+ //vector2Df centerAttraction(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X);
+ //vector2Df dist=centerMass.pos-centerAttraction;
+ //centerMass.addForce(-dist*centerMass.mass*0.0007);
+
+ // or "radial gravity":
+ //vector2Df centerAttraction(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X);
+ //vector2Df dist=centerMass.pos-centerAttraction;
+ //centerMass.addForce(dist.normalize()*centerMass.mass*0.5);
+
+
+ // update dynamics for the central mass:
+#ifndef VERLET_METHOD
+ centerMass.addDampingForce(); // // only in case of EULER method (damping in VERLET mode is done automatically when updating)
+#endif
+
+ centerMass.update(); // unconstrained
+ centerMass.bounceOffWalls(); // constrain position (and compute wall "hit")
+
+ // Change color with touch? NO
+ // if (displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched)
+ // transientBlobColor=blobColor|0x02; // set green ON on the trajectory, regardless of the initial color
+ // else
+ transientBlobColor=blobColor; // just the original blob color
+
+
+ break;
+
+
+ // ================================================================
+ case SPOT_BOUNCING:
+ // this is very simple: we need to give a force to the centralMass that is OPPOSITE to the recenteringVectorLoop vector.
+ // We can also MODIFY the position so as to avoid having completely or partially the spot inside the dark zone (because of inertia).
+ centerMass.resetForce();
+
+ if (momentNorm>0) { //(displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched) {
+ // add force; MANY POSSIBILITIES:
+ // (1) Constant in norm:
+ //centerMass.addForce(unitTowardsLight*saccadeRadius*factorBouncingForce);
+
+ // Proportional to the penetration depth in the dark zone (spring):
+ centerMass.addForce(recenteringVectorLoop*factorBouncingForce);
+ // Or proportional to the square (or something else) of the penetration:
+ //centerMass.addForce(recenteringVectorLoop*normRecenteringVector*factorBouncingForce);
+
+ // Also, translate to avoid penetration (need to do this with pos and oldPos, otherwise speed will change):
+ centerMass.posOld+=recenteringVectorLoop*0.1;
+ centerMass.pos+=recenteringVectorLoop*0.1;
+ //note: we don't change the speed, this would be just like the pacman: not really math modelling:
+ // centerMass.setSpeed(-centerMass.getSpeed());
+ }
+
+ // Gravity? - side or central attraction?
+ centerMass.addForce(gravity*centerMass.mass);
+
+ // or central spring attraction;
+ //vector2Df centerAttraction(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X);
+ //vector2Df dist=centerMass.pos-centerAttraction;
+ //centerMass.addForce(-dist*centerMass.mass*0.0007);
+
+ // or "radial gravity":
+ //vector2Df centerAttraction(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X);
+ //vector2Df dist=centerMass.pos-centerAttraction;
+ //centerMass.addForce(dist.normalize()*centerMass.mass*0.5);
+
+
+ // update dynamics for the central mass:
+#ifndef VERLET_METHOD
+ centerMass.addDampingForce(); // // only in case of EULER method (damping in VERLET mode is done automatically when updating)
+#endif
+
+ centerMass.update(); // unconstrained
+ centerMass.bounceOffWalls(); // constrain position (and compute wall "hit")
+
+ if (displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched) {
+ // do collision damping:
+ centerMass.setSpeed(centerMass.getSpeed()*0.99);
+ }
+
+ // Change color with touch? YES
+ if (displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched)
+ transientBlobColor=blobColor|0x02; // set green ON on the trajectory, regardless of the initial color
+ else
+ transientBlobColor=blobColor; // just the original blob color
+ break;
+
+ // ================================================================
+ case SPOT_AIR_HOCKEY:
+ // this is very simple: we need to give a force to the centralMass that is OPPOSITE to the recenteringVectorLoop vector
+ centerMass.resetForce();
+
+ if (displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched) {
+ // add force; MANY POSSIBILITIES:
+ // (1) Constant in norm:
+ //centerMass.addForce(unitTowardsLight*saccadeRadius*factorBouncingForce);
+ // Exactly what is needed to have an elastic bouncing:
+
+ // Proportional to the penetration depth in the dark zone (spring):
+ centerMass.addForce(recenteringVectorLoop*factorBouncingForce);
+ // Or proportional to the square (or something else) of the penetration:
+ //centerMass.addForce(recenteringVectorLoop*normRecenteringVector*factorBouncingForce);
+
+ }
+
+ // Gravity? - side or central attraction?
+ //centerMass.addForce(gravity*centerMass.mass);
+
+ // or central spring attraction;
+ //vector2Df centerAttraction(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X);
+ //vector2Df dist=centerMass.pos-centerAttraction;
+ //centerMass.addForce(-dist*centerMass.mass*0.0007);
+
+ // or "radial gravity":
+ //vector2Df centerAttraction(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X);
+ //vector2Df dist=centerMass.pos-centerAttraction;
+ //centerMass.addForce(dist.normalize()*centerMass.mass*0.5);
+
+
+ // update dynamics for the central mass:
+#ifndef VERLET_METHOD
+ centerMass.addDampingForce(); // // only in case of EULER method (damping in VERLET mode is done automatically when updating)
+#endif
+
+ centerMass.update(); // unconstrained
+ centerMass.bounceOffWalls(); // constrain position (and compute wall "hit")
+
+ if (displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched) {
+ // do collision damping:
+ centerMass.setSpeed(centerMass.getSpeed()*0.99);
+ }
+
+ // Change color with touch? YES
+ if (displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched)
+ transientBlobColor=blobColor|0x02; // set green ON on the trajectory, regardless of the initial color
+ else
+ transientBlobColor=blobColor; // just the original blob color
+
+ // In case of "air hockey mode", reset position to initial positions and speeds when the spot touches any two opposites sides:
+ if ((centerMass.innerCollitionDirection.x==1)||( centerMass.innerCollitionDirection.x==-1)) {
+ transientBlobColor=blobColor|0x02;
+ for (saccadeRadius=30; saccadeRadius<900 ; saccadeRadius+=10) {
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(saccadeRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), numPoints);
+ draw();
+ }
+ saccadeRadius=saccadeRadius_initial;
+ bluePrint.buildCircularScafold(saccadeRadius, vector2Dd(0,0), numPoints);
+ // reset to central position:
+ centerMass.setInitialCondition(startCenter, startSpeed);
+ transientBlobColor=blobColor;
+ }
+ break;
+
+
+ // ================================================================
+ case SPOT_LORENTZ_FORCE:
+ // this is very simple: we need to give a force to the centralMass that is OPPOSITE to the recenteringVectorLoop vector
+ centerMass.resetForce();
+
+ if (displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched) {
+ // add force; MANY POSSIBILITIES:
+ // (1) Constant in norm:
+ //centerMass.addForce(unitTowardsLight*saccadeRadius*factorBouncingForce);
+ // Exactly what is needed to have an elastic bouncing:
+
+ // Proportional to the penetration depth in the dark zone (spring):
+ centerMass.addForce(recenteringVectorLoop*factorBouncingForce);
+ // Or proportional to the square (or something else) of the penetration:
+ //centerMass.addForce(recenteringVectorLoop*normRecenteringVector*factorBouncingForce);
+
+ }
+
+ // RADIAL GRAVITY for the "fountain mode":
+ // vector2Df centerAttraction(CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X, CENTER_AD_MIRROR_X);
+ // vector2Df radialVector=centerMass.pos-centerAttraction;
+ // radialVector.rotateDeg(slidingDirection? 80 : 260);
+ // centerMass.addForce(radialVector.normalize()*centerMass.mass*0.5);
+
+ // bubble chamber? LORENTZ FORCE:
+ vector2Df speedmass=centerMass.getSpeed();
+ centerMass.addForce( speedmass.getRotatedDeg(90)*0.000005*speedContourFollowing);//0.000002*speedContourFollowing);
+
+ // update dynamics for the central mass:
+#ifndef VERLET_METHOD
+ centerMass.addDampingForce(); // // only in case of EULER method (damping in VERLET mode is done automatically when updating)
+#endif
+
+ centerMass.update(); // unconstrained
+ centerMass.bounceOffWalls(); // constrain position (and compute wall "hit")
+
+ if (displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched) {
+ // do collision damping:
+ centerMass.setSpeed(centerMass.getSpeed()*0.99);
+ }
+
+ // Change color with touch? YES
+ if (displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched)
+ transientBlobColor=blobColor|0x02; // set green ON on the trajectory, regardless of the initial color
+ else
+ transientBlobColor=blobColor; // just the original blob color
+
+ // In case of "fountain mode", reset position to initial positions and speeds, or change gravity sign:
+ // if (blobWallCollision) centerMass.setInitialCondition(startCenter, startSpeed);
+ if (blobWallCollision) slidingDirection=!slidingDirection;
+ break;
+ // ================================================================
+ }
+
+}
+
+
+// Drawing the graphics - this will in fact use the graphic renderer - if any - and produce the trajectory to be displayed by the laser
+void rigidLoop::draw()
+{
+ // for the time being, there is no "opengl" like renderer, so we just copy into the lsdTrajectory:
+ float cx= centerMass.pos.x;
+ float cy= centerMass.pos.y;
+ for (int i = 0; i < numPoints; i++) {
+ // The shape is drawn by translating the scafold shape (centered on centerMass):
+ displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[i].x= (unsigned short)(bluePrint.scafold[i].x + cx ); // note: it should be an unsigned short!!
+ displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[i].y= (unsigned short)(bluePrint.scafold[i].y + cy );
+
+ // We can also do this, but ATTENTION: centerMass.pos is a vector2Df, and scafold[i] is a vector2Dd (typecasting?)
+ // displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[i]= bluePrint.scafold[i] + centerMass.pos;
+
+ //displaySensingBuffer.displayColor=blobColor; // perhaps per point color is not a good idea for the time being...
+ }
+
+ // Global color for the whole loop:
+ displaySensingBuffer.displayColor=transientBlobColor;
+
+}
+
+void rigidLoop::computeBoundingBox()
+{
+}
+
+
+
+void rigidLoop::sendDataSpecific()
+{
+ char auxstring[10];
+ myled2=1; // for tests...
+
+ // First, set the top address of the message to the ID of the blob (not the name):
+// sprintf(auxstring, "%d", identifier);
+// sendMes.setTopAddress("0");//auxstring);
+
+ // ===================== OSC ======================
+ if (sendOSC) {
+
+ // (a) Anchor mass:
+ if (sendingAnchorPosition) {
+ sprintf(auxstring, "/p %d",identifier);
+ sendMes.setSubAddress(auxstring);
+ long x, y; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ x=(long)(centerMass.pos.x);
+ y=(long)(centerMass.pos.y);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "ii", &x, &y);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+
+ // (b) data from blob points (this is ONLY FOR TESTS, because the loop is rigid - sending the center is enough)
+ if (sendingLoopPositions) {
+#ifdef SEND_AS_POINTS
+ long x, y; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ float cx= centerMass.pos.x;
+ float cy= centerMass.pos.y;
+ for (int i = 0; i < numPoints; i++) {
+ sprintf(auxstring, "/p%d",identifier*10+ i);//20+ i+(identifier-1)*10); // auxstring read as "/p1", "/p2", ...
+ sendMes.setSubAddress(auxstring); // ATTENTION: the host computer needs to know in advance how many points are in the loop (I did not implement "bundle" messages yet...)
+ x=(long)(bluePrint.scafold[i].x + cx);
+ y=(long)(bluePrint.scafold[i].y + cy);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "ii", &x, &y);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+
+#endif
+#ifdef SEND_AS_BLOB
+ sendMes.clearArgs(); // no need, we won't use osc.sendOsc()...
+ uint8_t blobdata[4*numPoints]; // 2 bytes per coordinate, and 2 coordinates
+ float cx= centerMass.pos.x;
+ float cy= centerMass.pos.y;
+ for (int i = 0; i < numPoints; i++ ) {
+ // note: massesLoop[i].pos.x is a "float"
+ uint16_t x=(uint16_t)(bluePrint.scafold[i].x + cx);
+ blobdata[4*i]=(uint8_t)x>>8; // BIG ENDIAN (send FIRST the MOST SIGNIFICANT BYTE)
+ blobdata[4*i+1]=(uint8_t)x;
+
+ uint16_t y=(uint16_t)(bluePrint.scafold[i].y + cy);
+ blobdata[4*i+2]=(uint8_t)y>>8; // BIG ENDIAN (send FIRST the MOST SIGNIFICANT BYTE)
+ blobdata[4*i+3]=(uint8_t)y;
+ }
+ osc.sendOscBlob(&(blobdata[0]), 4*numPoints, &sendMes ); // second parameter is osc blob size in bytes
+#endif
+#ifdef SEND_AS_STRING
+ sendMes.clearArgs(); // no need, we won't use osc.sendOsc()...
+ uint8_t blobdata[4*numPoints]; // 2 bytes per coordinate, and 2 coordinates
+ float cx= centerMass.pos.x;
+ float cy= centerMass.pos.y;
+ for (int i = 0; i < numPoints; i++ ) {
+ // note: massesLoop[i].pos.x is a "float"
+ uint16_t x=(uint16_t)(bluePrint.scafold[i].x + cx );
+ blobdata[4*i]=(uint8_t)x>>8; // BIG ENDIAN (send FIRST the MOST SIGNIFICANT BYTE)
+ blobdata[4*i+1]=(uint8_t)x;
+
+ uint16_t y=(uint16_t)(bluePrint.scafold[i].y + cy);
+ blobdata[4*i+2]=(uint8_t)y>>8; // BIG ENDIAN (send FIRST the MOST SIGNIFICANT BYTE)
+ blobdata[4*i+3]=(uint8_t)y;
+ }
+ osc.sendOscString(blobdata, 4*numPoints, &sendMes ); // second parameter is osc blob size in bytes
+#endif
+ }
+ if (sendingLoopRegions) {
+ long x; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ for (int i = 0; i < numPoints; i++) {
+ sprintf(auxstring, "/r%d", i); // auxstring read as "/f1", "/f2", ...
+ sendMes.setSubAddress(auxstring); // ATTENTION: the host computer needs to know in advance how many points are in the loop (I did not implement "bundle" messages yet...)
+ x=(long)(displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[i].lightZone>0? 1 : 0);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "i", &x);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+ }
+ if (sendingLoopTouchWall) { // global touch wall for the loop (not per point)
+ long wall; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ sprintf(auxstring, "/bWall");
+ sendMes.setSubAddress(auxstring);
+ wall=(long)(blobWallCollision? 1 : 0);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "i", &wall);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+
+ // (d) Light sensing statistics:
+ if (sendingBlobMaxMin) {
+ sendMes.setSubAddress("/maxmin");
+ long x, y; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ x=(long)(displaySensingBuffer.maxI);
+ y=(long)(displaySensingBuffer.minI);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "ii", &x, &y);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+
+ // (e) Recentering vector: (note: redundant with sendingLightForce, IF the correction angle is known).
+ if (sendingRecenteringVector) {
+ sendMes.setSubAddress("/rvector");
+ long x, y; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ x=(long)(recenteringVectorLoop.x);
+ y=(long)(recenteringVectorLoop.y);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "ii", &x, &y);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+ if (sendingRecenteringAngle) {
+ sprintf(auxstring, "/v %d",identifier);
+ sendMes.setSubAddress(auxstring);
+ long x; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ x=(long)(angleRecenteringVector);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "i", &x);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+ if (sendingRecenteringNorm) {
+ sendMes.setSubAddress("/rnorm");
+ long x; //ATTENTION: parameters to setArgs should be long or unsigned long only (not int!!)
+ x=(long)(normRecenteringVector);
+ sendMes.setArgs( "i", &x);
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+
+ if (sendingTouched) {
+ if (displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched) {
+ sendMes.clearArgs(); // there are no arguments to send
+ sendMes.setSubAddress("/touched");
+ osc.sendOsc( &sendMes );
+ }
+ }
+
+ } // end of OSC sending per-spot
+
+ // ===================== SERIAL ======================
+ if (sendSerial) {
+ //.. to do
+ }
+
+ myled2=0; // for tests...
+}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/rigidLoop.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+#ifndef RIGID_LOOP
+#define RIGID_LOOP
+
+// Include the basic objects to create the loop
+#include "soundSpot.h"
+#include "classPointMass.h" // this may be used to move the center of the RIGID loop in dynamically "real" ways
+#include "classSpring.h" // same remark than above
+
+using namespace std;
+
+enum RigidLoopMode {SPOT_FOLLOWING, SPOT_GHOST, SPOT_PACMAN, SPOT_AIR_HOCKEY, SPOT_LORENTZ_FORCE,
+ SPOT_BOUNCING, SPOT_BOUNCING_FACTOR,
+ SPOT_TEST, SPOT_TRACK, SPOT_TRACK_DOT,
+ EXPLOSION};
+
+class rigidLoop : public soundSpot {
+
+public:
+
+ // Constructor and destructor:
+ rigidLoop();
+ virtual ~rigidLoop();
+
+ // instantiation of the virtual methods of the base class (we don't need to append "virtual", but for clarity I do):
+ void createBlob(int _id, RigidLoopMode _rigidBlobMode, vector2Df _initPos, vector2Df _initSpeed);
+ virtual void setRegionMotion(float mmix, float mmiy, float mmax, float mmay); // attention: initial position posX and posY should be inside this bounding box...
+ virtual void update(vector2Df referencePos); // update dynamics of the mass loop
+ virtual void draw(void); // draw the blob (renders on the laser trajectory object lsdTrajectory from the base class, using the openGL laser renderer - not yet done).
+ virtual void computeBoundingBox();
+ virtual void sendDataSpecific(void);
+ virtual void setSpeed(float speed);
+ virtual void setSize(float size);
+ virtual void speedFactor(float speedfactor);
+ virtual void sizeFactor(float sizeFactor);
+
+ virtual void explosion(); // not very nice programming style, it should be a MODE instead or something like that.
+ virtual vector2Df getCenter();
+ virtual void resetPositionSpeed() {centerMass.setInitialCondition(startCenter, startSpeed);};
+ virtual void setPositionSpeed(vector2Df _pos, vector2Df _spe) {centerMass.setInitialCondition(_pos, _spe);};
+
+ virtual void showChildParameters();
+
+ // methods that are new to this class (not in base class):
+ void initSizeBlob(int _numPoints);
+ void createLoopFromScafold(void); // this is much simpler than the elastic blob (here, we only need to add a central mass)
+ // void processLoopData(); // not needed, because the loop is rigid.
+
+ RigidLoopMode updateMode;
+
+ // The number of points in the loop (in this case, is just the number of points in the scaffold, as well as the number of points in the lsdTrajectory)
+ // int numPoints; // this belongs to soundSpot base class
+ pointMass centerMass; // this is the center of the rigidLoop. Note that it can have mass or not, this will depend on the RigidLoopMode
+ float integrationStep;
+
+ // The following are common to all blobs:
+ // float angleCorrectionForceLoop;
+ // vector2D recenteringVectorLoop;
+ // float angleRecenteringVector; // auxiliary variables for sending data (for the recenteringVectorLoop)
+ // float normRecenteringVector;
+
+ // other modes:
+ bool slidingDirection; // for contour following
+
+ // numeric parameters:
+ float saccadeRadius;
+
+ // THINGS FOR CONTOUR FOLLOWING:
+ float saccadeRadius_initial; // this is for SEARCH MODE (remember initial radius)
+ bool justSearched;
+
+
+ float rotationAngle; // note: in the future, rotation would be done by the openGL-like renderer
+
+ float massCenter;
+ float dampMotionCenterMass;
+
+
+ float speedContourFollowing; // this is given as a percentage of the radius of the circle
+ float factorBouncingForce; // spring force when penetrating on dark zone (used by SPOT_BOUNCING)
+ float factorAbsorptionShock; // factor speed damping when bouncing on dark zone (used in SPOT_BOUNCING_FACTOR)
+};
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/simpleLaserRenderer.cpp Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+#include "simpleLaserRenderer.h"
+
+void simpleLaserSensingRenderer::setConfigToRender(blobConfig* ptBlobCf) {
+ //Note: when setting the config to render, we assume the number of blobs is fixed, and the number of points per blob is also fixed.
+ ptBlobCfToRender=ptBlobCf;
+ // totalBlobs=ptBlobCfToRender->numBlobs; // equal in fact to blobArray.size()
+ totalBlobs=ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray.size(); // equal in fact to blobArray.size()
+
+ // NOTE: the wait times (normal, start and end point) can be BLOB dependent. This may be a nice future (TO DO?).
+
+// SET STATE MACHINE TO INITIAL VALUES:
+ waitFirst=0;
+ waitFirstLaser=0;
+ waitNormal=0;
+ waitLaser=0;
+ waitLast=0;
+ currentBlob=-1; // this is only for the very first time we initialize the state machine (we could have another initial state, but this would be inefficient)
+ stateLsd=MOVE_NEXT_BLOB;
+
+ /*
+ // For tests: case of unique blob:
+ currentBlob=0;// in case of unique blob (for tests)
+ // currentMirrorDelay=ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->delayMirrorSamples; // per blob delay!
+ currentTotalPoints=ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory.size();
+ currentColor=tBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.displayColor;
+ IO.setRGBPower(currentColor|0x04); // Note: RED always on...
+ */
+
+ // overlap display to avoid deformed saccade and give time to the mirrors to be well in the saccade trajectory
+ // NOTE: ideally, numOverlapPoints depends on the number of points of EACH blob, as well as the distance between the spots.
+ // But for the time being, this will be a fixed quantity (DEFAULT_OVERLAP_POINTS).
+ if (totalBlobs>1) numOverlapPoints=DEFAULT_OVERLAP_POINTS;
+ else numOverlapPoints=0;
+
+ configTotalPoints=0;
+ for (int i=0; i<totalBlobs ; i++) {
+ configTotalPoints+=ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[i]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory.size();
+ }
+ // configTotalPoints contains the number of points of the config, and will be used to ensure that a FULL DISPLAY has been done BEFORE updating and "re-drawing" the trajectory in the buffer,
+ // wherever the current point being displayed when we start the update/draw.
+ pointDisplayCounter=0;
+
+}
+
+bool simpleLaserSensingRenderer::endedFullDisplay() {
+ return(pointDisplayCounter>configTotalPoints);
+}
+
+bool simpleLaserSensingRenderer::endedFractionDisplay(int frac) {
+ if (frac==0) return(true);
+ else return(pointDisplayCounter>configTotalPoints/frac);
+}
+
+void simpleLaserSensingRenderer::startFullDisplay() {
+ pointDisplayCounter=0;
+}
+
+
+void simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThread() {
+
+ switch (stateLsd) {
+ case NORMAL_POINT:
+ if (currentPoint<currentTotalPoints+numOverlapPoints) { // Attention: use modulo currentTotalPoints when accessing trajectory index.
+ if (waitNormal==0) { // Send mirrors position the first time (note: I don't put this inside the waitNormal<WAIT_NORMAL, because WAIT_NORMAL can be 0!
+
+ uint8_t currentPointWrap=currentPoint%currentTotalPoints;
+ x= ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[currentPointWrap].x;
+ y= ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[currentPointWrap].y;
+
+ IO.writeOutX(x);
+ IO.writeOutY(y);
+ }
+ if (waitNormal<WAIT_NORMAL) {
+ waitNormal++;// wait a little to correct for mirror delay (note: the mirror effective waiting time is WAIT_NORMAL + WAIT_LASER)
+ } else { // if we got here, it means the mirrors are well positionned: activate laser:
+ if ((waitLaser==0)&&(currentPoint>numOverlapPoints)) { // change laser output the first time:
+#ifndef debugDelayMirrors
+ IO.setRGBPower(currentColor|0x04); // Note: the "RED" here also affects the lockin laser (now red, in the future IR).
+ // BUT enable the blue activation if one wants (in particular elastic blobs...)
+ if (ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->blueTouch) {
+ uint8_t delayedPoint=currentPoint;
+ if ( ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[delayedPoint].lightZone<0) { // note: we use PREVIOUS sensing - so as not to wait again for
+ //IO.setRGBPower((currentColor&0x02)|0x04); // RED always on, BLUE OFF (and green whatever it was)
+ // Note: better not use complicated calls?
+ IO.setBluePower(0);
+ IO.setGreenPower(currentColor&0x02);
+ } else {
+ //IO.setRGBPower((currentColor|0x01)|0x04); // RED always ON, BLUE ON (and green whatever it was)
+ IO.setBluePower(1);
+ IO.setGreenPower(currentColor&0x02);
+ }
+ }
+#else // TEST MODE for delay using blue laser:
+ // NOTE: we can either CORRECT the delay (and see if the correction is good), or show the "raw" detection (in this case, we need to
+ // compute delayedPoint, but exactly the reverse as the calculation made in the classLaserSensingTrajectory...
+ // (a) "raw":
+ //uint8_t delayedPoint=(currentPoint+currentTotalPoints-ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.delayMirrorSamples)%currentTotalPoints;
+ // (b) corrected delay:
+ uint8_t delayedPoint=currentPoint;
+ if ( ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[delayedPoint].lightZone<0) { // note: we use PREVIOUS sensing - so as not to wait again for
+ //IO.setRGBPower((currentColor&0x02)|0x04); // RED always on, BLUE OFF (and green whatever it was)
+ // Note: better not use complicated calls?
+ IO.setBluePower(0);
+ IO.setGreenPower(currentColor&0x02);
+ } else {
+ //IO.setRGBPower((currentColor|0x01)|0x04); // RED always ON, BLUE ON (and green whatever it was)
+ IO.setBluePower(1);
+ IO.setGreenPower(currentColor&0x02);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ if (waitLaser<WAIT_LASER) {
+ waitLaser++; // increment wait laser counter
+ } else { // If we got here, it means that mirrors and laser power are both properly set:
+ // Read the intensity and move to the next point:
+
+ uint8_t currentPointWrap=currentPoint%currentTotalPoints;
+ ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[currentPointWrap].intensity=(unsigned char)(255.0*IO.lockInCorrectedValue(x,y));
+ ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[currentPointWrap].intensity=(unsigned char)(255.0*IO.lockInCorrectedValue(x,y));
+
+ // Move to next point:
+ currentPoint++;
+
+ waitNormal=0;
+ waitLaser=0;
+
+ // Update the point display counter (meaning: this point has been properly acquired - we need (at least) configTotalPoints of those good acquisitions before updating and re-draw)
+ pointDisplayCounter++;
+ }
+ }
+ } else { // this means we ended rendering this blob, with or without partial duplication
+ if (totalBlobs>1) stateLsd=LAST_POINT;
+ else { // this means we are rendering a unique blob:
+ // currentBlob does not change (equal to 0 always), stateLsd is always NORMAL_POINT
+ // The only thing we need to do is to reset "currentPoint" to 0, and eventually change the color of the blob.
+ // NOTE that if only doing this, the point 0 will take two ISR cycles; therefore it is better to move the mirrors NOW and set the
+ // currentPoint to 1:
+ currentPoint=0; // and we copy the code in the NORMAL mode (this will increment currentPoint):
+
+ if (waitNormal==0) { // Send mirrors position the first time (note: I don't put this inside the waitNormal<WAIT_NORMAL, because WAIT_NORMAL can be 0!
+
+ uint8_t currentPointWrap=currentPoint%currentTotalPoints;
+ x= ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[currentPointWrap].x;
+ y= ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[currentPointWrap].y;
+
+ IO.writeOutX(x);
+ IO.writeOutY(y);
+ }
+ if (waitNormal<WAIT_NORMAL) {
+ waitNormal++;// wait a little to correct for mirror delay (note: the mirror effective waiting time is WAIT_NORMAL + WAIT_LASER)
+ } else { // if we got here, it means the mirrors are well positionned: activate laser:
+ if ((waitLaser==0)&&(currentPoint>numOverlapPoints)) { // change laser output the first time:
+#ifndef debugDelayMirrors
+ IO.setRGBPower(currentColor|0x04); // Note: the "RED" here also affects the lockin laser (now red, in the future IR).
+#else // TEST MODE for delay using blue laser:
+ // NOTE: we can either CORRECT the delay (and see if the correction is good), or show the "raw" detection (in this case, we need to
+ // compute delayedPoint, but exactly as the reverse of the calculation made in the classLaserSensingTrajectory...
+ // (a) "raw":
+ //uint8_t delayedPoint=(currentPoint+currentTotalPoints-ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.delayMirrorSamples)%currentTotalPoints;
+ // (b) corrected delay:
+ uint8_t delayedPoint=currentPoint;
+ if ( ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[delayedPoint].lightZone<0) { // note: we use PREVIOUS sensing - so as not to wait again for
+ //IO.setRGBPower((currentColor&0x02)|0x04); // RED always on, BLUE OFF (and green whatever it was)
+ // Note: better not use complicated calls?
+ IO.setBluePower(0);
+ IO.setGreenPower(currentColor&0x02);
+ } else {
+ //IO.setRGBPower((currentColor|0x01)|0x04); // RED always ON, BLUE ON (and green whatever it was)
+ IO.setBluePower(1);
+ IO.setGreenPower(currentColor&0x02);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ if (waitLaser<WAIT_LASER) {
+ waitLaser++; // increment wait laser counter
+ } else { // If we got here, it means that mirrors and laser power are both properly set:
+ // Read the intensity and move to the next point:
+
+ uint8_t currentPointWrap=currentPoint%currentTotalPoints;
+ ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[currentPointWrap].intensity=(unsigned char)(255.0*IO.lockInCorrectedValue(x,y));
+ ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[currentPointWrap].intensity=(unsigned char)(255.0*IO.lockInCorrectedValue(x,y));
+
+ // Move to next point:
+ currentPoint++;
+
+ waitNormal=0;
+ waitLaser=0;
+
+ // Update the point display counter (meaning: this point has been properly acquired - we need (at least) configTotalPoints of those good acquisitions before updating and re-draw)
+ pointDisplayCounter++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ currentColor=ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.displayColor;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case LAST_POINT:
+ // We need to pause for a while (this is for avoiding a deformed end of a blob when there are more than one blob AND we did not properly correct the mirror delay - this may be because
+ // we want a faster display, in which case we will need to adjust the mirrorDelay variable to something different from 0)
+ if (waitLast<WAIT_LAST) waitLast++;
+ else {
+ // switch off laser (NOTE: there is no need to wait for switch off time)
+#ifdef RED_BLANKING
+ IO.setRGBPower(0x00);
+#else
+ IO.setRGBPower(0x04); // Note: RED always on, or really 0
+#endif
+ waitLast=0;
+ stateLsd=MOVE_NEXT_BLOB;
+ }
+ break;
+ case MOVE_NEXT_BLOB:
+ // TO DO: line and counter to avoid overshoot?
+
+ // Start processing next blob:
+ currentBlob=(currentBlob+1)%totalBlobs;
+
+ // currentMirrorDelay=ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.delayMirrorSamples; // per blob delay!
+ currentTotalPoints=ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory.size();
+ currentColor=ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.displayColor;
+ currentPoint=0;
+
+ if (totalBlobs>1) stateLsd=START_POINT;
+ else stateLsd=NORMAL_POINT; // in this case, we can skip the waiting for the last point (and first point too)
+
+ break;
+
+ case START_POINT:
+ if (waitFirst==0) {
+ // Send command to position the mirrors on the first point of NEXT blob (laser is flying in between during this time... )
+ x= ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[0].x;
+ y= ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[0].y;
+ IO.writeOutX(x);
+ IO.writeOutY(y);
+ }
+ if (waitFirst<WAIT_FIRST) waitFirst++; // time for positioning of mirrors on next blob.
+ else { //mirrors are positioned: activate laser and lock in (needs time):
+ if (waitFirstLaser==0) {
+ // activate laser - important in particular for giving time to the Lock-in to catch signal, then laser rouge:
+ IO.setRGBPower(currentColor|0x04); // Note: RED always on...
+ }
+ if (waitFirstLaser<WAIT_FIRST_LASER) waitFirstLaser++;
+ else {
+ waitFirst=0;
+ waitFirstLaser=0;
+ stateLsd=NORMAL_POINT; // start normal point
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+void simpleLaserSensingRenderer::laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY() {
+ // When we arrive here, we ASSUME the mirrors are well positioned at the currentPoint-1, so we need to process the currentPoint:
+
+ // Current mirror position:
+ x= ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[currentPoint].x;
+ y= ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[currentPoint].y;
+
+ // (2) Send command to position the mirrors to the next position:
+ IO.writeOutX(x);
+ IO.writeOutY(y);
+
+// int delayedPoint=(currentPoint+currentMirrorDelay)%currentTotalPoints;
+
+#ifdef debugDelayMirrors
+ if ( ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[currentPoint].lightZone<0) {
+ IO.setBluePower(0);
+ // myled3=0;
+ } else {
+ IO.setBluePower(1);
+ // myled3=1;
+ }
+ //IO.setRGBPower(0x04); else IO.setRGBPower(0x07);
+#endif
+
+ // (1) SENSING (on the current blob and particle index with mirror delay: )
+ ptBlobCfToRender->blobArray[currentBlob]->displaySensingBuffer.lsdTrajectory[currentPoint].intensity=(unsigned char)(255.0*IO.lockInCorrectedValue(x,y));
+ //=lockin.getMedianValue(); //lockin.getLastValue();//
+
+ // increment the current point index:
+ currentPoint=(currentPoint+1)%currentTotalPoints;
+
+}
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/simpleLaserRenderer.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+#ifndef simpleLaserSensingRenderer_h
+#define simpleLaserSensingRenderer_h
+
+#include "blobConfig.h"
+// Include hardware interface for display and sensing:
+#include "hardwareIO.h"
+
+//extern DigitalOut myled3; // for tests...
+
+//#define debugDelayMirrors // this is to check visually the mirror delay (but it is also beautiful)
+
+#define RED_BLANKING // note: RED blanking introduces problems because the Lock-in looses signal, but we can add more points to compensate when there
+// are many blobs, see "DEFAULT_OVERLAP_POINTS" (but will slow down...)
+
+#define RENDER_INTERVAL 0.00011 // good value in previous version (monaco) was 0.00011 // in seconds (Ticker)
+
+#define WAIT_NORMAL 0 // good :0 // (minimum is 0) waiting time for setting mirror position MINUS waiting laser time (note that this total waiting time may be equal to 0 if we set a good sampling freq for the renderer, but
+// and if the shape is regular so that this time does not change significatively - this is not the case for multiple blobs or highly deformed blobs).
+#define WAIT_LASER 0 // (minimum is 0) waiting time for activating the laser (if there are color changes IN BETWEEN points). Maybe needed for the green laser
+// WHEN THERE IS MORE THAN ONE SPOT:
+#define WAIT_FIRST 12 // special waiting time for mirror positioning to first point on next blob BEFORE re-activating laser
+#define WAIT_FIRST_LASER 0 // IMPORTANT waiting time for the activation of the RED laser and LOCK-IN (also waiting time for the mirrors)
+#define WAIT_LAST 0 // special waiting time for last point
+
+// Redundant drawing for avoiding deformed saccade (note: this could be active when there is more than one blob, instead of using a #define...)
+#define DEFAULT_OVERLAP_POINTS 5 // 10
+
+enum lsdStateType {NORMAL_POINT, LAST_POINT, MOVE_NEXT_BLOB, START_POINT};
+
+class simpleLaserSensingRenderer {
+public:
+
+ void setConfigToRender(blobConfig*);
+ //void startRenderer(); // pb: I cannot use the ticker function inside the class!
+ void laserRenderThread();
+ void laserRenderThreadONEBLOBONLY();
+ // void laserRender(blobConfig*);
+
+ blobConfig* ptBlobCfToRender;
+
+ lsdStateType stateLsd;
+ int totalBlobs;
+ int currentBlob;
+ int currentPoint;
+ int currentMirrorDelay;
+ int currentTotalPoints;
+ int currentColor;
+ unsigned short x,y; // auxiliary variables storing mirror position(0-4096)
+
+ // New method to check complete display of one loop:
+ unsigned char configTotalPoints;
+ unsigned char pointDisplayCounter;
+ unsigned char numOverlapPoints;
+
+ void startFullDisplay();
+ bool endedFullDisplay();
+ bool endedFractionDisplay(int fract);
+
+ int waitNormal, waitLaser, waitFirst, waitFirstLaser, waitLast;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/soundSpot.cpp Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+#include "soundSpot.h"
+
+// SHOULD NOT BE HERE: (only because I am using serial princ pc object)
+#include "hardwareIO.h"
+
+// Constructor:
+soundSpot::soundSpot() { // by default, the child constructor call the parameterless default constructor (we could force another by doing: soundSpot::soundSpot : LivingSpot (params...) { ..}
+
+// DEFAULT sending mode will be all off:
+stopAllSending();
+resetAllSendingModes();
+
+initCommonVariables();
+
+// initialize timer for sending OSC data:
+periodSendingData=25;// by default, we send the data every 25 ms. Note: the "data" to send will of course depend on the kind of blob. That will be therefore re-set when
+// instantiating the kind of blob.
+measureSendPeriod.start();
+}
+
+// IMPORTANT: the destructor of the base class is virtual, but it won't be implemented with the same name in the child class; therefore, it
+// must be implemented in the base class (and it will be called when using delete of the child, first the delete child, then delete base)
+soundSpot::~soundSpot() {
+}
+
+void soundSpot::printParameters() {
+ // first show common parameters, then call the virtual method:
+ pc.printf("Mirror delay :%d\n", displaySensingBuffer.delayMirrorSamples);
+ pc.printf("Angle correction force :%f\n", angleCorrectionForceLoop);
+ pc.printf("Thresholding mode :%d\n", displaySensingBuffer.modeThreshold);
+ pc.printf("Min Contrast Ratio :%f / Current Contrast: %f\n", displaySensingBuffer.min_contrast_ratio, 1.0*displaySensingBuffer.maxI/displaySensingBuffer.minI);
+ pc.printf("Threshold Factor: %f\n", displaySensingBuffer.threshold_factor);
+ pc.printf("Min Acceptable Intensity :%f\n", displaySensingBuffer.min_acceptable_intensity);
+ pc.printf("Current Max / Min Intensity: %d / %d\n", displaySensingBuffer.maxI, displaySensingBuffer.minI, displaySensingBuffer.maxI/displaySensingBuffer.minI);
+ this->showChildParameters();
+ }
+
+void soundSpot::setColor(unsigned char c) {
+ blobColor=0x07&c; // we will use the first three bits to set the RGB colors.
+}
+
+void soundSpot::setGreenColor(unsigned char c) {
+// this set/reset the green bit only:
+ if (c>0) blobColor=blobColor|0x2; //meaning second bit to 1
+ else blobColor=blobColor&0x5; // meaning second bit to 0
+}
+
+void soundSpot::setBlueColor(unsigned char c) {
+// this set/reset the green bit only:
+ if (c>0) blobColor=blobColor|0x1; //meaning first bit to 1
+ else blobColor=blobColor&0x6; // meaning first bit to 0
+}
+
+ void soundSpot::addAngleCorrection(float _moreAngleCorrection) {
+ angleCorrectionForceLoop+=_moreAngleCorrection;
+ }
+void soundSpot::setAngleCorrection(float _angleCorrection) {
+ angleCorrectionForceLoop=_angleCorrection;
+ }
+
+void soundSpot::initCommonVariables() {
+ firstTimeNoTouch=true;
+ // randomForce.set(1,0);// first time there won't be any force, or random force
+ // randomForce=randomForce.getRotatedDeg(1.0*(rand()%360));
+ // randomForce.normalize();
+
+ noTouchedCounter=0;
+ wallCounter=0;
+ blobWallCollision=false;
+ //slidingDirection=true; // (will change when touching wall)
+
+ gravity.set(0,0);
+
+ render=true;
+ standByMode=true; // ALWAYS START IN STANDBY MODE
+}
+
+ void soundSpot::resetAllSendingModes() {
+ // RESET SENDING DATA:
+ sendingOnlyWhenTouch=false;
+ // (a) anchor mass data:
+ sendingAnchorPosition=false;
+ sendingAnchorForce=false; // this is the total force on the anchor mass, not just the recentering force
+ sendingAnchorTouchWall=false;
+ // (b) data from blob points:
+ sendingLoopPositions=false;
+ sendingLoopForces=false;// this is not just the forces from light, but all the forces in each particle
+ sendingLoopForcesLight=false;// forces only from light
+ sendingLoopRegions=false; // from this we can detect "hits"
+ sendingLoopTouchWall=false;
+ // (c) Blob geometry:
+ sendingBlobArea=false;
+ sendingBlobNormals=false;
+ sendingBlobAngles=false; // redundant with sendingBlobNormals, but simplified (only angle of normal)
+ sendingKineticEnergy=false;
+ // (d) Light sensing statistics:
+ sendingBlobMaxMin=false;
+ sendingLightForce=false; // the total light force
+ sendingTouched=false;
+ // (e) Recentering vector: (note: redundant with sendingLightForce, IF the correction angle is known).
+ sendingRecenteringVector=false;
+ sendingRecenteringAngle=false;
+ sendingRecenteringNorm=false;
+ }
+
+ void soundSpot::stopAllSending() {
+ // STOP HARDWARE SENDING MODE (per spot):
+ sendSerial=false;
+ sendOSC=true;
+ }
+
+ void soundSpot::sendData(void) { // send data common to all kind of blobs
+ // send common things, such as testing if it is the right time to send data:
+
+ if (measureSendPeriod.read_ms()>periodSendingData) {
+ measureSendPeriod.stop();
+ measureSendPeriod.reset();
+
+ // Send data specific to the derived class:
+ if ((sendingOnlyWhenTouch==false)||(blobWallCollision==true)||(displaySensingBuffer.lightTouched==true))
+ sendDataSpecific(); // this will depend on the kind of blob
+
+ measureSendPeriod.start();
+ }
+
+}
+
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/soundSpot.h Tue Dec 02 04:39:15 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+#ifndef SOUNDSPOT_H
+#define SOUNDSPOT_H
+
+//#define SEND_AS_BLOB // for test (sending positions in a single OSC blob chunk)
+//#define SEND_AS_STRING
+#define SEND_AS_POINTS
+
+// The global object OSC for sending/receiving messages:
+#include "mbedOSC.h"
+extern OSCMessage recMes;
+extern OSCMessage sendMes;
+extern OSCClass osc;
+
+extern DigitalOut myled2; // for tests...
+
+#include "classLaserSensingTrajectory.h"
+#include "classRigidScafold.h"
+
+
+#define min(a, b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#define max(a, b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+
+// This is a polymorphic class, and elasticLoop, livingSpot are derived classes that
+// instantiate particular methods (update, etc).
+class soundSpot {
+protected: // (note: protected means that the child classes will have access to these variables/methods; private means that only this class members have access)
+
+ // number of points of this blob:
+ int numPoints; // this in fact is equal to sensingTrajectory.size() for instance.
+ Timer measureSendPeriod;
+
+public:
+
+ // CONSTRUCTOR AND DESTRUCTOR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ soundSpot();
+ // Destructor (virtual, because one can only delete an object of a derived type
+ // through a pointer to one of its base classes IF the base class has a virtual destructor)
+ virtual ~soundSpot();// { cout<<"Destroying Base";}
+
+ // METHODS -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // COMMON methods to all the kind of blobs:
+ // (1) properties of the visible loop:
+ void setColor(unsigned char c);
+ void setGreenColor(unsigned char c);
+ void setBlueColor(unsigned char c);
+
+ // (2) Sending modes:
+ void stopAllSending(void);
+ void resetAllSendingModes(void);
+ void initCommonVariables();
+ void sendData(void); // send data common to all kind of blobs
+
+ // VIRTUAL METHODS (common to all blobs, but each type of blob will implement it differently):
+ // Blob creation:
+ virtual void setRegionMotion(float mmix, float mmiy, float mmax, float mmay)=0;
+// virtual void createBlob()=0; // note: the number of masses in the blob will be given from the scafold.
+// virtual void createBlob(int _id, ElasticLoopMode _elasticBlobMode, vector2D _initPos)=0;
+ // Update:
+ virtual void update(vector2Df referencePos=vector2Df(0,0))=0;
+ virtual void computeBoundingBox(void)=0; // this is virtual because the displayed blob may be the scafold itself (in case of laser spot), or the elastic loop.
+ // Draw (on lsdTrajectory):
+ virtual void draw(void)=0; // NOTE: this method actually "renders" the trajectory using the laser renderer (not yet done)
+// Send data through OSC:
+ virtual void sendDataSpecific(void)=0; // send data specific to each blob
+
+// Some parameters (very different treatement for each type of blob):
+ virtual void setSpeed(float speed=7.0)=0;
+ virtual void setSize(float size=20.0)=0;
+ virtual void speedFactor(float speedfactor=100.0)=0;
+ virtual void sizeFactor(float sizeFactor=100.0)=0;
+
+ void addAngleCorrection(float _moreAngleCorrection);
+ void setAngleCorrection(float _angleCorrection);
+
+ virtual void explosion()=0; // not very nice programming style, it should be a MODE instead or something like that.
+ virtual vector2Df getCenter()=0;
+ virtual void resetPositionSpeed()=0;
+ virtual void setPositionSpeed(vector2Df _pos, vector2Df _spe)=0;
+
+ virtual void showChildParameters()=0;
+ void printParameters(); // first show common parameters, then call the virtual method:
+
+ // DATA --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ int identifier; //0, 1, 2...
+ char spotName[20]; //spot, elastic,... (this may be useful to set particular variables by forcing type cast (bad, but couldn't find a more elegant solution for the moment)
+ unsigned char blobColor, transientBlobColor; // transient blob color is the color of the blob when touching something for instance.
+ bool blueTouch; // this is equivalent to "debugDelayMirrors" #define, but per-blob (ie. blue active in dark zones). Good for elastic loops...
+
+ // initial position and speed of the blob:
+ vector2Df startCenter;
+ vector2Df startSpeed;
+
+ // Special fields:
+ vector2Df gravity;
+
+ // SCAFOLD (rigid structure of points, with a center and methods to create it):
+ RigidScafold bluePrint;
+
+ // LASER DISPLAY/SENSING-TRAJECTORY with DATA BUFFER for each blob:
+ LaserSensingTrajectory displaySensingBuffer;
+
+// the following are common to all kind of blobs, but the way these quantities are calculated (in the update() method) differs greatly:
+ vector2Df totalLightForce;
+ vector2Df recenteringVectorLoop;
+ float angleCorrectionForceLoop;
+ float angleRecenteringVector; // auxiliary variables for sending data (for the recenteringVectorLoop)
+ float normRecenteringVector;
+
+ // Geometry/kinematics of the loop:
+ float cx, cy, w, h;
+ float area, approxArea;
+ float totalKineticEnergy;
+
+ bool render; // when false, the blob is NOT RENDERED
+ bool standByMode; // when true, the blob is NOT UPDATED
+
+ // something touched the blob:
+ bool searchActive;
+ bool firstTimeNoTouch;
+ //bool lightTouched; // belongs to the lsdTrajectory
+ int noTouchedCounter;
+ vector2Df randomForce;
+
+ // the blob touched the wall limits (these variables are updated in the "update" method, and implemented differently for each blob)
+ bool blobWallCollision;
+ int wallCounter;
+
+ // HARDWARE SENDING MODE (can be changed by serial or osc commands):
+ unsigned short periodSendingData; // max data rate for sending data (in ms)
+ bool sendSerial;
+ bool sendOSC;
+ bool sendingOnlyWhenTouch; // when this is "true", data will be send ONLY when something touches the blob (border or light touch). Note that the max speed of sending
+ // will be limited to periodSendingData.
+ // SENDING modes for things COMMON TO ALL THE KIND OF BLOBS:
+ // (d) Light sensing statistics:
+ bool sendingBlobMaxMin; // max and min intensities are calculated directly from the lsdTrajectory
+ bool sendingTouched; // when someone touches the blob (can be calculated directly from the lsdTrajectory)
+ bool sendingLightForce; // the total light force (note: this CANNOT be calculated on the lsdTrajectory, but on the update method, particular to each loop).
+ // (e) Recentering vector: (note: redundant with sendingLightForce, IF the correction angle is known).
+ bool sendingRecenteringVector;
+ bool sendingRecenteringAngle;
+ bool sendingRecenteringNorm;
+
+ // SPECIFIC TO EACH BLOB (move this from here, use virtual methods to set their values):
+ // (a) anchor mass data:
+ bool sendingAnchorPosition;
+ bool sendingAnchorForce; // this is the total force on the anchor mass, not just the recentering force
+ bool sendingAnchorTouchWall;
+ // (b) data from blob points:
+ bool sendingLoopPositions;
+ bool sendingLoopForces;// this is not just the forces from light, but all the forces in each particle
+ bool sendingLoopForcesLight;
+ bool sendingLoopRegions; // from this we can detect "hits"
+ bool sendingLoopTouchWall;
+ // (c) Blob geometry/kinematics:
+ bool sendingBlobArea;
+ bool sendingKineticEnergy;
+ bool sendingBlobNormals;
+ bool sendingBlobAngles; // redundant with sendingBlobNormals, but simplified (only angle of normal)
+};
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file